Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 9, 2004

Registration No. 333-118342


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Amendment No. 2 to

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


FCStone Group, Inc.

 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Iowa   6221   42-1091210

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)


2829 Westown Parkway, Suite 200

West Des Moines, Iowa 50266

(515) 223-3788

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Paul G. Anderson

President and Chief Executive Officer

FCStone Group, Inc.

2829 Westown Parkway, Suite 200

West Des Moines, Iowa 50266

(515) 223-3756

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Copies to:

Craig L. Evans

Shook, Hardy & Bacon L.L.P.

2555 Grand Boulevard

Kansas City, Missouri 64108-2613

(816) 474-6550

 

Richard A. Malm

Dickinson, Mackaman, Tyler
& Hagen, P.C.

1600 Hub Tower

699 Walnut Street

Des Moines, Iowa 50309

(515) 246-4516

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:   As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective and all other conditions to the restructuring pursuant to the plan of conversion described herein have been satisfied or waived.

If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.



Table of Contents

LOGO

 

PROPOSED RESTRUCTURING

 

of FCStone Group, Inc., an Iowa corporation operating on a cooperative basis

 

Dear Member:

 

The board of directors and senior management of FCStone Group, Inc., have decided to propose a significant structural change to the company’s form of business. Although our cooperative structure has been beneficial to us for many years, after careful analysis, we are proposing a different structure in order to gain more flexibility to expand our current business and pursue new opportunities. The restructuring will be effected by converting the existing common and preferred stock and patronage-based rights in the company into a new class of common stock, and by amending the company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to terminate the company’s cooperative status and end the patronage-based rights accruing to the company’s members. Additional investment in the company will be solicited from existing stockholders, and we anticipate that an employee stock ownership plan will be established. We believe that the proposed restructuring will increase the ability of the company to serve its members and other customers, as well as enhance the value of the ownership interests in the company by converting the existing patronage-based relationship with members into an investment-based relationship.

 

The restructuring cannot proceed without our stockholders’ approval of the proposed amendments to the articles of incorporation and plan of conversion. As described in the attached notice of special meeting, we will hold a special meeting of stockholders at 10:00 a.m., local time, on             , 2005 at the West Des Moines Marriott, 1250 74th Street, West Des Moines, Iowa, for the purpose of approving the restructuring. To vote, you are invited to attend the special meeting and submit your ballot at that time or to return the enclosed proxy. Your vote is very important . Our board of directors has approved the restructuring and recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the amendments to the articles of incorporation and the plan of conversion effecting the restructuring. The affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by each class of stockholders, in person or by proxy, at the special meeting is required for approval. Under Iowa law, stockholders who oppose the restructuring will not have the statutory right to dissent from the transaction and demand the cash payment of the fair value of their shares.

 

Attached is a proxy statement of the company and prospectus of the new common stock which provides detailed information about the proposed restructuring. Please carefully review the entire proxy statement-prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from the information contained in the proxy statement-prospectus. Information on our web site is not part of the proxy statement-prospectus. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 to read about important factors you should consider before voting.

 

Bruce Krehbiel

Chairman

 

Paul G. Anderson

Chief Executive Officer

 

NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED IN THE RESTRUCTURING OR DETERMINED IF THIS PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE OR ADEQUATE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

 

The proxy statement-prospectus is dated             , 2004, and is first being mailed to stockholders on or about             , 2004.


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

2829 Westown Parkway, Suite 200

West Des Moines, Iowa 50266

 

NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON              , 2005

 

To the Stockholders:

 

This is a notice of a special meeting of the stockholders of FCStone Group, Inc, an Iowa corporation, (the “company”) to be held on             , 2005 at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the West Des Moines Marriott, 1250 74th Street, West Des Moines, Iowa for the purpose of considering:

 

1. A proposal to restructure the company by terminating the company’s cooperative status and ending the patronage-based rights accruing to the company’s stockholders. The restructuring cannot be effected without our stockholder’s approval of the proposed amendments to the articles of incorporation of the company and the plan of conversion converting shares of, and subscriptions for, the Class A common stock, the Class B common stock and the preferred stock in the company into shares of a new class of common stock in the company. Stockholders and subscribers will receive 500 shares of new common stock for each fully-paid share of Class A common stock, $5,000 par value, 10,000 shares of new common stock for each fully-paid share of Class B common stock, $100,000 par value, one share of new common stock for each $10.00 of paid subscription and one share of new common stock for each $10.00 in par value of preferred stock they hold as of the effective date of the restructuring. The membership interests in the company represented by patronage-based rights as of August 31, 2004, will be converted into (i) shares of new common stock based on a formula and (ii) nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share within 60 days after the distribution of new common stock and subscription rights. If the proposal is approved, the distribution of new common stock and subscription rights is expected to take place on or after January 31, 2005.

 

2. Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.

 

The close of business on                     , 2004 has been fixed as the record date for determining those stockholders of the company entitled to vote at the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting. Only holders of record may vote at the meeting. The company has determined that stockholders are not entitled to assert statutory appraisal rights under the Iowa Business Corporation Act in the event the restructuring is approved.

 

Your vote is important. The board of directors of the company solicits you to sign, date and promptly mail the proxy in the enclosed postage prepaid envelope, regardless of whether or not you intend to be present at the special meeting of stockholders. Sending in your proxy now will not interfere with your right to attend the meeting or to vote your shares personally at the meeting if you wish to do so. You may revoke your proxy with respect to any proposal at any time prior to completion of the vote, by following the procedures set forth in the accompanying proxy statement-prospectus.

 

 

BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF

DIRECTORS

Eric Parthemore

Secretary of the board of directors

            , 2004

West Des Moines, Iowa

 

The board of directors of the company recommends that stockholders vote for approval of the proposed restructuring. As of the                     , 2004 record date for the determination of shares of the company eligible to vote, there were 423 Class A common shares, five Class B shares and 13,870 preferred shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the proposal.


Table of Contents

PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

     Page

Questions and Answers About the Restructuring

   1

Summary

   6

Risk Factors

   11

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information

   20

The Restructuring

   21

The Special Meeting

   36

Information Regarding the Company

   38

Selected Financial Data

   45

Pro Forma Financial Information

   46

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   47

Company Management and Directors

   61

Executive Compensation

   64

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

   67

Security Ownership of the Company Before and After the Restructuring

   68

Description of Capital Stock After Restructuring

   70

Description of Subscription Rights

   72

Comparative Rights of Members and Stockholders

   73

Legal Matters

   76

Experts

   76

Future Stockholder Proposals

   76

Where You Can Find More Information

   77

Financial Statements of FCStone Group, Inc.

   F-1

Appendix A—Articles of Restatement and Amendment

   A-1

Appendix B—Amended and Restated Bylaws of FCStone Group, Inc.

   B-1


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THE RESTRUCTURING

 

Below are answers to questions that we anticipate will be frequently asked by stockholders in connection with making a decision on whether to approve the restructuring. We encourage you to read this entire document to obtain more complete answers to these questions.

 

Q1: What is the restructuring being proposed and what will I receive?

 

A: We are proposing to restructure from a cooperative into an ordinary business corporation. The restructuring will be effected by adopting a plan of conversion and amending our articles of incorporation and bylaws to remove provisions which establish our cooperative character, including the obligation to pay patronage dividends, and adopting certain other provisions that are beneficial to the operations of an ordinary business corporation, while maintaining much of the company’s existing governance structure. Currently, members hold Class A common stock or subscriptions, Class B common stock, and preferred stock in the company and earn patronage-based rights. We will recapitalize by converting the Class A common stock and subscriptions, Class B common stock, and preferred stock into newly issued shares of common stock (“new common stock”). If the restructuring is effected by approval of the amendments to the articles of incorporation and the plan of conversion, you will receive 500 shares of new common stock issued by the company for each fully paid share of Class A common stock, $5,000 par value, or 10,000 shares of new common stock for each fully paid share of Class B common stock, $100,000 par value, and one share of new common stock for each $10.00 in par value of each preferred share you hold as of the effective date of the restructuring. Partially paid subscriptions for shares of Class A common stock will be converted at a rate of one new common share for each $10.00 paid. The membership interests represented by patronage-based rights will be converted into (a) shares of new common stock on a pro rata basis based on the appraisal of the company and a formula based on patronage for the three fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, and (b) nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share within 60 days after the distribution of new common stock and subscription rights.

 

Q2: Will the ownership of the company change?

 

A: After the restructuring, ownership interests in the company will be represented by new common stock. Shares of new common stock and subscription rights will be distributed solely to the existing members as of the effective date of the restructuring. In most cases, each stockholder’s percentage ownership of the company will change to some extent as a result of the conversion and the exercise of subscription rights, depending upon the levels of patronage such stockholder had during the three years ended August 31, 2004 and the extent such stockholder and other stockholders exercise their subscription rights. We also intend to issue stock to an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, after the restructuring which will reduce the percentage ownership of our existing stockholders. See Question 12 below.

 

Q3: How will the number of shares to be distributed to each member be determined?

 

A:

If the restructuring is approved by the stockholders, the company will issue a total of 4.31 million shares of new common stock. This number of shares was determined by dividing the appraised value of the equity of company, $43.1 million, by $10.00. Each member’s existing stock ownership represented by common stock or subscriptions, and preferred stock will be converted by distribution of shares of new common stock at a conversion rate of one share of new common stock per $10.00 in current stock held. The remaining shares of new common stock will be distributed based on each member’s pro-rata share of patronage determined by a formula which considers patronage for the last three fiscal years, including the year ended August 31, 2004. In the case of Class A members, the formula utilizes the actual patronage paid

 

1


Table of Contents
 

during the three-year period. In the case of Class B members, the patronage will be limited to $1.35 per round turn trade, which is less than the patronage paid to those members. The value of the stock to be issued with respect to patronage-based rights will be approximately $26.4 million, which is the $43.1 million appraised value of the equity of the company less the August 31, 2004 common and preferred stock value of $16.7 million. This amount represents approximately 5.4 times the total of all members three year defined patronage. Each member’s share will likewise be 5.4 times its individual three year defined patronage. One share of new common stock will be issued for each $10.00 of such value.

 

Q4: Why are Class A and Class B amounts calculated differently?

 

A: Historically, the commissions paid by Class A and Class B members have not been comparable. As a result, the patronage amounts paid are not comparable between the two classes. The patronage amount for Class B members was adjusted downward to arrive at a more accurate reflection of the relative patronage. The formula to be used is intended to fairly allocate shares of new common stock between the two classes of members, and in the judgment of the board of directors and management, does so.

 

Q5: Why is the company proposing to restructure?

 

A: As part of an ongoing analysis of our business, the board of directors and senior management identified several primary factors which led them to recommend the proposed restructuring to the stockholders. See “The Restructuring — Reasons for the Restructuring.” They include:

 

  Given the competitive nature of the industries in which we do business, we believe that the company will need significant capital resources to fund ongoing and future activities. If the business were to continue operating on a cooperative basis, our ability to raise and retain capital would be limited. After the restructuring, we will be able to issue common equity more freely and have the flexibility to raise new capital in a timely fashion.

 

  We expect the restructuring to afford us greater flexibility to retain earnings and to position us to have greater access to capital, both of which we believe are necessary to allow our business to keep pace with the growth, consolidation and cost structure within the commodities/futures industry. The restructuring will allow us to form an ESOP and to issue nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock in connection with the restructuring, the proceeds of which will increase our capital and improve our balance sheet.

 

  We believe that the restructuring may improve the liquidity of your investment in the company. Currently, common and preferred stock may be transferred only as an incident of membership in the company. After the restructuring, a stockholder may transfer its common shares to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee would hold more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer), or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. In addition, it is the current intention of the board of directors to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, although the board will not be obligated to redeem any shares and has not yet established the terms of a plan for redemption.

 

  The likely tax impact of the restructuring upon the company and its stockholders, the loss of the patronage dividend deduction and the additional costs of being a public company are acceptable, given the expected benefits to both the business enterprise and the company’s stockholders.

 

  Growth of our business with non-members has reduced the significance of our cooperative status and pushed us closer to the boundaries of the definition of a cooperative under applicable law.

 

  The restructuring will allow us to make distributions to our stockholders based on their equity interests rather than their patronage.

 

 

The restructuring will allow us to retain most aspects of our current system of corporate governance. We intend to limit the transfer of common stock of the company to cooperatives and the ESOP. We will also maintain our existing system of nominating eight Class I board members on a regional basis,

 

2


Table of Contents
 

with one Class II board member being nominated by the 12 largest stockholders and the ESOP, and one Class III board member being nominated by the other board members. However, after the restructuring, the nominating procedure will only indicate the stockholders’ preference for certain nominees. The board of directors will be responsible for selecting all nominees, after consideration of the stockholders’ preferred nominees.

 

  We believe the restructuring will enhance the value of the individual ownership interests of members in the company by converting such interests into stock with an investment value more directly related to the value of the company.

 

Q6: In analyzing the proposed restructuring, did the board and senior management consider alternatives for the business to raise capital?

 

A: In addition to the restructuring as currently proposed, we considered a number of alternatives for structuring the business going forward and for obtaining capital investment including issuing subordinated debt, bringing in a large equity investor, seeking a joint venture with a well-capitalized partner, engaging in an initial public offering of our stock, and maintaining the status quo.

 

Q7: How might my liquidity be improved by the restructuring?

 

A: We believe that the restructuring could improve the liquidity of your membership interests. The existing Class A and Class B common stock, preferred stock and other membership interests are not transferable. The new common stock will be subject to restrictions on transfer, but will be transferable among existing stockholders or to others with the approval of the board of directors. The opportunity may also arise to sell shares of common stock to an ESOP proposed to be established by the company, although no current plans for such sales exist at this time. In addition, it is the current intention of the board of directors to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, although the board will not be obligated to redeem any shares and has not yet established the terms of a plan for redemption. We believe it may be possible to sell your equity interests after the restructuring; however, we expect that the improvement in liquidity immediately following the restructuring will be limited, because the company intends to limit its stockholders to cooperatives and the ESOP. See “The Restructuring — Resales of Common Stock.”

 

Q8: Will patronage dividends continue to be paid?

 

A: No. Our status as a cooperative will be terminated. A final patronage dividend has been declared and paid for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, but no patronage dividends will be paid thereafter. A regular dividend payable on a per share basis to holders of new common stock may be declared and paid at the discretion of the board of directors. If our financial results and condition are adequate, the board of directors anticipates payment of a regular annual dividend in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Q9: How will the company and its members be taxed on the restructuring?

 

A: We generally expect that the company and its stockholders should not recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the restructuring. See “The Restructuring — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Q10: How will voting rights change as a result of the restructuring?

 

A:

Currently, each member of the company is limited to owning one share of Class A or Class B common stock. Following the restructuring, each stockholder will own the number of shares of new common stock distributed in the restructuring and any shares of new common stock acquired upon exercise of the subscription rights. Holders of common stock will continue to vote on matters such as the election or removal of directors, mergers, sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, dissolution of

 

3


Table of Contents
 

the company and amendments to the articles of incorporation. After the restructuring, each share of common stock will continue to carry one vote, but stockholders will be able to vote the number of shares of common stock held. As a result, instead of each member having one vote, stockholders with more new common stock in the company will have greater proportionate voting power after the restructuring.

 

Until fully paid, shares of Class A common stock are subscribed but not issued. A share becomes fully paid after its par value of $5,000 has been withheld from patronage distributions in accordance with the company’s bylaws. Currently, those subscribed shares are not entitled to vote. However, after the restructuring, the subscribed shares will convert into shares of new common stock in the company which will be entitled to vote.

 

Currently, under the company’s bylaws, members also participate in the process of nomination for election to the board of directors on a one-member/one-vote basis, by casting nominating ballots. The nomination process is applied on a regional basis for eight of the ten members of the board of directors. Another board member is nominated by ballot of the twelve largest stockholders, and one board member is nominated by the other members of the board of directors. We intend to continue this nominating process after the restructuring, but the process will only indicate to the board of directors the stockholders’ preference. The board will ultimately select the nominees.

 

Q11: What are nontransferable subscription rights and how do I exercise them?

 

A: As part of the restructuring, we will issue a nontransferable subscription right to each of our stockholders, which is a right to purchase during a 60-day period following issuance, additional shares of new common stock, in exchange for the stockholder’s patronage-based rights. Each subscription right will give the holder the right to purchase 100 shares of new common stock for each 200 shares of new common stock received in the restructuring in exchange for patronage-based rights. The subscription rights will be granted in 100 share blocks, rounded up to the next highest multiple of 100. The exercise price of subscription rights will be $10.00 per share. The subscription rights generally must be exercised in full. Partial exercises are only allowed if the subscription is for at least 1,000 shares of new common stock.

 

A stockholder who wishes to exercise subscription rights granted as part of the restructuring will be required to do so within 60 days after the distribution date provided in the plan of conversion. We expect the distribution date to be on or about January 31, 2005. The subscription rights of a particular holder, if not exercised, will terminate at the end of the 60-day exercise period.

 

Q12: Will the Company establish an ESOP as a result of the restructuring?

 

A: The restructuring will give us the ability to adopt an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, and the board of directors has authorized our management to take steps to establish an ESOP. However, an ESOP cannot be implemented unless the stockholders vote to approve the proposed restructuring. The proposed bylaws will limit the ESOP to ownership of 20% of the new common stock of the company. Sales of new common stock to the ESOP will be at its appraised value. Sales of shares of common stock to the proposed ESOP will allow us to raise capital while capturing certain tax advantages. In addition, ownership of a percentage of our equity through the ESOP may assist us in retaining and attracting quality employees, and will align the interests of the employees and the stockholders. See “The Restructuring — The Proposed ESOP.”

 

Q13: Will the restructuring affect the company’s relationship with CoBank?

 

A: No. After the restructuring, we will remain eligible to do business with CoBank, ACB, as long as at least 50% of our ownership interests continue to be held by eligible cooperatives. The board of directors intends to limit ownership of our common stock to ensure that we remain eligible to do business with CoBank.

 

4


Table of Contents
Q14: Does the restructuring require regulatory approval?

 

A: No. Other than applicable state, provincial and federal securities registration requirements, we do not need to make any filings with or seek the approval of any regulatory agency in connection with the restructuring.

 

Q15: If I oppose the restructuring, will I be able to assert statutory appraisal rights under Iowa law?

 

A: No. Under Iowa corporate law, stockholders of the company who oppose the restructuring will not have the statutory right to dissent from the transaction and demand the cash payment of the fair value of their shares.

 

Q16: After the restructuring, will my shares be subject to redemption if I do not do business with the company?

 

A: The company’s articles of incorporation currently give it the right to redeem the shares of common stock of any stockholder that the board determines has not transacted business with or through the company for a period of two consecutive years. The shares may be redeemed by the company at the book value of such shares. The company has no obligation to exercise this right. After the restructuring, this right will continue, but will not apply to any shares of new common stock purchased pursuant to a subscription right or to any other shares of stock except those received in the conversion effected by the restructuring. This redemption right will expire on August 31, 2009. The board of directors also intends to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, but has no right to require stockholders to be subject to such redemption. The material terms of any such voluntary redemption program have not been determined as of the date of this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

The following summary, together with the preceding Question and Answer section, highlights selected information from this proxy statement-prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand the transaction fully and for a complete description of the legal terms of the restructuring, we encourage you to read this entire document, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” the appendices and the financial statements and related notes to those statements included in this document.

 

The Company

 

FCStone Group, Inc. is an Iowa corporation operating on a cooperative basis. The company operates its businesses in several segments, including:

 

Commodity and Risk Management Services. Our primary business in this segment is to offer commodity risk management services to our customers using futures, options and other derivative instruments. Our principal operating subsidiary is FCStone, LLC, a wholly owned Iowa limited liability company, registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission as a futures commission merchant, or FCM. Customer accounts maintained in this segment are primarily used by customers for hedging as a part of their commodity merchandising and acquisition programs. The company also acts as a broker for physical grain, fertilizer, and energy commodities and offers related transportation services. “Over-the-counter” commodity swaps and trade options are brokered with our parent company’s wholly owned limited liability company, FCStone Trading, LLC, as counterparty. We offer a full range of consulting, brokerage and transaction services through our staff of risk management consultants, supported by systems used to gather, disseminate and utilize commodity market information and intelligence.

 

Clearing and Execution Services. Our Stone Division offers low-cost clearing and direct execution services to professional, commercial, institutional and retail customers including services under the service name Futures Direct ® . The Futures Direct ® program provides an efficient method of order entry to qualified clients by providing direct access to the trading floor.

 

Grain Merchandising. We act as a dealer in, and manager of, physical grain and fertilizer through a majority interest in FGDI, LLC. FGDI acts as a grain dealer in the United States and international markets, primarily in Canada, Latin America and the Far East and also manages a pool of grain originated by a group of elevators in Texas. FGDI links suppliers and purchasers of grain products through its network of contacts in the industry. FGDI’s activities are supported by facilities, the most significant of which are a leased export terminal facility at the port of Mobile, Alabama and a fleet of leased rail cars.

 

Financial Services. We offer financing and facilitation for customers to carry commodities through our wholly-owned subsidiary, FCStone Financial, Inc., and our majority ownership of FCStone Merchant Services, LLC. The primary activity of FCStone Financial is entering into sale/repurchase agreements whereby it purchases grain evidenced by warehouse receipts subject to a simultaneous agreement to resell such grain back to the seller at a later date. FCStone Merchant Services, LLC expects to do similar transactions, in energy, grain and other commodities, as well as transactions where it shares in commodity profits with customers in exchange for financial support, but is newly formed and does not yet have any material operating history.

 

Our principal offices are located at 2829 Westown Parkway, Suite 200, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266, and our telephone number is 515-223-3788.

 

The Restructuring

 

The restructuring, if approved, will convert the company from a cooperative into a regular business corporation and will be followed by an offering of common stock to our members by means of nontransferable subscription rights, and the organization of an employee stock ownership plan. We have attached a copy of the proposed plan of

 

6


Table of Contents

conversion and the amended and restated articles of incorporation of the company to this proxy statement- prospectus as part of Appendix A. We encourage you to read the proposed plan of conversion and the proposed amended and restated articles of incorporation as they are the legal documents that govern the restructuring.

 

As a result of the restructuring, we will no longer operate as a cooperative and will cease paying patronage dividends. We may pay dividends in the future on a per-share basis at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

The Special Meeting

 

A special meeting of the stockholders of the company will be held on             , 2005, at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the West Des Moines Marriott, 1250 74th Street, West Des Moines, Iowa, to vote on a proposal to amend the articles of incorporation and approve the plan of conversion to effect the restructuring of the company as described herein. The close of business on             , 2004 has been fixed as the record date for determining those stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and any adjournments or postponements of the meeting. Stockholders may vote by attending the special meeting and submitting votes on the ballot provided at that time or by completing and submitting a proxy card at or prior to the meeting. A quorum of stockholders eligible to vote must exist at the special meeting, either in person or by proxy, to approve the restructuring. If holders representing at least a majority of the Class A common stock, at least a majority of the Class B common stock, and at least a majority of the preferred stock are present at the special meeting, a quorum will exist. The affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at the special meeting by the Class A shares, the Class B shares and the preferred shares, voting as separate classes, is required to approve the restructuring. Abstentions will be counted as present for the purposes of determining the presence of a quorum at the special meeting. Abstentions will not be counted as votes cast. Accordingly, assuming no stockholders present at the meeting abstain from voting, the vote of at least 107 Class A common shares, two Class B common shares and 3,469 shares of preferred stock would be needed to approve the amendments to the articles of incorporation effecting the restructuring if the minimum for a quorum for each class of stock attended the stockholders’ meeting. Our board of directors has approved the restructuring and recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the amendments to the articles of incorporation effecting the restructuring. The directors, as managers of cooperatives that are members of the company, have beneficial ownership of nine shares of Class A common stock, one share of Class B common stock and 894.3 shares of preferred stock, constituting 2.1%, 20.0% and 6.4% of the outstanding shares of those classes, respectively. The officers of the company have no beneficial ownership of shares of any class of stock of the company.

 

Pursuant to the company’s bylaws, holders of subscribed but not fully paid shares of Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote at the special meeting. However, such subscribers will receive a copy of this proxy statement-prospectus because, in connection with the conversion of their patronage-based rights, they will receive subscription rights to purchase shares of new common stock.

 

You may change your vote at any time before your proxy is voted at the special meeting. You can do this in one of three ways. First, you can send a written notice stating that you would like to revoke your proxy. Second, you can complete and submit a new proxy card. Third, you can attend the special meeting and vote in person by requesting a ballot and voting at the meeting. Simply attending the meeting without voting, however, will not revoke your proxy.

 

You should carefully read and consider the information contained in this document. Then, please fill out, sign and mail your proxy card as soon as possible so that your shares may be represented at the special meeting.

 

7


Table of Contents

Interests of Officers and Directors

 

ESOP

 

We plan to adopt an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, following the consummation of the restructuring. The ESOP will acquire shares of new common stock of the company at an appraised value and hold such shares for the benefit of the participating officers and employees. The proposed bylaws will limit the ESOP to owning no more than 20% of the equity of the company.

 

Other Equity-Based Plans

 

Following the restructuring, the company may consider additional equity-based incentive plans for its officers, directors and employees. The board of directors has no current plans, however, to adopt any other equity-based incentive plan.

 

Indirect Director Interests

 

Since each director of the company is a manager of a member of the company, each director has an indirect interest in the approval of the proposed transaction. In most cases, these members do a significant amount of business with the company and have significant patronage-based rights, which will be converted into new common stock upon consummation of the restructuring. If the restructuring is approved, the proportionate ownership interest of these members may increase.

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

We derived the following historical financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus, and our audited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2002 and as of and for the years ended August 31, 2001 and August 31, 2000, which are not included in this proxy statement-prospectus. Historical per share data has been omitted because, under the cooperative structure, earnings of the cooperative are distributed as patronage dividends to members based on the level of business conducted with the cooperative as opposed to common stockholder’s proportionate share of underlying equity in the cooperative. This table should be read together with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

     Year Ended August 31,

 
     2004

   2003

   2002

   2001

   2000

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                                    

Total revenues

   $ 1,623,587    $ 1,232,008    $ 895,942    $ 689,591    $ 446,230  

Costs and expenses:

                                    

Cost of grain and fuel sold

     1,521,925      1,154,103      830,188      633,367      404,394  

Employee compensation and broker commissions

     28,502      24,111      21,835      18,022      14,845  

Pit brokerage and clearing fees

     26,743      16,152      11,557      7,903      3,888  

Introducing broker commissions

     10,016      7,881      7,802      6,441      3,118  

Interest

     4,790      3,192      1,297      1,217      835  

Depreciation and amortization

     833      803      850      711      625  

Other operating expenses

     21,758      19,700      17,145      14,130      10,899  
    

  

  

  

  


Total costs and expenses

     1,614,567      1,225,942      890,674      681,791      438,604  
    

  

  

  

  


Income before income tax expense and minority interest

     9,020      6,066      5,268      7,800      7,626  

Minority interest

     576      561      600      242      —    
    

  

  

  

  


Income after minority interest and before income taxes

     8,444      5,505      4,668      7,558      7,626  

Income tax expense

     2,030      1,200      1,280      1,590      1,370  
    

  

  

  

  


Net income

   $ 6,414    $ 4,305    $ 3,388    $ 5,968    $ 6,256  
    

  

  

  

  


Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                                    

Total assets

   $ 603,827    $ 504,733    $ 399,526    $ 271,911    $ 234,851 (1)

Notes payable and subordinated debt

     47,281      76,548      66,013      24,179      8,702  

Obligations under capital leases

     4,675      5,363      —        —        —    

Minority interest

     5,488      4,109      3,758      3,243      —    

Capital stock and equity

     39,829      35,827      35,172      35,068      31,069  

(1) The company acquired the assets of a futures brokerage business on July 1, 2000 with assets of $118 million.

 

9


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following selected unaudited pro forma data presented for the year ended August 31, 2004 gives pro forma effect to the restructuring from a cooperatively operated company to a regular business corporation. Adjustments to reflect this change include a reduction of commissions from the Class B member business and the loss of the patronage dividend deduction for income taxes. The pro forma number of common stock shares is based on the appraised fair market value of the equity of company of $43.1 million. Shares will be issued at $10 per share which would result in 4.31 million shares being issued.

 

   

Year Ended
August 31, 2004


    (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

Total revenues

  $ 1,623,587

Total costs and expenses

    1,614,567
   

Income before income tax expense and minority interest

    9,020

Minority interest

    576
   

Income before income tax expense

    8,444

Pro forma adjustments (1)

    483
   

Income before income tax expense, after pro forma adjustments

    7,961

Pro forma income tax expense (2)

    3,000
   

Pro forma net income

  $ 4,961
   

Pro forma shares outstanding (3)

    4,310,000
   

Pro forma earnings per share

  $ 1.15
   


(1) Adjustment to commissions to reflect the reduction of Class B member futures commission rates to a market rate going forward as opposed to the above market rate paid previously. The above market rate resulted in additional patronage paid to Class B members to bring their rate after patronage to a net cost basis.
(2) Income tax expense without patronage dividend deduction.
(3) Assumes shares outstanding with a $43.1 million appraisal value of the equity of company pursuant to the restructuring. No effect of shares potentially issued under subscription rights has been assumed.

 

The following unaudited pro forma data estimates the amount and number of shares to be distributed to Class A and Class B members.

 

    

(1)

August 31,
2004 Stock
Amounts


  

(2)

Three Year
Patronage


  

(3)

Additional
Stock Value
Distributed (a)


  

(1) & (3)

Appraisal
Allocation
Value


   Total Number
of Shares
Outstanding after
Restructuring (b)


Class A common and preferred stock

   $ 14,668,833    $ 4,653,534    $ 25,116,603    $ 39,785,436    3,978,544

Class B common and preferred stock

     2,069,689      230,647      1,244,875      3,314,564    331,456
    

  

  

  

  

Totals

     $16,738,522    $ 4,884,181    $ 26,361,478    $ 43,100,000    4,310,000
 
  (a) Additional stock to be distributed is the difference between the August 31, 2004 stock outstanding of $16,738,522 and the appraisal value of $43,100,000, which is $26,361,478, allocated by the pro rata three year patronage in column (2).
  (b) No effect of shares potentially issued under subscription rights has been assumed.

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making a decision on whether or not to approve the restructuring.

 

Risks Relating to the Restructuring

 

Cooperative tax treatment will be unavailable after the restructuring.

 

We currently are taxed as a nonexempt cooperative under Subchapter T of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for U.S. federal income tax purposes and are generally taxed as a cooperative for state tax purposes. After the restructuring, we will no longer qualify for treatment as a cooperative for federal and state income tax purposes, but rather will be taxed as a C corporation.

 

Under Subchapter T, we are subject to tax only on nonmember and nonpatronage income and on any undistributed member patronage income. Our members are currently subject to tax in the year of receipt on patronage dividends received from the company, including patronage dividends paid in stock or other qualified written notices of allocation. Such patronage dividends are normally treated as ordinary income.

 

After the restructuring, we will be taxed at corporate rates on our entire net income, including net income that is derived from business done with persons who were members before the restructuring and who continue as stockholders. After the restructuring, distributions by the company to our stockholders will generally be taxed to the stockholders as corporate dividends.

 

The shares of common stock to be issued by the company will be subject to significant restrictions on transfer.

 

The ability to transfer your shares of new common stock will be restricted by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the company. The proposed bylaws provide that your shares of the company’s common stock will not be transferable, except to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee will hold more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer), or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. In addition, there may be restrictions placed upon certain transfers that would violate federal or state securities laws. As a result, you may be unable to find a suitable transferee for your shares and therefore be required to hold your shares of new common stock for an indefinite period of time.

 

The shares of common stock to be issued by the company have no public market and no public market is expected to develop.

 

There is no established public trading market for the new common stock that will be issued in the restructuring, and we do not expect one to develop in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may have to hold your new common stock for an indefinite period of time because you may not be able to readily resell your shares of new common stock.

 

The ability of the company to issue additional shares of common stock or other classes of shares may dilute or otherwise limit your voting or economic rights in the company.

 

The board of directors will be able to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock. The board of directors also can establish the designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any preferred stock. Such rights, powers, preferences and privileges may be greater in voting power, liquidation and dividend rights than those associated with the common stock. These new shares could be issued at a lower price than the value of the common stock. Issuances of additional shares may have the effect of diluting or otherwise limiting your voting or economic rights in the company, particularly if the new shares are issued on more favorable terms than the new common stock issued in the restructuring.

 

11


Table of Contents

The loss of patronage dividends could affect our relationship with current members.

 

Under our current structure, members that transact business with or through the company receive a patronage dividend, which generally acts as a rebate to members of a certain amount of the fees paid to the company in the current year. The patronage dividend system promotes member business with the company and rewards higher volumes of transactions by members. Upon closing the restructuring, we will no longer pay patronage dividends and these incentives for member transactions with the company will disappear. When these incentives to do business with the company are gone, current members may decide to use other firms for commodity and risk management services, clearing and execution services, physical grain purchases and sales and financial services, which would negatively impact our business.

 

Your shares may be subject to redemption if you do not do business with the company.

 

After the restructuring, our articles of incorporation will give us the right to redeem the shares of new common stock received in the restructuring by a stockholder if the board determines that a stockholder has not transacted business with or through the company for a period of two consecutive years. The shares may be redeemed by the company at the book value of such shares. The company has no obligation to exercise this redemption right. After the restructuring, this right will not apply to any shares of new common stock purchased pursuant to a subscription right or to any other shares of stock except those received in the conversion effected by the restructuring. Shares issued to the ESOP would not be subject to this right of redemption. This redemption right will expire August 31, 2009.

 

Dividends to stockholders are not guaranteed after the restructuring.

 

After the restructuring, we will not be under any legal requirement to pay dividends based on patronage. We may elect not to pay any dividends after the restructuring, and any dividends that we pay may be substantially less than the cash portion of patronage dividends previously distributed to members by the company.

 

Changes in the process for nomination and election of directors resulting from the restructuring could affect the results of director elections.

 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws currently provide a system of nomination and election intended to promote representation of differing member interests on the board of directors as well as implementation of effective member choice in selection of directors. For this purpose the board is divided into three classes, with eight Class I directors nominated from four geographic regions by a process of nominating committee selection and member ballot, one Class II director nominated by the twelve largest stockholders by nomination and ballot, and one Class III director nominated in the discretion of the board. This classification system will not change as a result of the restructuring, but certain changes in the nomination and election process will occur as a result of the restructuring. The most important changes include providing one vote for each share held, rather than one vote per common stockholder, the expected addition of the ESOP as one of the largest stockholders in the Class II nomination process, a new procedure outside the regular nomination process for direct nomination by stockholders, and provisions whereby the results of the nominating ballot procedure will only indicate the preferred nominees of the stockholders, with the board making the final nomination after considering such preferences. These changes could affect the results of future elections of directors.

 

Elimination of the requirement that common stockholders be cooperatives could affect our business.

 

Our articles of incorporation currently require all common stockholders to be cooperatives. After the restructuring this requirement will be eliminated and a non-cooperative, the ESOP, will become a stockholder, subject to a limit contained in the bylaws that such shares not exceed 20% of the outstanding shares. Shares may also be distributed by the ESOP to its beneficiaries. Although it has no current plan to do so, the board of directors could authorize issuance or transfer of shares to non-cooperative holders after the restructuring. The interests of non-cooperative stockholders could vary from the interests of the existing members, and such

 

12


Table of Contents

stockholders could exercise stockholder rights in a manner different than the members would. This could affect our business when and if such stockholder held a sufficient number of shares to effectively influence stockholder votes. In addition, we have substantial credit facilities established with a cooperative lender, CoBank ACB, but would become ineligible as a borrower from such bank if a majority of our shares were not held by cooperatives.

 

Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such a change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.

 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws could discourage, delay or prevent an acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. As a result, these provisions could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions might also discourage a potential acquisition proposal or tender offer. These provisions include:

 

  a board of directors that is classified so that only some of the directors are elected each year;

 

  authorization of “blank check” preferred stock that may be issued by the board of directors to thwart a takeover attempt, which could adversely impact the voting power of existing common stockholders;

 

  a prohibition in the articles of incorporation granting the right of the company to refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted transfer of any common stock to any person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the common stock;

 

  a reduction in the voting rights of the shares of common stock held by a beneficial owner in excess of 5% of the issued and outstanding shares to one hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share;

 

  a requirement that at least 80% of all stockholders or at least 50% of disinterested stockholders vote to approve a business combination with any beneficial owner of more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares, or any affiliate or associate of such a beneficial owner; and

 

  the ability of the board of directors to limit the transfer of stock to existing stockholders or persons approved by the board.

 

Tax-free treatment for the restructuring is not assured.

 

The restructuring should qualify as a tax-free reorganization. No ruling has been or will be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service regarding any matter related to the restructuring. We have obtained an opinion from McDermott Will & Emery LLP that the restructuring will qualify as a tax-free reorganization. An opinion of counsel is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service or the courts. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a contrary position. You are urged to consult with your tax advisor as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the restructuring, as well as the effects of state and local tax laws in light of your own tax situation. See “The Restructuring — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

 

Risk Factors Regarding Commodity, Risk Management and Clearing Activities

 

Our business depends heavily on market and general economic conditions.

 

As a firm providing risk management services related to commodity prices and dealing in commodities, our business depends heavily on conditions in the commodity and financial markets and on economic conditions generally, both domestic and abroad. Many factors outside our control may directly affect the trading business, in many cases in an adverse manner. These include but are not necessarily limited to:

 

  Commodity market conditions,

 

  Economic and political conditions,

 

13


Table of Contents
  Broad trends in business and finance,

 

  Legislation and regulation affecting the national and international business and financial communities,

 

  Currency values,

 

  Inflation,

 

  Market conditions for agricultural and energy commodities,

 

  The availability and cost of short-term or long-term funding and capital,

 

  The credit capacity or perceived credit worthiness of the futures industry in the market place, and

 

  The level and volatility of interest rates.

 

One of our subsidiaries is a futures commission merchant, or FCM, and clears commodities transactions on a number of commodities exchanges for its clients that trade commodities. The company, through another subsidiary, also acts as a principal in commodity swaps and trade options with our customers which are offset with an opposite transaction with other counterparties. Such client commodity accounts contain significant leverage and have a greater than average likelihood of becoming unsecured for clients incurring substantial losses, which ultimately could result in a loss to the company.

 

We are subject to a risk of legal proceedings, which may result in significant losses to us that we cannot recover.

 

Many aspects of our business subject us to substantial risk of potential liability to customers and to regulatory enforcement proceedings by state and federal regulators. Participants in the commodities trading industry face a significant amount of litigation and arbitration proceedings. Dissatisfied clients can make claims against their brokers for negligence, fraud, unauthorized trading, failure to supervise, breach of fiduciary duty, employee errors, intentional misconduct, unauthorized transactions by associated persons and failures in the processing of transactions. These types of claims expose us to the risk of significant loss. Acts of fraud are difficult to detect and deter, and we cannot assure you that our risk management procedures and controls will prevent losses from fraudulent activity. While we do not expect the outcome of any existing claims against us to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we cannot assure you that these types of proceedings will not materially and adversely affect us. During the past three fiscal years, we have not suffered any losses as a result of such legal proceedings that were material, in the opinion of management. Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted under Iowa law. Indemnification of employees may be provided in the discretion of the board of directors. We may be the subject of indemnification assertions under these documents by our officers or directors who have or may become defendants in litigation. These claims for indemnification may subject us to substantial risks of potential liability.

 

In addition to the foregoing financial costs and risks associated with potential liability, the defense of litigation has increased costs associated with attorneys’ fees. The amount of outside attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the defense of litigation could be substantial and might materially and adversely affect our results of operations for any reporting period.

 

We face legal uncertainties in the conduct of our business that could adversely affect our financial results.

 

Our business involves operations in futures markets, derivatives markets, and cash commodities markets. The legal and regulatory framework for these businesses involves substantial legal uncertainties, especially for agricultural commodities in the United States, and in international markets due to unresolved issues of a technical, legal, political and regulatory character. Recent examples in which legal uncertainties have led to losses by entities in the commodities business include disputes concerning Hedge to Arrive contracts and

 

14


Table of Contents

international and domestic losses from genetically modified grains. The exclusion of agricultural commodities from certain regulatory reforms of the Commodity Futures Modernization Act has particular significance for us because of our involvement in risk management related to agricultural commodities. These uncertainties create substantial risks for the company.

 

We are subject to substantial governmental and organizational regulation.

 

Our businesses, and the commodity brokerage industry generally, are subject to extensive regulation at both the federal and state levels. In addition, self-regulatory organizations, such as the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (our designated self-regulatory organization) and the National Futures Association, require compliance with their extensive rules and regulations. Among other things, these regulatory authorities impose restrictions on sales methods, trading practices, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, record keeping and the conduct of principals and employees. The extensive regulatory framework applicable to our industry, the purpose of which is to protect customers and the integrity of the commodities markets, imposes significant compliance burdens and attendant costs on us. The regulatory bodies that administer these rules do not attempt to protect the interests of our stockholders as such, but rather the public and markets generally. Failure to comply with any of the laws, rules or regulations of any independent, state or federal regulatory authority could result in a fine, injunction, suspension or expulsion from the industry, which could materially and adversely impact us. Furthermore, amendments to existing state or federal statutes, rules and regulations or the adoption of new statutes, rules and regulations could require us to alter our methods of operation at costs which could be substantial. In addition, our ability to comply with laws, rules and regulations is highly dependent upon our ability to maintain a compliance system which is capable of evolving with increasingly complex and changing requirements.

 

We depend on our ability to attract and retain key personnel.

 

Our business, as a service business, relies heavily upon our highly-skilled and often highly-specialized employees and executive officers and the relationships they form with clients. The unexpected loss of services of any of our key employees and executive officers, or the inability to recruit and retain highly qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We depend heavily on our communications and information systems, which are vulnerable to systems failures.

 

Any failure or interruption of our communications and information systems could cause delays in our trading activities, which could significantly harm our operating results. We cannot assure you that we will not suffer any of these systems failures or interruptions from power or telecommunication failures, natural disasters, or that our back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of any such failure or interruption will be adequate.

 

We are subject to margin funding requirements on short notice; failure to meet such requirements would significantly harm our business.

 

Our business involves establishment and carrying of substantial open positions for customers on futures exchanges. We are required to post and maintain margin for these positions. Although we collect margin from our customers for these positions, significant adverse price movements can occur which will require us to post margin on short notice, whether or not we are able to collect additional margin from our customers. Although we maintain borrowing facilities for the purpose of funding margin and have systems to endeavor to collect margin from customers on a same-day basis, there can be no assurance that these facilities and systems will be adequate to eliminate the risk of margin calls in the event of severe adverse price movements affecting open positions of our customers.

 

We do a substantial amount of business with grain companies which subjects us to additional risk.

 

We do a substantial amount of business with grain companies, which are subject to economic forces, including agricultural commodity, energy and financial markets, which could result in uniform financial distress

 

15


Table of Contents

to companies in that business segment. Any significant increase in business distress and failures in such segment could result in corresponding risk and losses to the company.

 

We must obtain and maintain credit facilities to operate; failure to maintain such facilities would require curtailment of our operations and result in losses.

 

We are substantially dependent on credit facilities for liquidity and operational funding. These credit facilities are necessary in order to meet immediate margin funding requirements, to fund and carry ownership in cash commodities, and to maintain positions required for our own risk management position in futures and over-the-counter markets. If we are unable to obtain and maintain credit facilities, our operational ability will be impaired and we would be required to curtail operations and incur operational losses.

 

We operate as a principal in over-the-counter markets which involves the risks associated with commodity derivative instruments.

 

We offer commodity swaps and trade options to our customers in which we act as a principal counterparty. We endeavor to simultaneously offset the commodity price risk of the instruments by establishing corresponding offsetting positions with major commodity counterparties. There can be no assurance, however, that these offsetting positions will be fully effective to eliminate the commodity derivative risk.

 

Transactions involving over-the-counter derivative contracts may be adversely affected by fluctuations in the level or volatility of or correlation or relationship between one or more market prices, rates or indices or other factors. These types of instruments may also be burdened by illiquidity in the market for the relevant transaction or in a related market.

 

Over-the-counter derivative transactions are subject to credit risks, which is the risk that a counterparty will fail to perform its obligation when due. These transactions involve substantial credit risk from our customers and other counterparties. We attempt to manage our customer credit risk by collecting trade option premiums in advance when we are a seller and by obtaining and maintaining customer deposits to cover swap and short trade option exposures. In the case of its major commodity counterparties, we have a policy of limiting transactions to the extent we are able to obtain counterparty credit risk coverage in the form of default risk insurance or credit default swaps. Despite these practices and policies, we are exposed to credit risk arising from our commodity swap and trade option activities, which could result in a material loss to the company.

 

Over-the-counter derivative transactions are subject to the risk that, as a result of mismatches or delays in the timing of cash flows due from or to counterparties in over-the-counter derivative transactions or related hedging, trading, collateral or other transactions, the company or its counterparty may not have adequate cash available to fund its current obligations.

 

We could incur material losses pursuant to over-the-counter derivative transactions because of inadequacies in or failures of our internal systems and controls for monitoring and quantifying the risk and contractual obligations associated with over-the-counter derivative transactions, for recording and valuing over-the-counter derivative and related transactions or for detecting human error, systems failure or management failure.

 

Over-the-counter derivative transactions may be modified or terminated only by mutual consent of the original parties and subject to agreement on individually negotiated terms. Accordingly it may not be possible to modify, terminate or offset obligations or exposure to the risk associated with a transaction prior to its scheduled termination date.

 

Some of our over-the-counter transactions may be highly leveraged, which increases the risk of loss.

 

We may engage in highly leveraged over-the-counter transactions. Because of the leverage ratios in these transactions, substantial losses may be incurred as a result of relatively small changes in the value or level of an underlying or related market factor.

 

16


Table of Contents

We depend on risk management policies, practices and systems to manage significant risks.

 

Our businesses involve substantial risks which could cause material losses if not properly managed. These risks include, but are not limited to, the risks of failing to collect and maintain adequate margin from customers, the risk of adverse price movements on company-owned commodities or forward cash contracts and derivative contracts, and the risks of significant credit defaults. We attempt to reduce and manage these risks by appropriate management and hedging policies.

 

Although we have developed risk management procedures and policies to identify, monitor and manage risks, we cannot assure you that our procedures will be fully effective. Our risk management methods may not effectively predict the risks we will face in the future, which may be different in nature or magnitude than past experiences. In addition, some of our risk management methods are based on an evaluation of information regarding markets, clients and other matters provided by third parties. This information may not be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated, and our risk management procedures may be correspondingly flawed. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risk requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and we cannot assure investors that our policies and procedures will be fully effective.

 

We engage in substantial commodity transactions as a principal.

 

We purchase and resell substantial grain and energy commodities. Such transactions involve substantial risks including risks of physical loss, price risk, counterparty default risks and funding and liquidity risk. We manage these risks by contract, by insurance, by hedging, and by maintaining lines of credit. However, there can be no assurance that these methods will be effective, and our commodity transactions could result in material losses.

 

We engage in a substantial amount of international business, which is subject to additional risk.

 

We engage in a significant amount of business with customers in the Far East, Latin America and Canada, as well as other international customers. These business activities are subject to currency rate fluctuation, which affects our income from these activities. In addition, we may not be in a position to seek enforcement of any amounts owed by these customers to the company because of the costs involved and other difficulties associated with seeking an enforceable judgment in these jurisdictions. In the event one of these customers decides not to provide us with payment for services rendered or goods sold, we may be left with limited remedial measures. We are also subject to legal, regulatory and political risks in the other countries involved.

 

We are subject to net capital requirements; failure to comply with these rules would significantly harm our business.

 

The CFTC requires futures commission merchants to maintain adequate regulatory capital in relation to their liabilities and the size of their customer business. These rules require futures commission merchants to maintain a substantial portion of their assets in cash or highly liquid investments. Failure to maintain the required net capital may subject a firm to limitation of its activities, including suspension or revocation of its registration by the CFTC and suspension or expulsion by the National Futures Association, various exchanges of which the futures commission merchant is a member and other regulatory bodies, and ultimately may require its liquidation. Failure to comply with the net capital rules could have material and adverse consequences such as:

 

  limiting our operations that require intensive use of capital, such as trading activities; or

 

  restricting us from withdrawing capital from our futures commission merchant subsidiary, even where it has more than the minimum amount of required capital. This, in turn, could limit our ability to pay dividends, implement our business and growth strategies, pay interest on and repay the principal of our debt and/or repurchase shares.

 

17


Table of Contents

In addition, a change in the net capital rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of net capital requirements, or a significant operating loss or any large charge against net capital, could have similar adverse effects.

 

Risk Factors Regarding Grain Merchandising Activities

 

We buy and sell agricultural commodities and agricultural commodity products in our business, the demand for which can be affected by weather, disease and other factors beyond our control.

 

Weather conditions, disease and other factors have historically caused volatility in the agricultural commodities industry and consequently in our operating results by causing crop failures or significantly reduced or increased harvests, which can affect the supply and pricing of the agricultural commodities that we buy and sell in our business, reduce the demand for our fertilizer products and negatively affect the creditworthiness of our customers and suppliers. Reduced supply of agricultural commodities due to weather-related factors could adversely affect our profitability in the future.

 

We are subject to government policies and regulations affecting the agricultural sector and related industries that could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

 

Government policies and regulations affecting the agricultural sector and related industries could adversely affect our operations and profitability. Agricultural production and trade flows are significantly affected by government policies and regulations. Governmental policies affecting the agricultural industry, such as taxes, tariffs, duties, subsidies and import and export restrictions on agricultural commodities and commodity products, can influence industry profitability, the planting of certain crops versus other uses of agricultural resources, the location and size of crop production, whether unprocessed or processed commodity products are traded and the volume and types of imports and exports. Future government policies may adversely affect the supply, demand for and prices of our products, restrict our ability to do business in our existing and target markets and could cause our financial results to suffer.

 

Our grain merchandising activities involve numerous business risks.

 

Our grain merchandising activities depend on our ability to earn a margin on bushels of grain purchased and sold. We can incur losses if the sale price, after taking into account hedge gains and losses, is less than the purchase price, if the purchase price cannot be collected, or if there are uncovered losses relating to physical quality or uncovered risk of casualty losses. We attempt to mitigate the losses by appropriate policies and practices, but there can be no assurance that such efforts will be sufficient to avoid losses.

 

We are dependent on access to external sources of financing to acquire and maintain the inventory, facilities and equipment necessary to run our business.

 

We require significant amounts of capital to operate our business. We require significant working capital to purchase and market our agricultural commodities inventories. An interruption of our access to short-term credit or a significant increase in our cost of credit could materially increase our interest expense and impair our ability to compete effectively in our business.

 

Risk Factors Regarding Financial Services Activities

 

Our financial services activities involve substantial credit and operational risk.

 

Our financial service activities, which primarily relate to financial accommodations to customers used to acquire and carry commodities, expose us to substantial credit risks due to possible defaults or nonperformance of our customers. In addition, we are exposed to various kinds of operational risks relating to the underlying commodities that form the basis of our financial services transactions. Losses in and to these commodities, which

 

18


Table of Contents

could be caused by fraud, misappropriation or other uninsured loss, could cause loss to us. Many of our financial services transactions depend on grain warehouse receipts issued to, or held by, us. If such receipts were invalid or not fully enforceable, it could cause a material loss. There are government programs that back grain warehouse receipts, but these could be inadequate to fully reimburse us for the value of grain evidenced by our warehouse receipts in the event of the business failure of the issuer of the receipt.

 

19


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

 

This proxy statement-prospectus includes forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our plans, strategies and prospects, both business and financial. All statements other than statements of current or historical fact contained in this proxy statement-prospectus are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “should,” “plan,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” “estimate,” “potential,” “continue” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

 

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions, including the risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Risk Factors.” In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking statements in this proxy statement-prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. When you consider these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind these risk factors and other cautionary statements in this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

Our forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this proxy statement-prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

20


Table of Contents

THE RESTRUCTURING

 

General

 

The restructuring will be effected by amending our articles of incorporation to eliminate provisions requiring the company to operate on a cooperative basis, effecting other modifications considered appropriate by the board of directors for a regular business corporation and approving the plan of conversion. After the restructuring, we will cease operating as a cooperative and will function as a general business corporation under the Iowa Business Corporation Act. All membership and stock interests, as evidenced by Class A common stock and subscriptions, Class B common stock and preferred stock in the company will be cancelled and replaced with one class of common stock (“new common stock”) of the company. Patronage-based rights will also be exchanged for new common stock and nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock. Upon completion of the restructuring, the directors and senior management of the company will not change.

 

Termination of Cooperative Status

 

Under the cooperative structure, each of our stockholders or stock subscribers was a member of the company, holding, or subscribing for, one share of Class A or Class B common stock each, and shares of preferred stock and was entitled to receive patronage-based distributions. Upon consummation of the restructuring, we will cease operating as a cooperative and our stockholders will no longer be entitled to patronage dividends with respect to periods after August 31, 2004. Future distributions, if any, will be made in the form of dividends or other distributions with respect to share ownership in accordance with our articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law.

 

Conversion of Common and Preferred Stock and Post-Restructuring Status of Patronage-Based Rights

 

Generally, each stockholder will receive one share of new common stock for each $10.00 in par value of current stock held. Specifically, in the restructuring, each issued and outstanding share of existing Class A common stock, $5,000 par value, will be converted into 500 shares of new common stock. Each issued and outstanding share of existing Class B common stock, $100,000 par value, will be converted into 10,000 shares of new common stock. All issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock, including all fractional preferred shares, will be converted into shares of new common stock at the rate of one share of new common stock for each $10.00 in par value of each preferred share. The par value of fractional preferred shares will be proportional to the par value of a whole share. Each subscriber for existing Class A common stock will receive shares of new common stock on the basis of one share of new common stock for each $10.00 credited to the account of each subscriber.

 

The preferred stock of the company has been issued in two series designated as Series I Preferred and Series II Preferred. Series I Preferred and Series II Preferred stock have identical rights and privileges and are treated identically in the restructuring. The only difference between the two series is that Series II Preferred was previously issued to reflect separate FGDI patronage, and to satisfy minimum preferred stock requirements relating to FGDI patronage, for the period of time that FGDI operated on a cooperative basis with a separate patronage pool. Series I Preferred was issued for all other patronage and minimum preferred stock requirements. If the restructuring is approved, no preferred stock will be issued with respect to patronage-based rights for periods after August 31, 2004.

 

In converting shares, no fractional shares will be issued. Each fractional share of new common stock resulting from the conversion calculation will be rounded up to the next whole share of new common stock.

 

Through the restructuring, the patronage-based rights of the members of the company will be converted into new common stock and nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock (“subscription rights”) in the following manner. Our appraiser, RSM McGladrey, Inc., has conducted an appraisal of the company and determined that the fair market value of the equity of the company as of August 31, 2004,

 

21


Table of Contents

was $43.1 million. This value is divided by $10.00 to establish the total number of shares of new common stock, 4.31 million shares, to be issued in the restructuring. This number of shares of new common stock issued in exchange for the existing shares of Class A common stock, shares of Class B common stock, subscribed shares of Class A common stock and preferred stock, totaling approximately 1.7 million shares, is subtracted from the total number of new common stock to be issued in the restructuring, and the remaining 2.6 million shares of new common stock will be distributed in exchange for patronage-based rights.

 

The patronage-based new common stock will be distributed to members owning stock or subscriptions as of August 31, 2004, in proportion to the defined patronage of the company during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, August 31, 2003, and August 31, 2002 (“computation period”). The three-year computation period is considered fairly representative of the relative existing rights of members who currently patronize the company. The patronage of a holder or subscriber of Class A common stock will be based on the total patronage received in cash and stock by the Class A member, including both commission and interest pool amounts. The patronage of a Class B member will be based on a total of $1.35 per round turn trade, which is less than the actual patronage paid. Historically, the commissions paid by Class A and Class B members have not been comparable. Unlike our Class A members, Class B members to do not use the company’s brokers to assist in hedging and other services. Instead, Class B members call directly to the trading floor to make their trades. The Class B members have historically paid rates for these services that are substantially above the prevailing market rates for such services and have recouped these amounts with higher per-trade patronage dividends than those paid to Class A members for their trades. As a result, the patronage amounts paid are not comparable on a dollar for dollar basis between the two classes. The patronage amount for Class B members was adjusted downward to arrive at a more accurate reflection of the relative amount of business done by each class with the company. The $1.35 per round turn trade was selected as an amount which would, in the judgment of the board of directors and management, fairly allocate patronage-based rights between the Class A and Class B members by adjusting for the effect of above-market rates initially paid by Class B members. The $1.35 per round turn reflects an approximate 83% reduction of the dollar patronage on the Class B commission pool. The patronage credited to a member will include the patronage of any entity to which the member is a successor by merger or acquisition. Each Class A member and Class B member will then receive its pro rata share of the number of shares of new common stock available for exchange for patronage-based rights. No patronage-based shares of new common stock will be distributed to any member that did not receive patronage dividends from the company with respect to business conducted during the period from September 1, 2001 to August 31, 2004. Each member’s patronage-based new common stock value will equal approximately 5.4 times their three year patronage total, as defined above.

 

In addition to receiving shares of new common stock, each member receiving patronage-based new common stock will receive a nontransferable subscription right which gives the member the right to purchase additional shares of new common stock of the company. Each subscription right will give the holder the right to purchase 100 shares of new common stock for each 200 shares of new common stock received in exchange for patronage-based rights. Subscription rights will be issued in multiples of 100 shares, rounded up to the next highest multiple of 100 shares. Partial exercises are permitted so long as the total subscription by that member is for not less than 1,000 shares of new common stock. Full exercises will not be subject to this minimum requirement. The subscription rights will be exercisable at $10.00 per share, will be subject to terms and conditions established by the board of directors, and will expire 60 days after the distribution date. After the completion of the appraisal, the company will distribute to each holder of a subscription right notice of the number of shares such holder is entitled to purchase. Subscription rights for approximately 1.3 million shares of new common stock will be distributed.

 

Accounting Treatment of the Restructuring

 

The restructuring does not change the accounting for assets, liabilities and equity. The only impact is to exchange a new issue of common stock for the existing membership Class A common, Class B common and preferred stock owned by the stockholders. The amount assigned to the new common stock will be equal to the August 31, 2004 combined amounts of the Class A common, the Class B common and total preferred stock.

 

22


Table of Contents

Reasons for the Restructuring

 

Our board of directors and senior management determined the structure and terms of the restructuring of the company into a general business corporation under Iowa law after extensive investigation of the anticipated business, tax and other effects on the company and its stockholders of converting to another form of entity or continuing to operate on a cooperative basis. As discussed below, the decision to effect the restructuring is a result of extensive internal discussion and research among the members of the board of directors and senior management of the company taking into account the advice of outside consultants and private discussions of management with certain members and groups of members.

 

Over the past several years, and particularly in recent months, our board of directors and senior management have carefully analyzed the company’s business and structure. As a result of that analysis, it has become apparent that significant structural changes are necessary in order to continue to operate and expand our business in an appropriate manner. After carefully exploring alternatives, the board of directors and senior management have determined that it is in the best interests of the company and its stockholders to cease operating on a cooperative basis. Given the competitive nature of the commodities/futures business, the board of directors and senior management believe that the business will require significant capital resources to fund on-going activities. We expect that restructuring to discontinue operating as a cooperative will afford the business greater access to capital, which we believe is necessary to allow the business to keep pace with the growth, consolidation and cost structure within the industry.

 

Ultimately, the company’s board of directors and senior management based its final decision to convert from a cooperative on a number of factors, including those summarized below.

 

  Given the competitive nature of the industries in which we do business, we believe that the company will need significant capital resources to fund ongoing and future activities. The company’s growth requires significant capital. Our commodity and risk management business require regulated levels of capital which must grow as the businesses grow. Under the current cooperative form, our ability to raise capital is limited. In particular, its common stock is limited to one share per member, does not earn an investment return, and cannot be held by non-members. After the restructuring, the company will be able to issue common and preferred equity more freely and have the flexibility to raise new capital in a number of ways. First, under the terms of the restructuring, each existing stockholder that receives new common stock in exchange for patronage-based rights will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase an additional 100 shares of new common stock for each 200 shares received in exchange for patronage-based rights. Second, through the anticipated employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, eligible employees will be able to invest in our common stock. The company has no current plans to raise capital from parties other than the existing stockholders and the ESOP, but could elect to do so in the future. These and other capital raising options would be more readily available after the restructuring as compared to the current cooperative structure.

 

  The board of directors and senior management have determined that the current cooperative structure lacks the flexibility needed to act in a timely fashion to meet capital requirements or emergencies. Under the terms of the restructuring, many of the restrictions on share ownership will be removed from the articles of incorporation, and the company will be registered as a public company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The restructuring will allow us to form an ESOP and issue nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock in connection with the restructuring, the proceeds of which will increase our capital and improve our balance sheet. If the need should arise, the board of directors would be able to raise capital in a more timely fashion than is currently the case.

 

 

We believe that the restructuring may improve the liquidity of your investment in the company. The current cooperative form requires that shares of the company’s common and preferred stock may be transferred only as an incident of membership in the company. After the restructuring, a stockholder may transfer its common shares to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee would

 

23


Table of Contents
 

hold more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer), or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. In addition, it is the current intention of the board of directors to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, although the board will not be obligated to redeem any shares and has not yet established the terms of a plan of redemption.

 

  The board of directors and senior management determined that the likely tax impact of the restructuring upon the company and our stockholders, the loss of the patronage dividend deduction and the additional costs of being a public company are acceptable, given the expected benefits to both the business enterprise and the company’s stockholders.

 

  In order to maintain our status as a cooperative under applicable laws, we must conduct a substantial portion of our business with our members. However, we are already conducting a significant amount of business with non-members. As the level of business the company transacts with non-members increases, our status as a cooperative could begin to come into question.

 

  We do not currently distribute the earnings which result from business with non-members. After the restructuring, the board of directors will have the discretion to make distributions from member and non-member business to the stockholders based on their equity interests rather than their patronage. This change will make it possible to raise investment capital by issuance of common stock or securities convertible into common stock.

 

  The board of directors and senior management have determined that the restructuring will allow us to retain most aspects of its current system of corporate governance. The proposed amendments to the bylaws will give the board of directors the authority to limit transfers of common stock to parties other than existing stockholders. The board of directors intends to use its discretion provided in the bylaws to limit the transfer of common stock of the company to cooperatives and the ESOP. The company will maintain most aspects of its existing system of nominating eight Class I board members on a regional basis, with one Class II board member being nominated by the ESOP and the 12 largest stockholders, and one Class III board member being nominated by the other board members. However, after the restructuring, the bylaws will grant the board of directors the ultimate authority to make nominations and the nominating process will only be used to indicate stockholder preferences.

 

  We believe the restructuring will enhance the value of the individual interests of our members by converting such interests into stock which will have an investment value more directly related to the value of the company.

 

This discussion of factors considered by our board of directors and senior management is not intended to be exhaustive, but is believed to include the material factors they considered. In reaching its determination to approve and recommend the restructuring, the board of directors considered the above issues and factors collectively without quantifying or assigning a greater weight to any one factor.

 

Recommendation of the Company’s Board of Directors

 

The board of directors and senior management believe that it is in the best interests of the company and our stockholders to restructure the company to cease operating on a cooperative basis and to adopt certain provisions in our articles of incorporation considered beneficial to the operation of a regular business corporation. Accordingly, the board of directors has approved the restructuring. The board of directors recommends that stockholders of the company vote “FOR” adoption of the proposal to restructure the company as described herein. If the restructuring is not consummated for any reason, we intend to continue to operate our business in a cooperative form.

 

Regulatory Approval

 

Other than as necessary to comply with federal, state and provincial securities laws, no regulatory approvals must be obtained in connection with the proposed restructuring.

 

24


Table of Contents

Statutory Appraisal Rights

 

Under Iowa corporate law, stockholders of the company who oppose the restructuring and the conversion of existing Class A and Class B common stock, preferred stock and patronage-based rights for shares of new common stock will not have the statutory right to dissent from the transaction and demand the cash payment of the fair value of their shares in the transaction. Therefore, if the restructuring is approved and completed, you will have no statutory right to seek a separate appraisal of your existing shares of Class A and Class B common stock, preferred stock and patronage-based rights in the company.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

Under the restructuring, we will continue to honor all benefits accrued by the company under any employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement in accordance with the respective terms of those benefit plans and to the extent required by law. We will maintain the effectiveness of, and continue to administer all such benefit plans, policies or arrangements. However, if the restructuring is approved, and the ESOP is established, we intend to replace for all eligible employees the company’s existing matching contributions to the company’s 401(k) plan with a company contribution to the ESOP.

 

Redemption of Certain Inactive Members’ Equity

 

Under the existing articles of incorporation, membership rights and common stock of members may be canceled and redeemed in the event that the member has not patronized the company for a period of two years. Preferred stock is callable on thirty days’ notice. At its meeting of June 30, 2004, prior to adoption of the proposed restructuring, the board of directors considered the status of members that had not patronized the company for more than two years and determined that it should exercise the rights to redeem inactive members, excluding those in bankruptcy and those which had merged with or been acquired by active members. As a result, the common and preferred stock rights of 152 members were canceled and will be redeemed. This cancellation and redemption is not contingent upon approval of the restructuring. None of the inactive members so redeemed would have been eligible for a distribution of new common stock in exchange for patronage-based rights under the terms of the restructuring. The primary effects of this action on the restructuring will be to reduce the number of shares outstanding, to reduce the number of stockholders, to reduce the capital of the company by the amount of the redemption and to slightly increase the proportionate shares of the remaining members in the company after the restructuring.

 

Federal Securities Law Consequences

 

Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the bylaws, under the federal securities laws (specifically Rule 145), new common stock in the company received in the restructuring by persons who are not affiliates of the company, as defined by the Securities Act of 1933 may be resold immediately in transactions not involving an issuer, underwriter or dealer. Common stock received in the restructuring by “affiliates” of the company may be resold only in compliance with Rule 145(d) of the Securities Act (which incorporates specific provisions of Rule 144 of the Securities Act), in transactions that are exempt from registration under the Securities Act, or pursuant to further registration under the Securities Act. The restrictions under Rule 145 are generally expected to apply to the directors and senior management of the company. Affiliates of the company may be required to execute agreements to comply with Rule 145(d).

 

This document cannot be used in connection with subsequent sales of new common stock of the company received in the restructuring by a stockholder who may be deemed to be an affiliate of the company under the Securities Act.

 

Immediately prior to the consummation of the restructuring, we will register the shares of new common stock under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Upon that registration, we will be subject to the requirements

 

25


Table of Contents

of the 1934 Act, will file annual, quarterly and current reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and will also become subject to the proxy rules, management reporting of insider ownership and other requirements of a company registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act.

 

Amendments to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation

 

If the proposed amendments of the articles of incorporation and the plan of conversion are approved, existing provisions which require us to operate on a cooperative basis and which allow us to be taxed as a cooperative under Subchapter T of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended will be removed. The amended articles of incorporation will permit us to engage in all lawful business for which corporations may be organized under the Iowa Business Corporation Act. The amended articles of incorporation will replace the existing outstanding shares of, and subscriptions for, Class A and Class B common stock and outstanding preferred stock with a single class of common stock. Subject to provisions applicable to holders of more than 5% of our common stock, each share of new common stock will have the same dividend and voting rights, with each share of common stock entitled to one vote. Twenty-five percent of the shares of common stock entitled to vote will constitute a quorum at meetings of common stockholders.

 

The amended articles of incorporation will preserve the right of the company, at its option, to redeem at book value, any common stock issued in the restructuring if the board of directors determines that the holder of such shares has not done business with the company for a period of two years. This right will not apply to any shares of new common stock purchased pursuant to a subscription right or to any other shares of stock except those received in the conversion effected by the restructuring. Shares issued to the ESOP would not be subject to this right of redemption. This redemption right will expire on August 31, 2009.

 

The amended articles of incorporation will continue to provide that the company will have a lien on the issued common stock of each holder for indebtedness of that holder owed to the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

The amended articles of incorporation will eliminate the existing qualifications to membership which limit the ownership of the company’s equity interests to agricultural cooperatives, federated cooperative associations of agricultural cooperatives and other cooperative entities. The amended articles of incorporation will continue to allow restrictions on ownership of the new common stock to be provided in the bylaws of the company. The amended bylaws of the company do not have any restrictions on ownership of the new common stock, however, the board of directors currently intends to limit the issuance and transfer of shares to cooperatives and the ESOP.

 

The amended articles of incorporation authorize the company’s board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as established by the board of directors, including voting rights. The board has no current plans to issue preferred stock.

 

The amended articles contain provisions placing limitations on the amount of common stock that may be beneficially owned by a single person, other than the company or any compensation plan maintained by the company. In the event that any person, or group of persons acting in concert, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, the shares in excess of 5% will be entitled to one hundredth (  1 / 100 ) of one vote per share. In addition, the amended articles authorize us to refuse to recognize any transfer or attempted transfer of common stock to any person who beneficially owns, or who we believe would, by virtue of the transfer or attempted transfer would become the beneficial owner of, more than 5% of our common stock. The board of directors will be authorized to adopt regulations and procedures not inconsistent with these provisions for the administration of these provisions. The board of directors will also have the right to demand that the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the common stock supply factual information that would allow the board to determine the applicability of these provisions. The amended articles provide that any applications, interpretations, constructions or other determinations made by the board of directors in good faith and on the basis of information reasonably available will be conclusive and binding on the company and its stockholders.

 

26


Table of Contents

These provisions will not apply to any offer or sale of common stock by the company to an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the common stock or to certain transactions undertaken by the company which do not have the effect of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the stockholders.

 

The amended articles provide for a maximum of 15 members of the company’s board of directors. The current board consists of ten members. The board of directors has no current plans to increase the size of the board of directors under this provision.

 

The amended articles of incorporation require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of all the outstanding shares of common stock and at least 50% of the common stock not held by the beneficial owner (and any associate or affiliate of such a beneficial owner) of 5% or more of the common stock to approve any business combination with the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the company’s common stock. If the business combination has been approved by a majority of the disinterested directors then in office, these provisions will not apply.

 

The amended articles do not provide for any preemptive rights to acquire any unissued or treasury shares of the company.

 

The amended articles provide for the limitation or elimination of the personal liability of directors of the company to the fullest extent permitted by the Iowa Business Corporation Act, except for financial benefits received by a director to which the director is not entitled, any intentional infliction of harm on the company or its stockholders, any violation of Section 833 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act, or any intentional violation of law.

 

The amended articles retain an existing provision requiring three-fourths of the outstanding shares of common stock to vote for dissolution of the company or to amend such voting requirement.

 

Amendments to the Company’s Bylaws

 

If the restructuring is approved, the board of directors will amend our bylaws to eliminate the rights and requirements relating to patronage and to alter the restrictions on ownership of our equity interests. Specifically, the company’s bylaws will be amended to eliminate the right to patronage dividends. The amended bylaws will provide for dividends to be paid on shares of common and preferred stock at the discretion of the board of directors. The amended bylaws will not contain any requirements that any stockholder maintain any level of equity investment based on the volume and kind of business done with the company. However, as discussed above, the amended articles of incorporation grant the company the right to redeem shares issued in the restructuring if the board determines that a holder of shares has not done business with the company for a period of two years.

 

The amended bylaws of the company will not require that any person meet membership or patronage requirements in order to own the common stock of the company. The amended bylaws will provide that shares of common stock will not be transferable, except to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee holds more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer) or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. Shares in any employee stock ownership plan will be transferable as permitted in such plan.

 

The amended bylaws will also contain advance notice provisions relating to business to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders. In order to give timely notice, a stockholder must deliver or mail a written notice to the principal offices of the company not less than 120 days prior to the date of the annual meeting. If no annual meeting was held the previous year, or the date of the annual meeting has changed more than 30 days from the date contemplated by the previous year’s proxy statement, the notice must be received no later than 10 calendar days following the date on which the public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. The

 

27


Table of Contents

notice must set forth (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (b) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (c) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (d) the class and number of shares of the company that are beneficially owned and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (e) all other information with respect to each such matter as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, as then in effect under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, had proxies been solicited by the board of directors with respect thereto. No business may be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with these procedures and Rule 14a-8, as then in effect under the Exchange Act. The amended articles provide that meetings of the stockholders will be presided over by the chairman of the board, and authorize the board of directors to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of the stockholders’ meetings.

 

The amended bylaws restate the procedures and processes for the qualification and selection of nominees to the board of directors to conform to the changes made by the restructuring, but generally preserve the existing procedures and processes. In particular, the system of regional qualification, regional nominating committees, and candidate preference ballots for eight Class I directors is preserved. However, the results of the nominating ballot procedure will only indicate the preferred candidate of the stockholders. The board of directors, upon consideration of the results of the preference ballot will determine the Class I nominee(s) put to a vote of stockholders at the annual meeting. Similarly, the twelve largest stockholders and the ESOP will continue to be involved in the selection of the one Class II director with the company. The results of the nominating ballot procedure will only indicate the preferred nominees of the stockholders. The board of directors will make the final nomination after considering the preferences of these large stockholders. The amended bylaws provide that individual stockholders may submit nominations of directors for consideration by the board of directors or a nominating committee.

 

Finally, the amended bylaws provide that the ESOP, if adopted, will be limited to owning 20% of the common shares of the company.

 

The Proposed ESOP

 

We presently contemplate the establishment of an “employee stock ownership plan”, or ESOP, following the consummation of the restructuring. An ESOP is a special type of qualified retirement plan described in and subject to certain requirements contained in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). By definition, an ESOP must be designed to invest primarily in stock of the sponsoring employer.

 

Generally, an employer maintaining an ESOP will make contributions to the plan in the form of cash or in the form of company stock. Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Code, such contributions will ordinarily be deductible by the company. As a form of qualified retirement plan, an ESOP will typically cover a broad range of employees. Each employee participating in an ESOP will have his or her own account in the ESOP, and the assets in each participant’s account will be subject to a vesting schedule in the plan document. The vested portion of the assets in a participant’s ESOP account typically become distributable following the occurrence of certain events, including the participant’s death, disability, retirement or other separation from service.

 

ERISA requires that the assets of an ESOP be held in a trust and imposes on the trustee (as well as other fiduciaries) of the plan an obligation (a) to act solely in the interest of plan participants and their beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits and defraying the reasonable expenses of administration of the plan, (b) to act prudently, and (c) to act in accordance with the governing plan documents to the extent consistent with ERISA.

 

Historically, employees of the company and certain subsidiaries and affiliates have participated in The Restated Thrift/Profit Sharing Plan for Cooperatives (the “401(k) Plan”) adopted by the company. Pursuant to the

 

28


Table of Contents

terms of the 401(k) Plan, employees who are expected to work at least 1000 hours in a year, who have attained the age of twenty-one (21) and who have completed at least four (4) months of service are eligible to participate in the plan. To the extent participants make 401(k) elective deferrals to the plan (“401(k) Contributions”), the company has historically made matching contributions to the plan in an amount equal to 50% of each participant’s 401(k) contributions, subject to a maximum matching contribution in an amount equal to 4% of the participant’s compensation.

 

We anticipate that participants in the 401(k) Plan that are eligible to participate in the ESOP will be given a one-time opportunity to elect to transfer up to 33% of the assets in their 401(k) Plan account to the ESOP. We expect that such funds would subsequently be invested in company stock at a price not less than the same $10.00 per share price that is offered to members pursuant to the subscription rights. If such an election is, in fact, made available to 401(k) Plan participants, a detailed written description of the proposed transaction and the election procedures, along with a discussion of the various risks associated therewith would be provided to plan participants well in advance of such a transaction.

 

We also anticipate that, following the establishment of the ESOP, matching contributions for all eligible ESOP participants would no longer be made to the 401(k) Plan, but would, instead, be made to the ESOP where they would be invested in company stock.

 

As a result of the foregoing, employees of the company will be given an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the company and will be given an opportunity to align their interests with the interests of company stockholders.

 

ERISA and the Code would require shares of company stock held by the ESOP to be appraised at least once a year by a qualified independent appraiser. In addition, all purchases of company stock by the ESOP, including the shares purchased with the initial transfers from the 401(k) plan, would be required to take place at a price no greater than the appraised fair market value of such stock, and all sales of stock by the ESOP would be required to take place at a price no less than such appraised fair market value. Participants in the ESOP would also be given the right to direct the Trustee with respect to the voting of shares of company stock held in their account.

 

Conditions to Closing

 

The restructuring is subject to approval of the stockholders and will proceed only if a majority of Class A common shares voting, a majority of Class B common shares voting and a majority of preferred shares voting all vote to approve it.

 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

 

The following discussion summarizes material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the restructuring pursuant to the plan of conversion (herein referred to as the “conversion”) to the company’s stockholders and members. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated under the Code, court decisions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service and other applicable authorities, all as in effect on the date of this document and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect.

 

This discussion is limited to persons who hold shares of the company’s common and preferred stock and patronage-based rights (herein referred to as “membership interests”) as capital assets for federal income tax purposes.

 

This discussion does not address all the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of the holder’s particular circumstances or to holders who may be subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, such as tax-exempt organizations, foreign persons or entities, financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, persons who hold shares of the company’s common or preferred stock or membership interests as part of a hedge, straddle, wash sale, synthetic security, conversion

 

29


Table of Contents

transaction, or other integrated investment comprised of the company’s common or preferred stock or membership interest and one or more investments, holders with a “functional currency” (as defined by the Code) other than the U.S. dollar, and persons who acquired shares of the company’s common or preferred stock or membership interests in compensatory transactions.

 

If a partnership (including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of shares of common or preferred stock or the beneficial owner of a membership interest, the tax treatment of a partner in that partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Holders of shares of common or preferred stock or membership interests that are partnerships and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common and preferred stock and membership interests in the conversion.

 

Further, this discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or foreign taxation. No ruling has been or will be obtained from the Internal Revenue Service regarding any matter relating to the conversion and no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any aspect of this discussion.

 

Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the plan of conversion, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax laws in light of their own situations.

 

In connection with the completion of the proposed restructuring, McDermott Will & Emery LLP has delivered an opinion to the company to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the plan of conversion will be treated as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP is based upon the U.S. federal income tax law in effect as of the date of the opinion. Such laws are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. An opinion of counsel is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any court and no assurance can be given that the Internal Revenue Service will not assert, or that a court will not sustain, a position contrary to any aspect of the opinion. In rendering the opinion, McDermott Will & Emery LLP has relied upon certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding the absence of changes in facts and the completion of the conversion in accordance with the plan of conversion and in the manner described in this document. The opinion also relies upon certain representations of the management of the company and assumes that the representations are true, correct and complete. If any of these assumptions or representations are inaccurate in any way, the opinion could be adversely affected.

 

Tax Consequences of the Conversion to Holders of the Company’s Common and Preferred Stock and Memberships. Assuming that the conversion qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, the exchange (i) by holders of their existing shares of the Class A and Class B common stock for shares of new common stock of the company, (ii) by holders of their existing shares of preferred stock for shares of new common stock of the company, and (iii) by holders of their membership interests for shares of new common stock of the company and for nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of new common stock of the company will generally be tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Persons participating in a reorganization generally are required to recognize gain (but not loss) in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the amount of cash or the value of other property received in the reorganization, and (b) the amount, if any, by which the sum of the fair market value, as of the effective date of the reorganization, of the shares of the stock and cash and other consideration received in the reorganization exceeds the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in his or her shares surrendered in the reorganization. In the conversion, holders of the company’s Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock are entitled to receive only shares of new common stock of the company. In the conversion, holders of membership interests are entitled to receive only

 

30


Table of Contents

shares of new common stock of the company and subscription rights for shares of new common stock of the company, which are not treated as other property for this purpose. No cash or other property will be distributed in the conversion.

 

A company stockholder will generally have an aggregate tax basis in the new common shares of the company and subscription rights received in the conversion equal to the aggregate adjusted tax basis in shares of common and preferred stock and its membership interest surrendered in the conversion. The holding period of the new common stock of the company and subscription rights received by a stockholder pursuant to the conversion will include the holding period of shares of common and preferred stock and of the membership interest surrendered in the conversion.

 

Basis generally will be determined separately for each class of securities held. The basis and holding period of a stockholder in its shares of Class A or B common stock will carryover to the shares of new common stock of the company received in exchange for the common stock. The basis and holding period of a stockholder in its shares of preferred stock will carryover to the shares of new common stock of the company received in exchange for the preferred stock. The basis and holding period of a stockholder in its membership interest will carryover to the shares of new common stock of the company and to the subscription rights received in exchange for the membership interest.

 

Each stockholder will need to make its own basis and holding period determinations. Stockholders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors. Company stockholders, who purchased their common shares from the company, should generally have a basis in those shares equal to what was paid, which generally was the par value. Company stockholders should generally have a basis in shares of preferred stock received as patronage dividends from the company in an amount equal to the stated dollar amount (par value) of those shares. Company stockholders should generally have no basis in their membership interests.

 

Interests of Certain Persons in the Transaction

 

ESOP. The company plans to adopt an employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, following the consummation of the restructuring. Officers and employees of the company will participate in the ESOP, which will acquire shares at the appraised value of new common stock of the company, which will be held for the benefit of the officers and employees. The board of directors believes that the ESOP will better align the interests of the officers and employees with those of the stockholders. In addition, the ESOP’s acquisition of new common stock will increase the company’s capital.

 

Other Equity-Based Plans. Following the restructuring, the company may consider additional equity-based incentive plans for its officers, directors and employees. These plans are not currently available to the company due to its cooperative structure. The Board has no current plans to adopt any such equity-based incentive plan.

 

Indirect Director Interests. Each director of the company has an indirect interest in the approval of the restructuring. Each director of the company is a manager of a member of the company. In most cases, these members do a significant amount of business with the company and have significant patronage-based rights. Because these patronage-based rights will convert into new common stock upon consummation of the restructuring, the proportionate voting power and proportionate ownership interest of these members may increase as a result of the restructuring.

 

Certain Possible Anti-Takeover Effects of the Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws

 

Limitations on Beneficial Ownership of Stock. Our amended articles of incorporation will contain provisions placing limitations on the amount of common stock that may be beneficially owned by a single person, other than the company or any compensation plan maintained by the company. In the event that any person, or group of persons acting in concert, becomes the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the common stock of the company,

 

31


Table of Contents

the shares in excess of 5% will be entitled to one-hundredth (  1 / 100 ) of one vote per share. In addition, our articles will authorize the company to refuse to recognize any transfer or attempted transfer of common stock to any person who beneficially owns, or who the company believes would, by virtue of the transfer or attempted transfer would become the beneficial owner of, more than 5% of the common stock of the company. The board of directors will be authorized to adopt regulations and procedures not inconsistent with these provisions for the administration of these provisions. The board of directors will also have the right to demand that the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the common stock supply factual information that would allow the board to determine the applicability of these provisions. Our articles will provide that any applications, interpretations, constructions or other determinations made by the board of directors in good faith and on the basis of information reasonably available will be conclusive and binding on the company and its stockholders. These provisions will not apply to any offer or sale of common stock by the company to an underwriter in connection with the public offering of the common stock or to certain transactions undertaken by the company which do not have the effect of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the stockholders.

 

Limitations on Certain Business Combinations. Our articles of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of all the outstanding shares of common stock and at least 50% of the common stock not held by the beneficial owner (and any associate or affiliate of such a beneficial owner) of 5% or more of the common stock to approve any business combination with the beneficial owner of 5% or more of the company’s common stock. If the business combination has been approved by a majority of the disinterested directors then in office, these provisions will not apply.

 

Limitations on Transferability of Stock. Our articles of incorporation will provide that shares of the company’s common stock will not be transferable, except to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee holds more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer); (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors; and (c) any employee stock ownership plan as permitted in such plan.

 

Classified Board of Directors . Our articles of incorporation will provide for a board of directors that is divided into three groups serving three-year staggered terms. All directors hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors may have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director.

 

Blank Check Preferred Stock . Our articles of incorporation will authorize our board of directors to issue 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock without the necessity of further notice to, or authorization by, our stockholders. All of these preferred shares will remain unissued, unreserved and available for issuance at the discretion of the board. The unissued and unreserved preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series and may have such voting powers, preferences, relative rights, designations, qualifications and limitations as our board of directors may fix by resolution at the time of issuance. One of the effects of the existence of authorized, unissued and unreserved preferred stock could be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management which could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management. Such additional shares also could be used to dilute the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of us.

 

Resales of Common Stock

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and even after completion of the offering, since there are limitations on the transfer of stock and the company’s common stock is not being listed on an exchange or other public trading system, there will continue to be no public market for the company’s common stock.

 

Sale of the common stock will be subject to significant restrictions on transfer. The proposed articles of incorporation authorize restrictions on the transfer of shares to be contained in the bylaws. The proposed

 

32


Table of Contents

amended and restated bylaws provide that shares of the company’s common stock will not be transferable, except to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee holds more than 5% of issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer), or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. The board of directors currently intends to use the discretion granted by the bylaws to limit the transfer of common stock to cooperatives and the ESOP.

 

The proposed articles of incorporation authorize the board of directors to redeem shares issued as a part of the restructuring. The shares may be redeemed by the company at book value of such shares if the board of directors determines that the holder of such shares has not done business with the company for a period of two years. This right will not apply to any shares of new common stock purchased pursuant to a subscription right or to any other shares of stock except those received in the conversion effected by the restructuring. Shares issued to the ESOP would not be subject to this right of redemption. The company has no obligation to exercise this redemption right, and the board has no current plans to exercise such redemption right if it becomes available. The redemption right expires if not exercised on or before August 31, 2009.

 

In addition, it is the current intention of the board of directors to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, although the board will not be obligated to redeem any shares and has not yet established the terms of a plan of redemption.

 

Please also see “— Federal Securities Law Consequences,” above, for further discussion of restrictions on the resale of common stock.

 

Appraisal

 

Since the fair market value of the company is very important in evaluating the proposed restructuring, the company considered several recommended appraisal firms, then interviewed and selected the firm of RSM McGladrey, Inc. RSM McGladrey is a national business services firm continually engaged in the appraisal of businesses for a variety of purposes. The company has had no prior relationship with RSM McGladrey. Such firm was paid an hourly fee which was not in any way dependent on the results of the appraisal. The total fee for the appraisal is estimated to be $50,000. The company has agreed to indemnify RSM McGladrey for amounts incurred in judgments or settlements resulting from services performed in connection with the appraisal.

 

The company instructed RSM McGladrey to appraise the fair market value of the equity of the company and placed no limitations on the appraisal.

 

RSM McGladrey has concluded its appraisal of the equity of the company and determined that, in its opinion, the fair market value of 100% of the equity of the company as of August 31, 2004, was $43.1 million. This value is divided by $10.00 to establish the total number of shares of new common stock to be issued in the restructuring — 4.31 million shares, not including shares issuable upon the exercise of subscription rights. The shares remaining after the conversion of common stock, common stock subscriptions and preferred stock will be distributed in exchange for patronage-based rights under a formula which is based on Class A patronage during the three fiscal years ending August 31, 2004, August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 and Class B round turns traded during the same period. The result of the appraisal determines the number of shares to be distributed on a patronage basis and this will affect the proportionate share of existing members of the new common stock after the restructuring. The appraisal was made as of August 31, 2004, and takes into account results of operations through such date and the final patronage dividend payable by the company.

 

The appraisal considered all elements pertaining to the valuation of closely held businesses per Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 59-60, including consideration of these elements:

 

  The nature of the business and history of the enterprise from inception

 

  The economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry in particular.

 

  The book value of the stock and the financial condition of the business.

 

33


Table of Contents
  The earning capacity of the company.

 

  The dividend-paying capacity.

 

  Whether or not the enterprise has goodwill or other intangible value.

 

  Sales of the stock and the size of the block of stock to be valued.

 

  The market price of stocks of corporations engaged in the same or similar line of business having their stocks actively traded in a free and open market, either on an exchange or over-the-counter.

 

The appraisal and written report has been conducted in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice of The Appraisal Foundation, the Principles of Appraisal Practice and Code of Ethics and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers.

 

“Fair Market Value” to be used in the appraisal is defined as the price at which property would change hands between a hypothetical willing and able buyer and a hypothetical willing and able seller, acting at arm’s length in an open and unrestricted market, when neither is under compulsion to buy or sell and when both have reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts (American Society of Appraiser Business Valuation Standards).

 

In making the appraisal, RSM McGladrey considered various appraisal methods within the market approach, the income approach, and the asset approach. After analyzing the specific facts and circumstances of the company, they relied primarily upon the capitalization of earnings method within the income approach, giving some consideration to the asset approach, and utilizing market data as support for the income approach, as they were unable to employ a market method directly as a means of establishing value.

 

While the appraisal process calls for the application of stringent standards and precise calculations, the valuation of a closely held business is an art rather than an exact science because of the judgment involved in applying the various valuation methods, and ultimately in using one or more of those methods to determine a reasonable estimate of value.

 

The written appraisal report will be made available for inspection and copying at the principal executive offices of the company during regular business hours by any interested stockholder of the company or representative designated in writing. A copy of the written report will be sent by the company to any interested security holder or representative who has been so designated in writing upon written request and at the expense of the requesting security holder. The appraisal report has also been filed as an exhibit with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a copy is available at the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).

 

34


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the new common stock in the conversion of the existing Class A common stock and subscriptions, Class B common stock, preferred stock and patronage-based rights. Accordingly, the conversion of the existing shares of stock into shares of new common stock will not result in any change in our total capitalization.

 

It is impossible to estimate the proceeds we will receive from the exercise of subscription rights. We have estimated that the maximum proceeds that we could receive from such exercise, if every stockholder exercised all of its rights, would be $13.3 million. It is highly unlikely, however, that the subscription rights will be exercised at such level. All of the proceeds we receive from the exercise of subscription rights will be used for the purchase of securities to be held by our FCM, FCStone, LLC, to increase adjusted net capital pursuant to applicable CFTC regulations.

 

Application of Proceeds


   Assuming 10%
Exercise of
Estimated
Subscriptions


   Assuming 50%
Exercise of
Estimated
Subscriptions


   Assuming 100%
Exercise of
Estimated
Subscriptions


Increase of adjusted net capital of FCStone, LLC

   $ 1,330,000    $ 6,650,000    $ 13,300,000

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We currently pay dividends to our members based on their patronage rather than on their equity interests in the company. After the closing of the restructuring, our status as a cooperative will be terminated. A final patronage dividend has been declared and paid for the fiscal year ending August 31, 2004, but no patronage dividends will be paid thereafter. A regular dividend payable on a per share basis to holders of new common stock may be declared and paid at the discretion of the board of directors. If our financial results and condition are adequate, the board anticipates payment of a regular annual dividend in the future. It is the board’s current intention to pay dividends that approximate the patronage dividends historically paid, and the board believes that an annual dividend of not less than $0.50 per share will be paid if the company’s earnings continue to be at or above current levels, and no unforeseen financial contingencies arise.

 

35


Table of Contents

THE SPECIAL MEETING

 

Date, Time, Place and Purpose

 

This proxy statement is being furnished to stockholders of the company in connection with the special meeting of the stockholders to be held on             , 2005 at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the West Des Moines Marriott, 1250 74th Street, West Des Moines, Iowa, and any adjournments or postponements of the special meeting. At the special meeting, stockholders who own shares of issued and outstanding stock of the company as of the close of business on             , 2004 will be eligible to vote on a proposal to approve the restructuring. Subscribers are not entitled to vote.

 

This proxy statement is first being mailed to stockholders on or about             , 2004.

 

Matter to be Considered

 

The sole purpose of the special meeting will be to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve amendments to the articles of incorporation and plan of conversion effecting the proposed restructuring as described above. Through the restructuring, the existing stock of the company and the patronage-based rights of the members will be converted into new common stock and nontransferable subscriptions rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock. The patronage dividend payment obligation of the cooperative to its members will automatically cease. The transaction will result in an offering of the company’s new common stock to its members. No public market currently exists for these securities, and none is expected to develop as a result of the restructuring.

 

Record Date

 

The company has fixed             , 2004 as the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the special meeting. As of that date, there were 424 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, 5 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding and 13,870 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Only holders of record of the company’s shares on the record date are entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the special meeting, and any adjournment or postponement of the special meeting. Each eligible holder of issued and outstanding fully-paid common stock will be entitled to one vote. Holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote the number of preferred shares held.

 

How You Can Vote; Proxies

 

You can vote on the proposed restructuring by attending the special meeting, which will be held on             , 2004 at 10:00 a.m., and submitting your vote on the ballot provided at that time or by completing the enclosed proxy card, including signature and date, and mailing it to the company. If you sign and return a written proxy card without instructions marked on the card, the shares represented by the proxy will be counted as voting for the restructuring. You may revoke proxies at any time before the special meeting in one of three ways. First, you can send a written notice stating you would like to revoke the proxy. Second, you can complete and submit a new proxy card. Third, you can attend the special meeting and vote in person by requesting a ballot and voting at the meeting. Simply attending the meeting without voting, however, will not revoke the proxy.

 

Quorum; Vote Required

 

A quorum of stockholders eligible to vote must exist at the special meeting to approve the restructuring. If at least a majority of the company’s Class A common stockholders, at least a majority of the company’s Class B common stockholders, and at least a majority of the company’s preferred stockholders are present at the special meeting, a quorum will exist. The affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast at the special meeting by each class of stockholders is required to approve the restructuring. Pursuant to the company’s bylaws, holders of subscribed but not fully paid shares of Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote at the special meeting. Abstentions will be counted as present for the purposes of determining the presence of a quorum at the special meeting. Abstentions will not be counted as votes cast.

 

36


Table of Contents

Directors and Officers

 

As of the record date, the directors who are affiliated with a member represented approximately 2.1% of the Class A common shares, 20% of the Class B common shares, and 6.4% of the preferred shares and votes entitled to be cast. The officers of the company own no common or preferred shares.

 

No Other Business; Adjournments

 

Under Iowa law and our bylaws, the business to be conducted at the special meeting will be limited to the purpose stated in the notice to company stockholders provided with this proxy statement-prospectus. Adjournments may be made for the purpose of, among other things, soliciting additional stockholders to attend the meeting.

 

37


Table of Contents

INFORMATION REGARDING THE COMPANY

 

The company will continue to operate its existing business after the restructuring, and the following discussion of the business, as it applies to the company operating as a cooperative, is equally applicable to the company after the restructuring, and vice versa.

 

Business

 

General

 

The company is engaged in the commodity business with an emphasis on commodity risk management services. We were organized in 1978 as Farmers Commodities Corporation, a subsidiary of Agri Industries. In 1986, we became a stand-alone organization. On July 1, 2000, we purchased certain assets of Saul Stone and Company and River Brokerage, Inc., a clearing firm with operations at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Board of Trade and the New York Mercantile Exchange. We were reorganized into a holding company form in connection with the July 1, 2000, transaction. We changed our name to FCStone Group, Inc. on January 15, 2002. Our goal is to provide customers with the platforms, instruments and information to initiate and execute strategies that enhance their operations by minimizing commodity risk and maximizing operational margins.

 

Services Provided

 

We operate through a number of wholly owned and majority-owned subsidiaries with offices and facilities in twelve states and in Canada. See Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements for a description of segment financial information. Our principal business activities consist of four operating segments as follows:

 

Commodity and Risk Management Services

 

We work with a broad spectrum of domestic and international customers to help manage commodity-related risks. Commodity and risk management services represented 60.6% of our total income before income taxes and corporate expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. Initially, we targeted grain marketing for domestic elevators, but our current programs currently handle a much broader client base, including: grain and livestock producers; ingredient users; handlers, processors and manufacturers; companies involved in the energy complex; commodity end users; and others with commodity-related activities.

 

Our primary business in this segment is to offer commodity risk management services to our customers using futures, options and other derivative instruments. Our principal operating subsidiary is FCStone, LLC, a wholly owned Iowa limited liability company, registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a Futures Commission Merchant, or FCM. Customer accounts maintained in this segment are primarily used by customers for hedging as a part of their commodity merchandising and acquisition programs. FCStone, LLC also acts as a broker for physical grain, fertilizer, and energy commodities and offers related transportation services. “Over-the-counter” commodity swaps and trade options are brokered by FCStone, LLC with our wholly owned limited liability company, FCStone Trading, LLC, as counterparty. We offer a full range of consulting, brokerage and transaction services through our staff of risk management consultants, supported by systems used to gather, disseminate and utilize commodity market information and intelligence.

 

We provide clearing and execution services on each of the major U.S. futures exchanges to commercial, professional, institutional and retail clients. We are registered as a Futures Commission Merchant with the CFTC, a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) and are members of the following exchanges: Chicago Board of Trade, the Clearing Corporation, EUREX, Chicago Mercantile Exchange, NY Clearing Corporation, New York Board of Trade, its divisions: Coffee, Sugar and Cocoa Exchange, Inc., and the New York Cotton Exchange, the New York Futures Exchange, FINEX, the New York Mercantile Exchange and its divisions; New York Mercantile Exchange and Commodity Exchange, Inc., the Minneapolis Grain Exchange and the Kansas City Board of Trade.

 

38


Table of Contents

We serve our clients by providing access to the over-the-counter and physical markets, primarily through FCStone Trading, LLC. We consolidate the buying and selling power of our clients, enabling them to conduct physical fuels transactions and off-exchange transactions where we act as principal, which are in turn offset by corresponding transactions with leading trading companies, financial institutions and market makers. Although we act as principal in these transactions, we do not take physical or derivative positions for our own account. Rather, we place transactions “back to back” on behalf of our customers and the larger firms with which we maintain relationships. We obtain credit risk insurance or credit risk swap coverage with respect to our major derivative counterparties to protect against the possibility that a counter-party does not perform on its commitment. This protection lessens the risk associated with off-exchange commodity transactions.

 

A major component of our risk management services is consulting with customers to develop risk management programs by analyzing and assessing each customer’s individual business operations and specific needs. The most comprehensive level of service offered is provided under the Integrated Risk Management Program (“IRMP”). The IRMP is a fee-based program which is based on the philosophy of providing conservative risk management products to manage commodity and financial risk as well as adding profitability to the customer’s bottom line. There are currently approximately 500 accounts that are part of the IRMP domestically and internationally. IRMP is a program that initially quantifies the commodity and financial risks of the customer by determining relevant factors including historic revenues and expenses, physical outputs and usage, operating capacity and annual volumes. The company then takes that information and constructs a strategic marketing plan that covers the next 12 months of business. The company consultants are then responsible for providing recommendations and helping to manage the strategies.

 

We also provide transportation risk management services and other information used to manage the logistics of transporting commodities. We hold short-term contracts and manage long-term contracts for significant transportation assets, allowing us to reach broader markets and obtain optimum pricing for clients requiring commodities transportation services.

 

We have various subsidiaries which support our commodity and risk management business by offering related services, including: (1) brokerage of customer funds into money market mutual funds; (2) a specialized introducing broker program which allows customers to introduce futures accounts for farm producers; (3) a real-time quote service offered in the People’s Republic of China; and (4) retail foreign exchange trading.

 

Clearing and Execution Services

 

We offer low-cost clearing and direct execution services to professional, commercial, institutional and retail customers in the Stone Division of FCStone, LLC, including a program of direct execution under the service mark Futures Direct ® . Clearing and execution services represented 25.7% of our total income before income taxes and corporate expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. The Stone Division primarily provides execution and clearing services to commodities firms, fund operators, commodities traders and other sophisticated individuals and firms. The Futures Direct ® program provides qualified clients direct access to the trading floor. This format provides an efficient method of order entry for these customers.

 

Grain Merchandising

 

We act as a dealer in, and manager of, physical grain and fertilizer through a majority interest in FGDI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Grain merchandising represented 17.1% of our total income before income taxes and corporate expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. FGDI, LLC acts as a grain dealer in domestic and international markets, primarily in Canada, Latin America and the Far East. FGDI also manages a pool of grain originated by a group of elevators in Texas. FGDI links suppliers and purchasers of grain products through its network of contacts in the industry. Specifically, FGDI serves manufacturers, processors and other users of grain products by assembling grain requirements and providing delivery thereof, both domestically and internationally. FGDI also has access to a large network of agriculture

 

39


Table of Contents

origination sources allowing it to assemble and deliver specialty crops in quantities demanded by large-scale processors and end-users. FGDI maintains physical control over the grains at each critical stage in the assembling and shipping process, allowing it to meet the quality control standards of its customers. FGDI’s activities are supported by facilities, the most significant of which are a leased export terminal facility at the port of Mobile, Alabama and a fleet of leased rail cars.

 

FGDI is a joint venture between the company and subsidiaries of Mitsubishi Corporation (“Mitsubishi”). We own 70% percent of the joint venture and have the right to appoint four members of the management committee. Mitsubishi owns the remaining 30% interest in the venture and has the right to appoint one member of the management committee. We are in charge of the day-to-day operations of FGDI and generally control the venture. Mitsubishi must, however, consent before the commencement of any of the following actions: changes in FGDI’s business purposes or risk management policies; amendments to FGDI’s governance documents; capital calls; changes in FGDI’s membership; expenses, investments, acquisitions or divestitures in any year having an aggregate value greater than $1 million; mergers where FGDI is not the survivor; adoption of the annual budget; capital expenditures of more than $1 million above the annual budget; borrowing, guaranteeing or incurring new indebtedness in an amount more than fifteen times FGDI’s equity; distributions of more than 35% of free cash flow; petitioning for bankruptcy; or dissolution of FGDI except in accordance with FGDI’s operating agreement. Mitsubishi is a significant customer for grain sold by FGDI accounting for 6%, 10%, and 11% of consolidated total revenues for the fiscal years ending August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Mitsubishi is contractually obligated to support use of FGDI’s Mobile, Alabama facility by providing a minimum volume of transactions.

 

See Note 15 of the notes to consolidated financial statements for a table showing a summary of the company’s consolidated revenues by geographic area.

 

Financial Services

 

We offer financing and facilitation for customers to carry commodities through our wholly-owned subsidiary, FCStone Financial, Inc., and our majority ownership of FCStone Merchant Services, LLC. Financial services represented (3.4%) of our total income before income taxes and corporate expenses for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. The primary activity of FCStone Financial is sale/repurchase agreements whereby it purchases grain evidenced by warehouse receipts subject to a simultaneous agreement to resell such grain back to the seller at a later date. FCStone Financial also has railcars under lease which it subleases to our customers, but the margin from such activity is included in the Commodity and Risk Management Services segment. FCStone Merchant Services expects to do similar transactions in energy, grain and other commodities, as well as transactions where it shares in commodity profits with customers in exchange for financial support, but is newly formed and does not have any material operating history.

 

Regulatory Matters

 

We are regulated by several agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with various aspects of our business. Compliance with these regulations is material to our operations. The following discussion describes the material licenses and registrations that we maintain.

 

FCStone, LLC is a registered FCM with the CFTC and a member of the NFA both of which have regulatory authority over the company. FCStone, LLC is also a member of all major U.S. futures exchanges. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange is its Designated Self-Regulatory Organization for regulatory purposes and the company considers the Chicago Mercantile Exchange to be its primary regulator. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange performs an annual audit of FCStone, LLC’s activities.

 

FCStone Investments, Inc., is registered as a commodity pool operator with the NFA. FCStone Advisory, Inc. is registered with the NFA as a commodity trading advisor for market commentary.

 

40


Table of Contents

FCStone Forex, LLC, is subject to limited regulations as a retail foreign exchange dealer because it is considered a material affiliated person of FCStone, LLC, a registered FCM.

 

FCC Futures, Inc., and Westown Commodities, LLC, are guaranteed introducing brokers registered with the NFA.

 

FCC Investments, Inc. is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”). FCC Investments must file annual FOCUS reports with the SEC and is subject to the various rules and regulations of the NASD.

 

FGDI is licensed as a grain dealer in North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Kentucky, Georgia, Alabama and Ontario, Canada. FGDI also has a Canadian Federal License for grain dealing. FGDI is registered as an exporter of grain with the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

In addition, the company is subject to the general legal and regulatory provisions applicable to trading services and commodities dealing .

 

Sales and Marketing

 

We have a comprehensive sales and marketing program that is primarily implemented by our staff of brokers, known as risk management consultants. Our brokers are compensated on a commission basis and are responsible for developing new customers and providing services to new and existing customers. However, our top management also engages in significant sales activity.

 

Sales efforts are primarily centered on consulting services and on presenting our ability to obtain and utilize commodity intelligence information to support customer needs and improve customer profitability. Specifically, we emphasize our Integrated Risk Management Program, or IRMP, which provides the most comprehensive level of service offered by company. Sales efforts are supported by systems, staff and resources, including current commodity information and intelligence systems, communications systems, archives of commodity basis and pricing information and related presentation and analytical tools, marketing materials, an internet web site and educational materials.

 

We engage in direct sales efforts to seek new customers with a strategy of extending our services from our existing customer base to similar customers not yet served and to different kinds of customers that have risk management needs similar to those of our existing customer base. We seek to serve not only those customers that currently use risk management methods, but also those customers that we feel should use risk management methods. We are expanding our services into new business segments and are expanding our services geographically into foreign markets, particularly in Canada, Asia and Latin America.

 

We stay in regular contact with existing customers to provide commodity information and services, usually on a daily basis which include direct personal contact and current market commentary by fax or e-mail. We also offer educational programs on risk management methods and regular outlook meetings for our customers as well as the customers of our customers.

 

Competition

 

We compete with a large number of firms in the exchange traded futures and options execution sector and in the over-the-counter transaction sector. We compete primarily on the basis of price and value of service. Our competitors in the exchange-traded futures and options sector include international brokerage firms, national brokerage firms, regional brokerage firms (both cooperatives and non-cooperatives) as well as local introducing brokers, with competition driven by price and level and quality of service. Many of these competitors offer over-the-counter programs as well. In addition, there are a number of financial firms and physical commodities firms that participate in the over-the-counter markets, both directly in competition with us and indirectly through firms such as us. We compete in the over-the-counter market by making specialized over-the-counter transactions available to our customers in lot sizes smaller than those usually offered by major counterparties.

 

41


Table of Contents

On the consulting side of our business, we are not aware of any firm that provides a service equivalent to that available from the company. Our employees are in constant contact with their customers and make frequent recommendations that are designed for the purpose of educating the customer on how to best use the available tools and strategies to manage their risk and maximize their bottom line margins.

 

The grain merchandising business segment competes for both the purchase and sale of grain. Competition is intense and margins are low. Our major competitors have substantially greater financial resources than us, but we believe that our relationships with cooperative customers gives us a broad origination capability.

 

The grain merchandising business segment competes for grain sales based on price, services and ability to provide the desired quantity and quality of grains. Our grain merchandising operations compete with numerous grain merchandisers, including major grain merchandising companies such as Archer Daniels Midland, Cargill, Incorporated, CHS Inc., ConAgra, Bunge and Louis Dreyfus, each of which handle grain volumes of more than one billion bushels annually.

 

In the Financial Services segment we compete with traditional lenders, including banks and asset based lenders. In addition, we also compete with specialized investment groups that seek to earn an investment return based on commodities transactions. We compete on price and service and by managing commodity risks that traditional lenders may seek to avoid. We are an extremely small participant in the financial services industry, which consists of a very large number of large and small firms. We do not attempt to compete generally in this industry. Rather, we focus our energies on filling a specific niche with respect to supporting commodities transactions.

 

Technology

 

We utilize front end electronic trading, mid office, back office and accounting systems that process transactions on a daily basis. These systems are integrated to provide record keeping, trade reporting to exchange clearing, internal risk controls, and reporting to government entities, corporate managers, risk managers and customers. Our futures back office system is maintained by a service bureau which is located in Chicago with a disaster recovery site in New York. All other systems are maintained in our West Des Moines headquarters data center and system backups are stored off-site.

 

All of these systems are accessed through a wide area network. All systems are protected by a firewall and require proper security authorization for access. Our wide area network is managed by a service bureau which has redundant data facilities in Kansas City. We are currently building a disaster recovery plan to utilize the Des Moines and Kansas City data centers to house redundant systems.

 

Our risk managers access market information from network-based software systems. Market information includes real-time quotes, market history (futures/cash), news and commentaries. Market information also includes our historic database of market pricing and trend information used in the IRMP program. This information is used to analyze the markets to help risk managers determine the best strategy for a customer to minimize risk and maximize profit margins, especially when used in conjunction with the IRMP.

 

We use the RISC back office trade system to process exchange traded futures and options trades. We also use the FOCUS back office trade system to process over-the-counter/derivative trades. We use Globex, RANorder and York electronic trading/order routing platforms.

 

Employees

 

As of August 31, 2004, we employed 400 people. This total is broken down by business segments as follows: Commodity and Risk Management Services had 180 employees; Clearing and Execution Services had 103 employees; Grain Merchandising had 85 employees; Financial Services had 2 employees and Corporate had 30 employees. We believe our relationship with our employees is good, and we have not suffered any work stoppages or labor disputes. None of our employees operate under a collective bargaining agreement. Many of

 

42


Table of Contents

our employees are subject to employment agreements. It is the current policy of the company to obtain an employment agreement containing noncompetition provisions from each risk management consultant, but there are some with whom we do not have such agreements.

 

Properties and Locations

 

We lease office space for our principal business operations. Our corporate headquarters is located in West Des Moines, Iowa and our leased space is approximately 18,600 square feet. This lease is in place until December 31, 2009. The company has other offices in Chicago, Illinois; New York, New York; Kansas City, Missouri; St. Louis, Missouri; Omaha, Nebraska; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Bloomington, Illinois; Roy, Utah; Atlanta, Georgia; Indianapolis, Indiana; Spirit Lake, Iowa; Bowling Green, Ohio; and Summit, New Jersey. We have established representative offices in Beijing and Dalian in the People’s Republic of China. All of our offices and other principal business properties are leased.

 

We have a major leased grain facility located at the port of Mobile, Alabama, and other leased grain facilities located in Indiana and Ontario, Canada. We own an additional facility located in Columbus Grove, Ohio.

 

The Mobile facility consists of facilities for unloading rail shipments, temporary storage, and loading ocean-going vessels. The facility is leased from the State of Alabama for a term expiring December 1, 2012. An expansion of the storage available at Mobile is currently under construction, financed by an offering of $5.5 million in industrial development revenue bonds which is recognized as a capitalized lease for accounting purposes, supported by the lease and letters of credit which FGDI has guaranteed. Our obligations at Mobile are supported by an agreement with FGDI’s minority owner to purchase a minimum volume of grain through the facility.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The company, from time to time, is involved in various legal matters considered normal in the course of its business. It is the company’s policy to accrue for amounts related to these matters if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and an amount can be reasonably estimated. Although the outcome of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty and no assurances can be given with respect to such matters, the company believes that the outcome of these matters in which it is currently involved will not have a materially adverse effect on its results of operations, liquidity, or financial position except as discussed below.

 

On August 21, 2003, August 21, 2003, September 23, 2003, October 16, 2003, and July 16, 2004, Euro-Maritime Chartering, Inc. filed five separate claims under the arbitration facility established by the London Maritime Arbitrators Association of London, England, alleging a breach by FGDI, LLC of charter party agreements regarding four vessels and seeking to recover damages of $242,655, $311,663, $769,302, and $561,854 respectively. The amount of the July 16, 2004 claim is not yet stated. Euro-Maritime Chartering alleges that these damages arise from detention and demurrage encountered at China ports with respect to cargos that FGDI sold to Chinese buyers. FGDI claims that, under the sales contracts with the Chinese buyers, any detention and demurrage charges were for the account of the buyers. FGDI does not dispute the demurrage claims, which are estimated to total approximately $690,000. FGDI has collected deposits from the Chinese buyers in the total amount of $669,436, which is being held pending resolution of the detention claims. FGDI intends to vigorously defend the detention claims and believes that it has meritorious defenses. If the claimant prevails on any of the detention claims, or otherwise in amounts above the corresponding deposit, FGDI expects to seek collection of such amounts from the buyers.

 

On December 13, 2003, Liaoyang Edible Oils filed a claim in arbitration under the arbitration facility established by the Federation of Oils, Seeds and Fats Associations Ltd. of Hong Kong alleging a breach of a sales contract by FGDI and seeking to recover damages of $1,125,000. Liaoyang Edible Oils alleges that these damages arise out of disputes related to the final pricing of the contract. FGDI intends to vigorously defend this claim.

 

43


Table of Contents

Management is currently unable to predict the outcome of these claims and believes that their current status does not warrant accrual under the guidance of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies , since the amount of any liability is neither probable nor reasonably estimable. As such, no amounts have been accrued in the financial statements. Management intends to vigorously defend these claims and will continue to monitor the result of arbitration and assess then need for future accruals.

 

44


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We derived the following historical financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2004 and August 31, 2003 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004, which are included elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus, and our audited consolidated financial statements as of August 31, 2002 and as of and for the years ended August 31, 2001 and August 31, 2000, which are not included in this proxy statement-prospectus. Historical per share data has been omitted because, under the cooperative structure, earnings of the cooperative are distributed as patronage dividends to members based on the level of business conducted with the cooperative as opposed to common stockholder’s proportionate share of underlying equity in the cooperative. This table should be read together with the information contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

    Year Ended August 31,

 
    2004

  2003

  2002

  2001

  2000

 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Statement of Operations Data:

                               

Total revenues

  $ 1,623,587   $ 1,232,008   $ 895,942   $ 689,591   $ 446,230  

Costs and expenses:

                               

Cost of grain and fuel sold

    1,521,925     1,154,103     830,188     633,367     404,394  

Employee compensation and broker commissions

    28,502     24,111     21,835     18,022     14,845  

Pit brokerage and clearing fees

    26,743     16,152     11,557     7,903     3,888  

Introducing broker commissions

    10,016     7,881     7,802     6,441     3,118  

Interest

    4,790     3,192     1,297     1,217     835  

Depreciation and amortization

    833     803     850     711     625  

Other operating expenses

    21,758     19,700     17,145     14,130     10,899  
   

 

 

 

 


Total costs and expenses

    1,614,567     1,225,942     890,674     681,791     438,604  
   

 

 

 

 


Income before income tax expense and minority interest

    9,020     6,066     5,268     7,800     7,626  

Minority interest

    576     561     600     242     —    
   

 

 

 

 


Income after minority interest and before income taxes

    8,444     5,505     4,668     7,558     7,626  

Income tax expense

    2,030     1,200     1,280     1,590     1,370  
   

 

 

 

 


Net income

  $ 6,414   $ 4,305   $ 3,388   $ 5,968   $ 6,256  
   

 

 

 

 


Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

                               

Total assets

  $ 603,827   $ 504,733   $ 399,526   $ 271,911   $ 234,851 (1)

Notes payable and subordinated debt

    47,281     76,548     66,013     24,179     8,702  

Obligations under capital leases

    4,675     5,363     —       —       —    

Minority interest

    5,488     4,109     3,758     3,243     —    

Capital stock and equity

    39,829     35,827     35,172     35,068     31,069  

(1) The company acquired the assets of a futures brokerage business on July 1, 2000 with assets of $118 million.

 

45


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The following selected unaudited pro forma data presented for the year ended August 31, 2004 gives pro forma effect to the restructuring from a cooperatively operated company to a regular business corporation. Adjustments to reflect this change include a reduction of commissions from the Class B member business and the loss of the patronage dividend deduction for income taxes. The pro forma number of common stock shares is based on the appraised fair market value of the equity of company of $43.1 million. Shares will be issued at $10 per share which will result in 4.31 million shares being issued.

 

    Year Ended
August 31, 2004


    (unaudited)
    (dollars in thousands,
except per share data)

Total revenues

  $ 1,623,587

Total costs and expenses

    1,614,567
   

Income before income tax expense and minority interest

    9,020

Minority interest

    576
   

Income before income tax expense

    8,444

Pro forma adjustments (1)

    483
   

Income before income tax expense, after pro forma adjustments

    7,961

Pro forma income tax expense (2)

    3,000
   

Pro forma net income

  $ 4,961
   

Pro forma shares outstanding (3)

    4,310,000
   

Pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 1.15
   


(1) Adjustment to commissions to reflect the reduction of Class B member futures commission rates to a market rate going forward as opposed to the above market rate paid previously. The above market rate resulted in additional patronage paid to Class B members to bring their rate after patronage to a net cost basis.
(2) Income tax expense without patronage dividend deduction.
(3) Assumes shares outstanding with a $43.1 million appraisal value of the equity of company pursuant to the restructuring. No effect of shares potentially issued under subscription rights have been assumed.

 

The following unaudited pro forma data estimates the amount and number of shares to be distributed to Class A and Class B members.

 

 

    

(1)

August 31,
2004 Stock
Amount


  

(2)

Three Year
Patronage


  

(3)

Additional
Stock Value
Distributed (a)


   (1) & (3)
Appraisal
Allocation
Value


  

Total Number

of Shares
Outstanding
after
Restructuring (b)


Class A common and preferred stock

   $ 14,668,833    $ 4,653,534    $ 25,116,603    $ 39,785,436    3,978,544

Class B common and preferred stock

     2,069,689      230,647      1,244,875      3,314,564    331,456
    

  

  

  

  

Totals

   $ 16,738,522    $ 4,884,181    $ 26,361,478    $ 43,100,000    4,310,000
 
  (a) Additional stock to be distributed is the difference between the August 31, 2004 stock outstanding of $16,738,522 and the appraisal value of $43,100,000, which is $26,361,478, allocated by the pro rata three year patronage in column (2).
  (b) No effect of shares potentially issued under subscription rights has been assumed.

 

46


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition, results of operations and liquidity and capital structure for the years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. This section should be read together with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this proxy statement-prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this proxy statement-prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

Overview

 

We are a commodities risk management and trading company headquartered in West Des Moines, Iowa. Risk management is designed to identify and then limit and control the potential factors that could negatively impact the success of a business. Our chief function is to research, recognize and quantify the potential risks involved in our customers’ operations, then plan and execute programs that effectively mitigate those risks by capping operational expenses and maximizing margin opportunities. While the company’s initial business was centered on the risks of grain marketing of domestic elevators, today’s programs are designed to serve a much broader commodity spectrum including grain and livestock, dairy, the entire energy complex, ingredient users, food processors, and other commodity end-users. The company utilizes all of the tools of the commodities marketplace, including exchange-traded futures and options, cash and physical commodity trades, and over-the-counter derivatives to provide risk management services to our customers for their businesses. We also offer direct execution clearing services to commodities firms, traders, fund operators and others. Our grain merchandising operations facilitate the movement of grain from an originator to fill the demand of an end-user. This approach offers opportunities to add value for our customers by merchandising their inventories as far into the marketing pipeline as possible.

 

Our revenues are derived from: (1) commissions for futures and option trades, (2) service and consulting fees, (3) brokerage mark-ups on over-the-counter and commodities trades, (4) fees for clearing customers’ direct trades, (5) the sale of grain and fuel, and (6) interest income on margin funds on deposit with the various commodity exchanges. As a service company, our expenses primarily consist of employee compensation and broker commissions and their related fringe benefits and payroll taxes. As commission expenses are directly related to revenues, they are for the most part a variable expense, as are the pit brokerage and clearing fees expense as they are directly related to the number of futures exchange trades. Other significant operating expenses consist of communications, marketing information, travel, office and equipment rent and marketing and promotion.

 

Recent Developments, Market Trends and Capital

 

We have realized a significant increase in our “nonmember” business revenues, especially over the last five years. This increase is a result of the company expanding our risk management services into other commodities in addition to our traditional grain marketing base. We expect this trend to continue at an accelerated rate as we offer more risk management programs and services to other industries and companies to help them manage their commodity risks. We have also seen a consolidation in the commodity exchange clearing business, which has allowed us to capture additional customers and business, and we believe this trend will continue.

 

Customer deposits and accounts receivable related to our Commodity and Risk Management Services and Clearing and Execution Services segments have grown from $127 million at the beginning of FY 2001 to $352

 

47


Table of Contents

million at August 31, 2004. As these segments continue to grow, we anticipate needing additional regulatory capital to meet CFTC guidelines. As a result of the restructuring, we expect to raise between $5 million and $10 million in additional equity capital through the member subscription rights exercised and the initial ESOP investment. Although the expansion of our services to other industries and to foreign markets does require additional personnel and related expenses, it does not generally require any significant capital expenditures. Our primary capital concern is meeting CFTC regulatory requirements from our anticipated increased business. With the ESOP in place, we also expect to raise an additional $1 million annually in equity capital from ESOP common stock purchases. This amount, plus our ability to better control annual dividends based upon net earnings, should provide the company with significant annual capital resources. With the additional $5 million to $10 million in estimated capital noted above and the expected annual capital resources generated through the ESOP and operations, we anticipate meeting our expected growth capital needs for the next several years.

 

With our new structure in place, we also would have much greater flexibility to raise capital through a stock or debt offering in a timely manner to our current stockholders or others approved by our board of directors. Although we have no current plans for such an offering, the availability of having an offering will allow the company to remain more flexible and competitive in the future.

 

With the restructuring, we expect the commission rate paid by Class B members to be reduced (see Note 1 of the pro forma financial information on pages 10 and 46.) This should have less than a $500,000 impact on future annual net earnings.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America applied on a consistent basis. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We evaluate these estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our financial statements.

 

Commodity Deposits and Accounts Receivable/Payable

 

Commodity accounts include equities and deficits in open futures and option contracts and funds received to margin or guarantee commodity transactions. The company is obligated to fund margin calls on open contracts and, in turn, receives reimbursement from customers for maintenance of their respective margins. Customer funds received to margin, guarantee, and/or secure commodity futures transactions are segregated and accounted for separately, in accordance with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s regulations. While the company has not historically experienced significant losses in respect of its credit exposures, there is a need to regularly evaluate accounts receivable for the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts.

 

Commission Revenue

 

Commissions on futures contracts are recognized when the related open commodity futures transaction is closed. Commissions on option contracts are recognized upon the purchase or sale of the option. Commissions and fees on our Clearing and Execution Services operation are charged when each trade is made (opened and closed).

 

48


Table of Contents

Inventories

 

Grain inventories are carried at market value, which is net realizable value (NRV). NRV is determined by estimating selling prices and related costs of disposal in the ordinary course of business. Management’s judgments in determining NRV involve considerations of the grading of the commodity and the basis adjustment for location and expected costs to sell. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on futures contracts are credited or charged to current costs of sales.

 

Open Contracts and Hedge Policy — Grain

 

Open cash and futures contracts for the purchase and sale of grain are reported at market value, and the resulting gains or losses are recognized currently in earnings. The company is exposed to risks that it may not have sufficient grain to deliver into its contracts and thus would be obligated to purchase grain at prevailing market rates in order to meet such commitments. The company follows the policy of hedging its grain transactions through the use of those cash and futures contracts in order to minimize risk due to market fluctuations. Hedge margin accounts are carried at net liquidating valuations as of the balance sheet date.

 

Pensions

 

The company has noncontributory defined pension plans for most of its employees. The company’s funding policy for the U.S. plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirement of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus any additional amount the company may deem to be appropriate. The company accounts for its defined benefit pension plans in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” which requires that amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis. A minimum liability is required to be established in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition representing the amount of unfunded accrued pension cost. This represents the difference between the accumulated benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets and is recorded as a reduction to members’ equity through accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. As of August 31, 2004, the company has recorded an accumulated reduction to members’ equity of approximately $3.0 million.

 

To account for its defined benefits pension plan in accordance with SFAS No. 87, the company must make three main determinations at the end of each year: First, it must determine the actuarial assumptions for the discount rate used to reflect the time value of money in the calculation of the projected benefit obligations for the end of the current year and to determine the net periodic pension cost for the subsequent year. For guidance in determining the rate, the company looks at rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments and periodic published rate ranges. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a listing of the discount rates used.

 

Second, the company must determine the actuarial assumption for rates of increase in compensation levels used in the calculation of the accumulated and projected benefit obligation for the end of the current year and to determine the net periodic pension cost for the subsequent year. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a table showing the rates used.

 

Third, the company must determine the expected long-term rate of return on assets assumption that is used to determine the expected return on plan assets component of the net periodic pension cost for the subsequent year. See the table in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the expected long-term rates used.

 

49


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

 

Revenues

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Revenues totaled $1,623.6 million for the year ended August 31, 2004 compared to $1,232.0 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, an increase of $391.6 million, or 31.8%. The FY2004 revenue increase over FY2003 was primarily a result of increased grain and fuel sales of $371.4 million over FY2003. This increase was a result of the increase in bushels merchandised from 248 million in 2003 to 258 million in FY2004, along with much higher grain prices in FY2004 over FY2003, and fuel sales increasing by $40.5 million over FY2003. Additional futures trading volume from existing and new customers in both our Clearing and Execution Services segment and our Commodity and Risk Management segment accounted for $18.4 million of the revenue increase. The additional volume in this segment is due to high commodities prices and resulting increased trading activity. Our combined trade volume increased from 36.5 million trades in FY2003 to 56.2 million trades in FY2004. Service, consulting and brokerage fees were $12.6 million in FY2004 up from $11.2 million in FY2003 primarily due to increased energy and grain risk management brokerage and additional customers on our fee-based risk management program. Other revenues were higher due to the gain on the sale of Board of Trade Clearing Corp. stock of $0.8 million. Interest income was down by $0.4 million primarily due to lower short-term interest rates.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002

 

Revenues totaled $1,232 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 compared to $896.0 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, an increase of $336.0 million or 37.5%. The FY2003 revenue increase over FY2002 was primarily a result of increased grain and fuel sales of $326.6 million over FY2002. This increase was a result of the increase in bushels merchandised from 218 million in FY2002 to 248 million in FY2003, along with slightly higher grain prices in FY2003 over FY2002 and fuel sales increasing by $25.5 million over FY2002. Additional trading volume from existing and new customers in our Clearing and Execution Services segment caused a trade volume increase from 24.2 million trades in FY2002 to 36.5 million trades in FY2003 and increased revenues by $7.0 million. Service, consulting and brokerage fees were up to $11.2 million in FY2003 from $10.8 million in FY2002 due to both increased energy risk management brokerage and additional customers on our fee-based risk management program. Interest income was also $1 million higher with the start of operations of our Financial Services segment.

 

Costs and Expenses

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Cost of Grain and Fuel Sold. Cost of grain and fuel sold totaled $1,521.9 million for the year ended August 31, 2004 compared to $1,154.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2003, an increase of $367.8 million, or 31.9%. The increase was primarily a result of the increase in bushels merchandised from 248 million in FY2003 to 258 million in FY2004, along with much higher grain prices in FY2004 over FY2003, resulting in higher purchase costs per bushel. Additionally, fuel purchases increased by $40.7 million over FY2003.

 

Employee Compensation and Broker Commissions. Employee compensation and broker commissions were $28.5 million in FY2004 compared to $24.1 million in FY2003, an increase of $4.4 million or 18.3%. This volume-related increase was primarily due to increased broker commissions from our revenue volume increases and additional personnel in our Clearing and Execution and Financial Services segments.

 

Pit Brokerage and Clearing Fees. The increase of pit brokerage and clearing fees from $16.2 million in FY2003 to $26.7 million in FY2004 is directly related to increased commissions and increased clearing and transaction fee revenues. Additionally, the increase of pit brokerage and clearing fees is related to increased transaction fees charged by exchanges.

 

50


Table of Contents

Introducing Broker Commissions. Introducing broker commissions expenses are directly related to the commission income generated by the introducing broker customers of the company. Such expense increased from $7.9 million in FY2003 to $10.0 million in FY2004 due to the increase in commission revenues from such customers.

 

Interest. Interest expense increased to $4.8 million in FY2004 from $3.2 million in FY2003 due to the increase in bushels handled in our grain merchandising operations, the increase in export-related bushels, and higher grain prices.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses were $21.8 million for FY2004 compared to $19.7 million in FY2003, an increase of $2.1 million. This increase was primarily due to increased employee benefits and payroll taxes expenses of $1.1 million related to higher employee compensation and broker commissions, including rate increases in our pension and medical insurance plans and to increased employee travel related expenses of $0.4 million. The increase was offset by a reduction in other operating expenses of $0.6 million resulting from subrogation payments for legal expenses incurred in previous years in connection with legal proceedings involving the company.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002

 

Cost of Grain and Fuel Sold. Cost of grain and fuel sold totaled $1,154.1 million for the year ended August 31, 2003 compared to $830.2 million for the year ended August 31, 2002, an increase of $323.9 million, or 39.0%. The increase was primarily a result of the increase in bushels merchandised from 218 million in FY2002 to 248 million in FY2003, along with slightly higher grain prices in FY2003 over FY2002, resulting in higher purchase costs per bushel. Additionally, fuel purchases increased by $25.2 million over FY2002.

 

Employee Compensation and Broker Commissions. Employee compensation and broker commissions were $24.1 million in FY2003 compared to $21.8 million in FY2002, an increase of $2.3 million or 10.6%. This increase was due to the additional volume and new customers in our Clearing and Execution Services segment which increased costs by approximately $0.7 million, increased broker commissions due to volume increases and additional personnel in the Risk Management Services segment of approximately $0.6 million, additional personnel in Grain Merchandising due primarily to a full year’s operations in FY2003 of new offices opened in FY2002 amounting to approximately $0.7 million.

 

Pit Brokerage and Clearing Fees. The increases of pit brokerage and clearing fees from $11.6 million in FY2002 to $16.2 million in FY2003 is entirely related to increased commissions and increased clearing and transaction fee revenues.

 

Introducing Broker Commissions. Introducing Broker commissions’ expenses are directly related to the commission income generated by the introducing broker customers of the company. Such expenses increased slightly from $7.8 million in FY2002 to $7.9 million in FY2003 due to the small increase in revenues from such customers.

 

Interest. Interest expense increased to $3.2 million in FY2003 from $1.3 million in FY2002 due to the increase in bushels handled in our grain merchandising operations, the increase in export related bushels and the start of the repurchase program in the Financial Services segment.

 

Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses were $19.7 million for FY2003 compared to $17.1 million in FY2002, an increase of $2.6 million or 15%. This increase was primarily due to increased employee benefits and payroll taxes expenses related to higher employee compensation and broker commissions of $1.2 million and additional office rent and related expenses due to opening several new locations of $0.8 million.

 

51


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Our provision for income taxes increased to $2.0 million in FY2004 from $1.2 million in FY2003 due to higher earnings in general and higher earnings in our nonmember business, which are fully taxable. As a result, the effective rate was 24.0% in 2004, up from 21.8% in FY2003.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002

 

Our provision for income taxes decreased to $1.2 million in FY2003 from $1.3 million in FY2002 despite higher earnings due to the increased member patronage dividend deduction from higher member-related earnings in FY2003 over FY2002. The effective rate was 21.8% in FY2003, down from 27.4% in FY2002.

 

Operating Segments

 

Our reportable operating segments consist of Commodity and Risk Management Services, Clearing and Execution Services, Grain Merchandising and Financial Services. We include the earnings of equity affiliates that are closely associated with our operating segments in the respective segment’s net income. Segment amounts exclude revenues, expenses and equity earnings not specifically identifiable to segments. These amounts are included in the Corporate and Other disclosure.

 

We prepared the financial results for our operating segments on a basis that is consistent with the manner in which we internally disaggregate financial information to assist in making internal operating decisions. We have allocated certain common expenses among segments differently than we would for stand-alone financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. Segment income before income taxes may not be consistent with measures used by other companies. The accounting policies of our operating segments are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Commodity and Risk Management Services

 

Our Commodity and Risk Management Services segment offers commodity services to our customers, with an emphasis on risk management using futures, options and other derivative instruments. The following table provides operating and other data for this segment.

 

     Year Ended August 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (dollars in thousands)

Revenues

   $ 154,743    $ 107,527    $ 81,462

Operating expenses

     146,836      100,851      75,871
    

  

  

Income before income taxes

   $ 7,907    $ 6,676    $ 5,591
    

  

  

Total identifiable assets at end of period

   $ 205,308    $ 121,489    $ 135,257
    

  

  

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Revenues increased from $107.5 million in FY2003 to $154.7 million in FY2004, an increase of $47.2 million. With strong grain commodity prices in FY2004, trading volume was up considerably over FY2003 with commissions $5.4 million higher in FY2004 than FY2003. Service, consulting and brokerage fees were $1.6 million higher in FY2004 from FY2003 primarily due to increased energy and grain risk management brokerage and additional customers using our fee-based risk management programs. Fuel sales increased from $71.1 million in FY2003 to $111.6 million in FY2004, an increase of $40.5 million. Lower short-term interest rates reduced interest income by $0.8 million in FY2004 from FY2003. The segment also had a $0.8 million gain on sale of CBOT Clearing Corp. stock in FY2004.

 

52


Table of Contents

Operating expenses were higher at $146.8 million in FY2004 compared to $100.9 million in FY2003, an increase of $45.9 million. Volume related employee compensation and commissions and related employee benefits were $3.5 million of this increase, and volume related pit brokerage and introducing broker commissions were $1.9 million of this increase. Fuel purchases increased by $40.7 million over FY2003.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002.

 

Revenues increased from $81.5 million in FY2002 to $107.5 million in FY2003, an increase of $26.0 million. This increase was primarily a result of slightly higher commissions of $0.7 million due to higher trading volume and higher service, consulting and brokerage fees of $0.9 million due to increased energy brokerage and additional customers on our fee-based risk management program. Fuel sales increased from $45.6 million in FY2002 to $71.1 million in FY2003, an increase of $25.5 million. Interest income was approximately $0.4 million lower due to lower short-term interest rates.

 

Operating expenses were higher at $100.9 million in FY2003 compared to $75.9 million in FY2002, an increase of $25.0 million. The company had increased broker commissions due to revenue increases and additional personnel. Employee benefits were also higher with the increased commissions and compensation and with rate increases in our pension and medical plans. These increases were offset by lower introducing broker commissions as more of our revenue increase was from company brokers. Fuel purchases increased by $25.2 million over FY2002.

 

Clearing and Execution Services

 

The Clearing and Execution Services segment offers low-cost clearing and direct execution services to commodities firms, fund operators, commodities traders and others. The following table provides operating and other data for this segment.

 

     Year Ended August 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

     (dollars in thousands)

Revenues

   $ 39,401    $ 25,988    $ 19,293

Operating expenses

     36,042      25,041      18,430
    

  

  

Income before income taxes

   $ 3,359    $ 947    $ 863
    

  

  

Total identifiable assets at end of period

   $ 289,651    $ 265,796    $ 169,775
    

  

  

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Revenues were $39.4 million for FY2004 compared to $26.0 million for FY2003, an increase of $13.4 million. With the increase in prices for energy, grain and metals commodities in FY2004, our customers’ trading volume was up substantially over FY2003. Total trade volume increased from 35.1 million trades in FY2003 to 54.5 million trades in FY2004, increasing commission and fee revenue by $13.3 million in FY2004 over FY2003. With higher customer margin deposits, our interest income was up $0.1 million despite lower short-term interest rates.

 

Operating expenses were higher at $36.6 million for FY2004 compared to $25.0 million in FY2003, an increase of $11.6 million. This increase was primarily a result of volume related additional pit brokerage and clearing fees of $10.0 million, introducing broker commissions of $0.7 million and increased salaries and wages of $0.6 million.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002.

 

Revenues increased from $19.3 million in FY2002 to $26.0 million in FY2003, an increase of $6.7 million. This increase was primarily a result of additional trading volume from both new and existing customers. Such trade volume increased from 24.2 million trades in FY2002 to 35.1 million trades in FY2003 and increased revenues by $6.4 million. Due to the additional margin deposits from such customers, interest income increased from $1.0 million in FY2002 to $1.3 million in FY2003 despite lower short-term interest rates.

 

53


Table of Contents

Operating expenses increased from $18.4 million in FY2002 to $25.0 million in FY2003, an increase of $6.6 million. This increase was primarily due to (1) additional personnel to handle increased volume and new customers and related employee benefits — $1.0 million, (2) increased volume related pit brokerage and clearing fees — $5.0 million, and (3) additional volume related introducing broker commissions expense on customers trading through such introducing brokers — $1.0 million.

 

Grain Merchandising

 

The Grain Merchandising segment acts as a dealer in, and manager of, physical grain and fertilizer through a majority interest in FGDI, LLC. FGDI acts as a grain dealer in the United States and international markets, primarily in Canada, Latin America and the Far East and also manages a pool of grain originated by a group of elevators in Texas.

 

The following table provides operating and other data for this segment.

 

    

Year Ended August 31,


     2004

   2003

   2002

     (dollars in thousands)

Sales

   $ 1,426,846    $ 1,096,014    $ 794,808

Cost of sales

     1,412,270      1,084,754      785,796
    

  

  

Gross profit

   $ 14,575    $ 11,260    $ 9,012

Operating expenses

     12,345      9,391      7,010
    

  

  

       2,230      1,869      2,002

Minority interest

     669      561      600
    

  

  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 1,561    $ 1,308    $ 1,401
    

  

  

Total identifiable assets at end of period

   $ 98,306    $ 99,770    $ 75,797
    

  

  

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2003

 

Gross profit for FY2004 was $14.6 million compared to $11.3 million in FY2003, an increase of $3.3 million. This increase was due to both the increase in bushels merchandised from 248 million in FY2003 to 258 million in FY2004 and an approximate 24% increase in margins per bushel due primarily to additional higher margin export bushels.

 

Operating expenses were $12.3 million in FY2004 and $9.4 million in FY2003, an increase of $2.9 million. This increase was primarily a result of (1) higher interest expense of $1.3 million due to the increase in bushels handled, high commodity prices and additional export bushels that require additional inventory and receivable carrying time, (2) higher employee compensation and employee benefits due to expanded operations in the last year of $0.7 million and (3) increase in bad debts of $0.5 million.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002.

 

Gross profit was $11.3 million for FY2003 and $9.0 million for FY2002, an increase of $2.3 million. This increase was primarily due to the increase in bushels merchandised from 218 million in FY2002 to 248 million in FY2003 and an approximate 10% increase in the margin per bushel handled.

 

Operating expenses rose from $7.0 million in FY2002 to $9.4 million in FY2003, an increase of $2.4 million. This increase was primarily a result of additional personnel and related employee benefits due to our expanded operations of $1.1 million and higher interest expense of $0.8 million despite lower rates due to both the increase in total bushels handled and the increase in export-related bushels handled that require additional inventory carrying time. Due to our expanded operations, other operating expenses increased also.

 

54


Table of Contents

Financial Services

 

The Financial Services segment offers financing and facilitation for customers to carry commodities. The primary activity of this segment has consisted of sale/repurchase agreements whereby we purchase grain evidenced by warehouse receipts subject to a simultaneous agreement to resell such grain to the seller at a later date. The following table provides operating and other data for this segment.

 

    

Year Ended August 31,


     2004

    2003

   2002

     (dollars in thousands)

Revenues

   $ 2,517     $ 2,287    $ 322

Operating expenses

     2,964       2,178      322
    


 

  

       (447 )     109      —  

Minority interest

     93       —        —  
    


 

  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (354 )   $ 109    $ —  
    


 

  

Total identifiable assets at end of period

   $ 4,726     $ 13,110    $ 15,516
    


 

  

 

Year Ended August 31, 2004 Compared to August 31, 2003.

 

Revenues for FY2004 and FY2003 were $2.5 million and $2.3 million. Operating expenses were much higher for FY2004 at $3.0 million compared to $2.2 million in FY2003 primarily due to personnel added in late FY2003 to expand this segment’s business.

 

Year Ended August 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended August 31, 2002.

 

Revenues were $2.3 million for FY2003 compared to $0.3 million in FY2002. The Financial Services segment operations were started in late FY2002, and FY2003 was its first full year of operations. Revenues are the interest income from repurchase agreements with customers for financing their grain inventories with expenses being primarily salaries and interest expense on financing such agreements. Amounts outstanding for such repurchase agreements at August 31, 2003 were $11.8 million.

 

Corporate and Other

 

The Corporate segment consists of equity in investments in other companies and overall corporate level expenses primarily related to employee compensation and benefits, travel, MIS, professional fees, director fees and general insurance. Corporate net expenses for the three years ended August 31, 2004, were as follows: $4,029 for FY2004, $3,535 for FY2003, and $3,188 for FY2002. The primary reason for the increase in the above periods is employee compensation and the related benefits cost of such due to additional personnel and for FY2004 additional incentive plan costs due to the company’s increased earnings over FY2003. Pension and medical plans also had significant rate increases over the last three years. During FY2004, the company incurred costs relating to the registration statement of approximately $415,000 which have been recorded as other assets pending consummation of these transactions.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The following table presents a summary of cash flows for the three years ended August 31, 2004.

 

    

Year Ended August 31,


 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cash flows provided by (used for):

                        

Operating Activities

   $ 16,979     $ (7,767 )   $ (25,090 )

Investing Activities

     10,658       2,385       (15,301 )

Financing Activities

     (24,800 )     7,845       38,567  
    


 


 


Net Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,837     $ 2,463     $ (1,824 )
    


 


 


 

55


Table of Contents

We have had substantial growth for the last 4 years in each segment of our operations. Customer deposits and accounts receivable assets related to futures and options trading have grown from $127 million at the beginning of FY2001 to $352.0 million at August 31, 2004. The related commodity and customer regulated accounts payable has also increased from $178 million at the beginning of 2001 to $411 million at August 31, 2004. Accounts receivable and inventories primarily related to our grain merchandising operations have increased from $20 million at the beginning of FY2001 to $94.1 million at August 31, 2004. The cash flows used in operations shown above primarily related to our grain merchandising operation as the accounts receivable and inventories increases have been largely financed by our lines of credit, with such outstanding notes payable increasing from $9 million at August 31, 2000 to $41.5 million at August 31, 2004. The cash flows used for investing activities above are a result of the growth of the financial services business segment started in 2002. Cash flows provided by financing activities noted above were primarily proceeds from notes payable used to finance the growth in the grain merchandising and financial services operations which both had decreased activity towards the end of FY2004 resulting in a significant repayment of notes payable.

 

The accounts of our grain merchandising segment include amounts due with respect to shipments to a customer located in Mexico. Payment of the accounts from this debtor are partially insured under a credit insurance policy issued by Export Import Bank of the United States that is applicable to United States origin goods. Payments are also partially insured by a commercial credit insurance policy in the maximum amount of $18 million that is applicable to shipments not insured under the Export Import Bank policy. In fiscal year 2004 FGDI entered into master purchase agreements with CoBank, ACB, under which it may sell, and has sold, insured receivables under the above policies, with limited recourse. These sales of receivables accelerate the receipt of funds, and enable us to utilize the increase in the line of credit available to generate additional sales. Aggregate sales of receivables were $21.7 million in FY2004.

 

Due to the terms of the existing lines of credit in our grain merchandising segment, we expect our growth in this business segment will be limited by the capital it can retain from annual operations. We do not expect to use any additional capital from the exercise of subscription rights and sales of stock to the ESOP to support additional growth in this business segment. Our line of credit for this segment was expanded during 2004 from $90 million to $120 million primarily as a result of the impact of higher commodity prices in early 2004, then reduced back to $97.5 million. We do not anticipate that this reduction in our line of credit will have any material impact on our operations as we intend to concentrate more on domestic business that, along with current lower commodity prices, should result in reduced financing requirements for this segment.

 

The company has substantial lines of credit available (see “Financing Activities”) and annual cash flow from operations to support continued additional growth in most segments of our operations. In addition, we anticipate the expected $5 million to $10 million in additional capital as a result of the restructuring from the exercise of stock subscription rights and the initial sale of stock to the ESOP will provide substantial capital to fund significant growth for the next several years. Our primary need for such capital is to meet expected CFTC regulatory capital guidelines as a result of our increased growth in the Commodity and Risk Management Services and Clearing and Execution Services segments of our business. Our restructuring will not trigger any repayment of debt or impact our compliance with any debt covenants. We expect such additional capital will enable us to increase our lines of credit above current levels.

 

56


Table of Contents

Financing Activities

 

The company maintains a number of lines of credit to support operations. A summary of such lines is noted below.

 

Creditor


 

Renewal/
Expiration Date


 

Use


  Amount
Available


   

Amount Outstanding at

August 31, 2004


Deere Credit, Inc.

  March 1, 2005   Margin Calls   $38.8 million     -0-

Deere Credit, Inc.

  March 1, 2005   Repurchase Agreements   $46.0 million     $1.3 million

Deere Credit, Inc.

  Dec. 1, 2005   Subordinated Debt for Regulatory Capital   $7.0 million     $4.0 million

Deere Credit, Inc.

  Oct. 1, 2006   General Corporate   $8.2 million     $8.2 million
           

 

Total Deere

          $100.0 million     $13.5 million
           

 

CoBank, ACB

  April 1, 2005   Grain Merchandising   $97.5 million    (1)   $26.5 million

CoBank, ACB

  June 30, 2006   OTC & Fuel Operations   $15.0 million     $2.0 million

CoBank, ACB

  May 1, 2005   Repurchase Agreements   $75.0 million     -0-
           

 

Total CoBank

          $187.5 million     $28.5 million
           

 

Harris Bank

  March 10, 2005   Margin Calls   $15.0 million     -0-

AFG Trust Finance Limited

  May 26, 2005   Grain Merchandising   $15.0 million     $3.5 million

Industrial Revenue Bonds (Capitalized Lease Obligations)

  Annual payments to 2013  

 

Mobile, Alabama facility additional storage

  $5.5 million     $4.7 million

Sowood Commodity Partners Fund, LP.

 

March 4, 2006

 

 

Junior, secured revolving credit facility — Financial Services operations

  $30.0 million     -0-

Fortis Capital Corp.

 

Demand

 

  Financial Services operations   $20.0 million     -0-

RZB Finance, LLC

 

Demand

 

  Financial Services operations   $5.0 million     -0-

Subordinated Debt

  Oct. 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005   Regulatory Capital   $1.8 million     $1.8 million

(1) Amount was amended subsequent to August 31, 2004 from $120 million to $97.5 million.

 

We carry significant open futures positions on behalf of our customers in the Commodity and Risk Management Services and the Clearing and Execution Services segments of our business. The above lines of credit in place for margin calls are rarely used, but necessary to cover any abnormal commodity market fluctuations and the margins calls they may produce. With the company and customer funds on deposit and the available credit lines noted above, management believes we have adequate capital reserves to meet any foreseeable market fluctuations based upon current commodity market activities.

 

Our Grain Merchandising segment has a $97.5 million line of credit with CoBank available to finance its operations. The segment can also utilize part of the Deere Credit repurchase agreement line to carry inventories when considered appropriate. As this segment of our business carries significant accounts receivable and inventory, the CoBank line is utilized to a great extent. The CoBank loan agreements require compliance with certain financial covenants, including compliance with minimum net worth, working capital, financial ratios and borrowing base limits. More specifically, under FGDI’s revolving credit facilities, if the amount outstanding under the revolving credit commitments exceeds the borrowing base set forth in the loan agreement, FGDI must notify CoBank of the breach and repay amounts necessary to reduce the outstanding amount. For the months ended February 29, 2004 to June 30, 2004, FGDI’s amount outstanding exceeded the borrowing base as determined by CoBank, but FGDI did not make the repayments necessary under the loan agreements. CoBank

 

57


Table of Contents

agreed to waive these violations of the terms of the loan agreements. The waiver as of June 30, 2004 was in exchange for FGDI’s agreement to a reduction of the aggregate available credit amount from $120 million to $97.5 million. At August 31, 2004, the company was in compliance with the borrowing base limit.

 

The above lines of credit are generally reviewed and renewed on an annual basis.

 

In 2001 we sold a 30% interest in our grain merchandising subsidiary for $3 million in order to better capitalize such operations and increase its line of credit to support the expanding operations.

 

We formed FCStone Merchant Services, LLC, a joint venture with Sowood Commodity Partners Fund, LP, in March 2004. The company invested $2.0 million and owns 70% of the joint venture while Sowood owns the remaining 30%. Sowood provided $1.0 million in a capital investment in the joint venture, along with a $30 million junior, secured revolving credit line. The joint venture also has a $20 million line of credit with Fortis Capital Corp. and a $5.0 million line of credit with RZB Finance, LLC to support its operations.

 

Off-balance Sheet Financing Activities

 

FGDI has entered into master purchase agreements with CoBank, ACB under which it may sell, and has sold, insured receivables with limited recourse (see Note 11 of the notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table describes the company’s cash payment obligations as of August 31, 2004:

 

     Payments Due by Period

     (in thousands)
     Total

   Less than 1 Yr

   1-3 Years

   4-5 Years

   After 5 yrs

Subordinated Debt

   $ 5,750    $ 1,750    $ 4,000    $ —      $ —  

Obligation under capital lease

     4,675      550      1,100      1,100      1,925

Notes payable

     41,531      41,531      —        —        —  

Operating leases

     19,826      5,593      6,028      4,417      3,788
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 71,782    $ 49,424    $ 11,128    $ 5,517    $ 5,713
    

  

  

  

  

 

Based upon our current operations, we believe that cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our lines of credit will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs.

 

Inflation

 

We believe that our results of operations are not materially affected by moderate changes in the general inflation rate. Inflation did not have a material affect on our operations in the fiscal years ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002. Severe increases in inflation, however, that would affect the global and U.S. economies could have an adverse affect on our business, financial condition and results of operation.

 

Seasonality and Fluctuations in Operating Results

 

We generally experience seasonality in our operations with the first quarter typically being our strongest period as a result of the U.S. grain harvest. However, with global political factors and their effect on the commodities markets, we are seeing more frequent trading volume spikes throughout the year.

 

Market Risk Disclosures

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

As part of our trading activity, we utilize futures and option contracts offered through regulated commodity exchanges to reduce risk. The company follows the policy of hedging its grain transactions and physical fuel through the use of cash and futures contracts in order to minimize risk due to market fluctuations. The commodity price risk associated with physical fuel is not material and is for the account of our customers.

 

58


Table of Contents

Inventories and purchases and sales contracts are hedged to the extent practical so as to arrive at a net commodity position within the formal position limits set by the company and deemed prudent for each commodity. The company is exposed to risk of loss in the market value of net open commodity positions, which are calculated by aggregating grain inventories and grain subject to contract for purchase and sale. The following table presents the number of bushels in inventory, under purchase and sales contracts, and in futures positions by commodity at August 31, 2004:

 

     Bushels

 
     Corn

    Soybeans

    Wheat

    Oats & Barley

 

Inventory

   560,871     85,962     2,110,124     156,912  

Purchase contracts

   27,257,290     24,483,243     268,988     1,266,516  

Sales contracts

   (9,814,733 )   (22,358,880 )   (699,614 )   (1,353,848 )

Futures long

   57,765,000     2,000     —       30,000  

Futures short

   (75,708,000 )   (2,335,000 )   (1,631,000 )   (55,000 )
    

 

 

 

Net open position

   60,428     (122,675 )   48,498     44,580  

 

Bushel information is used to calculate the net open commodity position, which is sensitive to changes in commodity prices. Open cash and futures contracts for the purchase and sale of grain are reported at market value; therefore the net open commodity position multiplied by the year-end market price approximates fair value.

 

A hypothetical 10% increase (or decrease) in the market price of corn from the year-end 2004 level of $2.28 per bushel would result in a gain (or loss) to future earnings of $14,000.

 

A hypothetical 10% increase (or decrease) in the market price of soybeans from the year-end 2004 level of $6.27 per bushel would result in a gain (or loss) to future earnings of $(77,000).

 

A hypothetical 10% increase (or decrease) in the market price of wheat from the year-end 2004 level of $3.30 per bushel would result in a gain (or loss) to future earnings of $16,000.

 

A hypothetical 10% increase (or decrease) in the market price of oats and barley from the year-end 2004 level of $1.44 per bushel would result in a gain (or loss) to future earnings of $6,000.

 

The company’s commodity price risk associated with physical fuels is not material and is held for the account of our customers.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

The company manages interest expense using fixed and floating rate debt. The debt instruments are carried at amounts approximating estimated fair value. Of our normal borrowing, greater than 90% of the outstanding balance at August 31, 2004 has a variable interest rate, and except for the industrial revenue development bonds associated with the Mobile facility, practically all of our borrowing is on a short-term basis.

 

Short-term debt used to finance inventories and receivables is represented by notes payable within thirty days or less so that the blended interest rate to the company for all such notes approximates current market rates. In the financing of grain, as interest rates increase, the spread between future option months generally becomes wider, allowing larger incomes in grain margins to offset the potential increases in interest expense. A portion of the outstanding balance of variable rate debt is used to finance certain notes receivable to customers. The interest charged on the notes receivable is also at a variable rate, therefore eliminating the interest rate risk on that amount of debt. Of the variable rate debt, the average outstanding balance subject to interest rate risk of the past year is $67 million. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase (or decrease) in interest rates would result in a (loss) or gain to future earnings of $670,000.

 

59


Table of Contents

Market risk on variable rate long-term debt in the amount of $5 million is not material to the financial statements. We believe the risk associated with these borrowings will not have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Foreign Currency Risk

 

The company conducts most of its business in U.S. dollars but does have minor risk regarding foreign currency fluctuations. The company hedges foreign currency risk to the extent practicable on those transactions involving foreign currency. Foreign currency fluctuations do, however, impact the ability of foreign buyers to purchase U.S. agricultural products and the competitiveness of U.S. agricultural products compared to the same products offered by alternative sources of world supply.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 149 “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” SFAS No. 149 amends and clarifies accounting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments imbedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. SFAS No. 149 is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003 and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. The adoption of this standard did not impact the company’s consolidated financial statements

 

In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for how companies classify and measure certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires companies to classify a financial instrument that is within its scope as a liability (or an asset in some circumstances). SFAS No. 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003. The adoption of this standard did not impact our consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others.” This Interpretation elaborates on the disclosures required by guarantors in their interim and annual financial statements. It also requires a guarantor to recognize a liability at the date of inception for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under the guarantee. The disclosure requirements were effective for periods ending after December 15, 2002. The initial recognition and measurement provisions apply on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. We have not guaranteed indebtedness of others, and therefore, adoption of this statement did not have an impact on our consolidated financial condition, consolidated results of operations or cash flows.

 

In December 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 (Revised) to address certain implementation issues associated with Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities. This interpretation addresses consolidation by business enterprises of certain variable interest entities. This statement was effective for periods ending after December 15, 2003 or March 15, 2004, depending on the type of entity. There was no material impact on the company’s financial position or results of operations from the adoption or implementation of this accounting standard.

 

60


Table of Contents

COMPANY MANAGEMENT AND DIRECTORS

 

Senior Management and Members of the Board of Directors

 

The company’s business and affairs are governed by its board of directors. The board of directors currently consists of ten directors. The board of directors has full authority to act on behalf of the company. The board of directors acts collectively through meetings, committees and senior management members it appoints. In addition, the company employs a staff of executives to manage the day-to-day business of the company. The members of the board of directors and the senior members of the executive team are identified below.

 

Name and Address


   Age

 

Position


  Term Expires

Bruce Krehbiel (1)

   51   Chairman of the Board, Class I Director   2005

Rolland Svoboda

   44   Class I Director   2006

Eric Parthemore (1)(2)

   55   Secretary, Treasurer, Class I Director   2004

Tom Leiting

   49   Class I Director   2005

Brent Bunte (2)

   47   Class II Director   2005

Jack Friedman (1)

   47   Vice Chairman, Class I Director   2004

Dave Reinders

   48   Class III Director   2006

Ron Hunter (2)

   54   Class I Director   2004

Doug Derscheid

   54   Class I Director   2005

Kenneth Hahn

   51   Class I Director   2006

Paul G. (Pete) Anderson

   51   President and Chief Executive Officer   —  

Stephan Gutierrez

   54   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer   —  

Jeff Soman

   53   Executive Vice President of FCStone, LLC   —  

Robert V. Johnson

   56   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   —  

Steven J. Speck

   45   President and Chief Executive Officer of FGDI, LLC   —  

(1) Executive Committee member

 

(2) Audit Committee member

 

Bruce Krehbiel has served as a director of the company since 1988 and is our Chairman. Mr. Krehbiel is the manager of the Kanza Cooperative in Iuka, Kansas, and he has worked for the Kanza Cooperative since 1986. Mr. Krehbiel has held director positions on the boards of the Midwest Chapter of the National Society of Accountants for Cooperatives, CenKan, LLC, and Agri-Business Benefit Group.

 

Rolland Svoboda has previously served as a director from January 1999 to January 2002 and is currently serving a term as director that commenced in January 2004. Mr. Svoboda is the general manager of Pro Cooperative in Gilmore City, Iowa. He has been with Pro Cooperative since 1999. Prior to his current position, Mr. Svoboda served for five years as the general manager of Farmers Coop in Hemingford, Nebraska.

 

Eric Parthemore has served as a director since 1996 and is our Secretary and Treasurer. Mr. Parthemore is the president and chief executive officer of the Farmers Commission Company in Upper Sandusky, Ohio and has held that position since 1996. For the previous five years, he was the general manager of U.S. Commission Company. Mr. Parthemore is currently a member of the Ohio Agricultural Economic Development Council and was appointed in January 2004 to serve on the Ohio Agricultural Commodity Advisory Commission by the Secretary of Agriculture in the State of Ohio. Mr. Parthemore is a director on the Ohio Agra Business Association and serves as a trustee of the OABA Education Trust.

 

Tom Leiting has served as a director since 1997. Mr. Leiting is the manager of the River Valley Cooperative in Clarence, Iowa. He has been employed by River Valley or one of its parent companies for the past 17 years. Prior to his position with River Valley, Mr. Leiting was employed by Swiss Valley Farms Services for eight years. Mr. Leiting is currently a member of the Associated Benefits Corporation board of directors. He is an advisory committee member for Land O’Lakes.

 

61


Table of Contents

Brent Bunte has served as a director since 2000. Mr. Bunte is the manager of the New Cooperative in Fort Dodge, Iowa, a Class B member of the company, and has been with New Cooperative for 20 years. Mr. Bunte has held directorships with First American Bank and Associated Benefits Corporation.

 

Jack Friedman has served as a director since 1996 and is our Vice Chairman. Mr. Friedman is the manager of the Swiss Valley Ag Center in Monticello, Iowa and has been with that group for 28 years. For the past 12 years, Mr. Friedman has served as manager of Swiss Valley. Mr. Friedman has held directorships on the following boards: Industrial Telecommunications Association Board and the Land O’Lakes Feed Advisory Council. He currently serves on the board of the Iowa Institute of Cooperatives and the Dyersville Planning and Zoning Board.

 

Dave Reinders has served as a director since 2001. Mr. Reinders is the general manager of Sunray Co-op in Sunray, Texas and has held that position since January 2004. Prior to his service at Sunray Co-op, Mr. Reinders was general manager of United Farmers Coop in George, Iowa, for ten years. Mr. Reinders was formerly a director of the Iowa Institute of Coops, the Iowa Agri Business Association and Land O’Lakes.

 

Ron Hunter has served as a director since 2002. Mr. Hunter is the general manager of Ag Valley Cooperative in Edison, Nebraska and has been with Ag Valley since 1997. Prior to his service with Ag Valley, Mr. Hunter worked for Crestland Cooperative from 1990 to 1997. Mr. Hunter is currently a director on the board of NIK Nonstock Marketing Cooperative. He has also previously held a directorship with the Nebraska Coop Managers Association.

 

Doug Derscheid has served as a director since 2003. Mr. Derscheid is the manager of the Central Farmers Cooperative in O’Neill, Nebraska and has been with Central Farmers Cooperative for the past 12 years. Prior to his work with Central Farmers, Mr. Derscheid was the general manager of Farmers Cooperative Elevator in Plymouth, Nebraska for seven years. Mr. Derscheid is currently Chairman of the Board of Cooperative Mutual Insurance Company and is the treasurer for the O’Neill Airport Authority. Mr. Derscheid is also a board member of the Nebraska Propane Gas Association and a Trustee for the Nebraska Managers Association.

 

Kenneth Hahn has served as a director since 2002. Mr. Hahn is the general manager of Planters Cooperative in Lone Wolf, Oklahoma and has been with Lone Wolf for a total of 30 years, 22 years as manager and 8 years as assistant manager. Mr. Hahn has held director positions with the Coop Retirement Board, Oklahoma Coop Ginners Board, and Oklahoma Grain and Feed Association.

 

Pete Anderson has been employed by the company since 1988 and has served as President and CEO since 1999. Prior to becoming president, Mr. Anderson was the Vice President of Operations. Mr. Anderson is the past president of the Kansas Cooperative Council and past founding chairman of the Arthur Capper Cooperative Center at Kansas State University. Mr. Anderson sits on the board of directors of Associated Benefits Corporation and is a member of National Council of Farmer Cooperatives, the National Feed and Grain Association and several other state associations.

 

Stephan Gutierrez has been employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the company since 2002. He also serves as president of the company’s subsidiary, FCStone Trading, LLC. Prior to his positions with FCStone, Mr. Gutierrez worked at Cargill as a trader and trading manager. Mr. Gutierrez has 29 years of experience in trading, risk and asset management with respect to multiple commodities.

 

Jeff Soman has been employed as Executive Vice President of FCStone, LLC since 2000. Mr. Soman has over 25 years of experience managing the clearing, internal risk management and brokerage facilities of several major brokerage firms. During the last 15 years he has worked in this capacity for FCStone, LLC or one of its predecessor companies.

 

Robert V. Johnson has been employed as the Chief Financial Officer of the company since 1987. Prior to his position with the company, Mr. Johnson was the corporate controller for Heritage Communications, Inc. a

 

62


Table of Contents

publicly traded cable television company. Mr. Johnson is a member of Financial Executives International, the Iowa Society of CPAs and the American Institute of CPAs.

 

Steven Speck has served as the President and CEO of FGDI since 2001. Prior to 2001 he served as the Vice President-Specialty Crops of the company for nine years.

 

Board of Directors

 

Under our current amended and restated bylaws, there are ten directors divided into three classes. Class I has eight directors, who are nominated by the holders of Class A and Class B common stock. Class II has one director, who is nominated by the twelve largest stockholders of the company (“Large Stockholders”), such stockholders being determined on the basis of the combined par value of the common and preferred stock held. Class III has one director, who is nominated by the board of directors.

 

Class I directors are nominated by stockholders on a regional basis. All Class I directors must be residents of the region from which they are nominated and be employees of stockholders from such region. One Class I Director is a resident of and nominated by the Eastern Region, which includes Florida, Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia, Maryland, Delaware, Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Vermont, New Hampshire, Maine, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan and Ontario, Canada. Three Class I Directors are residents of and nominated by the Central Region, which includes Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa and Wisconsin. Two Class I Directors are residents of and nominated by the Northwestern Region, which includes Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, Nevada, California, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, and Hawaii. It also includes Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia, Canada. Two Class I Directors shall be residents of and nominated by the Southwestern Region, which includes Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and Mexico. The areas making up each region are set forth in the company’s bylaws. At least three months prior to the annual meeting of stockholders, the board of directors appoints a nominating committee for each region that will be electing a board member at that election. The nominating committee for each region consists of three individuals who meet the qualifications to be a Class I director for such region and are employed by a stockholder. The nominating committee, after consideration of any person put forth by a stockholder of their region or any person that it otherwise deems qualified, provides the board at least two and not more than three director candidates for their region. These nominees are then placed on a written nominating ballot for the region it represents. The nominating ballot is delivered at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders with an instruction for each stockholder to vote for one nominee and return the ballot to the company by a specified date before the annual meeting. The person receiving the highest number of votes on the nominating ballot is nominated for election at the annual meeting. In the event of a tie, the Chairman of the Board will provide the tie-breaking vote.

 

The Class II Director also has a unique nomination process. To nominate Class II directors, we solicit each of the Large Stockholders for nominations for election. Any person nominated by at least two Large Stockholders is placed on a written nominating ballot. The nominating ballot is delivered at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders with an instruction for each Large Stockholder to vote for one nominee and return the ballot to the company by a specified date before the annual meeting. The person receiving the highest number of votes on the nominating ballot nominated for election at the annual meeting. In the event of a tie, the Chairman of the Board will provide the tie-breaking vote.

 

The Class III director is nominated by the board of directors. There are no specific qualifications for the Class III nominee.

 

After the nomination process is completed and the individuals are placed on the ballot for election at the annual meeting, the directors are elected by a majority vote of stockholders in the aggregate (one vote for each share of common stock) and not on the basis of region or ownership percentage. We solicit proxies to vote in favor of the nominations established in the above-described process.

 

63


Table of Contents

The board of directors has an executive committee and an audit committee. The executive committee has been delegated and may exercise any of the powers of the board of directors in the management of the company’s business when the board is not in session. However, the executive committee does not have the power pursuant to this delegation to authorize distributions, approve or propose actions to the stockholders, fill vacancies, amend the articles of incorporation or bylaws, approve a plan of merger that does not require stockholder approval or approve the reacquisition of shares. The executive committee also acts as a compensation committee for the Chief Executive Officer. The executive committee consists of Bruce Krehbiel, Eric Parthemore and Jack Friedman. Mr. Krehbiel serves as Chairman of the Board, Mr. Friedman as Vice-Chairman and Mr. Parthemore as Secretary and Treasurer. None of the executive committee members are current or former employees of the company. The audit committee consists of Eric Parthemore, Brent Bunte and Ron Hunter. The audit committee oversees the company’s audit process and engages independent auditors. The board of directors has not adopted a formal written charter for its audit committee, but intends to adopt one following the restructuring.

 

Class I, Class II and Class III directors are further divided into three groups to serve three-year staggered terms. All directors hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors may have the effect of shortening a term of an incumbent director.

 

After the restructuring, we will maintain the current structure of our board of directors. However, the nomination ballots distributed to stockholders for Class I and Class II directors will only indicate a preference for a proposed candidate. The nominees for director will actually be selected by the board of directors after considering the results of the preference ballot.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The board of directors meets from time to time at such time and place as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board of directors. Members of the board of directors receive a per diem payment of $300 for each activity on behalf of the company, as well as direct reimbursement of travel expenses related to service on the board of directors.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The goal of the company’s executive compensation policy has been, and will continue to be, to ensure that an appropriate relationship exists between executive pay, our financial performance and the creation of member/stockholder value, while at the same time motivating and retaining key employees. Individual salaries are also based upon an evaluation of other factors, such as individual past performance, potential with the company and level and scope of responsibility.

 

Upon completion of the restructuring, the current senior management of the company will continue to hold the comparable offices with the company on a full-time basis. The following table shows the compensation paid by the company in fiscal year 2004 indicated to its Chief Executive Officer and the four other individuals who were serving as named executive officers of the company at the end of fiscal year 2004.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position


  Salary
($)


  Bonus
($)


    Other Annual
Compensation
($)(1)


 

Pete Anderson, President & Chief Executive Officer

  320,000   339,847 (2)   —   (1)

Steve Speck, President & Chief Executive Officer-FGDI

  175,000   221,423 (3) (4)   —   (1)

Stephan Gutierrez, Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer

  174,583   209,935 (5) (4)   —   (1)

Jeff Soman, Executive Vice President-FCStone, LLC

  165,000   163,567 (6) (4)   —   (1)

Robert Johnson, Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

  145,000   143,740 (7) (4)   —   (1)

 

64


Table of Contents

(1) None of the perquisites or other benefits paid exceeded the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the total annual salary and bonus received by the executive.
(2) Represents amounts paid under the Executive Short-Term Management Incentive Plan.
(3) Represents $189,514 paid under the FGDI CEO Short-Term Incentive Plan and $31,909 paid under the Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan.
(4) Bonuses awarded under the Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan vest at the end of the fifth year after the bonus was awarded. Participants receive 50% of the vested amount in his or her account in cash at the end of every plan year.
(5) Represents $185,411 paid under the Executive Short-Term Management Incentive Plan and $24,524 paid under the Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan.
(6) Represents $140,389 paid under the Executive Short-Term Management Incentive Plan and $23,178 paid under the Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan.
(7) Represents $123,372 paid under the Executive Short-Term Management Incentive Plan and $20,368 paid under the Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan.

 

Pension Plan

 

We have a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan. The following table shows the approximate annual retirement benefits that participating executive officers are expected to receive under the plan based on their pay and years of credited service.

 

     Years of Service

Remuneration


   10

   15

   20

   25

   30

   35

$125,000

   $ 15,625    $ 23,438    $ 31,250    $ 39,063    $ 46,875    $ 54,688

$150,000

   $ 18,750    $ 28,125    $ 37,500    $ 46,875    $ 56,250    $ 65,625

$175,000

   $ 21,875    $ 32,813    $ 43,750    $ 54,688    $ 65,625    $ 76,563

$200,000

   $ 25,000    $ 37,500    $ 50,000    $ 62,500    $ 75,000    $ 87,500

$225,000

   $ 28,125    $ 42,188    $ 56,250    $ 70,313    $ 84,375    $ 98,438

$250,000

   $ 31,250    $ 46,875    $ 62,500    $ 78,125    $ 93,750    $ 109,375

$300,000

   $ 37,500    $ 56,250    $ 75,000    $ 93,750    $ 112,500    $ 131,250

$400,000

   $ 50,000    $ 75,000    $ 100,000    $ 125,000    $ 150,000    $ 175,000

$500,000

   $ 62,500    $ 93,750    $ 125,000    $ 156,250    $ 187,500    $ 218,750

 

The company defined benefit pension plan covers all compensation subject to the regulatory limit of annual compensation, which for 2004 was $205,000. The Chief Executive Officer also has a supplementary non-qualified pension plan that has the same provisions as the defined benefit pension plan except that it covers all compensation above the regulatory limit.

 

The estimated current credited years of service for each executive officer are as follows: Pete Anderson-17 years; Steve Speck-13 years; Stephan Gutierrez-3 years; Jeff Soman-4 years; and Robert Johnson-23 years.

 

Above benefits are based on a straight-life annuity and are not subject to any Social Security or other offsets.

 

The monthly benefit formula for the company defined benefit pension plan is 1.25% times the highest consecutive 5 year average monthly earnings times the number of years of service.

 

401(k) Plan and Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 

We presently contemplate the establishment of an “employee stock ownership plan”, or ESOP, following the consummation of the restructuring. An ESOP is a special type of qualified retirement plan described in and

 

65


Table of Contents

subject to certain requirements contained in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). By definition, an ESOP must be designed to invest primarily in stock of the sponsoring employer.

 

Historically, employees of the company and certain subsidiaries and affiliates have participated in The Restated Thrift/Profit Sharing Plan for Cooperatives (the “401(k) Plan”). Pursuant to the terms of the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may make 401(k) elective deferrals to the plan (“401(k) contributions”), and the company has historically made matching contributions to the plan in an amount equal to 50% of each participant’s 401(k) contributions, subject to a maximum matching contribution in an amount equal to 4% of the participant’s compensation.

 

We anticipate that participants in the 401(k) Plan that are eligible to participate in the ESOP will be given a one-time opportunity to elect to transfer up to 33% of the assets in their 401(k) Plan account to the ESOP. We expect that such funds would subsequently be invested in company stock at a price not less than the same $10.00 per share price that is offered to the members pursuant to the subscription rights. We also anticipate that, following the establishment of the ESOP, company matching contributions for all eligible ESOP participants would no longer be made to the 401(k) Plan, but would, instead, be made to the ESOP where they would be invested in company stock.

 

ERISA and the Code would require shares of company stock held by the ESOP to be appraised at least once a year by a qualified independent appraiser. In addition, all purchases of company stock by the ESOP, including the shares purchased with the initial transfers from the 401(k) plan, would be required to take place at a price no greater than the appraised fair market value of such stock, and all sales of stock by the ESOP would be required to take place at a price no less than such appraised fair market value.

 

Long Term Incentive Plan

 

The FCStone Group, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan covers the five named executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation table. The Plan which went into effect on September 1, 2003, provides for awards to the covered officers at the end of the five year life cycle of the Plan. These awards will be based on increases in the Class A Equity, plus common and preferred stock redemption and after patronage distribution, tax and accrual for award, over the five-year life of the Plan. The threshold level of increase is a compounded 11% return on equity, at which point the participants are eligible to receive an award equal to 50% of their base salary at the beginning of the five-year life of the Plan. At the threshold level, the total award to the five participants is equal to 2.0% of the increase in the Class A Equity. As the Class A Equity increases over the threshold level, the total awards increase as a percentage of the increase in Class A Equity until the maximum level, which is based on a compounded 16% compounded return on equity, is reached. At the maximum level, the participants are eligible to receive an award equal to 200% of their base salary at the beginning of the Plan, which represents 4.9% of the increase in Class A Equity over the life of the Plan.

 

The Plan is administered by the Chairman of the Board, who retains the discretion to amend or terminate the Plan. At the termination of a participant’s employment, either by the company or the participant, all rights under the Plan are forfeited, except that a participant may receive a prorated award if the participant terminates employment or retires after three years with the company’s consent. A participant may also receive a prorated award upon the participant’s death, disability or retirement.

 

The participants are eligible for prorated awards in the event the Plan is terminated before the completion of the five-year life cycle. The prorated awards are based on the level of performance attained at the termination of the Plan and are payable immediately following the termination of the Plan. In the year ended August 31, 2004, the Company recorded an expense of $200,000 for the Plan, but made no payments to any participants under the Plan.

 

Employment Agreements

 

CEO Agreement. Pete Anderson, our CEO, has signed an employment agreement that runs for unlimited successive annual terms. Each annual term ends on the date of the company’s annual meeting. Either party may either terminate the agreement or convert it into an employment at will arrangement by notifying the other party

 

66


Table of Contents

of such intention within 10 days after the date of the annual meeting. During an annual term, the agreement may be terminated by the company for cause, by the CEO for good reason, or upon the death of the CEO. Mr. Anderson receives a base salary which is determined annually by the executive committee of the board of directors and participates in a short-term incentive plan which provides for his annual bonus. The agreement also provides that Mr. Anderson be paid deferred compensation in the amount of 15% of the annual bonus paid to the CEO. Each annual contribution to the deferred compensation plan vests over a period of 5 years. If Mr. Anderson leaves the Company for any reason other than total disability, death or retirement, he loses the right to any unvested portion of the deferred compensation. Upon the termination of the agreement, Mr. Anderson retains no right to his annual salary or bonus, he only retains the right to the vested portion of his deferred compensation plan. There is no provision of the agreement that provides for any other severance payments to the CEO upon termination of the agreement.

 

Agreements of Other Executive Officers . All of our other named executive officers have signed agreements that provide that their employment is “at will.” These agreements may be terminated at any time and we are not obligated to make severance payments to any of these officers. The agreements contain a non-competition provision that runs for periods ranging from one year to eighteen months after termination.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

Each of our directors is an executive officer of a member cooperative that is a stockholder of the company. Each of these member cooperatives uses the services of the company, and as a result, the company pays each of these member cooperatives patronage dividends based upon the business conducted with the company by the member. The following table sets forth the amounts paid by these member cooperatives for our services during our fiscal year ended August 31, 2004, and the amount of patronage dividends paid to these member cooperatives during such period.

 

Board Member


   Board Member’s Cooperative

   Amounts Paid by
the Member
Cooperative to the
Company for
Services


   Patronage Paid
by the Company
to the Member
Cooperative


Brent Bunte

   New Cooperative    $ 218,895    $ 134,605

Jack Friedman

   Swiss Valley Ag Center      86,009      14,130

Bruce Krehbiel

   Kanza Cooperative      102,235      15,518

Tom Leiting

   River Valley Cooperative      147,529      22,041

Eric Parthemore

   Farmers Commission Company      38,272      6,616

Dave Reinders

   Sunray Co-op      230,030      38,930

Rolland Svoboda

   Pro Cooperative      154,619      25,847

Doug Derscheid

   Central Farmers Cooperative      169,204      28,904

Ron Hunter

   Ag Valley Cooperative      139,124      23,246

Kenneth Hahn

   Planters Cooperative      140,022      20,698

 

Pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 11, 2000, we acquired certain assets of Saul Stone and Company, L.L.C. and River Brokerage, Inc. As part of that transaction, we agreed to pay the four owners of River Brokerage additional annual amounts based on future earnings related to the acquired assets (the “earn-out arrangement”). Jeff Soman, who serves as an executive vice-president of the company, is one of the four former owners of River Brokerage who has received payments from us under this earn-out arrangement. In each of the years 2002 and 2003, Mr. Soman received cash payments from us of $83,333 pursuant to the terms of the earn-out arrangement contained in the Asset Purchase Agreement. No further earn-out payments will be made for 2004 or any later year.

 

The company’s policy is that all transactions between the company and its officers, directors and/or five percent stockholders will be on terms no more favorable to those related parties than the terms provided to other customers of the company.

 

67


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF THE COMPANY

BEFORE AND AFTER THE RESTRUCTURING

 

The following table furnishes information, as of August 31, 2004 before taking into effect the restructuring and on a pro forma basis after taking into effect the restructuring regarding beneficial ownership of the company’s common and preferred stock by each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the company’s issued and outstanding common and preferred stock, each of the company’s directors and senior management (who will continue to serve as the company’s directors and senior management after the restructuring), and all of the company’s directors and senior management as a group.

 

    Beneficial Ownership Before Restructuring

   

Pro Forma

Beneficial

Ownership of
Common Stock
after Restructuring (1)


 
   

Class A

Common Stock


   

Class B

Common Stock


    Preferred Stock

   

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (2)


  Number

    Percentage

    Number

    Percentage

    Number

    Percentage (3)

    Number

  Percentage

 

Heartland Cooperative

2829 Westown Parkway

West Des Moines, Iowa 50266

  —       —       1     20 %   117.72     *     57,856   1.3 %

Farmers Cooperative Co.

P.O. Box 35

Farnhamville, Iowa 50538

  —       —       1     20 %   160.00     1.2 %   27,687   *  

West Central Cooperative

Box 68

Ralston, Iowa 51459

  —       —       1     20 %   236.40     1.7 %   83,771   1.9 %

Farmland Industries

P.O. Box 20111

Kansas City, Missouri 64116

  —       —       1     20 %   931.33     6.7 %   103,920   2.4 %

New Cooperative

P.O. Box 818

Fort Dodge, Iowa 50501

  —       —       1     20 %   112.60     *     57,432   1.3 %

Directors and Officers:

                                             

Brent Bunte

  —       —       1 (4)   20 %   112.60 (4)   *     57,432   1.3 %

Jack Friedman

  1 (5)   *     —       —       80.98 (5)   *     26,298   *  

Bruce Krehbiel

  1 (6)   *     —       —       75.02 (6)   *     23,033   *  

Tom Leiting

  1 (7)   *     —       —       102.98 (7)   *     32,420   *  

Eric Parthemore

  1 (8)   *     —       —       36.97 (8)   *     10,748   *  

Dave Reinders

  1 (9)   *     —       —       54.08 (9)   *     40,719   *  

Rolland Svoboda

  1 (10)   *     —       —       131.33 (10)   *     41,683   *  

Doug Dercheid

  1 (11)   *     —       —       150.00 (11)   1.1 %   53,495   1.2 %

Ron Hunter

  1 (12)   *     —       —       104.04 (12)   *     38,734   *  

Kenneth Hahn

  1 (13)   *     —       —       46.32 (13)   *     23,054   *  

Paul G. Anderson

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —     —    

Steve Speck

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —     —    

Stephan Gutierrez

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —     —    

Jeff Soman

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —     —    

Robert Johnson

  —       —       —       —       —       —       —     —    

Officers and Directors as a group
(15 persons)

  9     2.1 %   1     20 %   894.32     6.4 %   347,616   8.1 %

 * Less than one percent.
(1) Does not include shares of new common stock issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights.
(2) The address of all of the named individuals is c/o FCStone Group, Inc., 2829 Westown Parkway, Suite 200, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266.
(3) Based on 13,870 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.
(4)

Represents shares held by New Cooperative in Fort Dodge, Iowa, of which Mr. Bunte is Manager.

 

68


Table of Contents
(5) Represents shares held by Swiss Valley Ag Center in Monticello, Iowa, of which Mr. Friedman is Manager.
(6) Represents shares held by Kanza Cooperative in Iuka, Kansas, of which Mr. Krehbiel is Manager.
(7) Represents shares held by River Valley Cooperative in Clarence, Iowa, of which Mr. Leiting is Manager.
(8) Represents shares held by The Farmers Commission Company in Upper Sandusky, Ohio, of which Mr. Parthemore is President and CEO.
(9) Represents shares held by Sunray Coop in Sunray, Texas, of which Mr. Reinders is General Manager.
(10) Represents shares held by Pro Cooperative in Gilmore City, Iowa, of which Mr. Svoboda is General Manager.
(11) Represents shares held by Central Farmers Cooperative in O’Neill, Nebraska, of which Mr. Derscheid is Manager.
(12) Represents shares held by Ag Valley Cooperative in Edison, Nebraska, of which Mr. Hunter is General Manager.
(13) Represents shares held by Planters Cooperative in Lone Wolf, Oklahoma, of which Mr. Hahn is Manager.

 

69


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK AFTER RESTRUCTURING

 

The rights of stockholders in the company are, and after the restructuring will continue to be governed by Iowa law, the articles of incorporation and the bylaws. The rights of holders of the new common stock of the company will be different in several respects from the rights of holders of the existing Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock of the company. The following summary of the material features of the new common stock of the company does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the proposed amended and restated articles of incorporation, attached as Appendix A to this document, and the proposed amended and restated bylaws, attached as Appendix B to this document. We urge you to read these Appendices.

 

Capitalization

 

The amended and restated articles of incorporation of the company after the restructuring will provide for 40,000,000 authorized shares of stock. These will be equally divided between new common stock and preferred stock. Not all of the authorized shares will be issued. The company will issue only such shares of new common stock as are necessary to complete the restructuring, form the ESOP and issue shares pursuant to the subscription rights, and will not at this time issue preferred stock. A total of 4.31 million shares of new common stock plus shares issuable upon exercise of subscription rights not to exceed 1.33 million shares of new common stock will be issued. The board of directors will have the authority to issue additional shares of common stock or preferred stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Shares of new common stock represent an ownership interest in the company. Holders of new common stock shall have the right to vote on such matters as properly come before the stockholders for decision, shall have the right to receive dividends declared by the board of directors, and shall have rights in liquidation. Iowa law also grants holders of new common stock the right to access and review certain information regarding the company and its business affairs.

 

Patronage-based Rights

 

After the restructuring, we will no longer be considered a cooperative under Subchapter T of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will not be eligible to pay patronage dividends. No patronage-based rights of any kind will accrue to members for business done with the company after August 31, 2004.

 

Redemption Right of the Company

 

We will retain the right to redeem from stockholders that do not transact any business with or through the company for two consecutive years the shares of new common stock received in the restructuring, for a period of five years from the closing of the restructuring. This redemption right will not apply to shares purchased pursuant to the subscription rights offering.

 

We will also retain a lien on issued common stock for indebtedness of the holder to the corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Potential Future Classes of Stock

 

We may, by resolution of our board of directors, issue shares of preferred stock. The board of directors may establish classes of preferred stock. Any other class may have designations, preferences, limitations and special rights that may be different from common stock or any other class of preferred stock.

 

Qualifications to Hold Stock

 

Following the restructuring, the articles of incorporation will no longer limit ownership of new common stock to agricultural cooperatives. Ownership of new common stock will be available to any individual,

 

70


Table of Contents

corporation or other entity which properly acquires such shares subject to the transfer requirements for the company’s common stock set forth in the bylaws.

 

Voting Rights

 

Holders of new common stock will vote on matters such as the election or removal of directors, mergers, sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the company, dissolution of the company and certain amendments to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation. On such voting matters, each share of new common stock will have one vote, except to the extent the common stock held exceeds five percent of the issued and outstanding shares. Any shares held in excess of five percent are entitled to only 1/100 th of a vote per share. Voting at a meeting of stockholders may be done either in person or, if authorized by the board of directors, by mail ballot or by proxy. Shares of preferred stock issued hereafter will have no voting rights unless required by law.

 

Meetings of Stockholders and Quorum

 

Under our bylaws, the annual meeting of the stockholders of the company will be held on a date and at a time and place fixed by the board of directors. Special meetings may be called by the board of directors or by an officer of the company upon the request of twenty-five percent of the stockholders entitled to cast a vote. Twenty-five percent of the shares of new common stock entitled to vote at an annual meeting of stockholders will constitute a quorum.

 

Dividends

 

Dividends may be, but are not required to be, paid on the new common stock. Any decision to grant dividends, including the size and timing of dividends, is subject to the discretion of the board of directors.

 

Restrictions on Transfer of Stock

 

The bylaws may establish certain restrictions on the ability of stockholders to transfer shares. Our new bylaws will allow the transfer of shares of new common stock to: (a) any other holder of new common stock, provided that the transferee will not hold more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common shares of the company after the transfer, and (b) any transferee approved in advance by the board of directors. New common stock issued pursuant to the restructuring is not otherwise transferable. Shares held by the ESOP will be transferable as provided in the plan.

 

Dissolution

 

A proposal for dissolution will require the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the outstanding shares of common stock. Upon dissolution of the company, subject to any priority distributions of any future class of preferred stock, the assets of the company will be distributed first to cover debts, obligations and liabilities of the company, and then the balance, if any, to the holders of common stock.

 

Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our articles of incorporation may be amended from time to time by proposal of the board of directors to the stockholders that is approved by the stockholders. Any amendment to the provision of the articles requiring a three-fourths vote of the stockholders to adopt a proposal for dissolution requires the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the outstanding common shares. At any meeting of the stockholders at which a proposed amendment is duly submitted to the meeting in the manner prescribed by law, modifications or revisions of such proposed amendment may be submitted, voted upon and adopted at such meeting in the same manner, and to the same effect, as the original proposed amendment. Our bylaws may be amended from time to time by the board of directors.

 

71


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

Any member who receives shares of new common stock pursuant to the conversion of patronage based rights under Article IV of the plan of conversion will also receive a nontransferable subscription right, which is a limited time right to purchase additional shares of new common stock. Each subscription right gives the holder the right to purchase 100 shares of new common stock for each 200 shares of new common stock received in the restructuring in exchange for patronage-based rights. The subscription rights will be issued in 100 share blocks, rounded up to the next highest multiple of 100. After taking into account the effect of rounding up to the next highest multiple of 100, subscription rights for the purchase of approximately 1.3 million shares of new common stock will be distributed.

 

The subscription rights must generally be exercised in full. Partial exercises are only allowed if the subscription is for at least 1,000 shares of new common stock. The exercise price of subscription rights will be $10.00 per share.

 

A stockholder who wishes to exercise subscription rights granted as part of the restructuring will be required to do so within 60 days after the distribution date of shares of new common stock for existing patronage based rights, as provided in Article IV of the plan of conversion. We expect the distribution date to be on or about January 31, 2005 giving each holder until approximately March 31, 2005 to exercise its subscription rights. The subscription rights of a particular holder, if not exercised, will terminate at the end of the 60-day exercise period.

 

Upon exercise, the member will receive shares of new common stock of the company. These shares will be identical to those issued pursuant to the conversion of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, preferred stock and patronage based rights, except that they will not be subject to redemption for failure to patronize the company. For a description of the capital stock received pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights, see “Description of Capital Stock after Restructuring.”

 

72


Table of Contents

COMPARATIVE RIGHTS OF MEMBERS AND STOCKHOLDERS

 

The rights of our stockholders currently are governed by Iowa corporate law, and the existing articles of incorporation and bylaws. Upon completion of the restructuring, the rights of our stockholders will be governed by the same Iowa law and the amended and restated articles of incorporation and the bylaws. The rights of holders of new common stock in the company will be different in several respects from the rights of holders of the existing Class A and Class B common stock and preferred stock of the company.

 

The following is a summary of the material differences between the new common stock of the company and the company’s existing common stock. This summary is not intended to be a complete discussion of, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, Iowa law governing corporations, and the existing articles of incorporation and bylaws of the company and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of the company, as proposed to be amended. Copies of the proposed amended and restated articles of incorporation and proposed bylaws of the company are attached as Appendices A and B to this document. You may obtain copies of the existing articles of incorporation and bylaws of the company from the company, without charge, by contacting the company at its offices.

 

    

New Common Stock Issued by the Company


  

Existing Shares Issued by the Company


Classes of Stock

   One class of common stock, the new common stock, will be issued. The issuance of preferred stock is authorized and we may issue preferred stock in the future.    We have issued Class A and Class B shares of common stock and have issued shares of preferred stock in two series.

Patronage

Dividends

   We will not pay patronage dividends    Under the cooperative structure, each of our stockholders is a customer of the company, holding a share of Class A or Class B common stock and entitled to receive patronage-based distributions.

Distributions

   Future distributions, if any, will be made in the form of dividends or other distributions with respect to share ownership in accordance with our articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law    We do not pay regular, non-patronage dividends.

Cooperative

Status

   Upon completion of the restructuring, each member of the cooperative will become a holder of common stock of the company, and will cease to be a member of the company    We operate as a cooperative.

Voting

   Stockholders have one vote for each share of new common stock held.    Each stockholder has one share of common stock and one vote.

Quorum

Requirements

   There will be no change in the quorum requirements after the restructuring.    A quorum of stockholders necessary to conduct business at a meeting will be present if 25% or more of the total number of stockholders is present (in person or by proxy).

Capitalization

   We will have authorized 20,000,000 shares of common stock and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors will have complete discretion to issue and assign rights and preferences to the preferred stock, also referred to as “blank check” preferred stock.    We have two classes of common stock, Class A and Class B, and two series of preferred stock. There are 423 shares of Class A common stock outstanding (plus 125 partially-paid subscriptions), five shares of Class B common stock outstanding and 13,870 shares of preferred stock outstanding.

 

73


Table of Contents
    

New Common Stock Issued by the Company


  

Existing Shares Issued by the Company


     Assuming completion of the restructuring as described in this proxy statement-prospectus and the appraised value of $43.1 million, we will have issued and outstanding 4.31 million shares of common stock prior to the exercise of the subscription rights.     

Restrictions on

Transfer

   Shares may be transferred to any other holder of less than 5% of the common stock and to any transferee approved by the board of directors. ESOP shares will be transferable as provided in the plan.    Shares are not transferable except as an incident to membership.

Composition of

the Board of

Directors

  

We will maintain the current structure of our board of directors.

 

However, the nomination ballots distributed to stockholders will only indicate a preference for a proposed candidate. The nominees for director will actually be selected by the board of directors after considering the results of the preference ballot.

  

Directors are nominated on a regional basis and each director must be a resident of the region from which he is nominated. After a person is nominated for a region, he or she is placed a regional nominating ballot. The nominee obtaining the most votes is nominated for election at the annual meeting.

 

Directors serve three-year terms. Directors’ terms are staggered so that approximately  1 / 3 of the directors are elected each year.

Individual

Stockholder

Participation in

Director

Nominations

  

The board of directors or applicable nominating committee will consider proposed nominees suggested by individual stockholders.

 

In addition, stockholders may formally nominate individuals for the board of directors pursuant to the advance notice requirements of the bylaws. Nominations must be in writing and provided to the company at least 120 days before the annual meeting. If the election is to take place at a special meeting, the nomination must be received not later than the close of business on the 7th day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.

   Nominations may be made from the floor of the annual meeting.

Indemnification

   The indemnification provisions of our articles of incorporation will be unaffected by the restructuring. We will continue to indemnify the directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Iowa law.    We indemnify the directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Iowa law.

Mandatory

Redemption

   The existing mandatory redemption provisions will apply to the new common stock received in the restructuring for a period of five years from the closing of the restructuring. There will be no mandatory redemption of shares purchased pursuant to the subscription rights offering.    The rights of stockholders are subject to a mandatory redemption upon the call of the board of directors in the event that a member does not patronize the company for a period of two years.

 

74


Table of Contents
    

New Common Stock Issued by the Company


  

Existing Shares Issued by the Company


Voluntary

Redemption by

the Company

   We intend to redeem, from time to time, a limited number of shares of stockholders who wish to sell their interests in the company but are unable to transfer them to another stockholder or an approved purchaser. We are under no legal obligation to redeem shares, however.    We accept written requests for redemption from stockholders. The board of directors has full discretion to accept or reject the request for redemption.

Annual

Meetings

   We will hold our annual meeting within 180 days after the end of our fiscal year. Stockholders will have one vote for each share of new common stock held.    We hold our annual meeting within 180 days after the end of our fiscal year. Each stockholder has one common share and one vote.

Financial

Reporting

and Other

Reports to

Stockholders

   As a company subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, we will make annual and quarterly reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q, provide a proxy statement, and such other reports as required by applicable law.    The company makes an annual report to stockholders

Business

Combinations

   At least 80% of all stockholders or at least 50% of disinterested stockholders must vote to approve a business combination with any beneficial owner of more than 5% of the issued and outstanding shares, or any affiliate or associate of such a beneficial owner.     

Taxation of

dividends

compared

with taxation

of patronage

dividends

   A recipient of a dividend is generally required to include the dividend in ordinary income for federal income tax purposes. Distributions taxed as dividends received by stockholders taxed as C corporations generally qualify for the 70% dividends-received deduction, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met. Distributions taxed as dividends received by individual stockholders from domestic corporations are currently taxed at a reduced maximum federal income tax rate of 15%. The reduced rate is scheduled to expire in 2009.    A recipient of a patronage dividend is generally required to include the patronage dividend in ordinary income for federal income tax purposes in the year received. Recipients are required to include in income not only the amount of cash received as part of a patronage dividend, but also the fair market value of any property received and the stated dollar amount of any portion of the patronage dividend paid in qualified written notices of allocation. Under these rules, to the extent our patronage dividends have been paid in preferred stock, recipients have been required to include in income the par value of the preferred stock received.

 

75


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock to be issued in connection with the restructuring will be passed upon by Dickinson, Mackaman, Tyler & Hagen P.C. An opinion regarding tax matters described under “The Restructuring—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” will be issued by McDermott Will & Emery LLP.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements and schedules of FCStone Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004, have been included in this proxy statement-prospectus in reliance on the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

A description of the appraisal of the value of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc. as of August 31, 2004 has been included in this proxy statement-prospectus in reliance on the report of RSM McGladrey, Inc., a national business services firm engaged in the appraisal of businesses, upon the authority of said experts in business valuation.

 

FUTURE STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

Stockholders may submit business for consideration at annual or special meetings of the stockholders in accordance with the procedures set forth in the proposed bylaws. To be properly brought before a meeting of the stockholders, a proposal must be submitted by a stockholder of the company who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has given timely notice of the proposal in writing to the secretary of the company. For a regularly scheduled annual meeting of the stockholders, the secretary must receive notice of the proposal not less than 120 days prior to the date of such meeting. For a rescheduled annual meeting or other meeting, the secretary must receive the notice by the later of 10 calendar days following announcement of the date of the meeting or 120 days in advance of the meeting. The notice of proposal must set forth a brief description of the proposal, the reasons for conducting such business at a stockholder meeting, any material interest in the proposal the proposing stockholder may have, the name, address and share ownership of the proposing stockholder, and all other information with respect to such matter as would have been required to be included in any proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

Stockholders may also submit proposals for director nominations for consideration by the board of directors or applicable regional nominating committee. The board of directors or nominating committee, however, is not required to propose the recommended candidate for inclusion on the nominating ballot.

 

Stockholders may directly nominate directors at a meeting provided that the stockholder has provided written notice of its intention to make such nomination, addressed to the Secretary of the company, not later than (i) 120 days in advance of the annual meeting, or (ii) with respect to elections held at a special meeting of stockholders, by the close of business on the 7th day following public notice of such special meeting. The written notice must be sent via United States mail, postage prepaid. Email or fax submissions will not be accepted. The written notice must provide: (a) the name and address of the person making the nomination and the name of the proposed candidate; (b) a statement that the person making the nomination is a stockholder of record entitled to vote and that such person intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to make the nomination; (c) the name and address of the nominating person, as they appear on the company’s books and records; (d) the amount of the nominating person’s beneficial ownership; (e) a description of any arrangement or understanding between the nominating person and each nominee; (f) information regarding the nominee sufficient to meet the requirements of Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934; (g) consent of the nominee to serve

 

76


Table of Contents

as a director; (h) a statement by the nominating person representing that the nominee possesses the minimum requirements to serve as a director and describing the expected contributions of the nominee to the board of directors and governance of the company; (i) a statement regarding whether, in the view of the nominating person, the nominee would represent all the stockholders and not advance or favor the positions of any particular stockholder or constituent of the company. The written notice must be accompanied by a consent, from the nominee, to be interviewed by the board of directors or applicable nominating committee. Any nominee proposed for a Class I director position must meet the qualifications for such position as provided in the bylaws. Under the bylaws, the nominee must be a resident of the region from which he or she is nominated and be an employee of a stockholder of such region.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

The company has not filed any annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC, but will do so after the restructuring. You may read and copy any reports that the company files at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W. in Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room. The reports also will be available from commercial document retrieval services and at the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). Information found on our website is not a part of this proxy statement-prospectus.

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this document to vote on the restructuring. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from what is contained in this document. This document is dated                     , 2004. You should not assume that the information contained in this document is accurate as of any other date, and neither the mailing of this document to stockholders nor the issuance of common stock in the restructuring shall create any implication to the contrary.

 

77


Table of Contents

INDEX TO COMPANY FINANCIAL STATEMENT S

 

FCStone Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

    

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-1

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of August 31, 2004 and 200 3

   F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 200 2

   F-3

Consolidated Statements of Members’ Equity and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 200 2

   F-4

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 200 2

   F-5

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-6

 


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

FCStone Group, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of FCStone Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of August 31, 2004 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedules I and II for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of FCStone Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2004 and 2003 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended August 31, 2004, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

Des Moines, Iowa

November 19, 2004

 

F-1


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     August 31,

 
     2004

    2003

 
ASSETS                 

Cash and cash equivalents:

                

Unrestricted

   $ 7,943     $ 5,106  

Restricted

     1,403       1,400  

Segregated

     42,786       5,668  

Commodity deposits and accounts receivable:

                

Commodity exchanges and clearing organizations — customer segregated, including United States treasury bills and notes of $364,040 in 2004, $233,599 in 2003

     292,597       208,625  

Proprietary commodity accounts

     20,879       16,114  

Customer regulated accounts in deficit secured by U.S. Treasury bills and notes of $36,634 in 2004 and $89,699 in 2003 included above

     38,964       91,630  
    


 


Total commodity deposits and accounts receivable

     352,440       316,369  
    


 


Marketable securities, at fair value — Customer segregated and other (including other of $299 in 2004 and $100 in 2003)

     57,799       34,658  

Accounts receivable and advances on grain

     106,867       87,244  

Notes receivable

     2,079       11,810  

Inventories — grain and fuel

     12,198       23,030  

Exchange memberships, at cost (fair value of $2,785 in 2004, $1,410 in 2003) (note 2)

     1,155       1,155  

Investment in clearing firms stock, at cost

     67       1,079  

Furniture, equipment, and improvements, net of accumulated depreciation of $3,734 in 2004 and $4,336 in 2003

     8,652       3,025  

Construction in progress (note 6)

     —         5,569  

Deferred income taxes (note 3)

     2,710       2,886  

Investments in affiliates and others

     1,701       1,635  

Investments in cooperatives

     1,452       1,166  

Other assets

     4,575       2,933  
    


 


     $ 603,827     $ 504,733  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY                 

Liabilities:

                

Checks written in excess of bank balance

   $ 8,022     $ —    

Commodity and customer regulated accounts payable

     411,660       327,861  

Trade accounts payable and advances

     68,807       38,654  

Accrued expenses

     16,196       14,942  

Notes payable (note 8)

     41,531       76,048  

Subordinated debt (note 10)

     5,750       500  

Patronage refunds payable in cash

     1,869       1,429  

Obligations under capital leases

     4,675       5,363  
    


 


Total liabilities

     558,510       464,797  
    


 


Minority interest (note 1)

     5,488       4,109  
    


 


Members’ equity (notes 5 and 7) :

                

Preferred stock, nonvoting; $1,000 par value per share, nondividend-bearing, authorized 50,000 shares:

                

Series I issued 12,972.35 shares in 2004; 13,101.33 shares in 2003

     12,972       13,102  

Series II issued 897.61 in 2004; 904.16 shares in 2003

     898       904  

Common stock:

                

Class A, voting; $5,000 par value per share, nondividend-bearing, authorized 2,000 shares

     2,369       2,753  

Class B, voting; $100,000 par value, nondividend-bearing, authorized 100 shares `

     500       500  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (note 4)

     (3,039 )     (3,932 )

Retained earnings

     26,129       22,500  
    


 


Total members’ equity

     39,829       35,827  
    


 


Commitments and contingencies (notes 6, 9, and 11)

                
    


 


     $ 603,827     $ 504,733  
    


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended August 31,

     2004

   2003

   2002

Revenues:

                    

Commissions — commodity futures and options

   $ 50,443    $ 41,034    $ 37,201

Service, consulting and brokerage fees

     12,622      11,162      10,834

Clearing and transaction fees

     16,041      7,013      3,824

Interest

     4,354      4,762      3,634

Other

     2,334      1,483      469

Sales of grain and fuel

     1,537,793      1,166,554      839,980
    

  

  

Total revenues

     1,623,587      1,232,008      895,942
    

  

  

Costs and expenses:

                    

Cost of grain and fuel sold

     1,521,925      1,154,103      830,188

Employee compensation and broker commissions

     28,502      24,111      21,835

Pit brokerage and clearing fees

     26,743      16,152      11,557

Introducing broker commissions

     10,016      7,881      7,802

Employee benefits and payroll taxes (note 4)

     6,850      5,725      4,498

Office, equipment and facilities rent and expenses (note 6)

     4,552      4,461      3,666

Communications and marketing information

     2,831      2,804      2,689

Interest

     4,790      3,192      1,297

Travel and related

     2,049      1,624      1,630

Depreciation and amortization

     833      803      850

Other operating expenses

     5,476      5,086      4,662
    

  

  

Total costs and expenses

     1,614,567      1,225,942      890,674
    

  

  

Income before income tax expense and minority interest

     9,020      6,066      5,268

Minority interest (note 1)

     576      561      600
    

  

  

Income after minority interest and before income tax expense

     8,444      5,505      4,668

Income tax expense (note 3)

     2,030      1,200      1,280
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 6,414    $ 4,305    $ 3,388
    

  

  

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

(in thousands)

 

    

Preferred
Stock


    Common Stock

  

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss


   

Retained
Earnings


   

Total

Members’

Equity


 
       Class A

    Class B

      

Balance at August 31, 2001

   $ 13,622     $ 2,863     $ 500    $ —       $ 18,083     $ 35,068  

Net income

     —         —         —        —         3,388       3,388  

Pension adjustment

     —         —         —        (1,927 )     —         (1,927 )
                                           


Total comprehensive income

                                            1,461  

Transfer of Class A to preferred stock due to member reorganizations

     88       (88 )     —        —         —         —    

Patronage refunds:

                                               

Payable in cash:

                                               

Class A

     —         —         —        —         (548 )     (548 )

Class B

     —         —         —        —         (391 )     (391 )

Application of current year patronage to common and preferred stock

     303       32       —        —         (335 )     —    

Cash received on shares issued and subscribed

     —         1       —        —         —         1  

Cash disbursed on shares retired

     (393 )     (26 )     —        —         —         (419 )
    


 


 

  


 


 


Balance at August 31, 2002

     13,620       2,782       500      (1,927 )     20,197       35,172  
    


 


 

  


 


 


Net income

     —         —         —        —         4,305       4,305  

Pension adjustment

     —         —         —        (2,005 )     —         (2,005 )
                                           


Total comprehensive income

                                            2,300  

Transfer of Class A to preferred stock due to member reorganizations

     67       (67 )     —        —         —         —    

Patronage refunds:

                                               

Payable in cash:

                                               

Class A

     —         —         —        —         (948 )     (948 )

Class B

     —         —         —        —         (482 )     (482 )

Application of current year patronage to common and preferred stock

     525       47       —        —         (572 )     —    

Cash received on shares issued and subscribed

     —         2       —        —         —         2  

Cash disbursed on shares retired

     (206 )     (11 )     —        —         —         (217 )
    


 


 

  


 


 


Balance at August 31, 2003

     14,006       2,753       500      (3,932 )     22,500       35,827  
    


 


 

  


 


 


Net earnings

     —         —         —        —         6,414       6,414  

Pension adjustment

     —         —         —        893       —         893  
                                           


Total comprehensive income

     —         —         —                        7,307  

Transfer of Class A to preferred stock due to member reorganizations

                                               
     49       (49 )     —        —         —         —    

Patronage refunds:

                                               

Payable in cash:

                                               

Class A

     —         —         —        —         (1,420 )     (1,420 )

Class B

     —         —         —        —         (449 )     (449 )

Application of current year patronage to common and preferred stock

                                               
     851       65       —        —         (916 )     —    

Cash received on shares issued and subscribed

                                               
     —         1       —        —         —         1  

Cash disbursed on shares retired

     (1,036 )     (401 )     —        —         —         (1,437 )
    


 


 

  


 


 


Balance at August 31, 2004

   $ 13,870     $ 2,369     $ 500    $ (3,039 )   $ 26,129     $ 39,829  
    


 


 

  


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended August 31,

 
     2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 6,414     $ 4,305     $ 3,388  

Depreciation and amortization, including amounts in cost of grain and fuel sold of $28 in 2004; $34 in 2003; and $34 in 2002

     861       837       884  

Gain on disposal of Chicago Board of Trade Clearing Corporation Stock

     (833 )     (263 )     —    

Equity in earnings of affiliates

     (66 )     (175 )     (43 )

Minority interest, net of distributions

     1,380       351       516  

Change in commodity accounts receivable/payable, marketable securities and customer segregated funds, net

     (12,535 )     (576 )     (701 )

Increase in accounts receivable and advances on grain

     (19,622 )     (25,845 )     (23,981 )

Decrease (increase) in inventory — grain and fuel

     10,831       (7,197 )     (3,747 )

Increase in other assets

     (1,627 )     (1,202 )     (50 )

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     30,152       20,389       (2,459 )

Increase in accrued expenses

     2,147       1,609       1,103  
    


 


 


Net cash used in operating activities

     17,102       (7,767 )     (25,090 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchase of furniture, equipment, and improvements

     (918 )     (767 )     (978 )

Net change in investment in marketable securities

     —         1       (8 )

Collections (issuance) of notes receivable

     9,732       2,503       (14,314 )

Purchase of exchange seat

     —         —         (1 )

Purchase of CME clearing firm stock

     (68 )     —         —    

Proceeds from sale of Chicago Board of Trade Clearing Corporation Stock

     1,912       648       —    
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     10,658       2,385       (15,301 )
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Increase in checks written in excess of bank balance

     8,022       —         —    

(Payments on) proceeds from note payable, net

     (34,517 )     11,035       40,834  

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock

     1       2       1  

Payment for redemption of stock

     (1,437 )     (217 )     (419 )

Payment of prior year patronage

     (1,429 )     (937 )     (1,849 )

Payments under capital lease

     (688 )     (138 )     —    

Proceeds from subordinated debt

     5,750       —         —    

Payment of subordinated debt

     (500 )     (500 )     —    

Monies deposited in escrow

     —         (1,400 )     —    

Debt issuance costs

     (125 )     —         —    
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (24,923 )     7,845       38,567  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents — unrestricted

     2,837       2,463       (1,824 )

Cash and cash equivalents — unrestricted — at beginning of year

     5,106       2,643       4,467  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents — unrestricted — at end of year

   $ 7,943     $ 5,106     $ 2,643  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                        

Cash paid during the year for:

                        

Interest

   $ 4,785     $ 3,154     $ 1,226  

Income taxes

     2,057       1,187       1,386  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

                        

Application of current year patronage to common and preferred stock

     916       572       335  

Transfer of Class A common stock to preferred stock, due to member reorganizations

     49       67       88  

Transfer of retained earnings to patronage payable, due to patronage refunds

     1,869       1,430       939  
    


 


 


 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND RELATED MATTERS

 

ORGANIZATION

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of FCStone Group, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, FCStone, L.L.C. (FCStone); FCC Investments, Inc. (FCC Investments); FCStone Trading L.L.C. (FCStone Trading); FCC Futures, Inc.; FCStone Financial, Inc. (FCStone Financial); FCStone Forex LLC; and 70% owned FGDI, L.L.C. (FGDI); and 70% owned FCStone Merchant Services, LLC (FCStone Merchant Services) (collectively, the Company). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

FCStone is a commodity futures commission merchant servicing customers primarily in grain and energy related businesses. FCC Investments is registered as a securities broker-dealer. FCStone Trading provides risk management services, acts as a dealer in over-the-counter derivative contracts on physical commodities, and operates a division that purchases and sells liquid fuels to participating members. FCC Futures, Inc. acts as a guaranteed introducing broker of FCStone and is registered with the National Futures Association. FCStone Financial provides railcar services to grain companies through leasing and subleasing of railcars. FCStone Financial also enters into sale/repurchase agreements with grain companies for the purchase and sale of certain commodities. FCStone Forex LLC provides over-the-counter interbank currency dealing services to self-directed and professionally managed client accounts. FGDI’s primary purpose is providing grain companies services relating to grain merchandising. FCStone Merchant Services provides specialized financing through inventory repurchase arrangements, transactional commodity finance arrangements, and processing and tolling arrangements.

 

The Company’s investment in Farmers Commodities Transportation Company, LLC (FCTC) represents 10% of the outstanding member units and is reported under the equity method at August 31, 2004 and 2003. FCTC provides railcar service through the leasing and subleasing of railcars and brokering the usage of these cars. FCStone provides management services, including accounting, administrative, personnel, and office space, to FCTC and has two members on FCTC’s board of directors. The Company also has minority holdings in two other entities, Lehi Mills L.L.C. and Hurley & Associates, both of which are carried under the equity method.

 

USE OF ESTIMATES

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

COMMODITY DEPOSITS AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE/PAYABLE

 

Commodity accounts include equities and deficits in open futures and option contracts and funds received to margin or guarantee commodity transactions. The Company is obligated to fund margin calls on open contracts and, in turn, receives reimbursement from customers for maintenance of their respective margins. In accordance with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s regulations, customer funds received to margin, guarantee, and/or secure commodity futures transactions are segregated and accounted for separately. Commodity deposits and receivables with clearing organizations and commodity customer payables are reported gross except where a right of offset exists.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

 

Marketable securities consist of short-term overnight investments in U.S. Treasury and U.S. Government Agency repurchase agreements and money market funds allowed by the Commodities Futures Trading Commission’s regulations for segregated customer funds. These securities are reported at market value, which approximates cost given their short-term nature. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized in other comprehensive income.

 

TRADE ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

The Company records trade receivables due from its customers at the time sales are recorded in accordance with its revenue recognition policy. The future collectibility of these amounts can be impacted by the Company’s collection efforts, the financial stability of its customers, and the general economic climate in which it operates. The Company applies a consistent practice of establishing an allowance for accounts that it believes may become uncollectible through reviewing the historical aging of its receivables and by monitoring the financial strength of its customers. If the Company becomes aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., where it has filed for bankruptcy), the Company establishes a specific allowance for the potential bad debt to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount it reasonably believes will be collected.

 

INVENTORIES

 

Grain inventories are carried at market value, which is net realizable value (NRV). NRV is determined by estimating selling prices in the applicable market location and related costs of disposal in the ordinary course of business. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on futures contracts are credited or charged to current cost of sales.

 

In fiscal year 2003, FCStone Trading adopted EITF 02-3, Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy Trading and Risk Management Activities . The impact of the implementation of EITF 02-3 on the financial statements for the fiscal year ended 2003 was applied prospectively, as the effects were not significant to the Company.

 

Fuel inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Additionally, FCStone Trading has minimum line fill requirements at two pipeline companies totaling 588,000 gallons of liquid fuels. If such line fill requirements are not met, the Company cannot deliver product again until they are met. FCStone Trading is required by certain fuel suppliers to make payment for fuel prior to line fills. Such payments have been reported as inventory and amounted to $1,327,000 and $0 at August 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

 

A summary of inventories as of August 31, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

Grain

   $ 9,164,408    $ 19,329,769

Fuel

     3,034,270      3,699,981
    

  

     $ 12,198,678    $ 23,029,750
    

  

 

OPEN CONTRACTS AND HEDGE POLICY – GRAIN

 

Open cash and futures contracts for the purchase and sale of grain are reported at market value, and the resulting gains or losses are recognized currently in earnings. The Company is exposed to risks that it may

 

F-7


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

not have sufficient grain to deliver into its contracts and thus would be obligated to purchase grain at prevailing market rates in order to meet such commitments. The Company follows the policy of hedging its grain transactions through the use of those contracts in order to minimize risk due to market fluctuations. Hedge margin accounts are carried at net liquidating valuations as of the balance sheet date. The value of the underlying contracts are $2,874,592 and $1,273,029 at August 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

HEDGE POLICY – FUEL

 

The Company follows the policy of hedging its fuel purchases made on behalf of its customers to minimize the risk due to market fluctuations. The gains and losses relating to closed hedge positions are either billed to or returned to the participant members and are allocated based upon their respective volume of business. The Company is exposed to credit risk of participating members, to the extent they fail to settle their obligations.

 

Balances receivable from or due to Fuel Alliance members under these hedging contracts are reported at market value based on publicly available third-party pricing services and reflected as other receivables or accounts payable – customers in the financial statements and the related unrealized gain or loss is recorded in cost of fuel sold.

 

FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE, AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

Furniture, equipment, software, and improvements are recorded at cost. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements are charged to operations, while expenditures for major replacements and betterments are capitalized.

 

FGDI had leased property, primarily comprised of grain bins, under a capital lease with an asset balance of $5,568,750 at August 31, 2004 and 2003 (see note 6).

 

Depreciation expense is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Furniture, equipment, and leasehold improvements are depreciated over five to forty years. Software is depreciated over a useful life of three years. Capital leases for grain bins are depreciated over a useful life of 10 years.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — UNRESTRICTED

 

Cash equivalents consist of investments with original maturities of three months or less and include money market funds totaling $3,261,900 and $2,246,423 at August 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — RESTRICTED

 

FCStone Trading and FGDI have deposited monies into an escrow account held at a financial institution, in connection with FGDI’s capital lease obligation (see note 6). The deposited funds, and all earnings, are required to be held in escrow until repayment of the bond sinking fund.

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — SEGREGATED

 

Pursuant to requirements of the Commodity Exchange Act, funds deposited by customers relating to futures contracts in regulated commodities must be carried in separate accounts which are designated as segregated customers’ accounts. At August 31, 2004 and 2003, cash and cash equivalents – segregated included an interest bearing cash account of $35,118,576 and $0, respectively, for deposit of customer funds.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

MINORITY INTERESTS

 

Minority interest in net assets and income reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements consists of:

 

a) A 30% minority interest held by an unaffiliated third party in FGDI, a U.S. Limited Liability Company, for 2004, 2003, and 2002.

 

b) A 30% minority interest held by an unaffiliated third party in FCStone Merchant Services, a U.S. Limited Liability Company for 2004.

 

The following tables set forth the components of minority interest in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

     August 31

     2004

   2003

FGDI, LLC

   $ 4,581,418    4,108,796

FCStone Merchant Services, LLC

     906,921    —  
    

  

Total

   $ 5,488,339    4,108,796
    

  

 

COMMISSION REVENUE AND EXPENSE

 

Commissions on futures contracts are recognized when the related open commodity futures transaction is closed. Commissions on option contracts are recognized upon the purchase or sale of the option. Grain brokerage fees are recognized when earned.

 

SERVICE AND CONSULTING FEES

 

Risk management service and consulting fees are billed and recognized as revenue on a monthly basis when such services are provided. Such agreements are generally for one-year periods but are cancelable by either party with a 30-day notice.

 

CLEARING AND TRANSACTION FEES

 

Clearing and transaction fees are charged when each trade is made (opened and closed).

 

REVENUE RECOGNITION ON PURCHASE AND SALE OF GRAIN AND FUEL

 

The Company recognizes revenue on sales when the agricultural products or fuel are shipped and/or the customer takes ownership and assumes risk of loss. In addition, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, revenues from certain activities should be reported gross with a separate display of cost of sales. Revenues from our grain merchandising and fuel sales have been presented gross. These grain merchandising and fuel sales include activities in which we are the primary obligor responsible for fulfillment, act as principal, change the product or perform part of the service, take title to the inventory and assume the risk and rewards of ownership, such as the risk of loss for collection and delivery.

 

OTHER REVENUES

 

The Company reports its equity in the earnings of unconsolidated affiliates as other revenue. This amounted to $65,569, $185,304, and $43,358 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company recorded a gain on the sale of its investment in The Clearing Corporation stock of $832,880 in 2004 and $263,015 in 2003.

 

PATRONAGE REFUNDS

 

The Company operates on a cooperative basis; accordingly, substantially all savings arising from business transacted with or for members are allocated to them in the form of cash or members’ equity.

 

INCOME TAXES

 

The Company operates as a nonexempt cooperative under Sections 1381 through 1388 of the Internal Revenue Code. Accordingly, federal income taxes are based on nonmember savings and the portion of member savings not allocated as patronage refunds, if any. The companies file a consolidated income tax return, and income taxes are allocated to the companies on the basis of their taxable income.

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

RECLASSIFICATIONS

 

Certain amounts, as reported in the prior year’s financial statements, have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.

 

2. EXCHANGE MEMBERSHIPS

 

The costs of the Company’s exchange memberships include seats on the Chicago Board of Trade, the Board of Trade of Kansas City, Missouri, Inc., the Minnesota Grain Exchange, and the Chicago Mercantile Exchange. These memberships cost the Company $991,150, $111,000, $10,500, and $42,000, respectively.

 

3. INCOME TAXES

 

Income tax expense consists of current and deferred taxes as follows:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

Current:

                

Federal

   2,425,700     1,164,800     1,137,300

State and local

   256,300     75,200     102,700
    

 

 

Total current

   2,682,000     1,240,000     1,240,000
    

 

 

Deferred:

                

Federal

   (615,700 )   (37,800 )   36,600

State and local

   (36,300 )   (2,200 )   3,400
    

 

 

Total deferred

   (652,000 )   (40,000 )   40,000
    

 

 

Total income tax expense

   2,030,000     1,200,000     1,280,000
    

 

 

 

F-10


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Total income tax expense differs from the “expected” tax expense computed by applying the federal income tax rate of 34% to earnings before income tax expense as follows:

 

     2004

    2003

    2002

 

“Expected” tax expense

   $ 2,870,937     $ 1,871,799     $ 1,586,960  

Patronage refund deduction

     (1,002,609 )     (680,678 )     (430,171 )

State income tax

     145,300       48,169       70,000  

Other

     16,372       (39,290 )     53,211  
    


 


 


Income tax expense

   $ 2,030,000     $ 1,200,000     $ 1,280,000  
    


 


 


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income tax assets are:

 

     2004

   2003

Pension liability

   $ 1,295,000    $ 2,123,000

Deferred compensation

     1,036,700      609,300

Bad debt reserve

     124,200      115,200

All other assets

     254,100      38,500
    

  

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 2,710,000    $ 2,886,000
    

  

 

Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

 

4. RETIREMENT PLANS

 

The Company has a noncontributory retirement plan, which is a defined benefit plan that covers substantially all employees. The Company’s policy is to fund amounts that are intended to provide for benefits attributed to service to date.

 

The following table presents changes in, and components of, the Company’s net liability for retirement costs:

 

Changes in Benefit Obligation


   2004

    2003

 

Benefit Obligation at beginning of year

   $ 16,604,588     $ 11,215,691  

Service Cost with interest

     1,624,129       1,157,413  

Interest Cost

     988,797       838,582  

Assumption Changes

     (769,016 )     3,373,469  

Actuarial (gain)/loss

     245,927       268,711  

Benefits Paid

     (262,405 )     (249,278 )
    


 


Benefit Obligation at end of year

     18,432,020       16,604,588  
    


 


Changes in Plan Assets


            

Fair Value at beginning of year

     7,217,997       6,403,797  

Actual Return

     1,391,001       83,496  

Employer Contribution

     2,188,322       979,982  

Benefits Paid

     (262,405 )     (249,278 )
    


 


Fair Value at end of year

     10,534,915       7,217,997  
    


 


Funded Status

     (7,897,105 )     (9,386,591 )

Unrecognized actuarial (gain)/loss

     7,189,412       9,006,087  

Contributions from Measurement Date to Fiscal Year End

     867,120       916,555  

Minimum Liability

     (3,755,667 )     (5,853,525 )
    


 


Accrued pension cost

   $ (3,596,240 )   $ (5,317,474 )
    


 


 

F-11


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The retirement benefit obligation was based upon an annual measurement date of June 30 and was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

    

2004


  

2003


Weighted-average assumptions:

         

Discount rate—end of year

   6.25%    6.00%

Expected return on assets

   8.50%    8.50%

Rate of compensation increase—based on age graded scale

   3.50% to 7.20%    3.50% to 7.20%

 

The components of retirement benefit costs recognized in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

    2002

 

Service cost

   $ 1,624,129    $ 1,157,413     $ 631,341  

Interest cost

     988,797      838,582       563,144  

Less: Actual return on assets

     1,391,001      83,496       (472,896 )

Net amortization and deferral

     1,293,586      (124,990 )     (1,001,118 )
    

  


 


     $ 2,515,511    $ 1,787,509     $ 666,263  
    

  


 


 

A change in the minimum pension liability resulted in a $893,234 after-tax reduction to other comprehensive loss in 2004 and a $2,004,985 after-tax charge to other comprehensive loss in 2003.

 

The following table sets forth the actual asset allocation for the years ended August 31, 2004 and 2003, and the target asset allocation for the Company’s plan assets:

 

     August 31,

    Target Asset
Allocation (1)


     2004

    2003

   

Equity securities

   71 %   64 %   60% to 65%

Debt securities

   29 %   36 %   35% to 40%
    

 

   

Total

   100 %   100 %    
    

 

   

(1) The long-term goal for equity exposure and for fixed income exposure is considered to be a maximum of 65% and 40%, respectively, of the fund at market value. The exact allocation at any point in time is at the discretion of the investment manager, but should recognize the need to satisfy both the volatility and the rate of return objectives for equity exposure, and satisfy the objective of preserving capital for the fixed income exposure.

 

The assets of the qualified pension plan are managed in a way that reflects the uniqueness of the Plan:

 

  Over the long-term, the risk of owning equities has been, and should continue to be, rewarded with a somewhat greater return than that available from fixed income investments.

 

  The role of fixed income investments are recognized as vehicles with the potential for dampening the volatility of rates of return, while producing a predictable stream of income.

 

The following Investment Objectives are believed to be reasonable and achievable within the guidelines of the Investment Philosophy:

 

  Over the long-term, the Plan should achieve a minimum average total rate of return of four percentage points (4.0%) above the rate of inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  The real rate of return goal assumes the following: real rate of return for equities of 6.0% and a real rate of return for fixed income of 2.0%.

 

  The fund variability should be no greater than the average variability of the markets themselves.

 

  Relative and comparative performance will also be a factor in the evaluation of the quality of investment management services rendered.

 

The Company expects to contribute approximately $2 million to the pension plan during 2005.

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid:

 

Fiscal Year


   Pension Benefits

  2005

   $ 307,390

  2006

     351,889

  2007

     389,750

  2008

     460,784

  2009

     540,878

2010 - 2014

     4,853,708

 

The Company participates in a 401(k) plan in the Thrift/Savings Plan for Cooperatives, a defined contribution plan. The Company contributed approximately $813,000, $710,000, and $660,000 to the 401(k) plan during 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

5. ADJUSTED NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

Pursuant to the rules, regulations, and requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and other regulatory agencies, FC Stone is required to maintain certain minimum net capital as defined in such rules, regulations, and requirements. Net capital and the related net capital requirement may fluctuate on a daily basis. FC Stone’s adjusted net capital and minimum net capital requirement at August 31, 2004 and 2003 were as follows:

 

     2004

   2003

Adjusted net capital

   $ 23,426,399    $ 14,769,354
    

  

Minimum net capital requirement

   $ 11,842,162    $ 7,537,309
    

  

 

The rules, regulations, and requirements of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission prohibit the withdrawal of equity if, after giving effect to such withdrawal and capital reductions which are scheduled to occur within six months, adjusted net capital is less than the greater of $375,000 or 7% of the amount required to be segregated.

 

FCC Investments, Inc. is required to maintain certain net capital as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. At August 31, 2004 and 2003, FCC Investments net capital was $346,898 and $183,116, respectively. The minimum net capital requirement was $250,000 and $5,000 at August 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

6. COMMITMENTS

 

The Company leases office space, equipment, automobiles, and an airplane under noncancelable operating leases which expire on various dates through 2007. Most of the Company’s leases provide that the Company pay

 

F-13


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

taxes, maintenance, insurance, and other operating expenses. At August 31, 2004, minimum rental payments due under operating leases were as follows: 2005, $1,903,000; 2006, $1,579,000; 2007, $1,298,000; 2008, $1,079,000; and 2009, $967,000.

 

The rental expense under the above operating leases was approximately $1,862,000, $1,968,000, and $1,688,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

FCStone Financial leases covered hopper cars and, in turn, subleases these cars to a railroad company. The original operating lease expired on September 30, 2002, and FCStone Financial continues to lease the cars on a month-to-month basis as allowed under the original lease terms. Rental expense under this lease totaled approximately $642,000, $620,000, and $588,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. The original sublease also expired on September 30, 2002 and was renewed on a cancelable basis for a three year period beginning October 1, 2002. Annual lease rentals under this agreement are expected to be approximately $757,000 in 2005. Sublease rental income totaled approximately $830,000, $795,000, and $764,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

During the year ended August 31, 2003, FGDI entered into a lease agreement for grain bins that were under construction, and recorded a capitalized asset and capital lease obligation of $5.5 million. Construction of the grain bins was completed in August 2004, and testing of the facilities was on-going at August 31, 2004. The capitalized asset will be placed into service during the 1 st fiscal quarter of 2005. FGDI made payments on the lease equal to $687,500 and $137,500 during 2004 and 2003, respectively. The lease expires December 1, 2012 and annual minimum lease payments are equal to $550,000. FGDI also leases grain storage facilities under various operating leases with expiration dates ranging from August 31, 2005 through September 30, 2013. FGDI leases covered hopper cars for use in its Ohio operations under various operating leases from unrelated parties, with term ranging from twelve to sixty months. Rental expenses under these leases, which are included in cost of sales, totaled approximately $1,987,000, $1,647,000, and $1,486,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

FGDI’s approximate future minimum rental payments for the above facilities and railcars for subsequent fiscal years are as follows: 2005, $4,169,000; 2006, $2,400,000; 2007, $1,785,000; 2008, $1,752,000; and 2009, $1,719,000.

 

FGDI leases various office space and grain storage facilities under year-to-year operating leases. Rental expense for these offices and facilities was approximately $191,000, $303,000, and $217,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. FGDI also leases office space in North Carolina. Under this agreement, the Company has future minimum rental payments of $5,425 in fiscal year 2005. FGDI also rents equipment periodically throughout the year under day-to-day agreements. Rent expense for equipment was approximately $32,000, $19,000, and $44,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

At August 31, 2004 and 2003, FCStone Trading has entered into 45,651 and 55,456 swap or option contracts, respectively, for energy related products and grain products with customers and has entered into offsetting contracts with counterparty energy producers and others. The notional value at August 31, 2004 and 2003 relating to these swap and option contracts was approximately $312 million and $263 million, respectively. The customers are required to maintain margin accounts with FCStone Trading regarding the swap contracts. In the event the counterparty was unable to meet its contractual obligations, FCStone Trading may be exposed to the risk of purchasing energy related products at prevailing market prices. To mitigate this risk, FCStone Trading has purchased credit swap derivatives that provide coverage of at least 1.43 times the counterparty exposure level. The unrealized gains and losses on the swap and option contracts are reported at gross, included in Accounts receivable and advances on grain and Trade accounts payable and advances, respectively, in the accompanying statement of financial condition.

 

FCStone Merchant Services has a noncancelable operating lease for office space in New Jersey. The lease is for an initial three year term expiring on June 30, 2007. The lease contains a renewal option for an additional five

 

F-14


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

year term and requires payment of all executory costs, such as maintenance and liability insurance. Rent expense associated with this lease totaled approximately $11,000 in 2004. Future minimum lease payments under the lease for each of the three years subsequent to August 31, 2004 are: $66,000 in 2005, $66,000 in 2006, and $55,000 in 2007.

 

7. MEMBERS’ EQUITY

 

The Company has an equity plan whereby each member’s individual contribution to equity is determined by reference to its individual volume of futures business with FCStone or grain merchandising business with FGDI. This is achieved by the distribution of noncash current patronage in the form of preferred stock. Current patronage is paid 40% in cash, with the balance allocated first to offset amounts unpaid on subscriptions for Class A common stock (Class B common stock is paid in full as a condition of membership); second, paid in the form of distribution of Series I preferred stock to meet minimum Series I preferred stock requirements as provided in the plan; third, paid in the form of distribution of Series II preferred stock for remaining FGDI patronage to meet minimum Series II preferred stock requirements as provided in the plan; and fourth, any remaining balance is payable in cash to the extent the board of directors determines that the Company has sufficient resources to make such payment consistent with prudent business practice.

 

Following is a reconciliation of Class A and Class B common stock issued and subscribed at August 31, 2004 and 2003:

 

     2004

   
   2003

   
     Class A

    Class B

   Class A

    Class B

549 shares in 2004 and 722 shares in 2003 (424 shares issued in 2004, 482 shares in 2003, and 125 shares subscribed in 2004, 240 shares in 2003) at $5,000 par value

   $ 2,745,000     $    $ 3,610,000     $

5 shares at $100,000 par value

             500,000            500,000

Stock subscriptions to be satisfied by future patronage and/or cash

     (376,435 )          (856,745 )    

 

8. NOTES PAYABLE

 

During 2004, the Company entered into an unsecured line of credit agreement with Deere Credit in the amount of $8,250,000. The availability of the line of credit is subject to annual review. The continued availability of this line of credit is subject to the Company’s financial condition and operating results continuing to be satisfactory to Deere Credit. Borrowings under this line are on a demand basis and bear interest at the prime rate established by Citibank, N.A. The Company’s borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 was $8,250,000.

 

FCStone has an unsecured line of credit with Harris Trust and Savings Bank, Chicago, Illinois (Harris) in the amount of $15.0 million. The availability of the line of credit at Harris is subject to annual review. The continued availability of this line of credit is subject to the Company’s financial condition and operating results continuing to be satisfactory to Harris. Borrowings under this line are on a demand basis and bear interest at the prime rate as announced by Harris. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 or 2003.

 

FCStone has unsecured lines of credit with Deere Credit, Inc. in the amount of $45,750,000. The lines are comprised of a $38,750,000 margin call line, expiring March 1, 2005, and a $7.0 million subordinated debt line, expiring December 1, 2005. The margin call line of credit is subject to annual review, and continued availability

 

F-15


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of this line of credit is subject to the Company’s financial condition and operating results continuing to be satisfactory to Deere Credit, Inc. Borrowings under this line are on a demand basis and bear interest at 0.35% under the Prime rate or base rate of interest established by Citibank, N.A. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 and 2003. The subordinated revolving line of credit bears interest at the rate of 4.8% in excess of LIBOR. Unused portions of the credit facility require a commitment fee of ½ percent on the unused commitment. Borrowings outstanding under this line of credit were $4,000,000 at August 31, 2004. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2003.

 

On September 9, 2004, FGDI amended the line of credit with National Bank for Cooperatives (CoBank). FGDI’s amended line of credit with CoBank is for an amount of up to $97,500,000. The commitment expires April 1, 2005 and carries an interest rate on a variable basis indexed to CoBank’s national variable rate, as defined in the agreement. The interest rate was 3.31% at August 31, 2004. The line of credit is secured by inventories, accounts receivable, and intangible properties. The line of credit requires FGDI to maintain an excess of total assets over total liabilities of not less than $9,000,000 at the end of each month and a ratio of total debt to working capital not to exceed 10:1 at the end of each month. The Company was not in compliance with the borrowing base limit from February 29, 2004 to June 30, 2004, but received a written waiver from CoBank. The Company was in compliance with such borrowing base limit at August 31, 2004. The loan agreement with CoBank requires the Company to acquire and maintain non-voting participation certificates in CoBank, in amounts determined in accordance with CoBank’s bylaws and capital plan. The borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 and 2003 were $26,504,115 and $58,776,605, respectively.

 

During 2004, FGDI entered into agreements with AFG Trust Finance Limited and AFG Trust Assets Limited for a United States dollar (USD) credit facility and a Chinese RenMinBi (RMB) credit facility, as well as an USD investment facility and a RMB investment facility. The USD credit facility is for an amount up to $15,000,000 and the RMB credit facility is for an amount up to 120,000,000 RMB. The commitment expires May 26, 2005 and the USD credit facility carries an interest rate of the aggregate of the prime rate, as published by The Asian Wall Street Journal and .75% per annum. The credit facility is secured by all of the interest and rights in respect of the USD and RMB investment facilities with AFG Trust Assets Limited. The aggregate principal amounts of all the borrowings outstanding shall not exceed the lesser of the facility amount and the available limit, to be calculated as defined in the agreement. The borrowings outstanding under the USD credit facility at August 31, 2004 were $3,499,306. There have been no borrowings outstanding under the RMB credit facility.

 

On June 29, 2004, FCStone Trading entered into a revolving credit facility with National Bank for Cooperatives, ACB (CoBank), in the amount of $15 million, which will expire on June 30, 2005. The purpose of this commitment is to provide funding for commodities risk management services that FCStone Trading provides to its members, primarily the payment of option premiums and margin calls on hedge and swap transactions entered into by the Company on behalf of members. It is also to provide funding for working capital requirements in funding hedged fuel inventory and accounts receivable under the Fuel Alliance Program. Amounts outstanding under these credit facilities will bear interest at ¼ of 1% below the National Variable Rate established by CoBank from time to time. Unused portions of the credit facility require a commitment fee of ¼ of 1% per annum. FCStone Trading is required to maintain at the end of each quarter $2.4 million in current assets in excess of current liabilities and $2.4 million of total assets in excess of total liabilities. FCStone Trading was not in compliance with the minimum adjusted working capital covenant as of August 31, 2004. FCStone Trading has received a written waiver from CoBank covering the period from August 31, 2004 through November 30, 2004. The borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 and 2003 were $1,950,000 and $2,000,000, respectively.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On April 15, 2002, FCStone Financial entered into a line of credit agreement with John Deere Credit, Inc. in the amount of $46.0 million, which expires on March 1, 2005. The line of credit carries an interest rate on a variable basis calculated based on the collateral quality of advances requested by the Company as defined in the agreement. The line of credit is secured by inventories and accounts receivable. FCStone Financial is required to maintain at the end of each month $1.0 million in current assets in excess of current liabilities as well as total assets in excess of total liabilities. In addition, the FCStone Financial must obtain a Guaranty from the Company to meet minimum net worth levels of not less than $3.0 million at the end of each month and of not less than $3.5 million at the end of each fiscal year. The Company maintains a limited corporate guarantee with Deere Credit to meet this obligation. There were borrowings outstanding of approximately $1,328,000 and $15,271,500 under this line of credit at August 31, 2004 and 2003. As of August 31, 2004, FCStone Financial was not in compliance with the minimum working capital requirements. FCStone Financial obtained a waiver dated October 13, 2004 from the lender regarding this violation. The waiver covers all periods from August 31, 2004 through the investment of $25,000 by FCStone Group, Inc., which occurred on October 29, 2004.

 

On February 28, 2003, FCStone Financial entered into a line of credit agreement with CoBank, ACB in the amount of $75.0 million, which expires on May 1, 2005. Interest under the agreement will be determined separately at the time advances are requested. Under a subordination agreement dated February 28, 2003, borrowings under the line of credit with Deere Credit, discussed above, are subordinate to those under the line of credit with CoBank. FCStone Financial is required to maintain equity in excess of $0.75 million. In addition, the Company maintains a guarantee of payment agreement with CoBank with a maximum obligation of $1.5 million. The loan agreement requires FCStone Financial to acquire and maintain non-voting participation certificates in CoBank in amounts determined in accordance with CoBank’s bylaws and capital plan. These certificates are reported as other investments. There are no commitment fees associated with this line of credit, and as of August 31, 2004 and 2003, there were no borrowings outstanding under the agreement.

 

On March 4, 2004, FCStone Merchant Services entered into a junior, secured revolving credit facility with Sowood Commodity Partners Fund LP (Sowood), a related party, in the amount of $30.0 million. The purpose of this credit facility is to fund purchase, storage, hedging, financing and sale of commodities. In accordance with the agreement, any financing debt under this credit facility that is incurred by FCStone Merchant Services in the ordinary course of business to fund the purchase or financing of any permitted commodity is subordinated in right of payment to any senior debt. The maturity date for each advance is on, or prior to, the 364 th day after the closing date of the advance. Each advance accrues daily interest at a rate of the greater of (i) the interest rate specified in the borrowing request; or (ii) the interest rate agreed to in writing by Sowood and FCStone Merchant Services prior to the closing date for the advance. A commitment fee, based on the amount requested multiplied by 1%, is due to Sowood only in instances where a borrowing that has been approved does not occur. FCStone Merchant Services is required to maintain at all times, tangible net worth, as defined per agreement, of not less than $1.5 million and net working capital of not less than $1.5 million. There were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility at August 31, 2004.

 

On May 13, 2004, FCStone Merchant Services entered into a line of credit agreement with RZB Finance (RZB) in the amount of $5.0 million. The purpose of this credit facility is for short-term advances (Loans) and issuance of commercial letters of credit (L/C’s), which shall be used to finance the purchase of inventory and accounts receivable arising from the sale of inventory. Each Loan is payable on demand, and in no event shall be outstanding for more than 180 days. Interest on Loans is payable at sum of 2.5% plus the offered rate quoted by The Chase Manhattan Bank in the interbank Eurodollar market in New York City or London, England, divided by one minus the Reserve Percentage, determined in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Each L/C shall have an expiration date not more than 180 days after its date of issuance. Each L/C is charged a fee, upon issuance, in an amount equal to the greater of: (i) a flat fee of $500 or (ii) a fee equal to 2.5% of the maximum

 

F-17


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

face amount of the L/C. FCStone Merchant Services is required to maintain at all times tangible net worth, as defined per agreement, of $2,500,000. There were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004.

 

On May 10, 2004, FCStone Merchant Services entered into an uncommitted line of credit agreement with Fortis Capital Corp. (Fortis) in the amount of $20.0 million, to be used for loans, documentary letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Each loan or letter of credit shall be used to finance self-liquidating transactions involving the purchase, storage, hedging, and sale of grains, crude oil, natural gas, and petroleum products that are traded on commodities exchanges, as well as, repurchase agreements with counterparties acceptable to Fortis. All loans are payable on demand, and in no event shall be outstanding for more than 74 days after the date made, unless agreed by Fortis. Loans under the facility bear interest at a rate equal to not less than, at FCStone Merchant Services’s option, 2.50% in excess of LIBOR or 2.50% in excess of Fortis’ cost of funds using funding sources, as Fortis shall determine from time to time. All letters of credit shall have expiration dates not later than 74 days after the issuance date, unless agreed by Fortis. The fees for issuing a documentary letter of credit under the facility are: the greater of $500 or ¼ of 1% flat per 74-day period or part thereof, payable in advance. In addition, a negotiation fee of 1/10 of 1% of the amount of each drawing under each letter of credit, payable upon drawing. The fees for issuing each trade standby letter of credit and each financial standby letter of credit shall be not less than a fee at a rate of 2.0% and 2.50%, respectively, of the daily average maximum undrawn face amount of each such standby letter of credit during the period from the date of issuance through the date of expiration. FCStone Merchant Services is required to maintain at all times, working capital of not less than $2.5 million and the ratio of total outstanding loans and extensions of credit from all banks and institutions to tangible net worth, as defined per agreement, not to exceed 12.5 to 1.0. There are no commitment fees associated with this uncommitted line of credit, and there were no borrowings outstanding under this line of credit at August 31, 2004.

 

9. LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

FCStone Trading is required to provide letters of credit to certain customers and counterparties that can be drawn upon if there is a loss on the over-the-counter contracts. FCStone Trading has provided these letters of credit under agreements with CoBank. As of January 29, 2002, an agreement was entered into for $3,000,000, which matures on October 31, 2004. As of August 6, 2002, another agreement was entered into for $500,000, which matures on September 30, 2004. The final agreement was entered into on July 30, 2004, for $1,250,000, which matures on January 31, 2005. To date, FCStone Trading has not drawn down on these facilities. Under the agreements, FCStone Trading is required to pay commitment fees in advance, which are recorded as prepaid expenses and recognized over the life of the respective letters of credits. Expenses amounted to approximately $62,000 in 2004.

 

FCStone Merchant Services provides credit support on behalf of certain customers using arrangements such as documentary and standby letters of credit (see note 8). These arrangements enable customers to execute transactions or obtain desired financial arrangements with third parties. Should the customer fail to perform under the terms of the transaction or financing arrangement, FCStone Merchant Services would be required to perform on their behalf. The length of these credit support arrangements parallels the length of the related financing arrangements or transactions. FCStone Merchant Services has issued letters of credit in the amount of $4,950,000 at August 31, 2004.

 

10. SUBORDINATED DEBT

 

In addition to the $4,000,000 subordinated debt with Deere Credit (see note 8), during 2004, FCStone entered into several subordinated notes with various individuals, amounting to $1,750,000 (see note 13). The

 

F-18


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

notes are variable rate notes, and bear interest at a rate equal to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal , which was 4.75% at August 31, 2004. The notes have maturity dates ranging from October 1, 2004 to June 30, 2005, and are subordinated as defined by Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulations.

 

11. CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company, from time to time, is involved in various legal matters considered normal in the course of its business. It is the Company’s policy to accrue for amounts related to these matters if it is probable that a liability has been incurred and an amount can be reasonably estimated. Although the outcome of such matters cannot be predicted with certainty and no assurances can be given with respect to such matters, the Company believes that the outcome of these matters in which it is currently involved will not have a materially adverse effect on its results of operations, liquidity, or financial position except as discussed below.

 

During 2004, FCStone LLC received approximately $600,000 in subrogation payments which were reimbursements for legal expenses incurred in previous years. Such amounts are reflected as a reduction of other operating expenses in the accompanying statement of operations.

 

On August 21, 2003, August 21, 2003, September 23, 2003, October 16, 2003, and July 16, 2004, Euro-Maritime Chartering, Inc. filed five separate claims under the arbitration facility established by the London Maritime Arbitrators Association of London, England, alleging a breach by FGDI, LLC of charter party agreements regarding four vessels and seeking to recover damages of $242,655, $311,663, $769,302, and $561,854, respectively. The amount of the July 16, 2004 claim is not yet stated. Euro-Maritime Chartering alleges that these damages arise from detention and demurrage encountered at China ports with respect to cargos that FGDI sold to Chinese buyers. FGDI claims that, under the sales contract with the Chinese buyers, any detention and demurrage charges were for the account of the buyers. FGDI does not dispute the demurrage claims, which are estimated to total approximately $690,000. FGDI has collected deposits from the Chinese buyers in the total amount of $669,436, which is being held pending resolution of the detention claims. FGDI intends to vigorously defend the detention claims. If the claimant prevails on any of the detention claims, or otherwise in amounts above the corresponding deposit, FGDI expects to seek collection of such amounts from the buyers.

 

On December 13, 2003, Liaoyang Edible Oils filed a claim in arbitration under the arbitration facility established by the Federation of Oils, Seeds, and Fats Association Ltd. of Hong Kong alleging breach of a sales contract by FGDI and seeking to recover damages of $1,125,000. Liaoyang Edible Oils alleges that these damages arise out of disputes related to the final pricing of the contract. FGDI intends to vigorously defend the claim.

 

Management is currently unable to predict the outcome of these claims and believes their current status does not warrant accrual under the guidance of Statement on Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies , since the amount of any liability is neither probable nor reasonably estimable. As such, no amounts have been accrued in the financial statements. Management intends to vigorously defend these claims and will continue to monitor the result of arbitration and assess the need for future accruals.

 

12. SALE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

During fiscal year 2004, FGDI began participating in a bank program to provide liquidity through the sale of insured receivables, with limited recourse, which expires February 17, 2005. The Company grants the purchaser a security interest in all of the Company’s rights, title, and interest in receivables sold. Additionally, the Company has authorized the purchaser to assign and transfer, and grant participation in, any purchase documents. In the event that any receivable is not paid in full on its stated due date, FGDI shall take any and all actions

 

F-19


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

required by the policies, which may lead to the timely filing of a claim as required under the insurance policies, or at its option, repurchase of the receivable from the purchaser. In the event it is necessary to determine whether to file a claim under the insurance policies or repurchase the receivables, FGDI would seek advice from legal counsel in selecting the option that would be most advantageous. FGDI accounts for sales of receivables under these agreements as sales in accordance with SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities .

 

Specific invoices to certain customers are eligible for this program. Upon sale of the receivable, FGDI is funded, based on the particular agreement, either 95% or 98% of the invoice value, less a discount. The accounts receivable balance is reduced by the value of the amount funded. The unfunded amount of the invoice value, approximately $581,000 at August 31, 2004, remains as an accounts receivable balance reported on the balance sheet. The discount paid is charged to operations as a loss on sale of receivable immediately, in the period in which the sale is initiated. FGDI shall notify the customers obligated under the receivables of the sale and assignment of such receivables to the purchaser and instruct the customer to make payment directly to the purchaser.

 

Cash flows between FGDI and the third-party purchaser during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 consist of proceeds from sale of receivables of $21.7 million.

 

Payments of the amounts due from these debtors are partially insured under a credit insurance policy issued by Export Import Bank of the United States (EXIM) that is applicable to United States origin goods. Payments are also partially insured by a commercial credit insurance policy in the maximum amount of $18 million that is applicable to shipments not insured under the EXIM policy. The amount uninsured is the unfunded amount included in accounts receivable referred to above.

 

Limited recourse, as it pertains to the two agreements, obligates FGDI to repurchase the receivables, at the request of the purchaser, only under the following circumstances listed in the purchase agreements: (1) in the event the goods relating to a receivable are not accepted by the buyer; (ii) if a dispute regarding the goods or payment of any receivables arises between the foreign buyer and the seller or the loss relates to a contractual warrant or products; (iii) if the loss relates to any action or inaction taken by the seller or its agents (including, but not limited to, the failure to timely pay insurance premiums, failure to file a claim on time or failure to file a claim properly); (iv) if the insurer fails to pay any claim on the insurance policy on the basis that the seller or its agents caused the loss; (v) if the loss relates to any other insurance policy claims that the insurer will not pay; or (vi) upon the occurrence of a breach of any of the seller’s representations or warranties pertaining to the receivable. In the event of repurchase, the transaction would be accounted for as a purchase of assets from the former purchaser in exchange for cash. FGDI would recognize in its financial statements, the assets purchased, and measure those assets at fair value on the date of the repurchase.

 

13. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATED COMPANIES

 

FCStone has entered into an agreement with FCTC to provide management services, including accounting, administrative, personnel, and office space. The Company receives a monthly fee plus 15% of net earnings of FCTC, which totaled approximately $207,000, $180,000, and $260,000 in 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

During 2004, the Company loaned $1,000,000 to two individuals who subsequently loaned the monies in the form of subordinated debt to FCStone LLC creating a financial interest. FCStone LLC executes transactions through seats held by these individuals on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

14. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, commodity and accounts and note receivables, marketable securities and payables contained in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition approximates their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Short-term borrowings and obligations under capital lease have variable rates which approximate fair value.

 

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of August 31, 2004 and 2003. Although management is not aware of any factors that would significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may be different significantly from the amounts presented herein.

 

15. OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

The Company reports its operating segments based on services provided to customers, which includes Commodity and Risk Management Services, Clearing and Execution Services, Grain Merchandising, and Financial Services. The Commodity and Risk Management Services segment offers commodity services to its customers, with an emphasis on risk management using futures, options, and other derivative instruments. The Clearing and Execution Services segment offers low-cost clearing and direct execution services to commodities firm, fund operators, commodities traders and others. The Grain Merchandising segment acts as a dealer in, and manager of, physical grain and fertilizer in the United States and international markets. The Financial Services segment offers financing and facilitation for customers to carry grain evidenced by warehouse receipts.

 

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company evaluates individual segment performance based on segment income or loss defined as the respective segment’s portion of the total Company’s income before taxes and minority interest.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table represents the significant items by operating segment for the results of operations for the years ended August 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively:

 

     Commodity
& Risk
Management
Services


   Clearing
&
Execution
Services


   Grain
Merchandising


   Financial
Services


    Corporate
& Other


    Total

     (in thousands)

2004

                                           

Total revenues

   $ 154,743    $ 39,401    $ 1,427,846    $ 2,517     $ 80     $ 1,623,587

Interest revenue

     1,329      1,428      68      1,519       10       4,354

Interest expense

     98      209      3,168      1,262       53       4,790

Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes

     7,907      3,359      2,230      (447 )     (4,029 )     9,020

Total assets

     205,308      289,651      98,306      4,726       5,836       603,827

2003

                                           

Total revenues

   $ 107,527    $ 25,988    $ 1,096,014    $ 2,287     $ 192     $ 1,232,008

Interest revenue

     2,101      1,307      51      1,303       —         4,762

Interest expense

     110      40      1,907      1,133       2       3,192

Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes

     6,676      947      1,869      109       (3,535 )     6,066

Total assets

     121,489      265,796      99,770      13,110       4,568       504,733

2002

                                           

Total revenues

   $ 81,462    $ 19,293    $ 794,808    $ 322     $ 57     $ 895,942

Interest revenue

     2,464      1,058      102      —         10       3,634

Interest expense

     156      50      1,091      —         —         1,297

Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes

     5,591      863      2,002      —         (3,188 )     5,268

Total assets

     135,257      169,775      75,797      15,516       3,181       399,526

 

A summary of the Company’s consolidated revenues by geographic area is presented below:

 

     Consolidated Revenues (1)(000’s)

     2004

   2003

   2002

United States

   $ 881,851    $ 581,281    $ 443,692

China

     434,430      289,425      57,456

Japan

     90,009      205,505      200,443

Canada

     79,874      76,497      46,452

Mexico

     96,661      41,111      74,361

Other countries

     40,762      38,189      73,538
    

  

  

     $ 1,623,587    $ 1,232,008    $ 895,942
    

  

  


(1) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.

 

All long-lived assets consisting of property, plant, and equipment net of accumulated depreciation, construction in process, and other certain long-term assets are located in the United States.

 

Mitsubishi is a significant customer for grain sold by FGDI, accounting for 6%, 10%, and 11% of consolidated total revenues for the years ending August 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

 

Summarized quarterly data is set forth in the following table (in thousands).

 

     Quarter

  
     First

   Second

   Third

   Fourth

   Total

  

2004

                                       

Total revenues

   $ 458,616    $ 405,101    $ 414,612    $ 345,258    $ 1,623,587     

Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes

     2,697      2,688      2,843      792      9,020     

Net income

     2,008      2,035      1,983      388      6,414     

2003

                                       

Total revenues

   $ 281,908    $ 332,124    $ 246,527    $ 371,449    $ 1,232,008     

Income (loss) before minority interest and income taxes

     2,314      910      849      1,993      6,066     

Net income

     1,851      619      460      1,375      4,305     

 

F-23


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

ARTICLES OF RESTATEMENT AND AMENDMENT OF

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE

OF THE STATE OF IOWA:

 

Pursuant to section 1007 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act, the undersigned Corporation delivers these Articles of Restatement and Amendment of FCStone Group, Inc. for filing with the Secretary of State.

 

1.    The name of the Corporation is FCStone Group, Inc. and the effective date of its incorporation was August 1, 1977.

 

2.    The Corporation’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation are attached hereto as Exhibit 1.

 

3.    The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation contain new amendments, which were duly approved by the shareholders in the manner required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act and the Articles of Incorporation.

 

4.    The amendments effect a change in the character of the Corporation and its issued and outstanding common and preferred shares as set forth in the Plan of Conversion attached hereto as Exhibit 2.

 

5.    The date of adoption of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and the amendments contained therein was             , 2005.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer has executed these Articles of Restatement and Amendment on this          day of             , 2005.

 

 
Paul G. Anderson, President

 

The undersigned, Paul G. Anderson, President of FCStone Group, Inc., hereby certifies in accordance with Section 1007(3) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act that the attached Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation consolidate all amendments into a single document.

 

 
Paul G. Anderson


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

ARTICLE I

NAME OF THE CORPORATION

 

The name of the Corporation is FCStone Group, Inc.

 

ARTICLE II

PURPOSES

 

The Corporation shall have unlimited power to engage in, and to do any lawful act concerning, any or all lawful businesses for which Corporations may be organized under the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

 

ARTICLE III

AUTHORIZED SHARES

 

The Corporation shall have authority to issue two classes of stock in the aggregate amounts and with par values as follows:

 

Number Authorized


 

Class Designation


 

Par Value Per Share


20,000,000 shares

  Common Stock   No Par Value

20,000,000 shares

  Preferred Stock   $10.00

 

ARTICLE IV

COMMON STOCK

 

Section 1 . Each share of common stock shall have equal rights with each other common share in respect of dividends, voting and in liquidation, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article and in Article VII.

 

Section 2 . The common stock of the Corporation may be transferred only as provided in the Bylaws and on the books of the Corporation, and then only to persons eligible to hold it. No purported assignment or transfer of common stock, the rights or privileges attaching to such stock, or any vote or voice in the management of the affairs of the Corporation, shall pass to any person, unless and until such transfer in accordance with the Bylaws has been completed on the books of the Corporation. The Corporation may require that any certificate or statement of share ownership representing shares of common stock bear a conspicuous legend concerning such restrictions on transfer. Unless otherwise agreed, the Corporation shall have a lien on its issued common stock for indebtedness of the holders thereof to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

Section 3. As used in this Section 3, “Conversion Shares” shall mean common shares issued by the Corporation pursuant to Articles III and IV of the “Plan of Conversion” dated as of August 31, 2004 and adopted by the Corporation at the same time as these Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, but shall not include any shares issued pursuant to Subscription Rights under Article V of such Plan, or to any other shares. In the event the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall find that any Conversion Shares are held by a holder that has not, for a period of two (2) years, done business with the Corporation, the Corporation shall have the right at its option to purchase all of the common shares of such holder at its book value. In the event that the Corporation exercises its right to purchase such common stock, and the holder of the common stock fails to deliver a certificate, if any, evidencing the common stock, the Corporation may cancel any such certificate on its books and issue a new certificate for such shares of common stock, to the party entitled thereto. The right provided by this Section 3 shall expire if not exercised by the Corporation on or before August 31, 2009.

 

ARTICLE V

PREFERRED STOCK

 

Pursuant to Section 602 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act and in the manner provided therein, but subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of these Articles, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized to provide by resolution for the issuance of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix and state the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. As provided in Section 602, the Board shall file articles of amendment with the Secretary of State before issuing shares hereunder which designate the terms of the series of preferred shares to be issued, and such articles of amendment shall be referred to in these Articles as a “Certificate of Designation.” The shares of each series of preferred stock authorized by the Board of Directors hereunder may vary from the shares of any other series as to rights, privileges, qualifications, limitations or restrictions applicable thereto.

 

ARTICLE VI

VOTING AND QUORUM

 

Section 1. Common stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters coming before the shareholders for decision. Except as provided in Article VII, each share of common stock shall be entitled to one vote in any meeting of the shareholders.

 

Section 2. Preferred stock shall have only those voting rights as may be required by law or specified for such shares in the Certificate of Designation adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article V.

 

Section 3. Twenty-five percent (25%) of the shares of common stock entitled to vote at a shareholders meeting shall constitute a quorum. The quorum for preferred shares shall be as provided in the Certificate of Designation adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article V.

 

ARTICLE VII

LIMITATION ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF STOCK

 

Section 1. No Person, other than the Corporation or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of the employees of the Corporation, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan, shall directly or indirectly acquire or hold the beneficial ownership of more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common stock of the Corporation. Any Person so prohibited whom directly or indirectly acquires or holds the beneficial ownership of more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common stock in violation of this Section 1 shall be

 

A-3


Table of Contents

subject to the provisions of Sections 2 and 3 of this Article VII. The Corporation is authorized to refuse to recognize a transfer or attempted transfer of any common stock to any Person who beneficially owns, or who the Corporation believes would become by virtue of such transfer the beneficial owner of, more than five percent (5%) of the common stock.

 

Section 2. If, notwithstanding the foregoing prohibition, a Person shall, voluntarily or involuntarily, become or attempt to become the purported beneficial owner (the “Purported Owner”) of shares of common stock in excess of five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock, the number of shares in excess of five percent (5%) shall be deemed to be “Excess Shares,” and shall be entitled to cast one hundredth (1/100) of one vote per share for each Excess Share, for so long as the shares are held or claimed to be held by the Purported Owner.

 

Section 3. The Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by Bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures not inconsistent with the express provisions of this Article VII for the orderly application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this Article VII. Such procedures and regulations shall be kept on file with the Secretary of the Corporation and, upon request, shall be mailed to any holder of common stock of the Corporation.

 

Section 4. When it appears that a particular Person has become a Purported Owner of Excess Shares in violation of Section 1 of this Article VII, or of the rules and regulations of the Board of Directors with respect to this Article VII, and that the provisions of this Article VII require application, interpretation, or construction, then a majority of the directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article VII, and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry of all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this Article VII, including, without limitation, (i) the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by any Person or Purported Owner, (ii) whether a Person or Purported Owner is an Affiliate or Associate of, or is acting in concert with, any other Person or Purported Owner, (iii) whether a Person or Purported Owner has an agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other Person or Purported Owner as to the voting or disposition of any shares of the common stock, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Article VII to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article VII.

 

Section 5. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person who is reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner of Excess Shares (or who holds of record common stock beneficially owned by any Person reasonably believed to be a Purported Owner in excess of such limit) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares of common stock beneficially owned by such Person or Purported Owner and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article VII as may reasonably be requested of such Person or Purported Owner.

 

Section 6. Any applications, interpretations, constructions or any other determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Article VII, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders and neither the Corporation nor any of its shareholders shall have the right to challenge any such construction, application or determination.

 

Section 7. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Article VII shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Article VII shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of this Corporation and its shareholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Article VII remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all shareholders, including Purported Owners, if any, notwithstanding any such finding.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

Section 8. This Article VII shall not apply to (a) any offer or sale with a view towards public resale made exclusively by the Corporation to any underwriter or underwriters acting on behalf of the Corporation, or to the selling group acting on such underwriter’s or underwriters’ behalf, in connection with a public offering of the common stock; or (b) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its subsidiaries or any other transaction or reorganization that does not have the effect, directly or indirectly, of changing the beneficial ownership interests of the Corporation’s shareholders, other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenters’ appraisal rights, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding shares of such class of equity or convertible securities.

 

Section 9. The restrictions set forth in this Article VII shall be noted conspicuously on all certificates evidencing ownership of Common stock.

 

Section 10. For the purposes of this Article VII, the terms “Person,” “Beneficial Owner,” “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the meanings as defined in Section 3 of Article IX.

 

ARTICLE VIII

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of not more than fifteen (15) members. The precise number of directors shall be specified in the Bylaws. The qualifications of directors shall be as specified in the Bylaws. Directors shall serve staggered terms as provided in the Bylaws and shall be divided into three groups for this purpose. Members of the Board of Directors shall be nominated and elected for such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed in the Bylaws, with each common share, other than Excess Shares, entitled to one vote for each director to be elected on a non-cumulative basis. Excess Shares shall have the votes provided in Article VII, section 2 of these Articles. A director may be removed, with or without cause, at a meeting called expressly for that purpose by a vote of a majority of common shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors for a director to fill the vacancy which would be created by the removal of such director.

 

ARTICLE IX

CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

Section 1. In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, by these Articles, or by the provisions of any series of preferred stock that may at the time be outstanding, and except as otherwise expressly provided for in Section 2 of this Article IX, any Business Combination, as hereinafter defined, shall require (i) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of common stock, voting together as a single class (it being understood that for purposes of this Article IX each share of the common stock shall have the number of votes granted to it pursuant to Article VI and Article VII of these Articles or in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors for issuance of shares of preferred stock) and (ii) the affirmative vote of at least fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the common stock not beneficially owned by an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class. Such affirmative votes shall be required notwithstanding the fact that no vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law or in any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

 

Section 2. The provisions of Section 1 of this Article IX shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law or any other provision of these Articles, if the Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

Section 3. For purposes of this Article IX, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)    “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as in effect on the date of filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa of these Articles, whether or not the Corporation was then subject to such rule.

 

(b)    A Person shall be deemed the “beneficial owner,” or to have “beneficial ownership,” of any shares of common stock that:

 

  (i) such Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

 

  (ii) such Person or any or its Affiliates or Associates, directly or indirectly, has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but a Person shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any common stock solely by reason of an agreement, arrangement or understanding with the Corporation to effect a Business Combination) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise, or (B) the right to vote, or to direct the vote of, pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; or

 

  (iii) is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of common stock; provided, however , that no director or officer of the Corporation (nor any Affiliate or Associate of any such director or officer) (y) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any common stock of the Corporation beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any Affiliate or Associate thereof) or (z) shall be deemed to beneficially own any common stock of the Corporation owned by any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of employees of the Corporation and/or any subsidiary, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan, not specifically allocated to such Person’s personal account.

 

(c)    The term “Business Combination” shall mean any transaction that is referred to in any one or more of the following paragraphs (i) through (vi):

 

  (i) any merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Corporation with (A) any Interested Shareholder, or (B) any other entity (whether or not such other entity is itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or

 

  (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder of any assets of the Corporation having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to five percent (5%) or more of the total assets of the Corporation as of the end of its most recent fiscal year ending prior to the time the determination is being made; or

 

  (iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation to any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder other than (A) on a pro rata basis to all holders of common stock, (B) in connection with the exercise or conversion of securities issued pro rata that are exercisable for, or convertible into, securities of the Corporation or (C) the issuance or transfer of such securities having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to less than one percent (1%) of the aggregate Fair Market Value of all of the outstanding Capital Stock; or

 

  (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder; or

 

A-6


Table of Contents
  (v) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving an Interested Shareholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class or series of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any subsidiary that is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of any Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments, which changes do not exceed, in the aggregate, 1% of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series of equity or convertible securities; or

 

  (vi) the acquisition by the Corporation of any securities of an Interested Shareholder or its Affiliates or Associates.

 

(d)    “Determination Date” shall mean the date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder.

 

(e)    “Disinterested Director” shall mean any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is not an Affiliate or Associate of, or otherwise affiliated with, the Interested Shareholder and who either was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the Determination Date, or was recommended for election by a majority of the Disinterested Directors in office at the time such director was nominated for election.

 

(f)    “Fair Market Value” shall mean (i) in the case of stock, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the Nasdaq Stock Market or any system then in use, or if no such quotation is available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined in good faith by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office, in each case with respect to any class of stock, appropriately adjusted for any dividend or distribution in shares of such stock or any stock split or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a greater number of shares of such stock or any combination or reclassification of outstanding shares of such stock into a smaller number of shares of such stock; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined in good faith by a majority of the Disinterested Directors then in office.

 

(g)    “Interested Shareholder” shall mean any Person (other than the Corporation, or any pension, profit-sharing, stock bonus or other compensation plan maintained by the Corporation or by a member of a controlled group of corporations or trades or businesses of which the Corporation is a member for the benefit of employees of the Corporation, or any trust or custodial arrangement established in connection with any such plan) who or which:

 

  (i) is the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the common stock; or

 

  (ii) is an Affiliate or Associate of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the then outstanding common stock; or

 

  (iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of common stock that were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any other Interested Shareholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and not executed on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market through a registered broker or dealer.

 

In determining whether a Person is an Interested Shareholder pursuant to this subsection (g), the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of subsection (b) of this Section 3 but shall not include any other shares of common stock that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

(h)    “Person” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, unincorporated organization or association, syndicate, any other entity or a natural person, together with any Affiliate or Associate of such person or any other person acting in concert with such person.

 

Section 4. When it appears that a particular Person may be an Interested Shareholder and that the provisions of this Article IX need to be applied or interpreted, then a majority of the directors of the Corporation who qualify as Disinterested Directors shall have the power and duty to interpret all of the terms and provisions of this Article IX, and to determine on the basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry of all facts necessary to ascertain compliance with this Article IX, including, without limitation, (a) whether a Person is an Interested Shareholder, (b) the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by any Person, (c) whether a Person is an Affiliate or Associate of another, (d) the Fair Market Value of (i) the assets that are the subject of any Business Combination, (ii) the securities to be issued or transferred by the Corporation in any Business Combination, (iii) the consideration other than cash to be received by holders of shares of any class or series of common stock or common stock other than common stock in any Business Combination, (iv) the outstanding capital stock, or (v) any other item the Fair Market Value of which requires determination pursuant to this Article IX, and (e) whether all of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2 of this Article IX have been met with respect to any Business Combination.

 

Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors or the Disinterested Directors pursuant to this Article IX, in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its shareholders, and neither the Corporation nor any of its shareholders shall have the right to challenge any such construction, application or determination.

 

Section 5. Nothing contained in this Article IX shall be construed to relieve any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligations imposed by law.

 

Section 6. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Articles or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation), in addition to any affirmative vote required by applicable law and any voting rights granted to or held by holders of preferred stock, any amendment, alteration, repeal or rescission of any provision of this Article IX must also be approved by either (i) a majority of the Disinterested Directors, or (ii) the affirmative vote of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the common stock, voting together as a single class, together with the affirmative vote of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of the common stock not beneficially owned by any Interested Shareholder or Affiliate or Associate thereof, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to amend, alter, repeal or to add any provision to its Articles in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. At any meeting of the shareholders at which a proposed amendment is duly submitted to the meeting in the manner prescribed by law, modifications or revisions of such proposed amendment may be submitted, voted upon and adopted at such meeting in the same manner, and to the same effect, as the original proposed amendment.

 

ARTICLE XI

BYLAWS

 

The Bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by its Board of Directors. The power to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws or adopt new Bylaws shall be vested in the Board of Directors. The Bylaws may contain provisions restricting the transfer of shares.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XII

PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

Except as may otherwise be provided by the Board of Directors, no holders of any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase, subscribe for, or otherwise acquire any unissued or treasury shares of any class of stock of the Corporation now or hereafter authorized, or any securities exchangeable for or convertible into such shares, or any warrants or other instruments evidencing rights or options to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares.

 

ARTICLE XIII

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for any action taken or failure to take any action as a director, except for (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which the director is not entitled; (2) an intentional infliction of harm on the Corporation or the shareholders; (3) a violation of section 833 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act; or (4) an intentional violation of law. If the Iowa Business Corporation Act is hereafter amended to permit further limitation on or elimination of the personal liability of the Corporation’s directors, then a director of the Corporation shall be exempt from such liability to the full extent permitted by the Iowa Business Corporation Act as so amended from time to time. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article XIV, or the adoption of any provision inconsistent herewith, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any act or omission of such director occurring prior to such repeal, modification, or adoption of an inconsistent provision. This Article XIII shall not limit the liability of any director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date these Articles become effective.

 

ARTICLE XIV

DISSOLUTION

 

Any resolution to dissolve the corporation shall require for its adoption the affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the outstanding shares of common stock. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least three-fourths (3/4) of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote thereon shall also be required for the adoption of any amendment altering this provision.

 

ARTICLE XV

EFFECTIVE DATE

 

These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall become effective on September 1, 2004, or the date of filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa, which ever date is later.

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

By    
    Paul G. Anderson, President

 

A-9


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT 2

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

PLAN OF CONVERSION

AUGUST 31, 2004

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

 

FCStone Group, Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed to do business as a cooperative on August 1, 1977, and has been owned and operated by its members holding its Class A and Class B common shares. As of the Effective Date stated herein, the Corporation shall cease to operate as a cooperative and all ownership rights and interests of its members shall be converted into common shares of the Corporation, as set forth in this Plan of Conversion.

 

ARTICLE II

TERMINATION OF COOPERATIVE STATUS

 

Section 1 . As of the Conversion Date, the Corporation shall no longer operate on a cooperative basis and no further patronage based rights of any kind shall accrue to its members for business done on and after the Conversion Date.

 

Section 2 . The termination of cooperative status shall be effected by amendment of the Articles of Incorporation in the form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of FCStone Group, Inc., which accompany this Plan. Conforming changes to the Bylaws of the Corporation shall be adopted by the Board of Directors, to be effective as of the Conversion Date.

 

ARTICLE III

CONVERSION OF EXISTING COMMON SHARES,

PREFERRED SHARES, AND SUBSCRIBER RIGHTS

 

Section 1 . As used herein, “New Common Stock” shall mean the common shares authorized by the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation adopted herewith.

 

Section 2 . Each issued and outstanding share of existing Class A common stock shall be converted into 500 shares of the New Common Stock.

 

Section 3 . Each issued and outstanding share of existing Class B common stock shall be converted into 10,000 shares of the New Common Stock.

 

Section 4 . The subscription rights of each subscriber for existing Class A common Stock shall be converted on the basis of the amount shown credited to subscriber’s account as of the Effective Date. One share of New Common Stock shall be issued for each $10.00 credited to the account of each Subscriber.

 

Section 5 . All issued and outstanding shares of preferred stock, including all fractional preferred shares, shall be converted into shares of New Common Stock. One share of New Common Stock shall be issued for each $10.00 in par value of each preferred share. For this purpose, the par value of fractional preferred shares shall be proportional to the par value of a whole share.

 

Section 6 . In exchanging shares, no fractional shares or scrip shall be issued. The dollar credited to each subscriber and preferred shareholder on the stock records of the Corporation shall be rounded up to the next highest multiple of $10.00 for the purpose of issuance of shares.

 

A-10


Table of Contents

Section 7 . All conversions shall be deemed to occur on the Conversion Date, but shall be determined on the basis of the records of the Corporation after giving effect to the distribution of patronage for the year ending August 31, 2004, in the form of common stock and preferred stock credits as provided by the Corporation’s Bylaws as in effect up to the Conversion Date. The shares of New Common Stock shall be distributed on the Distribution Date.

 

ARTICLE IV

CONVERSION OF PATRONAGE-BASED RIGHTS

 

Section 1 . All of the patronage-based rights of the members of the Corporation shall be terminated or converted into New Common Stock and Subscription Rights on the basis of the formulas provided in this Article IV. Such termination and conversion shall be deemed to occur as of the Conversion Date, with the shares distributed on the Distribution Date. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights so terminated or converted shall include, but not be limited to: (a) the rights of members to any patronage-based distributions attributable to business done on or after the Conversion Date; (b) all patronage-based rights other than for patronage dividends previously distributed accruing for business before the Conversion Date; (c) all rights in and to the Corporation’s undistributed member surplus; and (d) all rights to share in the proceeds of liquidation on a patronage basis.

 

Section 2 . Promptly after the Effective Date, the Corporation shall cause the fair market value of the Corporation’s assets and business to be determined by appraisal as of the Conversion Date deemed satisfactory to the Board of Directors. The value so determined shall be referred to herein as the “Appraised Value”.

 

Section 3 . The Appraised Value shall be divided by ten (10) to arrive at a number of shares of New Common Stock to be issued pursuant to this Plan of Conversion. Such number of shares is referred to herein as the “Total New Common Shares.”

 

Section 4 . The number of shares of New Common Stock to be distributed in exchange for patronage-based rights under this Article IV shall be the Total New Common Shares minus the number of shares of New Common Stock issued pursuant to the exchange under Sections 2, 3, 4 and 5 of Article III. Such number shall be referred to as the “Number of Patronage-Based Shares”.

 

Section 5 . The Number of Patronage-Based Shares of New Common Stock shall be distributed to members owning stock as of August 31, 2004 in proportion to the Patronage of the Corporation during the fiscal years ending August 31, 2004, August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2002 (the “Computation Period”), computed as follows:

 

(a)    The total Patronage received (cash and stock) by each Class A member during the Computation Period, including both commission and interest pool amounts, shall be determined.

 

(b)    The total of $1.35 per round turn trade completed by each Class B member during the Computation Period shall be determined.

 

(c)    The amounts for Class A and Class B members so determined under subparagraph (a) and subparagraph (b) shall be added together.

 

(d)    A fraction shall be determined for each Class A and Class B member by dividing their individual amount as determined above by the total of all amounts for all Class A and Class B members.

 

(e)    Such fraction shall be applied to the Number of Patronage-Based Shares to determine the number of shares of New Common Stock shares to be distributed to each Class A and Class B member in exchange for all of their patronage-based rights.

 

A-11


Table of Contents

(f)    No patronage-based shares shall be distributed to any member, which did not patronize the Corporation during the Computation Period.

 

(g)    The Patronage credited to each member shall include any patronage of any entity to which such member is a successor by merger, acquisition or distribution.

 

Section 6. In addition to New Common Shares each member shall receive Subscription Rights as provided in Article V as additional consideration for its patronage based rights.

 

Section 7 . No fractional shares or scrip shall be issued. The number of shares of New Common Stock to be distributed to members shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of shares.

 

Section 8 . All conversions shall be deemed to occur on the Conversion Date, but shall be determined on the basis of the records of the Corporation after giving effect to the distribution of patronage for the year ending August 31, 2004, in the form of common stock and preferred stock credits as provided by the Corporation’s Bylaws as in effect up to the Conversion Date. The shares of New Common Stock shall be distributed on the Distribution Date.

 

ARTICLE V

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS

 

Section 1 . Each member to whom New Common Shares are distributed under Article IV of this Plan of Conversion shall also receive a nontransferable Subscription Right, which gives the member a limited time right to purchase additional shares of New Common Stock of the Corporation. The terms of the Subscription Right shall be as provided in section 2, below.

 

Section 2 . Each Subscription Right shall give the holder the right to purchase one hundred (100) shares of New Common Stock for each two hundred (200) shares of New Common Stock distributable to such holder under Article IV of this Plan of Conversion. Subscription Rights shall be issued in multiples of one hundred (100) shares, rounded up to the next highest multiple of one hundred (100) shares. Such right shall be subject to terms and conditions established by the Board of Directors, shall be exercised at a price of $10.00 per share, and shall expire if not exercised within sixty (60) days of the Distribution Date. Partial exercises of subscription rights shall be allowed, so long as the subscription is for not less than one thousand (1000) shares of New Common Stock. Full exercises shall not be subject to any minimum.

 

ARTICLE VI

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

Section 1 . New Common Shares issued under the terms of this Plan of Conversion shall be subject to restrictions on transfer as follows which shall be set forth in the Bylaws:

 

(a)    New Common Shares of the Corporation issued under the provisions of this Plan may be transferred to any other holder of New Common Shares, provided that the transferee does not hold more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation after the transfer;

 

(b)    New Common Shares issued under the provisions of this Plan may be transferred to any transferee approved in advance by the Board of Directors;

 

(c)    New Common Shares issued under the provisions of this Plan may be transferred to any successor, by merger, reorganization or purchase of substantially all the assets of any holder of New Common Shares;

 

(d)    New Common Shares issued under the provisions of this Plan are not otherwise transferable.

 

A-12


Table of Contents

Section 2 . The Board of Directors shall have the right to modify such restrictions by amendment to the Bylaws and shall also have the right to issue other common and preferred shares after the Distribution Date which are subject to different restrictions on transfer or which are freely transferable.

 

ARTICLE VII

EFFECTIVE DATE, CONVERSION DATE, DISTRIBUTION DATE

 

Section 1 . The Effective Date shall be the beginning of business on September 1, 2004, or the date of the filing of Restated Articles of Incorporation with the Iowa Secretary of State, whichever date is later.

 

Section 2. The Conversion Date shall be the beginning of business on September 1, 2004.

 

Section 3 . The Distribution Date shall be December 1, 2004, or such later date as may be selected by the Board of Directors, after the Appraised Value has been determined and distribution of patronage dividends for the year ending August 31, 2004 has occurred.

 

Section 4 . It is intended that the Conversion pursuant to this Plan of Conversion will qualify as a recapitalization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that this Plan of Conversion will constitute a plan of reorganization for that purpose.

 

ARTICLE VIII

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

The Corporation reserves the right to establish an Employee Stock Ownership Plan on or after the Effective Date and to issue New Common Shares to the Plan with rights of transfer which are different than the rights provided herein for shares issued hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IX

TRANSITION PROVISIONS

 

Section 1 . This Plan of Conversion shall take effect on the Effective Date, but shall be applied as of the Conversion Date.

 

Section 2. This Plan of Conversion is subject to approval of the common and preferred shareholders of the Corporation and shall be null and void if not approved by vote of such shareholders on or before August 31, 2005.

 

Section 3 . The rights of members existing as of the date of adoption of this Plan of Conversion are subject to redemption upon the call of the Board of Directors in the event that a member does not patronize the Corporation for a period of two (2) years. Such right to redeem shall be applied to the New Common Stock issued under Article III and Articled IV of this Plan of Conversion, but not to shares subscribed under Article V and shall continue for a period of five (5) years from the Conversion Date.

 

A-13


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

Adopted June 30, 2004

Revised August 26, 2004

Effective September 1, 2004

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Iowa shall be located in the City of West Des Moines, Polk County. The Corporation may have such other offices, within or without the State of Iowa, as the business of the Corporation may require from time to time.

 

The registered office of the Corporation required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act to be continuously maintained in Iowa shall be as recorded in the records of the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa and shall be subject to change from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and filing of a statement of said change as required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

 

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1.  ANNUAL MEETING.

 

1.1    The annual meeting of Stockholders shall be held on such date as the Board of Directors shall by resolution specify within 180 days following the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year. An election of the directors shall take place at each annual meeting. If the election of directors shall not be held on the day designated for any annual meeting, or at any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors shall cause the election to be held at a meeting of the Stockholders as soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held. Other business as shall have been properly brought before the meeting as provided in these Bylaws may also be conducted at the annual meeting.

 

1.2    To be properly brought before an annual meeting of the Stockholders, business must be (a) specified in the notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a Stockholder of the Corporation, who is a Stockholder of record who is entitled to vote at the annual meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in these Bylaws. For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Stockholder, the Stockholder must have given a timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, not less than 120 days prior to the date of such meeting; provided however, that if no annual meeting of Stockholders was held in the previous year, or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, then to be timely such notice by the Stockholder must be so received not later than the close of business on the later of: (i) 120 calendar days in advance of the annual meeting, or (ii) 10 calendar days following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. Such Stockholder’s notice addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth: (a) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (b) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and any material interest in such business of such Stockholder and the beneficial owner (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 as then in effect under the Securities Exchange Act of

 

B-1


Table of Contents

1934, as amended (or any successor thereto) (the “Exchange Act”)), if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, (d) the name and address (as they appear on the Corporation’s books) of the Stockholder giving the notice and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are beneficially owned (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 as then in effect under the Exchange Act) and of record by such Stockholder and such beneficial owner; and (d) all other information with respect to each such matter as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, as then in effect under the Exchange Act, had proxies been solicited by the Board of Directors with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything in the Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this subparagraph 1.2 and Rule 14a-8, as then in effect under the Exchange Act. The Presiding Officer at the annual meeting of the Stockholders shall, if the facts warrant, have the power and duty to determine whether the business proposed to be brought before the meeting, was not made in accordance with the provisions of this subparagraph 1.2 and Rule 14a-8, as then in effect under the Exchange Act, and if he should so determine, he shall have the power and duty to declare at the meeting that such business not properly brought before the meeting shall be disregarded and not transacted.

 

1.3    Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subparagraph 1.2 and Section 7 of Article III if (a) any class or series of stock has the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect Directors at an annual or Special Meeting of the Stockholders, such Directors shall be nominated and elected pursuant to the terms of such class or series of stock, and (b) a Stockholder also complies with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in subparagraph 1.2 or Section 2 of Article III, such Directors shall be nominated and elected pursuant to the terms of such class or series of stock. To the extent subparagraph 1.2 shall be deemed by the Board of Directors or the Securities and Exchange Commission, or adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction, to be inconsistent with the rights of Stockholders to request inclusion of a proposal in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, such rule shall prevail.

 

SECTION 2.    SPECIAL MEETINGS.    Special meetings of the Stockholders may be called by the President, by the Chairman of the Board, by the Board of Directors or by any four (4) or more directors. The holders of shares having not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of all the votes entitled to be cast on any issue may cause a special meeting of the Stockholders to be held upon compliance with the requirements of Section 702(1)(b) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

 

SECTION 3.    PLACE OF MEETING.    The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the Board of Directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Iowa.

 

SECTION 4.    NOTICE OF MEETINGS.    Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the officer or persons calling the meeting, to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Stockholder at its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

 

SECTION 5.    CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS AND FIXING RECORD DATE.    For the purpose of determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof or in order to make a determination of Stockholders for any other proper purpose, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not to exceed, in any case, sixty (60) days. If the stock transfer books shall be closed for the purpose of determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten (10) days

 

B-2


Table of Contents

immediately preceding such meeting. In lieu of closing the stock transfer books, the Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of Stockholders; such date in any case to be not more than seventy (70) days and, in case of a meeting of Stockholders, not less than ten (10) days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of Stockholders, is to be taken. If the stock transfer books are not closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Stockholders, the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed shall be the record date for such determination of Stockholders.

 

When a determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of Stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, unless the Board of Directors fixes a new record date, which it must do if the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

SECTION 6.    STOCK LEDGER AND VOTING LIST.    The officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall make an alphabetical list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof, by voting group (and within such voting group by class or series of shares), with the address of and the number of shares held by each. Such list shall be kept on file at the principal office of the Corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any Stockholder at any time during usual business hours beginning two (2) days after notice of the meeting is given. Such record shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to the inspection of any Stockholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original stock transfer books shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the Stockholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of Stockholders. Failure to comply with the requirements of this section shall not affect the validity of any action taken at such meeting. The original or duplicate stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the Stockholders entitled to examine the list required under this Article I, or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders.

 

SECTION 7.    QUORUM OF SHAREHOLDERS.    Unless otherwise provided in the Iowa Business Corporation Act, one-fourth (1/4) of the total number of shares entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Stockholders. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the Stockholders, unless the vote of a greater number or voting by classes is required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act, the Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws. If there shall not be a quorum at any meeting of the Stockholders, the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote present at such meeting, in person or by proxy, may adjourn such meeting from time to time, without further notice to the Stockholders other than an announcement at such meeting, until holders of the amount of shares required to constitute a quorum shall be present in person or by proxy.

 

SECTION 8.    PROXIES.    At all meetings of the Stockholders, a Stockholder may vote either in person or by proxy executed in writing by the Stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

SECTION 9.    VOTING OF SHARES.    Subject to the provisions of Section 10 of this Article and to any terms to the contrary in the Articles of Incorporation or any Certificate of Designation, each outstanding share of common stock shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to vote at a meeting of the Stockholders. No share shall be considered outstanding unless and until fully paid and officially issued by the Corporation. Whenever any corporate action, other than the election of Directors, is to be taken by vote of the Stockholders, it shall, except as otherwise required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, be authorized by a majority of the votes cast with respect to such action at a meeting of the Stockholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon. Unless otherwise required by law or by the Articles of Incorporation, Directors of the Corporation shall be elected by a majority of the votes cast by the holders of shares entitled to vote in the election of Directors at a meeting of the Stockholders at which a quorum is present.

 

B-3


Table of Contents

SECTION 10.    VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.    Shares of this Corporation owned directly or indirectly by another corporation shall not be voted at any meeting except as permitted by law if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for election of directors of such other corporation is held directly or indirectly by this Corporation.

 

If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment corresponds to the name of a Stockholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the Stockholder.

 

If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment does not correspond to the name of a Stockholder, the Corporation, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment and give it effect as the act of the Stockholder as permitted by Section 724(2) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

 

The Corporation is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment if the Secretary or other officer or agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatory’s authority to sign for the Stockholder.

 

The Corporation and its officer or agent who accept or reject a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment in good faith and in accordance with the standards of Section 724 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act are not liable in damages to the Stockholder for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.

 

Corporate action based on the acceptance or rejection of a vote, consent, waiver, or proxy appointment under Section 724 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act is valid unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines otherwise.

 

SECTION 11.    ACTION WITHOUT MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS.    Any action required or permitted by the Iowa Business Corporation Act to be taken at a meeting of the Stockholders may be taken without a meeting or vote if one or more written consents describing the action so taken and bearing the date of signature, are signed within a period of sixty (60) days by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than ninety percent (90%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted, and are delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Written notice shall be given to all Stockholders at least ten (10) days before the action is taken if required by Section 704(5) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act. Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Stockholders who have not consented to the corporate action in writing.

 

SECTION 12.    PROCEDURE AT MEETINGS.

 

12.1    Meetings of the Stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any; or, in his or her absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any; or, in his or her absence, by the President, if any; or, in his or her absence by the most senior Vice President in attendance, if any; or, in the absence of a designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting by the vote of a majority in interest of the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, the Secretary; or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary; or, in the absence of the Secretary and all Assistant Secretaries, a person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint, shall act as a secretary of the meeting and keep a record of the proceedings thereof.

 

12.2    The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of the Stockholders, as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such Chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without

 

B-4


Table of Contents

limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedure for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation on such meeting to the Stockholders of records of the Corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies, and such other persons as the Chairman of the meeting shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting and matters which are to be voted on by ballot consistent with Section 708(4) of the Iowa Business Corporation Act. Unless, and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the meeting, meetings of the Stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

12.3    Voting on any question or in any election may be by voice vote unless the presiding officer shall order or any Stockholder shall demand that voting be by ballot.

 

12.4    The Board of Directors may appoint one or more Inspectors of Election to serve at every meeting of the Stockholders at which Directors are to be elected.

 

SECTION 13.    ADJOURNMENT.    When any meeting of the Stockholders is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place to which the meeting is adjourned are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if, after such adjournment the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1.    GENERAL POWERS.    All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of, the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.    NUMBER CLASSES OF DIRECTORS.    The number of directors shall be ten (10). The Board of Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, which are hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III for the purposes of qualification to serve and the nomination process set forth in this Article III. There shall be eight (8) Class I directors to be qualified and nominated as provided in Sections 3, 4 and 5 of this Article III. There shall be one (1) Class II director to be qualified and nominated as provided in Section 6(a) of this Article III. There shall be one (1) Class III director to be nominated by the Board of Directors as provided in Section 6(b) of this Article III.

 

SECTION 3.    REGIONAL QUALIFICATION AND NOMINATION OF CLASS I DIRECTORS.    Class I directors shall be divided into subclasses and shall be qualified to serve, and shall be nominated, on a regional basis. The territory served by the Corporation is divided into four (4) regions shown on the map that is Exhibit A to these Bylaws for this purpose. Each Class I director shall be a resident of the region for which he or she is nominated and shall be an employee of a common Stockholders from such region at the time of nomination. One (1) Class I director position, the “Eastern Regional Director”, shall be nominated from among the residents of the Eastern Region. Three (3) of the Class I directors, the “Central Regional Directors”, shall be nominated from among the residents of the Central Region. Two (2) Class I directors, the “Northwestern Regional Directors”, shall be nominated from among the residents of the Northwestern Region. Two (2) of the Class I directors, the “Southwestern Regional Directors”, shall be nominated from among the residents of the Southwestern Region. Employees of Large Stockholders are eligible to be Class I directors. The Trustee of any Employee Stock Ownership Plan established by the Company shall be deemed to be located within the Central Region for all purposes under this Article III.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

SECTION 4.    CLASS I NOMINATING COMMITTEES.    Not later than four (4) months prior to each annual meeting of Stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint a nominating committee for each region for which a Class I director term is to expire at such annual meeting. Each regional nominating committee shall have the authority to select candidates for election as a Class I director from such region at the next annual meeting of Stockholders. Each regional nominating committee shall consist of three (3) persons meeting the qualifications required to be a Class I director from such region and employed by a common Stockholder. Each regional nominating committee shall deliver its report to the Board of Directors at least ninety (90) days prior to the annual meeting of Stockholders and in doing so, shall provide at least two (2) candidates, but not more than three (3) candidates, for each Class I director from that region to be elected. In addition to the names of candidates provided by any common Stockholder from such region for consideration by the regional nominating committee, such committee may also consider other persons the committee considers qualified.

 

SECTION 5.    CLASS I NOMINATING BALLOTS.    The candidates selected by each such Class I nominating committee shall be listed on a separate written preference ballot for each region. A single regional preference ballot shall be delivered not less than sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days before the date of the annual meeting of Stockholders, either personally or by mail, to each common Stockholder of record located within the region for which candidates have been selected together with an instruction to return such preference ballot by mail to a firm of certified public accountants designated by the notice on or before a specified date which shall be not less than thirty (30) days before the date of the annual meeting. Each such preference ballot shall entitle the recipient Stockholder of record to express his or her preference with respect to each candidate, without regard to the number of shares held by such Stockholder. A preference ballot must be received on or before the specified date to be counted. The preference ballot delivered to each common Stockholder shall permit such common Stockholder to express his or her preference for any listed candidate selected by the applicable nominating committee or for any other person eligible for nomination to be a Class I director for such common Stockholder’s region. The designated firm of accountants shall tabulate the results of the preference ballots and report such results to the Chairman of the Board of Directors. After considering such results, the Board of Directors shall have authority for selecting nominees for each position as a Class I director, for placing the names of such individuals into nomination and for soliciting proxies for the election of such nominees. Large Shareholders of record as defined in Section 6(a) of this Article III shall also be entitled to express their preference for nominees on a regional basis under this Section.

 

SECTION 6.    QUALIFICATION AND NOMINATION OF CLASS II AND CLASS III DIRECTORS.

 

(a)    Class II Director.

 

“Large Stockholders” shall mean the twelve (12) largest holders of Common Stock having active accounts with the Company computed on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock held (“Large Stockholders”) and shall also include the Trustee of any Employee Stock Ownership Plan established by the Company. At least four (4) months prior to any annual meeting at which a Class II director term is to expire, the officers of the Company shall request that each of the Large Stockholders submit candidates for election to such position. Any person proposed by at least two (2) of the Large Stockholders shall be listed on a director preference ballot. The applicable preference ballot shall be delivered no less than sixty (60) nor more than ninety (90) days before the date of the annual meeting of Stockholders, either personally or by mail, to each Large Stockholder of record with an instruction to return such ballot by mail to a firm of certified public accountants designated by the notice on or before a specified date which shall be not less than thirty (30) days before the date of the annual meeting. Each such ballot shall entitle the recipient Stockholder of record to one vote, and only one vote, without regard to number of shares held. A ballot must be received on or before the specified date to be counted. The nominating ballot delivered to each Large Stockholder shall permit such Large Stockholder to cast one vote for any listed candidate or for any other person eligible to be a Class II director. The designated firm of accountants shall tabulate the nominating ballots and report the results to the Chairman of the Board of Directors. After considering such results, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to select the nominee for the position of Class II director, and place such individual into nomination and solicit proxies for the election of such nominee. Any person employed by a common Stockholder shall be eligible to be a Class II director.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

(b)    Class III Director.

 

The Board of Directors shall, prior to any annual meeting at which a Class II director term is set to expire, nominate a person to serve as a Class III director, and place such individual into nomination and solicit proxies for the election of such nominee. Any person selected by the Board of Directors shall be eligible to be a Class III director.

 

SECTION 7.    INDIVIDUAL SHAREHOLDER PARTICIPATION IN NOMINATIONS.    The Board of Directors or a Nominating Committee will accept for consideration submissions for the nomination of Directors from any Stockholder entitled to generally vote in the election of Directors at a meeting of the Stockholders at which Directors will be elected. Acceptance of a recommendation for consideration does not imply that the Nominating Committee or the Board of Directors will propose the recommended candidate in a nominating ballot. Stockholder may directly nominate one or more persons for election as Directors at a meeting, only if written notice of such Stockholder’s intent to make such nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by the United States mail, postage prepaid, (e-mail submissions will not be considered), addressed to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of the Stockholders, 120 days in advance of the date of such meeting (as set forth in Section 1 of Article II of these Bylaws), and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a Special Meeting of the Stockholders for the election of Directors, the close of business on the 7th day following the date on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the Stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; (c) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of such Stockholder; (d) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 as then in effect under the Exchange Act) by the nominating Stockholder and each nominee proposed by such Stockholder; (e) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the nominating Stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons, including but not limited to, the Corporation’s competitors, suppliers, customers, labor unions or other persons with special interests regarding the Corporation, (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the Stockholder; (f) such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such Stockholder as would have been required to be included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, as then in effect under the Exchange Act, had the nominee been nominated, or intended to be nominated, by the Board of Directors, including but not limited to, nominee’s name, address, prior experience in the past five years, any legal proceedings in the past five years involving nominee and the Corporation, any ownership of stock in the Corporation, disclosure of any transactions between the Corporation and the nominee; (g) the consent of each nominee to serve as a Director of the Corporation if so elected; (h) a statement by the recommending Stockholder supporting, in the view of the Stockholder, that the proposed nominee possesses the minimum qualifications prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Nominating Committee for nominees, with brief description of contributions that the nominee would be expected to make to the Board of Directors and to the governance of the Corporation; (i) a statement whether, in the view of the Stockholder, the nominee would represent all Stockholders and not serve for the purpose of advancing or favoring any particular Stockholder or other constituent of the Corporation. The nominating recommendation must be accompanied by the consent of the proposed nominee to be interviewed by the Board of Directors or the Nominating Committee, if they choose to do so in their discretion (with nominee’s contact information). A nominee proposed under this Section 7 for any Class I Director position must meet the qualifications for such position stated in Section 3 of this Article III. A nominee proposed under this Section 7 for a Class II Director position must meet the qualifications for such position stated in Section 6(b) of this Article III. The chairman of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedure.

 

SECTION 8.    ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.    Nominees for each position as a director as determined in accordance with the nominating procedure set forth in Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of this Article III shall be

 

B-7


Table of Contents

reported to, and shall be placed in nomination before, the annual meeting of Stockholders. Other nominations may be made as provided in Section 7 of this Article III. Election of directors shall be by majority of the votes, cast in person or by proxy at the annual meeting.

 

SECTION 9.    TERMS OF DIRECTORS.    The terms of the directors shall be staggered, and the directors shall be divided into three groups for this purpose as provided in the Articles of Incorporation as follows:

 

Director group A shall consist of three Class I directors whose terms shall expire at the annual meeting of Stockholders held following the end of the fiscal year ending in 2004 and at every third succeeding annual meeting of Stockholders holders thereafter.

 

Director group B shall consist of three Class I directors and one Class II director whose terms shall expire at the annual meeting of Stockholders held following the end of the fiscal year ending in 2005 and at every third succeeding annual meeting of Stockholders holders thereafter.

 

Director group C shall consist of two Class I directors and one Class III director whose terms shall expire at the annual meeting of Stockholders held following the end of the fiscal year ending in 2006 and at every third succeeding annual meeting of Stockholders holders thereafter.

 

At the annual meeting at which the term of a director expires, such director’s successor shall be elected by the holders of shares of Common Stock entitled to vote thereon, to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of Stockholders and until a successor has been elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors shall give the effect of shortening the terms of office of any incumbent director.

 

SECTION 10.    REGULAR MEETINGS.    Unless specified to the contrary by a resolution of the Board at least thirty (30) days before the annual meeting of Stockholders, specifying a different time and place and providing notice thereof to be given to each director, a regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution the time and place, either within or without the State of Iowa for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

 

SECTION 11.    SPECIAL MEETINGS.    Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the President or any director. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Iowa, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

 

SECTION 12.    NOTICE.    Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least three (3) days prior thereto by written notice, unless oral notice is reasonable under the circumstances, of the date, time and place. Written notice may be given by facsimile transmission. If mailed, such notice must be deposited in the United States mail correctly addressed and postage prepaid at least eight (8) days prior to the date of the meeting. The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

SECTION 13.    QUORUM.    A majority of directors qualified and serving shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, that if less than a majority of such number of directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

SECTION 14.    MANNER OF ACTING.    The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors except to the extent otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

SECTION 15.    VACANCIES.    Any vacancy among the directors occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office, if any. A vacancy that will occur at a specific later date, by reason of a resignation effective at a later date, or otherwise, may be filled before the vacancy occurs, but the new director shall not take office until the vacancy occurs.

 

SECTION 16.    COMPENSATION.    The Board of Directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors or other persons for services to the Corporation as directors, officers or otherwise. By resolution of the Board of Directors, the directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board.

 

SECTION 17.    PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT.    A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of its Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless (i) he objects at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon his arrival to holding the meeting or transacting business at it; (ii) his dissent or abstention from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action with the person acting as the presiding officer of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the Corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent or abstention shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

 

SECTION 18.    ACTION WITHOUT MEETING OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.    Any action required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act to be taken at a meeting of directors of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors or of a committee of directors, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors or all of the members of the committee of directors, as the case may be, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Action taken under this section is effective when the last director signs the consent unless the consent specifies a different effective date. A consent signed under this section has the effect of a meeting vote and may be described as such in any document.

 

SECTION 19.    TELEPHONE CONFERENCE MEETINGS.    Subject to other applicable provisions contained in these Bylaws, any action required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act to be taken at a meeting of directors of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the directors, or a committee of directors, may be taken by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and the participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1.    NUMBER.    The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Secretaries or other officers as may be elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

SECTION 2.    ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.    The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of Stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the Board of Directors. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or

 

B-9


Table of Contents

until his death, or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

SECTION 3.    REMOVAL AND RESIGNATIONS OF OFFICERS.    (a) Any officer or agent may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. (b) An officer may resign at any time by delivering notice to the Corporation. A resignation is effective when the notice is delivered unless the notice specifies a later effective date. If the Corporation accepts the future effective date, its Board of Directors may fill the pending vacancy before the effective date if the Board of Directors provides that the successor does not take office until the effective date.

 

SECTION 4.    VACANCIES.    A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

 

SECTION 5.    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.    The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the Stockholders. He shall be the principal officer of the Board of Directors and as such shall regularly advise and consult with the President to the end that the President may supervise and control the business and affairs of the Corporation within the framework and bounds of the orders, resolutions and policies from time to time enacted and established by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall from time to time report to the Board of Directors all matters affecting the interests of the Corporation which, in his judgment, should be brought to the attention of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 6.    THE VICE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.    In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall perform the duties of the Chairman of the Board, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chairman of the Board. The Vice Chairman of the Board shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 7.    THE PRESIDENT.    The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the general powers of the Board of Directors. He may sign, with the Secretary or any other proper officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, deeds, mortgages, bonds, notes, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise signed or executed. In general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of the President and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

SECTION 8.    THE VICE PRESIDENT(S).    In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Any Vice President shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9.    THE TREASURER.    If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. He shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation; receive and give receipts for monies due and payable to the Corporation; and deposit all such monies in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Article V of these Bylaws. He shall in general perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by the Board of Directors.

 

B-10


Table of Contents

SECTION 10.    THE SECRETARY.    The Secretary shall keep the minutes of the Stockholders and of the Board of Directors meetings in one or more books provided for that purpose; see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; be custodian of the corporate records; keep a register of the post office address of each Stockholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by each Stockholder; have general charge of the stock transfer books of the Corporation; and in general perform all duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the

 

SECTION 11.    ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES.    The Assistant Treasurers shall respectively, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Treasurer or the Secretary, respectively, or by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 12.    SALARIES.    The salary of the President shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Salaries of other officers may be fixed by the President, subject to such review by the Board of Directors as it determines to exercise.

 

ARTICLE V

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS

AND DEPOSITS

 

SECTION 1.    CONTRACTS.    The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 2.    LOANS.    No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

SECTION 3.    CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.    All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents, of the Corporation, and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4.    DEPOSITS.    All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

 

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

AND THEIR TRANSFER

 

SECTION 1.    NO CERTIFICATES.    The shares of the Corporation shall be issued without certificates as provided in Section 626 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act. In lieu of any certificates the Corporation shall issue a written statement of the information required on share certificates within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of any of the Corporation’s shares. This provision shall not apply to any outstanding certificate representing shares of the Corporation until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Upon the surrender of any share represented by a certificate for transfer, such share shall be reissued without a certificate as herein provided.

 

B-11


Table of Contents

SECTION 2.    RECORD OWNERSHIP.    The Corporation shall maintain records of share ownership which shall set forth the name of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares held and date of issue, and in the case of a share evidenced by a certificate, the number of the certificate. Such record shall be deemed conclusive evidence of share ownership rights.

 

SECTION 3.    PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CERTIFICATES.    No shares represented by a previously issued certificate shall be transferred or redeemed until the certificate shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate, a transfer or redemption may occur upon such terms and indemnity to the Corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe.

 

SECTION 4.    RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES.

 

4.1    Common shares shall be subject to restrictions on transfer as follows:

 

  (a) Common shares of the Corporation may be transferred to any other holder of common shares, provided that the transferee does not hold more than five percent (5%) of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation after the transfer;

 

  (b) Common shares issued may be transferred to any transferee approved in advance by the Board of Directors;

 

  (c) Common shares issued to any Employee Stock Ownership Plan shall be transferable as provided in such Plan; and

 

  (d) Common shares are not otherwise transferable.

 

4.2    The foregoing notwithstanding, restrictions on the transfer of shares owned by any trust created by an employee stock ownership plan adopted by the Board of Directors shall be governed by the terms of the plan and the trust, not by section 4.1.

 

4.3    Preferred shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transfer as may be established by the Board of Directors upon their issuance.

 

SECTION 5.    TRANSFERS OF SHARES.    Subject to the restrictions on transfer contained in the Restated and Amended Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Corporation, transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof, or by its legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by its attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and in the case of shares evidenced by certificate, only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such share certificate. Except as otherwise provided by law, the person in whose name shares stand on the books of the Corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of September in each year and shall end on the last day of August in each year.

 

ARTICLE VIII

NO PATRONAGE RIGHTS

 

Effective as of September 1, 2004, no common Stockholder shall be entitled to any rights based on membership or patronage of the Company on or after such date.

 

B-12


Table of Contents

The provisions of Article IX of the Corporation’s Bylaws, as in effect on August 31, 2004, shall remain in effect for patronage dividend distributions made by the Corporation with respect to its fiscal year ended August 31, 2004. Thereafter, those provisions shall have no effect. Section 4 of Article VIII of the Corporation’s Bylaws, as in effect on August 31, 2004, shall remain in effect for patronage dividend distributions made by the Corporation with respect to fiscal year ended August 31, 2004 and with respect to prior fiscal years. Thereafter, that section shall have no effect.

 

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

 

SECTION 1.    COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS.    Dividends shall be paid on common stock to the extent declared by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.    PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS.    Dividends on preferred stock shall be paid as provided by the Board of Directors at the time of their issuance.

 

ARTICLE X

SEAL

 

This Corporation shall have no corporate seal.

 

ARTICLE XI

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

SECTION 1.    WAIVER OF NOTICE BY SHAREHOLDERS.    A Stockholder may waive any notice required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act, the Articles of Incorporation, or the Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. The waiver must be in writing, be signed by the Stockholder entitled to the notice, and be delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

 

A Stockholder’s attendance at a meeting:

 

a.    Waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the Stockholder at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the Stockholder’s arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting.

 

b.    Waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the Stockholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

 

SECTION 2.  WAIVER OF NOTICE BY DIRECTORS.

 

a.    A director may waive any notice required by the Iowa Business Corporation Act, the Articles of Incorporation, or Bylaws before or after the date and time stated in the notice. Except as provided by subsection b, the waiver must be in writing, signed by the director entitled to the notice, and filed with the minutes or corporate records.

 

b.    A director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to that director of the meeting unless the director at the beginning of the meeting or promptly upon the director’s arrival objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting.

 

B-13


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed and new Bylaws may be adopted at any meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at which a quorum is present, by a majority vote of the directors present at the meeting. These Bylaws may also be altered, amended or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, at any meeting of the Stockholders of the Corporation at which a quorum is present, by a majority vote of the Stockholders present at the meeting.

 

ARTICLE XIII

VOTING OF STOCK IN OTHER CORPORATIONS AND OF INTERESTS

IN PARTNERSHIPS OR LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES

 

In the absence of a resolution of the Board of Directors to the contrary, the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President or the Vice President of this Corporation is authorized and empowered to act for and on behalf of the Corporation by attending meetings, voting shares, executing proxies, waiving notice, executing any formal consent, or taking similar or related actions, all respecting stock of other corporations or interests in partnerships or limited liability companies which are owned by the Corporation, all without further authority than as herein contained. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, designate any officer or person as a proxy or attorney-in-fact to vote the shares of stock in any other corporation or interests in partnerships or limited liability companies in which this Corporation may own or hold shares of stock or interests.

 

ARTICLE XIV

INDEMNIFICATION

 

SECTION 1.    OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.    Service on the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or as an officer of the Corporation, or any such service at the request of the Corporation in a like position on behalf of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, or other entity, is deemed by the Corporation to have been undertaken and carried on in reliance by such persons on the full exercise by the Corporation of all powers of indemnification which are granted to it under the Iowa Business Corporation Act as amended from time to time. Accordingly, the Corporation shall exercise all of its permissive powers as often as necessary and to the fullest extent possible to indemnify such persons. Such indemnification shall be limited or denied only when and to the extent that the Iowa Business Corporation Act or other applicable legal principles limit or deny the Corporation’s authority to so act. This bylaw and the indemnification provisions of the Iowa Business Corporation Act (to the extent not otherwise governed by controlling precedent) shall be construed liberally in favor of the indemnification of such persons. In addition, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Iowa Business Corporation Act, indemnification provided for under the Iowa Business Corporation Act shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any provision in the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, agreements, vote of Stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

SECTION 2.    EMPLOYEES.    Employees of the Corporation who are not officers or directors shall be indemnified by the Corporation only if the Board of Directors determines, in its sole discretion, that such indemnification is permissible under the Iowa Business Corporation Act and that such indemnification is in the best interests of the Corporation in each particular circumstance. In the exercise of its discretion the Board of Directors will consider such factors as it deems appropriate, but ordinarily will not authorize indemnification in any circumstance when the employee seeking indemnification has incurred liability to the Corporation for such circumstance under the Corporation’s errors and deficits policy applicable to such employee.

 

B-14


Table of Contents

ARTICLE XV

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

 

SECTION 1.    CREATION.    The Board of Directors may by resolution create an Executive Committee, and may by like action abolish the same at any time. If created, the Executive Committee shall consist of three (3) members who shall be the Chairman, Vice Chairman and Secretary-Treasurer of the Corporation. The resolution creating or abolishing the Executive Committee shall be adopted by not less than a majority of the number of directors fixed by these Bylaws. The existence of the Executive Committee shall be confirmed annually at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 2.    AUTHORITY.    The Executive Committee shall possess and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation when the Board of Directors is not in session. The creation of the Executive Committee and the delegation thereto of the authority herein granted does not alone constitute compliance by a director with the standards of conduct described in Section 830 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act.

 

Committee may not, however:

 

  a. Authorize dividends or other distributions to Stockholders;

 

  b. Approve or propose to Stockholders action that the Iowa Business Corporation Act requires be approved by Stockholders;

 

  c. Fill vacancies on the Board of Directors or on any of its committees;

 

  d. Amend the Articles of Incorporation pursuant to section 1002 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act;

 

  e. Adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws;

 

  f. Approve a plan of merger not requiring Stockholder approval;

 

  g. Authorize or approve reacquisition of shares, except according to a formula or method prescribed by the Board of Directors; or

 

  h. Authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract for sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of a class or series of shares, except as may be done within limits specifically prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3.    COMMITTEE PROCEEDINGS.    The Executive Committee shall select its own Chairman. The Executive Committee shall hold such regular meetings at such time and place as it may determine. Special meetings of the Executive Committee shall be held upon not less than twenty-four (24) hours written notice. Special meetings may be called by the Chairman or any two (2) members of the Executive Committee. The act of the majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 4.    REPORTS.    Minutes of all proceedings of the Executive Committee shall be maintained, and the Executive Committee shall report all business transacted by it to the Board of Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors next succeeding any action taken by the Executive Committee. The Board of Directors shall review said minutes or other reports of the Executive Committee and shall take such action thereon as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.

 

SECTION 5.    INFORMAL ACTION.    Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Executive Committee, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Executive Committee, may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all members of the

 

B-15


Table of Contents

Executive Committee, and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken. Such action is effective when the last committee member signs the consent, unless the consent specifies a different effective date.

 

SECTION 6.    QUORUM.    All members of the Executive Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, that if not all members are present at said meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

 

ARTICLE XVI

ESOP

 

The Company may establish an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, but it shall not acquire more than 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.

 

B-16


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Sections 490.850-490.859 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act permit corporations to indemnify directors, officers, employees and agents against liability under certain circumstances. Our existing articles of incorporation and bylaws provide for indemnification of directors, officers and employees to the full extent provided by the Iowa Business Corporation Act. These provisions will be continued in the proposed amended and restated articles of incorporation and bylaws if the restructuring is approved.

 

As permitted by Section 490.202 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act and Article XIII of the Articles of Incorporation, no director shall be personally liable to the company or its stockholders for money damages for any action taken, or any failure to take any action, as a director, except liability for any of the following: (1) the amount of a financial benefit received by a director to which the director is not entitled; (2) an intentional infliction of harm on the company or its stockholders; (3) a violation of section 490.833 (relating to certain unlawful distributions to stockholders); or (4) an intentional violation of criminal law.

 

The Registrant maintains directors and officers liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and certain of its officers, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements (in the form to be filed as Exhibit 10.9 hereto) for the benefit of its directors and certain of its officers.

 

Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits

 

See exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index following the signature page of this Form S-4, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

The following schedules are filed as part of this Registration Statement but are not included in this prospectus:

 

 

FCStone Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

    

Schedule I – Condensed financial information of registrant

   S-1

Schedule II – Valuation and qualifying accounts

   S-4

 

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 22. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

 

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities

 

II-1


Table of Contents

offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a post-effective amendment all the information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of West Des Moines, State of Iowa, on December 8, 2004.

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

By:

 

/ S /    P AUL G. A NDERSON


    Paul G. Anderson, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

    

Signature


 

Title


 

Date


By:

  

/ S /    P AUL G. A NDERSON        


Paul G. Anderson

 

President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

/ S /    R OBERT V. J OHNSON        


Robert V. Johnson

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

    *        


Bruce Krehbiel

 

Chairman of the Board, Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

    *        


Jack Friedman

 

Vice Chairman, Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

    *        


Eric Parthemore

 

Secretary, Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

    *        


Brent Bunte

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

*


Doug Derscheid

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

*


Kenneth Hahn

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

*


Ron Hunter

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

*


Tom Leiting

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

By:

  

*


Dave Reinders

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

 

II-3


Table of Contents
    

Signature


 

Title


 

Date


By:

  

*


Rolland Svoboda

 

Director

  December 8, 2004

*By:

  

/s/    R OBERT V. J OHNSON


Robert V. Johnson

(As attorney-in-fact for each

of the persons indicated)

       

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document


2.1    Plan of Conversion—included in Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus
3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of FCStone Group, Inc. (as currently in effect) (1)
3.2    Bylaws of FCStone Group, Inc. (as currently in effect) (1)
3.3    Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of FCStone Group, Inc. (to be filed with the Iowa Secretary of State prior to the closing of the offering)—included in Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus
3.4    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of FCStone Group, Inc. (to be adopted prior to the closing of the transaction)—included in Appendix B to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus
4.1    Form of Subscription Notice (1)
5.1    Opinion of Dickinson, Mackaman, Tyler & Hagen P.C. (3)
8.1    Opinion of McDermott Will & Emery LLP (3)
10.1    Employment Agreement, dated as of February 22, 2002, by and among FCStone, LLC and Paul G. Anderson (1)
10.2    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 5, 2004, by and among FCStone Group, Inc. and Jeff Soman (1)
10.3    Employment Agreement, dated as of April 18, 1988, by and among Farmers Commodities Corporation and Robert V. Johnson (1)
10.4    Employment Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2003, by and among FCStone, LLC and Steve Gutierrez (1)
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated as of July 8, 1996, by and among Farmers Commodities Corporation, Farmers Grain Dealers, Incorporated and Steve Speck (1)
10.6    CEO Deferred Compensation Plan for Paul G. Anderson dated February 22, 2002 (1)
10.7    Farmers Commodities Corporation Supplemental Nonqualified Pension Plan
10.8    Short-term Incentive Plan
10.9    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (2)
10.10    Statused Revolving Term Loan Supplement, dated May 5, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB ($80,000,000) (2)
10.11    Master Loan Agreement, dated November 3, 2003, between FCStone Group, Inc and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.12    Unsecured Revolving Term Note, dated November 3, 2003, between FCStone Group, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc., due on October 1, 2006 (1)
10.13    Change in Terms Agreement to the Unsecured Revolving Term Note, dated July 9, 2004, between FCStone Group, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.14    Master Loan Agreement, dated April 15, 2002, between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.15    First Amendment to the Master Loan Agreement, dated November 3, 2003, between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit Inc. (1)
10.16    Revolving Statused Operating Note, dated April 15, 2002, between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)

 

II-5


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document


10.17    Limited Corporate Guaranty, dated April 16, 2002, between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.18    Change in Terms Agreement to the Revolving Statused Operating Note, dated May 24, 2004, between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.19    Letter Agreement Extending the Term of the $50 Million Credit Facility, dated February 24, 2004 between FCStone Financial, Inc. and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.20    Revolving Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated November 21, 2002, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.21    First Amendment to the Revolving Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated November 3, 2003, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.22    Unsecured Revolving Subordinated Note, dated November 21, 2002, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc., due on December 1, 2005 (1)
10.23    First Amendment to the Unsecured Revolving Subordinated Note, dated November 3, 2003, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.24    Master Loan Agreement, dated February 15, 2001, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc. (1)
10.25    Unsecured Revolving Operating Note, dated March 15, 2002, between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc., due on March 1, 2004 (1)
10.26    Letter Agreement Extending the Term of the Unsecured Revolving Operating Note to March 1, 2005 (1)
10.27    Change in Terms Agreement, dated June 28, 2004, Between FCStone, LLC and Deere Credit, Inc.
10.28    Letter Agreement for $15 Million Credit Facility, dated March 5, 2003, between FCStone, LLC and Harris Trust Savings Bank (1)
10.29    Unsecured Demand Note, dated September 15, 2000, between FCStone, LLC and Harris Trust Savings Bank (1)
10.30    Trust Indenture for Industrial Revenue Bonds, dated December 1, 2003
10.31    Master Loan Agreement dated February 28, 2003 between FCStone Financial, Inc. and CoBank ACB (2)
10.32    Uncommitted Revolving Credit Supplement and Promissory Note to the Master Loan Agreement between FCStone Financial, Inc. and CoBank ACB (2)
10.33    Guarantee of Payment, dated February 28, 2003, between FCStone Group, Inc. and CoBank ACB (2)
10.34    Master Loan Agreement dated September 1, 1999, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.35    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated September 3, 1999, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.36    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated February 25, 2000, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.37    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated November 28, 2001, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document


10.38    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated January 27, 2002, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.39    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated July 31, 2003, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.40    Amendment to Master Loan Agreement, dated June 29, 2004, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.41    Revolving Term Loan Supplement, dated September 1, 1999, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.42    Statused Revolving Credit Supplement, dated June 29, 2004, between FCStone Trading LLC (formerly Petrous, L.L.C.) and CoBank ACB (2)
10.43    Master Loan Agreement, dated May 5, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB (2)
10.44    Statused Revolving Term Loan Supplement, dated May 5, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB ($10,000,000) (2)
10.45    Statused Revolving Term Loan Supplement, dated May 5, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB ($30,000,000) (2)
10.46    Letter Agreement modifying CoBank Commitment levels, dated September 9, 2004 (2)
10.47    Purchase Agreement (Eximbank Insurance), effective June 22, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB
10.48    Purchase Agreement, (Private Insurance), effective June 22, 2004, between FGDI, LLC and CoBank, ACB
10.49    Long-term Incentive Plan
10.50    Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated September 29, 2003, between FCStone, LLC and Michael Walsh.
10.51    Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, between FCStone, LLC and Allan J. Hirsch.
10.52    Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated June 30, 2004, between FCStone, LLC and Gerald Hirsch.
10.53    Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated December 12, 2003 between FCStone, LLC and William Shepard.
10.54    Lease Agreement, dated December 1, 2002, between the Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama and FGDI, LLC
10.55    Letter Agreement, dated March 31, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and Fortis Capital Corp. for $20,000,000 credit facility
10.56    Promissory Note ($20,000,000), dated May 10, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and Fortis Capital Corp.
10.57    Continuing Security Agreement between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and Fortis Capital Corp.
10.58    Letter Agreement, dated February 17, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and RZB Finance LLC for $5,000,000 credit facility (3)
10.59    Promissory Note ($5,000,000), dated February 17, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and RZB Finance LLC (3)
10.60    General Security Agreement and Supplement, dated February 17, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and RZB Finance LLC (3).

 

II-7


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.

  

Description of Document


10.61    Credit Agreement, dated March 4, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and Harvard Private Capital Properties III, Inc. for $30,000,000 credit facility (3)
10.62    Security Agreement, dated March 4, 2004, between FCStone Merchant Services, LLC and Harvard Private Capital Properties III, Inc. (3)
10.63    FGDI Incentive Plan (3)
10.64    FCStone Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Mutual Commitment Compensation Plan
20.1    Appraisal of FCStone Group, Inc. by RSM McGladrey, Inc.
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (1)
23.1    Consent of KMPG LLP
23.2    Consent of Dickinson, Mackaman, Tyler & Hagen P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of McDermott Will & Emery LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)
23.4    Consent of RSM McGladrey, Inc.
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included in the signature pages hereto) (1)
99.1    Form of Proxy (1)

(1) Previously filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by FCStone Group, Inc. on August 18, 2004
(2) Previously filed as an exhibit to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by FCStone Group, Inc. on October 6, 2004
(3) To be filed by amendment

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Parent Company Only

 

August 31, 2004 and 2003

 

(in thousands)

 

ASSETS    2004

    2003

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —       $ 47  

Accounts receivable

     17       —    

Notes receivable

     1,250       —    

Notes receivable—subsidiary

     5,000       —    

Deferred income taxes

     2,710       2,886  

Investments in affiliates and others

     45,368       40,046  
    


 


     $ 54,345     $ 42,979  
    


 


LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY                 

Liabilities:

                

Checks written in excess of bank balance

   $ 124     $ —    

Accounts payable

     15       —    

Accrued expenses:

                

Accrued pension liability

     3,596       5,317  

Income taxes payable

     379       406  

Other

     283       —    

Notes payable

     8,250       —    

Patronage refunds payable in cash

     1,869       1,429  
    


 


Total liabilities

     14,516       7,152  
    


 


Members’ equity:

                

Preferred stock, nonvoting; $1,000 par value:

                

Series I

     12,972       13,101  

Series II

     898       904  

Common stock:

                

Class A, voting; $5,000 par value

     2,369       2,753  

Class B, voting; $100,000 par value `

     500       500  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (3,039 )     (3,932 )

Retained earnings

     26,129       22,500  
    


 


Total members’ equity

     39,829       35,827  
    


 


     $ 54,345     $ 42,979  
    


 


 

S-1


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

Parent Company Only

 

Years Ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

(in thousands)

 

     2004

   2003

   2002

Revenues:

                    

Interest

   $ 10    $ —      $ 10

Equity in earnings of affiliates

     9,063      6,068      5,259
    

  

  

Total revenues

     9,073      6,068      5,269
    

  

  

Costs and expenses:

                    

Interest

     53      2      —  

Bank charges and miscellaneous

     —        —        —  
    

  

  

Total costs and expenses

     53      2      —  
    

  

  

Income before minority interest and income tax expense

     9,020      6,066      5,269

Minority interest

     576      561      601
    

  

  

Income before income tax expense

     8,444      5,505      4,668

Income tax expense

     2,030      1,200      1,280
    

  

  

Net income

   $ 6,414    $ 4,305    $ 3,388
    

  

  

 

S-2


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Parent Company Only

 

Years Ended August 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002

 

(in thousands)

 

    2004

    2003

    2002

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                       

Net income

  $ 6,414     $ 4,305     $ 3,388  

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    (9,108 )     (6,068 )     (5,259 )

Minority interest, net of distributions

    380       351       516  

(Decrease) increase in deferred income taxes

    (236 )     (120 )     40  

Increase in accounts receivable and advances on grain

    (17 )     —         —    

Increase (decrease) in other assets

    —         32       (32 )

(Decrease) increase in accounts payables

    15       —         (440 )

Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable

    (27 )     133       (146 )
   


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (2,579 )     (1,367 )     (1,933 )
   


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                       

Distributions from affiliates

    5,373       2,512       4,376  

Capital contribution in affiliate

    (2,100 )     —         (1,000 )
   


 


 


Net cash provided by investing activities

    3,273       2,512       3,376  
   


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                       

Increase in checks written in excess of bank balance

    124       —         —    

Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock

    1       2       2  

Payment for redemption of stock

    (1,437 )     (217 )     (420 )

Payment of prior year patronage

    (1,429 )     (937 )     (1,849 )

Issuance of notes receivable

    (6,250 )     —         —    

Proceeds from notes payable

    8,250       —         —    
   


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (741 )     (1,152 )     (2,267 )
   


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents—unrestricted

    (47 )     (7 )     (824 )

Cash and cash equivalents—unrestricted—at beginning of year

    47       54       878  
   


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents—unrestricted—at end of year

  $ 0     $ 47     $ 54  
   


 


 


Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                       

Cash paid during the year for:

                       

Interest

  $ 53     $ 2     $ —    

Income taxes

    2,057       1,187       1,386  

 

S-3


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

FCSTONE GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

    

Balance at
Beginning
of Period


   Additions

  

Deductions


   

Balance at
End of Period


Those reserves which are deducted in the Consolidated

Financial Statements from Receivables


      Charged to
Costs and
Expenses


   Charged to
Other
Accounts


    

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2004

                                   

Reserve for doubtful accounts

   $ 445    $ 716    $ —      $ (191 )   $ 970
    

  

  

  


 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2003

                                   

Reserve for doubtful accounts

   $ 425    $ 76    $ —      $ (56 )   $ 445
    

  

  

  


 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2002

                                   

Reserve for doubtful accounts

   $ 405    $ 310    $ —      $ (290 )   $ 425
    

  

  

  


 

 

S-4

Exhibit 10.7

 

FARMERS COMMODITIES CORPORATION

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NONQUALIFIED PENSION PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.    Name of Plan    1
2.    Effective Date    1
3.    Definitions    1
4.    Participants    1
5.    Supplemental Retirement Benefit    1
6.    Preretirement Survivor Annuity    2
7.    Participants’ Rights Unsecured    2
8.    Payments to Incompetent Persons    3
9.    Amendments to the Plan    3
10.    Termination of the Plan    3
11.    Expenses    3
12.    Notices    3
13.    Plan Administrator    3
14.    Interpretation and Governing Law    4
15.    Administrative Committee    4


FARMERS COMMODITIES CORPORATION

SUPPLEMENTAL NONQUALIFIED PENSION PLAN

 

Farmers Commodities Corporation (the “Corporation”) hereby establishes a deferred compensation plan for certain of its employees, under the terms set forth below:

 

1. Name of Plan . This Plan shall be known as the “Farmers Commodities Corporation Supplemental Nonqualified Pension Plan.” It may be referred to in this document simply as the “Plan.”

 

2. Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective September 1, 1995.

 

3. Definitions . The following terms shall have the meanings given them below:

 

(a) Retirement Plan means the Restated Noncontributory Retirement Plan for Cooperatives, as adopted by the Corporation, and as it may be amended from time to time.

 

(b) Retirement Plan Benefit means the amount of benefit payable from the Retirement Plan to a Participant in the form of a single life annuity.

 

(c) The following terms shall have the meaning set forth in the Retirement Plan:

 

(i) Actuarial Equivalent ;

 

(ii) Beneficiary ;

 

(iii) Early Retirement Date ;

 

(iv) Late Retirement Date ;

 

(v) Normal Retirement Date ;

 

(vi) Disability Retirement Date ; and

 

(vii) Spouse .

 

4. Participants . The employees listed in Appendix A shall be participants in the Plan. Appendix A may be revised from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

5. Supplemental Retirement Benefit . Each Participant shall be eligible to retire and receive a Supplemental Retirement Benefit under this Plan, beginning on one of the following dates:

 

(a) The Participant’s “Normal Retirement Date;”

 

(b) The Participant’s “Early Retirement Date;” or

 

(c) The Participant’s “Late Retirement Date.”

 

1


The annual Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable at a Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date shall be (a) the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Retirement Plan as modified under rules set forth later in this paragraph, less (b) the actual Normal Retirement or Late Retirement Benefit payable to the Participant in a Single Life Annuity under the Retirement Plan. In determining the Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant (or to his or her Spouse under this Plan, the calculation of the Participant’s Accrued Benefit under the Retirement Plan shall be modified. It shall be modified by disregarding the limitations imposed by Sections 401 (a)(17) and 415 of the Internal Revenue Code, as they may be amended. These adjustments shall have no impact on the benefit actually paid to the Participant under the Retirement Plan. They shall instead affect only the calculation of a Participant’s Supplemental Retirement Benefit under this Plan.

 

A Participant’s Supplement Retirement Benefit determined under this Plan shall be payable in the same form as that elected by the Participant with respect to benefits payable under the Retirement Plan, with the form of pension being the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Retirement Benefit were it paid as a Single Life Annuity. The annual Supplemental Retirement Benefit payable at a Participant’s Early Retirement Date shall, however, be equal to the benefit determined under the preceding provisions of this Section, reduced by the factors, or under the actuarial assumptions, utilized in the Retirement Plan for calculating Early Retirement Benefits.

 

A Participant whose employment terminates prior to his or her Normal, Early, or Late Retirement Date shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Plan.

 

6. Preretirement Survivor Annuity . If a Participant should die before Supplemental Retirement Benefit payments commence under this Plan, the Participant’s Spouse, or if the Participant has no Spouse, his or her Beneficiary, shall receive a Preretirement Survivor Annuity under this Plan. The Preretirement Survivor Annuity under this Plan shall be calculated in the same fashion as the “Pre-Retirement Survivors’ Benefit” under the Retirement Plan, with two modifications. The first modifications shall be to substitute the amount of the Participant’s benefit determined under Section 5 of this Plan for the amount of the Participant’s benefit under the Retirement Plan. The second modifications shall be to reduce the resulting survivor annuity by the amount of the Pre-retirement Survivors’ Benefit the Spouse or Beneficiary may receive under the Retirement Plan. A Spouse’s or Beneficiary’s benefit under this Plan shall be paid in the same form and at the same time as the Pre-Retirement Survivors’ Benefit under the Retirement Plan.

 

7. Participants’ Rights Unsecured . The right of a Participant, or any Spouse or Beneficiary, to receive a distribution under this Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Corporation. Neither the Participant nor his or her beneficiaries shall have any right to enter against any specific assets of the Corporation. The Participants shall have the status of general unsecured creditors to the Corporation. This Plan constitutes a mere promise by the Corporation to make benefit payments in the future. Benefits under this Plan may nto in any way be encumbered or assigned by a Participant or any beneficiary. The Corporation may choose to make contributions from time to time to the Farmers Commodities Corporation

 

2


Deferred Compensation Trust (the “Trust”), and assets of that Trust may be used to pay benefits under this Plan. The Trustee of the Trust shall invest the Trust assets, unless the Administrative Committee, in its sole discretion, chooses either to instruct the Trustee as to the investment of Trust assets or to appoint one or more investment managers to do so.

 

8. Payments to Incompetent Persons . Every person receiving or claiming a benefit under the Plan shall be presumed to be mentally competent and of age until the Administrative Committee receives reliable, written notice that such person is incompetent or a minor. Payments otherwise due a minor shall be paid to any custodial parent of such minor. Payments otherwise due any other incompetent person shall be paid to the guardian, conservator, or other legal representative of such person. In the event that the Administrative Committee is unable to locate a parent, guardian, conservator, or other legal representative or an incompetent person who is otherwise entitled to payment under the Plan, such payment shall be made to the individual determined by the Administrative Committee to have assumed financial responsibility for the care of such person. Before the initial payment is made to an individual designated in this section, the minor or other legally incompetent person shall be notified of the Administrative Committee’s intent to make such payment to that other individual. Any payment of a benefit in accordance with the provisions of this Section shall be a complete discharge of any liability to make such payment.

 

9. Amendments to the Plan . The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may amend the Plan at any time, without the consent of the Participants or their Beneficiaries, provided, however, that no amendment shall divest any Participant or Beneficiary of his or her Supplemental Retirements Benefits already accrued.

 

10. Termination of the Plan . The Board may terminate the Plan at any time. No additional benefits shall be credited following termination of the Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, distribution of Participants’ benefits shall be made in the manner and at the time described under the Plan’s normal provisions.

 

11. Expenses . Costs of administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Corporation.

 

12. Notices . Any Notice or election required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing, in the form prescribed by the Administrative Committee, and shall be deemed to be filed:

 

(a) On the date it is personally delivered to the Administrative Committee (or its designee), or

 

(b) Three business days after it is sent by registered or certified mail, addressed to the Administrative Committee (or its designee) at the Corporation’s address.

 

13. Plan Administrator . The Administrative Committee shall be the Plan Administrator for the Plan.

 

3


14. Interpretation and Governing Law. This Plan is established in the state of Iowa. To the extent federal laws does not apply, any questions arising under the Plan will be determined under the laws of the state of Iowa.

 

15. Administrative Committee. The Board shall appoint an administrative committee of no more than three members (the “Administrative Committee”) to administrate this Plan. The Administrative Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and to determine all questions that arise under it. Such power includes, for example, the administrative discretion necessary to determine whether an individual meets the Plan’s written eligibility requirements, and to interpret any other term contained in this document. All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made by the Corporation in accordance with the written direction of the Administrative Committee. The decision of the Administrative Committee upon all matters within the scope of its authority shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation hereby adopts this Supplemental Nonqualified Pension Plan this 26 day of October, 1995.

 

FARMERS COMMODITIES CORPORATION
By:  

/s/


Title:  

 


 

ATTEST:

/s/ Robert V. Johnson, V.P.


 

4


APPENDIX A

 

Hal Richard

Doug Jackson

 

5


FCSTONE, LLC

SUPPLEMENTAL NONQUALIFIED PENSION PLAN

 

Instruction of Administrative Committee

 

Pursuant to Section 4 of the FCStone, LLC Supplemental Nonqualified Pension Plan (formerly the Farmers Commodities Corporation Supplemental Nonqualified Pesnion Plan)(the “Plan”), the Administrative Committee for the Plan has the authority from time to time to revise the list of participants shown on Appendix A to the Plan. In accordance with the authority granted under this Section, Paul G. Anderson is hereby added as a participant in the Plan retroactive to the date of his appointment as CEO of FCStone, LLC (formerly Farmers Commodities Corporation), and the attached revised Appendix A is hereby substituted for the existing Appendix A.

 

ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE for the
FCSTONE, LLC SUPPLEMENTAL
NONQUALIFIED PENSION PLAN

/s/ Bruce Krehbiel


/s/ Robert V. Johnson


/s/ Paul G. Anderson


 

6


APPENDIX A

 

Hal Richard

Doug Jackson

Paul G. Anderson

 

7

Exhibit 10.8

 

SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PLAN DESIGN

 

Performance Measure

 

  Return on Class A Equity

 

Formula

 

  Class A Equity (Pre-CEO Incentive Earnings after M.I.) as a Percentage of Beginning Class A Equity

 

Performance Measure Construction

 

  Threshold – Needs to be determined annually

 

       10%

 

       $33M Beginning Class A Equity = $3.3M

 

  Goal – Needs to be determined annually

 

       15%

 

       $33M Beginning Class A Equity = $4.95M

 

  Uncapped – No maximum (same as current plan)

 

1


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PARTICIPATION AND AWARD LEVELS

 

Tier I

 

  President/CEO

 

Tier II

 

  Chief Operating Officer

 

Tier III

 

  Executive Vice President/CFO

 

  Chief Operating Office – Stone Division

 

2


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD LEVELS / TARGET AWARDS AT GOAL ROE (15%)

 

Tier I

 

  50% of base salary

 

Tier II

 

  50% of base salary

 

Tier III

 

  40% of base salary

 

3


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD LEVELS

 

   

Threshold

(10% ROE)


 

Goal

(15% ROE)


Tier I   25% of base salary   50% of base salary
Tier II   25% of base salary   50% of base salary
Tier III   20% of base salary   40% of base salary

 

4


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE

 

     Performance
Return on Equity


    Tier I & II
Award Percentage
of Base Salary


    Tier III
Award Percentage
of Base Salary


 

Threshold

   10 %   25 %   20 %

Goal

   15 %   50 %   40 %
     20 %   75 %   60 %
     30 %   126 %   101 %
     40 %   176 %   141 %

 

  Performance below Threshold will result in no award being made.

 

  Performance beyond Threshold will be calculated according to a scale.

 

5


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PARTICIPANT AWARD LEVELS AT GOAL

 

     Position

  

8/03

Base
Salary


   Target Award
at Goal


Tier I    President/CEO    $320,000    50% / $160,000
Tier II    Chief Operating Officer    $160,000    50% / $80,000
Tier III    Executive Vice President/CFO    $135,200    40% / $54,080
     Chief Operating Officer – Stone Division    $150,000    40% / $60,000

 

6


SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION OUTLINE

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

2. Definitions of Plan Terms (i.e., ROE)

 

3. Plan Year (FCStone Fiscal Year)

 

4. Effective Date – September 1, 2002

 

5. Plan Administrator (Chairman of the Board)

 

6. Plan Administration (follows plans guidelines, but free to interpret including issues where the plan is silent)

 

7. Eligibility (to be determined by the Plan Administrator)

 

8. Termination of Employment (either by executive of FCStone all rights are forfeited)

 

9. Amendment/Termination of the Plan (at the Plan Administrator’s discretion)

 

10. Employment (Plan is not a contract)

 

11. Death, Disability, or Retirement (pro-rated award)

 

12. Legal Requirements (in accordance with Federal, state and local statutory requirements)

 

7

Exhibit 10.27

 

CHANGE IN TERMS AGREEMENT

 

This Change in Terms Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of June 28, 2004, between Deere Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Deere”) and FC Stone L.L.C., West Des Moines, Iowa 50266, an Iowa corporation (the “Borrower”).

 

Whereas , Deere is currently providing Borrower an Amended and Restate Unsecured Revolving Operating Facility (“Loan”) in the amount of $40,000,000 as governed by a Master Loan Agreement, dated February 15, 2001 as amended by the Change in Terms Agreement to Master Loan Agreement dated March 15, 2002 and evidenced by an Amended and Restate Unsecured Revolving Operating Note (“Note”) in the amount of $40,000,000, dated March 15, 2002, and

 

Whereas , the Borrower has requested modifications to the Loan granted by Deere including the request for a decrease of $500,000 in the amount of the Loan and Deere has approved the requested decrease making a total amended Loan of $39,500,000.

 

Therefore , the amount of the Loan will be decreased by the amount of $500,000 making a total Loan of $39,500,000 and the amount of the Note shall be decreased to $39,500,000 wherein the principal paragraph of said Note shall be amended to read as follows:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, FC STONE, L.L.C., an Iowa Corporation, of West Des Moines, Iowa (the “Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of Deere Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Lender”), at Lender’s office at such place as Lender may designate in writing, the principal sum of Thirty-Nine Million Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 DOLLARS ($39,500,000), together with interest as provided in this Note, all in lawful money of the United States of America.

 

Except as expressly changed by this Agreement, the terms of the original obligation or obligations, including all agreements evidenced or securing the obligation(s), remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date first shown above.

 

Deere Credit, Inc.    FC Stone L.L.C.

By:

 

/s/ Brent D. Johnxon


  

By:

 

/s/ Robert V. Johnson


Title:

 

Portfolio Mgr.

  

Title:

 

Exec. V.P. and CFO

Exhibit 10.30

 


 

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD

OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

as Issuer

 

and

 

WELLS FARGO BANK NORTHWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

TRUST INDENTURE

 

SECURING:

 

$5,500,000

The Industrial Development Board

of the City of Mobile, Alabama

 

Variable Rate Demand

Industrial Development Revenue Bonds, Series 2002

 

(FGDI, LLC Project)

 

Dated as of December 1, 2002

 


 

This instrument prepared by:

R. Preston Bolt, Jr., Esq.

Hand Arendall, L.L.C.

107 St. Francis Street, Suite 2600

Mobile, AL 36602

(251) 432-5511


TRUST INDENTURE

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

(This table of contents is not part of the Trust Indenture and is only for convenience of reference.)

 

     Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS    4

Section 1.01

   Definitions    4

Section 1.02

   Interpretation    12

Section 1.03.

   Captions and Headings    13
ARTICLE II THE BONDS    13

Section 2.01.

   Authority for and Issuance of Project Bonds    13

Section 2.02.

   Interest on Bonds    14

Section 2.03.

   Execution    15

Section 2.04.

   Authentication.    16

Section 2.05.

   Form of Bonds.    16

Section 2.06.

   Delivery of Project Bonds.    16

Section 2.07.

   Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Bonds.    17

Section 2.08.

   Registration and Exchange of Bonds; Persons Treated as Owners.    17

Section 2.09.

   Cancellation of Bonds.    18

Section 2.10.

   Book Entry System.    18

Section 2.11

   Issuance of Additional Bonds    20

Section 2.12

   Delivery of Additional Bonds    20
ARTICLE III PURCHASE OF BONDS; REDEMPTION OF BONDS    21

Section 3.01

   Purchase of Bonds    21

Section 3.02

   Optional Tender of Bonds for Purchase    22

Section 3.03

   Mandatory Tender of Bonds for Purchase; Untendered Bonds    23

Section 3.04

   Purchase of Tendered Bonds    24

Section 3.05

   Disposition of Tendered Bonds    25

Section 3.06.

   No Purchases or Sales After Certain Defaults    27

Section 3.07.

   Mandatory Redemption of Bonds    27

Section 3.08.

   Optional Redemption    28

Section 3.09.

   Purchase of Bonds Upon Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate or Upon Release of the Letter of Credit    30

Section 3.10.

   Selection of Bonds to be Redeemed    31

Section 3.11.

   Notice of Redemption    31

Section 3.12.

   No Partial Redemption After Default    32

Section 3.13.

   Payment of Redemption Price    33

Section 3.14.

   Partial Redemption of Bonds.    33

Section 3.15.

   Notice by Tender Agent    33
ARTICLE IV CONVERSION TO FIXED INTEREST RATE    33

Section 4.01.

   Authority for and Conditions to Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate    33

Section 4.02

   Determination of Fixed Interest Rate    34


Section 4.03.

   Replacement Bonds    34

Section 4.04.

   Certain Provisions No Longer Applicable    34

Section 4.05.

   Interest on Bonds After Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate    35
ARTICLE V GENERAL COVENANTS    35

Section 5.01.

   Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest.    35

Section 5.02.

   Performance by Issuer of Covenants.    35

Section 5.03.

   Right to Payments under Agreement; Instruments of Further Assurance.    36

Section 5.04.

   Recordation and Other Instruments.    36

Section 5.05.

   Inspection of Project Books.    36

Section 5.06.

   List of Bondholders.    36

Section 5.07.

   Rights Under Agreement.    37

Section 5.08.

   Prohibited Activities.    37
ARTICLE VI DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS; FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS; REVENUES; LETTER OF CREDIT    37

Section 6.01.

   Source of Payment of Bonds.    37

Section 6.02.

   Bond Fund.    37

Section 6.03.

   Payments into Bond Fund.    38

Section 6.04.

   Use of Moneys in Bond Fund.    38

Section 6.05.

   Custody of Bond Fund.    38

Section 6.06.

   Project Fund.    38

Section 6.07.

   Payments into Project Fund; Disbursements.    38

Section 6.08.

   Letter of Credit; Alternate Letter of Credit    39

Section 6.09.

   Completion of Project.    41

Section 6.10.

   Transfer of Project Fund.    41

Section 6.11.

   Non-presentment of Bonds.    41

Section 6.12.

   Moneys to be Held in Trust.    42

Section 6.13.

   Repayment to the Company from Bond Fund.    42

Section 6.14.

   Additional Payments Under the Agreement.    42

Section 6.15.

   Arbitrage Requirements.    42

Section 6.16.

   Rebate Fund    42
ARTICLE VII INVESTMENT OF MONEYS    44
ARTICLE VIII DISCHARGE OF LIEN    45
ARTICLE IX DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES    47

Section 9.01

   Events of Default    47

Section 9.02.

   Acceleration; Other Remedies.    48

Section 9.03.

   Restoration to Former Position.    49

Section 9.04.

   Owner’s or Bank’s Right to Direct Proceedings    50

Section 9.05.

   Limitation on Bondholders’ Right to Institute Proceedings.    50

Section 9.06.

   No Impairment of Right To Enforce Payment.    50

Section 9.07

   Proceedings by Trustee Without Possession of Bonds    50

Section 9.08

   No Remedy Exclusive    51

Section 9.09

   No Waiver of Remedies    51

Section 9.10.

   Application of Moneys.    51

Section 9.11

   Severability of Remedies    52


Section 9.12

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    52
ARTICLE X TRUSTEE; PAYING AGENT AND CO-PAYING AGENTS; REGISTRAR; REMARKETING AGENT    53

Section 10.01

   Acceptance of Trusts    56

Section 10.02.

   Fees, Charges and Expenses of the Trustee    57

Section 10.03.

   Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar    57

Section 10.04.

   Intervention by the Trustee    57

Section 10.05.

   Successor Trustee    58

Section 10.06.

   Resignation by the Trustee    58

Section 10.07.

   Removal of the Trustee    58

Section 10.08.

   Appointment of Successor Trustee by Bondholders or Issuer    58

Section 10.09.

   Concerning Any Successor Trustee    58

Section 10.10.

   Appointment of Co-Trustee    59

Section 10.11.

   Remarketing Agent    60

Section 10.12.

   Qualifications of Remarketing Agent    60

Section 10.13.

   Tender Agent    60

Section 10.14.

   Qualifications of Tender Agent    61

Section 10.15.

   Several Capacities    61
ARTICLE XI REFERENCES TO BANK; EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS BY BONDHOLDERS AND PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF BONDS    62

Section 11.01.

   References to Bank    62

Section 11.02.

   Execution of Instruments; Proof of Ownership    62
ARTICLE XII SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES    63

Section 12.01.

   Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders    63

Section 12.02.

   Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Bondholders    63

Section 12.03.

   Consent of Company and the Bank    64

Section 12.04.

   Opinion of Bond Counsel    64
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT    65

Section 13.01.

   Amendments, etc., to Agreement Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders    65

Section 13.02.

   Amendments, etc. to Agreement Requiring Consent of Bondholders    65

Section 13.03.

   Consent of the Bank    65

Section 13.04.

   Opinion of Bond Counsel    66
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS    66

Section 14.01.

   Consents, etc., of Bondholders    66

Section 14.02.

   Limitation of Rights    67

Section 14.03.

   Severability    67

Section 14.04.

   Notices to S&P    67

Section 14.05.

   Notices    68

Section 14.06.

   Payments Due on Non-Business Days    69

Section 14.07.

   Action by Company and Issuer    69

Section 14.08.

   Limited Liability of Officers    69

Section 14.09.

   Counterparts    69

Section 14.10.

   Applicable Provisions of Law    69

 


TRUST INDENTURE

 

THIS TRUST INDENTURE is made and entered into as of December 1, 2002, between THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA (the “Issuer”), a public corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Alabama, and WELLS FARGO BANK NORTHWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, with a designated corporate trust agency office located in Portland, Oregon (the “Trustee”), as Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer is duly incorporated under the provisions of Act No. 648 enacted at the 1949 Regular Session of the Legislature of Alabama, as amended, by a Certificate of Incorporation duly filed for record in the Office of the Judge of Probate of Mobile County, Alabama; the Issuer’s Certificate of Incorporation has not been amended or revoked; and the Issuer is not in default under any of the provisions contained in its Certificate of Incorporation or in the laws of the State of Alabama; and

 

WHEREAS, by virtue of the authority of the Constitution and laws of the State of Alabama, and particularly the Act (as hereinafter defined), and pursuant to the Bond Resolution (as hereinafter defined), the Issuer is authorized to enter into this Indenture and to do or cause to be done all the acts and things herein provided or required to be done, and to provide the financing for the Project and to issue the Project Bonds, all as hereinafter defined and provided for; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act, the Issuer has authorized the issuance of its $5,500,000 Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002 (the “Project Bonds”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer is authorized by the Act to issue revenue bonds payable solely from the revenues derived from the leasing or sale of the Project to be financed by such revenue bonds; and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer, pursuant to a resolution of the Issuer duly adopted and approved on September 17, 2002, has entered into a Lease Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Agreement”) with FGDI, LLC a Delaware limited liability company, (the “Company”), and under the Agreement the Issuer will acquire and install the Equipment in, and/or construct the Improvements to, the Project, and will lease the Project to the Company in consideration of rentals which will be sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the bonds issued by the Issuer hereunder to finance the costs of such acquisition, installation and construction; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit, the Credit Provider will provide for the timely payments of principal, Redemption Price and Purchase Price of, and interest on the Series 2002 Bonds; and


WHEREAS, the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture have been duly authorized by the Issuer, and all conditions, acts and things necessary and required by the laws of the State of Alabama or otherwise to exist, to have happened and to have been performed precedent to and in the execution and delivery of this Indenture and in the issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds do exist, have happened and have been performed in regular form, time and manner; and

 

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the Act the Issuer has determined that the Project Bonds should be issued, sold and delivered pursuant to the Act to provide proceeds for the financing of the Project; and

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has contracted for the sale and delivery of the Project Bonds as herein provided; and

 

WHEREAS, all Bonds issued under this Indenture will be secured by a pledge and assignment of Issuer’s rights under the Agreement (except for its rights as otherwise herein provided); and

 

WHEREAS, the Project Bonds and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be endorsed thereon are to be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A with appropriate variations, omissions and insertions as permitted or required by this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS all things necessary to make the Project Bonds, when authenticated by the Trustee and issued as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Issuer according to the import thereof, and to constitute this Indenture a valid assignment and pledge of the amounts assigned and pledged to the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Project Bonds and a valid assignment of certain rights of the Issuer under the Agreement have been done and performed, and the creation, execution and delivery of this Indenture, and the creation, execution and issuance of the Project Bonds, subject to the terms hereof, have in all respects been duly authorized;

 

GRANTING CLAUSES

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE OF TRUST WITNESSETH;

 

That the Issuer in consideration of the premises and the acceptance by the Trustee of the trusts hereby created and of the purchase and acceptance of the Project Bonds by the owners thereof, and of the sum of one dollar, lawful money of the United States of America, to it duly paid by the Trustee at or before the execution and delivery of these presents, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, in order to secure the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Project Bonds according to their tenor and effect and to secure the performance and observance by the Issuer of all the covenants expressed or implied herein and in the Project Bonds, and to secure all amounts owed to the Credit Provider under the Credit Agreement, does hereby grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign and pledge, and grant a security interest in, to Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Trustee, and its successors in trust and assigns forever, to the extent provided in this Indenture:

 

2


GRANTING CLAUSE FIRST

 

All of the rights and interest of the Issuer in and to the Agreement, except for the Unassigned Issuer’s Rights and any payments made by the Company to meet the rebate requirements of Section 148(f) of the Code (as defined herein).

 

GRANTING CLAUSE SECOND

 

All moneys and securities from time to time held by the Trustee under the terms of this Indenture and any and all other real or personal property of every name and nature from time to time hereafter by delivery or by writing of any kind conveyed, mortgaged, pledged, assigned or transferred, as and for additional security hereunder by the Issuer or by anyone in its behalf, or with its written consent to the Trustee which is hereby authorized to receive any and all such property at any and all times and to hold and apply the same subject to the terms hereof.

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the Trust Estate, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, unto the Trustee and its respective successors in said trust and assigns forever;

 

IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts herein set forth for the equal and proportionate benefit, security and protection of all present and future owners of the Project Bonds from time to time issued under and secured by this Indenture without privilege, priority or distinction as to the lien or otherwise of any of the Project Bonds over any of the other Project Bonds (except as herein otherwise expressly provided);

 

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Issuer, its successors or assigns, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Project Bonds due or to become due, at the times and in the manner mentioned in the Project Bonds according to the true intent and meaning thereof, and shall cause the payments to be made on the Project Bonds as required under Article IV hereof, or shall provide, as permitted hereby, for the payment thereof by depositing with the Trustee the entire amount due or to become due thereon (or Governmental Obligations sufficient for that purpose as provided in Article VIII hereof), and shall pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums of money due or to become due to it in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, then upon the final payment thereof or provision therefor this Indenture and the rights hereby granted shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise this Indenture to be and remain in full force and effect.

 

THIS INDENTURE OF TRUST FURTHER WITNESSETH, and it is expressly declared that, all Bonds issued and secured hereunder are to be issued, authenticated and delivered and all property, rights and interest, including, without limitation, the amounts hereby assigned and pledged, are to be dealt with and disposed of under, upon and subject to the terms, conditions, stipulations, covenants, agreements, trusts, uses and purposes as hereinafter expressed, and the Issuer has agreed and covenanted, and does hereby agree and covenant with the Trustee, the Credit Provider and with the respective owners of the Bonds as follows (subject, however, to the provisions of Section 2.03 hereof):

 

3


ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01 Definitions . The terms defined in this Article I shall have meanings provided herein for all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

“Accrual Period” means, prior to the Conversion Date, the one-week period commencing on a Thursday and ending on the Wednesday immediately succeeding such Thursday.

 

“Act” means the provisions of Act No. 648 enacted at the 1949 Regular Session of the Legislature of Alabama, as amended, codified as Division I of Article 4 of Chapter 54 of Title 11 of the Code of Alabama 1975 , as amended, and all future acts of the Legislature of Alabama supplemental to or amendatory of either thereof.

 

“Additional Bonds” means Bonds issued pursuant to Section 2.11 of this Indenture.

 

“Agreement” means the Lease Agreement, between the Issuer and the Company, dated as of December 1, 2002, and any amendments and supplements thereto.

 

“Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit” means a confirming letter of credit delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Agreement to replace the Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect.

 

“Alternate Letter of Credit” means a Letter of Credit delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Agreement to replace the Letter of Credit then in effect.

 

“Authenticating Agent” means the Trustee.

 

“Authorized Company Representative” means any person reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Letter of Credit Bank and from time to time designated to act on behalf of the Company by written certificate furnished to the Issuer, the Letter of Credit Bank and the Trustee, containing the specimen signature of such person and signed on behalf of the Company by an officer of the Company. Such certificate may designate an alternate or alternates who shall have the same authority, duties and powers as such Authorized Representative.

 

“Authorized Denominations” means, while the Bonds bear interest at the Variable Rate, $100,000 and any integral multiple of $5,000 in excess thereof, and, while the Bonds bear interest at the Fixed Interest Rate, $5,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

 

“Authorized Issuer Representative” means the person from time to time designated to act on behalf of the Issuer by written certificate furnished to the Company, the Letter of Credit Bank and the Trustee, containing the specimen signature of such person and signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman or Vice Chairman. Such certificate may designate an alternate or alternates who shall have the same authority, duties and powers as the Authorized Issuer Representative.

 

4


“Available Moneys” means (i) proceeds from the sale by the Issuer of the Bonds and proceeds from the resale by the Remarketing Agent of Bonds delivered for purchase pursuant to Section 3.02 or 3.03 hereof and not remarketed to the Company or the Issuer, in each case that have not been commingled with other funds that do not constitute Available Moneys, and proceeds from the investment thereof, (ii) moneys that have been on deposit with the Trustee and with respect to which at the time of deposit therewith and for a period of at least 124 days thereafter no petition by or against the Company or the Issuer under any bankruptcy act or under any similar act which may be hereafter enacted shall have been filed, unless such petition shall have been dismissed and such dismissal shall be final and not subject to appeal, and that have not been commingled with other funds that do not constitute Available Moneys, and proceeds from the investment thereof, provided , however , before using such moneys, the Trustee shall require and shall have received a certificate from the Authorized Company Representative that no Event of Bankruptcy shall have occurred as of the date of such certificate and for a period of at least 124 days prior to the date of such certificate, (iii) moneys that have been paid to the Trustee pursuant to the Letter of Credit and that have been held in the Letter of Credit Account and not commingled with other funds that do not constitute Available Moneys, and proceeds from the investment thereof, (iv) moneys that have been paid to the Trustee pursuant to any Confirming Letter of Credit and that have been held in the Letter of Credit Account and not commingled with other funds that do not constitute Available Moneys, and proceeds from the investment thereof, and (v) moneys made available to the Trustee pursuant to a line of credit or other credit facility in the event the Company delivers to the Trustee an opinion of nationally recognized bankruptcy counsel, to the effect that payments in respect of the Bonds under such credit facility will not constitute a voidable preference in the event of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Issuer or the Company and provided that in the event the Bonds are rated by Moody’s or S&P, such agency shall have confirmed that the use of such funds shall not adversely affect any rating then in effect on the Bonds.

 

“Bank” means a commercial bank, initially CoBank, ACB, as the issuer of the Letter of Credit, or, in the event of issuance of an Alternate Letter of Credit, the commercial bank which issues such Alternate Letter of Credit. “Principal Office of the Bank” means the office designated as such by the Bank in writing to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Company and the Remarketing Agent.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended from time to time, or any substitute or replacement legislation.

 

“Bond Counsel” means any firm of bond counsel familiar with the transactions contemplated under this Indenture and acceptable to the Trustee and the Bank.

 

“Bond Fund” means the Bond Fund established pursuant to Section 6.02 of this Indenture.

 

5


“Bondholder” or “holder” or “owner” or “Owner” means the registered owner of any Bond.

 

“Bond Payment Date” means any Interest Payment Date and any other date on which the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds is to be paid to the Owners thereof, whether upon redemption, at maturity or upon acceleration of maturity of the Bonds.

 

“Bond Purchase Agreement” means the Bond Purchase Agreement by and among the Issuer, the Company and the Underwriter in connection with the Project Bonds.

 

“Bond Resolution” means (a) when used with reference to the Project Bonds, the resolution providing for their issuance and approving the Agreement, this Indenture and related matters; and (b) when used with reference to an issue of Additional Bonds, the resolution providing for the issuance of the Bonds, to the extent applicable, and the resolution providing for the issuance of the Additional Bonds and approving any amendment to the Agreement, any Supplemental Indenture and related matters.

 

“Bonds” means the Project Bonds and any Additional Bonds issued and to be issued pursuant to this Indenture.

 

“Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in the City of Portland, Oregon or such other city in which the designated corporate trust agency office of the Trustee is located are not required or authorized to close.

 

“Company” means FGDI, LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, and its successors and assigns.

 

“Completion Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Agreement.

 

“Confirming Bank” means a commercial bank, initially Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, New York Branch, as the issuer of Confirming Letter of Credit, or, in the event of issuance of an Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit, the commercial bank which issues such Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit. “Principal Office of the Confirming Bank” means the office designated as such by the Confirming Bank in writing to the Bank, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent, the Company and the Remarketing Agent.

 

“Confirming Letter of Credit” means an irrevocable Letter of Credit issued by Confirming Bank under the terms of which the Trustee will be entitled to draw, upon the wrongful dishonor by the Bank of any request for payment under the Letter of Credit, an amount sufficient to pay (a) principal of the Project Bonds when due or the portion of the purchase price of Project Bonds corresponding to the principal amount thereof, and (b) interest on the Project Bonds or the portion of the purchase price of Project Bonds corresponding to accrued interest thereon. In the event of delivery of an Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit in substitution for Confirming Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Agreement, “Confirming Letter of Credit” shall include reference to such Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit.

 

6


“Conversion Date” means the date on which the interest on the Bonds converts from the Variable Rate to the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

“Credit” means the (i) Letter of Credit and Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be and (ii) and any Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

 

“Credit Agreement” means, with respect to the initial Letter of Credit, the Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Bank and the Company and, with respect to any Alternate Letter of Credit, the agreement pursuant to which the Bank agrees to issue such Alternate Letter of Credit.

 

“Credit Provider” means the Bank or Confirming Bank, as the case may be.

 

“Designated corporate trust office” of the Trustee means the corporate trust agency office of the Trustee designated in writing by notice to the Issuer and the Company given as provided in Section 14.04 hereof, and initially shall be the address provided in Section 14.04 hereof.

 

“Equipment” means the same as that term is defined in the Agreement.

 

“Event of Bankruptcy” means the filing of a petition in bankruptcy (or other commencement of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding) by or against the Company, the Issuer or any Insider of the Company or the Issuer under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar law, now or hereinafter in effect.

 

“Event of Default” means any occurrence or event specified in and defined by Section 9.01 hereof.

 

“Event of Taxability” shall mean, with respect to the Project Bonds, the occurrence of circumstances which shall give rise to such a proceeding as is described in Section 3.07.A.(2) of this Indenture by the Internal Revenue Service or a court of competent jurisdiction, and, as to any Additional Bonds, any Event of Taxability defined in the applicable Bond Resolution or Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Existing Facilities Lease” means the lease agreement, dated October 1, 1997, between the Alabama State Docks Department and the Company’s predecessor in interest.

 

“Facilities” means the same as that term is defined in the Agreement.

 

“Fixed Interest Rate” means a fixed per annum interest rate to be borne by the Bonds pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof.

 

7


“Governmental Obligations” means noncallable direct general obligations of, or obligations the full and timely payment of the principal and interest of which are unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States of America.

 

“Immediate Notice” means notice by telephone, telex or telecopier to such address as the addressee shall have directed in writing, promptly followed by written notice by first class mail postage prepaid.

 

“Indenture” means the Trust Indenture between the Issuer and the Trustee relating to the issuance of the Project Bonds, dated as of December 1, 2002, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

“Insider” means an “insider” as defined in the Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means, as to the Project Bonds, (i) prior to conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, the first Thursday of February, 2003, and the first Thursday of each third month thereafter; (ii) the date of conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate; (iii) after conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, each May 1 and November 1; and (iv) the Maturity Date (as hereinafter defined), and, as to Additional Bonds, the date or dates identified as such in the Bond Resolution authorizing such Additional Bonds.

 

“Interest Period” means, initially, the period from and including the date of initial delivery of the Project Bonds to and including February 5, 2003 and thereafter, the period from and including an Interest Payment Date to and including the day next preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

“Lease Payments” means the amounts required to be paid and/or prepaid by the provisions of Section 5.2 of the Agreement, as the same may hereafter be amended or supplemented.

 

“Letter of Credit” means an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the Bank, or, upon the wrongful dishonor by the Bank of any request for payment under the Letter of Credit or upon the repudiation of the Letter of Credit, Confirming Letter of Credit, under the terms of which the Trustee will be entitled to draw an amount sufficient to pay (a) principal of the Project Bonds when due or the portion of the purchase price of Project Bonds corresponding to the principal amount thereof, and (b) interest on the Project Bonds or the portion of the purchase price of Project Bonds corresponding to accrued interest thereon. In the event of delivery of an Alternate Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Agreement, “Letter of Credit” shall include reference to such Alternate Letter of Credit.

 

“Letter of Credit Termination Date” or “Expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit” means the expiration of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit in effect with respect to the Project Bonds without provision being made in accordance with Section 2.12 of the Agreement and Section 6.08 of this Indenture for the delivery of an Alternate Letter of Credit or an Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be.

 

8


“Mail” means mail by first-class postage.

 

“Mandatory Tender Date” means (i) the last Interest Payment Date prior to the date on which the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit is to be released (in connection with the substitution of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, then in effect), and (ii) the Conversion Date.

 

“Maturity Date” means December 1, 2012.

 

“Maximum Interest Rate” means ten percent (10%) per annum prior to the Conversion Date and, upon and after the Conversion Date, the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service.

 

“Mortgage” means the Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing from the Issuer and the Company to the Bank with respect to the Project, dated as of December 1, 2002, as the same may be duly amended, modified or supplemented in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

“Original Purchaser” means, as to the Project Bonds, W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC, and, as to any Additional Bonds, the person or persons identified as such in the Bond Resolution providing for the issuance of such Additional Bonds.

 

“Outstanding Bonds” or “Bonds outstanding” or “Outstanding” means all Bonds which have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

 

(a) Bonds cancelled after purchase or because of payment at or redemption prior to maturity;

 

(b) Bonds or portions thereof (in Authorized Denominations) for the payment or redemption of which cash funds or Governmental Obligations shall have been theretofore deposited with the Trustee in accordance with Article VIII hereof (whether upon or prior to the maturity or redemption date of any such Bonds or portions thereof); provided that, if such Bonds or portions thereof are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given or arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made therefor, or waiver of such notice satisfactory in form to the Trustee shall have been filed with the Trustee; and

 

(c) Bonds in lieu of which others have been authenticated under Section 2.07 of this Indenture.

 

If this Indenture shall have been discharged pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof, no Bonds shall be deemed to be outstanding within the meaning of this provision.

 

“Paying Agent” means the Trustee.

 

9


“Permitted Investments” means the same as that term is defined in the Agreement.

 

“Project” means the Equipment and Improvements, as it may at any time exist, and all other property and rights described or referred to or intended so to be in the granting clauses hereof.

 

“Project Bonds” means the $5,500,000 The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002.

 

“Project Costs” means those costs permitted to be paid from the Project Fund pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Agreement.

 

“Project Fund” means the Project Fund established in Section 6.06 of this Indenture.

 

“Purchase Date” , when used with respect to any Bond, means the date upon which the Tender Agent is obligated to purchase such Bond pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Indenture.

 

“Purchase Price” of any Bond required to be purchased by the Tender Agent pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Indenture means an amount equal to the principal amount of such Bond plus interest accrued, if any, at the Variable Rate from the most recent Interest Payment Date to the Purchase Date.

 

“Rebate Fund” means the Rebate Fund established in Section 6.16 of this Indenture.

 

“Record Date” means prior to conversion to the Fixed Interest Rate, the Business Day immediately preceding any Interest Payment Date, and after any such conversion, the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month preceding any Interest Payment Date.

 

“Redemption Year” means each twelve month period following December 1 of any year.

 

“Registered Owner” shall mean the person or persons in whose name or names a Bond shall be registered on books of the Issuer kept by the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Registrar” means the Trustee.

 

“Reimbursement Account” means the Reimbursement Account or Accounts in the Bond Fund created pursuant to Section 6.02 of this Indenture.”

 

“Remarketing Agent” means the remarketing agent appointed in accordance with Section 10.11 of this Indenture, initially W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC. “Principal Office of the Remarketing Agent” means the office designated in writing by the Remarketing Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent, the Bank, the Issuer and the Company.

 

10


“Remarketing Agreement” means the Remarketing Agreement between the Company and the Remarketing Agent, dated December 1, 2002.

 

“Representation Letter” means any agreement (as from time to time supplemented or amended) among the Issuer and/or the Trustee and any securities depository under which the Bonds are held in a book-entry only system as described in Section 2.10 of this Indenture. The initial Representation Letter shall be the Blanket Letter of Representations, dated December      , 2002, by and among the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company and The Depository Trust Company.

 

“Revenues” means (a) the Lease Payments, (b) except as otherwise provided in this Indenture with respect to the Trustee holding moneys for the benefit of the holders of particular Bonds, all other moneys received by the Issuer or the Trustee for the account of the Issuer, including condemnation awards, insurance proceeds, and other payments pursuant to this Agreement or in respect to the Lease, (c) the proceeds of the Bonds and any moneys deposited in the Project Fund and the Bond Fund from whatever source including any draws under the Letter of Credit, and (d) the income and profit from the investment of the Lease Payments and such moneys deposited in the Project Fund and the Bond Fund. Moneys in the Rebate Fund (as defined in the Tax Agreement) shall not constitute Revenues.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies.

 

“Series” means the Series 2002 Bonds or any series of Additional Bonds.

 

“Special Record Date” means a day that is the tenth (10th) day next preceding the date of mailing of notice of redemption of Bonds or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day.

 

“State” means the State of Alabama.

 

“Tax Agreement” means the Tax Certificate and Agreement, dated as of the date of authentication and delivery of the Bonds, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Company.

 

“Tax-Exempt Obligations” means any obligation the interest on which is excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes, pursuant to Sections 103 and 150(a)(6) of the Code.

 

“Tender Agent” means the Trustee or any other tender agent appointed in accordance with Section 10.13 or Section 10.14 hereof.

 

“Termination Date” means December 1, 2012, subject to earlier termination as provided in the Agreement.

 

11


“Trust Estate” means the property conveyed to the Trustee pursuant to the Granting Clauses of this Indenture.

 

“Trustee” means Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, and its successors and any corporation resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its successors may be a party and any successor trustee and/or co-trustee at the time serving as such under this Indenture.

 

“Underwriter” means W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC.

 

“Unassigned Issuer’s Rights” means the same as that term is defined in the Agreement.

 

“Variable Rate” means a per annum rate of interest established by the Remarketing Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

 

“Variable Rate Period” means the period of time beginning on the date of initial authentication and delivery of the Bonds during which the Bonds bear interest at a Variable Rate.

 

Unless the context shall otherwise indicate, words importing the singular number shall include the plural number, and vice versa, and the terms “hereof,” “hereby,” “hereto,” “hereunder,” and similar terms, mean this Indenture.

 

Section 1.02 Interpretation . Any reference herein to the Issuer, or to any member or officer of either includes entities or officials succeeding to their respective functions, duties or responsibilities pursuant to or by operation of law or who are lawfully performing their functions.

 

Any reference to a section or provision of the Constitution of the State or the Act, or to any statute of the United States of America, includes that section, provision or chapter as amended, modified, revised, supplemented or superseded from time to time; provided, that no amendment, modification, revision, supplement or superseding section, provision or chapter shall be applicable solely by reason of this paragraph, if it constitutes in any way an impairment of the rights or obligations of the Issuer, the Holders, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent, the Bank, the Remarketing Agent or the Company under this Indenture, the Agreement or the Credit Agreement, or under any other instrument or document entered into in connection with any of the foregoing, including without limitation, any alteration of the obligation to pay principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds in the amount and manner, at the times, and from the sources provided in the Bond Resolution and this Indenture, except as permitted herein.

 

Unless the context indicates otherwise, words importing the singular number include the plural number, and vice versa. The terms “hereof”, “hereby”, “herein”, “hereto”, “hereunder”, “hereinafter” and similar terms refer to this Indenture; and the term “hereafter” means after, and the term “heretofore” means before, the date of this Indenture. Words of any gender include the correlative words of the other genders, unless the sense indicates otherwise.

 

12


Section 1.03. Captions and Headings . The captions and headings in this Indenture are solely for convenience of reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any Articles, Sections, subsections, paragraphs, subparagraphs or clauses hereof.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE BONDS

 

Section 2.01. Authority for and Issuance of Project Bonds . There is hereby authorized under this Indenture an issue of bonds limited in aggregate principal amount to $5,500,000 and designated “$5,500,000 The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002.” No Project Bonds may be issued under the provisions of this Indenture except in accordance with this Article. The total principal amount of Project Bonds that may be issued and Outstanding hereunder is hereby expressly limited to $5,500,000 except as provided in Section 2.07 hereof.

 

The Project Bonds shall be issuable only as fully registered Project Bonds in Authorized Denominations, in the form as provided in Exhibit A hereto. The Project Bonds shall be lettered “R” and shall be numbered separately from 1 consecutively upward. The Project Bonds shall initially be dated as of the date of initial delivery of the Project Bonds, and thereafter shall be dated as of the Interest Payment Date next preceding the date of their authentication, unless authenticated on an Interest Payment Date in which case they shall be dated on the date of their authentication; provided, however, that if at the time of authentication of any Bond interest thereon is in default, such Bond shall be dated as of the date to which interest has been paid. The Project Bonds shall mature on December 1, 2012 and shall be subject to redemption and purchase as provided in Article III hereof.

 

During the period from their date of delivery until conversion to the Fixed Interest Rate occurs, the Project Bonds shall bear interest at a Variable Rate per annum, payable on each Interest Payment Date commencing February 6, 2003 or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day. The Variable Rate shall be the lesser of (i) the Maximum Interest Rate or (ii) a fluctuating per annum rate equal to the per annum rate for the Accrual Period determined by the Remarketing Agent (herein defined) by 12:00 noon, Portland, Oregon time, on the Wednesday preceding the day on which the Accrual Period commences or, if such day of determination is not a Business Day (herein defined) for the Remarketing Agent, on the next preceding day which is a Business Day (the “Determination Date”), to be equal to (but not more than) the rate required to be borne by the Bonds for such Accrual Period to produce a bid for the purchase of all the Bonds on such Determination Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, thereon from the most recent Interest Payment Date. If for any reason the Variable Rate is not determined as set forth above on any

 

13


Determination Date, the interest rate announced on the preceding Determination Date shall continue in effect. If for any reason the Variable Rate is not so determined for a second succeeding week or thereafter, the Variable Rate shall thereafter be determined by the Trustee and shall be a percentage per annum (not to exceed the Maximum Interest Rate) equal to twenty-five basis points in excess of the then current municipal swap index as quoted by the Bond Market Association.

 

During the Variable Rate Period, the Company may provide for the conversion of the interest on all of the Project Bonds to a Fixed Interest Rate as provided in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

During the Variable Rate Period, each Bond is required to be purchased on demand made by the Owner thereof upon the terms and conditions, including presentment of such Bond at the office of the Tender Agent, as specified in Section 3.02 hereof and the Notice of Demand Privilege as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

After conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, the Project Bonds shall bear interest payable semi-annually on each Interest Payment Date, with such interest being initially paid on the first May 1 or November 1 after conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

Each Bond is subject to mandatory tender to the Tender Agent as specified in Section 3.01B, 3.03 and the Notice of Demand Privilege appearing in Exhibit A attached hereto, for purchase at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest accrued thereon from the most recent Interest Payment Date therefor to the date of purchase specified below, unless sooner purchased on such terms pursuant to remarketing in accordance with the Remarketing Agreement, (1) on the Conversion Date when converted to a different Interest Rate Mode, and (2) on the last Interest Payment Date prior to the release of either the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit (in connection with a substitution of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, then in effect).

 

The principal of the Project Bonds shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the designated corporate trust agency office of the Paying Agent or its successor upon presentation of the Project Bonds. Payment of interest on the Project Bonds shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America to the Owner thereof by check or draft mailed to the Owner by the Paying Agent at his address as it appears on the registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Issuer on the Record Date, or at such other address as is furnished to the Paying Agent in writing by such Owner. Payment of interest on the Project Bonds may, at the option of any Owner of Project Bonds in an aggregate principal amount of at least $1,000,000, be transmitted by wire transfer to such Owner to the bank account number on file with the Registrar as of the Record Date or, when applicable, the Special Record Date.

 

Section 2.02. Interest on Bonds .

 

The Bonds shall bear interest from and including the date thereof until payment of the principal or redemption price thereof shall have been made or provided for in accordance with

 

14


the provisions hereof, whether at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise. Interest accrued on the Bonds from the date of authentication to and including February 5, 2003 shall be paid on the first Thursday of February, 2003 at the Variable Rate. Thereafter until the Conversion Date, interest accrued on the Bonds during each Interest Period (calculated and determined for each Accrual Period) shall be paid on each Interest Payment Date and (except as otherwise provided in Section 4.06 hereof following conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate) computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as appropriate, for the actual number of days elapsed. In no event shall the Variable Rate exceed the Maximum Interest Rate.

 

Section 2.03. Execution . The Bonds shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by the manual or facsimile signature of the President or Vice President of the Issuer, attested by the manual or facsimile signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, and the Issuer’s corporate seal may be affixed, imprinted or reproduced thereon. All authorized facsimile signatures shall have the same force and effect as if manually signed. In case any official whose signature or a facsimile of whose signature shall appear on the Bonds shall cease to be such official before the delivery of such Bonds, such signature or such facsimile shall nevertheless be valid and sufficient for all purposes, the same as if such official had remained in office until delivery.

 

No covenant, provision or agreement of the Issuer herein or in the Bonds or in any other document executed by the Issuer in connection with the issuance, sale and delivery of the Bonds, or any obligation herein or therein imposed upon the Issuer or breach thereof, shall give rise to a pecuniary liability of the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents or a charge against the Issuer’s general credit or general fund or shall obligate the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents financially in any way except with respect to this Indenture and the application of revenues therefrom and the proceeds of the Bonds. No failure of the Issuer to comply with any term, condition, covenant or agreement therein shall subject the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents to liability for any claim for damages, costs or other financial or pecuniary charges except to the extent that the same can be paid or recovered from this Indenture or revenues therefrom or proceeds of the Bonds. No execution on any claim, demand, cause of action or judgment shall be levied upon or collected form the general credit or general fund of the Issuer. In making the agreements, provisions and covenants set forth herein, the Issuer has not obligated itself except with respect to this Indenture and the application of revenues hereunder as hereinabove provided. The Bonds constitute special obligations of the Issuer, payable solely from the revenues pledged to the payment thereof pursuant to this Indenture and the Agreement, and do not now and shall never constitute an indebtedness or a loan of the credit of the Issuer, the State of Alabama or any political subdivision thereof or a charge against general taxing powers within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory provision whatsoever. The Issuer has no taxing power. It is further understood and agreed by the Company and the Holders that the Issuer, its officers employees or agents shall incur no pecuniary liability hereunder and shall not be liable for any expenses related hereto, all of which the Company agrees to pay. If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section, the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents incur any expense, or suffer any losses, claims or damages or incurs any liabilities, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, its officers, employees or

 

15


agents from the same and will reimburse the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents in relation thereto, and this covenant to indemnify, hold harmless and reimburse the Issuer, its officers, employees or agents survive delivery of and payment for the Bonds.

 

Section 2.04. Authentication . No Bond shall be valid or obligatory for any purpose or entitled to any security or benefit under this Indenture unless and until a certificate of authentication on such Bond substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto shall have been duly executed by the Trustee, and such executed certificate of the Trustee by a duly authorized signatory upon any such Bond shall be conclusive evidence that such Bond has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Trustee’s certificate of authentication on any Bond shall be deemed to have been executed by it if manually signed by an authorized signatory of the Trustee, but it shall not be necessary that the same signatory sign the certificate of authentication on all of the Bonds issued hereunder. The Trustee shall insert the date of authentication of each Bond in the place provided for such purpose in the form of certificate of authentication of the Trustee to appear on each Bond.

 

Section 2.05. Form of Bonds . The Bonds issued under this Indenture shall be substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto with, in the case of Additional Bonds, such omissions, insertions and variations as may be authorized or permitted by the Bond Resolution authorizing, or supplemental indenture entered into in connection with, such Additional Bonds, all consistent with this Indenture.

 

Section 2.06. Delivery of Project Bonds . Upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Trustee shall authenticate the Project Bonds and deliver them to or on behalf of the Underwriter as directed by the Issuer as hereinafter in this Section provided.

 

Prior to the delivery by the Trustee of any of the Project Bonds there shall be filed with the Trustee:

 

1. A copy, duly certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, of the proceedings of the Issuer authorizing the execution and delivery of the Agreement, this Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement, and the Tax Agreement, and the issuance of the Project Bonds.

 

2. The Letter of Credit and Confirming Letter of Credit.

 

3. Original executed counterparts of this Indenture, the Agreement and the Tax Agreement.

 

4. A request and authorization to the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer to authenticate and deliver the Project Bonds to or as directed by the Underwriter upon payment to the Trustee, but for the account of the Issuer, of a sum specified in such request and authorization. The proceeds of such payment shall be deposited in accordance with Sections 2.01, 6.06 and 6.07 hereof.

 

16


5. An opinion of Bond Counsel substantially to the effect that (A) the Project Bonds constitute legal, valid and binding limited obligations of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity, and (B) the interest on the Project Bonds is excluded from gross income for (to the extent as may be described in such opinion) State income tax purposes under existing statues, regulations, published rulings and judicial decisions, except for interest on any Project Bond for any period during which such Additional Bond is held by a “substantial user” of any facilities financed with the proceeds of the Bonds or a “related person,” as such terms are used in Section 147(a) of the Code; and

 

6. Opinion of counsel to the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, Bond Counsel and the Underwriter.

 

Section 2.07. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Bonds .

 

A. In the event any Bond is mutilated, lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Issuer may execute and the Trustee may authenticate a new Bond of like denomination as that mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed; provided that, in the case of any mutilated Bond, such mutilated Bond shall first be surrendered to the Issuer and in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed Bond, there shall be first furnished to the Issuer and the Trustee and the Company evidence of such loss, theft or destruction satisfactory to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Company, together with any indemnity satisfactory to them. In the event any such Bond shall have matured, instead of issuing a duplicate Bond, the Issuer may pay the same without surrender thereof. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the owner of such Bond with their reasonable fees and expenses in this connection.

 

B. In the event that any Bond to be purchased pursuant to Section 3.09 hereof is not delivered by the Owner thereof on the date such Bond is to be purchased, the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver a new Bond of like date, maturity and denomination as the Bond to be purchased, and the Registrar shall register such Bond in the name of the new Owner.

 

Section 2.08. Registration and Exchange of Bonds; Persons Treated as Owners . The Issuer shall cause books for the registration and for the transfer of the Bonds as provided in this Indenture to be kept by the Trustee which is hereby constituted and appointed the Registrar of the Issuer.

 

Upon surrender for transfer of any Bond at the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by an assignment duly executed by the registered owner or his attorney duly authorized in writing, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee a new Bond or Bonds duly executed by the Issuer of an Authorized Denomination or Authorized Denominations for a like aggregate principal amount.

 

17


Any Bond or Bonds may be exchanged at the designated corporate trust office of the Trustee for a new Bond or Bonds of like principal amount of another Authorized Denomination or other Authorized Denominations. Upon surrender of any Bond or Bonds for exchange, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a new Bond or Bonds duly executed by the Issuer which the Bondholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

The Trustee shall not be required to transfer or exchange any Bond during the period of fifteen (15) days next preceding any Interest Payment Date nor to transfer or exchange any Bond after the mailing of notice calling such Bond or portion thereof for redemption has been given as herein provided, nor during the period of fifteen (15) days next preceding the giving of such notice of redemption.

 

The person in whose name any Bond shall be registered shall be deemed and regarded as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and payment of or on account of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any such Bond shall be made only to or upon the written order of the registered owner thereof or his legal representative, but such registration may be changed as hereinabove provided. All such payments shall be valid and effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability upon such Bond to the extent of the sum or sums so paid.

 

In each case the Trustee shall require the payment by the Bondholder requesting exchange or transfer of any tax or other governmental charge required to be paid with respect to such exchange or transfer, but otherwise no charge shall be made to the Bondholder for such exchange or transfer.

 

Section 2.09. Cancellation of Bonds . Whenever any outstanding Bond shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Indenture, upon payment of the principal amount represented thereby, or for replacement pursuant to Section 2.07, or for transfer pursuant to Section 2.08, such Bond shall be promptly canceled and destroyed by the Trustee.

 

Section 2.10. Book Entry System . The Project Bonds will be initially issued in the name of “Cede & Co.,” as nominee for The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), as registered owner of the Project Bonds, and held in the custody of DTC. A single Bond certificate will be issued and delivered to DTC. The actual purchasers of the Project Bonds (the “Beneficial Owners”) will not receive physical delivery of Bond certificates except as provided herein. For so long as DTC shall continue to serve as securities depository for the Project Bonds as provided herein, all transfers of beneficial ownership interests will be made by book-entry only, and no investor or other party purchasing, selling or otherwise transferring beneficial ownership of Project Bonds is to receive, hold or deliver any Bond certificate.

 

For every transfer and exchange of Bonds, the Beneficial Owner may be charged a sum sufficient to cover such Beneficial Owner’s allocable share of any tax, fee or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

 

18


Bond certificates are required to be delivered to and registered in the name of the Beneficial Owner under the following circumstances:

 

(a) DTC determines to discontinue providing its service with respect to the Bonds. Such a determination may be made at any time by giving 30 days’ notice to the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under any applicable law; or

 

(b) the Company determines to discontinue the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor securities depository).

 

The Issuer, the Company and the Trustee will recognize DTC or its nominee as the Bond owner for all purposes, including notices and voting.

 

The Issuer, the Trustee and the Underwriter may conclusively rely on (A) a certificate of DTC as to the identity of the participants in the book-entry system, and (B) a certificate of such participants as to the identity of, and the respective principal amounts of Bonds beneficially owned by, the Beneficial Owners.

 

Whenever, during the term of the Bonds, beneficial ownership thereof is determined by a book entry at DTC, the requirements in this Indenture of holding, delivering or transferring Bonds shall be deemed modified to require the appropriate person to meet the requirements of DTC as to registering or transferring the book entry to produce the same effect.

 

The Trustee and the Issuer, at the direction and expense of the Company and with the written consent of the Underwriter, may from time to time appoint a successor securities depository and enter into an agreement with such successor securities depository, to establish procedures with respect to the Bonds not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. Any successor securities depository shall be a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Neither the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee nor the Underwriter (except and only to the extent it is also a participant in the book-entry system) will have any responsibility or obligation to DTC, any participant in the book-entry system or the Beneficial Owners with respect to (i) the accuracy of any records maintained by DTC or any participant, (ii) the payment by DTC or any participant of any amount due to any Beneficial Owner with respect to the principal or purchase price or, the premium or interest on, any Bond, (iii) the delivery of any notice by DTC or any participant, (iv) the selection of the Beneficial Owners to receive payment in the event of any partial redemption of the Bonds, or (v) any other action taken by DTC or any participant.

 

19


Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, the Issuer and the Trustee hereby agree as follows with respect to the Bonds, if and to the extent any Bond is registered in the name of “Cede & Co.” as nominee of DTC: (i) the Trustee shall give DTC all special notices required by the Representation Letter at the times, in the forms and by the means required by the Representation Letter; (ii) the Trustee shall make payments to Cede & Co. at the times and by the means specified in the Representations Letter; (iii) Cede & Co., shall not be required to surrender Bonds which have been partially paid or prepaid to the extent permitted by the Representation Letter; and (iv) the Trustee shall set a special record date (and shall notify the registered owners of the Bonds thereof in writing) prior to soliciting any Bondholder consent or vote, such notice to be given not less than 15 calendar days prior to such record date (any Bond transferred by a registered owner subsequent to the establishment of the special record date and prior to obtaining such consent or vote shall have attached to it a copy of the notice to Bondholders by the Trustee).

 

If at any time DTC ceases to hold the Bonds, all references herein to DTC shall be of no further force and effect.

 

Section 2.11 Issuance of Additional Bonds . At the request of the Company and with the consent of the Credit Provider, the Issuer may issue Additional Bonds from time to time for any purpose permitted by the Act.

 

Those Additional Bonds shall be on a parity with the Project Bonds and any Additional Bonds theretofore or thereafter issued and outstanding as to the assignment to the Trustee of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in the Project, the Agreement, the Project Fund and the Bond Fund and the moneys and investments therein to provide for payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Project Bonds; provided, that nothing herein shall prevent payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on any series of Additional Bonds from (i) being otherwise secured and protected from sources or by property or instruments not applicable to the Project Bonds and any one or more series of Additional Bonds, or (ii) not being secured or protected from sources or by property or instruments applicable to the Project Bonds or one or more series of Additional Bonds. Each series of Additional Bonds shall be given a separate designation to distinguish it from any other series of Bonds issued hereunder, and any Supplemental Indenture entered into in connection with a series of Additional Bonds shall establish a separate Reimbursement Account with respect to that series, in which shall be deposited the proceeds of the drawings on the additional letter of credit securing such series, and which Reimbursement Account shall not be pledged to or constitute part of the security for the payment of principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on any other series of Bonds.

 

Section 2.12 Delivery of Additional Bonds . Before any Additional Bonds shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, there shall be filed with the Trustee the following items:

 

1. A copy, duly certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, of the proceedings of the Issuer authorizing the execution and delivery of any amendments to the Agreement, this Indenture, the Bond Purchase Agreement and the Tax Agreement, and the issuance of the Additional Bonds.

 

20


2. An original executed letter of credit and each confirming letter of credit.

 

3. Original executed counterparts of any amendments to this Indenture, the Agreement and the Tax Agreement.

 

4. The written consent of the Bank.

 

5. A request and authorization to the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer to authenticate and deliver the Additional Bonds to or as directed by the purchaser thereof upon payment to the Trustee, but for the account of the Issuer, of a sum specified in such request and authorization.

 

6. An opinion of Bond Counsel substantially to the effect that (A) the Additional Bonds constitute legal, valid and binding limited obligations of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors and to the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity, and (B) the interest on the Additional Bonds is excluded from gross income for (to the extent as may be described in such opinion) State and federal income tax purposes under existing statues, regulations, published rulings and judicial decisions, except for interest on any Bond for any period during which such Additional Bond is held by a “substantial user” of any facilities financed with the proceeds of the Bonds or a “related person,” as such terms are used in Section 147(a) of the Code; and

 

7. Opinion of counsel to the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, Bond Counsel and the Underwriter.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURCHASE OF BONDS; REDEMPTION OF BONDS

 

Section 3.01 Purchase of Bonds . The Tender Agent shall effect the purchase of Bonds bearing interest at a Variable Rate (or portions thereof in principal amounts equal to $5,000 or any integral multiple thereof, and provided that the remaining portion to be held by the Owner is $100,000 or more) eligible for tender at its designated agency office in the City of Portland, Oregon, from any Owner of such Bonds (other than the Company, the Bank or the Issuer), at the Purchase Price but solely from and to the extent of the funds described in Section 3.04 and for the account of the Persons described in Section 3.05:

 

21


A. upon tender for purchase of Bonds bearing interest at a Variable Rate at the option of the Owner thereof (other than the Company or the Issuer), if the Letter of Credit is in effect hereunder and if notice of such tender shall have been provided to the Tender Agent in strict compliance with the provisions of Section 3.02, upon delivery of the Bond to be purchased to the Tender Agent, as agent for the Person that purchases the same pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.05, by 10:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on the Purchase Date, endorsed in blank.

 

B. upon tender for purchase, or constructive tender for purchase, of such Bonds as required by Section 3.03B on

 

(1) the last Interest Payment Date prior to the release of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit (in connection with a substitution of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, then in effect) which is the subject of the notice provided for in Section 3.03B(1), and

 

(2) the Conversion Date, as described in the notice provided for in Section 3.03B(2), upon delivery of the Bond to be purchased to the Tender Agent, as agent for the Person that purchases the same pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.05, by 10:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on the Purchase Date, endorsed in blank,

 

The Tender Agent shall apply the proceeds of remarketing of such tendered Bonds by the Remarketing Agent and shall apply the proceeds of a draw by the Trustee under the Letter of Credit to pay the Purchase Price of the tendered Bonds at or before 4:00 p.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Purchase Date and shall dispose of Bonds so tendered, or deemed to be so tendered, for sale, as provided in this Article. The Trustee and the Remarketing Agent, as the case may be, shall take all actions reasonably required in order to make such proceeds available to the Tender Agent by no later than 3:00 p.m., Portland, Oregon time on the Purchase Date.

 

Section 3.02 Optional Tender of Bonds for Purchase . Notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) of the tender of any Bond (or portion thereof) bearing interest at the Variable Rate for purchase pursuant to Section 3.01A at the option of the Owner thereof shall be delivered, telexed, or telecopied no later than 3:00 p.m. Portland, Oregon time on the date of notice to the Tender Agent in writing duly executed by the Owner of such Bond or by his attorney duly authorized in writing and shall specify:

 

A. the principal amount and Bond number of such Bond (or portion thereof) so to be tendered, and

 

B. the Purchase Date on which such Bond (or portion thereof) shall be purchased pursuant to such Section 3.01A, which Purchase Date shall be a Business Day which is not prior to the 7th day next succeeding the day of receipt of such notice by the Tender Agent and which occurs while the Letter of Credit is in effect hereunder.

 

22


If any Bond for which notice of tender is given as provided in this Section 3.02 is not tendered for purchase to the Tender Agent by 10:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Purchase Date, duly endorsed in blank (such Bond herein referred to as “Untendered Bond”), such Untendered Bond shall, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.03E hereof, be deemed tendered and sold to the Person specified in Section 3.05, and the Owner of such Bond shall be liable for all damages, if any, of the Issuer, the Company, the Remarketing Agent, the Tender Agent, the Paying Agent and the Bank caused by the failure to so tender such Bond.

 

As soon as practicable upon receipt of such notice, but in no event later than 10:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the following Business Day, the Tender Agent shall give notice by telephone, telecopy, or telex, promptly confirmed in writing, to the Paying Agent, the Trustee, the Remarketing Agent, the Company and the Bank, specifying the principal amount of the Bonds so tendered for purchase and the Purchase Date for such Bonds.

 

Section 3.03 Mandatory Tender of Bonds for Purchase; Untendered Bonds .

 

A. Each Owner of Bonds (other than the Company or the Issuer), upon notice given by the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 3.03B, shall tender on the day stated in such notice, and in any event shall be deemed to have tendered, such Bonds to the Tender Agent, as agent for the Person that purchases the same pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.05, for purchase pursuant to Section 3.01B.

 

B. The Paying Agent shall give notice of a mandatory tender to the Trustee, the Company, the Bank, the Confirming Bank, the Tender Agent, the Remarketing Agent, each Owner of Bonds and, if the Bonds are then rated by either Moody’s or S&P, to such rating agency, by Mail no later than the thirtieth (30th) day preceding (and with each Bond bearing interest at a Variable Rate which is authenticated and delivered after such thirtieth (30th) day, preceding) each of the following days, each of which shall be a “Mandatory Tender Date”:

 

(1) the last Interest Payment Date prior to the date on which the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit is to be released (in connection with the substitution of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, then in effect) pursuant hereto, stating (a) the day on which the then effective Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit is to be released, (b) that each Bond bearing interest at a Variable Rate of such Owner not tendered for purchase pursuant to Section 3.01B by 10:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on such Interest Payment Date shall be deemed to have been tendered for purchase on such Interest Payment Date at the Purchase Price, and that such Owner shall not be entitled to any payment (including any interest accrued subsequent to such Interest Payment Date) in respect of such Bond other than the Purchase Price for such Bond, (c) the name of the obligor on any Alternate Letter of Credit or any Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit which is the basis for such release, (d) that upon such release of such existing Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit (in connection with a substitution of the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect) any rating then assigned to the Bonds may be reduced or withdrawn, and (e) the then current names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the Remarketing Agent;

 

23


(2) the Conversion Date, stating (a) that from the Conversion Date the Bonds will bear interest at a Fixed Interest Rate, (b) such Fixed Interest Rate, (c) that each Bond not tendered for purchase pursuant to Section 3.01B by 10:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on such date shall be deemed to have been tendered for purchase on the Conversion Date at the Purchase Price, and that such Owner shall not be entitled to any payment (including any interest accrued subsequent to such Business Day) in respect of such Bond other than the Purchase Price for such Bond, (d) that upon such conversion of interest to a Fixed Interest Rate any rating then assigned to the Bonds, if any, may be reduced or withdrawn, and (e) the then current names and addresses of the Paying Agent and the Remarketing Agent; and

 

C. Any Bond (or portion thereof) which is required to be but which is not tendered for purchase by 10:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on the day specified in Section 3.01B for mandatory tender (such Bonds or portions thereof herein referred to as “Untendered Bonds”), shall be deemed to have been tendered and sold to the Person specified in Section 3.05, and, upon deposit in the Bond Fund of an amount sufficient to pay the Purchase Price of such Bonds on the mandatory tender date, (1) the Owner of each Untendered Bond shall not be entitled to any payment (including any interest accrued subsequent to such Purchase Date or mandatory tender date) in respect thereof other than the Purchase Price for such Bond, and such Untendered Bond (except any Bond issued in lieu thereof pursuant to Section 3.05B) shall no longer be entitled to the benefit of this Indenture, except for the purpose of payment of the Purchase Price therefor, and (2) the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the Person specified in Section 3.05 one or more new Bonds bearing interest at a Variable Rate or a Fixed Interest Rate, as appropriate, of any authorized denomination of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

Section 3.04 Purchase of Tendered Bonds . Funds for the payment of the Purchase Price of Bonds tendered pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.03 shall be disbursed by the Tender Agent first from proceeds of the remarketing of such Bonds (other than Bonds remarketed to the Issuer or the Company), and second from the Bond Fund only from the following sources and in the following order of priority:

 

A. first , from amounts drawn under or derived from the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit pursuant hereto, and

 

B. second , from Available Moneys.

 

Upon tender for purchase of any Bond on the Purchase Date or any Untendered Bond on or after the Purchase Date in accordance with Section 3.01 or Section 3.03, the Paying Agent shall pay to the Owner of such Bond or deposit for the benefit of the Owner of such Untendered Bond at or before 4:00 p.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Purchase Date the Purchase Price therefor on behalf of the purchaser thereof specified in Section 3.05 from funds available for such purchase held in the Bond Fund.

 

24


The Trustee, the Tender Agent and the Remarketing Agent shall hold all money delivered to the Trustee, the Tender Agent or the Remarketing Agent, respectively, hereunder for the purchase of Bonds in trust solely for the benefit of the respective Persons that shall have so delivered such money until the Bonds purchased with such money are delivered pursuant to Section 3.05 and, thereafter, in the order specified above, for the benefit of the Owners tendering such Bonds.

 

Section 3.05 Disposition of Tendered Bonds .

 

A. Bonds tendered or deemed tendered pursuant to Section 3.02 or Section 3.03, the Purchase Price for which has been paid pursuant to Section 3.04, shall be deemed to have been purchased:

 

(1) by the Persons to whom Bonds have been remarketed to the extent the Purchase Price therefor is paid from proceeds from the remarketing thereof pursuant to Section 3.04.

 

(2) by the Company as pledgor for the benefit of the Bank or the Confirming Bank, respectively, as pledgee to the extent the Purchase Price therefor is paid from amounts drawn under or derived from the Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.04A or any Confirming Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.04B, and

 

(3) otherwise by the Company.

 

All Bonds purchased with proceeds made available through the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section shall constitute “Pledged Bonds,” and shall be delivered to and held by the Trustee as agent for the Bank or any Confirming Bank, as applicable (and shall be shown as Pledged Bonds on the bond register), in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Indenture and the Credit Agreement, or, at the option of the Credit Provider, shall be registered in the name of the Credit Provider and delivered as directed by the Credit Provider (as applicable). All payments on such Pledged Bonds shall be paid to the Bank. The Remarketing Agent shall at the request of the Bank or any Confirming Bank continue to use its best efforts to arrange for the sale of any Pledged Bonds at the purchase price, subject to full reinstatement of the amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit with respect to such Bonds to an amount equal to the principal amount of such Bonds plus the amount required for premium and interest thereon.

 

If the Remarketing Agent remarkets any Pledged Bonds, the Remarketing Agent shall direct the purchaser of such Pledged Bond to transfer, by 1:00 p.m., Portland, Oregon time, on the purchase date, the purchase price of such remarketed Pledged Bond in immediately available funds to the Tender Agent, to be disbursed from such account solely for the purposes

 

25


described in this paragraph. The Tender Agent shall immediately notify either the Bank or Confirming Bank, as applicable (depending upon whether the purchase proceeds were made available through a draw on the Letter of Credit or a Confirming Letter of Credit), and the Remarketing Agent and the Trustee of the receipt of the purchase price for such Pledged Bond, and upon receipt of the purchase price and written notice from the Bank or any Confirming Bank, as applicable, to the Trustee of full reinstatement of the amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit, as applicable, with respect to such remarketed Pledged Bonds (as contemplated by the proceeding paragraph), such Pledged Bond shall be released from the pledge of the Bank or Confirming Bank, as the case may be. The Trustee shall transfer such purchase price to the Bank or Confirming Bank, as the case may be, upon receipt thereof and of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of full reinstatement of the amount available to be drawn under the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit (as contemplated by the preceding paragraph) to the extent that amounts remain due and owing to either the Bank under the Letter of Credit or the Confirming Bank under the Confirming Letter of Credit, and give all required notices, in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be. If moneys remain on deposit with the Tender Agent after payment is made to the Bank or Confirming Bank, as described in the proceeding sentence, such moneys shall be paid to, or upon the order of, the Company.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection, if and for so long as the Bonds are held in book entry form, the registration requirements under this subsection shall be deemed satisfied if Pledged Bonds are (A) registered in the name of the securities depository or its nominee, (B) credited on the books of the securities depository to the account of the Trustee (or its nominee) and (C) further credited on the books of the Trustee (or such nominee) to the account of the Bank (or its designee).

 

B. Whenever any Bond tendered or deemed tendered pursuant to Section 3.01 or Section 3.03 is purchased pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.05A, the Issuer shall execute, and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the Person that purchased or that is deemed to have purchased the same or its designee, one or more new Bonds bearing interest at a Variable Rate or a Fixed Interest Rate, as appropriate, of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount pursuant hereto.

 

C. The Tender Agent shall hold all Bonds delivered to such Person hereunder solely for the benefit of the respective Owners which have so delivered such Bonds until money representing the Purchase Price of such Bonds shall have been delivered to or for the account of or to the order of such Owners and, in the case of Bonds pledged to or held in the name of the Bank, for the benefit of the Bank until disposed of pursuant to instructions from the Bank.

 

D. In carrying out their respective responsibilities under this Article, the Remarketing Agent, the Tender Agent and the Paying Agent shall be acting solely as the agent of the Owners from time to time of the Bonds tendered or deemed tendered and of the Persons purchasing the same pursuant to Sections 3.04 and 3.05A, respectively. No delivery of Bonds to the Tender Agent pursuant hereto shall constitute a redemption of Bonds or other extinguishment of the debt evidenced thereby.

 

26


Section 3.06. No Purchases or Sales After Certain Defaults . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, there shall be no purchases of Bonds with moneys in the Bond Fund or sales of Bonds pursuant to Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default hereunder, other than an Event of Default described in paragraphs (e), (f), (g) or (h) of Section 9.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.07. Mandatory Redemption of Bonds .

 

A. The Project Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption in whole (or, in the case of the event stated in (2) of this paragraph, in whole or in part as provided below), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, on any Business Day within 180 days after the occurrence of either of the following events:

 

(1) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the contest thereof by the Company in good faith; or

 

(2) A final determination by the Internal Revenue Service or a court of competent jurisdiction as a result of a proceeding in which the Company participates to the degree it deems sufficient, which determination the Company, in its discretion, does not contest by an appropriate proceeding, that, as a result of a failure by the Company to observe any covenant, agreement or representation by the Company in the Agreement, the interest payable on any of the Bonds is includable for federal income tax purposes in the gross income of any owner or beneficial owner of a Bond (other than an owner who is a “substantial user” of the Project or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code and the applicable Regulations).

 

Upon the occurrence of the event stated in Section 3.07(A)(2) hereof, the Bonds will be redeemed in whole unless the Company delivers to the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, an opinion of Bond Counsel upon which the Trustee may rely to the effect that redemption of a portion of the Bonds outstanding would have the result that interest payable on the Bonds remaining outstanding after such redemption would not be includable for federal income tax purposes in the gross income of any owner or beneficial owner of such Bond (other than an owner who is a “substantial user” of the Project or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code and the applicable Regulations), and in such event the Bonds or portions thereof (in Authorized Denominations) shall be redeemed at such times and in such amounts as Bond Counsel shall so direct in such opinion.

 

27


B. The Bonds are subject to mandatory redemption in whole on any Interest Payment Date which next precedes either a Letter of Credit Termination Date or the expiration date of the Confirming Letter of Credit, or a subsequent date to which the Letter of Credit Termination Date or the expiration date of the Confirming Letter of Credit, respectively, shall have been extended (or if the Letter of Credit Termination Date or the expiration date of the Confirming Letter of Credit is on an Interest Payment Date, then such date), at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the redemption date unless, at least forty-five (45) days prior to any such Interest Payment Date (a) the Bank and/or Confirming Bank, as the case may be, shall have extended or further extended the Letter of Credit Termination Date or the expiration date of the Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, to a date not earlier than one (1) year from the Letter of Credit Termination Date or Confirming Letter of Credit expiration date being extended or (b) the Company shall have obtained an Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit with a termination date not earlier than one (1) year from the Letter of Credit Termination Date or Confirming Letter of Credit expiration date for the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, it replaces. If the Bonds are then rated by either Moody’s or S&P, the Trustee shall promptly notify such rating agency in writing of any such extension of a Letter of Credit Expiration Date or the expiration date of any Confirming Letter of Credit.

 

C. The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption by the Issuer, as a whole or in part, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, on any date within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Completion Date with and to the extent of any excess proceeds of the Bonds, including income from the investment thereof, which shall remain in the Project Fund after completion of the Project and the payment of the Project Costs. Upon the occurrence of the event stated in this Section 3.07C, the principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed will be a principal amount equal to the lowest integral multiple of $5,000 (provided that the unredeemed portion of any Bond redeemed in part shall be $100,000 or more), equal to or in excess of the remaining proceeds of the Bonds, including income from the investment thereof.

 

D. The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption by the Issuer, as a whole, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, on any date and as expeditiously as reasonably possible after the effective date of the termination of the Existing Facilities Lease resulting, whether at the end of the term, by reason of any event of default as defined therein or otherwise.

 

Section 3.08. Optional Redemption .

 

A. Prior to conversion to the Fixed Interest Rate, the Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer in whole or in part in the amount of $5,000 or any integral multiples thereof (provided that the unredeemed portion of any Bond redeemed in part shall be $100,000 or more), at the direction of the Company, but with the written consent of the Bank, on any Interest Payment Date or such other date as provided in the Credit Agreement, at the principal amount thereof without premium or penalty. Notwithstanding the provisions of

 

28


Section 6.04 hereof, while the Letter of Credit is in effect with respect to the Bonds, the redemption price to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall be derived solely from Available Moneys or, with the prior written consent of the Bank, moneys received from a drawing under the Letter of Credit.

 

B. From and after conversion to the Fixed Interest Rate through the Maturity Date (the “Fixed Rate Period”), the Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer in whole or in part in the amount of $5,000 or any integral multiples thereof (provided that the unredeemed portion of any Bond redeemed in part shall be $100,000 or more), at the direction of the Company, on any Interest Payment Date, as follows: (1) no Bonds shall be subject to such optional redemption prior to the first Redemption Year which shall commence on the November 1 next preceding the midpoint of the Fixed Rate Period (unless such midpoint is November 1 of any year, in which case the Redemption Year shall commence on such November 1); (2) during such first Redemption Year, Bonds may be redeemed at a redemption price of 102% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; (3) thereafter, during the Redemption Year next following Bonds may be redeemed at a redemption price of 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; and (4) thereafter, until and including the next succeeding Mandatory Tender Date (or final maturity, if earlier) of such Series, such Bonds may be redeemed at a redemption price equal to their principal amount, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bonds may be redeemed on any Mandatory Tender Date at a redemption price equal to their principal amount plus accrued interest to the redemption date.

 

C. The Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption in whole by the Issuer, but not in part, on any Business Day, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, upon the exercise by the Company (with the written consent of the Bank) of its option to prepay payments under Section 8.2 of the Agreement, if any of the following shall have occurred:

 

(1) All or substantially all of the Project shall be damaged or destroyed and the Company shall determine that it is not practicable or desirable to rebuild, repair or restore the Project;

 

(2) All or substantially all of the Project shall be condemned or such use or control thereof shall be taken as to render the Project unsatisfactory to the Company for continued operation; or

 

(3) Unreasonable burdens or excessive liabilities shall be imposed upon the Issuer or the Company with respect to the Project or the operation thereof.

 

While the Letter of Credit or an Alternate Letter of Credit is in effect with respect to the Bonds, the redemption price to be paid pursuant to this paragraph shall be derived solely from Available Moneys or, with the prior written consent of the Bank, moneys received from a drawing under the Letter of Credit or from moneys paid under the Alternate Letter of Credit.

 

29


Section 3.09. Purchase of Bonds Upon Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate or Upon Release of the Letter of Credit .

 

A. In the event that Bonds are subject to mandatory tender for purchase in accordance with Section 3.03B(1) or Section 3.03B(2), the Company shall, with the prior written consent of the Bank, have the right to direct the Trustee to purchase, or cause to be purchased for cancellation, Bonds in an aggregate principal amount specified in a written direction delivered to the Trustee on or before the Interest Payment Date on which such Bonds are to be purchased pursuant to Section 3.03B hereof, such Bonds to be purchased at a price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of such purchase. Moneys for the payment of such purchase price shall be derived solely from Available Moneys provided by the Company and on deposit with the Trustee in a special trust account of the Bond Fund on the date of such purchase or from moneys drawn under the Letter of Credit or an Alternate Letter of Credit.

 

B. Bonds to be purchased as provided in paragraph A above which are not delivered by the Owners thereof to the Tender Agent on the Interest Payment Date on which such Bonds are to be tendered pursuant to Section 3.03B(1) or 3.03B(2) hereof shall nonetheless be deemed to have been delivered by the Owner thereof for purchase and to have been purchased from funds described in paragraph A above. Thereafter, the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate (and the Issuer execute, if necessary) a new Bond as provided in Section 2.08B hereof. Accrued interest payable to the date of purchase of Bonds purchased as provided in this Section 3.09 shall be paid to the Owner as of the Record Date next preceding the date of purchase of such Bond in the same manner as if such Bonds were not purchased pursuant to paragraph A above. Moneys deposited with the Paying Agent for purchase of Bonds pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be held in trust in a separate escrow account, shall not be invested by the Paying Agent and shall be paid to the former Owners of such Bonds upon presentation thereof. The Paying Agent shall promptly give notice by Mail to each Owner whose Bonds are deemed to have been purchased pursuant to this Section 3.09, which notice shall state that interest on such Bonds ceased to accrue on the date of purchase and that moneys representing the purchase price of such Bonds are available against delivery thereof at the designated agency office of the Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall hold moneys deposited by the Company or drawn by the Trustee under the Letter of Credit or Alternate Letter of Credit for the purchase of Bonds as provided in this Section 3.09, without liability for interest thereon, for the benefit of the former Owner of the Bond on such Interest Payment Date, who shall thereafter be restricted exclusively to such moneys, for any claim of whatever nature on his part under this Indenture or on, or with respect to, such Bond. Any moneys so deposited with and held by the Paying Agent not so applied to the payment of Bonds, if any, within two (2) years after such Interest Payment Date, shall be paid by the Paying Agent to the Company upon the written direction of an Authorized Company Representative (or, if the Bank shall have given written notice to the Paying Agent of the existence of a breach of the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement, to the Bank to the extent of such amount) and thereafter the former Owners shall be entitled to look only to the Company for payment, and then only to the extent of the amount so repaid, and the

 

30


Company shall not be liable for any interest thereon and shall not be regarded as a trustee of such money. In the absence of any such written request, the Paying Agent shall from time to time deliver such unclaimed funds to or as directed by pertinent escheat authority, as identified by the Paying Agent in its sole discretion, pursuant to and in accordance with applicable unclaimed property laws, rules or regulations. Any such delivery shall be in accordance with the customary practices and procedures of the Paying Agent and the escheat authority. All moneys held by the Paying Agent and subject to this Section shall be held uninvested and without liability for interest thereon. Before making any payment under this Section 3.09, the Paying Agent shall be entitled to receive at the Company’s expense an opinion of counsel to the effect that said payment is permitted under applicable law.

 

Section 3.10. Selection of Bonds to be Redeemed . If less than all of the Bonds are called for redemption, the Trustee shall select the Bonds or portions thereof in the amount of $5,000 or any integral multiple thereof (provided, however, that the unredeemed portion of any Bond redeemed in part shall be $100,000 or more) to be redeemed from the Bonds outstanding not previously called for redemption by lot in such manner as the Trustee in its discretion may deem proper, and each $5,000 of face value of each Bond shall be treated as a separate Bond for the purpose of selection by lot. If it is determined that a portion but not all of the principal amount of any Bond is to be called for redemption, then, upon notice of intention to redeem such portion, the owner of such Bond shall surrender such Bond to the Trustee for (a) payment to such owner of the redemption price of the portion of principal amount called for redemption, and (b) delivery to such owner of a new Bond or Bonds in the aggregate principal amount of the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of such Bond. New Bonds representing the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of such Bond shall be issued to the owner thereof without charge therefor. If the owner of any such Bond shall fail to present such Bond to the Trustee for payment and exchange as aforesaid, such Bond shall, nevertheless, become due and payable on the date fixed for redemption to the extent of the portion of principal amount called for redemption (and to that extent only) and interest with respect to such portion will cease to accrue provided that funds for the redemption thereof are on deposit with the Trustee at that time.

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Pledged Bonds, as defined in the Credit Agreement, shall so long as the Bank is not in default with respect to its obligations under the Letter of Credit, be redeemed prior to any other Outstanding Bonds.

 

Section 3.11. Notice of Redemption .

 

A. In the event any of the Bonds are called for redemption, the Trustee shall give notice, in the name of the Issuer, of the redemption of such Bonds, which notice shall (i) specify the Bonds to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places where amounts due upon such redemption will be payable (which shall be the principal office of the Paying Agent) and, if less than all of the Bonds are to be redeemed, the numbers of the Bonds, and the portions of Bonds, so to be redeemed, (ii) state any condition to such redemption and (iii) state that on the redemption date and upon the satisfaction of any such

 

31


condition, the Bonds to be redeemed shall cease to bear interest. Such notice may set forth any additional information relating to such redemption. Such notice shall be given by Mail at least thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for redemption to the Owners of Bonds to be redeemed and, if all the Bonds are to be redeemed and the Bonds are then rated by Moody’s or S&P, to such agency, and, during the Variable Rate Period, the Remarketing Agent; provided, however, that if a Bond delivered pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof on or after the Special Record Date established for a proposed redemption of Bonds shall be deemed to have been selected for redemption pursuant to Section 3.10 hereof, such notice shall be given by telephone or telecopy, confirmed in writing, as promptly as practicable. Provided, however, that failure to duly give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any proceedings for the redemption of Bonds with respect to which no such failure or defect occurred. In addition, the Trustee upon receipt of request by the company, may give such other notice or notices as may be recommended in releases, letters, pronouncements or other writings of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board. No defect in or delay or failure in giving any recommended notice described in the preceding sentence of this Section 3.11 shall in any manner affect the notice of redemption described in the first sentence of this Section 3.11. Any notice mailed as provided in this Section shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the owner receives the notice. If a notice of redemption shall be unconditional, or if the conditions of a conditional notice of redemption shall have been satisfied, then upon presentation and surrender of Bonds so called for redemption at the place or places of payment, such Bonds shall be redeemed.

 

B. With respect to any notice of redemption of Bonds in accordance with Section 3.08 hereof, unless, upon the giving of such notice, such Bonds shall be deemed to have been paid within the meaning of Article VIII hereof, such notice shall state that such redemption shall be conditional upon the receipt by the Trustee on or prior to the date fixed for such redemption of moneys sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on such Bonds to be redeemed, and that if such moneys shall not have been so received said notice shall be of no force and effect and the Issuer shall not be required to redeem such Bonds. In the event that such notice of redemption contains such a condition and such moneys are not so received, the redemption shall not be made and the Trustee shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice, in the manner in which the notice of redemption was given, that such moneys were not so received; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not give the notice provided for in this Section 3.11B unless the Trustee has sufficient Available Moneys in its possession to effect the redemption or has otherwise obtained the prior written consent of the Bank to the giving of such notice.

 

C. Any Bonds which have been duly selected for redemption and which are deemed to be paid in accordance with Article VIII hereof shall cease to bear interest on the specified redemption date.

 

Section 3.12. No Partial Redemption After Default . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (f) of Section 9.01 hereof), there shall be no redemption of less than all of the Bonds at the time Outstanding.

 

32


Section 3.13. Payment of Redemption Price . For the redemption of any of the Bonds, the Issuer shall cause to be deposited in the Bond Fund, solely out of Available Moneys or drawings under the Letter of Credit or Alternate Letter of Credit, an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest to become due on the date fixed for such redemption. The obligation of the Issuer to cause any such deposit to be made hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of Available Moneys or moneys resulting from a drawing under the Letter of Credit in the Bond Fund available for and used on such redemption date for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Bonds to be redeemed within the meaning of Article VIII hereof.

 

Section 3.14. Partial Redemption of Bonds . In case a Bond is of a denomination larger than the minimum Authorized Denomination, all or a portion of such Bond may be redeemed in an Authorized Denomination. Upon surrender of any Bond for redemption in part only, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the owner thereof, without cost to the owner, a new Bond or Bonds duly executed by the Issuer in Authorized Denominations in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Bond surrendered.

 

Section 3.15. Notice by Tender Agent . The Tender Agent shall give Immediate Notice to the Remarketing Agent of (i) its receipt of any tendered Bonds, and (ii) the receipt of any Notice described in Section 3.03 hereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CONVERSION TO FIXED INTEREST RATE

 

Section 4.01. Authority for and Conditions to Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate . The interest rate borne by the Bonds shall be converted to the Fixed Interest Rate as follows:

 

With the prior written consent of the Bank, upon receipt of an opinion of Bond Counsel that such conversion will not adversely affect the excludability of interest on the Bonds from gross income for Federal income tax purposes, and upon receipt by the Trustee of an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount available to be drawn for the payment of accrued interest on the Bonds to two hundred (200) days of accrued interest on the then existing principal balance of the Bonds at the Fixed Interest Rate, on any Interest Payment Date (if such date is designated by the Company as the Conversion Date), the Company may elect to convert the rate on the Bonds to the Fixed Interest Rate through the Maturity Date. The Company may exercise its conversion option by giving the Trustee, the Bank, the Confirming Bank, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent and the Remarketing Agent written notice of its intention to convert the rate to the Fixed Interest Rate, at least fifty (50) days prior to the proposed Conversion Date.

 

33


If the Company elects to convert the interest rate as aforesaid, the Paying Agent shall notify each Bondholder in writing by Mail at least thirty (30) days prior to the Conversion Date of the fact that the rate will be converted, which notice shall also state that such conversion may result in a reduction or revocation of the rating, if any, of the Bonds by Moody’s or S&P, as appropriate, and that the Bondholder shall tender the Bonds for purchase by the Remarketing Agent prior to the Interest Payment Date which is the Conversion Date in accordance with the terms of the Bonds.

 

Section 4.02 Determination of Fixed Interest Rate . On a day which is a Business Day at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Conversion Date, the Remarketing Agent will determine the minimum rate of interest which will be applicable to the Bonds on the Conversion Date, and at least twelve (12) days prior to the Conversion Date the Paying Agent will notify all of the Bondholders by Mail of the aforesaid minimum rate of interest. Bondholders shall deliver such Bonds to the Paying Agent on or before the Conversion Date. On a day which is a Business Day at least seven (7) days prior to the Conversion Date (the “Rate Determination Date”), the Remarketing Agent shall determine the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

The Remarketing Agent shall determine the Fixed Interest Rate on the Rate Determination Date to be that rate per annum which, if borne by all of the outstanding Bonds through the Maturity Date, would, in the judgment of the Remarketing Agent (taking into consideration current transactions and comparable securities in which the Remarketing Agent is involved or of which it is aware and prevailing financial market conditions), be the interest rate necessary (but which would not exceed the interest rate necessary) to produce as nearly as practical a par bid for each outstanding Bond on the Rate Determination Date.

 

On the Rate Determination Date, the Remarketing Agent shall advise the Company, the Trustee and the Bank by telephone (to be confirmed in writing) of the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

Section 4.03. Replacement Bonds . The Paying Agent, at the direction of the Company, shall deliver replacement Bonds bearing the Fixed Interest Rate with deletion of such terms as are no longer applicable. Any such replacement Bonds shall be executed and authenticated as provided in Sections 2.03 and 2.04 herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any replacement Bonds shall be in $5,000 denominations or integral multiples thereof.

 

Section 4.04. Certain Provisions No Longer Applicable .

 

A The day after the effective date of the Fixed Interest Rate, the Bonds shall no longer be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture, and in the event of delivery of replacement Bonds pursuant to Section 4.03 hereof, any recital of such provisions shall be deleted from such replacement Bonds:

 

(i) The provisions of Section 2.01 relating to computation of the Variable Rate;

 

34


(ii) The provisions of Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05 and 3.06 relating to the purchase, remarketing and delivery of Bonds;

 

(iii) Article IV relating to conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, except this Section 4.04 and Section 4.05; and

 

(iv) Sections 10.11, 10.12, 10.13 and 10.14 relating to the Remarketing Agent and the Tender Agent.

 

Additionally, following conversion to the Fixed Interest Rate, all references herein and in the Agreement to the Remarketing Agent shall be of no further effect, except with respect to any unpaid fees or expenses of the Remarketing Agent and the indemnification provided in the Agreement.

 

Section 4.05. Interest on Bonds After Conversion to Fixed Interest Rate . Following conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, the Bonds shall bear interest at the Fixed Interest Rate, payable each April 1 and November 1, commencing on the first April 1 or November 1 following such conversion, computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and twelve 30-day months.

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL COVENANTS

 

Section 5.01. Payment of Principal, Premium, if any, and Interest . The Issuer covenants that it will promptly pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, every Bond issued under this Indenture at the place, on the dates and in the manner provided herein and in said Bonds according to the true intent and meaning thereof. The principal and interest and premium, if any, are payable by the Issuer solely from the Revenues (except to the extent paid out of moneys attributable to the Bond proceeds or the income from the temporary investment thereof) and nothing in the Bonds or this Indenture should be considered as assigning or pledging any other funds or assets of the Issuer other than such Revenues and the right, title and interest of the Issuer in the Agreement in the manner and to the extent herein specified.

 

Section 5.02. Performance by Issuer of Covenants . The Issuer covenants that it will, at the expense of the Company, faithfully perform at all times any and all covenants, undertakings, stipulations and provisions contained in this Indenture, in any and every Bond executed, authenticated and delivered hereunder and in all of its proceedings pertaining thereto; provided, however, that except for the matters set forth in Section 5.01 the Issuer shall not be obligated to take any action or execute any instrument pursuant to any provision hereof until it shall have been requested to do so by the Company or by the Trustee, or shall have received the instrument to be executed, and at the Issuer’s option shall have received from the Company assurance reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer that the Issuer shall be reimbursed for its

 

35


reasonable expenses incurred or to be incurred in connection with taking such action or executing such instrument. The Issuer covenants that it is duly authorized under the Constitution and laws of the State, including particularly the Act, to issue the Bonds authorized hereby and to execute this Indenture, to grant the security interest herein provided, to assign the Agreement and to assign and pledge the amounts hereby assigned and pledged in the manner and to the extent herein set forth; that all action on its part for the issuance of the Bonds and the execution and delivery of this Indenture has been duly and effectively taken, and that the Bonds in the hands of the owners thereof are and will be valid and enforceable obligations of the Issuer according to the terms thereof and hereof.

 

Section 5.03. Right to Payments under Agreement; Instruments of Further Assurance . The Issuer covenants that it will, at the expense of the Company, defend its right to the payment of amounts due from the Company under the Agreement to the Trustee for the benefit of the owners of the Bonds against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. The Issuer covenants that it will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver such indentures supplemental hereto and such further acts, instruments and transfers as the Trustee may reasonably request in writing for the better assuring, transferring, conveying, pledging, assigning and confirming unto the Trustee all and singular the rights assigned hereby and the amounts pledged and assigned hereby to the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds. The Issuer covenants and agrees that, except as herein and in the Agreement provided, it will not sell, convey, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any part of the Revenues or its rights under the Agreement.

 

Section 5.04. Recordation and Other Instruments . The Issuer covenants that it will cooperate with the Company in causing such security agreements, financing statements and all supplements thereto and other instruments as the Company may determine are required hereunder or under the Agreement from time to time to be kept, recorded and filed in such manner and in such places as may be required by law in order to fully preserve and protect the security of the Trustee on behalf of the owners of the Bonds and the rights of Trustee hereunder, and to perfect the security interest of the Trustee; provided, that the Issuer shall be required to take only such actions and deliver such instruments as shall be specifically requested of it upon timely notice, and shall not be required to prepare any such instruments.

 

Section 5.05. Inspection of Project Books . The Issuer and the Trustee covenant and agree that all books and documents in their possession relating to the Project and the Revenues shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by such accountants or other agencies as the other party may from time to time designate.

 

Section 5.06. List of Bondholders . The Trustee will keep on file a list of the names and addresses of all registered owners of Bonds on the registration books of the Issuer maintained by the Trustee as Registrar, together with the principal amount and numbers of such Bonds. At reasonable times and under reasonable regulations established by the Trustee, said list may be inspected and copied by the Company or by owners (or a designated representative thereof) of 15% or more in principal amount of Bonds then outstanding, such ownership and the authority of such designated representative to be evidenced to the satisfaction of the Trustee.

 

36


Section 5.07. Rights Under Agreement . The Agreement, a duly executed counterpart of which has been filed with the Trustee, sets forth the covenants and obligations of the Issuer and the Company, including provisions that subsequent to the issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full or provision for payment thereof in accordance with the provisions hereof the Agreement may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without the written consent of the Trustee, and reference is hereby made to the same for a detailed statement of said covenants and obligations of the Company thereunder, and the Issuer agrees that the Trustee in its name or in the name of the Issuer may enforce all rights of the Issuer and all obligations of the Company under and pursuant to the Agreement for and on behalf of the Bondholders, whether or not the Issuer is in default hereunder.

 

Section 5.08. Prohibited Activities . The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will not take any action which might result in any interest on the Bonds becoming includable in the gross income of the owners thereof under federal income tax laws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS;

FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS; REVENUES;

LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Section 6.01. Source of Payment of Bonds . The Bonds herein authorized and all payments to be made by the Issuer hereunder are not general obligations of the Issuer but are limited obligations payable solely from the Revenues (except to the extent paid out of moneys attributable to the Bond proceeds or the income from the temporary investment thereof), and as authorized by the Act and provided in the Agreement and in this Indenture. The Revenues (except to the extent that Lease Payments are made directly to the Bank in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Agreement) are to be remitted directly to the Trustee for the account of the Issuer and deposited in the Bond Fund (hereinafter created). The entire amount of the Revenues is hereby pledged and assigned to the payment of the principal of, and interest and premium, if any, on, the Bonds.

 

Section 6.02. Bond Fund . There is hereby established with the Trustee a trust fund to be designated “The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, FGDI, LLC Series 2002 Bond Fund,” which is pledged and shall be used to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds. There is further hereby established with the Trustee within the Bond Fund one or more separate and segregated accounts, as determined necessary or appropriate by the Trustee, to be designated “Reimbursement Account,” or a similar designation, into which all moneys realized under the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit for the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds shall be deposited.

 

37


Section 6.03. Payments into Bond Fund . There shall be deposited into the Bond Fund, as and when received, (a) accrued interest received upon the delivery of the Bonds to the Underwriter; (b) moneys drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit for payment of the principal of and premium and interest on the Bonds, (c) any amount in the Project Fund directed to be paid into the Bond Fund under Section 6.09 and 6.10 hereof; (d) all Revenues; and (e) all other moneys received by the Trustee under and pursuant to any of the provisions of the Agreement which are required or which are accompanied by directions that such moneys are to be paid into the Bond Fund.

 

Section 6.04. Use of Moneys in Bond Fund . Except as provided in Sections 6.13 and 10.02 hereof, moneys in the Bond Fund shall be used solely for the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds. The Trustee shall at all times maintain accurate records of deposits into the Bond Fund, and the sources and timing of such deposits, and shall apply moneys from such sources on any Bond Payment Date in the order of priority indicated:

 

(i) Moneys drawn under the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit;

 

(ii) Proceeds of the sale of refunding obligations and proceeds from the investment thereof;

 

(iii) Moneys constituting payments made by the Company pursuant to the Agreement, which moneys are Available Moneys; and

 

(iv) Any other moneys paid by the Company pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Section 6.05. Custody of Bond Fund . The Bond Fund shall be in the custody of the Trustee but in the name of the Issuer, and the Issuer hereby authorizes and directs the Trustee to withdraw sufficient funds from the Bond Fund to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds as the same become due and payable, which authorization and direction the Trustee hereby accepts.

 

Section 6.06. Project Fund . There is hereby established with the Trustee a trust fund in the name of the Issuer to be designated “The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, FGDI, LLC Series 2002 Project Fund,” which shall be expended in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.

 

Section 6.07. Payments into Project Fund; Disbursements . The proceeds of the issuance and delivery of the Bonds (excluding accrued interest, if any) shall be deposited in the Project Fund. Moneys in the Project Fund shall be expended pursuant to requisitions signed by

 

38


an Authorized Company Representative and approved by an officer of the Bank and delivered to the Trustee stating with respect to each payment to be made:

 

(a) The requisition number;

 

(b) The name and address of the person, firm or corporation to whom payment is due or has been made, which may include the Company;

 

(c) The amount to be or which has been paid;

 

(d) That each obligation mentioned therein has been properly incurred, is a proper charge against the Project Fund in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement and the Project Certificate and has not been the basis of any previous requisition from the Project Fund or from the proceeds (including investment income) of any other obligations issued by or on behalf of any state or political subdivision, including authorities, agencies, departments or other similar issuers;

 

(e) That all the funds being requisitioned are being used in compliance with the Tax Agreement and the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(f) That no Event of Default exists and is continuing under the Agreement or under Section 9.01 of this Indenture, nor any condition, event or act which, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default; and

 

(g) That such requisition is accompanied by copies of invoices or other appropriate documentation supporting the payments or reimbursements requested pursuant to this Section 6.07.

 

The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to make the disbursement pursuant to each such requisition. Nothing contained in this Section 6.07 shall impose on the Trustee any obligation to see to the proper application of the Project Fund. In making any such disbursement, the Trustee may rely on any such requisition and shall be relieved of any liability with respect to disbursements made in accordance with this Section. The Trustee shall keep and maintain adequate records pertaining to the Project Fund and all disbursements therefrom and shall provide monthly statements of transactions and investments pertaining to the Project Fund to the Company so long as any Bonds remain outstanding.

 

Section 6.08. Letter of Credit; Alternate Letter of Credit .

 

A. The Trustee shall, at or before 7:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the second Business Day prior to any Bond Payment Date, draw upon the Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms to the extent necessary to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Project Bonds, whether upon redemption, at maturity or upon acceleration of maturity or as hereinafter provided otherwise; provided, however, notwithstanding the preceding, in the event of acceleration of maturity of the Bonds due to an Event of Default described in Sections

 

39


9.01(d) or 9.01(e) hereof, the Trustee shall, upon its receipt of notice of such Event of Default from the Bank or any Confirming Bank, as the case may be, draw on the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms to the fullest extent, and on such date and at such time, necessary to enable the Trustee to receive such draw proceeds and pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds on the Bond Payment Date. The Trustee shall, upon the receipt of a direction by the Remarketing Agent pursuant hereto, draw moneys under the Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms to the extent necessary to pay the Purchase Price or portion of the Purchase Price of Bonds delivered to the Remarketing Agent in accordance with Section 3.01 hereof and not remarketed by the Remarketing Agent.

 

In the event of a wrongful dishonor by the Bank of a request for a conforming draw under the Letter of Credit or the repudiation by the Bank of the Letter of Credit, the Trustee shall, before 7:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Business Day prior to the Bond Payment Date, draw upon the Confirming Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms to the extent necessary to pay principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Bonds then Outstanding, whether upon redemption, at maturity or upon acceleration of maturity or as hereinafter provided.

 

In the case of Bonds tendered to the Remarketing Agent but which cannot be remarketed by the Remarketing Agent, the Remarketing Agent will notify the Company, the Trustee and the Bank of the principal amount of all such Bonds with respect to which there has been a failure of remarketing no later than 5:00 p.m. Portland, Oregon time on the second Business Day preceding the Purchase Date with respect to such Bonds of (i) the principal amount of all such Bonds with respect to which there may be a failure of remarketing, and (ii) the amount of remarketing proceeds, if any, then on hand. On or before 10:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Business Day prior to the Purchase Date for such unremarketed Bonds, the Trustee shall draw on the Letter of Credit in the amount of such Purchase Price less remarketing proceeds then on hand in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit. In the event of the wrongful dishonor by the Bank of a request for a conforming draw under the Letter of Credit or the repudiation by the Bank of the Letter of Credit, the Trustee shall, on or before 7:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the Business Day prior to such Purchase Date, draw on the Confirming Letter of Credit in the amount of such Purchase Price less remarketing proceeds then on hand.

 

B. If at any time there shall have been delivered to the Trustee (i) an Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit in substitution for the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect, and (ii) an opinion of Bond Counsel stating that the delivery of such Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit to the Trustee is authorized under and complies with the terms of this Indenture and the Agreement and will not adversely affect the exclusion from gross income for Federal income tax purposes of interest on the Bonds, then the Trustee shall accept such Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit and promptly surrender the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect to the Bank or any Confirming Bank, as the case may be, which issued such Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit for cancellation

 

40


in accordance with its terms. If at any time there shall cease to be any Bonds Outstanding hereunder, the Trustee shall promptly surrender the Letter of Credit and any Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect to the Bank or any Confirming Bank, as the case may be, which issued such Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit for cancellation in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

C. The Trustee shall not sell, assign or otherwise transfer the Letter of Credit or any interest in the Revenues except to a successor Trustee hereunder except that the Trustee may and hereby does appoint the Paying Agent as agent for the Trustee with respect to the Letter of Credit and any Confirming Letter of Credit and only in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit and any Confirming Letter of Credit or the Agreement, as the case may be.

 

Section 6.09. Completion of Project . The completion of the Project and payment or provision made for payment of the full Project Costs shall be evidenced by the filing with the Trustee and the Bank of a certificate required by the provisions of Section 3.7 of the Agreement. Any balance remaining in the Project Fund on the Completion Date shall be used in accordance with Section 3.3 of the Agreement.

 

Section 6.10. Transfer of Project Fund . If all of the Bonds are paid or deemed to be paid or canceled as herein provided or if the principal of the Bonds shall have become due and payable pursuant to Article IX hereof, then, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any balance then remaining in the Project Fund shall without further authorization be deposited in the Bond Fund by the Trustee.

 

Section 6.11. Non-presentment of Bonds . In the event any Bond shall not be presented for payment when the principal thereof becomes due, either at maturity or otherwise, or at the date fixed for redemption thereof, or in the event any check for the payment of interest shall not be cashed, then if funds sufficient to pay such Bond or interest shall have been made available to the Trustee, all liability of the Issuer for the payment of such Bond or interest shall forthwith cease, terminate and be completely discharged, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Trustee to hold such funds uninvested, without liability for interest thereon, for the benefit of the owner of such Bond, who shall thereafter be restricted exclusively to such funds, for any claim of whatever nature on his part under this Indenture or on, or with respect to, said Bond or interest. Any moneys so deposited with and held by the Trustee for the benefit of such persons, if any, for two years after the date upon which such moneys were so deposited, shall be paid to the Company as provided in Section 6.13 hereof and thereafter such persons at the written request of the Company, shall look only to the Company for the purpose of payment from such moneys and the Trustee shall have no further liability with respect to such moneys. In the absence of any such written request, the Trustee shall from time to time deliver such unclaimed funds to or as directed by pertinent escheat authority, as identified by the Trustee in its sole discretion, pursuant to and in accordance with applicable unclaimed property laws, rules or regulations. Any such delivery shall be in accordance with the customary practices and procedures of the Trustee and the escheat authority. Before making any payment under this Section 6.11, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive at the Company’s expense an opinion of counsel to the effect that said payment is permitted under applicable law.

 

41


Section 6.12. Moneys to be Held in Trust . All moneys required to be deposited with or paid to the Trustee for the account of the Bond Fund under any provision of this Indenture shall be held by the Trustee in trust, and except for moneys deposited with or paid to the Trustee for the redemption of Bonds, notice of the redemption of which has been duly given, and moneys referred to in Section 6.11 hereof held by the Trustee for the payment of Bonds or interest, shall, while held by the Trustee, constitute part of the Trust Estate and be subject to the lien or security interest created hereby.

 

Section 6.13. Repayment to the Company from Bond Fund . Any amounts remaining in any Bond Fund after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision therefor having been made in accordance herewith), the fees, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of the Issuer and the Trustee, and all other amounts required to be paid hereunder or under the Agreement or Credit Agreement, shall be paid to the Company as provided in Section 10.2 of the Agreement.

 

Section 6.14. Additional Payments Under the Agreement . Pursuant to Section 2.2(c) of the Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay as provided therein fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, and any extraordinary fees and expenses) of the Trustee. Such additional payments received by the Trustee shall not be paid into the Bond Fund but shall be for the account of the Trustee.

 

Section 6.15. Arbitrage Requirements . Anything in the Agreement or this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee is hereby authorized to deposit moneys in the Project Fund and the Bond Fund and to withdraw moneys from the Project Fund and the Bond Fund upon the written direction of the Company in order to comply with the provisions of the Tax Agreement.

 

Section 6.16. Rebate Fund . There shall be deposited by the Trustee in the Rebate Fund at the direction of the Company such amounts as are required to be deposited therein pursuant to the Tax Agreement. All amounts on deposit at any time in the Rebate Fund shall be held by the Trustee in trust to the extent required to pay rebatable arbitrage to the United States of America, and neither the Company, the Issuer nor the Owner of any Bonds shall have any rights in or claim to such money. All amounts held in the Rebate Fund shall be governed by this Section and by the Tax Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the Tax Agreement, the Trustee shall remit all required rebate installments and a final rebate payment to the United States as directed by the Company in writing. Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer shall have any obligation to pay any amounts required to be rebated pursuant to this Section and the Tax Agreement, other than from moneys held in the Rebate Fund created under this Indenture as provided in this Indenture or from other moneys provided to it by the Company. Any moneys remaining in the Rebate Fund after redemption and payment of all of the Bonds and payment and satisfaction of any rebatable arbitrage shall be withdrawn and paid to the Company.

 

42


The obligations to pay arbitrage rebate to the United States and to comply with all other requirements of this Section and the Tax Agreement shall survive the defeasance or payment in full of the Bonds until all rebatable arbitrage shall have been paid.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for making the calculations required to be made pursuant to this Section, nor shall it have any responsibility to review the correctness or accuracy of the calculations or for determining whether the investment directions given by the Company comply with Section 148(f) of the Code.

 

43


ARTICLE VII

 

INVESTMENT OF MONEYS

 

Any moneys held as part of the Project Fund or the Bond Fund shall be invested and reinvested by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.5 of the Agreement. The Trustee may make any and all such investments through its own trust investment department. Any such investments shall be held by or under the control of the Trustee and shall be deemed at all times a part of the fund for which they were made. The interest accruing thereon and any profit realized from such investments shall be credited to such fund, and any net loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such fund. The Trustee shall sell and reduce to cash a sufficient amount of such investments of the Project Fund whenever the cash balance in the Project Fund is insufficient to pay a requisition when presented or of the Bond Fund whenever the cash balance in the Bond Fund is insufficient to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds when due.

 

All investment instructions hereunder shall be provided to the Trustee no later than one Business Day prior to the making of the investment directed therein. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on all written investment instructions provided by the Company hereunder, and shall have no duty to monitor the compliance thereof with the restrictions set forth in this Article VII and in the Agreement and the Tax Agreement. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for the performance of any such investments or for keeping the moneys held by it hereunder fully invested at all times. Absent investment instructions hereunder, the Trustee shall invest the moneys held pursuant hereto in money market funds which are rated prime-1 or AAAm (or an equivalent) by Moody’s or S&P, including without limitation, any mutual fund for which the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee serves as investment manager, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, and/or custodian or subcustodian, notwithstanding that (a) the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee receives fees from such funds for services rendered, (b) the Trustee charges and collects fees for services rendered pursuant to the Indenture, which fees are, separate from the fees received from such funds, and (c) services performed for such funds and pursuant to this Indenture may at times duplicate those provided to such funds by the Trustee or its affiliates, provided, however, that the Trustee shall notify the Company in the event of any moneys being invested in such money market funds pursuant hereto.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, moneys held, if any, by the Trustee, the Tender Agent or the Remarketing Agent which represent either proceeds from the resale by the Remarketing Agent of Bonds delivered for purchase pursuant to Section 3.02 or 3.03 hereof, or amounts drawn on the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit shall be invested, if at all, only in Permitted Investments that (i) have a rating, if the Bonds are then rated by Moody’s, equal to or higher than the then current rating on the Bonds by Moody’s, and, if the Bonds are then rated by S&P, equal to or higher than the then current rating on the Bonds by S&P, and (ii) that mature as needed to allow for timely payments to the tendering Bondholders.

 

44


ARTICLE VIII

 

DISCHARGE OF LIEN

 

If the Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid, or there shall be otherwise paid or provision for payment made to or for the owners of the Bonds, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest due or to become due on the Bonds at the times and in the manner stipulated therein, and shall pay or cause to be paid to the Trustee all sums of money due or to become due according to the provisions hereof, and if all other liabilities of the Company under the Agreement shall have been paid or the payment thereof provided for, and if the Bank has certified in writing to the Trustee that all amounts due by the Company under the Credit Agreement have been fully paid, then these presents and the estate and rights hereby granted shall cease, terminate and be void, whereupon the Trustee shall cancel and discharge the lien of this Indenture and execute and deliver to the Issuer such instruments in writing as shall be requisite to cancel and discharge the lien hereof, and reconvey, release, assign and deliver unto the Issuer any and all the estate, right, title and interest in and to any and all property conveyed, assigned or pledged to the Trustee or otherwise subject to the lien of this Indenture, except (i) amounts in the Bond Fund required to be paid to the Company under Section 6.13 hereof and (ii) moneys or securities held by the Trustee for the payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Bonds.

 

Any Bond shall be deemed to be paid within the meaning of this Article when payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on such Bond, plus interest thereon to the due date thereof (whether such due date be by reason of maturity or upon redemption as provided in this Indenture, or otherwise), either (i) shall have been made or caused to be made in accordance with the terms thereof, or (ii) shall have been provided by irrevocably depositing with the Trustee, in trust and irrevocably set aside exclusively for such payment, (1) Available Moneys certified by an independent certified public accountant to be sufficient to make such payment or (2) Governmental Obligations purchased with Available Moneys (provided that the Company delivers to the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, an opinion of Bond Counsel upon which the Trustee may rely to the effect that all conditions with respect to such deposit specified in this Article VIII have been satisfied or provision therefor made and that such deposit will not cause interest on any of the Bonds to be includable for federal income tax purposes in the gross income of any owner thereof (other than an owner who is a “substantial user” of the Project or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code and the applicable Regulations) or cause any of the Bonds to be classified as arbitrage bonds (within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code and the applicable Regulations) maturing as to principal and interest in such amounts and at such times as will without reinvestment provide sufficient moneys to make such payment as certified by an independent certified public accountant to be sufficient to make such payment, and all reasonably necessary and proper fees, compensation and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of the Trustee pertaining to the Bonds with respect to which such deposit is made shall have been paid or provided for to the satisfaction of the Trustee. At such time as a Bond shall be deemed to be paid hereunder, as aforesaid, it shall no longer be secured by or entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, except for the purposes of transfer and exchange and of payment from such moneys or Governmental Obligations on the date or dates specified at the time of such deposit.

 

45


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Bonds which by their terms may be redeemed prior to the stated maturities thereof, no deposit under clause (ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed a payment of such Bonds as aforesaid until the deposit shall have been made under the terms of an escrow deposit arrangement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and consistent herewith and until the Company, on behalf of the Issuer, shall have given the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, irrevocable instructions in writing:

 

(a) stating the date when principal (and premium, if any) of each such Bond is to be paid whether at maturity or on a redemption date (which may be any redemption date permitted by this Indenture);

 

(b) to call for redemption pursuant to this Indenture any Bonds to be redeemed prior to maturity pursuant to (a) hereof; and

 

(c) to mail, as soon as practicable, in the manner prescribed by Article III hereof, a notice to the owners of such Bonds that the deposit required by (ii) above has been made with the Trustee and that said Bonds are deemed to have been paid in accordance with this Article and stating the maturity or redemption date upon which moneys are to be available for the payment of the principal or redemption price, if applicable, and interest on said Bonds as specified in (a) hereof.

 

Anything in Article XII hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, if moneys or Governmental Obligations have been deposited or set aside with the Trustee pursuant to this Article for the payment of Bonds and the interest and premium, if any, thereon and such Bonds and the interest and premium, if any, thereon shall not have in fact been actually paid in full, no amendment to the provisions of this Article shall be made without the consent of the owner of each of the Bonds affected thereby.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, while the Bonds bear interest at the Variable Rate and in the event the Bonds are then rated by Moody’s or S&P, the lien of this Indenture shall not be cancelled and discharged except upon written confirmation from each such agency then rating the Bonds that such cancellation and discharge shall not adversely affect any rating then in effect on the Bonds.

 

46


ARTICLE IX

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 9.01. Events of Default . Each of the following events shall constitute and is referred to in this Indenture as an “Event of Default”:

 

(a) a failure to pay the principal of or premium, if any, on any of the Bonds when the same shall become due and payable at maturity or upon redemption;

 

(b) a failure to pay an installment of interest on any of the Bonds when such interest has become due and payable;

 

(c) a failure to pay an amount due in respect of the purchase price of Bonds delivered to the Paying Agent or the Remarketing Agent pursuant to Section 3.01 hereof when such payment has become due and payable;

 

(d) the Trustee’s receipt of notice from the Bank or any Confirming Bank within the five (5) Business Days following a drawing under the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, that such Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit will not be reinstated with respect to interest (or the portion of purchase price corresponding to accrued interest) to an amount equal to one hundred eight (108) days’ interest on the Bonds in the event the Bonds are then bearing interest at the Variable Rate or two hundred (200) days’ interest on the Bonds in the event the Bonds are then bearing interest at the Fixed Interest Rate;

 

(e) the Trustee’s receipt of notice from the Bank of the occurrence of an event of default under the Credit Agreement and directing the Trustee to declare the Bonds immediately due and payable;

 

(f) a failure by the Issuer to observe and perform any covenant, condition, agreement or provision (other than as specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 9.01) contained in the Bonds or in this Indenture on the part of the Issuer to be observed or performed, which failure shall continue for a period of ninety (90) days after written notice, specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, shall have been given to the Issuer, the Bank and the Company by the Trustee, which may give such notice in its discretion and shall give such notice at the written request of Owners of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, unless the Trustee, or the Trustee and Owners of a principal amount of Bonds not less than the principal amount of Bonds the Owners of which requested such notice, as the case may be, shall agree in writing to an extension of such period prior to its expiration; provided, however, that the Trustee, or the Trustee and the Owners of such principal amount of Bonds, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have agreed to an extension of such period if corrective action is initiated by the Issuer or the Company on behalf of the Issuer within such period and is being diligently pursued;

 

47


(g) the occurrence of an event of default under the Agreement; and

 

(h) the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy with respect to the Bank or the Confirming Bank; and

 

(i) dishonor or repudiation of the Letter of Credit by the Bank.

 

If on the date payment of principal of or interest on the Bonds is due, or if on the date on which payment of the purchase price of Bonds is to be made by the Remarketing Agent or the Paying Agent, sufficient moneys are not available to make such payment, the Trustee shall give telephonic notice or notice by telecopy (in either case to be immediately confirmed in writing by Mail) of such insufficiency to the Company and the Bank.

 

Section 9.02. Acceleration; Other Remedies .

 

A     Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default (i) described in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (i) of Section 9.01, the Trustee shall, or (ii) described in paragraph (f), (g) or (h) of Section 9.01, the Trustee shall at the written request of the Bank, by written notice to the Issuer, the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Bank, declare the Bonds to be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall, without further action, become and be immediately due and payable, and interest thereon shall cease to accrue immediately upon such declaration of acceleration therefor, anything in this Indenture or in the Bonds to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Trustee shall give Immediate Notice thereof to the Issuer, the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Bank and, within five (5) business days, by Mail, to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds.

 

B. Following the Expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit the provisions of the preceding paragraph are subject to the condition that if, after the principal of the Bonds shall have been so declared to be due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the moneys due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Issuer shall cause to be deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest upon all Bonds and the principal of any and all Bonds which shall have become due otherwise than by reason of such declaration (with interest upon such principal and, to the extent permissible by law, on overdue installments of interest, at the rate per annum specified in the Bonds) and such amount as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation and reimbursement of expenses payable to the Trustee, and all Events of Default hereunder other than nonpayment of the principal of Bonds which shall have become due by said declaration shall have been remedied, then, in every such case, such Event of Default shall be deemed waived and such declaration and its consequences rescinded and annulled, and the Trustee shall promptly give written notice of such waiver, rescission or annulment to the Issuer, the Company, the Remarketing Agent and the Paying Agent, and shall give notice thereof by Mail to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds; but no such waiver, rescission and annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right or remedy consequent thereon.

 

48


The provisions of paragraph A are further subject to the condition that any waiver of any event of default under the Credit Agreement or the Agreement and a rescission and annulment of its consequences shall constitute a waiver of the corresponding Event of Default under paragraph (e) or (g) of Section 9.01 hereof and a rescission and annulment of the consequences thereof. If notice of such event of default under the Credit Agreement shall have been given by the Bank or any Confirming Bank as provided herein and if the Trustee shall thereafter have received notice from such Bank or Confirming Bank that such event of default shall have been waived, the Trustee shall promptly give written notice of such waiver, rescission or annulment to the Issuer, the Company, the Paying Agent and, prior to conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, the Remarketing Agent and such Bank or Confirming Bank, as the case may be, and shall give notice thereof by Mail to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds; but no such waiver, rescission and annulment shall extend to or affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right or remedy consequent thereon. Anything to the contrary expressed or implied in this Indenture notwithstanding, the Trustee shall not waive (i) any Event of Default as set forth under paragraph (i) of Section 9.01 under any circumstance or (ii) any Event of Default as set forth in paragraphs (a) through (h) of Section 9.01 unless and until it has received written notice from such Bank or Confirming Bank that gave notice of non-reinstatement that the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit, as the case may be, has been reinstated in full (if a Letter of Credit and such Confirming Letter of Credit are then in effect).

 

C. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.04, upon the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default, then and in every such case the Trustee in its discretion may, and upon the written direction of the Bank, or Owners of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding and receipt of indemnity to its satisfaction, shall, in its own name and as the Trustee of an express trust:

 

(i) by mandamus, or other suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity, enforce all rights of the Bondholders, and require the Issuer, the Bank or the Company to carry out any agreements with or for the benefit of the Owners of Bonds and to perform its or their duties under the Act, the Agreement, the Letter of Credit and this Indenture, provided that any such remedy may be taken only to the extent permitted under the applicable provisions of the Agreement, the Letter of Credit or this Indenture, as the case may be;

 

(ii) bring suit upon the Bonds; or

 

(iii) by action or suit in equity enjoin any acts or things which may be unlawful or in violation of the rights of the Owners of Bonds.

 

Section 9.03. Restoration to Former Position . In the event that any proceeding taken by the Trustee to enforce any right under this Indenture shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then the Issuer, the Trustee, the Bank, the Company and the Owners of Bonds shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been taken.

 

49


Section 9.04. Owners’ or Bank’s Right To Direct Proceedings . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to the Trustee’s right to be indemnified to its satisfaction pursuant to Section 10.01(l), the Bank or Owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding hereunder shall have the right, by an instrument in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the time, method and place of conducting all remedial proceedings available to the Trustee under this Indenture or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Bank shall have no such rights in respect of remedies against it. In the event of a conflict between the directions of the Bank and those of the Owners of Bonds, the directions of the Bank shall prevail, unless a default hereunder shall be due to the Bank’s failure to honor a drawing made by the Trustee under the Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit.

 

Section 9.05. Limitation on Bondholders’ Right To Institute Proceedings . No Bondholder shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law for the execution of any trust or power hereunder, or any other remedy hereunder or on said Bonds, unless such Bondholder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default as hereinabove provided and unless also Bondholders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding shall have made written request of the Trustee so to do, after the right to institute said suit, action or proceeding under Section 9.02 hereof shall have accrued, and shall have afforded the Trustee a reasonable opportunity to proceed to institute the same in either its or their name, and unless there also shall have been offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee shall not have complied with such request within a reasonable time; and such notification, request and offer of indemnity are hereby declared in every such case, at the option of the Trustee, to be conditions precedent to the institution of said suit, action or proceeding; it being understood and intended that no one or more of the Bondholders shall have any right in any manner whatever by his or their action to affect, disturb or prejudice the security of this Indenture, or to enforce any right hereunder or under the Bonds, except in the manner herein provided, and that all suits, actions and proceedings at law or in equity shall be instituted, had and maintained in the manner herein provided and for the equal benefit of all Bondholders.

 

Section 9.06. No Impairment of Right To Enforce Payment . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the right of any Bondholder to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Bond, on or after the respective due dates expressed therein, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective date, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Bondholder.

 

Section 9.07. Proceedings by Trustee Without Possession of Bonds . All rights of action under this Indenture or under any of the Bonds secured hereby which are enforceable by the Trustee may be enforced by it without the possession of any of the Bonds, or the production

 

50


thereof at the trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such suit, action or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its name for the equal and ratable benefit of the Bondholders, subject to the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 9.08. No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to Bondholders is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, and each and every such remedy shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or under the Agreement, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute; provided, however, that any conditions set forth herein to the taking of any remedy to enforce the provisions of this Indenture, the Bonds, the Agreement also shall be conditions to seeking any remedies under any of the foregoing pursuant to this Section 9.08.

 

Section 9.09. No Waiver of Remedies . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Bondholder to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default, or an acquiescence therein; and every power and remedy given by this Article IX to the Trustee and to the Bondholders, respectively, may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

 

Section 9.10. Application of Moneys . Any moneys received by the Trustee, by any receiver or by any Bondholder pursuant to any right given or action taken under the provisions of this Article IX, after payment of the reasonable costs and expenses of the proceedings resulting in the collection of such moneys and of the reasonable expenses, liabilities and advances incurred or made by the Trustee including its counsel fees and expenses (provided that moneys received under the Letter of Credit, or other moneys held for the benefit of Bondholders, shall not be used for purposes other than payment of the Bonds), shall be deposited in the Bond Fund and all moneys so deposited in the Bond Fund during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than moneys for the payment of Bonds which had matured or otherwise become payable prior to such Event of Default or for the payment of interest due prior to such Event of Default) shall be applied as follows:

 

(a) Unless the principal of all the Bonds shall have been declared due and payable, all such moneys shall be applied (i) first, to the payment to the persons entitled thereto of all installments of interest then due on the Bonds, with interest on overdue installments, if lawful, at the rate per annum borne by the Bonds, in the order of maturity of the installments of such interest and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay in full any particular installment of interest, then to the payment ratably, according to the amounts due on such installment, and (ii) second, to the payment to the persons entitled thereto of the unpaid principal of any of the Bonds which shall have become due (other than Bonds called for redemption for the payment of which money is held pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture) with interest on such Bonds at their rate from the respective dates upon which they became due and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay in full Bonds due on any particular date, together with such interest, then to the payment ratably, according to the amount of principal and interest due on such date, in each case to the persons entitled thereto, without any discrimination or privilege.

 

51


(b) If the principal of all the Bonds shall have been declared due and payable, all such moneys shall be applied to the payment of the principal and interest then due and unpaid upon the Bonds, with interest on overdue interest and principal, as aforesaid, without preference or priority of principal over interest or interest over principal, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Bond over any other Bond, ratably, according to the amounts due respectively for principal and interest, to the persons entitled thereto without any discrimination or privilege.

 

(c) If the principal of all the Bonds shall have been declared due and payable, and if such declaration shall thereafter have been rescinded and annulled under the provisions of this Article IX, then, subject to the provisions of clause (b) of this Section 9.10 which shall be applicable in the event that the principal of all the Bonds shall later become due and payable, the moneys shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 9.10.

 

(d) To the Bank to the extent of any amounts owing under the Credit Agreement.

 

Whenever moneys are to be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.10, such moneys shall be applied at such times, and from time to time, as the Trustee shall determine, having due regard to the amount of such moneys available for application and the likelihood of additional moneys becoming available for such application in the future. Whenever the Trustee shall apply such funds, it shall fix the date (unless such date has already been fixed pursuant to Section 9.02) (which shall be an Interest Payment Date unless it shall deem another date more suitable) upon which such application is to be made and upon such date interest on the amounts of principal and interest to be paid on such date shall cease to accrue. The Trustee shall give notice of the deposit with it of any such moneys and of the fixing of any such date by Mail to all Owners of Outstanding Bonds and shall not be required to make payment to any Bondholder until such Bond shall be presented to the Trustee for appropriate endorsement or for cancellation if fully paid; provided, however, that in the event of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.02 hereof, the date so fixed shall be no later than five (5) business days from the date of such notice.

 

Section 9.11. Severability of Remedies . It is the purpose and intention of this Article IX to provide rights and remedies to the Trustee and the Bondholders which may be lawfully granted under the provisions of the Act, but should any right or remedy herein granted be held to be unlawful, the Trustee and the Bondholders shall be entitled, as above set forth, to every other right and remedy provided in this Indenture and by law.

 

Section 9.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,

 

52


composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or the property of the Company known to the Trustee, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Bonds shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

 

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect to the Bonds and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Owners allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same subject to the provisions of Section 9.10;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Owner to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Owner, to pay the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 10.02.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Owner any proposal, plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition or other similar arrangement affecting the Bonds or the rights of any Owner thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim or any Owner in any such proceeding.

 

ARTICLE X

 

TRUSTEE; PAYING AGENT AND CO-PAYING AGENTS;

REGISTRAR; REMARKETING AGENT

 

Section 10.01. Acceptance of Trusts . The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it by this Indenture, and agrees to perform said trusts, but only upon and subject to the following express terms and conditions

 

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all events of default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. In case an Event of Default has occurred (which has not been cured or waived) the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

 

53


(b) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any of its duties by or through attorneys, accountants and other experts, agents, receivers or employees but shall be answerable for the conduct of the same in accordance with the standard specified above, and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning its duties hereunder, and may in all cases pay such reasonable compensation to all such attorneys, accountants and other experts, agents and receivers as may reasonably be employed in connection with the trusts hereof.

 

(c) The Trustee shall not be responsible for any recital herein, or in the Bonds, or for the recording or re-recording or filing or re-filing of any instrument required to secure the Bonds including any financing statements, amendments or modifications thereto or continuation statemtments, or for the validity of the execution by the Issuer of this Indenture, or of any instruments of further assurance, or for the sufficiency of the security for the Bonds issued hereunder or intended to be secured hereby. The Trustee shall not be responsible for insuring the Project or collecting any insurance moneys, or for the validity of the execution by the Issuer of this Indenture or of any supplements thereto or instruments of further assurance, or for the sufficiency of documents relating to the security for the Bonds issued hereunder or intended to be secured hereby, and the Trustee shall not be bound to ascertain or inquire as to the observance or performance of any covenants, conditions or agreements on the part of the Issuer or on the part of the Company under the Agreement except as herein set forth.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use of any Bonds authenticated or delivered hereunder. The Trustee may become the owner of Bonds secured hereby with the same rights which it would have if not the Trustee.

 

(e) The Trustee shall be protected in acting upon any opinion, notice, request, consent, certificate, order, affidavit, letter, telegram or other paper or document believed to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper person or persons. Any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any person who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the owner of any Bond, shall be conclusive and binding upon all future owners of the same Bond and upon Bonds issued in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

 

(f) As to the existence or non-existence of any fact or as to the sufficiency or validity of any instrument, paper or proceeding, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate signed by the authorized officer or officers of the Issuer or an Authorized Company Representative under the Agreement as sufficient evidence of the facts therein contained and prior to the occurrence of a default of which the Trustee has been notified as provided in Section 10.01(h) hereof, or of which by Section 10.01(h) it is deemed to have notice, shall also be at liberty to accept a similar certificate to the

 

54


effect that any particular dealing, transaction or action is necessary or expedient, but may at its discretion secure such further evidence deemed by it to be necessary or advisable, but shall in no case be bound to secure the same. The Trustee may accept a certificate of the authorized officer or officers of the Issuer under the seal of the Issuer to the effect that an authorization in the form therein set forth has been adopted by the Issuer as conclusive evidence that such authorization has been duly adopted and is in full force and effect.

 

(g) The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and it shall not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful default.

 

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any default hereunder or under the Agreement except failure by the Issuer to cause to be made any of the payments to the Trustee required to be made by Article V hereof, unless the Trustee shall be specifically notified in writing of such default by the Issuer or by an owner of Bonds, and all notices or other instruments required by this Indenture to be delivered to the Trustee, must, in order to be effective, be delivered at the designated corporate trust agency office of the Trustee, and in the absence of such notice so delivered the Trustee may conclusively assume there is no default except as aforesaid.

 

(i) At any and all reasonable times the Trustee, and its duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts, engineers, accountants and representatives, shall have the right fully to inspect any and all of the property herein conveyed, including all books, papers and records of the Issuer pertaining to the Project and the Bonds, and to take such memoranda from and with regard thereto as may be desired, but shall have no express or implied duty to do so.

 

(j) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the said trusts and powers or otherwise in respect of the premises.

 

(k) Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Indenture with respect to the authentication of any Bonds, the withdrawal of any cash, the release of any property, or any action whatsoever within the purview of this Indenture, the Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to demand any showings, certificates, opinions, appraisals or other information, or corporate action or evidence thereof, in addition to that by the terms hereof required as a condition of such action, by the Trustee deemed desirable for the purpose of establishing the right to the authentication of any Bonds, the withdrawal of any cash, or the taking of any other action by the Trustee.

 

(l) Before taking any action referred to in Section 9.02C, 9.04, or 10.04 hereof the Trustee may require that a satisfactory indemnity bond be furnished for the reimbursement of all expenses, including attorney’s fees and expenses, to which it may be put and to protect it against all liability, except liability which is adjudicated to have

 

55


resulted from its failure to comply with the standard of care prescribed by Section 10.01(a) hereof by reason of any action so taken. Provided, however, that nothing in this subparagraph (l) shall authorize the Trustee to delay in making a draw on the Letter of Credit or any Confirming Letter of Credit in the event of an acceleration of the maturity of the Bonds.

 

(m) All moneys received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied or invested as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(n) The Trustee may rely upon advice of counsel chosen by the Trustee with due care and the opinions delivered in connection with the issuance of the Bonds, and, absent gross negligence or willful misconduct, shall not be responsible for any loss or damage resulting from any action or non-action by it taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon advice of such counsel or such opinions. The permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty and the Trustee shall not be answerable for the exercise of any discretion or power under this Indenture or for anything whatsoever in connection with the trusts created hereby, except only for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, including that of its directors, officer, employees or agents.

 

(o) None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee or the Issuer to expend or risk their own funds or otherwise to incur financial liability in the performance of any of their duties or the exercise of any of their rights or powers hereunder, except as expressly provided herein. Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer shall be required to give any bond or surety in respect to the execution of their rights and obligations hereunder.

 

(p) The Company shall be responsible for the reasonable costs incurred by the Trustee in the preparation and filing of all continuation statements hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee shall not be responsible for any initial filings of any financing statements or the information contained therein (including the exhibits thereto), any amendments or modifications thereto required of any applicable amendments to Article 9 of the UCC, the perfection of any such security interests, or the accuracy or sufficiency of any description of collateral in such initial filings, and unless the Trustee shall have been notified by the Issuer that any such initial filing or description of collateral was or has become defective, the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on such initial filing and descriptions in filing any financing or continuation statements or modifications thereto pursuant to this Section 10.01(p).

 

Section 10.02. Fees, Charges and Expenses of the Trustee . The Trustee shall be entitled to payment and reimbursement for reasonable fees for its services rendered hereunder including fees for any extraordinary services provided, and all advances, counsel fees and other

 

56


expenses reasonably made or incurred by the Trustee in connection with such services and in connection with entering into this Indenture. Upon an Event of Default, but only upon an Event of Default, the Trustee shall have a first lien with right of payment prior to payment on account of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Bond upon the Trust Estate for the foregoing fees, charges and expenses incurred by it.

 

Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee and the Issuer against any losses, damages, claims, fines, penalties, expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), liabilities which the Trustee or the Issuer may incur in the exercise and performance of their powers and duties hereunder which are not due to the Trustee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and for any reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee to the extent funds are not available under this Indenture. In addition to and not in limitation of the immediately preceding sentence, pursuant to the Agreement, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless from and against any and all Losses that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Trustee for following any instructions or other directions upon which the Trustee is authorized to rely pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. Such indemnifications are intended to and shall be enforceable by the Trustee and the Issuer or any of their respective officers, directors or employees. The rights of the Trustee and the Issuer under this Section shall survive the payment in full of the Bonds and the discharge of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.03. Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar . The Trustee shall also serve as the Paying Agent and the Registrar for the Bonds, and all references to fees, charges and expenses of the Trustee in this Indenture, including without limitation such references in Section 10.02 hereof, shall be deemed also to refer to the reasonable fees, charges and expenses of the Paying Agent and the Registrar.

 

Section 10.04. Intervention by the Trustee . In any judicial proceeding to which the Issuer is a party which, in the opinion of the Trustee and its counsel, has a substantial bearing on the interests of owners of the Bonds, the Trustee may intervene on behalf of Bondholders and shall do so if requested in writing by the owners of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding, provided that the Trustee shall first have been offered indemnification in accordance with Section 10.01(l) hereof against such liability as it may incur in or by reason of such proceeding. The rights and obligations of the Trustee under this Section are subject to the approval of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Section 10.05. Successor Trustee . Any corporation or association into which the Trustee may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its corporate trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, sale, merger, consolidation or transfer, to which it is a party, shall be and become successor Trustee hereunder and vested with all of the title to the Trust Estate and all the trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and all other matters as was its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding. Any such successor Trustee shall give notice thereof to the Issuer and the Company.

 

57


Section 10.06. Resignation by the Trustee . The Trustee and any successor Trustee may at any time resign from the trusts hereby created by giving forty-five (45) days’ written notice by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer, the Company and the owner of each Bond, and such resignation shall take effect at the end of such forty-five (45) days (or upon the earlier appointment of a successor Trustee by the Bondholders or by the Issuer) provided that a successor Trustee has been appointed pursuant to Section 10.08 hereof. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted appointment within forty-five (45) days of the giving of notice by the resigning Trustee, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Section 10.07. Removal of the Trustee . The Trustee may be removed at any time, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing delivered to the Trustee, to the Issuer and to the Company, and signed by the owners of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding, or (so long as no Event of Default is then existing under this Indenture) signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee and the Issuer, and such removal shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.08 hereof and the acceptance by the successor Trustee of such appointment.

 

Section 10.08. Appointment of Successor Trustee by Bondholders or Issuer . In case the Trustee hereunder shall resign or be removed, or be dissolved, or shall be in the course of dissolution or liquidation, or otherwise become incapable of acting hereunder, or in case it shall be taken under the control of any public officer or officers, or of a receiver appointed by a court, a successor may be appointed by the Issuer (at the direction of the Company, unless the Company shall then be in default, under this Indenture), or if no successor Trustee is so appointed by the Issuer, then by the owners of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing signed by such owners, or by their duly authorized attorneys in fact, a copy of which shall be delivered personally or sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Issuer and the Company. Every such Trustee appointed pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be a trust company or bank in good standing having a reported capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000, if there be such an institution willing, qualified and able to accept the trust upon customary terms, and (unless the Company shall then be in default under this Indenture) shall be satisfactory to the Company.

 

Section 10.09. Concerning Any Successor Trustee . Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and also to the Issuer and the Company an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder and thereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trust, duties and obligations of its predecessors; but such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer, or of

 

58


its successor, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts of such predecessor hereunder; and every predecessor Trustee shall deliver all securities and moneys held by it as Trustee hereunder to its successor. Should any instrument in writing from the Issuer be required by any successor Trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in such successor the estate, rights, power and duties hereby vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor, any and all such instruments in writing shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. The resignation of any Trustee and the instrument or instruments removing any Trustee and appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for in this Article, shall be filed or recorded by the successor Trustee in each recording office, if any, where this Indenture shall have been filed or recorded.

 

Section 10.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee . It is the purpose of this Indenture that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction (including particularly the law of the State) denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as Trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Indenture or the Agreement, and in particular in case of the enforcement of either on default, or in case the Trustee deems that by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the powers, rights or remedies herein granted to the Trustee or hold title to the properties, in trust, as herein granted, or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, it may be necessary that the Trustee appoint an individual or an additional institution as a separate or co-trustee. The following provisions of this Section 10.10 are adapted to these ends.

 

In the event that the Trustee appoints an individual or an additional institution as a separate or co-trustee, each and every remedy, power, right, obligation, claim, demand, cause of action, immunity, estate, title, interest and lien expressed or intended by this Indenture to be imposed upon, exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Trustee with respect thereto shall be imposed upon, exercisable by and vest in such separate or co-trustee but only to the extent necessary to enable such separate or co-trustee to exercise such powers, rights and remedies and every covenant and obligation necessary to the exercise thereof by such separate or co-trustee shall run to and be enforceable by either of them. Such separate or co-trustee shall deliver an instrument in writing acknowledging and accepting its appointment hereunder to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Company.

 

Should any instrument in writing from the Issuer be required by the separate trustee or co-trustee so appointed by the Trustee for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations under this Indenture, any and all such instruments in writing shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. In case any separate trustee or co-trustee, or a successor to either, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of such separate trustee or co-trustee, so far as permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee until the appointment of a new trustee or successor to such separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

59


The appointment of a co-trustee hereunder shall not in any way change the Trustee’s fiduciary duties and obligations hereunder.

 

Section 10.11. Remarketing Agent . The Issuer shall appoint, with the approval of the Company, the Remarketing Agent for the Bonds, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 10.12 hereof. The Remarketing Agent shall designate its principal office to the Paying Agent, the Trustee and the Bank and signify its acceptance of the duties and obligations imposed upon it hereunder and under the Remarketing Agreement by a written instrument of acceptance delivered to the Issuer, the Bank, the Company and the Trustee.

 

Section 10.12. Qualifications of Remarketing Agent . The Remarketing Agent shall be an entity which is a member in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and shall be authorized by law to perform all the duties imposed upon it by this Indenture and the Remarketing Agreement. The Remarketing Agent may at any time resign and be discharged of the duties and obligations created by this Indenture and the Remarketing Agreement by giving at least thirty (30) days’ notice to the Issuer, the Bank, the Company, and the Trustee. The Remarketing Agent may be removed at any time upon 60 days notice, at the direction of the Company, with the prior written consent of the Bank, by an instrument, signed by the Issuer, filed with the Remarketing Agent, the Bank, the Company and the Trustee.

 

In the event that the Issuer shall fail to appoint a Remarketing Agent hereunder, or in the event that the Remarketing Agent shall resign or be removed, or be dissolved, or if the property or affairs of the Remarketing Agent shall be taken under the control of any state or Federal court or administrative body because of bankruptcy or insolvency, or for any other reason, and the Issuer shall not have appointed its successor as Remarketing Agent, the Company, with the consent of the Bank shall appoint a successor Remarketing Agent and until a successor Remarketing Agent is appointed the Trustee but only upon its receipt of actual notice of such resignation, removal or dissolution shall ipso facto be deemed to be the Remarketing Agent until the appointment of the successor Remarketing Agent; provided, however, that the Trustee may not establish interest rates or interest indices or remarket the Bonds, but is only required to implement the purchase of Bonds pursuant to a draw on the Letter of Credit, however, if no successor Remarketing Agent has been appointed for a period of thirty (30) days, the Trustee shall apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Remarketing Agent.

 

Section 10.13. Tender Agent . The Issuer shall with the approval of the Company, appoint the Tender Agent for the Bonds, subject to the condition of Section 10.15 hereof. The Tender Agent shall designate its designated office to the Paying Agent, the Trustee, the Remarketing Agent and the Bank and signify its acceptance of the duties and obligations imposed upon it hereunder by a written instrument of acceptance delivered to the Issuer, the Bank, the Remarketing Agent, the Company and the Trustee under which the Tender Agent will agree, particularly:

 

(a) to hold all Bonds delivered to it hereunder in trust for the benefit of the respective Bondholders which shall have so delivered such Bonds until moneys representing the purchase price of such Bonds shall have been delivered to or for the account of or to the order of such Bondholders;

 

60


(b) to hold all moneys delivered to it hereunder for the purchase of Bonds in trust for the benefit of the person or entity which shall have so delivered such moneys until the Bonds purchased with such moneys shall have been delivered to or for the account of such person or entity;

 

(c) to keep such books and records as shall be consistent with prudent industry practice and to make such books and records available for inspection by the Issuer, the Trustee, the Bank, and the Company at all reasonable times.

 

The Issuer shall cooperate with the Trustee, the Registrar, the Bank, and the Company to cause the necessary arrangements to be made and to be thereafter continued whereby funds from the sources specified herein and in the Agreement will be made available for the purchase of Bonds presented at the designated office of the Tender Agent (or such other office as may be designated by the Tender Agent) and whereby Bonds, executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee or its Authenticating Agent, shall be made available to the Remarketing Agent to the extent necessary for delivery pursuant to Section 3.05 hereof.

 

Section 10.14. Qualifications of Tender Agent . The Tender Agent shall be an entity which is authorized by law to perform all the duties imposed upon it by this Indenture. The Tender Agent may at any time resign and be discharged of the duties and obligations created by this Indenture by giving at least sixty (60) days’ notice to the Issuer, the Bank, the Company, and the Trustee. The Tender Agent may be removed at any time, at the direction of the Company, with the prior written consent of the Bank, by an instrument, signed by the Issuer, filed with the Tender Agent, the Bank, the Remarketing Agent and the Trustee.

 

In the event of the resignation or removal of the Tender Agent, the Tender Agent shall pay over, assign and deliver any moneys and Bonds held by it in such capacity to its successor or, if there be no successor, to the Trustee.

 

In the event that the Issuer shall fail to appoint a Tender Agent hereunder, or in the event that the Tender Agent shall resign or be removed, or be dissolved, or if the property or affairs of the Tender Agent shall be taken under the control of any state or Federal court or administrative body because of bankruptcy or insolvency, or for any other reason, and the Issuer shall not have appointed its successor as Tender Agent, the Company, with the consent of the Bank shall appoint a successor Tender Agent and until a successor Tender Agent is appointed the Trustee but only upon its receipt of actual notice of such resignation, removal or dissolution shall ipso facto be deemed to be the Tender Agent for all purposes of this Indenture.

 

Section 10.15. Several Capacities . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the same entity may serve hereunder as the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar, the Remarketing Agent and the Tender Agent and in any other combination of such capacities, to the extent permitted by law.

 

61


ARTICLE XI

 

REFERENCES TO BANK;

EXECUTION OF INSTRUMENTS BY BONDHOLDERS AND

PROOF OF OWNERSHIP OF BONDS

 

Section 11.01. References to Bank . Upon the Expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit, references to the Bank shall be ineffective, except with respect to amounts payable to the Bank which have not been paid; provided that, if an Alternate Letter of Credit has been delivered in accordance with the Agreement, references to the Bank herein shall, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, refer to the issuer of such Alternate Letter of Credit.

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder due to failure by the Bank to honor a proper drawing by the Trustee under the Letter of Credit, the rights of such Bank under Article IX and Article XII hereof shall not be effective during the continuance of such failure.

 

Section 11.02. Execution of Instruments; Proof of Ownership . Any request, direction, consent or other instrument in writing required or permitted by this Indenture to be signed or executed by Bondholders or on their behalf by an attorney-in-fact may be in any number of concurrent instruments of similar tenor and may be signed or executed by Bondholders in person or by an agent or attorney-in-fact appointed by an instrument in writing or as provided in the Bonds. Proof of the execution of any such instrument and of the ownership of Bonds shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and shall be conclusive in favor of the Trustee with regard to any action taken by it under such instrument if made in the following manner:

 

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such instrument may be proved by the certificate of any officer in any jurisdiction who, by the laws thereof, has power to take acknowledgments within such jurisdiction, to the effect that the person signing such instrument acknowledged before him the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of a witness to such execution.

 

(b) The ownership of Bonds shall be proved by the registration books kept under the provisions of Section 2.08 hereof.

 

Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed as limiting the Trustee to such proof, it being intended that the Trustee may accept any other evidence of matters herein stated which it may deem sufficient. Any request of, consent of or assignment by any Bondholder shall bind every future Owner of the same Bond or any Bond or Bonds issued in lieu thereof in respect of anything done by the Trustee or the Issuer pursuant to such request, consent or assignment.

 

62


ARTICLE XII

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 12.01. Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders . The Issuer and the Trustee may, without consent of, or notice to, any of the Bondholders enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture for any one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a) To cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in this Indenture;

 

(b) To grant to or confer upon the Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders any additional rights, remedies, powers or authority that may lawfully be granted to or conferred upon the Bondholders or the Trustee;

 

(c) To evidence the appointment of a separate trustee or a co-trustee or the succession of a new Trustee hereunder;

 

(d) To provide for an uncertificated book-entry system of registration for the Bonds;

 

(e) To preserve the exclusion of the interest on the Bonds from gross income for purposes of federal income taxation;

 

(f) To implement the Fixed Interest Rate or to evidence or give effect to the delivery of an Alternate Letter of Credit;

 

(g) To provide for the issuance of Additional Bonds;

 

(h) To obtain or maintain an appropriate rating or ratings on the Bonds; and

 

(i) To make any other change which in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee, in reliance upon an opinion of counsel, is not materially prejudicial to the Bondholders.

 

Section 12.02. Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Bondholders . Exclusive of supplemental indentures covered by Section 12.01 hereof and subject to the terms and provisions contained in this Section, and not otherwise, the owners of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding shall have the right, from time to time, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, to consent to and approve the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of such other indenture or indentures supplemental hereto as shall be deemed necessary and desirable by the Issuer for the purpose of modifying, altering, amending, adding to or rescinding, in any particular, any of the terms or provisions contained in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided, however, that nothing in this Section or in Section 12.01 hereof contained shall permit, or be construed as permitting, without the consent of the owners of 100% in aggregate principal amount of the

 

63


Bonds then outstanding, (a) an extension of the maturity (or mandatory redemption date) of the principal of, or the interest on, any Bond issued hereunder, or (b) a reduction in the principal amount of, or redemption premium or rate of interest on, any Bond issued hereunder, or (c) a privilege or priority of any Bond or Bonds over any other Bond or Bonds, or (d) a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds the owners of which are required to consent to such supplemental indenture, or (e) the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture on the Trust Estate or any part thereof, or (f) deprivation of the owner of any Bond then outstanding of the lien hereby created on the Trust Estate.

 

If at any time the Issuer shall request the Trustee to enter into any such supplemental indenture for any of the purposes of this Section, the Trustee shall, upon being satisfactorily indemnified with respect to expenses, cause notice of the proposed execution of such supplemental indenture to be sent by Mail to all Bondholders. Such notice shall be prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer and shall briefly set forth the nature of the proposed supplemental indenture and shall state that copies thereof are on file at the designated corporate trust agency office of the Trustee for inspection by all Bondholders. If, within sixty (60) days or such longer period as shall be prescribed by the Issuer following the mailing of such notice, the owners of not less than a majority or 100%, as the case may be, in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding shall have consented to and approved the execution thereof as herein provided, no owner of any Bond shall have any right to object to any of the terms and provisions contained therein, or the operation thereof, or in any manner to question the propriety of the execution thereof, or to enjoin or restrain the Trustee or the Issuer from executing the same or from taking any action pursuant to the provisions thereof. Upon the execution of any such supplemental indenture as in this Section permitted and provided, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith.

 

Section 12.03. Consent of Company and the Bank . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, a supplemental indenture under this Article shall not become effective unless and until the Company and the Bank shall have consented to the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture. In this regard, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed execution of any such supplemental indenture together with a copy of the proposed supplemental indenture to be mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Company and the Bank and, if the Bonds are then rated by either Moody’s or S&P, such rating agency, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed date of execution and delivery of any such supplemental indenture. The Company shall be deemed to have consented to the execution and delivery of any such supplemental indenture if the Trustee does not receive a letter of protest or objection thereto signed by or on behalf of the Company on or before 4:30 o’clock P.M. local time at the designated corporate trust agency office of the Trustee, on the fifteenth day after the mailing of said notice.

 

Section 12.04. Opinion of Bond Counsel . The Trustee may require that the Company deliver to the Trustee at the Company’s expense an opinion of Bond Counsel upon which the Trustee may rely to the effect that a supplemental indenture is permitted by applicable law, it is proper for the Trustee to join in the execution of the Supplemental Indenture under the

 

64


provisions of this article, and will not adversely affect the tax-exempt status of the interest on the Bonds and that such supplemental indenture complies with the terms and provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be required to execute any supplemental indentures containing provisions adverse to the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENT OF AGREEMENT

 

Section 13.01. Amendments, etc., to Agreement Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders . The Trustee and the Issuer shall without the consent of or notice to the Bondholders consent to any amendment, change or modification of the Agreement which does not adversely affect the Bondholders (i) as may be required by the provisions of the Agreement or this Indenture, (ii) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity or formal defect or omission, (iii) to describe more fully or to amplify or correct the description of any property financed under the Agreement or intended so to be; (iv) to preserve the tax exempt status of interest on the Bonds, (v) to obtain or maintain an appropriate rating or ratings on the Bonds, or (vi) in connection with any other change therein which, in the judgment of the Issuer and the Trustee, in reliance upon an opinion of counsel, is not materially prejudicial to the Bondholders.

 

Section 13.02. Amendments, etc. to Agreement Requiring Consent of Bondholders . Except for the amendments, changes or modifications as provided in Section 13.01 hereof, the Trustee and the Issuer shall not consent to any other amendment, change or modification of the Agreement without the giving of notice and the written approval or consent of the owners of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding given as in this Section provided; provided, however, that nothing in this Section or in Section 13.01 herein contained shall permit or be construed as permitting, without the consent of the owners of 100% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding, (a) an extension of time for the payment of an amount due under the Agreement, or (b) a reduction in the total amount due under the Agreement, or (c) a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds the owners of which are required to consent to such amendment, change or modification of the Agreement. If at any time the Issuer and the Company shall request the consent of the Trustee to any such proposed amendment, change or modification of the Agreement, the Trustee shall, upon being satisfactorily indemnified with respect to expenses, cause notice of such proposed amendment, change or modification to be given in the same manner as provided by Section 12.02 hereof with respect to supplemental indentures. Such notice shall briefly be prepared by or on behalf of the Issuer and shall set forth the nature of such proposed amendment, change or modification and shall state that copies of the instrument embodying the same are on file at the designated corporate trust agency office of the Trustee for inspection by all Bondholders.

 

Section 13.03. Consent of the Bank . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, amendments, changes or modifications of the Agreement shall not become effective unless and

 

65


until the Bank shall have consented to the execution and delivery of such amendments, changes or modifications of the Agreement. In this regard, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed execution of any such amendments, changes or modifications of the Agreement together with a copy of the proposed amendments, changes or modifications of the Agreement to be mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Bank and, if the Bonds are then rated by either Moody’s or S&P, such rating agency, at least fifteen days prior to the proposed date of execution and delivery of any such amendments, changes or modifications of the Agreement.

 

Section 13.04. Opinion of Bond Counsel . The Trustee may require that the Company deliver to the Trustee at the Company’s expense an opinion of Bond Counsel upon which the Trustee may rely to the effect that any amendment, change or modification of the Agreement is permitted by applicable law and will not adversely affect the tax-exempt status of interest on the Bonds and that such amendment, change or modification complies with the terms and provisions of the Agreement and this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 14.01. Consents, etc., of Bondholders . Any consent, request, direction, approval, notice, objection or other instrument required by this Indenture to be signed and executed by the Bondholders may be in any number of concurrent documents and may be executed by such Bondholders in person or by agent appointed in writing. Proof of the execution of any such consent, request, direction, approval, notice, objection or other instrument or of the writing appointing any such agent and of the ownership of Bonds, if made in the following manner, shall be sufficient for any of the purposes of this Indenture, and shall be conclusive in favor of the Trustee with regard to any action taken by it under such request or other instrument, namely:

 

(a) The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such writing may be proved by the certificate of any officer in any jurisdiction who by law has power to take acknowledgments within such jurisdiction that the person signing such writing acknowledged before him the execution thereof, or by an affidavit of any witness to such execution.

 

(b) The fact of ownership of Bonds and the amount or amounts, numbers and other identification of such Bonds, and the date of owning the same shall be proved by the registration books of the Issuer maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof.

 

For all purposes of this Indenture and of the proceedings for the enforcement hereof, such person shall be deemed to continue to be the owner of such Bond until the Trustee shall have received notice in writing to the contrary.

 

66


In determining whether the owners of the requisite principal amount of Bonds outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver under this Indenture, Bonds owned by the Company or any affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding under this Indenture, except that in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Bonds which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. For purposes of this paragraph (a) an “affiliate” means any person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company; and for the purposes of this definition (b) “control”, means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bonds so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded as aforesaid if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Bonds and that the pledgee is not the Company or any affiliate of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, Bonds owned by the Company or any affiliate of the Company shall be deemed to be Outstanding under this Indenture if all the Bonds Outstanding at the time are owned by the Company or an affiliate of the Company; provided, however, that in such event the Company or such affiliate may not consent to any supplement to this Indenture that would adversely affect the validity of the Bonds or the tax-exempt status of the interest on the Bonds; and provided further that if a supplement to this Indenture is executed at a time when the Company or any affiliate is the owner of all the Outstanding Bonds, Bond Counsel shall render an opinion that the execution of the supplement to this Indenture does not adversely affect the validity of the Bonds or the tax exempt status of the interest thereon.

 

Section 14.02. Limitation of Rights . With the exception of rights herein expressly conferred, nothing expressed or mentioned in or to be implied from this Indenture or the Bonds is intended or shall be construed to give to any person or company other than the parties hereto and the Company, and the owners of the Bonds, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Indenture or any covenants, conditions and provisions herein contained; this Indenture and all of the covenants, conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and the Company and the owners of the Bonds as herein provided.

 

Section 14.03. Severability . If any provisions of this Indenture shall be held or deemed to be or shall, in fact, be illegal, inoperative or unenforceable, the same shall not affect any other provision or provisions herein contained or render the same invalid, inoperative, or unenforceable to any extent whatever; provided that no holding or invalidity shall require the Issuer to make any payments from revenues other than Revenues derived from the Agreement.

 

Section 14.04. Notices to S&P Trustee agrees to provide to S&P, if rating the Bonds, prior notice of the following:

 

(a) expiration, extension, or substitution of the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit;

 

67


(b) redemption or purchase of all outstanding Bonds;

 

(c) conversion to a new interest rate mode; or

 

(d) any changes in the Indenture, Agreement, Letter of Credit, Confirming Letter of Credit or Remarketing Agreement.

 

Section 14.05. Notices . Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice, request, complaint, demand, communication or other paper shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given on the fourth day following the day on which the same has been mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: if to the Issuer, at The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, P. O. Box 2187, Mobile, Alabama 36601, Attention: Chairman; if to the Trustee, at Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, 1300 SW Fifth Avenue, 11 th Floor, MAC P6101-114, Portland, Oregon, or Telecopy No. 503-886-3300, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; if to the Company, at FGDI, LLC 19901 North Dixie Highway, Bowling Green, Ohio, 43402, or Telecopy No. (419) 373-6326, Attention: President, with a copy to Arthur F. Owens, Dickinson Mackaman Tyler & Hagan, P.C., 1600 Hub Tower, 699 Walnut Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50309-3986 or Telecopy No. (515) 246-4550; if to the Bank at CoBank, ACB, 5500 South Quebec Street, Englewood, Colorado 80111, or Telecopy No.303-694-5830, Attention: Jim Masterson; if to Confirming Bank at Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, New York Branch, 150 East 42 nd Street, New York, New York 10017 or Telecopy No. 212-672-5517, Attention: Joel Sahli; if to the Original Purchaser or Remarketing Agent at W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC, 1420 I-85 Parkway, Montgomery, Alabama 36106 or Telecopy No. 334-395-6200, Attention: Robbins Taylor; if to S&P, Letter of Credit Surveillance, 55 Water Street, New York, NY 10041. A duplicate copy of each notice required to be given hereunder by the Trustee to either the Issuer or the Company shall also be given to the other. The Issuer, the Company and the Trustee may designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

 

68


Section 14.06. Payments Due on Non-Business Days . In any case where the date of maturity of interest on or principal of the Bonds or the date fixed for redemption of any Bonds is not a Business Day, then payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest need not be made on such date but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption.

 

Section 14.07. Action by Company and Issuer . Wherever it is herein provided or permitted for any action to be taken by the Company, such action may be taken by the Authorized Company Representative hereunder unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Whenever it is herein provided or permitted for any action to be taken by the Issuer, such action may be taken by the Authorized Issuer Representative hereunder unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

Section 14.08. Limited Liability of Officers . No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any of the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, the Agreement or the Tax Agreement against any past, present or future member, official, officer, agent, manager or employee of the Issuer, or any member, official, officer, agent, manager or employee of any successor thereto, as such, either directly or through the Issuer or any successor thereto, under any rule of law or equity, statute or constitution or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, and all such liability of any such member, official, officer, agent, manager or employee as such is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of and consideration for the execution of this Indenture, the Agreement, the Tax Agreement and the issuance of the Bonds.

 

Section 14.09. Counterparts . This Indenture may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

Section 14.10. Applicable Provisions of Law . This Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

 

69


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this Indenture of Trust to be executed in their respective corporate names as of the day first above written.

 

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

By:

 

/s/ Robert Wilbanks


   

As Its Vice President

 

[SEAL]

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

/s/ Shelly Mattingly


   

(Name) Shelly Mattingly

   

(Title) Asst. Secretary

 

WELLS FARGO BANK NORTHWEST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

By:

 

/s/ Doreen K. Rowe


   

(NAME) Doreen K. Rowe

   

(TITLE) Vice President

 

70


EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF BONDS]

 

REGISTERED

   REGISTERED

No. R-1

   $             

 

United States of America

The Industrial Development Board

of the City of Mobile, Alabama

 

Variable Rate Demand

Industrial Development Revenue Bond

(FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002

 

Interest Rateh   Maturity Date:   Date of Original Issue:   CUSIP:
(Variable)   December 1, 2012   December 17, 2002    

 

REGISTERED OWNER:

  

CEDE & CO,

PRINCIPAL AMOUNT:

  

                                          AND

00/100 DOLLARS

 

The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, a public corporation organized under the laws of the State of Alabama (the “Issuer”), for value received, hereby promises to pay (but only out of the Revenues of the Issuer from the Agreement, as hereinafter defined, and other moneys pledged therefor) to the Registered Owner specified above, or registered assigns, on the aforesaid Maturity Date, unless this Bond is called for earlier redemption, upon the presentation and surrender hereof, the principal amount specified above, and premium, if any, and interest on said principal amount from and including the date hereof until payment of said principal sum has been made or duly provided for, at the rates and on the dates set forth herein.

 

The principal of and premium, if any, on this Bond is payable at the designated corporate trust agency office (the “designated office”) of Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Paying Agent (the “Paying Agent”) under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, or at the designated office of any co-paying agent appointed in accordance with the Indenture, at the option of the registered Owner hereof.

 

Payment of interest on this Bond may, at the option of any registered Owner of Bonds in an aggregate principal amount of at least $1,000,000, be transmitted by wire transfer to such registered Owner to the bank account number on file with the Trustee as Registrar. Payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Bond shall be in any coin or currency of the United States of America as, at the respective times of payment, shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

 

A-1


This Bond is one of the duly authorized Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002 of the Issuer, aggregating Five Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($5,500,000) in principal amount (the “Bonds”), issued under and pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Alabama, particularly the provisions of Act No. 648 enacted at the 1949 Regular Session of the Legislature of Alabama, as amended and Division I of Article 4 of Chapter 54 of Title 11 of the Code of Alabama 1975 , as amended, (the “Act”), and the Trust Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), for the purpose of financing of costs of the Project, as defined in the Lease Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Agreement”), between the Issuer and the Company. Pursuant to the Indenture, Additional Bonds may be issued on parity with the Bonds.

 

Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company is required to make payments to the Trustee in the amounts and at the times necessary to pay the principal of and interest and any premium on the Bonds. In the Indenture, the Issuer has assigned to the Trustee, to provide for the payment of the principal of and interest and any premium on the Bonds, the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the Agreement, except for Unassigned Issuer’s Rights.

 

It is hereby certified, recited and declared that all acts, conditions and things required by the Constitution and laws of the State of Alabama to exist, to have happened and to have been performed, precedent to and in the execution and delivery of the Indenture and the issuance of this Bond, do exist, have happened and have been performed in regular and due form as required by law.

 

No covenant or agreement contained in this Bond or the Indenture shall be deemed to be a covenant or agreement of any official, officer, agent or employee of the Issuer in his individual capacity, and neither the members of the Issuer, nor any official executing this Bond, shall be liable personally on this Bond or be subject to any personal liability or accountability by reason of the issuance or sale of this Bond.

 

This Bond shall not be entitled to any right or benefit under the Indenture, or be valid or become obligatory for any purpose, until this Bond shall have been authenticated by the Trustee, or its successor as Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, by execution of the certificate of authentication inscribed hereon.

 

The Issuer has appointed W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC, as Remarketing Agent (the “Remarketing Agent”) under the Indenture. The Issuer may from time to time, at the direction of the Company, remove or replace the Remarketing Agent.

 

As provided in the Notice of Demand Privilege attached to the Indenture, the Owner of this Bond may require the Remarketing Agent to effect the purchase of such Bond at the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in such Notice of Demand Privilege.

 

Concurrently with the issuance of the Bonds, the Company has caused to be delivered to the Trustee an irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) of CoBank, ACB (the

 

A-2


“Bank”). Unless extended in accordance with its terms, the Letter of Credit will expire at the close of Bank’s business on July 31, 2003. The Trustee shall be entitled under the Letter of Credit to draw up to (a) an amount sufficient (i) to pay the principal of Bonds, or (ii) to enable the Tender Agent to pay the principal portion of the purchase price or portion of the purchase price of Bonds delivered to it and not remarketed, plus (b) an amount equal to 108 days’ accrued interest on the outstanding Bonds (i) to pay interest on the Bonds, or (ii) to enable the Paying Agent or the Remarketing Agent to pay the portion of purchase price of the Bonds delivered to it and not remarketed equal to the accrued interest, if any, on such Bonds. The Company may, upon the conditions specified in the Indenture, provide for the delivery to the Trustee of an irrevocable letter of credit other than the Letter of Credit.

 

The Company has also caused to be issued and delivered to the Trustee by Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG (“Confirming Bank”) an irrevocable Letter of Credit (“Confirming Letter of Credit”), pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled to draw, upon the wrongful dishonor by the Letter of Credit Bank of any request for payment under the Letter of Credit, up to (a) an amount sufficient (i) to pay the principal of Bonds, or (ii) to enable the Tender Agent to pay the principal portion of the purchase price or portion of the purchase price of Bonds delivered to it and not remarketed, plus (b) an amount equal to 108 days’ accrued interest on the outstanding Bonds (i) to pay interest on the Bonds or (ii) to enable the Paying Agent or the Remarketing Agent to pay the portion of purchase price of the Bonds delivered to it and not remarketed equal to the accrued interest, if any, on such Bonds. The Confirming Letter of Credit shall expire on July 31, 2003, unless extended, and may be replaced by an Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit (as defined in the Indenture). As used herein, the term “Confirming Letter of Credit” shall refer to the Confirming Letter of Credit and any Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit issued in substitution therefore.

 

The Issuer has established a book-entry only system of registration for the Bonds. Except as specifically provided otherwise in the Indenture, a securities depository will be the Registered Owner and will hold this Bond on behalf of the beneficial owners hereof. By acceptance of a confirmation of purchase, delivery or transfer, the beneficial owners of this Bond shall be deemed to have agreed to this arrangement. The securities depository, as Registered Owner of this Bond, shall be treated as the owner hereof for all purposes. This Bond is transferable by the Registered Owner in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing at the designated agency office of the Trustee but only in the manner, subject to the limitations and upon payment of the charges provided in the Indenture, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Bond. Upon such transfer a new registered Bond or Bonds of Authorized Denomination or Authorized Denominations, for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the transferee in exchange therefor. Subject to the limitations and upon payment of the charges provided in the Indenture, and upon surrender and cancellation thereof, Bonds may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Bonds of other Authorized Denomination or Authorized Denominations. The Trustee shall not be required to transfer or exchange any Bond during the period of fifteen days next preceding any Interest Payment Date nor to transfer or exchange any Bond after the mailing of notice calling such Bond or a portion thereof for redemption, nor during the period of fifteen days next preceding the giving of such

 

A-3


notice of redemption. The Issuer and the Trustee may deem and treat the Registered Owner hereof as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of principal hereof and premium, if any, hereon and interest due hereon and for all other purposes and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

In addition to the words and terms defined elsewhere in this Bond, the following terms shall have the following meanings (with capitalized terms used and not defined herein having the same meanings as in the Indenture):

 

“Accrual Period” means, prior to the Conversion Date, the one-week period commencing on a Thursday and ending on the Wednesday immediately succeeding such Thursday.

 

“Bond Payment Date” means any Interest Payment Date and any other date on which the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds is to be paid to the Owners thereof, whether upon redemption, at maturity or upon acceleration of maturity of the Bonds.

 

“Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which banks in the City of Portland, Oregon or such other city in which the designated office of the Trustee is located are not required or authorized to close.

 

“Conversion Date” means the date on which the interest on the Bonds converts from the Variable Rate to the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

“Fixed Interest Rate” means a fixed per annum. interest rate to be borne by the Bonds pursuant to Section 4.01 of the Indenture.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means (i) prior to conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, the first Thursday of February, 2003, and the first Thursday of each third month thereafter; (ii) the date of conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate; (iii) after conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate, each April 1 and November 1; and (iv) the Maturity Date.

 

“Interest Period” means, initially, the period from and including the date of initial delivery of the Project Bonds to and including February 5, 2003 and thereafter, the period from and including an Interest Payment Date to and including the day next preceding the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

 

“Maximum Interest Rate” means ten percent (10%) per annum prior to the Conversion Date and, upon and after the Conversion Date, the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

“Purchase Date” , when used with respect to any Bond, means the date upon which the Paying Agent is obligated to purchase such Bond pursuant to the Indenture.

 

A-4


“Tax-Exempt Obligations” means any obligation the interest on which is excludable from gross income for federal income tax purposes, pursuant to Sections 103 and 150(a)(6) of the Code.

 

“Variable Rate” means Variable Rate as described herein.

 

PART I. VARIABLE RATE PROVISIONS

 

This Bond will initially bear interest at a variable rate per annum (the “Variable Rate”), which shall be the lesser of (i) the Maximum Interest Rate or (ii) a fluctuating per annum rate equal to the per annum. rate for the Accrual Period determined by the Remarketing Agent (herein defined) by 12:00 noon, Portland, Oregon time, on the Wednesday preceding the day on which the Accrual Period commences or, if such day of determination is not a Business Day for the Remarketing Agent, on the next preceding day which is a Business Day (the “Determination Date”), to be equal to (but not more than) the rate required to be borne by the Bonds for such Accrual Period to produce a bid for the purchase of all the Bonds on such Determination Date at a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, thereon from the most recent Interest Payment Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Accrual Period beginning on the date of initial authentication and delivery of the Bonds shall commence on such date and end on Wednesday, February 5, 2003. If for any reason the Variable Rate is not determined as set forth above on any Determination Date, the interest rate announced on the preceding Determination Date shall continue in effect. If for any reason the Variable Rate is not so determined for a second succeeding week or thereafter, the Variable Rate shall thereafter be determined by the Trustee and shall be a percentage per annum (not to exceed the Maximum Interest Rate) equal to twenty-five basis points in excess of the then current municipal swap index as quoted by the Bond Market Association. Interest at the Variable Rate will be computed on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as appropriate, for the actual number of days elapsed, and will be payable on each Interest Payment Date, or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, with such interest being initially paid on February 6, 2003. Interest will be payable by check or draft mailed to the person in whose name this Bond is registered at the close of business on the Business Day preceding that Interest Payment Date on the registration books for this issue maintained by the Trustee, as Registrar.

 

PART II. CONVERSION AND PURCHASE PROVISIONS

 

a Conversion to a Fixed Interest Rate. With the prior written consent of the Bank, and upon receipt by the Trustee of an amendment to the Letter of Credit and to the Confirming Letter of Credit increasing the amount available to be drawn for the payment of accrued interest on the Bonds to two hundred (200) days of accrued interest on the then existing principal balance of the Bonds at the Fixed Interest Rate, on any Interest Payment Date (if such date is

 

A-5


designated by the Company as the Conversion Date), the Company may elect to convert the rate on the Bonds to the Fixed Interest Rate. The Company may exercise its conversion option by giving the Trustee, the Bank, each Confirming Bank, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent and the Remarketing Agent written notice of its intention to convert the rate to the Fixed Interest Rate, at least 50 days prior to the proposed Conversion Date.

 

If the Company elects to convert the interest rate as aforesaid, the Paying Agent shall notify each Bondholder in writing by Mail (as defined in the Indenture) at least thirty (30) days prior to the Conversion Date of the fact that the rate will be converted, which notice shall also state that such conversion may result in a reduction or revocation of the rating, if any, of the Bonds by the Rating Service, and that the Bondholder shall tender the Bonds for purchase by the Remarketing Agent prior to the Interest Payment Date which is the Conversion Date in accordance with the terms of the Bond, advises the Bondholder that the Bond will be converted on the Conversion Date to the Fixed Interest Rate and advises the Bondholder that, if the Bond is not so tendered for purchase, tender will not thereafter be possible.

 

On a day which is a Business Day at least fifteen (15) days prior to the Conversion Date, the Remarketing Agent will determine the minimum rate of interest which will be applicable to the Bonds on the Conversion Date, and at least twelve (12) days prior to the Conversion Date the Paying Agent will notify all of the Bondholders by Mail of the aforesaid minimum rate of interest. Bondholders shall deliver such Bonds to the Tender Agent on or before the Conversion Date. On a day which is a Business Day at least seven (7) days prior to the Conversion Date (the “Rate Determination Date”), the Remarketing Agent shall determine the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

The Remarketing Agent shall determine the Fixed Interest Rate to be that rate per annum which, if borne by all of the outstanding Bonds through the Maturity Date, would, in the judgment of the Remarketing Agent (taking into consideration current transactions and comparable securities in which the Remarketing Agent is involved or of which it is aware and prevailing financial market conditions), be the interest rate necessary (but which would not exceed the interest rate necessary) to produce as nearly as practical a par bid for each outstanding Bond on the Rate Determination Date.

 

On the Rate Determination Date, the Remarketing Agent shall advise the Company, the Trustee and the Bank by telephone (to be confirmed in writing) of the Fixed Interest Rate.

 

b. Additional Purchase Provisions. This Bond shall be subject to mandatory tender by the Owner at a price equal to the principal amount hereof plus accrued interest to the Purchase Date on (i) the Conversion Date and (ii) the last Interest Payment Date prior to the date on which the Letter of Credit or Confirming Letter of Credit is to be released (in connection with the substitution of the Letter of Credit or the Confirming Letter of Credit then in effect). THE OWNER OF THIS BOND, BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES (i) TO SELL THIS BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 3.09 OF THE INDENTURE, AND (ii) UPON THE DEPOSIT WITH THE TRUSTEE OF MONEYS FOR SUCH PURCHASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 3.09 OF THE INDENTURE, TO SURRENDER THIS BOND, PROPERLY ENDORSED FOR TRANSFER, IN BLANK.

 

A-6


BONDS TO BE PURCHASED AS REQUIRED UNDER THE INDENTURE MUST BE DELIVERED ON THE APPROPRIATE PURCHASE DATE (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE), WITH A COMPLETED AND EXECUTED ASSIGNMENT BUT IN BLANK AS TO TRANSFEREE, TO THE TENDER AGENT ON OR BEFORE 10:00 A.M. PORTLAND, OREGON TIME. BONDS REQUIRED TO BE TENDERED AND NOT SO TENDERED SHALL BE DEEMED PURCHASED AT SUCH DATE AND TIME AND INTEREST SHALL NO LONGER ACCRUE THEREON IF THE PURCHASE PRICE (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE) HAS BEEN DEPOSITED WITH THE PAYING AGENT. BY PURCHASE AND ACCEPTANCE OF THIS BOND, THE OWNER HEREOF HEREBY IMMEDIATELY APPOINTS THE PAYING AGENT AS THE OWNER’S DULY AUTHORIZED ATTORNEY-IN-FACT FOR THE PURPOSES OF ASSIGNMENT, ENDORSEMENT, CERTIFICATION, EXECUTION OR ACKNOWLEDGMENT THAT THE OWNER IS HOLDING THIS BOND FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE PURCHASER OR PURCHASERS, REGISTER OF TRANSFERS AND DELIVERY OF BONDS, WHICH APPOINTMENT SHALL TAKE EFFECT IF THE OWNER OF THIS BOND DOES NOT DELIVER IT FOR PURCHASE ON AN APPLICABLE PURCHASE DATE. THIS BOND SHALL BE DEEMED PURCHASED ON SUCH PURCHASE DATE IF THERE HAS BEEN IRREVOCABLY DEPOSITED IN TRUST WITH THE PAYING AGENT AN AMOUNT SUFFICIENT TO PAY THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE BOND. UNDELIVERED BONDS SO DEEMED PURCHASED SHALL NOT BE ENTITLED TO ANY PAYMENT OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITED PURCHASE PRICE, SHALL ACCRUE NO INTEREST AFTER THE PURCHASE DATE AND SHALL NO LONGER BE SECURED BY THE LIEN OF THE INDENTURE.

 

PART III. REDEMPTION PROVISIONS

 

The Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption by the Issuer, at the direction of the Company, at the times, in the manner and upon payment of the redemption price set forth in the Indenture.

 

The Bonds are subject to mandatory redemption at any time in whole (or in the case of the event stated in (2) of this paragraph in whole or in part as provided in the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, within 180 days after the occurrence of the events stated in (1) of this paragraph, and upon the occurrence of the events stated in (2) and (3) of this paragraph:

 

(1) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State of Alabama or the Constitution of the United States of America or of legislative or administrative action (whether state or federal) or by final decree, judgment or order of any court or administrative body (whether state or federal) entered after the contest thereof by the

 

A-7


Company in good faith, the Agreement shall have become void or unenforceable or impossible of performance in accordance with the intent and purposes of the parties as expressed in the Agreement; or

 

(2) A final determination by the Internal Revenue Service or a court of competent jurisdiction as a result of a proceeding in which the Company participates to the degree it deems sufficient, which determination the Company, in its discretion, does not contest by an appropriate proceeding, that, as a result of a failure by the Company to observe any covenant, agreement or representation by the Company in the Agreement, the interest payable on any Bonds is includable for federal income tax purposes in the gross income of any owner or beneficial owner of a Bond (other than an owner who is a “substantial user” of the Project or a “related person” within the meaning of Section 147(a) of the Code and the applicable Regulations); or

 

(3) Upon the Expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit or the Confirming Letter of Credit without any delivery of an Alternate Letter of Credit or Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit, respectively, pursuant to Section 2.12 of the Agreement.

 

The Bonds shall be subject to mandatory redemption by the Issuer, as a whole or in part, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, on any date within one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Completion Date with any proceeds of the Bonds, including income from the investment thereof, which shall remain in the Project Fund after completion of the Project and the payment of the Project Costs. In such event, the principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed will be a principal amount equal to the lowest integral multiple of $5,000 (provided that the unredeemed portion of any Bond redeemed in part shall be $100,000 or more), equal to or in excess of the remaining proceed of the Bonds, including income from the investment thereof.

 

The Bonds shall be subject to optional redemption in whole by the Issuer, but not in part, on any Business Day, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, upon the exercise by the Company of its option to prepay payments under Section 8.2 of the Agreement, if any of the following shall have occurred:

 

(1) All or substantially all of the Project shall be damaged or destroyed and the Company shall determine that it is not practicable or desirable to rebuild. repair or restore the Project;

 

(2) All or substantially all of the Project shall be condemned or such use or control thereof shall be taken as to render the Project unsatisfactory to the Company for continued operation; or

 

(3) Unreasonable burdens or excessive liabilities shall be imposed upon the Issuer or the Company with respect to the Project or the operation thereof.

 

A-8


PART IV. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

The Bonds are equally and ratably secured, to the extent provided in the Indenture, by the pledge thereunder of the Revenues of the Issuer from the Agreement, which terms are used herein as defined in the Indenture and which as therein defined means all moneys paid or payable under the Agreement to be made by the Company thereunder to the Issuer and for the purchase of Bonds, and all receipts of the Paying Agent and the Remarketing Agent credited under the provisions of the Indenture against such payments, and certain other moneys pledged therefor. The Issuer has also pledged and assigned to the Trustee as security for the Bonds all other rights and interests of the Issuer under the Agreement (other than its rights to indemnification, certain administrative expenses and certain other rights).

 

THIS BOND AND ALL OTHER BONDS OF THE ISSUE OF WHICH IT FORMS A PART ARE ISSUED UNDER AND PURSUANT TO THE ACT, AND PURSUANT TO A RESOLUTION ADOPTED BY THE ISSUER. THIS BOND AND THE ISSUE OF WHICH IT FORMS A PART ARE LIMITED OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER, THE STATE AND ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF, BUT ARE PAYABLE SOLELY OUT OF BOND PROCEEDS, REVENUES AND OTHER AMOUNTS DERIVED UNDER THE AGREEMENT, AND THE FUNDS AND ACCOUNTS HELD UNDER AND PURSUANT TO THE INDENTURE AND PLEDGED THEREFOR. THE BONDS, THE INTEREST THEREON AND ANY OTHER PAYMENTS OR COSTS INCIDENT THERETO DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN INDEBTEDNESS OF THE ISSUER, THE STATE OR ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF WITHIN THE MEANING OF ANY CONSTITUTIONAL OR STATUTORY PROVISIONS OR A PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE ISSUER. THE BONDS AND THE INTEREST PAYABLE THEREON DO NOT GIVE RISE TO A PECUNIARY LIABILITY OF THE ISSUER OR A CHARGE AGAINST ITS GENERAL CREDIT OR TAXING POWER OF THE ISSUER, THE STATE OF ALABAMA OR ANY POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF FOR THE PAYMENT OF THE BONDS OR THE INTEREST THEREON OR OTHER PAYMENTS OR COSTS INCIDENT THERETO. THE ISSUER HAS NO TAXING POWER.

 

The transfer of this Bond shall be registered upon the registration books kept at the designated office of the Trustee, as Registrar, at the written request of the registered Owner hereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender of this Bond at said office, together with a written instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the registered Owner or his duly authorized attorney.

 

If less than all of the Bonds at the time outstanding are to be called for redemption, the particular Bonds or portions thereof to be redeemed shall be selected by the Trustee by lot in such manner as the Trustee may deem proper, in the principal amounts required by the Indenture. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Pledged Bonds, as defined in the Credit Agreement, shall so long as the Bank is not in default with respect to its obligations under the Letter of Credit, be redeemed prior to any other Outstanding Bonds.

 

A-9


In the event any of the Bonds are called for redemption, the Trustee shall give notice, in the name of the Issuer, of the redemption of such Bonds in the manner and at the times provided in the Indenture.

 

With respect to any notice of optional redemption of Bonds to be made, unless, upon the giving of such notice, such Bonds shall be deemed to have been paid within the meaning of the Indenture, such notice may state that such redemption shall be conditional upon the receipt by the Trustee on or prior to the date fixed for such redemption of moneys sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on such Bonds to be redeemed, and that if such moneys shall not have been so received said notice shall be of no force and effect and the Issuer shall not be required to redeem such Bonds. In the event that such notice of redemption contains such a condition and such moneys are not so received, the redemption shall not be made and the Trustee shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice, in the manner in which the notice of redemption was given, that such moneys were not so received.

 

If a notice of redemption shall be unconditional, or if the conditions of a conditional notice of redemption shall have been satisfied, then upon presentation and surrender of Bonds so called for redemption at the place or places of payment such Bonds shall be redeemed.

 

Any Bonds and portions of Bonds which have been duly selected for redemption and which are deemed to be paid in accordance with the Indenture shall cease to bear interest on the specified redemption date and shall thereafter cease to be entitled to any lien, benefit or security under the Indenture.

 

The Owner of this Bond shall have no right to enforce the provisions of the Indenture, or to institute action to enforce the covenants therein, or to take any action with respect to any default under the Indenture, or to institute, appear in or defend any suit or other proceeding with respect thereto, except as provided in the Indenture.

 

With certain exceptions as provided therein, the Indenture and the Agreement may be modified or amended only with the consent of the Owners of 60% in aggregate principal amount of all Bonds outstanding under the Indenture.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and the Agreement, copies of which are on file with the Trustee, and to the Letter of Credit and the Confirming Letter of Credit which are held by the Trustee, for the provisions, among others, with respect to the nature and extent of the rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent, the Remarketing Agent, the Bank and the Confirming Bank. The Owner of this Bond, by the acceptance hereof, is deemed to have agreed and consented to the terms and provisions of the Indenture, the Agreement, the Letter of Credit and the Confirming Letter of Credit.

 

The Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, any co-paying agent, the Tender Agent and the Remarketing Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name this Bond is registered as the absolute Owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Bond is overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, any co-paying agent, the Tender Agent nor the Remarketing Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

A-10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama has caused this Bond to be signed in its name and on its behalf, with its corporate seal or facsimile thereof, if any, impressed or otherwise reproduced hereon, by the manual or facsimile signature of its President or Vice President, and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

 

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

By:

 

 


    Its President

 

(SEAL)

 

ATTEST:

 

By:

 

 


   

(Name)

   

(Title)

 

This Bond is one of the Bonds of the issue described in the within mentioned Indenture of Trust.

 

   

WELLS FARGO BANK NORTHWEST,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

Date of Registration

       

and Authentication:

       

December      , 2002

 

By:

 

 


       

Authorized Signatory

Registrable at and Payable by:

       

 


 

 

A-11


(FORM OF ASSIGNMENT)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers unto                                          the within Bond and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                              attorney to transfer said Bond on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                                     

 


Signature Guarantee:

 


 

NOTICE: The signature to this Assignment must correspond with the name of the registered owner as it appears, upon the face of the within Bond in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever; and

 

NOTICE: Signature guarantee must be provided in accordance with the prevailing standards and procedures of the Trustee. Such standards and procedures may require signatures to be guaranteed by certain eligible guarantor institutions that participate in a recognized signature guarantee program.

 

A-12


NOTICE OF DEMAND PRIVILEGE

 

So long as the Letter of Credit is in effect with respect to the Bonds under the Indenture and so long as the Bonds bear interest at the Variable Rate, Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Tender Agent, is required to effect the purchase of any Bond (or portions thereof in principal amounts equal to $5,000 or any integral multiple thereof, and provided that the remaining portion to be held by the Owner is $100,000 or more) tendered for purchase by the Owner thereof (other than the Company or the Issuer) from and to the extent of funds realized from the remarketing thereof or drawn under or derived from the Letter of Credit at a purchase price equal to the principal amount thereof plus interest, if any, accrued at the Variable Rate from the most recent Interest Payment Date therefor to the date of purchase, upon (1) telex, telecopy, or delivery of other written notice to the Remarketing Agent (which notice shall be irrevocable upon receipt) no later than 3:00 p.m. Portland, Oregon time on the date of notice stating (a) the principal amount and Bond number of such Bond (or portion thereof) to be purchased and (b) the date on which such Bond (or portion thereof) is to be purchased, which date shall be a Business Day not prior to the 7th day next succeeding the date of receipt of such notice by the Tender Agent, and (2) presentment by 10:00 a.m. Portland, Oregon time on the date specified in such notice at the agency office of the Tender Agent, in the City of Portland, Oregon, of such Bond endorsed in blank (or accompanied by a bond power executed in blank) to the extent of the portion to be purchased as all such terms are defined in the within Bond or the Indenture referred to therein. IN THE EVENT SUCH BOND IS NOT SO PRESENTED AND ENDORSED BY 10:00 A.M., PORTLAND, OREGON TIME, ON THE DATE SPECIFIED IN SUCH NOTICE AT THE AGENCY OFFICE OF THE TENDER AGENT IN THE CITY OF PORTLAND, OREGON, SUCH BOND SHALL BE DEEMED TENDERED AND THE OWNER OF SUCH BOND SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ALL DAMAGES, IF ANY, OF THE ISSUER, THE COMPANY, THE REMARKETING AGENT, THE TENDER AGENT, THE PAYING AGENT, AND THE BANK CAUSED BY THE FAILURE TO SO PRESENT SUCH BOND. The present address of the Tender Agent, and the Tender Agent’s present address for purposes of such notice, is                      ,                      , telephone:                      , telecopy:                      , Attention:                      , which address is subject to replacemen

 

A-13

Exhibit 10.47

 

Purchase Agreement

(Eximbank Insurance)

 

FGDI, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company with its chief executive offices located at 2829 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa, 50266 (the “ Seller ”), has requested that CoBank, ACB (referred to herein as “ Purchaser ”) purchase certain present and future accounts, contract rights and other forms of obligation for the payment of money arising out of the sale of goods from Seller which are acceptable to Purchaser and are insured by Eximbank (as defined herein) (the obligations so purchased are referred to herein as each a “ Receivable ” and collectively the “ Receivables ”), all as stated herein.

 

Effective June 22, 2004 and subject to the terms and conditions of this Purchase Agreement and those other documents, instruments, and agreements referred to herein or required hereby (this Purchase Agreement, together with the acceptance and, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, and the like hereof, shall be referred to herein as the “ Agreement ”, and all such other documents, including Purchase Requests (as defined below), delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or in support hereof, together with this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “ Purchase Documents ”), Purchaser and Seller hereby agree to the following purchase arrangement:

 

1. The Purchase Facility; Purchases, Security Interest .

 

  A. Facility . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and relying upon the representations and warranties of the Seller, Purchaser agrees to purchase Seller’s Eximbank insured receivables up to a maximum outstanding amount of Seven Million Eight Hundred Forty Thousand U.S. dollars ($7,840,000), referred to hereafter as the Claim Payment Limit and represented by the insured percentage, Ninety-eighth percent (98%), of the Eight Million U.S. dollar ($8,000,000) policy amount (which agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, and the like thereof, shall be referred to herein as the “ Facility ”). This Facility is separate from, and in addition to, the borrowing and other financial agreements established by Supplements to the Master Loan Agreement between the parties. This Facility is not governed by the terms of the Master Loan Agreement, or any Supplement thereto, and funds advanced to Seller hereunder shall not be deemed borrowings or indebtedness as defined therein. However, to the extent necessary or appropriate to authorize Seller to enter into transactions hereunder or to make any representation or warranty of Seller made herein true and correct, Purchaser fully authorizes and consents to this Facility and transactions hereunder.

 

  B. Purchase Requests . To submit a Receivable for purchase under the Facility, Seller shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, to Purchaser (each a “ Purchase Request ”) on a date two (2) Business Days (days which Purchaser is open for business) prior to the date of any purchase, setting forth, among other things, (i) the stated amount of the Receivable, (ii) the


amount of the Receivable fully supported by the Short Term Comprehensive Single Buyer Export Credit Insurance Policy, Policy #ESS-258525 (the “Eximbank Policy”) for the Seller (which is also referred to herein by the phrase “Eligible Receivable” as defined herein), (iii) the due date of the Receivable, (iv) the proposed purchase date therefore, (vi) the applicable Discount Interest Rate (as defined below), (vii) the purchase price for the Receivable and (viii) copies of all relevant documents as required in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase Request or otherwise by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, with all terms and conditions of the Receivable, the Eximbank Policy and other information supplied prior to Purchaser being obligated to purchase the Receivable under the Facility.

 

  C. Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable shall be from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V., the approved Foreign Buyer under the Eximbank Policy or the Debtor. At no time shall the purchased amount of the outstanding receivable balance exceed the claim payment limit of Seven Million Eight Hundred Forty Thousand U.S. dollars ($7,840,000). All payments due on Receivables purchased hereunder must be free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, or withholdings, and liabilities with respect thereto (all such taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities being herein referred to as “ Taxes ”).

 

  D. Expiration . Purchaser’s obligation to consider any Purchase Request hereunder will terminate on February 17, 2005, unless renewed or extended in writing by Purchaser in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  E. Timing of Purchases . Purchase Requests shall be submitted to Seller for each transaction and, if the Purchase Request is accepted, funding of the Purchase shall occur no later than two Business Days from the date of receipt by Purchaser (“ Purchase Date ”), provided the Business Request is received by noon Mountain time and provided such day is a Business Day, and if such day is not a Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day. On the date that the Purchaser funds a Purchase Request submitted by the Seller, Seller shall be deemed to have sold, and Purchaser shall be deemed to have purchased, the Receivable, without recourse, representation or warranty except as provided in the Purchase Documents (including the Purchase Request), and Purchaser shall be the lawful owner of, and have acquired all rights, title and interests in the Receivable. No further action, documents or instruments shall be necessary to evidence the transfer of ownership of such Receivable from Seller to Purchaser. The Purchase Request shall indicate if Option One or Option Two is being utilized.

 

  F. Purchase Price .

 

(1) Option One . The purchase price payable for each Receivable on the date of acquisition (the “Purchase Price”) shall be equal to the amount of the Eligible Receivable (98% of the insurable claim limit) less the Receivable Discount (as defined herein) less the Receivable Fee (as defined herein).

 

2


  (a) The “ Receivable Discount ” shall, with respect to each Receivable, be the dollar amount of the product of the Eligible Receivable times the Discount Interest Rate (as defined below) times the actual number of days from the Purchase Date to the stated due date of the Receivable divided by three hundred-sixty (360) (i.e. (Eligible Receivable x Discount Interest Rate x days to due date) /360).

 

  (b) With respect to each Receivable, “ Discount Interest Rate ” shall be a rate of interest determined as of a date not more than (2) Business Days (or such earlier date that Purchaser shall agree, in its sole discretion, at the request of Seller) prior to a Purchase Date which is equal to the Equivalent U.S. dollar Equivalent Libor plus one and 47.5/100 percent (1.475%). The “Equivalent Libor rate” shall be a rate per annum as quoted by Purchaser’s funding desk on the date that the Discount Interest Rate is fixed in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

  (c) Additional Payment to Seller . So long as no Event of Default exists, Purchaser will pay to Seller any amount received from the Foreign Buyer that is in excess of the Eligible Receivable, less the following deductions:

 

  (i) any unreimbursed costs and expenses incurred by the Purchaser with respect to the Receivable or otherwise under this Agreement, and

 

  (ii) in the event that the amount of the Eligible Receivable is paid in full on a date subsequent to the receivable’s stated due date, interest at a rate equal to the Prime Rate (as it appears in The Wall Street Journal and as determined on the date of applicable due date for such Receivable) on the unpaid balance of the Eligible Receivable from its due date until the date on which Purchaser receives an amount equal to the Eligible Receivable (for purposes of determining interest hereunder, all payments made on the Receivable subsequent to the stated due date shall be applied first to interest accruing under this clause and then applied to reduce the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable).

 

Purchaser may withhold Additional Payments to Seller if any other Eligible Receivables of a Foreign Buyer that have been purchased by Purchaser are past due on the date an Additional Payment would otherwise be payable to Seller but shall make such payment when and if the past due amount is paid by the Foreign Buyer. If Option One is utilized and payment is not made at maturity, then from the date of maturity until payment is paid, the full amount due shall earn interest at Equivalent Libor plus one and 47.5/100 percent (1.475%).

 

(2) Option Two . At the election of Seller, Purchaser will pay the full amount of the Eligible Receivable and Seller will pay to Purchaser at the final payment date: interest in arrears at the rate of Equivalent Libor plus one and 47.5/100 percent (1.475%) from the time Purchaser pays the amount of the

 

3


Eligible Receivable to Seller to the final payment date set forth in Exhibit A, provided, however, that Purchaser agrees to such maturity date in each instance.

 

  G. Minimum Purchases . The minimum amount of Receivable(s) submitted for purchase under the Facility on any Purchase Date shall have a minimum aggregate Purchase Price of One Million U.S. dollars ($1,000,000).

 

  H. Security Interest . Without in any way contradicting the sale of the Receivables to Purchaser under this Agreement, Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a security interest in, and right of set-off with respect to, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in Receivables sold, transferred and assigned to Purchaser (whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement), all present and future instruments, documents, chattel paper and general intangibles (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and all reserves, balances, deposits and property at any time to Seller’s credit (including without limitation, all amounts at any time owing by Purchaser to Seller, whether then or thereafter payable, under or in connection with the Agreement) or in Purchaser’s possession or in which Purchaser may have a lien or security interest, and in all proceeds thereof. All of the foregoing shall secure payment and performance of all of Seller’s obligations at any time owing to Purchaser, fixed or contingent, whether arising under this or any other agreement or by operation of law or otherwise (the “Obligations”). The obligations also include, without limitation, repurchase obligations arising from Disputes or otherwise; costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in enforcing, protecting or administering any of Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement, or in the prosecution or defense of any action relating to this Agreement; and any taxes or penalties which Purchaser may be required to pay in connection with this Agreement or any transaction carried out in connection herewith.

 

Purchaser is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default to charge Seller’s account (and against any credit balance on Purchaser’s books in Seller’s favor, whether matured or unmatured) the amount of any or all of the Obligations. Purchaser shall notify Seller of any such charge to Seller’s account subsequent to such charge being made by Purchaser. Seller shall execute and deliver to Purchaser such other documents and instruments, including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) financing statements or amendments, as Purchaser may request from time to time. In addition, Purchaser is hereby authorized to file financing statements under the UCC, with respect to the above collateral, signed only by Purchaser. Seller also hereby grants Purchaser a power of attorney, which shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, to sign Seller’s name on any UCC financing statement or any amendments thereto, complying with the foregoing.

 

4


2. Payments, Repurchase Obligations .

 

  A. Payments; Tax Indemnity .

 

  (1) Seller shall send the Foreign Buyer obligated under a Receivable a letter (in form acceptable to Purchaser, refer to Exhibit B) notifying such Debtor of the sale and assignment of such Receivable to the Purchaser and instructing the Foreign Buyer, among other things, to make payment in immediately available funds by wire transfer to CoBank, ACB, Routing #307088754, or to such other account or location as Purchaser shall direct in writing, in the lawful currency of the United States of America (“U.S.”) free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future offsets, claims, counterclaims, or deductions of any nature. All payments received by the Purchaser prior to 3:00 p.m. Mountain Time shall be credited as of the date of receipt. Payments received after such time shall be deemed received by Purchaser on the next succeeding Business Day (hereinafter defined). If any payment shall fall due hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. “Business Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banks in Ohio are required by law to close. In the event Seller shall receive any payment or distribution with respect to any Receivable purchased hereunder, Seller agrees to accept the same as Purchaser’s agent and to hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of Purchaser, and to deliver the same forthwith, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days thereafter, to Purchaser in the same form received with the endorsement of Seller when necessary or appropriate. In the event Seller shall receive any documents, instruments or correspondence relating to any Receivable purchased, Seller agrees to deliver the same promptly to Purchaser.

 

  (2) If Seller or Foreign Buyer shall be required by Law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable on any Receivable, (i) the sum payable on such Receivable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this section) Purchaser receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Seller or Buyer shall make such deductions and (iii) Seller or Buyer shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant tax authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law. Seller shall indemnify Purchaser for the full amount of Taxes (including without limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this section) which (a) reduce the amount of the Receivable paid to Purchaser, or (b) are paid by Purchaser, including any liability (including penalties, interest, and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be paid within twenty (20) days from the date Purchaser makes written demand therefore.

 

  B. Repurchase of Receivables by Seller . In the event that any Receivable is not paid in full on its stated due date, the Seller shall take any and all actions

 

5


required by the Eximbank Policy and which may lead to the timely filing of a claim as required under the Eximbank Policy or, at its option, repurchase the Receivable from Purchaser. Seller shall repurchase, at the request of Purchaser, any Receivable (i) in the event the goods relating to a Receivable are not accepted by Buyer, (ii) if a Dispute regarding the goods or payment of any Receivables arises between the Foreign Buyer and the Seller or the loss relates to a contractual warrant or products, (iii) if the loss relates to any action or inaction taken by Seller or its agents (including, but not limited to, the failure to timely pay insurance premiums, failure to file a claim on time or failure to file a claim properly), (iv) if Eximbank fails to pay any claim on the Eximbank Policy on the basis that Seller or its agents caused the loss, (v) if the loss relates to any other Eximbank Policy claims Eximbank will not pay, or (vi) upon the occurrence of a breach of any of Seller’s representations or warranties pertaining to the Receivable or hereunder. “Dispute” shall mean any dispute, deduction, claim, offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind which gives rise to an exclusion from coverage on the Eximbank Policy, including, without limitation, any dispute relating to goods already paid for or relating to Receivables other than the Receivable on which payment is being withheld. Receivables to be repurchased by Seller hereunder shall be repurchased, without any recourse, representation or warranty on behalf of the Purchaser, for a purchase price equal to the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable, provided that, so long as such repurchase obligation does not arise from any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Seller and the repurchase occurs voluntarily by the Seller prior to the due date, the Eligible Receivable shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable times the applicable Discount Interest Rate for such Receivable times the calendar days remaining from the date of repurchase to the due date for such Receivable divided by 360. Time is of the essence with respect to the payment of each Receivable being repurchased by the Seller.

 

  C. Indemnity . Seller shall indemnify Purchaser against all liabilities, losses, and expenses (including any loss or expense incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties or incurred in terminating or unwinding any contracts) which Purchaser sustains or incurs as a consequence of any default by Seller in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Purchase Document, including, without limitation, any failure of Seller to make any required repurchase requested hereunder.

 

If Purchaser sustains or incurs any such loss or expense, it shall from time to time notify Seller of the amount determined in good faith by Purchaser (which determination shall be conclusive to the extent based on objective fact absent manifest error and may include such assumptions, allocations of costs and expenses, and averaging or attribution methods as Purchaser shall deem reasonable) to be necessary to indemnify Purchaser for such loss or expense. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such determination. The amount due shall be payable by Seller to Purchaser ten (10) Business Days after such notice is given.

 

6


  D. Collection of Receivables . Purchaser shall have the exclusive right at any time to institute an action against the Debtor on the Receivables in the name of the Seller or Purchaser and to file any claim under the Eximbank Policy, if permissible thereunder, or in any insolvency proceedings and to settle or compromise any or all claims with respect to any Receivable on such terms as may be accepted by Purchaser in its sole discretion. Seller (i) shall fully cooperate, at its own expense, with Purchaser’s collection of the Receivables, including pursuing any claim for insurance proceeds under the Eximbank Policy, and executing and delivering such additional documents and instruments as may be requested by Purchaser, and (ii) understands that Purchaser, so long as Seller has not repurchased any Receivable, shall be entitled to exercise its sole discretion on whether and how to pursue collection of any Receivables. Purchaser shall have no duty (whether fiduciary or otherwise) or responsibility for any interest Seller may have in the collection of any Receivable. Seller hereby irrevocably appoints Purchaser its agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution for all purposes with respect to the Receivables and such appointment shall be deemed coupled with an interest.

 

  E. Claims under Eximbank Policy . To induce Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and purchase Receivables from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Seller agrees as follows:

 

  (1) Insurance Proceeds . Seller agrees that all insurance proceeds received with respect to claims made under the Eximbank Policy, whether with respect to a Receivable (which is acquired by Purchaser) or any other receivable insured under the Eximbank Policy, shall be remitted to Purchaser. In furtherance thereof, Seller agrees to promptly deliver all checks or other forms of payment received under the Eximbank Policy to the Purchaser, duly endorsed for deposit (unless Eximbank has previously remitted the proceeds directly to Purchaser).

 

  (2) Application of Insurance Proceeds . If the Eximbank Policy proceeds relate to a Receivable purchased by Purchaser, then Purchaser shall retain the amount of such proceeds equivalent to the Purchaser’s Investment in such Receivable.

 

  (3) Reduction of Facility . In the event any receivables (including any Receivable acquired by Purchaser hereunder) insured by the Eximbank Policy is in default, then the amount of availability under the Facility shall be reduced to zero.

 

3. Representations, Warranties, and Covenants . Seller hereby represents, warrants, and covenants to Purchaser that the following are true and correct on the date hereof, on the date that each Purchase Request is submitted hereunder and shall continue to be true and correct until all of the Purchaser’s Investments have been paid in full:

 

  A. Organization, Capacity, Preservation .

 

  (1) Seller is and shall remain a Limited Liability Company in good standing under the Laws (hereinafter defined) of Delaware, and Seller has and shall maintain the lawful power to engage in the business it presently conducts and is and shall remain duly licensed and qualified, and in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business transacted by it makes any such licensing or qualification necessary;

 

7


  (2) The execution, delivery, and performance hereof and of the other Purchase Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no governmental approval, and neither now nor hereafter shall contravene, conflict with, nor result in a breach of any Laws, charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, other organizational documents, or any instrument, or agreement, governing or binding upon the Seller or its property;

 

  (3) There does not now exist and shall not hereafter occur any circumstances or events which (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have any material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Purchase Document, (ii) is or could reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition, results, operations or prospects of the Seller or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, or (iii) impairs materially or could reasonably be expected to impair materially the ability of Seller to duly and punctually pay or perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Purchase Document (the occurrence of any circumstance or event described in the Clause (iii) shall be referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Change ”);

 

  (4) All information furnished and to be furnished by Seller to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement is accurate, correct, and complete and not misleading;

 

  (5) Except to the extent that a failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Change, Seller shall (i) comply with all laws, codes, ordinances, orders, interpretations, guidelines, directives, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, treaties, regulations, rules and orders of any governmental authority of any jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof (collectively, “ Laws ” and, any, a “ Law ”) applicable to it or an of its businesses or properties (including all Laws relating to the payment of taxes, the environment, health and safety, labor and employment, and pension and retirement matters); (ii) preserve and protect its patents, trade and service marks, franchises, licenses, and all other property used and useful in the conduct of its or their businesses; and (iii) duly pay and discharge all liabilities, including taxes, assessments and governmental charges, to which it or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective property is subject or which are asserted against it or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective property;

 

  (6) There are no pending or threatened material litigation or suits at law or in equity, or investigations or proceedings before, or claims by, any governmental instrumentality involving Seller which may result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

8


  (7) There has been no Material Adverse Change in the Financial condition or business of Seller since the date of the financial information provided to Purchaser prior to the date hereof;

 

  (8) Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) enter into or be subject to any merger or consolidation or make any acquisition of a significant portion of a business or enterprise, unless so doing would not result in a Material Adverse Change and Seller shall be the surviving corporation, (ii) or enter into or be subject to any winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution, or (iii) transfer, sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of any significant portion of its property or assets, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) This Agreement, and the other Purchase Documents when executed and delivered by the Seller will be the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms;

 

  (10) The submission to the jurisdiction of state and federal courts sitting in Colorado, set forth herein, is irrevocably binding on the Seller; and

 

  (11) Seller’s chief executive office is located at the address listed above on the initial page of this letter and Seller will notify Purchaser within ten (10) days before Seller changes the location of its chief executive office.

 

  B. Accounting, Visitation, Subordination . With respect to the Receivables, Seller shall maintain true and complete books of account and record and, permit officers, employees, or other agents or representatives of Purchaser to visit and inspect any of its and their properties and to examine and make excerpts from its and their books and records and discuss its and their business affairs, finances, and accounts with the officers of Seller, provided that prior to any Event of Default (hereinafter defined) Purchaser shall provide the Seller with reasonable notice prior to a visit or inspection.

 

  C. Financial Reporting . If not otherwise provided under any other facility, Seller shall provide or cause to be provided to Purchaser the items required below.

 

  (1) As soon as available and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Seller, consolidated financial statements of Seller, consisting of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and acceptable to the Purchaser as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis; and

 

  (2) In a timely manner, such other financial statements, reports and other information as the Purchaser shall reasonably request.

 

9


  D. Compliance with Terms of the Eximbank Policy . Seller shall comply with each and every term of the Eximbank Policy so as to maintain such Insurance coverage for the Receivables.

 

  E. Characteristics of Receivables . Seller hereby represents and warrants that each of the Receivables offered by Seller for purchase by the Purchaser shall have the following characteristics and the following representations and warranties are now and will be at the time of each Purchase true and correct:

 

  (1) Seller warrants that all Receivables are and, at the time of sale to Purchaser, will be bona fide and existing obligations of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. arising out of the sale of goods of United States origin in the ordinary course of business, free and clear of all liens, security interest and encumbrances;

 

  (2) Seller has made no prior assignment of any of the Receivables or any interest therein;

 

  (3) The Eximbank Policy is in full force and effect, supports the obligations evidenced by each of the Receivables, and is not subject to any prior assignment, a true copy of the original Eximbank Policy has been delivered to Purchaser pursuant hereto, together with all amendments, declarations, waivers and endorsements thereto;

 

  (4) To the best of the Seller’s knowledge, each Receivable is not subject to any exclusion from or lack of coverage under the Eximbank Policy and is not entitled to the benefit of any other coverage under any bond, insurance policy, or indemnity;

 

  (5) Each Receivable arises from the export sale of eligible goods to Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. and is payable to Purchaser in US Dollars;

 

  (6) All necessary export and import licenses and permits have been obtained in connection with the Seller’s export sales covered by each of the Receivables and all necessary approvals for the repayment of the Receivables have been obtained;

 

  (7) Each Receivable and the Purchase Documents are legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms and each Receivable is not subject to any setoffs, defenses, recoupments or claims whatsoever.

 

  F. Purchaser shall have received a valid Assignment of Proceeds properly executed by Eximbank and that no other assignment involving Eligible Receivables has been issued.

 

4. Conditions Precedent . The availability of the Facility and each Purchase to be made hereunder by Purchaser from Seller is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  A. Purchaser shall have received from Seller, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser, on or prior to the date hereof:

 

  (1) If requested Financing Statements acceptable to Purchaser, naming Purchaser as secured party in the now existing or hereafter acquired Receivables;

 

10


  (2) A copy of the Eximbank Policy in an amount at least equal to the Claim Payment Limit and an executed Assignment of Proceeds executed by Eximbank that are satisfactory to Purchaser in its sole discretion;

 

  (3) Evidence that all premiums due and owing regarding the Eximbank Policy have been paid;

 

  (4) Evidence of the release of all Liens (other than Purchaser’s liens, if any);

 

  (5) All legal fees and expenses due to Purchaser pursuant to the terms hereof, if any, shall be paid by Seller prior to disbursement of the net proceeds to the Seller;

 

  (6) The following documents pertaining to Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V:

 

  (a) Certified copy of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. bylaws in effect;

 

  (b) Current and official identification of authorized officers of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. in order to be able to verify signatures (Incumbency Certificate);

 

  (c) Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.’s FYE 2003 Audited Financial Statements;

 

  (e) Acknowledgement of the Assignments of the receivables already and discounted from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.

 

  B. Prior to the time each Purchase is made hereunder, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a Purchase Request, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser, including, among other things:

 

  (1) Confirmation that each and every one of the conditions of the Eximbank Policy is satisfied with respect to the transaction corresponding to that particular Purchase, including without limitation, that regarding:

 

  (a) the current Purchase Request is for an amount which together with other outstanding Purchases utilized for Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. are equal to or less than the Claim Payment Limit as defined for the Eximbank Policy; and

 

  (b) to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, the Buyer is not insolvent and does not have any obligations to the Seller which are overdue for a period of greater than 60 days.

 

  (2) Verifying that Seller has not assigned or sold and will not assign or sell to any other lender any indebtedness of the Foreign Buyer.

 

  C. Prior to the time each Purchase is made hereunder, Seller shall also deliver to Purchaser and Purchaser shall be responsible for retaining the following documents:

 

  (1) Evidence of the Receivables;

 

11


  (2) Evidence that Seller notified the Debtor to forward payment of that Receivable directly to Purchaser in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) (1) hereof and an acknowledgment of the assignment by the Debtor;

 

  (3) The documents required under the Eximbank Policy necessary to make a claim thereunder, including (but not limited to) delivery to Purchaser of each of the following documents (collectively referred to herein as the “ Transaction Documents ”):

 

  (a) duplicate original invoice to the Buyer indicating payment terms of equal to or less than 120 calendar days;

 

  (b) original written purchase order (or signed proforma invoice) (date stamped and initiated by seller);

 

  (c) a copy of the pedimento; and

 

  (d) duplicate original bill of lading.

 

5. Events of Default .

 

  A. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default hereunder:

 

  (1) Seller shall fail to repurchase any Receivable as required under this Agreement or pay any other obligation now existing or hereafter arising of Seller to Purchaser;

 

  (2) Seller shall fail to comply with any other term, covenant, or condition applicable to it of this Agreement, any other Purchase Document, or any other document at any time executed by Seller in favor of or with Purchaser, or the Eximbank Policy;

 

  (3) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Seller in this Agreement, any other Purchase Document, or any other document or certificate at anytime executed by Seller in favor of or with Purchaser shall prove to be incorrect, false, or misleading when made or when deemed made;

 

  (4) A breach, default, or event of default shall occur under the terms of any other agreement, document, or instrument involving any material indebtedness of Seller and such breach, default, or event of default permits or causes the acceleration of any such indebtedness (whether or not such right shall have been waived) or the termination of any commitment to lend; or Seller defaults or breaches in the performance or observance of any material lease, contract, or other agreement not involving indebtedness;

 

  (5) The entry against Seller of any final judgments at any time and from time to time which, to the extent not fully covered by insurance, exceeds in the aggregate US$50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and which has not been stayed pending appeal or as to which no further appeal may be made, or the creation by operation of Law of any one or more Liens, or the issuance of any one or more attachments, levies, or garnishments, or the exercise of any distraint or similar proceeding at any time or from time to time against any material assets of Seller which relates to the collection of an amount or amounts which in the aggregate, to the extent not to fully covered by insurance, exceeds US$50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

12


  (6) Seller becomes insolvent, admits in writing an inability to pay debts as they come due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, conservatorship, reorganization, liquidation, or similar proceeding is commenced by or against Seller;

 

  (7) Any Material Adverse Change in the financial condition or business or operations of Seller shall occur;

 

  (8) Any of the Purchase Documents or Transaction Documents shall cease to be legal, valid, and binding agreements in accordance with the respective terms thereof or shall in any way be terminated (except in accordance with its terms) or become or be declared ineffective or inoperative or shall in any way be challenged or contested;

 

  (9) An extraordinary situation shall occur, or a change affecting the functions of Seller shall occur, which situation or change gives reasonable grounds to conclude, in the reasonable judgment of Purchaser, that Seller may not, or will not be able to, perform or observe in the normal course its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Purchase Documents;

 

  B. If any event of Default shall occur or exist, Purchaser may (and, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Clause vi. above, Purchaser shall be deemed to have demanded) (i) refuse to purchase any additional Receivable submitted under a Purchase Request; and/or (ii) refuse to pay any additional payments (as defined in 1F(c)) to Seller until such time as Purchaser shall have been paid in full with respect to all Receivables.

 

6. Notice of Default . Seller shall provide prompt notice in writing to Purchaser upon (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, (b) the termination of the Eximbank Policy; (c) the occurrence of a Dispute corresponding to a purchased Receivable, (d) the nonacceptance of goods relating to any Receivable, or (e) any other default by buyer under the Foreign Buyer’s contract with Seller, including without limitation the purchase order corresponding to a purchased Receivable.

 

7. General Provisions .

 

  A. Purchaser and Seller shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such further instruments or documents and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement;

 

  B. All notices, requests, and demands hereunder shall be provided in a commercially reasonable manner (including by telecopier) and shall be deemed to have been given at the data and time when received at the address or telecopier number, as the case may be, set forth herein;

 

  C. References to the plural include the singular and vice versa, the words “ hereby ,” “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ,” and word “ including ” is not a term of limitation and means “ including without limitation ”;

 

13


  D. Seller shall pay and indemnify Purchaser for, and hold it harmless from and against, all obligations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable legal fees of counsel to Purchaser), penalties, judgments, suits, actions, claims, and disbursements imposed on, asserted against, or incurred by Purchaser

 

  (1) relating to the enforcement of or collection under this Agreement against Seller, or any other Purchase Document against Seller including in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding;

 

  (2) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, or any other Purchase document, or any action taken or omitted to be taken by Purchaser hereunder or thereunder;

 

  (3) arising directly or indirectly from the activities of Seller or any subsidiary, or affiliate of Seller, or any officers, directors, employees, or agents of Seller, any predecessor, subsidiary, or affiliate of Seller, or any third part with whom Seller has or has had a contractual relationship, or

 

  (4) arising directly or indirectly from the violation of any environmental protection, health, labor, or safely law and regardless whether any such claims are asserted by any governmental entity or any other person or entity;

 

  E. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Purchaser and Seller, and their respective successors and assigns, except that Seller may not assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Purchase Documents without the prior written consent or Purchaser; Seller hereby authorizes Purchaser, from time to time without notice to Seller, to assign and transfer, and grant participation in, any Purchase Documents and provide any information pertaining to the financial condition, business operations, or credit worthiness of Seller to or at the direction of any governmental authority, to the subsidiaries and affiliates of Purchaser and to any of its or their directors, officers, employees, auditors, and professional advisors, to any person or entity which in the ordinary course of its business makes credit reference inquiries, to any person or entity which may succeed to or participate in all or part of Purchaser’s interest in any of the Purchase Documents, and as may be necessary or advisable for the preservation of Purchaser’s rights under the Purchase Documents;

 

  F. This Agreement and the other Purchase Documents shall be constructed and enforced pursuant to the internal laws of the state of Colorado without regard to conflict of laws principles;

 

  G. All covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties made herein or in any other Purchase Document are material and shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Purchaser and shall survive the execution hereof and all covenants and agreements of Seller relating to the payment of costs, expenses, or indemnification shall survive payment in full of all Receivables purchased under the Facility and the termination thereof and of this Agreement, and not

 

14


withstanding any termination of this Agreement, all of Purchaser’s rights and security interests and all of the terms, conditions, and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect until all transactions entered into prior to termination have been fully concluded and all Obligations have been paid in full;

 

  H. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation hereof in any respect;

 

  I. No modification or waiver with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Purchase Documents shall be effective unless it is in a writing executed by Seller and Purchaser, and a waiver by Purchaser on any one occasion shall not be a waiver of the same or any other right or remedy of Purchaser on any future occasion, and the rights and remedies of Purchaser as provided herein, or in any other Purchase Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any of the other rights or remedies provided herein or therein or by law or equity;

 

  J. Any reference herein to this Agreement, or any other Purchase Document shall be deemed to refer to any and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, and the like thereof;

 

  K. If any provision of this Agreement, shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction or of the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction;

 

  L. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all such counter parts shall together constitute one and the same instrument;

 

  M. In the event of any irreconcilable inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Purchase Document, the terms of this Agreement shall control; and

 

  N. Delivery of executed signature pages hereof and of any other Purchase Documents by telecopy transmission from one party to another shall constitute effective and binding execution and delivery hereof and of such other Purchase Documents by such party.

 

8. Consent to Jurisdiction: Waiver of Jury Trial . Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any Colorado state or federal court sitting in Colorado in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any other Purchase Documents, and Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Colorado state or federal court. Each of Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.

 

15


  A. Non-exclusive Jurisdiction . Nothing in this Agreement, shall affect the right of Purchaser to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or affect the right of Purchaser to bring any action or proceeding against Seller or any of its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

  B. Waiver of Jury Trial . EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, SELLER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRAIL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER PURCHASE DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OTHER DOCUMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN; Seller hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing waiver is a material inducement to its execution of this Agreement and the other Purchase Documents.

 

9. Prior Understanding . This Agreement and the other Purchase Documents supersede all prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto relating to the transactions provided for herein and therein.

 

All of the foregoing terms, representations and warranties, and conditions are agreed to, made, and accepted as of the date and year first above written.

 

FGDI, LLC   CoBank, ACB
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Speck


  By:  

/s/ Thomas R. Fagerquist


Name:   Steven J. Speck   Name:   Thomas R. Fagerquist
Title:   President   Title:   Assistant Vice President
Telecopier Number: (      )                        Telecopier Number: (      )                     
(SEAL)   (SEAL)

 

16


EXHIBIT A

 

Invoice Number:                     

Buyer:                                     

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

 

(To be delivered at the time of each Receivable purchase)

 

I, the undersigned,                      of FGDI, LLC a Limited Liability Company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Seller”), do hereby certify on behalf of the Seller as follows:

 

This Certificate is delivered pursuant to that Purchaser Agreement dated                      , 2004 between CoBank, ACB (“Purchaser”) and FGDI, LLC (the “Agreement”).

 

Seller hereby requests that Purchaser buy the receivable associated with the above-identified invoice (the “Receivable”) for a purchase price (determined in accordance with the Agreement) and calculated as follows:

 

1. Claim Payment Limit    $                     
2. Current amount outstanding    $                     
3. Available insurance (line 1 less line 2)    $                     
4. Invoice Amount    $                     
5. Lesser of line 3 or 4    $                     
6. Eligible Receivable (98% of line 5)    $                     
Option One : Less: Receivable Discount (line 6 x Discount Interest Rate % x days to due date / 360)    $                     
Equals: Purchase Price    $                     

 

The purchase price (if Option One is selected) is determined, in part, based upon the following information in effect on the date hereof: (i) the proposed purchase date for such Receivable is                      ,              , (ii) the due date for the Receivable is                      ,              , (iii) the Equivalent Libor Rate in effect on the date of this certificate is              %, and (iv) the Discount Interest Rate for this Receivable is 1.475%.


Option Two (if selected):   Maturity Date

 


   

                                         Amount Due from Seller at Maturity Date:

                                         (including interest)

  $                     
                                         Interest Rate   Equivalent Libor + 1.475%

 

The purchase price is not greater than the lessor of 98% of the unpaid Invoice amount or the corresponding Eximbank claim payment limit available with respect to such Foreign Buyer, as indicated below:

 

  Claim Payment Limit.

 

  Attached hereto is a copy of the current Eximbank Policy and Seller’s ledger of amounts of outstanding shipments to Buyer for whom this Purchase Request corresponds, which aggregate amount does not exceed the claim payment limit pertaining to such Buyer.

 

Presented herewith are each of the following original (or copy where indicated), true and correct documents with respect to the Invoice, which are being specifically delivered to Purchaser under the Agreement:

 

Invoice (duplicate original)

 

Bill of Lading (duplicate original)

 

Notification Letter to Foreign Buyer (fax copy duly signed and accepted by Foreign Buyer)

 

Purchase Order (original fax, date stamped by Seller on date of receipt)

 

Copy of Pedimento

 

Promissory Note of Buyer (if available)

 

The transaction evidenced by attached documents has not been pledged specifically to any party (other than Purchaser) and has not been submitted to any other financial institution for financing and no other sale/purchase exists on this transaction.

 

The following conditions and representations contained in the Eximbank Policy has been satisfied with respect to the transaction associated with the Invoice:

 

(a) the amount of the Purchase Request is for an amount which is fully covered by the Eximbank Policy;

 

(b) the current Purchase Request is not for an amount which, together with other outstanding Receivables will exceed the claim payment limit for the Eximbank Policy;


(c) to the Seller’s knowledge, the Buyer is not insolvent;

 

(d) the Buyer for whom the current export is destined does not have any obligations to the Seller which are overdue for a period of greater than 60 days;

 

(e) no Material Adverse Change has occurred for the Borrower since the date of the Agreement;

 

(f) the Purchase Request is for a transaction that is covered by the Eximbank Policy which insurance policy is currently in effect and Seller has neither received nor given notice of termination of such insurance.

 

(g) Seller has not requested any extension of an insurance claim period without Purchaser’s consent.

 

As of the date hereof, all of the representations and warranties set forth and incorporated in the Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as if the representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof except to the extent that any such representation and warranty may expressly relate solely to an earlier date. No event of Default or Potential Default has occurred. Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined herein, are used with the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this              day of                      ,              .

 

 


Name:  

 


Title:  

 



EXHIBIT B

 

(EXPORTER Letterhead)

 

Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.

Calz. Gobernado Curiel No 4835

Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico

 

Re: US$                      Invoice No.                     

from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. in favor of FGDI, LLC

Purchase Order No.                     

 

Gentleman:

 

We are pleased to notify you that CoBank, ACB will purchase our Eximbank insured receivable with you related to the invoice and purchase order listed above. Please sign this letter to acknowledge that you have not yet made any payments on this invoice and that this invoice is due and payable by you on                      ,              . No defenses against any payment related to this invoice and the goods represented by this invoice and the purchase order have been accepted.

 

Please make prompt payment of this invoice for $              due on                      ,              by Wire Transfer to:

 

CoBank, ACB

Attention: Trade Services

5500 South Quebec Street

Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

ABA Routing # 307088754

For Credit to General Ledger                     

Reference Industrias Alicon loan payment

 

Only payments to CoBank, ACB’s account listed above will be recorded as payment against this invoice. In addition, only CoBank, ACB has the authority to make any changes regarding the payment of this invoice.

 

Thank you for your cooperation. Please note that it is very important that you send your payment on or before the due date of                      ,              to ensure that FGDI, LLC may continue to provide to you extended open account terms as currently agreed. Please sign in acknowledgment of your receipt of this letter and your obligation to make payment on the due date. Please immediately fax a copy of this signed letter to Trade Services FAX No. 303-224-2758, Attention: Linda Law/Jo Wright, along with a signed copy of the attached invoice related to this order.

 

 

 

Sincerely,   Acknowledged by:
FGDI, LLC   Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.
Signature:  

 


 

Signature:

 

 

 


Title:  

 


 

Title:

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.48

 

Purchase Agreement

(Private Insurance)

 

FGDI, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company with its chief executive offices located at 2829 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa, 50266 (the “ Seller ”), has requested that CoBank, ACB (referred to herein as “ Purchaser ”) purchase certain present and future accounts, contract rights and other forms of obligation for the payment of money arising out of the sale of goods from Seller which are acceptable to Purchaser and are insured by Euler Hermes Insurance (as defined herein) (the obligations so purchased are referred to herein as each a “ Receivable ” and collectively the “ Receivables ”), all as stated herein.

 

Effective June 22, 2004, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Purchase Agreement and those other documents, instruments, and agreements referred to herein or required hereby (this Purchase Agreement, together with the acceptance and, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, and the like hereof, shall be referred to herein as the “ Agreement ”, and all such other documents, including Purchase Requests (as defined below), delivered pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or in support hereof, together with this Agreement, shall be referred to herein as the “ Purchase Documents ”), Purchaser and Seller hereby agree to the following purchase arrangement:

 

1. The Purchase Facility; Purchases, Security Interest .

 

  A. Facility . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, and relying upon the representations and warranties of the Seller, Purchaser agrees to purchase Seller’s Euler Hermes, ACI insured receivables up to a maximum outstanding amount of Seventeen Million One Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars ($17,100,000), referred to hereafter as the claim and represented by the insured percentage, Ninety-five percent (95%), of the Eighteen Million U.S. dollar ($18,000,000) policy amount (which agreement, together with any and all renewals, extensions, amendments, modifications, and the like thereof, shall be referred to herein as the “ Facility ”). This Facility is separate from, and in addition to, the borrowing and other financial agreements established by Supplements to the Master Loan Agreement between the parties. This Facility is not governed by the terms of the Master Loan Agreement, or any Supplement thereto, and funds advanced to Seller hereunder shall not be deemed borrowings or indebtedness as defined therein. However, to the extent necessary or appropriate to authorize Seller to enter into transactions hereunder or to make any representation or warranty of Seller made herein true and correct, Purchaser fully authorizes and consents to this Facility and transactions hereunder.

 

  B. Purchase Requests . To submit a Receivable for purchase under the Facility, Seller shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate, in the form of Exhibit A hereto, to Purchaser (each a “ Purchase Request ”) on a date two (2) Business Days prior to the date of any purchase, setting forth, among other things, (i) the stated amount of the Receivable, (ii) the amount of the Receivable fully supported


by the Euler Hermes, ACI Insurance Policy #382-391,9 (the “Euler Hermes Policy”) for the Seller (which is also referred to herein by the phrase “Eligible Receivable” as defined herein), (iii) the due date of the Receivable, (iv) the proposed purchase date therefore, (vi) the applicable Discount Interest Rate (as defined below), (vii) the purchase price for the Receivable and (viii) copies of all relevant documents as required in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase Request or otherwise by the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall be satisfied, in its sole discretion, with all terms and conditions of the Receivable, the Euler Hermes Insurance and other information supplied prior to Purchaser being obligated to purchase the Receivable under the Facility.

 

  C. Eligible Receivables . Each Receivable shall be from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V., the approved Foreign Buyer under the Euler Hermes insurance policy #382-319,9 or the Debtor. At no time shall the total of the purchased amounts of the outstanding receivable balance under this Facility exceed the claim payment limit of Seventeen Million One Hundred Thousand U.S. dollars ($17,100,000). All payments due on Receivables purchased hereunder must be free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, or withholdings, and liabilities with respect thereto (all such taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings, and liabilities being herein referred to as “ Taxes ”).

 

  D. Expiration . Purchaser’s obligation to consider any Purchase Request hereunder will terminate on February 17, 2005, unless renewed or extended in writing by Purchaser in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

  E. Timing of Purchases . Purchase Requests shall be submitted to Seller for each transaction and, if the Purchase Request is accepted, funding of the Purchase shall occur no later than two Business Days from the date of receipt by Purchaser (“ Purchase Date ”), provided the Business Request is received by noon Mountain time and provided such day is a Business Day, and if such day is not a Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day. On the date that the Purchaser funds a Purchase Request submitted by the Seller, Seller shall be deemed to have sold, and Purchaser shall be deemed to have purchased, the Receivable, without recourse, representation or warranty except as provided in the Purchase Documents (including the Purchase Request), and Purchaser shall be the lawful owner of, and have acquired all rights, title and interests in the Receivable. No further action, documents or instruments shall be necessary to evidence the transfer of ownership of such Receivable from Seller to Purchaser. The Purchase Request shall indicate if Option One or Option Two is being utilized.

 

  F. Purchase Price .

 

  (1) Option One . The purchase price payable for each Receivable on the date of acquisition (the “Purchase Price”) shall be equal to the amount

 

2


of the Eligible Receivable (95% of the insurable claim limit) less the Receivable Discount (as defined herein).

 

  (a) The “ Receivable Discount ” shall, with respect to each Receivable, be the dollar amount of the product of the Eligible Receivable times the Discount Interest Rate (as defined below) times the actual number of days from the Purchase Date to the stated due date of the Receivable divided by three hundred-sixty (360) (i.e. (Eligible Receivable x Discount Interest Rate x days to due date) /360).

 

  (b) With respect to each Receivable, “ Discount Interest Rate ” shall be a rate of interest determined as of a date not more than (2) Business Days (or such earlier date that Purchaser shall agree, in its sole discretion, at the request of Seller) prior to a Purchase Date which is equal to the Equivalent Libor plus one and 90/100 percent (1.90%). The “Equivalent Libor rate” shall be a rate per annum as quoted by Purchaser’s funding desk on the date that the Discount Interest Rate is fixed in accordance with the preceding sentence.

 

  (c) Additional Payment to Seller . So long as no Event of Default exists, Purchaser will pay to Seller any amount received from the Foreign Buyer that is in excess of the Eligible Receivable, less the following deductions:

 

  (i) any unreimbursed costs and expenses incurred by the Purchaser with respect to the Receivable or otherwise under this Agreement, and

 

  (ii) in the event that the amount of the Eligible Receivable is paid in full on a date subsequent to the receivable’s stated due date, interest at a rate equal to the Prime Rate (as it appears in The Wall Street Journal and as determined on the date of applicable due date for such Receivable) on the unpaid balance of the Eligible Receivable from its due date until the date on which Purchaser receives an amount equal to the Eligible Receivable (for purposes of determining interest hereunder, all payments made on the Receivable subsequent to the stated due date shall be applied first to interest accruing under this clause and then applied to reduce the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable).

 

Purchaser may withhold Additional Payments to Seller if any other Eligible Receivables of a Foreign Buyer that have been purchased by Purchaser are past due on the date an Additional Payment would otherwise be payable to Seller but shall make such payment when and if the past due amount is paid by the Foreign Buyer. If Option One is utilized and payment is not made at maturity, then from the date of maturity until payment is paid, the full amount due shall earn interest at Equivalent Libor plus one and 90/100 percent (1.90%).

 

3


  (2) Option Two . At the election of Seller, Purchaser will pay the full amount of the Eligible Receivable and Seller will pay to Purchaser at the final payment date: interest in arrears at the rate of Equivalent Libor plus one and 90/100 percent (1.90%) from the time Purchaser pays the amount of the Eligible Receivable to Seller to the final payment date set forth in Exhibit A, provided, however, that Purchaser agrees to such maturity date in each instance.

 

  G. Minimum Purchases . The minimum amount of Receivable(s) submitted for purchase under the Facility on any Purchase Date shall have a minimum aggregate Purchase Price of One Million U.S. dollars ($1,000,000).

 

  H. Security Interest . Without in any way contradicting the sale of the Receivables to Purchaser under this Agreement, Seller hereby grants to Purchaser a security interest in, and right of set-off with respect to, all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in Receivables sold, transferred and assigned to Purchaser (whether arising before or after termination of this Agreement), all present and future instruments, documents, chattel paper and general intangibles (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code) and all reserves, balances, deposits and property at any time to Seller’s credit (including without limitation, all amounts at any time owing by Purchaser to Seller, whether then or thereafter payable, under or in connection with the Agreement) or in Purchaser’s possession or in which Purchaser may have a lien or security interest, and in all proceeds thereof. All of the foregoing shall secure payment and performance of all of Seller’s obligations at any time owing to Purchaser, fixed or contingent, whether arising under this or any other agreement or by operation of law or otherwise (the “Obligations”). The obligations include, without limitation, repurchase obligations arising from Disputes or otherwise; costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in enforcing, protecting or administering any of Purchaser’s rights under this Agreement, or in the prosecution or defense of any action relating to this Agreement; and any taxes or penalties which Purchaser may be required to pay in connection with this Agreement or any transaction carried out in connection herewith.

 

Purchaser is hereby irrevocably authorized at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default to charge Seller’s account (and against any credit balance on Purchaser’s books in Seller’s favor, whether matured or unmatured) the amount of any or all of the Obligations. Purchaser shall notify Seller of any such charge to Seller’s account subsequent to such charge being made by Purchaser. Seller shall execute and deliver to Purchaser such other documents and instruments, including, without limitation, Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) financing statements or amendments, as Purchaser may request from

 

4


time to time. In addition, Purchaser is hereby authorized to file financing statements under the UCC, with respect to the above collateral, signed only by Purchaser. Seller also hereby grants Purchaser a power of attorney, which shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, to sign Seller’s name on any UCC financing statement or any amendments thereto, complying with the foregoing.

 

2. Payments, Repurchase Obligations .

 

  A. Payments; Tax Indemnity .

 

  (1) Seller shall send the Foreign Buyer obligated under a Receivable a letter (in form acceptable to Purchaser, refer to Exhibit B) notifying such Debtor of the sale and assignment of such Receivable to the Purchaser and instructing the Foreign Buyer, among other things, to make payment in immediately available funds by wire transfer to CoBank, ACB, Routing #307088754, or to such other account or location as Purchaser shall direct in writing, in the lawful currency of the United States of America (“U.S.”) free and clear of, and without deduction for, any present or future offsets, claims, counterclaims, or deductions of any nature. All payments received by the Purchaser prior to 3:00 p.m. Mountain Time shall be credited as of the date of receipt. Payments received after such time shall be deemed received by Purchaser on the next succeeding Business Day (hereinafter defined). If any payment shall fall due hereunder on a day that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. “Business Day” shall mean any day other than Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banks in Ohio are required by law to close. In the event Seller shall receive any payment or distribution with respect to any Receivable purchased hereunder, Seller agrees to accept the same as Purchaser’s agent and to hold the same in trust on behalf of and for the benefit of Purchaser, and to deliver the same forthwith, and in any event no later than three (3) Business Days thereafter, to Purchaser in the same form received with the endorsement of Seller when necessary or appropriate. In the event Seller shall receive any documents, instruments or correspondence relating to any Receivable purchased, Seller agrees to deliver the same promptly to Purchaser.

 

  (2) If Seller or Foreign Buyer shall be required by Law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable on any Receivable, (i) the sum payable on such Receivable shall be increased as may be necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this section) Purchaser receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) Seller or Buyer shall make such deductions and (iii) Seller or Buyer shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant tax authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Law. Seller shall indemnify Purchaser for

 

5


the full amount of Taxes (including without limitation, any Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts payable under this section) which (a) reduce the amount of the Receivable paid to Purchaser, or (b) are paid by Purchaser, including any liability (including penalties, interest, and expenses) arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether such Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be paid within twenty (20) days from the date Purchaser makes written demand therefore.

 

  B. Repurchase of Receivables by Seller . In the event that any Receivable is not paid in full on its stated due date, the Seller shall take any and all actions required by the Euler Hermes Policy and which may lead to the timely filing of a claim as required under the Euler Hermes Policy or, at its option, repurchase the Receivable from Purchaser. Seller shall repurchase, at the request of Purchaser, any Receivable (i) if a bona fide Dispute (as determined by the Euler Hermes Policy) regarding the goods or payment of any Receivables arises between the Foreign Buyer and the Seller or the loss relates to a contractual warranty of products, (ii) if the loss relates to any action or inaction taken by Seller or its agents (including, but not limited to, the failure to timely pay insurance premiums, failure to file a claim on time or failure to file a claim properly), (iii) if Euler Hermes Policy fails to pay any claim on the Euler Hermes Policy on the basis that Seller or its agents caused the loss, (iv) if the loss relates to any other Euler Hermes Policy exclusions or (v) upon the occurrence of a breach of any of Seller’s representations or warranties pertaining to the Receivable or hereunder. “Dispute” shall mean any dispute, deduction, claim, offset, defense or counterclaim of any kind which gives rise to an exclusion from coverage on the Euler Hermes Policy, including, without limitation, any dispute relating to goods already paid for or relating to Receivables other than the Receivable on which payment is being withheld. Receivables to be repurchased by Seller hereunder shall be repurchased, without any recourse, representation or warranty on behalf of the Purchaser, for a purchase price equal to the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable, provided that, so long as such repurchase obligation does not arise from any willful misconduct or gross negligence on the part of the Seller and the repurchase occurs voluntarily by the Seller prior to the due date, the Eligible Receivable shall be reduced by an amount equal to the product of the unpaid amount of the Eligible Receivable times the applicable Discount Interest Rate for such Receivable times the calendar days remaining from the date of repurchase to the due date for such Receivable divided by 360. Time is of the essence with respect to the payment of each Receivable being repurchased by the Seller.

 

  C. Indemnity . Seller shall indemnify Purchaser against all liabilities, losses, and expenses (including any loss or expense incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties or incurred in terminating or unwinding any contracts) which Purchaser sustains or incurs as a consequence of any default

 

6


by Seller in the performance or observance of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or any other Purchase Document, including, without limitation, any failure of Seller to make any required repurchase requested hereunder.

 

If Purchaser sustains or incurs any such loss or expense, it shall from time to time notify Seller of the amount determined in good faith by Purchaser (which determination shall be conclusive to the extent based on objective fact absent manifest error and may include such assumptions, allocations of costs and expenses, and averaging or attribution methods as Purchaser shall deem reasonable) to be necessary to indemnify Purchaser for such loss or expense. Such notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such determination. The amount due shall be payable by Seller to Purchaser ten (10) Business Days after such notice is given.

 

  D. Collection of Receivables . Purchaser shall have the exclusive right at any time to institute an action against the Debtor on the Receivables in the name of the Seller or Purchaser and to file any claim under the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy, if permissible thereunder, or in any insolvency proceedings and to settle or compromise any or all claims with respect to any Receivable on such terms as may be accepted by Purchaser in its sole discretion. Seller (i) shall fully cooperate, at its own expense, with Purchaser’s collection of the Receivables, including pursuing any claim for insurance proceeds under the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy, and executing and delivering such additional documents and instruments as may be requested by Purchaser, and (ii) understands that Purchaser, so long as Seller has not repurchased any Receivable, shall be entitled to exercise its sole discretion on whether and how to pursue collection of any Receivables. Purchaser shall have no duty (whether fiduciary or otherwise) or responsibility for any interest Seller may have in the collection of any Receivable. Seller hereby irrevocably appoints Purchaser its agent and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution for all purposes with respect to the Receivables and such appointment shall be deemed coupled with an interest.

 

  E. Claims under Euler Hermes Policy . To induce Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and purchase Receivables from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, the Seller agrees as follows:

 

  (1) Insurance Proceeds . Seller agrees that all insurance proceeds received with respect to claims made under the Euler Hermes Policy, whether with respect to a Receivable (which is acquired by Purchaser) or any other receivable insured under the Euler Hermes Policy, shall be remitted to Purchaser. In furtherance thereof, Seller agrees to promptly deliver all checks or other forms of payment received under the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy to the Purchaser, duly endorsed for deposit.

 

7


  (2) Application of Insurance Proceeds . If the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy proceeds relate to a Receivable purchased by Purchaser, then Purchaser shall retain the amount of such proceeds equivalent to the Purchaser’s Investment in such Receivable.

 

  (3) Reduction of Facility . In the event any receivables (including any Receivable acquired by Purchaser hereunder) insured by the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy is in default, then the amount of availability under the Facility shall be reduced to zero.

 

3. Representations, Warranties, and Covenants . Seller hereby represents, warrants, and covenants to Purchaser that the following are true and correct on the date hereof, on the date that each Purchase Request is submitted hereunder and shall continue to be true and correct until all of the Purchaser’s Investments have been paid in full:

 

  A. Organization, Capacity, Preservation .

 

  (1) Seller is and shall remain a Limited Liability Company in good standing under the Laws (hereinafter defined) of Delaware, and Seller has and shall maintain the lawful power to engage in the business it presently conducts and is and shall remain duly licensed and qualified, and in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the nature of the business transacted by it makes any such licensing or qualification necessary;

 

  (2) The execution, delivery, and performance hereof and of the other Purchase Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, require no governmental approval, and neither now nor hereafter shall contravene, conflict with, nor result in a breach of any Laws, charter, articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws, other organizational documents, or any instrument, or agreement, governing or binding upon the Seller or its property;

 

  (3) There does not now exist and shall not hereafter occur any circumstances or events which (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have any material adverse effect upon the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Purchase Document, (ii) is or could reasonably be expected to be material and adverse to the business, properties, assets, financial condition, results, operations or prospects of the Seller or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, or (iii) impairs materially or could reasonably be expected to impair materially the ability of Seller to duly and punctually pay or perform its obligations hereunder or under any other Purchase Document (the occurrence of any circumstance or event described in the Clause (iii) shall be referred to herein as a “ Material Adverse Change ”);

 

  (4) All information furnished and to be furnished by Seller to Purchaser in connection with this Agreement is accurate, correct, and complete and not misleading;

 

  (5) Except to the extent that a failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Change, Seller shall (i) comply with all laws, codes,

 

8


ordinances, orders, interpretations, guidelines, directives, judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, treaties, regulations, rules and orders of any governmental authority of any jurisdiction or political subdivision thereof (collectively, “ Laws ” and, any, a “ Law ”) applicable to it or an of its businesses or properties (including all Laws relating to the payment of taxes, the environment, health and safety, labor and employment, and pension and retirement matters); (ii) preserve and protect its patents, trade and service marks, franchises, licenses, and all other property used and useful in the conduct of its or their businesses; and (iii) duly pay and discharge all liabilities, including taxes, assessments and governmental charges, to which it or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective property is subject or which are asserted against it or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective property;

 

  (6) There are no pending or threatened material litigation or suits at law or in equity, or investigations or proceedings before, or claims by, any governmental instrumentality involving Seller which may result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

  (7) There has been no Material Adverse Change in the Financial condition or business of Seller since the date of the financial information provided to Purchaser prior to the date hereof;

 

  (8) Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, (i) enter into or be subject to any merger or consolidation or make any acquisition of a significant portion of a business or enterprise, unless so doing would not result in a Material Adverse Change and Seller shall be the surviving corporation, (ii) or enter into or be subject to any winding-up, liquidation, or dissolution, or (iii) transfer, sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of any significant portion of its property or assets, except in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (9) This Agreement, and the other Purchase Documents when executed and delivered by the Seller will be the legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with their respective terms;

 

  (10) The submission to the jurisdiction of state and federal courts sitting in Colorado, set forth herein, is irrevocably binding on the Seller; and

 

  (11) Seller’s chief executive office is located at the address listed above on the initial page of this letter and Seller will notify Purchaser within ten (10) days before Seller changes the location of its chief executive office.

 

  B. Accounting, Visitation, Subordination . With respect to the Receivables, Seller shall maintain true and complete books of account and record and, permit officers, employees, or other agents or representatives of Purchaser to visit and inspect any of its and their properties and to examine and make excerpts from its and their books and records and discuss its and their business affairs, finances, and accounts with the officers of Seller, provided that prior to any Event of Default (hereinafter defined) Purchaser shall provide the Seller with reasonable notice prior to a visit or inspection.

 

9


  C. Financial Reporting . If not otherwise provided under any other facility, Seller shall provide or cause to be provided to Purchaser the items required below.

 

  (1) As soon as available and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the end of each fiscal year of Seller, consolidated financial statements of Seller, consisting of a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and acceptable to the Purchaser as having been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis; and

 

  (2) In a timely manner, such other financial statements, reports and other information as the Purchaser shall reasonably request.

 

  D. Compliance with Terms of Euler Hermes Policy . Seller shall comply with each and every term of the Euler Hermes Policy so as to maintain such Insurance coverage for the Receivables.

 

  E. Characteristics of Receivables . Seller hereby represents and warrants that each of the Receivables offered by Seller for purchase by the Purchaser shall have the following characteristics and the following representations and warranties are now and will be at the time of each Purchase true and correct:

 

  (1) Seller warrants that all Receivables are and, at the time of sale to Purchaser, will be bona fide and existing obligations of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. arising out of the sale of goods of United States origin in the ordinary course of business, free and clear of all liens, security interest and encumbrances;

 

  (2) Seller has made no prior assignment of any of the Receivables or any interest therein other than a security interest to Purchaser;

 

  (3) The Euler Hermes Policy is in full force and effect, supports the obligations evidenced by each of the Receivables, and is not subject to any prior assignment, a true copy of the original Euler Hermes Policy has been delivered to Purchaser pursuant hereto, together with all amendments, declarations, waivers and endorsements thereto;

 

  (4) To the best of Seller’s knowledge or belief, each Receivable is not subject to any exclusion from or lack of coverage under the Euler Hermes Policy;

 

  (5) Each Receivable arises from the export sale of eligible goods to Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. and is payable to Purchaser in US Dollars;

 

  (6) All necessary export and import licenses and permits have been obtained in connection with the Seller’s export sales covered by each of the Receivables and all necessary approvals for the repayment of the Receivables have been obtained;

 

10


  (7) Each Receivable and the Purchase Documents are legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms and each Receivable is not subject to any setoffs, defenses, recoupments or claims whatsoever.

 

  F. Trade Finance Endorsement of Euler Hermes Policy. Purchaser shall be endorsed as “Financier” on the Euler Hermes Policy and no other party shall be named as “Financier” thereunder.

 

4. Conditions Precedent . The availability of the Facility and each Purchase to be made hereunder by Purchaser from Seller is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

  A. Purchaser shall have received from Seller, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser, on or prior to the date hereof:

 

  (1) If requested Financing Statements acceptable to Purchaser, naming Purchaser as secured party in the now existing or hereafter acquired Receivables;

 

  (2) A copy of the Euler Hermes Policy in an amount at least equal to the Claim Payment Limit together with Trade Finance Endorsement satisfactory to Purchaser in its sole discretion;

 

  (3) Evidence that all premiums due and owing regarding the Euler Hermes Policy have been paid in full;

 

  (4) Evidence of the release of all Liens (other than Purchaser’s liens, if any);

 

  (5) All legal fees and expenses due to Purchaser pursuant to the terms hereof, if any, shall be paid by Seller prior to disbursement of the net proceeds to the Seller;

 

  (6) The following documents pertaining to Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V:

 

  (a) Certified copy of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. bylaws in effect;

 

  (b) Current and official identification of authorized officers of Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. in order to be able to verify signatures (Incumbency Certificate);

 

  (c) Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.’s FYE 2003 Audited Financial Statements;

 

  (d) Acknowledgement of the Assignments of the receivables already assigned and discounted from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.

 

B. Prior to the time each Purchase is made hereunder, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser a Purchase Request, in form and substance satisfactory to Purchaser, including, among other things:

 

  (1) Confirmation that the conditions of the Euler Hermes Policy are satisfied with respect to the transaction corresponding to that particular Purchase, as follows:

 

  (a) the current Purchase Request is for an amount which together with other outstanding Purchases utilized for Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. are equal to or less than the Claim Payment Limit as defined for the Euler Hermes Policy; and

 

11


  (b) to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, the Buyer is not insolvent and does not have any obligations to the Seller which are overdue for a period of greater than 60 days.

 

  (2) Verification that Seller has not assigned or sold and will not assign or sell to any other lender any indebtedness of the Foreign Buyer.

 

  (3) For US origin goods only, confirmation (1) that the credit limit under the concomitant Eximbank Short Term Comprehensive Single Buyer Export Credit Insurance Policy #ES5-250525 is exhausted, and (2) that invoices for goods shipped creating the Eligible Receivable comply with U.S. Content Rules.

 

  C. Prior to the time each Purchase is made hereunder, Seller shall also deliver to Purchaser and Purchaser shall be responsible for retaining the following documents:

 

  (1) Evidence of the Receivables;

 

  (2) Evidence that Seller notified the Debtor to forward payment of that Receivable directly to Purchaser in the manner set forth in Section 2(a) (1) hereof and an acknowledgment of the assignment by the Debtor;

 

  (3) The documents required under the Euler Hermes Policy necessary to make a claim thereunder, including (but not limited to) delivery to Purchaser of each of the following documents (collectively referred to herein as the “ Transaction Documents ”):

 

  (a) duplicate original invoice to the Buyer indicating payment terms of equal to or less than 120 calendar days;

 

  (b) original written purchase order (or signed proforma invoice) (date stamped and initiated by seller);

 

  (c) a copy of the pedimento; and

 

  (d) duplicate original bill of lading.

 

5. Events of Default .

 

  A. Each of the following shall be an “Event of Default hereunder:

 

  (1) Seller shall fail to repurchase any Receivable as required under this Agreement or pay any other obligation now existing or hereafter arising of Seller to Purchaser;

 

  (2) Seller shall fail to comply with any other term, covenant, or condition applicable to it of this Agreement, any other Purchase Document, or any other document at any time executed by Seller in favor of or with Purchaser, or the Euler Hermes Policy;

 

  (3) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Seller in this Agreement, any other Purchase Document, or any other document or certificate at anytime executed by Seller in favor of or with Purchaser shall prove to be incorrect, false, or misleading when made or when deemed made;

 

12


  (4) A breach, default, or event of default shall occur under the terms of any other agreement, document, or instrument involving any material indebtedness of Seller and such breach, default, or event of default permits or causes the acceleration of any such indebtedness (whether or not such right shall have been waived) or the termination of any commitment to lend; or Seller defaults or breaches in the performance or observance of any material lease, contract, or other agreement not involving indebtedness;

 

  (5) The entry against Seller of any final judgments at any time and from time to time which, to the extent not fully covered by insurance, exceeds in the aggregate US$50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies) and which has not been stayed pending appeal or as to which no further appeal may be made, or the creation by operation of Law of any one or more Liens, or the issuance of any one or more attachments, levies, or garnishments, or the exercise of any distraint or similar proceeding at any time or from time to time against any material assets of Seller which relates to the collection of an amount or amounts which in the aggregate, to the extent not to fully covered by insurance, exceeds US$50,000 (or its equivalent in other currencies);

 

  (6) Seller becomes insolvent, admits in writing an inability to pay debts as they come due, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, conservatorship, reorganization, liquidation, or similar proceeding is commenced by or against Seller;

 

  (7) Any Material Adverse Change in the financial condition or business or operations of Seller shall occur;

 

  (8) Any of the Purchase Documents or Transaction Documents shall cease to be legal, valid, and binding agreements in accordance with the respective terms thereof or shall in any way be terminated (except in accordance with its terms) or become or be declared ineffective or inoperative or shall in any way be challenged or contested;

 

  (9) An extraordinary situation shall occur, or a change affecting the functions of Seller shall occur, which situation or change gives reasonable grounds to conclude, in the reasonable judgment of Purchaser, that Seller may not, or will not be able to, perform or observe in the normal course its obligations under this Agreement or any of the other Purchase Documents;

 

  B. If any event of Default shall occur or exist, Purchaser may (and, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Clause vi. above, Purchaser shall be deemed to have demanded) (i) refuse to purchase any additional Receivable submitted under a Purchase Request; and/or (ii) refuse to pay any additional payments (as defined in 1F(c)) to Seller until such time as Purchaser shall have been paid in full with respect to all Receivables.

 

13


6. Notice of Default . Seller shall provide prompt notice in writing to Purchaser upon (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder, (b) the termination of the Euler Hermes Insurance Policy; (c) the occurrence of a Dispute corresponding to a purchased Receivable, (d) the nonacceptance of goods relating to any Receivable, or (e) any other default by buyer under the Foreign Buyer’s contract with Seller, including without limitation the purchase order corresponding to a purchased Receivable.

 

7. General Provisions .

 

  A. Purchaser and Seller shall execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered such further instruments or documents and do or cause to be done such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement;

 

  B. All notices, requests, and demands hereunder shall be provided in a commercially reasonable manner (including by telecopier) and shall be deemed to have been given at the data and time when received at the address or telecopier number, as the case may be, set forth herein;

 

  C. References to the plural include the singular and vice versa, the words “ hereby ,” “ hereof ,” “ herein ,” “ hereunder ,” and word “ including ” is not a term of limitation and means “ including without limitation ”;

 

  D. Seller shall pay and indemnify Purchaser for, and hold it harmless from and against, all obligations, liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses (including reasonable legal fees of counsel to Purchaser), penalties, judgments, suits, actions, claims, and disbursements imposed on, asserted against, or incurred by Purchaser:

 

  (1) relating to the enforcement of or collection under this Agreement against Seller, or any other Purchase Document against Seller including in any bankruptcy or similar proceeding;

 

  (2) in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, or any other Purchase document, or any action taken or omitted to be taken by Purchaser hereunder or thereunder;

 

  (3) arising directly or indirectly from the activities of Seller or any subsidiary, or affiliate of Seller, or any officers, directors, employees, or agents of Seller, any predecessor, subsidiary, or affiliate of Seller, or any third part with whom Seller has or has had a contractual relationship, or

 

  (4) arising directly or indirectly from the violation of any environmental protection, health, labor, or safely law and regardless whether any such claims are asserted by any governmental entity or any other person or entity;

 

14


  E. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Purchaser and Seller, and their respective successors and assigns, except that Seller may not assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under the other Purchase Documents without the prior written consent or Purchaser; Seller hereby authorizes Purchaser, from time to time without notice to Seller, to assign and transfer, and grant participation in, any Purchase Documents and provide any information pertaining to the financial condition, business operations, or credit worthiness of Seller to or at the direction of any governmental authority, to the subsidiaries and affiliates of Purchaser and to any of its or their directors, officers, employees, auditors, and professional advisors, to any person or entity which in the ordinary course of its business makes credit reference inquiries, to any person or entity which may succeed to or participate in all or part of Purchaser’s interest in any of the Purchase Documents, and as may be necessary or advisable for the preservation of Purchaser’s rights under the Purchase Documents;

 

  F. This Agreement and the other Purchase Documents shall be constructed and enforced pursuant to the internal laws of the state of Colorado without regard to conflict of laws principles;

 

  G. All covenants, agreements, representations, and warranties made herein or in any other Purchase Document are material and shall be deemed to have been relied upon by Purchaser and shall survive the execution hereof and all covenants and agreements of Seller relating to the payment of costs, expenses, or indemnification shall survive payment in full of all Receivables purchased under the Facility and the termination thereof and of this Agreement, and not withstanding any termination of this Agreement, all of Purchaser’s rights and security interests and all of the terms, conditions, and provisions hereof shall continue in full force and effect until all transactions entered into prior to termination have been fully concluded and all Obligations have been paid in full;

 

  H. Section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only, and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation hereof in any respect;

 

  I. No modification or waiver with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Purchase Documents shall be effective unless it is in a writing executed by Seller and Purchaser, and a waiver by Purchaser on any one occasion shall not be a waiver of the same or any other right or remedy of Purchaser on any future occasion, and the rights and remedies of Purchaser as provided herein, or in any other Purchase Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any of the other rights or remedies provided herein or therein or by law or equity;

 

15


  J. Any reference herein to this Agreement, or any other Purchase Document shall be deemed to refer to any and all amendments, modifications, extensions, renewals, and the like thereof;

 

  K. If any provision of this Agreement, shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such provision shall as to such jurisdiction be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction or of the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction;

 

  L. This Agreement may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all such counter parts shall together constitute one and the same instrument;

 

  M. In the event of any irreconcilable inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Purchase Document, the terms of this Agreement shall control; and

 

  N. Delivery of executed signature pages hereof and of any other Purchase Documents by telecopy transmission from one party to another shall constitute effective and binding execution and delivery hereof and of such other Purchase Documents by such party.

 

8. Consent to Jurisdiction: Waiver of Jury Trial . Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of any Colorado state or federal court sitting in Colorado in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or any other Purchase Documents, and Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Colorado state or federal court. Each of Seller and Purchaser hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.

 

  A. Non-exclusive Jurisdiction . Nothing in this Agreement, shall affect the right of Purchaser to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or affect the right of Purchaser to bring any action or proceeding against Seller or any of its property in the courts of any other jurisdiction.

 

  B. Waiver of Jury Trial . EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, SELLER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRAIL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER PURCHASE DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OTHER DOCUMENTS OR TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN; Seller hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing waiver is a material inducement to its execution of this Agreement and the other Purchase Documents.

 

16


9. Prior Understanding . This Agreement and the other Purchase Documents supersede all prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto relating to the transactions provided for herein and therein.

 

All of the foregoing terms, representations and warranties, and conditions are agreed to, made, and accepted as of the date and year first above written.

 

FGDI, LLC   CoBank, ACB
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Speck


  By:  

/s/ Thomas R. Fagerquist


Name:   Steven J. Speck   Name:   Thomas R. Fagerquist
Title:   President   Title:   Assistant Vice President
Telecopier Number: (          )                        Telecopier Number: (          )                     
(SEAL)       (SEAL)    

 

17


EXHIBIT A

 

Invoice Number:                     

Buyer:                                                  

 

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

(To be delivered at the time of each Receivable purchase-with modifications according to whether Option One or Option Two is selected)

 

I, the undersigned,                      of FGDI, LLC, a Limited Liability Company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Seller”), do hereby certify on behalf of the Seller as follows:

 

This Certificate is delivered pursuant to that Purchaser Agreement dated                      between CoBank, ACB (“Purchaser”) and FGDI, LLC (the “Agreement”).

 

Seller hereby requests that Purchaser buy the receivable associated with the above-identified invoice (the “Receivable”) for a purchase price (determined in accordance with the Agreement) and calculated as follows:

 

1.    Claim Payment Limit    $                     
2.    Current amount outstanding    $                     
3.    Available insurance (line 1 less line 2)    $                     
4.    Invoice Amount    $                     
5.    Lesser of line 3 or 4    $                     
6.    Eligible Receivable (95% of line 5)    $                     

 

Option One (if applicable):

 

Less:   Receivable Discount (line 6 x Discount Interest Rate % x days to due date / 360)    $                     
Equals:   Purchase Price    $                     

 

The purchase price (if Option One is selected) is determined, in part, based upon the following information in effect on the date hereof: (i) the proposed purchase date for such Receivable is                      ,              , (ii) the due date for the Receivable is                      ,                      , (iii) the Equivalent Libor Rate in effect on the date of this certificate is              %, and (iv) the Discount Interest Rate for this Receivable is 1.90%.


Option Two (if selected):    Maturity Date
______________     
                        Amount Due from Seller at Maturity Date:    $                     
(including interest and Receivable Fee)     
                        Interest Rate    Equivalent Libor + 1.90%

 

The purchase price is not greater than the lessor of 95% of the unpaid Invoice amount or the corresponding Euler Hermes claim payment limit available with respect to such Foreign Buyer, as indicated below:

 

  Claim Payment Limit.

 

  Attached hereto is a copy of the current Euler Hermes Policy and Seller’s ledger of amounts of outstanding shipments to Buyer for whom this Purchase Request corresponds, which aggregate amount does not exceed the claim payment limit pertaining to such Buyer.

 

Presented herewith are each of the following original (or copy where indicated), true and correct documents with respect to the Invoice, which are being specifically delivered to Purchaser under the Agreement:

 

Invoice (duplicate original)

 

Bill of Lading (duplicate original)

 

Notification Letter to Foreign Buyer (fax copy duly signed and accepted by Foreign Buyer)

 

Purchase Order (original fax, date stamped by Seller on date of receipt)

 

Copy of Pedimento

 

Promissory Note of Buyer (if available)

 

The transaction evidenced by attached documents has not been pledged specifically to any party (other than Purchaser) and has not been submitted to any other financial institution for financing and no other sale/purchase exists on this transaction.

 

The following conditions and representations contained in the Euler Hermes Policy has been satisfied with respect to the transaction associated with the Invoice:

 

(a) the amount of the Purchase Request is for an amount which is fully covered by Euler Hermes Policy;


(b) the current Purchase Request is not for an amount which, together with other outstanding Receivables will exceed the claim payment limit for the Euler Hermes Policy;

 

(c) to the Seller’s knowledge, the Buyer is not insolvent;

 

(d) the Buyer for whom the current export is destined does not have any obligations to the Seller which are overdue for a period of greater than 60 days;

 

(e) no Material Adverse Change has occurred for the Borrower since the date of the Agreement;

 

(f) the Purchase Request is for a transaction that is covered by Euler Hermes Policy which insurance policy is currently in effect and Seller has neither received nor given notice of termination of such insurance.

 

(g) Seller has not requested any extension of an insurance claim period without Purchaser’s consent.

 

As of the date hereof, all of the representations and warranties set forth and incorporated in the Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as if the representations and warranties had been made on the date hereof except to the extent that any such representation and warranty may expressly relate solely to an earlier date. No event of Default or Potential Default has occurred. Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined herein, are used with the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this      day of                      ,              .

 

 


Name:

 

 


Title:

 

 



EXHIBIT B

 

(EXPORTER Letterhead)

 

Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.

Calz. Gobernado Curiel No 4835

Guadalajara, Jalisco, Mexico

 

  Re: US$                      Invoice No.                                     

from Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V. in favor of FGDI, LLC

Purchase Order No.             

 

Gentleman:

 

We are pleased to notify you that CoBank, ACB will purchase our Euler Hermes insured receivable with you related to the invoice and purchase order listed above. Please sign this letter to acknowledge that you have not yet made any payments on this invoice and that this invoice is due and payable by you on                          ,              . No defenses against any payment related to this invoice and the goods represented by this invoice and the purchase order have been accepted.

 

Please make prompt payment of this invoice for $                      due on                      ,                      by Wire Transfer to:

 

        CoBank, ACB

        Attention: Trade Services

        5500 South Quebec Street

        Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111

        ABA Routing # 307088754

        For Credit to General Ledger                     

        Reference Industrias Alicon loan payment

 

Only payments to CoBank, ACB’s account listed above will be recorded as payment against this invoice. In addition, only CoBank, ACB has the authority to make any changes regarding the payment of this invoice.

 

Thank you for your cooperation. Please note that it is very important that you send your payment on or before the due date of                      ,              to ensure that FGDI, LLC may continue to provide to you extended open account terms as currently agreed. Please sign in acknowledgment of your receipt of this letter and your obligation to make payment on the due date. Please immediately fax a copy of this signed letter to Trade Services FAX No. 303-224-2758, Attention : Linda Law/Jo Wright, along with a signed copy of the attached invoice related to this order.

 

 

Sincerely,   Acknowledged by:
FGDI, LLC   Industrias Alicon, S.A. de C.V.
Signature:  

 


  Signature:  

 


Title:  

 


  Title:  

 


Exhibit 10.49

 


 

FCS TONE G ROUP , I NC .

 

Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

Progress Report

 

September 30, 2003

 

Riley, Dettmann & Kelsey, LLC

11900 Wayzata Boulevard – Suite 104

Minnetonka, MN 55305

 



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

Objective

 

To address the Board’s concern regarding the disposition of the Plan in the event of a termination of the Plan prior to the conclusion of the Plan Life Cycle of five years.

 

Remedy

 

  Provide specific wording in the Plan Document under Plan Termination to include the following:

 

       “If the plan is terminated before the completion of the Plan Life Cycle (5 years), an award will be made immediately succeeding the plan termination. The award will be calculated on a pro-rated basis using the level of performance attained at the time of the termination and the time the plan was in effect.”

 

  Include in the plan award schedules covering a plan termination after years 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 (see Pages 2-6).

 

- 1 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE YEAR 1

 

       Beginning Equity = $34,500,000       Total Payroll = $940,200  
    

1-Year

End Class A Equity


  

Award Percentage

of Base Salary


   

Total

Award


  

% of Increase

in Equity


 

11% ROE Threshold

   $ 38,300,000    10.0 %   $ 94,020    2.5 %
     $ 38,368,000    11.2 %   $ 105,302    2.7 %
     $ 38,436,000    12.4 %   $ 116,585    3.0 %
     $ 38,504,000    13.6 %   $ 127,867    3.2 %
     $ 38,572,000    14.8 %   $ 139,150    3.4 %
     $ 38,640,000    16.0 %   $ 150,432    3.6 %
     $ 38,708,000    17.2 %   $ 161,714    3.8 %
     $ 38,776,000    18.4 %   $ 172,997    4.0 %
     $ 38,844,000    19.6 %   $ 184,279    4.2 %
     $ 38,912,000    20.8 %   $ 195,562    4.4 %
     $ 38,980,000    22.0 %   $ 206,844    4.6 %
     $ 39,048,000    23.2 %   $ 218,126    4.8 %
     $ 39,116,000    24.4 %   $ 229,409    5.0 %
     $ 39,184,000    25.6 %   $ 240,691    5.1 %
     $ 39,252,000    26.8 %   $ 251,974    5.3 %
     $ 39,320,000    28.0 %   $ 263,256    5.5 %
     $ 39,388,000    29.2 %   $ 274,538    5.6 %
     $ 39,456,0000    30.4 %   $ 285,821    5.8 %
     $ 39,524,000    31.6 %   $ 297,103    5.9 %
     $ 39,592,000    32.8 %   $ 308,386    6.1 %
     $ 39,660,000    34.0 %   $ 319,668    6.2 %
     $ 39,728,000    35.2 %   $ 330,950    6.3 %
     $ 39,796,000    36.4/ %   $ 342,233    6.5 %
     $ 39,864,000    37.6 %   $ 353,515    6.6 %
     $ 39,932,000    38.8 %   $ 364,798    6.7 %

16% ROE Goal

   $ 40,000,000    40.0 %   $ 376,080    6.8 %

 

- 2 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE YEAR 2

 

       Beginning Equity = $34,500,000       Total Payroll = $940,200  
    

2-Year

End Class A Equity


  

Award Percentage

of Base Salary


   

Total

Award


  

% of Increase

in Equity


 

11% ROE Threshold

   $ 42,500,000    20.0 %   $ 188,040    2.4 %
     $ 42,656,000    22.4 %   $ 210,605    2.6 %
     $ 42,812,000    24.8 %   $ 233,170    2.8 %
     $ 42,968,000    27.2 %   $ 255,734    3.0 %
     $ 43,124,000    29.6 %   $ 278,299    3.2 %
     $ 43,280,000    32.0 %   $ 300,864    3.4 %
     $ 43,436,000    34.4 %   $ 323,429    3.6 %
     $ 43,592,000    36.8 %   $ 345,994    3.8 %
     $ 43,748,000    39.2 %   $ 368,558    4.0 %
     $ 43,904,000    41.6 %   $ 391,123    4.2 %
     $ 44,060,000    44.0 %   $ 413,688    4.3 %
     $ 44,216,000    46.4 %   $ 436,253    4.5 %
     $ 44,372,000    48.8 %   $ 458,818    4.6 %
     $ 44,528,000    51.2 %   $ 481,382    4.8 %
     $ 44,684,000    53.6 %   $ 503,947    4.9 %
     $ 44,840,000    56.0 %   $ 526,512    5.1 %
     $ 44,996,000    58.4 %   $ 549,077    5.2 %
     $ 45,152,000    60.8 %   $ 571,642    5.4 %
     $ 45,308,000    63.2 %   $ 594,206    5.5 %
     $ 45,464,000    65.6 %   $ 616,771    5.6 %
     $ 45,620,000    68.0 %   $ 639,336    5.7 %
     $ 45,776,000    70.4 %   $ 661,901    5.9 %
     $ 45,932,000    72.8 %   $ 684,466    6.0 %
     $ 46,088,000    75.2 %   $ 707,030    6.1 %
     $ 46,244,000    77.6 %   $ 729,595    6.2 %

16% ROE Goal

   $ 46,400,000    80.0 %   $ 752,160    6.3 %

 

- 3 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

AWARD SCHEDULE YEAR 3

 

       Beginning Equity = $34,500,000       Total Payroll = $940,200  
    

3-Year

End Class A Equity


  

Award Percentage

of Base Salary


   

Total

Award


  

% of Increase

in Equity


 

11% ROE Threshold

   $ 47,200,000    30.0 %   $ 282,060    2.2 %
     $ 47,468,000    33.6 %   $ 315.907    2.4 %
     $ 47,736,000    37.2 %   $ 349,754    2.6 %
     $ 48,004,000    40.8 %   $ 383,602    2.8 %
     $ 48,272,000    44.4 %   $ 417,449    3.0 %
     $ 48,540,000    48.0 %   $ 451,296    3.2 %
     $ 48,808,000    51.6 %   $ 485,143    3.4 %
     $ 49,076,000    55.2 %   $ 518,990    3.6 %
     $ 49,344,000    58.8 %   $ 552,838    3.7 %
     $ 49,612,000    62.4 %   $ 586,685    3.9 %
     $ 49,880,000    66.0 %   $ 620,532    4.0 %
     $ 50,148,000    69.6 %   $ 654,379    4.2 %
     $ 50,416,000    73.2 %   $ 688,226    4.3 %
     $ 50,684,000    76.8 %   $ 722,074    4.5 %
     $ 50,952,000    80.4 %   $ 755,921    4.6 %
     $ 51,220,000    84.0 %   $ 789,768    4.7 %
     $ 51,488,000    87.6 %   $ 823,615    4.8 %
     $ 51,756,000    91.2 %   $ 857,462    5.0 %
     $ 52,024,000    94.8 %   $ 891,310    5.1 %
     $ 52,292,000    98.4 %   $ 925,157    5.2 %
     $ 52,560,000    102.0 %   $ 959,004    5.3 %
     $ 52,828,000    105.6 %   $ 992,851    5.4 %
     $ 53,096,000    109.2 %   $ 1,026,698    5.5 %
     $ 53,364,000    112.8 %   $ 1,060,546    5.6 %
     $ 53,632,000    116.4 %   $ 1,094,393    5.7 %

16% ROE Goal

   $ 53,900,000    120.0 %   $ 1,128,240    5.8 %

 

- 4 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE YEAR 4

 

       Beginning Equity = $34,500,000       Total Payroll = $940,200  
    

4-Year

End Class A Equity


  

Award Percentage

of Base Salary


   

Total

Award


  

% of Increase

in Equity


 

11% ROE Threshold

   $ 52,400,000    40.0 %   $ 376,080    2.1 %
     $ 52,804,000    44.8 %   $ 421,210    2.3 %
     $ 53,208,000    49.6 %   $ 466,339    2.5 %
     $ 53,612,000    54.4 %   $ 511,469    2.7 %
     $ 54,016,000    59.2 %   $ 556,598    2.9 %
     $ 54,420,000    64.0 %   $ 601,728    3.0 %
     $ 54,824,000    68.8 %   $ 646,858    3.2 %
     $ 55,228,000    73.6 %   $ 691,987    3.3 %
     $ 55,632,000    78.4 %   $ 737,117    3.5 %
     $ 56,036,000    83.2 %   $ 782,246    3.6 %
     $ 56,440,000    88.0 %   $ 827,376    3.8 %
     $ 56,844,000    92.8 %   $ 872,506    3.9 %
     $ 57,248,000    97.6 %   $ 917,635    4.0 %
     $ 57,652,000    102.4 %   $ 962,765    4.2 %
     $ 58,056,000    107.2 %   $ 1,007,894    4.3 %
     $ 58,460,000    112.0 %   $ 1,053,024    4.4 %
     $ 58,864,000    116.8 %   $ 1,098,154    4.5 %
     $ 59,268,000    121.6 %   $ 1,143,283    4.6 %
     $ 59,672,000    126.4 %   $ 1,188,413    4.7 %
     $ 60,076,000    131.2 %   $ 1,233,542    4.8 %
     $ 60,480,000    136.0 %   $ 1,278,672    4.9 %
     $ 60,884,000    140.8 %   $ 1,323,802    5.0 %
     $ 61,288,000    145.6 %   $ 1,368,931    5.1 %
     $ 61,692,000    150.4 %   $ 1,414,061    5.2 %
     $ 62,096,000    155.2 %   $ 1,459,190    5.3 %

16% ROE Goal

   $ 62,500,000    160.0 %   $ 1,504,320    5.4 %

 

- 5 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE YEAR 5

 

       Beginning Equity = $34,500,000       Total Payroll = $940,200  
    

5-Year

End Class A Equity


  

Award Percentage

of Base Salary


   

Total

Award


  

% of Increase

in Equity


 

11% ROE Threshold

   $ 58,200,000    50.0 %   $ 470,100    2.0 %
     $ 58,772,000    56.0 %   $ 526,512    2.2 %
     $ 59,344,000    62.0 %   $ 582,924    2.3 %
     $ 59,916,000    68.0 %   $ 639,336    2.5 %
     $ 60,488,000    74.0 %   $ 695,748    2.7 %
     $ 61,060,000    80.0 %   $ 752,160    2.8 %
     $ 61,632,000    86.0 %   $ 808,572    3.0 %
     $ 62,204,000    92.0 %   $ 864,984    3.1 %
     $ 62,776,000    98.0 %   $ 921,396    3.3 %
     $ 63,348,000    104.0 %   $ 977,808    3.4 %
     $ 63,920,000    110.0 %   $ 1,034,220    3.5 %
     $ 64,492,000    116.0 %   $ 1,090,632    3.6 %
     $ 65,064,000    122.0 %   $ 1,147,044    3.8 %
     $ 65,636,000    128.0 %   $ 1,203,456    3.9 %
     $ 66,208,000    134.0 %   $ 1,259,868    4.0 %
     $ 66,780,000    140.0 %   $ 1,316,280    4.1 %
     $ 67,352,000    146.0 %   $ 1,372,692    4.2 %
     $ 67,924,000    152.0 %   $ 1,429,104    4.3 %
     $ 68,496,000    158.0 %   $ 1,485,516    4.4 %
     $ 69,068,000    164.0 %   $ 1541,928    4.5 %
     $ 69,640,000    170.0 %   $ 1,598,340    4.5 %
     $ 70,212,000    176.0 %   $ 1,654,752    4.6 %
     $ 70,784,000    182.0 %   $ 1,711,164    4.7 %
     $ 71,356,000    188.0 %   $ 1,767,576    4.8 %
     $ 71,928,000    194.0 %   $ 1,823,988    4.9 %

16% ROE Goal

   $ 72,500.00    200.0 %   $ 1,880,400    4.9 %

 

- 6 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PLAN DESIGN

 

Participation

 

  President

 

  Chief Operating Officer

 

  Chief Financial Officer

 

  President – FGDI

 

  Chief Operations Officer – Stone Division

 

Performance Measure

 

  Increase in Class A Equity (plus common/preferred stock redemption) (after patronage distribution, tax and accrual for award)

 

Plan Life Cycle

 

  5 years

 

  New plan begins after 5 years

 

Base Salary

 

  Participant’s base salary in effect at the beginning of the Plan Life Cycle

 

Target Award at Goal

 

  200% of participant’s base salary

 

- 7-


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PLAN SCHEMATIC

 

Beginning Class A Equity - $34.5M

 

    

5-Year

Total Class A Equity


   Award Percentage
of Base Salary


 

Threshold

   $ 58.2M    50 %

Goal

   $ 72.5M    200 %

 

  Threshold represents a compounded 11% ROE.

 

  Total increase in equity $23.7M or 69% over beginning equity $34.5M

 

  Goal represents a compounded 16% ROE.

 

  Total increase in equity $38.0M or 110% over beginning equity $34.5M

 

  Threshold must be attained to activate the plan and for participants to be eligible for awards.

 

  Performance beyond Threshold will be interpolated along the award scale.

 

  Awards at Goal represent 4.9% of the total increase in Class A Equity at Goal.

 

- 8 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

AWARD SCHEDULE PER PLAN PARTICIPANT

 

Position


  

Base

Salary


  

Threshold
Award

(50%)


  

Goal

Award

(200%)


President/CEO

   $ 320,000    $ 160,000    $ 640,000

Chief Operating Officer

   $ 160,000    $ 80,000    $ 320,000

Executive Vice President/CFO

   $ 135,200    $ 67,600    $ 270,400

President – FGDI

   $ 175,000    $ 87,500    $ 350,000

Chief Operating Officer – Stone Division

   $ 150,000    $ 75,000    $ 300,000
    

  

  

Totals

   $ 940,200    $ 470,100    $ 1,880,400

 

- 9 -


LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PLAN ADMINISTRATION OUTLINE

 

1. Purpose of the Plan

 

2. Definition of the Plan Terms (i.e., “base salary” in effect at the start of the Plan Life Cycle)

 

3. Plan Life Cycle (5 consecutive fiscal years)

 

4. Effective Date – September 1, 2003

 

5. Plan Administrator (Chairman of the Board)

 

6. Plan Administration (follows plans guidelines, but free to interpret including issues where the plan is silent)

 

7. Eligibility (to be determined by the Plan Administrator)

 

8. Termination of Employment (either by executive or FCStone all rights are forfeited)

 

9. Special Termination – If a Plan Participant terminates their employment or retires after three years with FCStone’s consent, the Plan Administrator will authorize a pro-rated award based on performance up to that event. The actual payment will be made after the conclusion of the Plan Life Cycle (5 years).

 

10. Amendment/Termination of the Plan (at the Plan Administrator’s discretion)

 

11. Employment (Plan is not a contract)

 

12. Death, Disability or Retirement (pro-rated award)

 

13. Legal Requirements (in accordance with Federal, state and local statutory requirements)

 

Note: Plan Administration will be complete in the final document, as was the case with the Short-Term Incentive plan.

 

- 10 -

Exhibit 10.50

 

CASH SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of the 29 th day of September, 2003 by and between Michael Walsh (the “Lender”), and FCStone, LLC (the “Borrower”), who mutually agree as follows:

 

1.     (a) The term “Designated Self-Regulatory Organization” or “DSRO” shall mean the Exchange(s) and/or other Self-Regulatory Organizations which is (are) a party to the Joint Audit Agreement and which has (have) been designated by the Joint Audit Committee as the Borrower’s DSRO. The Borrower’s DSRO is subject to change from time to time at the Joint Audit Committee’s discretion.

 

  (b) The term “Commission” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

  (c) The term “Capital Requirements” shall mean the rules, regulations and requirements of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization which were adopted pursuant to CFTC Regulations 1.17 and 1.52.

 

  (d) The term “CFTC regulations” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s Minimum Financial Regulations.

 

  (e) The term “Adjusted Net Capital” shall mean adjusted net capital as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(c)(5).

 

  (f) The term “Subordination Agreement” shall mean either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement, as those terms are defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(h)(1).

 

2. Lender hereby agrees to lend the sum of two hundred fifty thousand ($250,000) to Borrower, and Borrower agrees to borrow the said sum from Lender upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Borrower will repay the principal amount due plus interest thereon form the date hereof to the Maturity Date at the rate of prime rate (              ) percent per annum (the Indebtedness”) on Oct. 1, 2004 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

4. The Lender hereby subordinates any right to receive payment with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the Borrower arising out of any matter occurring prior to the Maturity Date, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or are junior to the claim of the Lender under this Agreement.


5. The proceeds of this Agreement shall be used and dealt with by the Borrower as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of its business.

 

6. The Borrower shall have the right to deposit any cash proceeds of this subordinated loan agreement in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company.

 

7. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”). No Prepayment may be made before the expiration of one year from the date this Agreement becomes effective unless it is a Special Prepayment made pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation with respect to such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) seven (7) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulation and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(7) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(7)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO. Notwithstanding the above, no prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization.

 

8. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Special Prepayment”) if the written consent of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization is first obtained. Provided, however, that no such prepayment shall be made if:

 

  (a) After giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturities or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Special Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such Special Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) ten (10) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the


Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount(s), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii) of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(5)(ii)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO; or

 

  (b) Pre-tax losses during the latest three month period were greater than 15% of current excess adjusted Net Capital.

 

9.     (a) The payment obligation of the Borrower in respect of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to payment of such payment obligation (and to all payments of payment obligations of the Borrower under any other subordination agreements then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such payment obligation), the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount(s), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(8)(i) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(8)(i)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by DSRO. [Provided that if the payment obligation of the Borrower hereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirements of this paragraph for a period of not less than six months, the Borrower shall then commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its entire business, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.]

 

  (b) In the event the Borrower is required to commence a rapid and orderly liquidation, as permitted in paragraph 9(a), the date on which the liquidation commences shall be the maturity date for any subordination agreement of the Borrower then outstanding, but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of such agreements.

 

10. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and, if required, the Commission, given not earlier than six months after the effective date of this Agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the Borrower, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after giving of such notice, but the rights of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.


11. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the payment obligation of the Borrower with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Borrower, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. The Borrower shall immediately notify the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and the Commission if, after giving effect to all payments of payment obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, its adjusted net capital would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(2) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(c)(2] or 3) the minimum capital requirements defined by the DSRO.

 

13. Neither this Agreement nor any note or other instrument made hereunder is entered into in reliance upon the standing of the Borrower as a member organization of any commodity exchange or securities exchange or upon any such exchange’s surveillance of the Borrower or its capital position. The Lender is not relying upon any such exchange to provide any information concerning or relating to the Borrower. No such exchange has a responsibility to disclose to the Lender any information concerning or relating to the Borrower which it may have now or at any future time. Neither any such exchange nor any officer or employee of any such exchange shall be liable to the Lender with respect to this Agreement, the Indebtedness, the repayment thereof, any interest or compensation thereon or any damages resulting from the breach of this Agreement. Neither the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization nor the Commission is a guarantor of this Agreement.

 

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Lender and the Borrower and their respective, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns

 

15. Any note or other written instrument evidencing the Indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that such note or instrument is issued subject to the provisions of this Agreement, which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference herein.


16. This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no payment shall be made with respect thereto and this Agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the Capital Requirements or, if applicable, the CFTC Regulations.

 

17. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois/New York.

 

18. Any notice required or provided for herein shall be deemed to have been given or received when it has been delivered in person or has been deposited, postage prepaid, by United States certified or registered mail, addressed to the person for whom intended:

 

  (a) If for Borrower:

 

C.C. Delbridge

141 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 2730

Chicago, IL 60604

 

  (b) If for Lender:

 

Michael Walsh

c/o Spike Trading, Suite 1300

30 S. Wacker Dr., Chicago, IL 60606

 

  (c) If for Borrower’s Designated Self-Regulatory Organization:

 

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

30 S. Wacker Dr.

Chicago, IL 60606

 

19. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements of the parties with respect to the Indebtedness.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands this 29 th day of September, 2003.

 

/s/ Clarence Delbridge


 

/s/ Michael Walsh


Borrower   Lender


SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

INFORMATION STATEMENT

 

Name and address of Lender:   Michael Walsh
    30 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 1300
    Chicago, IL 60606

 

Business relationship of lender to clearing member:

 

¨ Officer

  

¨ Partner

¨ Stockholder

  

x Other

 

Did the clearing member carry funds or securities for the lender at or about the time the proposed subordinated agreement was filed?

 

Yes   ¨

 

No   x

Exhibit 10.51

 

CASH SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of the 30 th day of June, 2004 by and between Allan J. Hirsch (the “Lender”), and FCStone, LLC (the “Borrower”), who mutually agree as follows:

 

1.    (a) The term “Designated Self-Regulatory Organization” or “DSRO” shall mean the Exchange(s) and/or other Self-Regulatory Organizations which is (are) a party to the Joint Audit Agreement and which has (have) been designated by the Joint Audit Committee as the Borrower’s DSRO. The Borrower’s DSRO is subject to change from time to time at the Joint Audit Committee’s discretion.

 

  (b) The term “Commission” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

  (c) The term “Capital Requirements” shall mean the rules, regulations and requirements of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization which were adopted pursuant to CFTC Regulations 1.17 and 1.52.

 

  (d) The term “CFTC regulations” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s Minimum Financial Regulations.

 

  (e) The term “Adjusted Net Capital” shall mean adjusted net capital as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(c)(5).

 

  (f) The term “Subordination Agreement” shall mean either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement, as those terms are defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(h)(1).

 

2. Lender hereby agrees to lend the sum of five hundred thousand ($500,000) to Borrower, and Borrower agrees to borrow the said sum from Lender upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Borrower will repay the principal amount due plus interest thereon form the date hereof to the Maturity Date at the rate of Prime (              ) percent per annum (the Indebtedness”) [on                      (the “Maturity Date”)].

 

4. The Lender hereby subordinates any right to receive payment with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the Borrower arising out of any matter occurring prior to the Maturity Date, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or are junior to the claim of the Lender under this Agreement.


5. The proceeds of this Agreement shall be used and dealt with by the Borrower as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of its business.

 

6. The Borrower shall have the right to deposit any cash proceeds of this subordinated loan agreement in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company.

 

7. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”). No Prepayment may be made before the expiration of one year from the date this Agreement becomes effective unless it is a Special Prepayment made pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation with respect to such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) seven (7) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulation and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(7) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(7)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO. Notwithstanding the above, no prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization.

 

8. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Special Prepayment”) if the written consent of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization is first obtained. Provided, however, that no such prepayment shall be made if:

 

  (a) After giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturities or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Special Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such Special Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) ten (10) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the


Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount(s), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii) of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(5)(ii)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO; or

 

  (b) Pre-tax losses during the latest three month period were greater than 15% of current excess adjusted Net Capital.

 

9.      (a) The payment obligation of the Borrower in respect of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to payment of such payment obligation (and to all payments of payment obligations of the Borrower under any other subordination agreements then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such payment obligation), the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(8)(i) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(8)(i)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by DSRO. [Provided that if the payment obligation of the Borrower hereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirements of this paragraph for a period of not less than six months, the Borrower shall then commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its entire business, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.]

 

  (b) In the event the Borrower is required to commence a rapid and orderly liquidation, as permitted in paragraph 9(a), the date on which the liquidation commences shall be the maturity date for any subordination agreement of the Borrower then outstanding, but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of such agreements.

 

10. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and, if required, the Commission, given not earlier than six months after the effective date of this Agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the Borrower, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after giving of such notice, but the rights of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.


11. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the payment obligation of the Borrower with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Borrower, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. The Borrower shall immediately notify the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and the Commission if, after giving effect to all payments of payment obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, its adjusted net capital would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(2) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(c)(2] or 3) the minimum capital requirements defined by the DSRO.

 

13. Neither this Agreement nor any note or other instrument made hereunder is entered into in reliance upon the standing of the Borrower as a member organization of any commodity exchange or securities exchange or upon any such exchange’s surveillance of the Borrower or its capital position. The Lender is not relying upon any such exchange to provide any information concerning or relating to the Borrower. No such exchange has a responsibility to disclose to the Lender any information concerning or relating to the Borrower which it may have now or at any future time. Neither any such exchange nor any officer or employee of any such exchange shall be liable to the Lender with respect to this Agreement, the Indebtedness, the repayment thereof, any interest or compensation thereon or any damages resulting from the breach of this Agreement. Neither the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization nor the Commission is a guarantor of this Agreement.

 

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Lender and the Borrower and their respective, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns

 

15. Any note or other written instrument evidencing the Indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that such note or instrument is issued subject to the provisions of this Agreement, which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference herein.


16. This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no payment shall be made with respect thereto and this Agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the Capital Requirements or, if applicable, the CFTC Regulations.

 

17. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois/New York.

 

18. Any notice required or provided for herein shall be deemed to have been given or received when it has been delivered in person or has been deposited, postage prepaid, by United States certified or registered mail, addressed to the person for whom intended:

 

  (a) If for Borrower:

 

C. C. Delbridge

141 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 2730

Chicago, IL 60604

 

  (b) If for Lender:

 

Allan J. Hirsch

900 Hoffman Lane

Riverwoods, IL 60015

 

  (c) If for Borrower’s Designated Self-Regulatory Organization:

 

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

30 S. Wacker Dr.

Chicago, IL 60606

 

19. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements of the parties with respect to the Indebtedness.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands this 30 th day of June, 2004.

 

/s/ Clarence Delbridge


 

/s/ Allan J. Hirsch


Borrower

 

Lender


SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

INFORMATION STATEMENT

 

Name and address of Lender:

  

Allan Hirsch

    

900 Hoffman Lane

    

Roverwoods, IL

 

Business relationship of lender to clearing member:

 

¨ Officer

  

¨ Partner

¨ Stockholder

  

x Other

 

Did the clearing member carry funds or securities for the lender at or about the time the proposed subordinated agreement was filed?

 

Yes   x

 

No   ¨

Exhibit 10.52

 

CASH SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of the 30 th day of June, 2004 by and between Gerald Hirsch (the “Lender”), and FCStone, LLC (the “Borrower”), who mutually agree as follows:

 

1.      (a) The term “Designated Self-Regulatory Organization” or “DSRO” shall mean the Exchange(s) and/or other Self-Regulatory Organizations which is (are) a party to the Joint Audit Agreement and which has (have) been designated by the Joint Audit Committee as the Borrower’s DSRO. The Borrower’s DSRO is subject to change from time to time at the Joint Audit Committee’s discretion.

 

  (b) The term “Commission” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

  (c) The term “Capital Requirements” shall mean the rules, regulations and requirements of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization which were adopted pursuant to CFTC Regulations 1.17 and 1.52.

 

  (d) The term “CFTC regulations” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s Minimum Financial Regulations.

 

  (e) The term “Adjusted Net Capital” shall mean adjusted net capital as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(c)(5).

 

  (f) The term “Subordination Agreement” shall mean either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement, as those terms are defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(h)(1).

 

2. Lender hereby agrees to lend the sum of five hundred thousand ($500,000) to Borrower, and Borrower agrees to borrow the said sum from Lender upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Borrower will repay the principal amount due plus interest thereon form the date hereof to the Maturity Date at the rate of Prime Rate (              ) percent per annum (the Indebtedness”) [on                      (the “Maturity Date”)].

 

4. The Lender hereby subordinates any right to receive payment with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the Borrower arising out of any matter occurring prior to the Maturity Date, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or are junior to the claim of the Lender under this Agreement.


5. The proceeds of this Agreement shall be used and dealt with by the Borrower as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of its business.

 

6. The Borrower shall have the right to deposit any cash proceeds of this subordinated loan agreement in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company.

 

7. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”). No Prepayment may be made before the expiration of one year from the date this Agreement becomes effective unless it is a Special Prepayment made pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation with respect to such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) seven (7) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulation and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(7) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(7)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO. Notwithstanding the above, no prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization.

 

8. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Special Prepayment”) if the written consent of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization is first obtained. Provided, however, that no such prepayment shall be made if:

 

  (a) After giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturities or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Special Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such Special Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) ten (10) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the


Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount(s), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii) of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(5)(ii)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO; or

 

  (b) Pre-tax losses during the latest three month period were greater than 15% of current excess adjusted Net Capital.

 

9.      (a) The payment obligation of the Borrower in respect of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to payment of such payment obligation (and to all payments of payment obligations of the Borrower under any other subordination agreements then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such payment obligation), the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(8)(i) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(8)(i)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by DSRO. [Provided that if the payment obligation of the Borrower hereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirements of this paragraph for a period of not less than six months, the Borrower shall then commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its entire business, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.]

 

  (b) In the event the Borrower is required to commence a rapid and orderly liquidation, as permitted in paragraph 9(a), the date on which the liquidation commences shall be the maturity date for any subordination agreement of the Borrower then outstanding, but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of such agreements.

 

10. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and, if required, the Commission, given not earlier than six months after the effective date of this Agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the Borrower, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after giving of such notice, but the rights of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.


11. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the payment obligation of the Borrower with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Borrower, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. The Borrower shall immediately notify the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and the Commission if, after giving effect to all payments of payment obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, its adjusted net capital would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(2) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(c)(2] or 3) the minimum capital requirements defined by the DSRO.

 

13. Neither this Agreement nor any note or other instrument made hereunder is entered into in reliance upon the standing of the Borrower as a member organization of any commodity exchange or securities exchange or upon any such exchange’s surveillance of the Borrower or its capital position. The Lender is not relying upon any such exchange to provide any information concerning or relating to the Borrower. No such exchange has a responsibility to disclose to the Lender any information concerning or relating to the Borrower which it may have now or at any future time. Neither any such exchange nor any officer or employee of any such exchange shall be liable to the Lender with respect to this Agreement, the Indebtedness, the repayment thereof, any interest or compensation thereon or any damages resulting from the breach of this Agreement. Neither the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization nor the Commission is a guarantor of this Agreement.

 

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Lender and the Borrower and their respective, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns

 

15. Any note or other written instrument evidencing the Indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that such note or instrument is issued subject to the provisions of this Agreement, which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference herein.


16. This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no payment shall be made with respect thereto and this Agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the Capital Requirements or, if applicable, the CFTC Regulations.

 

17. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois/New York.

 

18. Any notice required or provided for herein shall be deemed to have been given or received when it has been delivered in person or has been deposited, postage prepaid, by United States certified or registered mail, addressed to the person for whom intended:

 

  (a) If for Borrower:

 

Clarence C. Delbridge

141 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 2730

Chicago, IL 60604

 

  (b) If for Lender:

 

Gerald Hirsch

1780 Green Bay Road, Suite 202

Highland Park, IL 60035

 

  (c) If for Borrower’s Designated Self-Regulatory Organization:

 

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

30 S. Wacker Dr.

Chicago, IL 60606

 

19. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements of the parties with respect to the Indebtedness.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands this 30 th day of June, 2004.

 

/s/ Clarence Delbridge


 

/s/ Gerald Hirsch


Borrower   Lender


SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

INFORMATION STATEMENT

 

Name and address of Lender:

   Gerald Hirsch
     1780 Green Bay Road, Suite 202
     Highland Park, IL 60035

 

Business relationship of lender to clearing member:

 

¨ Officer

  

¨ Partner

¨ Stockholder

  

x Other

 

Did the clearing member carry funds or securities for the lender at or about the time the proposed subordinated agreement was filed?

 

Yes   ¨

 

No   x

Exhibit 10.53

 

CASH SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Cash Subordinated Loan Agreement (the “Agreement”) is effective as of the 12 th day of December, 2003 by and between William Shepard (the “Lender”), and FCStone, LLC (the “Borrower”), who mutually agree as follows:

 

1.     (a) The term “Designated Self-Regulatory Organization” or “DSRO” shall mean the Exchange(s) and/or other Self-Regulatory Organizations which is (are) a party to the Joint Audit Agreement and which has (have) been designated by the Joint Audit Committee as the Borrower’s DSRO. The Borrower’s DSRO is subject to change from time to time at the Joint Audit Committee’s discretion.

 

  (b) The term “Commission” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

 

  (c) The term “Capital Requirements” shall mean the rules, regulations and requirements of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization which were adopted pursuant to CFTC Regulations 1.17 and 1.52.

 

  (d) The term “CFTC regulations” shall mean the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s Minimum Financial Regulations.

 

  (e) The term “Adjusted Net Capital” shall mean adjusted net capital as defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(c)(5).

 

  (f) The term “Subordination Agreement” shall mean either a subordinated loan agreement or a secured demand note agreement, as those terms are defined in Commodity Futures Trading Commission Regulation 1.17(h)(1).

 

2. Lender hereby agrees to lend the sum of Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000) to Borrower, and Borrower agrees to borrow the said sum from Lender upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

3. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Borrower will repay the principal amount due plus interest thereon form the date hereof to the Maturity Date at the rate of Prime Rate (              ) percent per annum (the Indebtedness”) [on December 31, 2004 (the “Maturity Date”)].

 

4. The Lender hereby subordinates any right to receive payment with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest or compensation, to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all present and future creditors of the Borrower arising out of any matter occurring prior to the Maturity Date, except for claims which are the subject of subordination agreements which rank on the same priority as or are junior to the claim of the Lender under this Agreement.


5. The proceeds of this Agreement shall be used and dealt with by the Borrower as part of its capital and shall be subject to the risks of its business.

 

6. The Borrower shall have the right to deposit any cash proceeds of this subordinated loan agreement in an account or accounts in its own name in any bank or trust company.

 

7. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Prepayment”). No Prepayment may be made before the expiration of one year from the date this Agreement becomes effective unless it is a Special Prepayment made pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof. No prepayment shall be made if, after giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturity or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation with respect to such Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) seven (7) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulation and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(7) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(7)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO. Notwithstanding the above, no prepayment shall occur without the prior written approval of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization.

 

8. Borrower, at its option, but not at the option of Lender, may make a payment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (hereinafter referred to as a “Special Prepayment”) if the written consent of the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization is first obtained. Provided, however, that no such prepayment shall be made if:

 

  (a) After giving effect thereto (and to all payments of payment obligations under any other subordination agreements then outstanding, the maturities or accelerated maturities of which are scheduled to fall due within six months after the date such Special Prepayment is to occur pursuant to this provision, or on or prior to the date on which the payment obligation in respect to such Special Prepayment is scheduled to mature disregarding this provision, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower is less than the greatest of 1) ten (10) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the


Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amount(s), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(5)(ii) of the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(5)(ii)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO; or

 

  (b) Pre-tax losses during the latest three month period were greater than 15% of current excess adjusted Net Capital.

 

9.     (a) The payment obligation of the Borrower in respect of this Agreement shall be suspended and shall not mature if, after giving effect to payment of such payment obligation (and to all payments of payment obligations of the Borrower under any other subordination agreements then outstanding which are scheduled to mature on or before such payment obligation), the Adjusted Net Capital of the Borrower would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if the Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(b)(8)(i) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(8)(i)] or 3) the minimum capital requirement as defined by DSRO. [Provided that if the payment obligation of the Borrower hereunder does not mature and is suspended as a result of the requirements of this paragraph for a period of not less than six months, the Borrower shall then commence the rapid and orderly liquidation of its entire business, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.]

 

  (b) In the event the Borrower is required to commence a rapid and orderly liquidation, as permitted in paragraph 9(a), the date on which the liquidation commences shall be the maturity date for any subordination agreement of the Borrower then outstanding, but the rights of the respective lenders to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of such agreements.

 

10. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the Lender may, upon prior written notice to the Borrower and the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and, if required, the Commission, given not earlier than six months after the effective date of this Agreement, accelerate the date on which the payment obligation of the Borrower, together with accrued interest or compensation, is scheduled to mature to a date not earlier than six months after giving of such notice, but the rights of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.


11. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 9 of this Agreement, the payment obligation of the Borrower with respect to this Agreement, together with accrued interest and compensation, shall mature in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to the bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Borrower, but the right of the Lender to receive payment, together with accrued interest or compensation, shall remain subordinate as required by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

12. The Borrower shall immediately notify the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization and the Commission if, after giving effect to all payments of payment obligations under subordination agreements then outstanding which are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Borrower, its adjusted net capital would be less than the greatest of 1) six (6) percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and CFTC Regulations and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount, exclusive of the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers of the Borrower on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided that the deduction for each option customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in each option customer’s account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or 2) if Borrower is a securities broker or dealer, the amount of net capital specified in Rule 15c3-1d(c)(2) of the Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, [17C.F.R.240.15c3-1d(b)(c)(2] or 3) the minimum capital requirements defined by the DSRO.

 

13. Neither this Agreement nor any note or other instrument made hereunder is entered into in reliance upon the standing of the Borrower as a member organization of any commodity exchange or securities exchange or upon any such exchange’s surveillance of the Borrower or its capital position. The Lender is not relying upon any such exchange to provide any information concerning or relating to the Borrower. No such exchange has a responsibility to disclose to the Lender any information concerning or relating to the Borrower which it may have now or at any future time. Neither any such exchange nor any officer or employee of any such exchange shall be liable to the Lender with respect to this Agreement, the Indebtedness, the repayment thereof, any interest or compensation thereon or any damages resulting from the breach of this Agreement. Neither the Designated Self-Regulatory Organization nor the Commission is a guarantor of this Agreement.

 

14. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Lender and the Borrower and their respective, heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns

 

15. Any note or other written instrument evidencing the Indebtedness shall bear on its face an appropriate legend stating that such note or instrument is issued subject to the provisions of this Agreement, which shall be adequately referred to and incorporated by reference herein.


16. This Agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party; no payment shall be made with respect thereto and this Agreement shall not be terminated, rescinded or modified by mutual consent or otherwise if the effect thereof would be inconsistent with the Capital Requirements or, if applicable, the CFTC Regulations.

 

17. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Illinois/New York.

 

18. Any notice required or provided for herein shall be deemed to have been given or received when it has been delivered in person or has been deposited, postage prepaid, by United States certified or registered mail, addressed to the person for whom intended:

 

  (a) If for Borrower:

 

Clarence C. Delbridge

141 W. Jackson Blvd., Suite 2730

Chicago, IL 60604

 

  (b) If for Lender:

 

William Shepard

c/o Shepard International, Suite 1

30 S. Wacker Dr., Chicago, IL 60606

 

  (c) If for Borrower’s Designated Self-Regulatory Organization:

 

Chicago Mercantile Exchange

30 S. Wacker Dr.

Chicago, IL 60606

 

19. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements of the parties with respect to the Indebtedness.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands this 12 th day of December, 2004.

 

/s/ Clarence Delbridge


 

/s/ William Shepard


Borrower   Lender

Exhibit 10.54

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

between

 

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

 

and

 

FGDI, LLC

 

securing

 

$5,500,000

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

VARIABLE RATE DEMAND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT REVENUE BONDS

(FGDI, LLC PROJECT), SERIES 2002

 

Dated as of December 1, 2002

 

All right, title and interest of The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama in this Lease Agreement (except as to certain rights of reimbursement of expenses and indemnification hereunder) have been pledged and assigned to Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association, as Trustee, under an Indenture of Trust dated as of December 1, 2002, between The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama and such Trustee.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

(This Table of Contents is not part of the

Lease Agreement and is only for convenience of reference)

 

          Page

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS    1

Section 1.1.

   Definitions    1

Section 1.2.

   Interpretation.    5
ARTICLE II    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    6

Section 2.1.

   Representations by the Issuer    6

Section 2.2.

   Representations and Warranties by the Company    7
ARTICLE III    COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT    8

Section 3.1.

   Acquisition and Installation of Equipment, and Construction of Improvements, by Company    8

Section 3.2.

   Payment of Costs of the Project by Company    8

Section 3.3.

   Disbursements from Project Fund    8

Section 3.4.

   [Reserved.]    9

Section 3.5.

   [Reserved.]    9

Section 3.6.

   Abandonment    9

Section 3.7.

   Establishment of Completion Date    9
ARTICLE IV    ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; INVESTMENT OF FUNDS    9

Section 4.1.

   Agreement to Issue Bonds    9

Section 4.2.

   Possession and Use    9

Section 4.3.

   Investment of Moneys    10
ARTICLE V    EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT; DURATION OF TERM; PAYMENT AND OTHER PROVISIONS    10

Section 5.1.

   Effective Date and Duration of Agreement.    10

Section 5.2.

   Lease Payments and Other Amounts Payable.    11

Section 5.3.

   Certain Company Obligations Unconditional    12

Section 5.4.

   Lease Payments and Other Payments Assigned    13

Section 5.5.

   Maintenance and Modification of the Facilities by the Company    13

Section 5.6.

   Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges    14

Section 5.7.

   Insurance    14

Section 5.8.

   Event of Taxability    14

Section 5.9.

   Optional Tender Purchases and Mandatory Purchases    15

Section 5.10.

   Existing Facility Lease    15
ARTICLE VI    CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION    15

Section 6.1.

   Casualty    15

Section 6.2.

   Condemnation    15

Section 6.3.

   Failure to Restore Equipment and Improvements; Application of Net Proceeds    16

Section 6.4.

   Cooperation    16

Section 6.5.

   Effect of Damage, Destruction or Condemnation    16
ARTICLE VII    SPECIAL COVENANTS    16

 

- i -


Section 7.1.

  No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by the Issuer: Issuer to Maintain Existence   16

Section 7.2.

  Right of Access to the Facilities and Existing Facilities   16

Section 7.3.

  The Company to Maintain its Existence; Conditions Under Which Exceptions Permitted   16

Section 7.4.

  Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments   17

Section 7.5.

  The Issuer and Company Representatives   17

Section 7.6.

  Removal of Liens Respecting Company Payments   17

Section 7.7.

  [Reserved.]   17

Section 7.8.

  Release and Indemnification   17

Section 7.9.

  Compliance with the Indenture   19

Section 7.10.

  Delivery of Substitute Credit   19
ARTICLE VIII   ASSIGNMENT, SALE, LEASING AND MORTGAGING   19

Section 8.1.

  Assignment of Agreement; or Leasing of Facilities.   19
ARTICLE IX   EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   20

Section 9.1.

  Events of Default Defined   20

Section 9.2.

  Remedies on Default   21

Section 9.3.

  No Remedy Exclusive   21

Section 9.4.

  Agreement to Pay Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses   22

Section 9.5.

  No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver   22

Section 9.6.

  Rights of Credit Provider   22
ARTICLE X   COMPANY OPTIONS   23

Section 10.1.

  Optional Termination Upon Discharge of Indenture   23

Section 10.2.

  Optional Prepayment of Lease Payments Because of Casualty or Condemnation   23

Section 10.3.

  Optional Redemption of Bonds   25
ARTICLE XI   MISCELLANEOUS   25

Section 11.1.

  Notices   25

Section 11.2.

  Binding Effect   26

Section 11.3.

  Severability   27

Section 11.4.

  Amounts Remaining in Funds   27

Section 11.5.

  Amendments, Changes and Modifications   27

Section 11.6.

  Execution in Counterparts   27

Section 11.7.

  Captions   27

Section 11.8.

  Recording and Filing   27

Section 11.9.

  Law To Govern   27

Section 11.10.

  Limitation on Issuer’s Liability   28
EXHIBIT A     LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND    
EXHIBIT B     DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS    
EXHIBIT C     CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION    

 

- ii -


LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 1, 2002 (the “Agreement”), by and between The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, a public corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Alabama (the “Issuer”), and FGDI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), with capitalized terms used in the following Recitals being defined in Article I:

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Act, the Issuer has issued the Series 2002 Bonds to finance the acquisition and installation of the Equipment and/or the construction of the Improvements; and

 

WHEREAS, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Issuer, and all conditions, acts and things necessary and required by the Constitution or statutes of the State or otherwise to exist, to have happened or to have been performed precedent to and in the issuance of the Series 2002 Bonds do exist, have happened and have been performed in regular form, time and manner;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer hereby leases and demises to the Company and the Company hereby leases from the Issuer the Facilities and the Existing Facilities upon the following terms and conditions:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions . Unless a different meaning clearly appears from the context, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings defined in this Section, or if not so defined, as defined in the Indenture:

 

“Act” means the provisions of Act No. 648 enacted at the 1949 Regular Session of the Legislature of Alabama, as amended, codified as Division I of Article 4 of Chapter 54 of Title 11 of the Code of Alabama 1975 , as amended, and all future acts of the Legislature of Alabama supplemental to or amendatory of either thereof.

 

“Act of Bankruptcy” means the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against the Company under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Additional Bonds” means the filing of a petition in bankruptcy by or against the Company under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

 

“Additional Bonds” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Additional Rent” means the amounts payable as such under Section 5.2(b) and (d) and Section 5.9.


“Agreement” means this Lease Agreement, as amended from time to time in accordance with the Indenture.

 

“Bank” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Bond Counsel” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Bond Fund” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Bond Purchase Agreement” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Bond Year” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Bondholder” or “Holder” means, when used with reference to a Bond or Bonds, the registered owner of any Outstanding Bond or Bonds.

 

“Bonds” means the Series 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds.

 

“Building” means all buildings and structures on the Land, as they at any time may exist.

 

“Business Day” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Code” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Company” means FGDI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its successors and assigns.

 

“Company Representative” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Confirming Bank” means a commercial bank, initially Bayerische Hypo- und Vereinsbank AG, New York Branch, as the issuer of Confirming Letter of Credit, or, in the event of issuance of an Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit, the commercial bank which issues such Alternate Confirming Letter of Credit. “Principal Office of the Confirming Bank” means the office designated as such by the Confirming Bank in writing to the Bank, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Tender Agent, the Company and the Remarketing Agent.

 

“Conversion Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Credit” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Credit Agreement” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Credit Provider” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Credit Termination Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

- 2 -


“Date of Issue” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Designated Corporate Trust Office” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Eligible Funds” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Equipment” means all items of machinery, equipment and personal property described on Exhibit B attached hereto and purchased with proceeds from the Bonds or from proceeds from the sale, disposition or casualty of such items, and any replacements thereof, but not including machinery and equipment removed from the Facilities under Section 5.5.

 

“Event of Default” means an event defined as such under Section 9.1.

 

“Event of Taxability” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Existing Facilities” means the Land, facilities appurtenant thereto, including but not limited to a grain silo elevator, owned by the Alabama State Port Authority, and leased to Lessee pursuant to the Existing Facility Lease.

 

“Existing Facility Lease” means the lease agreement, dated October 1, 1997, between the Alabama State Docks Department and the Company’s predecessor in interest.

 

“Facilities” means the Equipment and the Improvements.

 

“Fund” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Government Obligations” means direct obligations of the United States of America and obligations unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.

 

“Improvements” means all installation of the Facilities described on Exhibit B attached hereto and purchased with proceeds from the Bonds or from proceeds from the sale, disposition or casualty of such renovation, and any replacements thereof.

 

“Indenture” means the Indenture of Trust of even date herewith between Issuer and the Trustee, and any amendment thereof permitted by the Indenture.

 

“Insurance and Award Fund” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Interest Payment Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Interest Rate Period” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Investment Obligations” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

- 3 -


“Issuer” means The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama, a public corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Alabama, and any successor or assign.

 

“Issuer Representative” means any person at any time designated to act on behalf of the Issuer by a written certificate furnished to the Company, the Trustee and the Credit Provider containing the specimen signature of such person and signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman, Secretary or Assistant Secretary.

 

“Land” means the real estate, if any, described on Exhibit A hereto, together with all additions thereto and substitutions therefore permitted by this Agreement.

 

“Lease Payments” means the payments of rent required under Section 5.2(a).

 

“Letter of Credit” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Mandatory Purchase” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Mandatory Tender Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Net Proceeds” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Official Action Date” means September 17, 2002, the date on which the Issuer adopted its declaration of intent in connection with the Project.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Optional Tender Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Optional Tender Purchase” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Original Purchaser” means W. R. Taylor & Company, LLC, Montgomery, Alabama.

 

“Permitted Investments” means (a) Governmental Obligations, (b) certificates of deposit issued by banks or trust companies having at the time of the deposit combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $5,000,000, (c) and funds consisting of undivided interests in Governmental Obligations offering maturities of one day or more.

 

“Project” means the acquisition and installation of the Equipment, and/or the construction of the Improvements, more particularly described on Exhibit B hereto, which will be incorporated into the Existing Facility, and will be used as a grain elevator facility within the Port of Alabama.

 

“Project Fund” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Purchase Account” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

- 4 -


“Purchase Price” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Qualifying Costs” means expenses or costs, other than costs of issuance, chargeable (or which with a proper election would be chargeable) to the capital account of the Company in accordance with Treasury Regulation 1.103-8(a)(1) (or successor provisions); provided such expenses or costs were not incurred more than 60 days prior to the Official Action Date.

 

“Rebate Amount” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Redemption Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Remarketing Agent” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Remarketing Agreement” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Rent” means Lease Payments and Additional Rent.

 

“Series” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Series 2002 Bonds” means the Issuer’s Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Revenue Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002 issued pursuant to the Indenture.

 

“State” means the State of Alabama.

 

“Stated Maturity Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Substitute Credit” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Tax Regulatory Agreement” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Tender Date” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Tendered Bonds” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

“Term” means, subject to Section 9.6, the period from the Date of Issue to December 1, 2012, or earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance herewith.

 

“Trustee” means the same as that term is defined in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 1.2. Interpretation .

 

(a) Any reference herein to the Issuer or to any officer thereof includes entities or officials succeeding to their respective functions, duties or responsibilities pursuant to or by operation of law or who are lawfully performing their functions.

 

- 5 -


(b) Unless the context indicates otherwise, words importing the singular number include the plural number, and vice versa. Words of any gender include the correlative words of the other gender, unless the sense indicates otherwise. “Articles” and “Sections” mentioned by number only are the respective Articles and Sections of this Agreement so numbered. The terms “hereof,” “hereby,” “herein,” “hereto,” “hereunder,” “hereinafter,” and similar terms refer to this Agreement; and the term “hereafter” means after, and the term “heretofore” means before, the Date of Issue. Reference to a “person” shall include any natural individual, corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or other legally recognized entity and any successor or assign not in contravention of this Agreement or the Indenture. Reference to any document or instrument shall mean each amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

(c) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any terms pertaining to accounting or financial matters shall be interpreted conformity and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 2.1. Representations by the Issuer . The Issuer represents that:

 

(a) The Issuer is a public corporation duly organized and existing under the Constitution and the laws of the State. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer has the power to enter into this Agreement and carry out its obligations hereunder.

 

(b) To the best knowledge of the Issuer, no member of the governing body or other officer or employee of the Issuer is directly or indirectly interested in this Agreement or the issuance and sale of the Bonds.

 

(c) The issuance and sale of the Bonds and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Indenture have been duly authorized by resolutions of the governing body of the Issuer adopted at meetings thereof duly called, by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of its members.

 

(d) Prior to the date of issuance and delivery of the Series 2002 Bonds, a public hearing on the proposal to undertake and finance the Project was duly called and held in accordance with the Act, at which time all persons who appeared were given an opportunity to express their views with respect thereto.

 

(e) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Indenture and the other agreements contemplated hereby to which the Issuer is a party will not conflict with, or constitute on the part of the Issuer a breach of or a denial under, any agreement, indenture, mortgage, lease or other instrument to which the Issuer is subject or is a party or by which it is bound.

 

- 6 -


SECTION 2.2. Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants as of the Date of Issue that:

 

(a) The Company is a limited liability company duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business in the State, is not in violation of any provisions of its Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement (the “Organizational Documents”), has power to enter into this Agreement, the Tax Regulatory Agreement, the Bond Purchase Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement, and has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Tax Regulatory Agreement, the Bond Purchase Agreement and the Remarketing Agreement.

 

(b) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Tax Regulatory Agreement, the Bond Purchase Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and conditions of such instruments is prevented by, limited by or conflicts with or results in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of any restriction of the Organizational Documents or any evidence of indebtedness, agreement or instrument of whatever nature to which the Company is now a party or by which it is bound or constitutes a default under any of the foregoing, where such conflict, breach or default would materially adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Tax Regulatory Agreement, the Bond Purchase Agreement or the Remarketing Agreement.

 

(c) The Company is duly authorized and, upon completion of the Project, will be licensed to operated the Existing Facilities and the Facilities under the laws, rulings, regulations and ordinances of the State and the departments, agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

 

(d) The Company shall operate or cause the Facilities to be used as part of an enterprise in storing, warehousing or distributing products of agriculture within the meaning of the Act and otherwise comply with all provisions of the Act.

 

(e) To the Company’s knowledge, no member of the governing body or other officer or employee of the Issuer is directly or indirectly interested in the transaction contemplated by the Indenture, this Agreement, the Bonds or any contract, agreement or job hereby contemplated to be entered into or undertaken.

 

(f) There is no pending suit, action or proceeding against or affecting the Company before or by any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other governmental authority which will materially and adversely affect the validity, as to the Company, of any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(g) The Company has reviewed and approved the provisions of the Indenture and will observe and comply with any obligations of the Company stated therein.

 

- 7 -


(h) At no time during the Term of the Bonds will the Project be located more than twenty-five (25) miles outside the corporate limits of the City of Mobile, Alabama, Alabama.

 

(i) The Existing Facility Lease is in full force and effect and no default or event of default exists thereunder.

 

ARTICLE III

 

COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT

 

SECTION 3.1. Acquisition and Installation of Equipment, and Construction of Improvements, by Company . The Issuer hereby authorizes the Company to provide for the acquisition and installation of the Equipment and/or the construction of the Improvements without advertisement for bids as required for the acquisition, construction and equipping of other municipal property and pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article III. Pursuant to such authority, the company agrees that it will:

 

(a) cause insurance to be maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.7 hereof; and

 

(b) use its best efforts to complete the Project by August 31, 2003.

 

SECTION 3.2. Payment of Costs of the Project by Company . The Company agrees that it will provide promptly any and all sums of money required to complete the Project to the extent not paid from the proceeds of the Series 2002 Bonds.

 

The Company agrees to pay from its own funds all costs of issuance in excess of two percent (2%) of the proceeds of the Series 2002 Bonds.

 

SECTION 3.3. Disbursements from Project Fund . The proceeds of the Series 2002 Bonds deposited in the Project Fund will be disbursed by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement upon receipt of a certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached to the Indenture) (i) signed by a Company Representative and (ii) approved by the Bank which contains the following information:

 

(a) if the Company seeks reimbursement for Qualifying Costs paid by it, a statement of the amount and nature of the Qualifying Costs and the name and address of the payee of each item of the Qualifying Costs certified to have been paid by and requested to be reimbursed to the Company; or

 

(b) if payment is to be made to someone other than the Company, a statement of the amount and nature of each item of Qualifying Costs certified to be due and payable and requested to be paid to a person other than the Company; and

 

(c) a certificate for payment under paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section must also contain a statement that each item for which payment or reimbursement is requested is or was necessary in connection with the Project and that such item has not formed the basis for any previous payment or reimbursement from the Project Fund.

 

- 8 -


Upon receipt of the certificate the Trustee shall disburse funds from the Project Fund to the persons entitled thereto.

 

SECTION 3.4. [Reserved.]

 

SECTION 3.5. [Reserved.]

 

SECTION 3.6. Abandonment . If the Company at any time prior to the completion of the Project abandons the same or ceases work thereon and fails to resume work thereon within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the Trustee by the Company requesting that work on the Project be resumed, the Trustee may, with the constant of the Credit Provider, declare such failure to be an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 3.7. Establishment of Completion Date . The completion date of the Project shall be evidenced to the Trustee and the Bank by a Certificate of Completion (substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto) signed by a Company Representative and accepted by the Trustee stating that, except for amounts retained by the Trustee at the direction of the Company for any Qualifying Costs not then due and payable or the liability for which is being contested in good faith by the Company, the Project has been completed, and all labor, services, material and supplies used in connection therewith have been paid for.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Certificate of Completion may state that it is given without prejudice to any rights against third parties which exist at the date of such certificate or which may subsequently come into being. The Company agrees to cooperate in causing such Certificate of Completion to be furnished to the Trustee as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of the events and conditions referred to in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of this Section 3.7. Moneys remaining in the Project Fund on the completion date, except for any moneys which the Company directs the Trustee in writing to retain therein for the payment of any Qualifying Costs not then due and payable or the liability for which is being contested in good faith by the Company shall be transferred to the Bond fund.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; INVESTMENT OF FUNDS

 

SECTION 4.1. Agreement to Issue Bonds . In accordance with the Indenture, the Issuer, upon the request of the Company, shall sell, issue and deliver the Series 2002 Bonds and deposit the net proceeds thereof with the Trustee; provided the conditions to such issuance as set forth in the Indenture have been satisfied with respect to the Bonds.

 

SECTION 4.2. Possession and Use . Subject to the provisions of Article IX, the Issuer hereby delivers to the Company sole and exclusive possession of the Facilities and the Existing Facilities. The Issuer shall not take any action other than pursuant to Article IX to prevent the Company from having quiet and peaceable possession and enjoyment of the Facilities and the Existing Facilities during the Term, and will, at the request and expense of the

 

- 9 -


Company, cooperate with the Company to secure such possession and enjoyment. The Company accepts possession of the Facilities and the Existing Facilities as of the date of the execution and acknowledgment of this Agreement. The Company shall have the right to use the Facilities and the Existing Facilities throughout the Term provided that all uses of the Facilities shall conform to the policies and purposes of the Act, and to the provisions of the Tax Regulatory Agreement and of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 4.3. Investment of Moneys . Subject to Article VII and Section 6.16 of the Indenture, any moneys held as a part of any Fund shall be invested or reinvested by the Trustee, at the request of and as directed by the Company in Investment Obligations to the extent permitted by law; and provided further, however, investments shall not be made in such a way as to cause any of the Bonds to become an “arbitrage bond” within the meaning of Section 148 of the Code. The Trustee may make any and all such investments from and through its own investment department.

 

Any investments shall mature in such amounts and at such times or shall be redeemable by the Holder at such times as may be necessary to provide funds when needed by the respective Funds. The Trustee may, at any time, to the extent required for payment from any Fund, sell any of the investments in such Fund, and the proceeds of such sale and of all payments at maturity and upon redemption of such investments shall be held in the Fund from which such investments were sold. Interest and other income received on moneys or securities in any Fund shall be credited to such Fund and applied as provided in Article VI of the Indenture, except as may be otherwise provided herein.

 

At the request of the Credit Provider or Company, the Issuer agrees to cause and direct the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, to furnish the Company or Credit Provider monthly or at such other times as the Company or Credit Provider and the Issuer may reasonable request, but not more often than monthly, an accounting of any Fund held by the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE V

 

EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT; DURATION OF TERM;

PAYMENT AND OTHER PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 5.1. Effective Date and Duration of Agreement .

 

(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the Date of Issue. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, this Agreement and the terms and provisions herein, shall remain in full force and effect in their entirety from the Date of Issue throughout the Term. Upon the expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall terminate, and the provisions and terms of this Agreement shall become unenforceable and of no effect, except as specifically provided otherwise by Section 5.1(b).

 

(b) Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, the provisions of Sections 2.1, 2.2, 5.2(b)(i), 5.8, 7.8, 9.4 and Article X of this Agreement shall survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement, and such provisions shall remain effective and enforceable with respect to any party according to their terms subsequent to any such termination or expiration of the remainder of this Agreement.

 

- 10 -


SECTION 5.2. Lease Payments and Other Amounts Payable .

 

(a) As long as any Bonds are Outstanding, as and for Lease Payments the Company shall pay directly to the Trustee for the account of the Issuer in immediately available funds, except as otherwise specifically provided in this paragraph (a) below, at the Designated Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee for deposit in the Bond Fund amounts sufficient to pay when due all principal and Redemption Price of and interest on all Bonds Outstanding, including with respect to each Series, on or before 11:30 a.m., Portland, Oregon time, on each Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity Date for a Series, an amount equal to all principal and Redemption Price of and interest on all Bonds Outstanding of such Series to become due on such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity Date for whatever reason.

 

Any payment due above shall be reduced by giving credit for moneys then on deposit in the Bond Fund and available for payment of principal of or interest on the Bonds which do not consist of prior Lease Payments (or amounts credited against such payments).

 

Notwithstanding anything provided in this paragraph (a) to the contrary, so long as the Letter of Credit or a Substitute Credit consisting of a direct pay letter of credit shall be in effect, Lease Payments shall be made by the Company directly to the Bank or other Credit Provider, as the case may be.

 

(b) In addition to any other amounts payable hereunder, as Additional Rent:

 

(i) If an Event of Taxability occurs with respect to any Bonds, the Company shall within two Business Days after notice thereof from the Trustee or otherwise pay to the Trustee in immediately available funds an amount which, together with any balance on hand in any Fund and available for such purpose, shall equal the Redemption Price of all related Bonds Outstanding, together with unpaid interest accrued or to accrue thereon to the Redemption Date.

 

(ii) If all Bonds are subject to redemption as a result of an Event of Default hereunder and direction to the Trustee is given by the Credit Provider to redeem all Bonds, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in immediately available funds no later than three Business Days prior to the date selected for redemption an amount which, together with any balance on hand in any Fund and available for such purpose, shall equal the Redemption Price, together with unpaid interest accrued or to accrue to the Redemption Date.

 

(iii) If the Bonds shall be accelerated pursuant to Section 9.2 after any Event of Default, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in immediately available funds on the date the Bonds are accelerated (or such later date as the Trustee may designate pursuant to such Section) the principal of all Bonds Outstanding and all unpaid interest accrued or to accrue on such Bonds to the payment date established by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, together with any applicable premium due for redemption of the Bonds.

 

- 11 -


(iv) If the Trustee notifies the Company of a deficiency in the Rebate Fund in accordance with Section 6.16 of the Indenture, the Company shall, within three Business Days of receipt of such notice, deposit the amount of such deficiency.

 

(c) If the amount held by the Trustee in the Bond Fund and available for such purpose should be sufficient to pay when due all principal or Redemption Price of and interest on all Bonds Outstanding then remaining unpaid, the Company shall not be obligated to make any further payment of Lease Payments under the provisions of Section 5.2(a).

 

(d) As Additional Rent, the Company shall also pay the following amounts to the following persons:

 

(i) to the Trustee, when due, all reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee for services rendered under the Indenture, including any extraordinary fees and expenses, and all reasonable fees, charges and expenses of legal counsel and others incurred at the request of the Trustee in the performance of services under the Indenture for which the Trustee and such other persons are entitled to payment or reimbursement, provided that the Company may, without creating a default hereunder, contest in good faith the reasonableness of any such fees or expenses; and

 

(ii) to the Issuer, all reasonable expenses incurred by the Issuer in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Indenture which are not otherwise required to be paid by the Company under the terms of this Agreement, provided that the Company may, without creating a default hereunder, contest in good faith the reasonableness of any such expenses.

 

(e) In the event the Company should fail to make any of the payments required by this Section, the item in default shall continue as an obligation of the Company until the amount in default shall have been fully paid with interest accruing thereon from the date thereof at the rate specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.3. Certain Company Obligations Unconditional . The obligation of the Company to make Lease Payments and to pay Additional Rent (but, in the case of Additional Rent that is due and payable, only in the event that the party to whom such payments are due and payable is not in default of its obligations to the Company under this Agreement or any other document or instrument relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any defense or any rights of setoff, recoupment, or counterclaim it might otherwise have against the Issuer, the Trustee, the Credit Provider, any Holder of a Bond or any other person. The Company shall not suspend or discontinue any such payment or terminate this Agreement (other than such termination as is provided for hereunder) for any cause or circumstance whatsoever, including, without limiting the generality of the

 

- 12 -


foregoing, any acts or circumstances that may constitute an eviction or constructive eviction, any failure of consideration, any failure of title, any commercial frustration of purpose, the unenforceability or invalidity of the Credit or the failure for any reason of the Trustee to submit a claim under the Credit, any damage to or destruction of the Facilities or Existing Facilities, any taking by eminent domain of tide to or the right of temporary use of all or any part of the Facilities, any change in the tax or other laws of any jurisdiction, including the United States, the State or any political subdivision of either, or any failure of the Issuer, the Credit Provider or the Trustee to perform and observe any agreement or covenant, whether express or implied, or any duty or obligation of the Issuer to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer. The provisions of this paragraph shall apply only if and so long as there shall be Bonds Outstanding. The Company hereby waives, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any or all rights which the Company may now have or which at any time hereafter may be conferred upon the Company, by statute or otherwise, to terminate, to cancel or to limit the Company’s liability under this Agreement except in accordance with the express terms hereof.

 

SECTION 5.4. Lease Payments and Other Payments Assigned . All Lease Payments, all payments in respect of mandatory or optional prepayment and all payments in respect of an Optional Tender Purchase or Mandatory Purchase, paid over by the Company pursuant to Section 5.2 and Section 5.9, are assigned under the Indenture to the Trustee. The Company consents to such assignment and hereby agrees that, as to the Trustee, the Company’s obligation to make such Lease Payments and other amounts payable to the Trustee hereunder shall be absolute and shall not be subject to any defense or any right of setoff, counterclaim or recoupment arising out of any breach by the Issuer of any duty or obligation to the Company, whether hereunder or otherwise, or out of any indebtedness or liability at any time owing to the Company by the Issuer.

 

SECTION 5.5. Maintenance and Modification of the Facilities by the Company . The Company agrees that, at all times during the Term, the Company shall, at its own expense, operate and maintain, preserve and keep the Facilities or cause the Facilities to be maintained, preserved and kept with the appurtenances and every part and parcel thereof in good repair, working order and condition (loss by fire or other casualty, condemnation, ordinary wear, tear and obsolescence and acts of God excepted).

 

The Company agrees during the Term to comply at all times in all material respects with all governmental laws, ordinances, approvals, rules, regulations and requirements relating to the Facilities, including, but not limited to, such zoning, sanitary, pollution, environmental, safety ordinances, laws and such rules and regulations thereunder as shall be binding upon the Company under applicable laws, except during any period in which the Company at its expense and in its name, and subject to this Section 5.5 and Section 5.6, shall be in good faith contesting compliance with any of the aforesaid laws, ordinances, approvals, rules, regulations, restrictions and requirements.

 

The Company shall have the privilege of renovating the Facilities or making substitutions, additions, modifications, deletions and improvements to the Facilities from time to time as the Company, in its discretion, may deem to be desirable for its uses and purposes, provided, however, that the nature of the Facilities shall not be changed if such change would cause the Facilities to fail as an industrial or manufacturing purpose within the meaning of the Act.

 

- 13 -


The Company shall have the privilege from time to time of removing from the Facilities any Equipment or Improvements provided that such Equipment or Improvements are removed in the ordinary course of business or is replaced at the expense of the Company and such replacement shall not cause the Facilities to fail as manufacturing facilities under the Code or the use of the Facilities to fail as an industrial or manufacturing purpose within the meaning of the Act. However, at no time during the term of the Bonds will the Company move the Equipment and Improvements more than twenty-five (25) miles outside the corporation limits of the City of Mobile, Alabama.

 

SECTION 5.6. Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges . The Company shall pay during the Term all taxes, special assessments and governmental charges of any kind whatsoever as the same become due, respectively, that may at any time be lawfully assessed or levied upon or with respect to the Facilities, against any property of the Company brought in or upon the Facilities, any sales and excise taxes on products or transactions thereof, any taxes levied upon or with respect to income or profits from the Facilities and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any taxes which, if not paid, would become a lien on the Facilities, all utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the Facilities and all other assessments and charges of any nature that may be secured by a lien on the Facilities; provided, however, with respect to special assessments or other governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a period of years, the Company shall be obligated to pay only such installments as are required to be paid during such period.

 

The Company may, in good faith, at its expense in its own name, contest any such taxes, assessments and other charges and, in the event of any such contest, may permit the taxes, assessments or other charges or payments in lieu of taxes so contested to remain unpaid during the period of such contest and any appeal therefrom. Otherwise the Company shall promptly pay or cause to be paid such taxes, assessments or charges.

 

In the event that the Company shall fail to pay any of the foregoing items required by this Section to be paid by the Company, the Trustee may (but shall be under no obligation to) pay the same, and any amounts so advanced therefor by the Trustee shall become an additional obligation of the Company to the party making the advance, which amounts, together with interest thereon from the date thereof at the rate stated in Section 5.2, the Company agrees to pay.

 

SECTION 5.7. Insurance . The Company shall insure the Facilities against such risks and perils, in such amounts and by such insurance companies as is required under the terms of the Credit Agreement. All policies so required shall be carried in the names of the Company, the Issuer and the Credit Provider as their respective interests may appear.

 

SECTION 5.8. Event of Taxability . If an Event of Taxability occurs, the Company shall immediately pay Additional Rent as provided in Section 5.2(b)(i), and the Trustee, following such Event of Taxability, shall call for redemption and prepayment of all Bonds then

 

- 14 -


Outstanding as provided in Section 3.07 of the Indenture. The Company shall immediately give notice to the Issuer, the Credit Provider and the Trustee upon receipt of notice by the Company of an Event of Taxability.

 

SECTION 5.9. Optional Tender Purchases and Mandatory Purchases . The Company shall cause an Optional Tender Purchase on each Optional Tender Date and Mandatory Purchase of all Tendered Bonds on each Mandatory Tender Date. For such purpose the Company shall cause to be paid to the Tender Agent in immediately available funds the Purchase Price of all Tendered Bonds no later than 9:00 a.m., Portland, Oregon time on each Tender Date, less any amounts on deposit with the Tender Agent in the Purchase Account arid available for such purpose. Each Purchase Price payment shall be paid directly to the Tender Agent at its Designated Corporate Trust Office and shall be deposited in the Purchase Account as provided in the Indenture. All Bonds purchased shall be transferred, held or cancelled as provided in the Indenture. The Company hereby authorizes and directs the Trustee to submit a claim under or draw upon the Credit in accordance with the terms of the Indenture to the extent necessary to pay such Purchase Price on any Tender Date. All moneys drawn under the Credit to pay the Purchase Price shall be credited against the obligation of the Company.

 

SECTION 5.10. Existing Facility Lease . Throughout the Term the Company shall pay all rentals or other amounts due, and shall comply with each and every term and requirement imposed, under the Existing Facility Lease. The Company shall not enter into or permit any amendment to the Existing Facility Lease without the prior, written consent of the Credit Provider.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CASUALTY AND CONDEMNATION

 

SECTION 6.1. Casualty . Unless the Company exercises its option to prepay all Lease Payments pursuant to Section 10.2(a) with reasonable promptness after the occurrence of any material damage to or destruction of the Facilities or any material part thereof, the Company shall notify the Issuer, the Credit Provider and the Trustee as to the nature and extent of such damage or destruction. The Company shall proceed promptly to rebuild or restore the Equipment and the Improvements to substantially the same or better condition or value as they existed prior to the event causing such damage or destruction; any Net Proceeds of insurance received in respect of such damage or destruction and on deposit with the Trustee in the Insurance and Award Fund shall be applied to such restoration or repair as provided in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.2. Condemnation . Unless the Company is permitted to and does elect to prepay all Lease Payments pursuant to Section 10.2(b) in the event the tide to or the temporary use of the Facilities or any material part thereof shall be taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person acting under governmental authority, the Company shall, with reasonable promptness after such taking, notify the Issuer, the Credit Provider and the Trustee as to the nature and extent of such taking. The Company shall proceed promptly to restore the Equipment and the Improvements to a condition substantially similar to their pre-taking condition, through the replacement of the Equipment, the restoration

 

- 15 -


of the Improvements or otherwise; any Net Proceeds received from any award or awards in respect of such taking or takings and on deposit with the Trustee in the Insurance and Award Fund shall be applied to such restoration as provided in the Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.3. Failure to Restore Equipment and Improvements; Application of Net Proceeds . If the Company elects not to restore, repair or replace that part of the Equipment or Improvements damaged or destroyed or taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain, any Net Proceeds not expended in restoring, repairing or replacing such Equipment and Improvements shall be paid to the Trustee for deposit in the Bond Fund and application as provided in Section 10.2.

 

SECTION 6.4. Cooperation . The Issuer shall cooperate with the Company, at the request and sole expense of the Company, in all matters relating to any casualty to or condemnation of all or any material part of the Facilities to protect the interests of the Issuer under this Agreement pledged to the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.5. Effect of Damage, Destruction or Condemnation . Unless the Bonds shall have been called for redemption and the Company shall prepay Lease Payments pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.2(a) or (b), in the event that the Facilities are damaged or destroyed in whole or in part, or title to or the temporary use of the Facilities or any part thereof is condemned or taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain, the Company shall be obligated to continue to make all payments due under Section 5.2, including Lease Payments and payment for any Optional Tender Purchase or Mandatory Purchase in accordance with Section 5.9.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

SPECIAL COVENANTS

 

SECTION 7.1. No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by the Issuer: Issuer to Maintain Existence . The Issuer makes no warranty, either express or implied, as to the Facilities or its condition or that it shall be suitable for the Company’s purposes or needs. The Issuer covenants and agrees that the Issuer shall, at all times, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence or to assure the assumption of its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture by any public body succeeding to its powers under the Act.

 

SECTION 7.2. Right of Access to the Facilities and Existing Facilities . The Company agrees that the Issuer, the Credit Provider and the Trustee and their duly authorized agents shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times, to enter upon the Land to examine and inspect the Facilities and the Existing Facilities as may be necessary to carry out or determine compliance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.3. The Company to Maintain its Existence; Conditions Under Which Exceptions Permitted . The Company agrees and warrants that during the Term the Company shall maintain its existence as a corporation duly organized and in good standing under the laws of the State of Alabama and shall not dissolve and wind up, dispose of all or

 

- 16 -


substantially all of its assets or consolidate with or merge into another entity, unless the resultant or transferee entity is a party subject to personal jurisdiction in the State who shall assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon such assumption by such resultant or transferee entity, the Company shall, with the prior written consent of the Credit Provider, be released from all obligations thereafter to be performed or to become due hereunder. The Company’s privileges under this Section may not be exercised unless, (i) previously consented thereto in writing by the Credit Provider; and (ii) the Trustee obtains a written opinion of Bond Counsel confirming that the transaction to be undertaken pursuant to this Section shall not adversely affect the exclusion of interest on the Bonds from gross income for federal income tax purposes.

 

SECTION 7.4. Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments . The Issuer and the Company shall, from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered such supplements hereto and such further instruments as may reasonably be required for correcting any inadequate or incorrect description of the Facilities or for carrying out the intention of or facilitating the performance of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.5. The Issuer and Company Representatives . Whenever under the provisions of this Agreement the approval of the Issuer or the Company is required to take some action at the request of the other, such approval or such request may be given for the Issuer by an Issuer Representative and for the Company by a Company Representative, and the Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or request.

 

SECTION 7.6. Removal of Liens Respecting Company Payments . Notwithstanding any discharge of the Indenture, termination or expiration of this Agreement or payment of the Bonds, if any lien, encumbrance or charge of any kind based on any claim of any kind (including, without limitation, any claim for income, franchise or other taxes, whether federal, state or otherwise) shall be asserted or filed against any amount paid or payable by the Company under or pursuant to this Agreement or any order (whether or not valid) of any court shall be entered with respect to any such amount by virtue of any claim of any kind, in either case so as to:

 

(a) interfere with the due payment of such amount to the Trustee or the due application of such amount by the Trustee pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture; or

 

(b) result in the refusal of the Trustee to make such due application because of its good-faith determination that liability might be incurred if such due application were to be made;

 

then the Company shall promptly take such action (including, but not limited to, the payment of money) as may be necessary to prevent or to nullify the cause or result of such interference, such obligation or such refusal, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 7.7. [Reserved.]

 

SECTION 7.8. Release and Indemnification . The Company hereby (i) releases the Issuer, its governing body members, officers, agents, including independent contractors,

 

- 17 -


consultants and legal counsel, servants and employees (hereinafter, for purposes of this Section, the “indemnified parties”) from, (ii) agrees that the indemnified parties shall not be liable for, and (iii) agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the indemnified parties from and against (except for matters directly resulting from the breach of contract, willful misconduct, bad faith or recklessness of an indemnified party or their agents), all liabilities, losses, damages, costs, expenses, suits, claims, settlements and judgments, of any nature whatsoever arising from or related in any manner whatsoever to the acquisition, improving, equipping, ownership, leasing or operation of the Facilities or any activities related to the foregoing or to the failure of the Company to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

All covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of the Issuer contained herein shall not be deemed to be the covenants, stipulations, promises, agreements and obligations of any governing body member, officer, agent, consultant and legal counsel, servant or employee of the Issuer in the individual capacity thereof. No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or Redemption Price of or Purchase Price or interest on the Bonds or for any claim based thereon or hereunder against the Issuer or any governing body member, officer, agent, consultants and legal counsel, servant or employee of the Issuer or any natural person executing the Bonds or pertaining to their sale, delivery, payment, redemption or Mandatory Purchase or Optional Tender Purchase.

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Trustee and its directors, officers, agents and employees (collectively the “Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, fines, penalties, and expenses, including out-of-pocket and incidental expenses and legal fees (including the allocated costs and expenses of in-house counsel and legal staff) (“Losses”) that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitees or any of them for following any instructions or other directions upon which Trustee is authorized to rely pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. In addition to and not in limitation of the preceding sentence, the Company also agrees to indemnify and hold the Indemnitees and each of them harmless from and against any and all Losses that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, the Indemnitees or any of them in connection with or arising out of the Trustee’s performance under the Indenture or this Agreement, provided the Indemnitees have not acted with negligence or engaged in willful misconduct.

 

Neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be responsible or liable for any market loss suffered in connection with the investment of funds made in accordance with the Indenture, or, absent failure on the part of the Trustee to follow clear and reasonable instructions of the Company for investing moneys, shall have any liability for nonpayment of interest on any uninvested moneys that the Trustee may hold at any time in trust or receive under any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Indenture, except as otherwise specifically agreed in writing.

 

Promptly after receipt by the Issuer or Trustee, as the case may be, or any such other indemnified person of notice of the commencement of any action in respect of which indemnity any be sought against the Company under this Section, such person will notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof, and, subject to the provisions hereinafter stated, the Company shall assume the defense of such action (including the employment of counsel who shall be counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer, Trustee or such other person as the case may be, and the payment of expenses). Insofar as such action shall relate to any

 

- 18 -


alleged liability in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Company, the Issuer or any such other indemnified person shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the Company unless the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized by the Company. The Company shall not be liable to indemnify any person for any settlement of any such action effect without its consent.

 

SECTION 7.9. Compliance with the Indenture . The Company agrees that it shall comply with the provisions of the Indenture with respect to the Company and that the Company shall not interfere with the exercise of the power and authority granted to the Trustee in the Indenture. The Company further agrees to aid in the furnishing to the Issuer or the Trustee of any Opinion of Counsel that maybe required under the Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.10. Delivery of Substitute Credit . The Company has caused the Trustee to be provided with the Credit for the benefit of the Holders of all Bonds. At any time prior to full payment of all Bonds and the accrued interest thereon, the Company may deliver an Alternate Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 6.08 of the Indenture conforming to the definition of “Alternate Letter of Credit” set forth iii Section 1.01 thereof.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ASSIGNMENT, SALE, LEASING AND MORTGAGING

 

SECTION 8.1. Assignment of Agreement; or Leasing of Facilities .

 

(a) This Agreement may be assigned by the Company with the prior written consent of the Credit Provider, but only if: (i) the assignee shall assume in writing, satisfactory to the Credit Provider, all obligations and covenants, of the Company hereunder in respect of the interest assigned and shall deliver such assumption, and such other documents or certificates as the Issuer and Bond Counsel shall deem reasonably necessary, to the Trustee; and (ii) the Company shall furnish the Trustee, an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that the assignment shall not result in interest on the Series 2002 Bonds becoming included in the gross income of the Holders for federal income tax purposes. Upon such assignment, the Company shall, with the prior written consent of the Credit Provider, be released from all obligations thereafter to be performed or to become due under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8.1(a) to the contrary, this Agreement may initially be collaterally assigned by the Company to the Bank and, upon the issuance of a Substitute Credit by a Credit Provider other than the Bank, to such Credit Provider or its designee.

 

(b) The Facilities shall not be subleased unless: (i) the Company shall have first obtained the prior written consent of the Credit Provider, and (ii) the sublessee shall expressly subordinate its rights under the sublease to the rights of the Issuer and the Trustee under this Agreement, and (iii) the Company shall furnish the Trustee an opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that the subleasing shall not result in interest on the Series 2002 Bonds becoming included in the gross income of Holders for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 19 -


ARTICLE IX

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 9.1. Events of Default Defined . The following shall be “Events of Default” under this Agreement, and the term “Event of Default” shall mean, whenever it is used in this Agreement, any one or more of the following events (and the term ‘default’ shall mean any event which would, with the passage of time or giving of notice, or both, be an “Event of Default” hereunder):

 

(a) failure by the Company to pay in full when due any installment of a Lease Payment;

 

(b) failure by the Company to pay in full when due any payments required to be paid under Section 5.2(b) (but only to the extent amounts due under Section 5.2(b) remain unpaid on the applicable Redemption Date) or Section 5.9 (but only to the extent amounts due under Section 5.9 remain unpaid at the close of business on the applicable Tender Date);

 

(c) the occurrence of an Act of Bankruptcy,

 

(d) if the Company shall:

 

(i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due:

 

(ii) make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

(iii) have appointed a receiver (or other similar official) for itself or for the whole or any substantial part of its property;

 

(e) if a court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order or decree appointing, without the consent of the Company, a receiver or other similar official for the Company or of the whole or substantially all of its property;

 

(f) failure by the Company to observe and perform any covenant, condition, obligation or agreement on its part to be observed or performed hereunder, other than as referred to in Section 9.1(a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof, after written notice, specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, given to the Company and the Credit Provider by the Trustee by registered mail or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding, and the continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) days or such longer period as shall be reasonably necessary to cure such default, but only if in the Trustee’s reasonable opinion, the Company is continuing to pursue diligently the cure of such default (which is subject to cure);

 

(g) the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement; or

 

- 20 -


(h) the occurrence of an Event of Default under the Existing Facility Lease.

 

The Trustee shall promptly provide telephonic notice to the Company, Credit Provider and Remarketing Agent, promptly confirmed in writing, upon the Trustee receiving written notice that any default is existing.

 

SECTION 9.2. Remedies on Default . If a Credit is in effect and an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing pursuant to above paragraphs (a) or (b) of Section 9.1, the Trustee may, and upon the request of the Credit Provider or upon the request of Holders owning not less than twenty-five percent (25%) principal amounts of Bonds outstanding (accompanied by the written consent of the Credit Provider) shall, subject to its right to indemnification to its satisfaction, take any one or more of the following actions:

 

(a) Declare all Lease Payments to be immediately due and payable (being an amount equal to that necessary to pay in full the principal of and interest accrued to the date for payment of all Bonds then outstanding, assuming acceleration of the Bonds under the Indenture, and to pay all other amounts due and payable hereunder), whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable.

 

(b) Take possession of the Facilities without termination of this Agreement, and use its best efforts to sublease the Facilities for the account of the Company, holding the Company liable for the difference between the rentals and other amounts received from the sublessee and the Lease Payments and other amounts payable by the Company hereunder.

 

(c) Terminate this Agreement, exclude the Company from possession, and use its best efforts to lease or sell the Equipment and Improvements to another for the account of the Company, holding the Company liable for the difference between the rentals or purchase price received and the amounts which would have been receivable hereunder.

 

Whenever any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, and if the Credit is not in effect, the Issuer or the Trustee may, and upon the request of Holders owning not less than twenty-five percent (25%) principal amount of all Bonds Outstanding shall, take whatever action, at law or in equity, as may appear necessary or desirable to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of the Company under this Agreement.

 

Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall be paid into the Bond Fund, except as provided in the Indenture, and applied in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, or if the Bonds have been fully paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) and all sums owing hereunder by the Company to the Issuer have been paid, the amount so collected shall be paid first to the Credit Provider to the extent of any amounts owing under the Credit Agreement and then to the Company.

 

SECTION 9.3. No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy

 

- 21 -


given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer to exercise any remedy reserved to the Issuer in this Article IX, it shall not be necessary to give notice, other than such notice as may be required in this Article IX. Such rights and remedies as are given the Issuer hereunder shall also extend to the Trustee, and the Trustee and the Holders, subject to the provisions of the Indenture, shall be entitled to the benefit of all covenants and agreements herein contained.

 

SECTION 9.4. Agreement to Pay Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses . In the event the Company should default under any of the provisions of this Agreement and the Issuer or the Trustee or both shall employ attorneys or incur other reasonable expenses for the collection of payments due or to become due or incur other reasonable expenses for the collection of payments due or to become due or the enforcement or performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the part of the Company herein contained, the Company agrees that it shall, on demand therefor, pay to the Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, the reasonable fees of such attorneys and such other reasonable expenses so incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee or both.

 

SECTION 9.5. No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver . In the event any agreement contained in this Agreement should be breached by either party and thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other concurrent, previous or subsequent breach hereunder.

 

SECTION 9.6. Rights of Credit Provider . Upon any Event of Default under this Agreement which permits the termination thereof by the Issuer, the Trustee shall give notice to the Credit Provider and the Credit Provider shall have the right at any time within six (6) months from the date of such notice to cure the Event of Default and reinstate this Agreement unless the Issuer has first terminated this Agreement as provided herein.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after two (2) months from the date a notice of Event of Default is given to the Credit Provider, the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer may elect to terminate this Agreement and acquire possession of the demised premises. Upon acquiring possession of the demised premises the Trustee shall notify the Credit Provider. The Credit Provider shall have six (6) months from the date of such notice of acquisition to elect to take a new lease on the demised premises. Such new lease shall have a term equal to the unexpired portion of the term of this Agreement and shall be on the same terms and conditions as contained in this Agreement, except that the Credit Provider’s liability for rent shall not extend beyond its occupancy under such lease. The Issuer shall tender such new lease to the Credit Provider within thirty (30) days after a request for such lease and shall deliver possession of the demised premises immediately upon execution of the new lease. Upon executing a new lease, the Credit Provider shall pay to the Trustee any unpaid Rent due or that would have become due under this Agreement to the date of the execution of the new lease, including all sums that would be due but for such termination, and pay or cause to be paid any and all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and costs and disbursements incurred by the Issuer in connection with the execution and delivery of such new lease, less any net rentals or other income which the Issuer may have received on account of the Facilities since the date of the Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

- 22 -


The Company, the Issuer and the Trustee hereby agree that the Credit Provider shall be subrogated to the rights of the Company under this Agreement, including the Company’s options set forth in Article X hereof, for any amounts paid under the Letter of Credit and not reimbursed by the Company pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

 

COMPANY OPTIONS

 

SECTION 10.1. Optional Termination Upon Discharge of Indenture . The Company shall have the following options to terminate the Term and discharge the lien of the Indenture as provided in Article VIII of the Indenture:

 

(a) At any time prior to full payment of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), the Company may terminate the Term by giving the Issuer notice in writing of such termination and by paying to the Trustee, for the account of the Issuer for deposit in the Bond Fund, an amount of eligible funds which, when added to the amount on deposit in any Funds and available therefor, shall be sufficient to discharge the Indenture in accordance with its terms.

 

(b) At any time after full payment of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of Article VIII of the Indenture), the Company may terminate the Term by giving the Issuer and the Trustee notice in writing of such termination.

 

Upon compliance with the foregoing and the giving of notice to the Issuer and the Trustee in writing of such termination, such termination shall forthwith become effective.

 

SECTION 10.2. Optional Prepayment of Lease Payments Because of Casualty or Condemnation . The Company shall be permitted to prepay Lease Payments and all other amounts due hereunder in full prior to the Stated Maturity Date of the Bonds (or provision for payment in full thereof having been made under the Indenture), if any of the following shall have occurred:

 

(a) The Equipment and Improvements shall have been damaged or destroyed to such extent that in the reasonable judgment of the Company they (i) cannot reasonably be restored within six (6) months to substantially their condition immediately preceding such damage or destruction, or (ii) cannot reasonably be used to carry on the normal operations of the Company for six (6) months, or (iii) the reasonably estimated cost of restoration exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the original face amount of the Bonds and is also reasonably estimated to exceed the Net Proceeds; provided that such estimates shall be reasonably approved by the Trustee; or

 

- 23 -


(b) By reason of the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental authority, title shall have been taken to all or substantially all of the Equipment and Improvements, or so much thereof that in the reasonable judgment of the Company (i) the Company will be prevented from carrying on its normal operations for six (6) months, or (ii) the reasonably estimated cost of restoration of the Equipment and Improvements exceeds twenty percent (20%) of the original face amount of the Bonds and is reasonably estimated to exceed the Net Proceeds; provided that such estimates shall be reasonably approved by the Trustee; or

 

(c) As a result of any changes in the Constitution of the State or the Constitution of the United States of America, or of any legislative or administrative action, whether state or federal, or of any final decree, judgment or order of any court or administrative body, whether state or federal, entered after the contest thereof by the Company in good faith, the agreements contained in this Agreement shall have become impossible of performance in accordance with the intent and purposes of the parties as expressed herein, or unreasonable burdens or excessive liabilities shall have been imposed upon the Company, including, but not limited to the imposition of new state or local ad valorem, property, income or other taxes not imposed on the date of this Agreement, other than ad valorem taxes upon privately owned property and for the same general purpose as the Facilities.

 

To exercise such prepayment, the Company shall, within 120 days following the event set forth in paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, give written notice to the Issuer, Credit Provider and the Trustee if any of the Bonds shall then be unpaid and provision for the payment thereof has not been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and shall specify therein the date of closing such prepayment, which date shall be not less than ten (10) days nor more than ninety (90) days from the date such notice is mailed. Such notice shall specify the Redemption Date for the Bonds to be redeemed, which date shall be the first date succeeding the date set for closing such prepayment for which the Trustee can properly give notice as provided in Section 3.11 of the Indenture, and shall request the Trustee to take all steps necessary under the applicable provisions of the Indenture to effect the redemption of the Bonds on such date upon receipt in full of the prepayment. The prepayment amounts by the Company pursuant to this Section shall be the sum of the following:

 

(i) an amount of money to be paid into the Bond Fund which, when added to the amount then on deposit with the Trustee in the Funds and available for payment of the Bonds, shall be sufficient to pay the principal of and accrued interest to the redemption date on all the Bonds then Outstanding in accordance with the Indenture; plus

 

(ii) an amount of money equal to the Trustee’s fees and expenses under the Indenture and the expenses of the Issuer accrued and to accrue until such final payment and redemption of the Bonds.

 

In such event, the Company may direct the Trustee to pay into the Bond Fund any Net Proceeds of insurance or condemnation award which the Trustee may then hold to be used solely for payment of principal of and accrued interest on the Bonds on the date selected for

 

- 24 -


redemption. Upon the date of prepayment in full as provided in this Section 10.2, the Company shall be entitled to retain possession of the Facilities throughout the Term, subject to the right of the Company to terminate the Term or, in accordance with Section 10.3, purchase the Facilities.

 

SECTION 10.3. Optional Redemption of Bonds . The Company shall have the option, at any time and from time to time, to direct the Issuer to cause all or a portion, as the case may be, of Bonds Outstanding to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Indenture on any Redemption Date and at the prices specified therein, from moneys available therefor in the Bond Fund or from Eligible Funds paid by the Company to the Trustee for deposit in the Bond Fund for the purpose of such redemption. To exercise the foregoing option, the Company shall deliver to the Issuer, Credit Provider and to the Trustee a certificate of a Company Representative:

 

(a) stating that the Company elects to exercise such option and specifying the Redemption Date for the Bonds to be redeemed;

 

(b) specifying the aggregate principal amount, the maturity and Series of the Bonds to be redeemed; and

 

(c) requesting the Trustee to take all steps necessary under the applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect the redemption of the Bonds to redeemed.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1. Notices . All notices, certificates or other communications hereunder shall be deemed sufficiently given when delivered or when mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

 

To the Issuer:   

The Industrial Development of the City of

Mobile, Alabama

P.O. Box 2187

Mobile, Alabama 36601

Attention: Chairman

Fax: (251) 432-1143

To the Trustee:   

Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association

Corporate Trust Department

1300 SW Fifth Avenue, 11th Floor

MAC P6101-114

Portland, OR 97201

Attention: Ms. Doreen Rowe

Fax: (503) 886-3300

 

- 25 -


To the Company:   

FGDI, LLC

Post Office Box 149

19901 North Dixie Highway

Bowling Green, OH 43402

Attention: Mr. Steve Speck

Fax: (419) 373-6326

 

With a copy to:

1600 Hub Tower

699 Walnut Street

Des Moines, Iowa 50309-3986

Attention: Authur F. Owens

Fax: (515) 246-4550

To the Bank:   

CoBank, ACB

5500 South Quebec Street

Greenwood Village, CO 80111

Attention: Jim Masterson, Esquire

Fax: (303) 224-6123

To the Remarketing Agent:   

W.R. Taylor & Company, LLC

1420 1-85 Parkway

Montgomery, AL 36106

Attention: Mr. Robbins Taylor

Fax: (334) 395-6200

 

A duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by the Issuer or the Company to the other shall also be given to the Trustee, the Credit Provider and the Remarketing Agent. The Issuer, the Company, the Credit Provider, the Remarketing Agent and the Trustee may, by notice given hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

 

SECTION 11.2. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee, the Holders and the Credit Provider and shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Company and their respective successors and assigns (whether or not such successors or assigns are specifically referred to in the definitions or other provisions hereof), subject, however, to the provisions of Sections 7.3 and 8.1. This Agreement is executed in part to induce the purchase of the Bonds and for the further securing of the Bonds, and accordingly, all representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the parties hereto herein contained are hereby declared to be for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Bonds (whether or not so expressed) and may be enforced by or on behalf of such Holders by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. Except as expressly provided in this Section, this Agreement shall not be deemed to create any right in any person who is not a party hereto and shall not be construed in any respect to be a contract, in whole or in part, for the benefit of any third party.

 

- 26 -


SECTION 11.3. Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.

 

SECTION 11.4. Amounts Remaining in Funds . It is agreed by the parties hereto that any amounts remaining in any Funds upon expiration or sooner termination of the Term, as provided in this Agreement, and after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) and the fees, expenses and advances of the Trustee and the Credit Provider, their agents and counsel in accordance with the Indenture, shall, subject to the Indenture, be paid to the Company.

 

SECTION 11.5. Amendments, Changes and Modifications . Subsequent to the issuance of the Bonds and so long as any Bonds remain Outstanding, this Agreement, except as provided herein and in the Indenture, may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered, supplemented or terminated.

 

SECTION 11.6. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 11.7. Captions . The captions or headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions or Sections of this Agreement

 

SECTION 11.8. Recording and Filing . The security interest of the Trustee created by the Indenture and the assignment of the Issuer’s rights under this Agreement to the Trustee shall be perfected by the filing of financing statements which fully comply with the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions of the State. All necessary instruments and continuation statements (but exclusive of the initial filing of any financing statements, any amendments or modifications thereto required by amendments to Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code Secured Transactions of the State) shall be prepared by the Company and be recorded and filed by the Company or its attorneys or agents within the time prescribed by law, including, but not limited to, the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions of the State in order to continue the security interest created by the indenture.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Trustee shall not be responsible for any initial filings of any financing statements or the information contained therein (including the exhibits thereto), the perfection of any such security interests, or the accuracy or sufficiency of any description of collateral in such initial filings, and unless the Trustee shall have been notified by the Issuer that any such initial filing or description of collateral was or has become defective, the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on such initial filing and descriptions in filing any financing or continuation statements or modifications thereto pursuant to this Section 11.8.

 

SECTION 11.9. Law To Govern . This Agreement is delivered in and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State.

 

- 27 -


SECTION 11.10. Limitation on Issuer’s Liability . The Bonds shall not be a general obligation of the Issuer or give rise to a charge against its general credit or taxing powers, but rather shall be a special obligation payable solely from the revenues pledged and assigned to the payment thereof and secured as provided in the Indenture. No Holder or Holders of the Bonds shall ever have the right to compel any exercise of any taxing power of the Issuer to pay the Bonds or the interest or premium, if any, thereon nor to enforce payment thereof against any property of the Issuer except the Equipment and the Improvements and the revenues under this Agreement pledged to the payment thereof or other amounts pledged pursuant to the Indenture. No failure of the Issuer to comply with any term, condition, covenant or agreement herein shall subject the Issuer to liability for any claim for damages, costs or other financial or pecuniary charge except to the extent that the same can be recovered from the Equipment, the Improvements or the revenues therefrom, and no execution on any claim, demand, cause of action or judgment shall be levied upon or collected from the general credit, general funds or taxing power of the Issuer. The Bonds shall not constitute a debt of the Issuer within the meaning of any constitutional, statutory or charter limitation.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed in their respective names, all as of the date first above written.

 

THE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT BOARD

OF THE CITY OF MOBILE, ALABAMA

By:  

/s/ Robert Wilbanks


Its:   Vice President

 

(SEAL)

 

Attest:

 

By:  

/s/ Shelly Mattingly


(Name)   Shelly Mattingly
(Title)   Asst. Secretary

 

FGDI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Steven J. Speck


    President

 

- 28 -


STATE OF ALABAMA

 

COUNTY OF MOBILE

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County in said State, do hereby certify that Robert Wilbanks, whose name as Vice President of The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me and known to be such officer, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of said instrument, he/she, in his/her capacity as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily and as the act of said Issuer.

 

Given under my hand and seal of office this 13th day of Dec., 2002.

 

/s/ Pamela S. Herrington


NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: 7/6/03

 

(SEAL)

 

- 29 -


STATE OF OHIO

 

COUNTY OF WOOD

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County in said State, do hereby certify that Steven J. Speck, whose name as President of FGDI, LLC, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me and known to be such officer, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of said instrument, he/she, in his/her capacity as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily and as the act of said Company.

 

Given under my hand and seal of office this 13 day of December , 2002.

 

/s/ Gayle R. Duty


NOTARY PUBLIC
My Commission Expires: 4-17-2003

 

(SEAL)

 

- 30 -


EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND

 

[Project Site/Leased Premises

 

That certain real property and improvements thereon which form a part of The Alabama State Port Authority’s grain terminaling facilities located at the Port of Mobile, 1874 Twelfth Street, City of Mobile, County of Mobile, State of Alabama, as shown on Exhibit “A-1” attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including the following:

 

The North headhouse (marked as A on Exhibit “A-1”; battery C silos (marked as B on Exhibit “A-1”); all shipping and receiving systems (marked as C on Exhibit “A-1”); grain conveyor system, gantry loading systems (marked as D on Exhibit “A-1”) located on Pier D (marked as E on Exhibit “A-1”), and all integrated machinery and components involved.

 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

[map of premises]

 

- A-1 -


EXHIBIT B

 

DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT AND IMPROVEMENTS

 

All machinery, equipment and other personal property (“Equipment”), and all installation, renovations and other improvements constructed (“Improvements”) which will be incorporated into or with the Existing Facilities, which property is being acquired, constructed and/or installed with the proceeds of the Series 2002 Bonds, including the following:

 

STRUCTURAL FACILITIES

 

GENERAL INFORMATION

 

The following is a description of the scope of the work regarding structural facilities for the feed manufacturing facility.

 

Site Work

 

Site work, except for the excavation and backfill necessary to install the structure is excluded from this Proposal. General site work including pavement/concrete removal, erosion control, all drives, parking areas, storm water collection and drainage, and utilities is also excluded. Contractor will include this additional work as a change order to the Project.

 

Utilities

 

The electrical service and the temporary power disconnect for construction use will be supplied by the Owner to a point directly adjacent to the new silos. Water for construction use will be supplied by the owner at a point adjacent to the new silos.

 

Wet standpipes, fire extinguishers, and any other form of fire protection, etc., if required, will be provided by the Owner.

 

STRUCTURES

 

  Complete DeWaal piling system under the four silo foundations and tunnels. Assuming the existing piles are being utilized, the total number of new piles is assumed to be 341 piles in the proposal.

 

       Note: Piling will not be installed under the interior floor area of the one (1) 90’ dia. And two (2) of the 105’ dia. silos. This will allow the floor to settle with the grain load. Once this has cycled a few times, the contractor will remobilize and pour a cap slab to level the floor permanently. This would not apply to the east most silo where there is the majority of the existing piles.

 

STRUCTURES (continued)

 

  One (1) initial pile load test

 

- B-1 -


  Reinforced concrete pile caps

 

  Reinforced concrete stem walls for each silo, approximately 11’ high providing a short concrete stem wall inside the silo

 

  Reinforced concrete tunnel at grade running the length of each silo. Each tunnel will be approximately 8’ or 10’ high x 13’ wide with a 2’ thick reinforced concrete roof

 

  Reinforced concrete silo bottom slab, 1’ thick

 

  Engineered fill and compaction between stem walls and tunnels

 

  One (1) GSI Model NCL 9034 UOHH 90’ 0 x 90’-11” eave height, 115’-11” peak stell silo with a storage capacity of 529,414 bushels, inside ladder, roof handrail, anchor bolts, all necessary roof openings and a 6.2” x 6.7’ drive in door and eighteen (18) steel framed discharge openings

 

Note: Drive over aeration trenches will be supplied in one (1) silo (east).

 

  Two (2) structural steel ramps and platforms providing bobcat loader access to the silos

 

  Five (5) self-standing conveyor support towers, 120’ height, each with pilings and pile cap

 

  480’ walk through catwalk and conveyor bridge, 10’ wide

 

  One (1) coat of primer and one (1) coat of industrial enamel on all exposed steel surfaces

 

  Ceramic lined Spouting from the new diverter to fill conveyor

 

ELECTRICAL – Provide equipment and labor to wire power, lighting and controls inclusive of:

 

  10’ x 10’ masonry block electrical room with foundation, masonry block walls, concrete roof, HVAC, door and lighting

 

  MCC inclusive of MENA 1, RVAT and FVNR motor starters (It is assumed a 480V breaker will be supplied by the Owner in the 48’ elevation electrical room to provide a service feed to this new MCC)

 

ELECTRICAL (continued)

 

  480V power wiring

 

  Lighting fixtures

 

  110V receptacles

 

  Control wiring with cascading hard wire interlocking for new equipment and interface with existing equipment

 

  Electrical Classifications

 

Exterior – NEMA 4

Non-classified areas – NEMA 1

Reclaim tunnel and tower interior – Class II Group G Division 1

 

- B-2 -


ITEM
NO.


  

DESCRIPTION


   HP

    

Electric Gates – Ship Loading

Two (2) electric 36-inch slide gates with end limit position indication

Tom – Cln Metals or equal.

    
    

Enclosed Belt Conveyors – Fill

One (1) 70 ft. long enclosed belt conveyor, 80,000 BPH capacity. (inclined)

One (1) 103 ft. long enclosed belt conveyor, 80,000 BPH capacity. (inclined)

One (1) 111 ft. long enclosed belt conveyor, 80,000 BPH capacity. (inclined)

One (1) 107 ft. long enclosed belt conveyor, 80,000 BPH capacity. (Level)

Hi Roller or equal

   50 HP
100 HP
100 HP
60 HP
    

Electric Operated Diverter

Three (3) electric operated 54-inch lined diverter with end limit position indication.

Hi Roller or equal

    
    

Electric Gates – Silo Center Discharge

Eight (8) electric 26-inch x 26-Inch slide gates with end limit position indication and potentiometer control and position indication

Tom-Cln Metals or equal.

    
    

Manual Gates – Silo Secondary Discharge

Sixty-four (64) manual 18-inch slide gates with hand wheels

Tom-Cln Metals or equal.

    
    

Enclosed Belt Conveyors – Reclaim

Two (2) (492 ft. & 507 ft.) long enclosed belt conveyors, each with a capacity of 43,000 BPH, thirty-six (36) inlets and ceramic lined inlets and discharges

Hi Roller or equal

   2-125
HP
    

Receiving Hopper

One (1) carbon steel hopper with support legs, grating and removable cover for portable conveyor loading of one reclaim belt conveyor

    
    

Electric Gates – Proportioning –

Four (4) electric 24-inch x 24-inch slide gates with end limit position indication and potentiometer control and position indication.

Tom-Cln Metals or equal.

    
    

Enclosed Belt Conveyor – Reclaim Transfer

Two (2) 35 ft. long enclosed bet conveyors each with a capacity of 35,000 BPH ceramic lined inlets and discharge, discharging into existing legs N1 and N5.

   2-15 HP
    

Plant Control System –

Provide manual panel located in the main control room with start/stop push buttons, fill gate and diverter control and position indication and silo high level indication for control of new reclaim and fill equipment. Provide manual panel located in the sampling room for all twelve (12) proportioning reclaim gate controls and position indication and four (4) reclaim conveyor amp meters

    
    

MCC/Switchgear

NEMA 1 service rated MCC with main breaker and RVAT and FVNR motor starters.

    
    

Lighting

Silo fill bridge and silo reclaim tunnels

    
    

Bin Level indicators –

Four (4) high level rotary style indicators as shown on the flow diagram.

Monitor or equal.

    
    

Temperature Cables –

20 cables per 105’ 0 bin: 15 cables in the 90’ 0 bin with one (1) central reading station CRS box per silo and one (1) portable reading instrument.

Safe Grain or equal.

    
    

Aeration System

One (1) upblast aeration system for 105’ diameter silo with drive over aeration floor, four (4) centrifugal fans delivering 1/7.66 CFM/Bu soybean aeration and fourteen (14) roof exhaust fans.

Safe Grain or equal

   4 – 40 HP
14 – 2 HP

 

- B-3-


EXHBIT C

 

Certificate of Completion

 

Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association

Corporate Trust Services

MAC P6101-114

1300 SW 5 th Avenue, 11 th Floor

Portland, Oregon 97201

 

  Attention: Doreen K. Rowe

Corporate Trust Department

 

  Re: $5,500,000 The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama Variable Rate Demand Industrial Development Bonds (FGDI, LLC Project), Series 2002 (the “Bonds”)

 

 

Reference is made to the Lease Agreement dated December 1, 2002 (the “Agreement”) between The Industrial Development Board of the City of Mobile, Alabama (the “Issuer”) and FGDI, LLC (the “Borrower”) with respect to the Variable Rate Demand Industrial Dvelopment Revenue Bonds, Series 2002. Undefined terms used herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Agreement and th eTrust Indenture dated December 1, 2002 between the Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank Northwest, National Association (the “Trustee”).

 

Pursuant to Section 3.7 of the Agreement, the undersigned certifies to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Bank that he/she is an Authorized Borrower Representative and that, except for any amounts retained by the Trustee at the direction of the Authorized Borrower Representative for any Qualifying Costs not then due and payable,

 

1. he/she has read Article III of the Agreement and the definitions therein relating thereto;

 

2. acquisition, construction and equipping of the Project have been substantially completed and all labor, services, materials and supplies used in such acquisition, construction and equipping have been paid for;

 

3. all other facilities necessary in connection with the Project have been acquired, constructed and equipped and all costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith have been paid;

 

4. all acquisition, construction and equipping of the Project and facilities necessary thereto have been accomplished in such a manner as to conform with all applicable zoning, planning, building, environmental and other similar regulations of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction, and have been accomplished to the satisfaction of the Borrower so as to permit efficient operation for the Project Purposes,

 

-C-1-


5. the date by which the foregoing three events have occurred is                      ; and

 

6. notwithstanding the foregoing, this certificate is given without prejudice to any rights against third parties which exist or may subsequently arise.

 

Dated:

 

 


 

FGDI, LLC

       

A Delaware limited liability company

       

By:

 

 


       

As Its:

 

 


 

-C-2-

Exhibit 10.55

 

April 5, 2004

 

FCStone Merchant Services, LLC

One North End Avenue

Suite 1129

New York, NY 10282

 

Attention: Mr. Allan Lee

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. (“FORTIS”) is pleased to inform you that FORTIS has established for you, FCSTONE MERCHANT SERVICES, LLC (the “Company”), a $20 million uncommitted line of credit available for loans, documentary letters of credit and standby letters of credit.

 

Each loan or other extension of credit shall be used only for the purpose of financing self-liquidating transactions involving the purchase, storage, hedging and sale of grains, crude oil, natural gas and petroleum products that are traded on commodities exchanges, including, without limitation, transactions in which the Company makes loans to, or enters into commodity repurchase agreements with, counterparties acceptable to FORTIS, unless otherwise agreed by FORTIS.

 

All loans shall be payable on demand but in any event not later than 74 days after the date made, unless otherwise agreed by FORTIS. All letters of credit shall have expiration dates not later than 74 days after the issuance date, unless otherwise agreed by FORTIS, and the Company shall be obligated on demand by FORTIS to deposit cash collateral with FORTIS in an amount equal to the maximum face amount of all outstanding letters of credit. FORTIS shall in its sole discretion determine whether to issue any letter of credit itself or arrange for confirmation or issuance of any letter of credit by another bank or financial institution, including, without limitation, affiliated banks.

 

The Company’s obligations to FORTIS will be secured by a perfected security interest in all personal property and fixtures of the Company. All other financial institutions which extend credit to the Company and which have security interests in personal property of the Company will enter into an intercreditor agreement with FORTIS, in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS (the “Intercreditor Agreement”).

 

– 1 –


The line of credit is available on an “offering basis”. The Company may request a loan at or before 1:00 p.m. New York City time on the date the Company wishes to borrow. If FORTIS agrees to make the loan, FORTIS will make it upon the terms and subject to the conditions mutually agreed upon between the Company and FORTIS at the time, and those terms and conditions shall apply to that specific borrowing only. The loans will be evidenced by a promissory note in substantially the form annexed hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”).

 

Documentation; No Commitment:

 

All promissory notes and other documents requested by FORTIS in connection with this Agreement must be in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS. Also, FORTIS asks the Company to note carefully that this is not a “committed” line of credit. No commitment fee will be charged, and FORTIS may withdraw the line of credit at any time, with or without notice. Moreover, FORTIS has no obligation to extend credit at any time, and the making of each loan or other extension of credit shall be in FORTIS’ sole discretion.

 

Prior to each request for a loan, the Company shall deliver to FORTIS a written summary description of the transaction that the Company proposes to enter into which shall include, without limitation, (i) the names and addresses of the counterparty to the transaction and any guarantors and other obligors in connection with the transaction (such as the counterparty’s account debtors), (ii) the name and address of the relevant supplier, (iii) copies of all relevant documents, including without limitation, purchase and sale contracts and/or financing documents (the “Transaction Documents”) certified as true and complete by an authorized officer of the Company, (iv) a statement of the total amount of financing required by the Company for such transaction and the amounts expected to be financed by each of FORTIS and Harvard (as defined below in Appendix A, paragraph (g)) or another Subordinated Lender (as defined below in Appendix A, paragraph (g)) and (v) a description of the collateral to be obtained by the Company and the location and fair market value thereof. For each transaction, the Transaction Documents will include, or the Company will obtain separately, either (x) a consent of each counterparty (in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS) to FORTIS’ security interests in the Company’s assets relating to such transaction including, without limitation, all of the Company’s present and future accounts and loans receivable owing by such counterparty and all of the Company’s security interests in present and future assets of such counterparty, or (y) such documents as FORTIS may require to enable it to be in the same position as if it were a direct lender secured by first priority perfected security interests in (and control over) inventory and accounts receivable arising from the sale thereof.

 

Interest and Fees:

 

Without undertaking to make any loan or issue any letter of credit, and without agreeing to any particular rate of interest or fees, FORTIS notes for the Company’s information that:

 

(a) Loans under the facility described herein shall bear interest at a rate equal to not less than, at the Company’s option, 2.50% per annum in excess of LIBOR (as defined in the Note) or 2.50% per annum in excess of FORTIS’ cost of funds using such funding sources (including, without limitation, its affiliated banks and companies) as FORTIS shall determine from time to time.

 

– 2 –


(b) The fees for issuing a documentary letter of credit under the facility described herein shall be not less than:

 

(i) ¼ of 1% flat per 74-day period or part thereof, with a minimum of $500, payable in advance, and

 

(ii) A negotiation fee of 1/10 of 1% of the amount of each drawing under each such letter of credit, payable upon such drawing.

 

(c) The fee for issuing each trade standby letter of credit and each financial standby letter of credit under the facility described herein shall be not less than a fee at a rate per annum equal to 2.0% and 2.50%, respectively, of the daily average maximum undrawn face amount of each such standby letter of credit during the period from and including the date of issuance through and including the date of expiration or drawing of the entire amount thereof, payable monthly in arrears and on the date of expiration or drawing of the entire amount thereof.

 

(d) On the date hereof, the Company shall pay to FORTIS a non-refundable, fully-earned upfront fee in the amount of $40,000.

 

(e) The Company shall also be obligated to pay to FORTIS all other fees and charges customarily charged to customers in connection with letters of credit.

 

Unless otherwise agreed, interest and fees will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days.

 

Representations and Warranties:

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to FORTIS that:

 

(a) The Company is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; there are no other jurisdictions in which the nature of its businesses requires it to be qualified to do business as a foreign company;

 

(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Company from time to time of each of this Agreement, the Note and all other related agreements, instruments and documents (collectively, the “Loan Documents” and each a “Loan Document”) are within its limited liability company powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action, and do not and will not contravene (i) any of its articles of organization or certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement or other organic documents (such as any members agreement) or (ii) any law or regulation or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting it or any of its assets or property;

 

(c) no authorization or approval or other action by or consent of and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body or any other person or entity is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Company of any of the Loan Documents;

 

– 3 –


(d) this Agreement is, and each of the other Loan Documents when delivered to FORTIS will be, duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes or will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforceability of rights of creditors generally;

 

(e) the Company’s and FCStone Group, Inc.’s most recent financial statements which you have previously furnished to FORTIS, fairly present the Company’s and FCStone Group, Inc.’s financial condition as of their date and the results of operations for the periods ended on such date, and are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied; and since such date, there has been no material adverse change in such condition or operations;

 

(f) there is no pending or (to the best of the Company’s knowledge) threatened action or proceeding affecting the Company or any subsidiary before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, and there is no governmental investigation or proceeding pending with respect to or affecting the Company or any subsidiary in each case which (if adversely determined) could materially adversely affect the Company’s or any such subsidiary’s financial condition or operations or result in loss, cost, liability or expense to the Company or any subsidiary in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate with respect to all such actions, proceedings or investigations;

 

(g) the Company has complied and is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, decrees and other similar documents and instruments of all governmental authorities, courts, bureaus and agencies, domestic and foreign;

 

(h) on the date hereof, the Company has no subsidiaries except as set forth in Exhibit B hereto, and said Exhibit B accurately lists all companies and individuals which directly or indirectly own or control the Company and all subsidiaries of such companies and individuals (collectively, “Affiliates”); and

 

(i) on the date hereof, the Tangible Net Worth of the Company is at least $3,000,000 minus the amount of transaction fees and expenses relating to this Agreement and the Harvard facility not to exceed $250,000; “Tangible Net Worth” shall mean at any time as to any person or entity as of the date of determination thereof, the excess of total assets over total liabilities determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and less the sum of (without duplication):

 

(A) the total book value of all assets of such person or entity and its subsidiaries properly classified as intangible assets under generally accepted accounting principles, including such items as goodwill, the purchase price of acquired assets in excess of the fair market value thereof, trademarks, trade names, service marks, brand names, copyrights, patents and licenses, rights with respect to the foregoing, organizational or developmental expenses, and all unamortized debt discount and expense; plus

 

(B) all amounts representing any write-up in the book value of any assets of such person or entity or its subsidiaries resulting from a revaluation thereof subsequent to December 31, 2003; plus

 

– 4 –


(C) to the extent otherwise included in the computation of Tangible Net Worth, any subscriptions receivable; plus

 

(D) investments in and receivables and other obligations from subsidiaries and other Affiliates; plus

 

(E) any deferred charges, deferred taxes, prepaid expenses and treasury stock.

 

Covenants:

 

By using this facility, the Company agrees that it will comply with the provisions in Appendix A attached hereto and made a part hereof so long as this line of credit or any credit extended by FORTIS to the Company remains outstanding. The Company’s undertaking to comply with the terms of this Agreement does not in any way affect the uncommitted nature of the credit facility established by FORTIS in the Company’s favor or the demand nature of any credit extended to the Company.

 

Event of Default:

 

Without limiting the rights of FORTIS to demand payment of loans and cash collateral for letters of credit, or the right of FORTIS to terminate this Agreement and/or decline to make any loan or issue any letter of credit hereunder, if any Event of Default (as defined in the Note) shall occur and be continuing, FORTIS may, by notice to the Company, declare all loans and all accrued interest thereon to be forthwith due and payable and/or FORTIS may require the Company to deposit immediately cash collateral with FORTIS in an amount equal to the undisbursed maximum amount of each letter of credit issued for its account, whereupon the loans, all such interest and such amount of cash collateral shall become forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company, provided that in the event of the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in clause (j) of the definition of such term contained in the Note, the loans, all such interest and such amount of cash collateral shall automatically become and be due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Company.

 

Miscellaneous:

 

(a) This Agreement and the line of credit and transactions contemplated hereby shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles. The Company hereby agrees that any legal action or proceeding against the Company with respect to this Agreement may be brought in the courts of the State of New York in The City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York as FORTIS may elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, the Company accepts and consents to, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless waived by FORTIS in writing, with respect to any claim, action or proceeding brought by it against FORTIS and any questions relating to usury. The Company agrees that Sections 5-1401

 

– 5 –


and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York shall apply to this Agreement and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action or proceeding brought before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens . Nothing herein shall limit the right of FORTIS to bring proceedings against the Company in any other jurisdiction.

 

(b) AFTER REVIEWING THIS PROVISION SPECIFICALLY WITH ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL, EACH OF THE COMPANY AND FORTIS HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THE COMPANY AND FORTIS MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE COMPANY OR FORTIS. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR FORTIS TO EXTEND CREDIT TO THE COMPANY.

 

(c) The Company agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses incurred or payable by FORTIS in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of, and the administration, interpretation, enforcement or collection of this Agreement, the Note, the letters of credit and any applications or other agreements pertaining to the issuance thereof, and all other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, costs of examination and audit of the Company’s books and records and of the collateral security for the loans and reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, and court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

 

(d) All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including telecopier, telegraphic, telex or cable communication) and mailed, telecopied, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered, if to the Company, at its address at One North End Ave, Suite 1129, New York, NY 10282, Attention: Mr. Allan Lee (telecopier no. 212-791-2761) and if to FORTIS, at its address at Three Stamford Plaza, 301 Tresser Blvd., Stamford, CT 06901, Attention: Trade Finance Department (telecopier no. 203-705-5924); or as to each party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party. All such notices and communications shall, when mailed, telecopied with evidence of transmission, telegraphed, telexed, cabled or delivered (with evidence of delivery), be effective when deposited in the mails, telecopied, delivered to the telegraph company, confirmed by telex answerback, delivered to the cable company or delivered to the recipient, respectively. FORTIS may act in reliance upon any written or facsimile communication believed in good faith to have been authorized by the Company. In this connection, the Company agrees to indemnify FORTIS from and against any and all claims, losses and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) growing out of or resulting from FORTIS’ acts or omissions in reliance upon any such communication.

 

(e) All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted United States accounting principles consistently applied, except as otherwise stated herein.

 

– 6 –


(f) The options, powers and rights of FORTIS specified in the Loan Documents are in addition to those otherwise created by law or under any other agreement between the Company and FORTIS. No amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of any Loan Document to which the Company is a party, nor consent to any departure by the Company therefrom, shall be effective, unless the same shall be in writing and signed by FORTIS. Any such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No consent to or demand on the Company in any case shall, of itself, entitle it to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

(g) This Agreement and the other Loan Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between FORTIS and the Company and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

(h) The Loan Documents shall be binding on the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of FORTIS and its successors and assigns, provided that the Company shall not have the right to assign its rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder or any interest herein or therein without FORTIS’ prior written consent and any purported assignment by the Company without such consent shall be void and of no force or effect. In the event FORTIS notifies the Company of any assignment by FORTIS of its rights and obligations, if any, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (a) such assignment shall be effective on the date set forth in such notice, (b) such assignee shall succeed to and assume all of FORTIS’ rights and obligations, if any, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (c) FORTIS shall be released from all of such obligations.

 

(i) No delay on the part of FORTIS in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such rights preclude, limit or impair other, further or future exercises thereof.

 

(j) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signatures of the parties may appear on separate counterparts with the same effect as if on the same counterpart. Telecopied signatures on this Agreement, the Loan Documents and any amendments thereto shall be binding on the Company to the same extent as originally signed signature pages.

 

– 7 –


If the foregoing accurately reflects the understanding between us, kindly execute the enclosed copy of this letter in the space provided below and return it to us, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

By:

 

/s/ Edward F. Aldrich


Name:

 

Edward F. Aldrich

Title:

 

Director

By:

 

/s/ Christina E. Roberts


Name:

 

Christina E. Roberts

Title:

 

Managing Director

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:

FCSTONE MERCHANT SERVICES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Allan Lee


Name:

 

Allan Lee

Title:

 

President

By:

 

/s/ Michael D. Altneu


Name:

 

Michael D. Altneu

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

 

– 8 –


Appendix A

 

The Company hereby covenants that while this Agreement remains in effect or any amount is outstanding in respect of any loan, letter of credit or other obligation to FORTIS, the Company shall:

 

(a) (i) furnish FORTIS, as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the close of the Company’s and FCStone Group, Inc.’s fiscal years, with the Company’s and FCStone Group, Inc.’s respective consolidated and consolidating financial reports, certified in the case of the consolidated statements without qualification by independent certified public accountants, in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS as of the end of such period including balance sheets and related profit and loss and surplus statements and statements of cash flows;

 

(ii) furnish FORTIS, as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the close of each fiscal quarter in each fiscal year, with unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements of FCStone Group, Inc., all in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS;

 

(iii) furnish FORTIS, as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the close of each fiscal month in each fiscal year, with unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements of the Company, certified as accurate and complete by appropriate officers of the Company, all in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS;

 

(iv) furnish FORTIS, at least 30 days before the end of each fiscal year of the Company, with a financial budget and strategic plan of the Company (in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS) for the succeeding fiscal year;

 

(v) furnish FORTIS, on each date that delivery by the Company of its financial statements is required under clauses (i) and (iii) above, with a written report of the chief executive officer of the Company that identifies operational highlights for the period reported on by such financial statements including, without limitation, changes in the Company’s committed and uncommitted lines of credit from all banks and financial institutions, in form and substance satisfactory to FORTIS;

 

(vi) furnish FORTIS with such other information respecting the condition and operations, financial or otherwise, of the Company or any subsidiaries or Affiliates as FORTIS may from time to time request;

 

(b) permit FORTIS and its representatives to conduct collateral audits at the Company’s expense on such dates and at such times as FORTIS shall determine in its sole discretion, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay the costs of more than two such audits in any calendar year, except such limitation shall not apply after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (as defined in the Note) or any demand for payment of or cash collateral for the Company’s obligations under this Agreement and the Loan Documents;

 

– 9 –


(c) not, and not permit any subsidiary to, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or any inventory, except (i) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business and (ii) sales and dispositions of obsolete equipment no longer necessary or useful in the Company’s business;

 

(d) not merge into or consolidate with or into any corporation or other entity, nor permit any of its subsidiaries to do so, without the prior written consent of FORTIS;

 

(e) not declare or make at any time any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities on account of any equity or membership interests of the Company or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any equity or membership interests of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such equity or membership interests, now or hereafter outstanding, without the prior written consent of FORTIS, and not permit any of its subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing with respect to its own assets except for the payment of dividends and the making of distributions to the Company, provided that so long as (A) both no Event of Default (as defined in the Note) shall have occurred and be continuing and FORTIS shall not have (x) declared the Company’s obligations to be due and payable pursuant to the Loan Documents or (y) demanded payment of any obligations hereunder or thereunder, and (B) the Company is regarded as a flow-through or conduit for tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code, the Company shall be permitted to pay quarterly dividends to its members in amounts sufficient to pay federal, state and local income taxes payable by such members and arising solely from their ownership of equity interests in the Company;

 

(f) not permit at any time the Working Capital of the Company to be less than $2,500,000; as used herein, “Working Capital” shall mean at any time as to any person or entity as of the date of determination thereof, the excess of current assets over current liabilities, each determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied;

 

(g) not permit at any time the ratio of (i) total outstanding loans and extensions of credit (including, without limitation, undrawn letters of credit and unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit) from all banks and financial institutions (including, without limitation, any Subordinated Debt), to (ii) Tangible Net Worth (as defined above) plus Subordinated Debt to exceed 12.5 to 1.0. As used herein, “Subordinated Debt” shall mean subordinated indebtedness of the Company owing to Power and Energy Capital Group, Inc. (“Harvard”) or another lender satisfactory to Fortis in its sole discretion (each, a “Subordinated Lender”) which is subordinated on terms and conditions satisfactory to FORTIS to all of the Company’s obligations and indebtedness to FORTIS;

 

(h) preserve its corporate existence, maintain its properties in good repair, working order and condition, continue in the same lines of business and conduct its business substantially as it is being conducted now, and cause each of its subsidiaries to do all of the foregoing;

 

(i) maintain, and cause each of its subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies in such amounts and covering such risks as are usually carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which it conducts its business and cause all such insurance policies to contain loss payable endorsements and additional insured clauses satisfactory to FORTIS in its sole discretion;

 

– 10 –


(j) comply, and cause each of its subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects with applicable law;

 

(k) as soon as possible and in any event within five Business Days after the occurrence of each Event of Default (as defined in the Note) and each event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, continuing on the date of such statement, deliver to FORTIS a statement of the chief financial officer of the Company setting forth details of such Event of Default or event and the action which the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

 

(l) take all action necessary to insure that the Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents rank and will continue to rank at least pari passu in respect of priority of payment with their highest ranking indebtedness;

 

(m) promptly notify FORTIS of any material adverse change in the condition or operations of the Company or of its subsidiaries, financial or otherwise;

 

(n) not move the Company’s chief executive office or chief place of business, change its name, or conduct its business in any name other than as set forth in the signature page hereto, except with the prior written consent of FORTIS;

 

(o) not (and not permit any of its subsidiaries to) amend its articles of organization or certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents without the prior written consent of FORTIS;

 

(p) not (and not permit any of its subsidiaries to) directly or indirectly: (a) make any investment in or loan or extension of credit to an Affiliate (as defined in paragraph (h) under the caption “Representations” in this Agreement); (b) transfer, sell, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of any assets to an Affiliate; (c) merge into or consolidate with or purchase or acquire assets from an Affiliate; or (d) enter into any other transaction directly or indirectly with or for the benefit of any Affiliate (including guarantees and assumptions of obligations of an Affiliate, management and consulting agreements and payment of management fees); provided , however , that: (i) any Affiliate who is a natural person may serve as an employee, officer or director of the Company or a subsidiary and receive reasonable compensation for his services in such capacity and (ii) the Company or a subsidiary may enter into any transaction with an Affiliate providing for the purchase of inventory in the ordinary course of business or the purchase of management services if the monetary or business consideration arising therefrom would be substantially as advantageous to the Company or such subsidiary as the monetary or business consideration that would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a person not an Affiliate;

 

(q) not (and not permit any subsidiary to) incur or permit to exist any liabilities or indebtedness for borrowed money or in respect of letters of credit or bankers acceptances, except to FORTIS and to banks and financial institutions (including, without limitation, Harvard and the Subordinated Lender) party to the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

– 11 –


(r) not (and not permit any subsidiary to) make or permit to exist any loan, extension of credit, advance or investment to or in any person or entity, or any guarantee thereof, other than (i) accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business and (ii) loans made to any customer of the Company or guaranties or other financial accommodations provided by the Company for the benefit of any customer, in each case in the ordinary course of business for which the Company has been granted first priority, perfected liens and security interests in the assets of such customer, the fair market value of which equals or exceeds the principal amount of such loan, guaranty or financial accommodation and which is a self-liquidating transaction which will be paid within 74 days after the date of the loan, guaranty or financial accommodation from the proceeds of a sale of inventory by such customer;

 

(s) not, and not to permit any of its subsidiaries to, create or permit to exist any mortgage, charge, lien or other encumbrance with respect to any of its assets, other than in favor of creditors party to the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

(t) not assume, endorse, be or become liable for, or guarantee, the obligations of any person or entity, except by the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business and except for transactions permitted under paragraph (r) above. For the purposes hereof, the term “guarantee” shall include any agreement, whether such agreement is on a contingency basis or otherwise, to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire indebtedness or obligations of any other person or entity, or to purchase, sell or lease, as lessee or lessor, property or services, in any such case primarily for the purpose of enabling another person or entity to make payment of indebtedness or obligations, or to make any payment (whether as an advance, capital contribution, purchase of an equity interest or otherwise) to assure a minimum equity, asset base, working capital or other balance sheet or financial condition, in connection with the indebtedness or obligations of another person or entity, or to supply funds to or in any manner invest in another person or entity in connection with its indebtedness or obligations; and

 

(u) not, and not permit any of its Affiliates to, disclose or represent to any of its customers that FORTIS is extending any type of credit support for the Company’s obligations (if any) to make loans or other extensions of credit to such customer (in accordance with clause (r) above). For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing is not intended to prohibit the Company from disclosing for proper business purposes that the Company has received financing from FORTIS.

 

– 12 –


EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Note

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

U.S.$20,000,000

   March      , 2004

 

The undersigned, for value received, jointly and severally, promise(s) to pay to the order of FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. (hereinafter called the Lender ) the principal sum of TWENTY MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS (U.S.$20,000,000) , or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount of all loans made by the Lender (the Loans ) to the undersigned, payable on demand by Lender, but in any event not later than the maturity date for each such Loan agreed to by the Lender and the undersigned at or prior to the time such Loan is made. In no event shall the maturity date for any Loan be more than 74 days after such Loan is made. The Lender shall have no obligation to make any Loan to the undersigned.

 

The undersigned also promises to pay to the order of the Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan evidenced hereby, from the date when made until the principal amount thereof is repaid in full, at such rates of interest as shall be agreed upon from time to time between the undersigned and the Lender at or prior to the time each Loan is made or, if not so agreed, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate (as hereinafter defined) plus 2%. Interest shall be paid at such monthly, quarterly or semi-annual intervals as shall be agreed from time to time between the undersigned and the Lender or, if not so agreed, monthly on the last Business Day (as hereinafter defined) of each month, at maturity of each Loan (whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise) and on each date of any payment of principal of any Loan, on the amount paid. All interest payable hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed.

 

Any amount of principal of any Loan and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payable thereon which is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise, shall bear interest for each day from the day when due until paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the higher of: (a) two percent per annum in excess of the interest rate in effect with respect to such Loan prior to the date when due, and (b) two percent per annum in excess of the Base Rate.

 

The rate of interest agreed to with respect to any Loan shall be a fixed rate expressed as a percentage per annum or a margin (expressed as a percentage per annum) in excess of one of the following: (i) the “ Base Rate ”, or (ii) “ LIBOR ”, or (iii) the “ Offered Rate ”. Base Rate shall mean the rate of interest equal to the higher (redetermined daily) of (i) the per annum rate of interest established by The Chase Manhattan Bank (or any successor) from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its prime rate or base rate for U.S. dollar loans (with any change in such prime rate or base rate to become effective as and when such prime rate or base rate changes) or (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, plus one half of one per cent (0.5%) per annum. Federal Funds Rate shall mean for any day, the average daily Federal Funds rate as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in Publication H.15(519) (or any successor thereto) and set forth opposite the caption “ Federal Funds (Effective) ”, or, if no such rate is published on any day, the average per annum rate of interest at which overnight federal funds are from time

 

– 13 –


to time offered on any day to The Chase Manhattan Bank (or any successor), as determined in good faith by the Lender. LIBOR shall mean for any Interest Period (hereinafter defined), the interest rate reported on the display designated as page 3750 on the Dow Jones Markets Service (or any page as may replace that page on such service) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%), as the representative rate at which banks are offering United States Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time, for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, for a term comparable to such Interest Period. Offered Rate shall mean the rate per annum determined by the Lender at which U.S. dollar loans or advances of an amount comparable to the amount of the respective Loan and for a period comparable to the relevant Interest Period (as hereinafter defined) are offered to the Lender in such market or from such other funding source as the Lender shall select from time to time in its sole discretion (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) not more than two Business Days prior to the commencement of each Interest Period, such rate to remain in effect for the entire Interest Period. Interest Period shall mean, with respect to each Loan evidenced hereby, (i) initially, the period commencing on the date of such Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as shall be acceptable to the Lender), in each case selected by the undersigned not less than three Business Days prior to the date on which such Loan is made, and (ii) thereafter each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for such Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as shall be acceptable to the Lender), in each case selected by the undersigned not less than three Business Days prior to the first day of such period; provided that: (a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless it falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end shall, subject to the provisions of clause (a) above, end on the last day of such calendar month; (c) if the undersigned shall fail to select an Interest Period for any reason, it shall be deemed to have selected a one month period, subject to clause (d); and (d) no such Interest Period shall expire after the maturity date of the applicable Loan. Business Day shall mean any day on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in New York City and, with respect to any Loan bearing interest at a rate based on LIBOR, in London, and, with respect to any Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the Offered Rate, in the city where the applicable interbank market is located.

 

The Lender may record on its books and records or on the schedule to this Promissory Note which is a part hereof, the principal amount and date of each Loan made hereunder, the interest rate applicable thereto, the maturity date thereof and all payments of principal made thereon; provided , however , that prior to the transfer of this Note all such information with respect to all outstanding Loans shall be recorded on the schedule attached to this Promissory Note. The Lender’s record, whether shown on its books and records or on the schedule to this Promissory Note, shall be conclusive and binding upon the undersigned, absent manifest error, provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to record any of the foregoing shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the undersigned to repay all Loans made hereunder, together with all interest thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the undersigned acknowledges that interest rates and maturity dates are ordinarily negotiated between the undersigned and the Lender by telephone and the undersigned agrees that in the event of any dispute as to any applicable interest rate and/or maturity date, the determination of the Lender and its respective entry on the schedule herein referred to shall be conclusive and binding upon the undersigned.

 

All payments hereunder shall be made at the office of the Lender at Three Stamford Plaza, 301 Tresser Boulevard, Stamford, CT 06901-3239 or at such other place as the Lender may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, without setoff or

 

– 14 –


counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges of any kind now or hereafter imposed. If, notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, any such taxes, duties, levies, imposts or other charges are so levied or imposed on any such payment, the undersigned will pay additional interest or will make additional payments in such amounts as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the Lender, after withholding or deduction therefor, will be equal to the amount provided for herein. The undersigned agrees to furnish promptly to the Lender official receipts evidencing payment of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges so withheld or deducted.

 

If any payment due hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such place of payment and interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

 

This Note may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty except payment of the amounts provided for in the next paragraph. Each prepayment shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid.

 

If any payment of the principal of a Loan evidenced hereby (other than Loans bearing interest based on the Base Rate) is made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto for any reason, including, without limitation, voluntary pre-payment or acceleration, or if the undersigned fails to borrow any proposed Loan (other than Loans bearing interest based on the Base Rate) after the Lender has arranged funding thereof, or if the interest rate on any Loan is converted as provided in the second succeeding paragraph, the undersigned shall pay to the Lender, on demand, the amount of any loss, cost or expense ( Funding Loss ) incurred by the Lender as a result of the timing of such payment, such failure to borrow or such conversion, including, without limitation, any loss incurred in liquidating or redeploying funds received or borrowed from third parties.

 

In the event that on any date on which LIBOR or the Offered Rate is to be determined with respect to an Interest Period: (i) the Lender determines that advances or other funding in dollars in the principal amount of the Loan to which such Interest Period applies are not being offered to the Lender in the London interbank market or such other applicable market or from such other funding source, as the case may be, for the applicable Interest Period or (ii) LIBOR or the Offered Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of the Lender of maintaining or funding the principal amount thereof, then the affected Loan shall, on receipt of notice from the Lender of such circumstances, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest determined by the Lender, such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error, to be 1% over its cost of funding the Loan using sources selected by it other than the London Interbank Market or such other applicable market or funding source, as the case may be, for dollars or, if the Lender so elects in its sole discretion, at the Base Rate.

 

If the effect of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive of any governmental authority, is to make it unlawful or impracticable for the Lender to maintain or fund the principal amount of any Loan evidenced hereby, then the affected Loan shall, on receipt by the undersigned of notice from the Lender of such circumstances, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest determined by the Lender, such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error, to be 1% over its cost of funding the Loan using sources selected by it other than the London Interbank Market for dollars or, if the Lender so elects in its sole discretion, the Base Rate.

 

If any change in any present or future law or regulation, or in the interpretation or administration thereof, subjects the Lender to any tax, imposes or modifies any reserve requirement against

 

– 15 –


the assets of, liabilities of or loans by the Lender or imposes on the Lender any other conditions, and the result of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender of maintaining or funding the principal amount of any Loan evidenced hereby or to reduce any amount which would otherwise be received by the Lender hereunder, the undersigned shall pay to the Lender, on demand, such additional amount as shall compensate the Lender for such increased cost or reduction in amount.

 

The term Obligor as used herein shall be deemed to include each of the undersigned, its successors and assigns and each and every indorser or guarantor hereof.

 

The term Liabilities as used herein shall include this Note and all other indebtedness and obligations and liabilities of any kind of the undersigned to the Lender, now or hereafter existing, arising directly between the undersigned and the Lender or acquired by assignment, conditionally or as collateral security by the Lender, absolute or contingent, joint and/or several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, direct or indirect, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities to the Lender of the undersigned, whether incurred by the undersigned as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise.

 

Without limiting the right of the Lender to demand payment of the Loans evidenced hereby at any time in its sole discretion, if any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur: (a) default in payment of any Liability to the holder hereof, whether on demand, stated maturity or otherwise; or (b) if any Obligor shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement contained herein or in any line letter, security agreement, pledge agreement, guaranty, or other agreement, instrument or document related hereto (collectively with this Note, the “Loan Documents”) and, in the case of any such failure which is capable of remedy, such failure shall remain unremedied for 10 days after such failure; or (c) the occurrence of any default under any of the other Loan Documents; or (d) if any representation, warranty or statement made by any Obligor, any subsidiary thereof or any other party to any Loan Document (or any of its officers) under or in connection with any Loan Document or any document furnished in connection therewith or pursuant thereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made; or (e) any failure by any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries to pay when due any indebtedness for borrowed money or in respect of letters of credit owing to the Lender other than under the Loan Documents, or the occurrence of any event which with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, could result in acceleration of the maturity of any such indebtedness; or (f) any failure by any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries to pay when due any indebtedness for borrowed money or in respect of letters of credit owing to any party other than the Lender, or the occurrence of any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, could result in acceleration of the maturity of any such indebtedness; or (g) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $50,000 individually or in the aggregate (or the equivalent thereof in another currency) shall be rendered against any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries and shall remain unpaid, unbonded, unvacated or unstayed for a period of thirty days; or (h) any provision of any Loan Document after delivery thereof shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on any Obligor or any other party thereto (except the Lender), or any Obligor or such other party shall so state in writing, or any Obligor or such other party shall deliver written notice of termination of any obligations under any Loan Document (including, without limitation, any subordination agreement); or (i) any Loan Document providing for the grant of a lien on or security interest in any collateral after delivery thereof shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any of the collateral purported to be covered thereby; or (j) any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment,

 

– 16 –


protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; or any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (j); or (k) Allan Lee shall cease for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, death or disability (as such disability shall be determined in the sole and absolute judgment of the Lender) to be, and continuously perform the duties of, President of the undersigned or, if such cessation shall occur as a result of death or such disability, no successor satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion, shall have become and shall have commenced to perform the duties of President of the undersigned within thirty (30) days after such cessation, provided, however, that if any satisfactory successor shall have been so elected and shall have commenced performance of such duties within such period, the name of such successor or successors shall be deemed to have been inserted in place of Allan Lee in this clause (k); or (l) FCStone Group, Inc. shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 50% of the membership interests of the undersigned having ordinary voting rights including, without limitation, to elect directors and managers; then, the Liabilities shall become absolute, due and payable without demand or notice to Obligor. Upon default in the due payment of this Note, or whenever the same or any installment of principal or interest hereof shall become due in accordance with any of the provisions hereof, the Lender may, but shall not be required to, exercise any or all of its rights and remedies, whether existing by contract, law or otherwise, with respect to any collateral security delivered in respect of any Liabilities.

 

Any demand or notice, if made or given, shall be sufficiently made upon or given to Obligor if left at or mailed to the last address of Obligor known to the Lender or if made or given in any other manner reasonably calculated to come to the attention of Obligor or the successors or assigns of Obligor, whether or not in fact received by them respectively.

 

The Lender may assign and transfer this Note to any other person, firm or corporation and may deliver and repledge the collateral security delivered in respect of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, or any part thereof, to the assignee or transferee of this Note, who shall thereupon become vested with all the powers and rights above given to the Lender in respect thereof, and the Lender shall thereafter be forever released and discharged of and from all responsibility or liability to Obligor for or on account of the collateral security so delivered.

 

No delay on the part of the holder hereof in exercising any of its options, powers or rights, or partial or single exercise thereof shall constitute a waiver thereof. The options, powers and rights of the holder hereof specified herein are in addition to those otherwise created. Demand of payment of this Note shall be sufficiently made upon the undersigned by written, telex, telegraphic or telephonic notice given by or on behalf of the holder to the undersigned at its last known address.

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to indemnify the holder hereof against any liability, claims, loss, cost or expense incurred by such holder in connection with this Promissory Note and any Loans evidenced hereby and the exercise of any and all rights pertaining thereto, except for any loss, cost or expense resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. If any attorney is used to enforce or collect this Note, the undersigned agrees to pay reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred by the Lender. The undersigned jointly and severally promise to pay all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) of any nature as soon as incurred whether in or out of court and whether incurred before or after this Note shall become due on demand, at its maturity date or otherwise and costs which the Lender may deem necessary or proper in connection with the satisfaction of the Liabilities or the administration, supervision, preservation, protection (including but not limited to maintenance of adequate insurance) or of the realization upon any collateral for the Liabilities or of defending any claim, action or proceeding asserted or commenced by the undersigned against the Lender.

 

– 17 –


This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Obligor hereby agrees that any legal action or proceeding against Obligor with respect to this Note may be brought in the courts of the State of New York in The City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York as the Lender may elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, Obligor accepts and consents to, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless waived by the Lender in writing, with respect to any claim, action or proceeding brought by it against the Lender and any questions relating to usury. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Lender to bring proceedings against Obligor in any other jurisdiction. Obligor irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such legal action or proceeding by personal delivery or by the mailing thereof by the Lender by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address specified in the records of the Lender, such service of process by mail to be deemed effective on the fifth day following such mailing. Obligor agrees that a final judgment in any such legal action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any manner provided by law.

 

AFTER REVIEWING THIS PROVISION SPECIFICALLY WITH ITS COUNSEL, OBLIGOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OBLIGOR MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS NOTE OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF OBLIGOR. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER TO EXTEND CREDIT TO OBLIGOR. No claim may be made by Obligor against Lender or the officers, directors, employees or agents of Lender for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Note or any other Loan Document or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and Obligor hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages.

 

The undersigned shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Lender, its directors, officers, agents, employees, participants and assignees, from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, causes of action, debts, liabilities, damages, losses, obligations, charges, judgments and expenses, including attorneys fees and costs of any nature whatsoever, in any way relating to or arising from the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document(s), any liabilities of the undersigned and/or any loss, damage or injury resulting from any hazardous material; provided that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to liabilities, damages, losses, obligations, judgments and expenses caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. This indemnification provision shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and the repayment of all liabilities to the Lender.

 

The undersigned agrees to pay all stamp, document, transfer, recording or filing taxes or fees and similar impositions now or hereafter determined by the Lender to be payable in connection with this Note or the other Loan Documents or the transactions pursuant to or in connection herewith and therewith, and the undersigned agrees to save the Lender harmless from and against any and all present or future claims, liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any omission to pay or delay in paying any such taxes, fees or impositions.

 

– 18 –


In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, the Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the undersigned or to any other person or entity, any such notice being hereby expressly waived by the undersigned, to setoff and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Lender (including all of its branches and agencies) to or for the credit or the account of the undersigned in any currency and whether or not due against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of the undersigned to the Lender under this Note or the other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or thereunder and although said obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

 

No change, modification, termination, waiver or discharge, in whole or in part, of this Note shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such change, modification, termination, waiver or discharge is sought to be enforced.

 

Obligor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor and any or all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note, consents to any and all delays, extensions of time, renewals, releases of Obligor and of any available security, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the Lender with regard to the time of payment or with respect to any other provisions of this Note and agrees that no such action or failure to act on the part of the Lender shall in any way affect or impair the obligations of Obligor or be construed as a waiver by the Lender of, or otherwise affect, its right to avail itself of any remedy hereunder with the same force and effect as if Obligor had expressly consented to such action or inaction upon the part of the Lender.

 

The term Lender as used herein shall be deemed to include the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

FCSTONE MERCHANT SERVICES, LLC
By:  

 


Name:  
Title:  
By:  

 


Name:  
Title:  

 

– 19 –


Schedule to Promissory Note

 

Date


 

Amount of Loan


 

Interest Rate


   Maturity Date

  

Amount of

Payment


  

Notation Made

By


 

– 20 –


EXHIBIT B

 

List of Affiliates

 

1. FCStone Group, Inc.

 

2. Subsidiaries of the Company: None

 

3. Direct and indirect shareholders of FCStone Group, Inc.: Approximately 100 shareholders none of which own more than five percent (5%).

 

4. Others: FCStone, L.L.C.
FCStone Advisory, Inc.
FCStone Forex, LLC
FCStone Information, LLC
FCStone International, LLC
FCStone Investments, Inc.
FCStone Trading, LLC
FCC Futures, Inc.
FGDI, LLC
Renewable Fuel Associates, LLC
FCC Investments, Inc.
Westown Commodities, LLC

 

– 21 –

Exhibit 10.56

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

U.S.$20,000,000

May 10, 2004

 

The undersigned, for value received, jointly and severally, promise(s) to pay to the order of FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. (hereinafter called the Lender ) the principal sum of TWENTY MILLION UNITED STATES DOLLARS (U.S.$20,000,000) , or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal amount of all loans made by the Lender (the Loans ) to the undersigned, payable on demand by Lender, but in any event not later than the maturity date for each such Loan agreed to by the Lender and the undersigned at or prior to the time such Loan is made. In no event shall the maturity date for any Loan be more than 74 days after such Loan is made. The Lender shall have no obligation to make any Loan to the undersigned.

 

The undersigned also promises to pay to the order of the Lender interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan evidenced hereby, from the date when made until the principal amount thereof is repaid in full, at such rates of interest as shall be agreed upon from time to time between the undersigned and the Lender at or prior to the time each Loan is made or, if not so agreed, at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate (as hereinafter defined) plus 2%. Interest shall be paid at such monthly, quarterly or semi-annual intervals as shall be agreed from time to time between the undersigned and the Lender or, if not so agreed, monthly on the last Business Day (as hereinafter defined) of each month, at maturity of each Loan (whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise) and on each date of any payment of principal of any Loan, on the amount paid. All interest payable hereunder shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed.

 

Any amount of principal of any Loan and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payable thereon which is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, on demand, by acceleration or otherwise, shall bear interest for each day from the day when due until paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the higher of: (a) two percent per annum in excess of the interest rate in effect with respect to such Loan prior to the date when due, and (b) two percent per annum in excess of the Base Rate.

 

The rate of interest agreed to with respect to any Loan shall be a fixed rate expressed as a percentage per annum or a margin (expressed as a percentage per annum) in excess of one of the following: (i) the “ Base Rate ”, or (ii) “ LIBOR ”, or (iii) the “ Offered Rate ”. Base Rate shall mean the rate of interest equal to the higher (redetermined daily) of (i) the per annum rate of interest established by The Chase Manhattan Bank (or any successor) from time to time at its principal office in New York City as its prime rate or base rate for U.S. dollar loans (with any change in such prime rate or base rate to become effective as and when such prime rate or base rate changes) or (ii) the Federal Funds Rate, plus one half of one per cent (0.5%) per annum. Federal Funds Rate shall mean for any day, the average daily Federal Funds rate as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in Publication H.15(519) (or any successor thereto) and set forth opposite the caption “ Federal Funds (Effective) ”, or, if no such rate is published on any day, the average per annum rate of interest at which overnight federal funds are from time


to time offered on any day to The Chase Manhattan Bank (or any successor), as determined in good faith by the Lender. LIBOR shall mean for any Interest Period (hereinafter defined), the interest rate reported on the display designated as page 3750 on the Dow Jones Markets Service (or any page as may replace that page on such service) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16th of 1%), as the representative rate at which banks are offering United States Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market, at or about 11:00 a.m., London time, for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period, for a term comparable to such Interest Period. Offered Rate shall mean the rate per annum determined by the Lender at which U.S. dollar loans or advances of an amount comparable to the amount of the respective Loan and for a period comparable to the relevant Interest Period (as hereinafter defined) are offered to the Lender in such market or from such other funding source as the Lender shall select from time to time in its sole discretion (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) at 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) not more than two Business Days prior to the commencement of each Interest Period, such rate to remain in effect for the entire Interest Period. Interest Period shall mean, with respect to each Loan evidenced hereby, (i) initially, the period commencing on the date of such Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as shall be acceptable to the Lender), in each case selected by the undersigned not less than three Business Days prior to the date on which such Loan is made, and (ii) thereafter each period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period for such Loan and ending one, three or six months thereafter (or such other period as shall be acceptable to the Lender), in each case selected by the undersigned not less than three Business Days prior to the first day of such period; provided that: (a) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless it falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end shall, subject to the provisions of clause (a) above, end on the last day of such calendar month; (c) if the undersigned shall fail to select an Interest Period for any reason, it shall be deemed to have selected a one month period, subject to clause (d); and (d) no such Interest Period shall expire after the maturity date of the applicable Loan. Business Day shall mean any day on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in New York City and, with respect to any Loan bearing interest at a rate based on LIBOR, in London, and, with respect to any Loan bearing interest at a rate based on the Offered Rate, in the city where the applicable interbank market is located.

 

The Lender may record on its books and records or on the schedule to this Promissory Note which is a part hereof, the principal amount and date of each Loan made hereunder, the interest rate applicable thereto, the maturity date thereof and all payments of principal made thereon; provided , however , that prior to the transfer of this Note all such information with respect to all outstanding Loans shall be recorded on the schedule attached to this Promissory Note. The Lender’s record, whether shown on its books and records or on the schedule to this Promissory Note, shall be conclusive and binding upon the undersigned, absent manifest error, provided , however , that the failure of the Lender to record any of the foregoing shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the undersigned to repay all Loans made hereunder, together with all interest thereon and all other amounts payable hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing, the undersigned acknowledges that interest rates and maturity dates are ordinarily negotiated between the undersigned and the Lender by telephone and the undersigned agrees that in the event of any dispute as to any applicable interest rate and/or maturity date, the determination of the Lender and its respective entry on the schedule herein referred to shall be conclusive and binding upon the undersigned.

 

All payments hereunder shall be made at the office of the Lender at Three Stamford Plaza, 301 Tresser Boulevard, Stamford, CT 06901-3239 or at such other place as the Lender may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of, and without deduction for or on account of, any present or future stamp

 

2


or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges of any kind now or hereafter imposed. If, notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, any such taxes, duties, levies, imposts or other charges are so levied or imposed on any such payment, the undersigned will pay additional interest or will make additional payments in such amounts as may be necessary so that the net amount received by the Lender, after withholding or deduction therefor, will be equal to the amount provided for herein. The undersigned agrees to furnish promptly to the Lender official receipts evidencing payment of any taxes, levies, imposts, duties or other charges so withheld or deducted.

 

If any payment due hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such place of payment and interest thereon shall be payable for such extended time.

 

This Note may be prepaid at any time without premium or penalty except payment of the amounts provided for in the next paragraph. Each prepayment shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid.

 

If any payment of the principal of a Loan evidenced hereby (other than Loans bearing interest based on the Base Rate) is made on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto for any reason, including, without limitation, voluntary pre-payment or acceleration, or if the undersigned fails to borrow any proposed Loan (other than Loans bearing interest based on the Base Rate) after the Lender has arranged funding thereof, or if the interest rate on any Loan is converted as provided in the second succeeding paragraph, the undersigned shall pay to the Lender, on demand, the amount of any loss, cost or expense ( Funding Loss ) incurred by the Lender as a result of the timing of such payment, such failure to borrow or such conversion, including, without limitation, any loss incurred in liquidating or redeploying funds received or borrowed from third parties.

 

In the event that on any date on which LIBOR or the Offered Rate is to be determined with respect to an Interest Period: (i) the Lender determines that advances or other funding in dollars in the principal amount of the Loan to which such Interest Period applies are not being offered to the Lender in the London interbank market or such other applicable market or from such other funding source, as the case may be, for the applicable Interest Period or (ii) LIBOR or the Offered Rate does not accurately reflect the cost of the Lender of maintaining or funding the principal amount thereof, then the affected Loan shall, on receipt of notice from the Lender of such circumstances, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest determined by the Lender, such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error, to be 1% over its cost of funding the Loan using sources selected by it other than the London Interbank Market or such other applicable market or funding source, as the case may be, for dollars or, if the Lender so elects in its sole discretion, at the Base Rate.

 

If the effect of any applicable law, rule or regulation, or the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive of any governmental authority, is to make it unlawful or impracticable for the Lender to maintain or fund the principal amount of any Loan evidenced hereby, then the affected Loan shall, on receipt by the undersigned of notice from the Lender of such circumstances, bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest determined by the Lender, such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error, to be 1% over its cost of funding the Loan using sources selected by it other than the London Interbank Market for dollars or, if the Lender so elects in its sole discretion, the Base Rate.

 

If any change in any present or future law or regulation, or in the interpretation or administration thereof, subjects the Lender to any tax, imposes or modifies any reserve requirement against the assets of, liabilities of or loans by the Lender or imposes on the Lender any other conditions, and the result of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Lender of maintaining or funding the principal amount

 

3


of any Loan evidenced hereby or to reduce any amount which would otherwise be received by the Lender hereunder, the undersigned shall pay to the Lender, on demand, such additional amount as shall compensate the Lender for such increased cost or reduction in amount.

 

The term Obligor as used herein shall be deemed to include each of the undersigned, its successors and assigns and each and every indorser or guarantor hereof.

 

The term Liabilities as used herein shall include this Note and all other indebtedness and obligations and liabilities of any kind of the undersigned to the Lender, now or hereafter existing, arising directly between the undersigned and the Lender or acquired by assignment, conditionally or as collateral security by the Lender, absolute or contingent, joint and/or several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, direct or indirect, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities to the Lender of the undersigned, whether incurred by the undersigned as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise.

 

Without limiting the right of the Lender to demand payment of the Loans evidenced hereby at any time in its sole discretion, if any of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall occur: (a) default in payment of any Liability to the holder hereof, whether on demand, stated maturity or otherwise; or (b) if any Obligor shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement contained herein or in any line letter, security agreement, pledge agreement, guaranty, or other agreement, instrument or document related hereto (collectively with this Note, the “Loan Documents”) and, in the case of any such failure which is capable of remedy, such failure shall remain unremedied for 10 days after such failure; or (c) the occurrence of any default under any of the other Loan Documents; or (d) if any representation, warranty or statement made by any Obligor, any subsidiary thereof or any other party to any Loan Document (or any of its officers) under or in connection with any Loan Document or any document furnished in connection therewith or pursuant thereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made; or (e) any failure by any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries to pay when due any indebtedness for borrowed money or in respect of letters of credit owing to the Lender other than under the Loan Documents, or the occurrence of any event which with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, could result in acceleration of the maturity of any such indebtedness; or (f) any failure by any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries to pay when due any indebtedness for borrowed money or in respect of letters of credit owing to any party other than the Lender, or the occurrence of any event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, could result in acceleration of the maturity of any such indebtedness; or (g) any judgment or order for the payment of money in excess of $50,000 individually or in the aggregate (or the equivalent thereof in another currency) shall be rendered against any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries and shall remain unpaid, unbonded, unvacated or unstayed for a period of thirty days; or (h) any provision of any Loan Document after delivery thereof shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on any Obligor or any other party thereto (except the Lender), or any Obligor or such other party shall so state in writing, or any Obligor or such other party shall deliver written notice of termination of any obligations under any Loan Document (including, without limitation, any subordination agreement); or (i) any Loan Document providing for the grant of a lien on or security interest in any collateral after delivery thereof shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority security interest in any of the collateral purported to be covered thereby; or (j) any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against any Obligor or any of its subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property; or any Obligor or

 

4


any of its subsidiaries shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this subsection (j); or (k) Allan Lee shall cease for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation, death or disability (as such disability shall be determined in the sole and absolute judgment of the Lender) to be, and continuously perform the duties of, President of the undersigned or, if such cessation shall occur as a result of death or such disability, no successor satisfactory to the Lender, in its sole discretion, shall have become and shall have commenced to perform the duties of President of the undersigned within thirty (30) days after such cessation, provided, however, that if any satisfactory successor shall have been so elected and shall have commenced performance of such duties within such period, the name of such successor or successors shall be deemed to have been inserted in place of Allan Lee in this clause (k); or (l) FCStone Group, Inc. shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record, at least 50% of the membership interests of the undersigned having ordinary voting rights including, without limitation, to elect directors and managers; then, the Liabilities shall become absolute, due and payable without demand or notice to Obligor. Upon default in the due payment of this Note, or whenever the same or any installment of principal or interest hereof shall become due in accordance with any of the provisions hereof, the Lender may, but shall not be required to, exercise any or all of its rights and remedies, whether existing by contract, law or otherwise, with respect to any collateral security delivered in respect of any Liabilities.

 

Any demand or notice, if made or given, shall be sufficiently made upon or given to Obligor if left at or mailed to the last address of Obligor known to the Lender or if made or given in any other manner reasonably calculated to come to the attention of Obligor or the successors or assigns of Obligor, whether or not in fact received by them respectively.

 

The Lender may assign and transfer this Note to any other person, firm or corporation and may deliver and repledge the collateral security delivered in respect of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, or any part thereof, to the assignee or transferee of this Note, who shall thereupon become vested with all the powers and rights above given to the Lender in respect thereof, and the Lender shall thereafter be forever released and discharged of and from all responsibility or liability to Obligor for or on account of the collateral security so delivered.

 

No delay on the part of the holder hereof in exercising any of its options, powers or rights, or partial or single exercise thereof shall constitute a waiver thereof. The options, powers and rights of the holder hereof specified herein are in addition to those otherwise created. Demand of payment of this Note shall be sufficiently made upon the undersigned by written, telex, telegraphic or telephonic notice given by or on behalf of the holder to the undersigned at its last known address.

 

The undersigned hereby agrees to indemnify the holder hereof against any liability, claims, loss, cost or expense incurred by such holder in connection with this Promissory Note and any Loans evidenced hereby and the exercise of any and all rights pertaining thereto, except for any loss, cost or expense resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender. If any attorney is used to enforce or collect this Note, the undersigned agrees to pay reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred by the Lender. The undersigned jointly and severally promise to pay all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements) of any nature as soon as incurred whether in or out of court and whether incurred before or after this Note shall become due on demand, at its maturity date or otherwise and costs which the Lender may deem necessary or proper in connection with the satisfaction of the Liabilities or the administration, supervision, preservation, protection (including but not limited to maintenance of adequate insurance) or of the realization upon any collateral for the Liabilities or of defending any claim, action or proceeding asserted or commenced by the undersigned against the Lender.

 

This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Obligor hereby agrees that any legal action or

 

5


proceeding against Obligor with respect to this Note may be brought in the courts of the State of New York in The City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York as the Lender may elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, Obligor accepts and consents to, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless waived by the Lender in writing, with respect to any claim, action or proceeding brought by it against the Lender and any questions relating to usury. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Lender to bring proceedings against Obligor in any other jurisdiction. Obligor irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such legal action or proceeding by personal delivery or by the mailing thereof by the Lender by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address specified in the records of the Lender, such service of process by mail to be deemed effective on the fifth day following such mailing. Obligor agrees that a final judgment in any such legal action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any manner provided by law.

 

AFTER REVIEWING THIS PROVISION SPECIFICALLY WITH ITS COUNSEL, OBLIGOR HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS OBLIGOR MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS NOTE OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF OBLIGOR. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER TO EXTEND CREDIT TO OBLIGOR. No claim may be made by Obligor against Lender or the officers, directors, employees or agents of Lender for any special, indirect, punitive or consequential damages in respect of any claim for breach of contract or any other theory of liability arising out of or related to the transactions contemplated by this Note or any other Loan Document or any act, omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and Obligor hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any claim for any such damages.

 

The undersigned shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Lender, its directors, officers, agents, employees, participants and assignees, from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, causes of action, debts, liabilities, damages, losses, obligations, charges, judgments and expenses, including attorneys fees and costs of any nature whatsoever, in any way relating to or arising from the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document(s), any liabilities of the undersigned and/or any loss, damage or injury resulting from any hazardous material; provided that the foregoing indemnification shall not extend to liabilities, damages, losses, obligations, judgments and expenses caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Lender as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. This indemnification provision shall survive the termination of the Loan Documents and the repayment of all liabilities to the Lender.

 

The undersigned agrees to pay all stamp, document, transfer, recording or filing taxes or fees and similar impositions now or hereafter determined by the Lender to be payable in connection with this Note or the other Loan Documents or the transactions pursuant to or in connection herewith and therewith, and the undersigned agrees to save the Lender harmless from and against any and all present or future claims, liabilities or losses with respect to or resulting from any omission to pay or delay in paying any such taxes, fees or impositions.

 

In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, the Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, without notice to the undersigned or to any other person or entity, any such notice being hereby expressly waived by the undersigned, to setoff and to appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special) and any other indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Lender (including all of its branches and agencies) to or for the credit or the account of the undersigned in any currency and whether or not due against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of the undersigned to the Lender under this Note or the other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or thereunder and although said obligations, liabilities or claims, or any of them, shall be contingent or unmatured.

 

6


No change, modification, termination, waiver or discharge, in whole or in part, of this Note shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the party against whom such change, modification, termination, waiver or discharge is sought to be enforced.

 

Obligor hereby waives presentment, demand for payment, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor and any or all other notices or demands in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note, consents to any and all delays, extensions of time, renewals, releases of Obligor and of any available security, waivers or modifications that may be granted or consented to by the Lender with regard to the time of payment or with respect to any other provisions of this Note and agrees that no such action or failure to act on the part of the Lender shall in any way affect or impair the obligations of Obligor or be construed as a waiver by the Lender of, or otherwise affect, its right to avail itself of any remedy hereunder with the same force and effect as if Obligor had expressly consented to such action or inaction upon the part of the Lender.

 

The term Lender as used herein shall be deemed to include the Lender and its successors, endorsees and assigns.

 

FCSTONE MERCHANT SERVICES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Allan Lee


Name:   Allan Lee
Title:   President
By:  

/s/ Michael D. Altneu


Name:   Michael D. Altneu
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

7


Schedule to Promissory Note

 

Date


 

Amount of Loan


 

Interest Rate


   Maturity Date

  

Amount of

Payment


  

Notation Made

By


 

8

Exhibit 10.57

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

 

CONTINUING SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of financial accommodations (arising from loan, advance, letter of credit, overdraft, acceptance and/or other credit transactions) given or to be given or to be continued to the undersigned (the “Debtor”) or to any other party(ies) at the request, or for the benefit, or upon the undertaking, of the Debtor by FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. (together with its successors and assigns, the “Lender”), the Debtor hereby agrees with the Lender as follows:

 

1. As security for the due and punctual payment and performance of any and all of the present and future Obligations of the Debtor (as defined in Section 2 below), the Debtor hereby grants to the Lender a continuing security interest in (a) all of the Collateral (as defined in Section 3 below), whether now or hereafter existing or acquired and wherever located, and (b) all present and future products and proceeds of the Collateral, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds.

 

2. As used herein, the term “Obligations” means all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any kind of the Debtor to the Lender, now or hereafter existing, arising directly between the Debtor and the Lender or acquired by assignment, conditionally, unconditionally or as collateral security by the Lender, absolute or contingent, joint or several, secured or unsecured, due or not due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, direct or indirect, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities to the Lender of the Debtor, whether incurred by the Debtor as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor, accommodation party or otherwise.

 

3. As used herein, the term “Collateral” means the property described opposite the box(es) checked below together with the property described in Section 4 below:

 

[ X ] A. All Personal Property. All of the personal property and fixtures of the Debtor wherever located and whether now owned or in existence or hereafter acquired or created, of every kind and description, tangible or intangible, including without limitation all inventory (including, without limitation, Inventory as defined in Section 3(C) hereof), goods and accessions thereto, equipment and accessions thereto, farm products, documents, chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), accounts (including, without limitation, Accounts as defined in Section 3(D) hereof), contract rights, securities and other investment property, general intangibles, tax refund claims, patents, trademarks, intellectual property, payment intangibles, software, supporting obligations, instruments, promissory notes, letters of credit and proceeds thereof, advices of credit, letter-of-credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), commercial tort claims, cash, credits, deposits, deposit accounts (general or special), and certificates of deposit), such items having the meaning ascribed by the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

[    ] B. Equipment. Equipment (of any nature and description), now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located, employed in the operation of the Debtor’s business, and all proceeds thereof and products of such equipment in any form whatsoever. As used herein, the term “equipment” shall also mean and include all spare parts therefor, all present and future additions, attachments and accessions thereto, all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof. Nothing herein shall be construed as giving a right to the Debtor to sell any equipment which is the subject of this Agreement.

 

[    ] C. Inventory. All of the inventory of the Debtor, of every type or description, now owned or hereafter acquired and wherever located, whether raw, in process or finished, all goods usable in processing the same


and all documents, documents of title and receipts covering any inventory (herein referred to as “Inventory”), and all proceeds thereof and products of such inventory in any form whatsoever, including but not limited to accounts and chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and cash proceeds.

 

[    ] D. Accounts and Chattel Paper. All of the Debtor’s present and future accounts (including, without limitation, health-care-insurance receivables), contract rights, letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, general intangibles (including, without limitation, tax refund claims, payment intangibles and software), supporting obligations, instruments, promissory notes, and chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic) and all other rights to the payment of money arising out of the sale (or lease) of goods or services (herein referred to in the plural as “Accounts” and in the singular as “Account”), all proceeds thereof and all liens, securities, guarantees, remedies, and privileges pertaining thereto, together with all rights and liens of the Debtor in and to such goods, including returned or repossessed goods, and all rights and property of any kind forming the subject matter of any of the Accounts, including the right of stoppage in transit.

 

[    ] E. Other.

 

See Schedule A annexed hereto and made a part hereof.

 

If no box is checked, Clause A (All Personal Property) shall be deemed applicable for all purposes of this Agreement. If the Clause A box is checked, checking also the Clause B and/or Clause C and/or Clause D and/or Clause E box(es) is not intended, and shall not be construed, to limit the generality or legal effect of the description contained in Clause A.

 

4. (a) If the Debtor shall at any time acquire a commercial tort claim, as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York (“NY UCC Article 9”), which the Debtor reasonably believes based upon then-current information is likely to result in a judgment in favor of the Debtor in excess of $25,000, the Debtor shall promptly notify the Lender in a writing signed by the Debtor of the brief details thereof and grant to the Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(b) The Lender may at any time and from time to time file financing statements, continuation statements and amendments thereto that describe the Collateral as all assets of the Debtor or words of similar effect and which contain any other information required by NY UCC Article 9 or revised Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in the form or substantially in the form approved in 1998 by the American Law Institute and the National Conference of Commissioners on Uniform State Law (“Revised Article 9”) as adopted in any other jurisdiction (including Part 5 thereof) for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement or amendment, including whether the Debtor is an organization, the type of organization and any organization identification number issued to the Debtor. The Debtor agrees to furnish any such information to the Lender promptly upon request. Any such financing statements, continuation statements or amendments may be signed by the Lender on behalf of the Debtor and may be filed at any time with or without any signature of the Debtor or the Lender in any jurisdiction whether or not NY UCC Article 9 or Revised Article 9 is then in effect in that jurisdiction.

 

(c) The Debtor shall at any time and from time to time, whether or not NY UCC Article 9 or Revised Article 9 is in effect in any particular jurisdiction, take such steps as the Lender may request for the Lender to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, of any bailee having possession of any of the Collateral that the bailee holds such Collateral for the Lender, (ii) obtain “control” of any investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such terms are defined in NY UCC Article 9 with corresponding provisions in Sections 9-104, 9-105, 9-106 and 9-107, relating to what constitutes “control” for such items of Collateral), with any agreements establishing control to be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender, and (iii) otherwise insure the continued perfection and priority of the Lender’s security interest in any of the Collateral and of the preservation of its rights therein, whether in anticipation of or following the effectiveness of NY UCC Article 9 in New York or Revised Article 9 in any other jurisdiction.

 

2


(d) Any and all obligations or other sums at any time credited by or due from the Lender to the Debtor, any and all monies, securities and other property of the Debtor and the proceeds thereof now or hereafter held or received by or in transit to the Lender from or for the Debtor, whether for safekeeping, custody, pledge, transmission, collection or otherwise, shall at all times constitute security for any and all Obligations.

 

5. The Debtor represents and warrants that: (a) no Financing Statement (other than any which may have been filed on behalf of the Lender) relating to any of the Collateral is on file in any public office; and (b) the Chief Executive Office (or Major Executive Office) of Debtor (if any), and the Collateral are respectively located at the address(es) set forth at the end of this Agreement and Debtor will not change such location or permit any additional location without prior written notice to and consent of the Lender; and (c) Debtor has not created and there is no security interest, lien or encumbrance on or affecting the Collateral other than created hereby.

 

6. The Debtor assumes all liability and responsibility in connection with all Collateral acquired by Debtor; and the obligation of the Debtor to pay all Obligations shall in no way be affected or diminished by reason of the fact that any such Collateral may be lost, destroyed, stolen, damaged or for any reason whatsoever unavailable to the Debtor.

 

7. As long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, the Debtor covenants and agrees as follows:

 

(a) that if the Lender so demands in writing at any time (i) all proceeds of the Collateral shall be delivered to the Lender promptly upon their receipt in a form satisfactory to the Lender or paid directly to the Lender, as the Lender may elect, and (ii) all chattel paper, instruments, and documents pertaining to the Collateral shall be delivered to the Lender at the time and place and in the manner specified in the Lender’s demand;

 

(b) in order to enable the Lender to comply with the law of any jurisdiction, including state, federal and foreign, applicable to any security interest granted hereby or to the Collateral, to execute and deliver promptly upon request, in form acceptable to the Lender, any Financing Statement, notice, statement, instrument, document, agreement or other paper and/or to perform any act requested by the Lender which may be necessary or desirable (in the Lender’s reasonable opinion) to create, perfect, preserve, validate or otherwise protect such security interest or to enable the Lender to exercise and enforce the Lender’s rights hereunder or with respect to such security interest;

 

(c) promptly to pay any filing fees or other costs in connection with (i) the filing or recordation of such Financing Statements or any other papers described above and (ii) such searches of the public records as the Lender in its sole discretion shall require;

 

(d) that the Lender is authorized to file or record any such Financing Statements or other papers without the signature of the Debtor if permitted by applicable law;

 

(e) the Lender may file a photographic or other reproduction of this Agreement in lieu of a Financing Statement in any filing office where it is permissible to do so;

 

(f) except for the security interest granted hereby, the Debtor shall keep the Collateral and proceeds and products thereof free and clear of any security interest, liens or encumbrances of any kind; the Debtor shall promptly pay, when due, all taxes and transportation, storage and warehousing charges and fees affecting or arising out of, or that could result in any liens on, the Collateral and shall defend the Collateral against all claims and demands of all persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein adverse to the Lender; in the event the Debtor fails to pay any such charges or fees, the Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) pay any such charges or fees, in which event the Debtor shall pay to the Lender upon its request the amount so paid with interest at a rate per annum equal to 2% in excess of the rate of interest established from time to time by JP Morgan Chase Bank (or any successor) as its prime or base rate;

 

3


(g) at all times to keep all insurable Collateral insured and maintain all other insurance at the expense of the Debtor to the Lender’s satisfaction against loss by fire, theft and any other risk to which the Collateral may be subject; all insurance policies shall be endorsed in favor of the Lender, with loss payable endorsements satisfactory to the Lender and, if the Lender so requests, shall be deposited with the Lender; and in any event, such policies will provide that each insurer will give the Lender not less than 30 days notice in writing prior to the exercise of any right of cancellation or non-renewal; in the event Debtor fails to maintain any insurance the Lender may (but shall not be obligated to) place such insurance and pay the premium therefor, in which event Debtor will pay the Lender upon its request such premium with interest at a rate per annum equal to 2% in excess of the rate of interest established from time to time by JP Morgan Chase Bank (or any successor) as its prime or base rate; the Lender may apply any proceeds of such insurance which may be received by it toward payment of (or as cash collateral for) any of the Obligations, whether or not due, in such order of application as the Lender may determine;

 

(h) that the Lender’s duty with respect to the Collateral shall be solely to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession; the Lender shall not be obligated to take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in any of the Collateral against prior parties, and the Debtor hereby agrees to take such steps; the Debtor shall pay to the Lender upon its request all costs and expenses, including filing and reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by the Lender in connection with the custody, care, preservation or collection of the Collateral; the Lender may, but is not obligated to, exercise any and all rights of conversion or exchange or similar rights, privileges and options relating to the Collateral; the Lender shall have no obligation to sell or otherwise realize upon any of the Collateral as herein authorized and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or for any delay in so doing; in the event of any litigation, with respect to any matter connected with this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral, or any other instrument, document or agreement applicable hereto or to any one or more of them in any respect, Debtor hereby waives all defenses, rights of setoff and rights to interpose counterclaims of any nature;

 

(i) to provide the Lender with such information as the Lender may from time to time request with respect to the Collateral and any of its places of business;

 

(j) that the Lender will be notified promptly in writing of any change in any office or location of Collateral as set forth below;

 

(k) that the Debtor will permit the Lender, by its officers and agents, to have access to and examine at all reasonable times and at the Debtor’s expense the properties (including, without limitation, all Collateral), minute books and other documents and records;

 

(l) that the Debtor shall, if requested by the Lender, and the Lender shall also have the right to, notify all warehouses, shipping companies and other persons in possession of any Collateral of the Lender’s security interest therein and obtain the agreement of all such persons that they hold and will hold possession of such Collateral for the benefit of the Lender and deliver the same at the direction of the Lender without further consent of the Debtor; and

 

(m) that the Debtor will promptly notify the Lender upon the occurrence of any default, as provided in this Agreement, of which the Debtor has knowledge.

 

8. A. The Debtor agrees as follows: (i) the Debtor will not, without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Lender, renew or extend the time of payment of any Account; (ii) the Debtor will promptly notify the Lender in writing of any compromise, settlement or adjustment with respect to an Account and will, prior to effecting any compromise, settlement or adjustment, account therefor to the Lender in cash for the amount thereof without demand or notice; (iii) the Debtor will stamp, in form and manner satisfactory to the Lender, its accounts receivable ledger and other books and records pertaining to the Accounts, with an appropriate reference to the security interest of the Lender in the Accounts; (iv) upon request, the Debtor will furnish the Lender original or other papers relating to the sale of merchandise or the performance of labor or services which created any Account; (v) the Debtor may collect the Accounts, subject to the discretion and control of the Lender, but the Lender may, without cause or notice, curtail or terminate such authority at any time; if requested by the Lender, the Debtor shall, and the Lender shall also have the right at any time to, notify account debtors and other obligors of the Lender’s security interest in Accounts and direct Account debtors to make payment of Accounts to such lockboxes or other accounts as the Lender shall specify; and the

 

4


Lender may at any time, in the name of the Debtor or the Lender, request verification of any Accounts; (vi) the proceeds of the Accounts, when collected by the Debtor, whether consisting of cash, checks, notes, drafts, money orders, commercial paper of any kind whatsoever, or other documents, received in payment of the Accounts, shall be promptly remitted by the Debtor to the Lender, in precisely the form received, except for endorsement by the Debtor when required; (vii) such proceeds until remitted to the Lender, as aforesaid, shall be held in trust by the Debtor for, and as the property of, the Lender and shall not be commingled with other funds, money or property; (viii) proceeds of the Accounts will be received by the Lender subject to final collection and receipt of proceeds in cash or by unconditional credit to and accepted by the Lender; (ix) the Lender shall apply in its absolute discretion, all collections received by it on the Accounts, toward the payment of any of the Obligations whether due or not due in such order as the Lender shall determine; (x) the Debtor will promptly notify the Lender in writing of the return or rejection of any merchandise represented by the Accounts and the Debtor shall forthwith account therefor to the Lender in cash without demand or notice and until such payment has been received by the Lender, the Debtor will receive and hold all such merchandise separate and apart, in trust for and subject to the security interest in favor of the Lender; and (xi) upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as defined in Section 9 hereof, the Lender is authorized to sell, for the Debtor’s account and sole risk, all or any part of such merchandise in the manner and under the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

B. The Debtor represents and warrants to the Lender that the Debtor is the sole owner of the Accounts and no one has or claims to have any interest of any kind therein or thereto; each of the debtors and other obligors named in or obligated under every such Account is indebted to the Debtor in the amount and on the terms indicated in the invoice or other evidence of such Account and schedule of Accounts; each Account is bona fide and arises out of the completed performance of labor or services or the sale and delivery or lease of merchandise or both; and none of the Accounts is now, nor will at any time in the future become contingent upon the fulfillment of any contract or conditions whatsoever, nor subject to any defense, recoupment, offset or counterclaim.

 

C. The Debtor will maintain accurate and complete records of the Accounts and will make the same available to the Lender at any time upon demand.

 

9. Upon non-payment when due of any of the Obligations (including, without limitation, failure to pay on demand any of the Obligations which are payable on demand), or upon the failure of the Debtor to perform any agreement on its part to be performed hereunder, or by the terms of any other related agreement covering the Obligations, or in case the Lender deems itself insecure or it appears at any time that any representation in any certificate, financial or other statement of the Debtor (delivered to the Lender by or on behalf of the Debtor) is untrue or omits any material fact, or if a material adverse change shall occur in the financial or business condition or results of operations of the Debtor or if the Debtor (or any endorser, guarantor or surety of or upon any of the Obligations) shall die or (being a partnership, limited liability company or corporation) shall be dissolved or shall become insolvent (however evidenced), or upon the suspension of the business of Debtor, or upon the issuance of any warrant, process, or order of attachment, garnishment or lien and/or the filing of a lien as a result thereof against any of the property of the Debtor (or any such endorser, guarantor or surety of or upon any of the Obligations), or upon the making by the Debtor (or any such endorser, guarantor or surety) of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or commencement of any proceeding or case by or against the Debtor (or any such endorser, guarantor or surety) under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement of debt, insolvency, readjustment of debt, composition, receivership, liquidation or dissolution law or statute of any jurisdiction, then in any such event (each an “Event of Default”), (a) all Obligations shall become at once due and payable, without notice, presentment, demand for payment or protest, which are hereby expressly waived; (b) the Lender is authorized to take possession of the Collateral and, for that purpose may enter, with the aid and assistance of any person or persons, any premises where the Collateral, or any part thereof is, or may be, placed and remove same; (c) the Lender may proceed to apply to the Obligations, any and all obligations or other sums described in Section 4 hereof; (d) the Lender may require the Debtor to assemble the Collateral and to make it available to the Lender at a place designated by the Lender which is reasonably convenient to the Lender and the Debtor; (e) the Lender shall have the right from time to time to sell, resell, assign, transfer and deliver all or any part of the Collateral, at any broker’s board or exchange, or at public or private sale or otherwise, at the option of the Lender, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, in such parcel or parcels and at such time or times and at such place or places, and upon such terms and conditions as the Lender may deem proper, and in connection therewith may grant options and may impose reasonable conditions such as requiring any purchaser to represent that any securities constituting part of the

 

5


Collateral are being purchased for investment purposes only, all without (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) advertisement or demand upon the Debtor or right of redemption to the Debtor, which are hereby expressly waived; unless the Collateral is perishable or threatens to decline speedily in value or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, the Lender will give the Debtor reasonable notice of the time and place of any such public sale or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition thereof is to be made and Debtor agrees that five (5) days prior notice shall be deemed reasonable notice; (f) upon each such sale, the Lender may, unless prohibited by applicable statute which cannot be waived, purchase all or any part of the Collateral being sold, free from and discharged of all trusts, claims, rights of redemption and equities of the Debtor, which are hereby waived and released; (g) the Lender shall, upon mailing notice to the Debtor that it so elects, have from the date of such mailing the right from time to time to vote any shares of stock securing any of the Obligations; provided, however, the Lender at any time, before or after the occurrence of any Event of Default, may, but shall not be obligated to, transfer into or out of its own name or that of its nominee all or any of the Collateral which is instruments, documents, stocks, bonds, and other securities, and the Lender or its nominee may demand, sue for, collect, receive and hold as like Collateral any or all interest, dividends and income thereon and if any securities are held in the name of the Lender or its nominee, the Lender may, after the occurrence of any such events, exercise all voting and other rights pertaining thereto as if the Lender were the absolute owner thereof; but the Lender shall not be obligated to demand payment of, protest, or take any steps necessary to preserve any rights in any such Collateral against prior parties, or take any action whatsoever in regard to any such Collateral, all of which the Debtor assumes and agrees to do. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lender shall not be obligated to take any action in connection with any conversion, call, redemption, retirement or any other event relating to any of such Collateral, unless the Debtor gives written notice to the Lender at the Lender’s office at which the Obligations are maintained that such action shall be taken not more than thirty (30) days prior to the time such action may first be taken and not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the time during which such action may be taken; (h) the Lender’s obligations, if any, to give additional (or to continue) financial accommodations of any kind to the Debtor shall immediately terminate; and (i) in addition to the rights and remedies given to the Lender hereunder or otherwise, the Lender shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.

 

10. In the case of each such sale or other disposition or exercise of remedies under Section 9 above or of any proceedings to collect any of the Obligations, the Debtor shall be obligated to pay all costs and expenses of every kind relating thereto or in connection therewith, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and after deducting such costs and expenses from the proceeds of sale, disposition or collection, the Lender may apply any residue to pay any of the Obligations in such order as the Lender shall determine, including, without limitation, the obligation to deliver cash collateral in respect of outstanding letters of credit and bankers acceptances, and the Debtor will continue to be liable to the Lender for any deficiency with interest at the rate per annum equal to 2% in excess of the rate of interest established from time to time by JP Morgan Chase Bank (or any successor) as its prime or base rate.

 

11. The Lender may, but is not obligated to, (a) demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time due, payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any obligations securing any of the Obligations, (b) compromise and settle with any person liable on such obligation, and/or (c) extend the time of payment of or otherwise change the terms thereof, as to any party liable thereon, all without incurring responsibility to the Debtor or affecting any of the Obligations.

 

12. In order to effectuate the terms and provisions hereof, Debtor hereby designates and appoints Lender and its designees or agents as attorney-in-fact of Debtor, irrevocably and with power of substitution, with authority to receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Debtor, to notify the Post Office authorities to change the Address for delivery of mail addressed to Debtor to such address as Lender may designate; to endorse the name of Debtor on any notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders, instruments or other evidence of payment or proceeds of the Collateral that may come into Lender’s possession; to sign the name of Debtor on any invoices, documents, drafts against and notices (which also may direct, among other things, that payment be made directly to the Lender) to Account debtors or obligors of Debtor, assignments and requests for verification of Accounts; to execute proofs of claim and loss; to execute any endorsements, assignments, or other instruments of conveyance or transfer, to adjust and compromise any claims under insurance policies; to execute releases; and to do all other acts and things necessary and advisable in the sole discretion of Lender to carry out and enforce this Agreement. All acts of said attorney or designee are hereby ratified and approved and said attorney or designee shall not be liable for any acts of commission or omission, nor for any error of judgement or mistake of fact or law. This power of attorney being coupled with an interest is irrevocable while any of the Obligations shall remain unpaid.

 

6


13. All options, powers and rights granted to the Lender hereunder or under any promissory note, instrument, document or other writing delivered to the Lender shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other options, powers or rights which the Lender may now or hereafter have as a secured party under the New York Uniform Commercial Code or under any other applicable law or otherwise.

 

14. No delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any of its options, powers, or rights, or partial or single exercise thereof, shall constitute a waiver thereof. Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be modified, changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. The Lender shall have the right, for and in the name, place and stead of the Debtor, to execute endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to any of the Collateral. Each of the representations and warranties of the Debtor contained herein shall be deemed to be repeated and restated upon each request by the Debtor to the Lender for any loan or other extension of credit.

 

15. Notice of acceptance of this Agreement by the Lender is hereby waived. This Agreement shall be immediately binding upon the Debtor and its successors and assigns, whether or not the Lender signs this Agreement.

 

16. It is the intention of the parties (a) that, this Agreement shall constitute a continuing agreement applying to any and all future, as well as existing transactions between the Debtor and the Lender; and (b) that the security interest provided for herein shall attach to after-acquired as well as existing Collateral, and the Obligations covered by this Agreement shall include future advances and other value, as well as existing advances and other value, whether or not similar to prior or existing advances or other value, and whether or not the advances or value are or shall be given pursuant to commitment, all to the maximum extent permitted by the New York Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.

 

17. Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used herein which are defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated.

 

18. If this Agreement is signed by two or more parties as debtors, they shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder, and the term “Debtor” wherever used in this Agreement shall mean the parties who have signed this Agreement and each of them. The term “Lender” wherever used in this Agreement shall include FORTIS CAPITAL CORP. and all of its branches, offices or agencies.

 

19. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and be governed by the law of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. The Debtor hereby agrees that any legal action or proceeding against the Debtor with respect to this Agreement may be brought in the courts of the State of New York in The City of New York or of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York as the Lender may elect, and, by execution and delivery hereof, the Debtor accepts and consents to, for itself and in respect of its property, generally and unconditionally, the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts and agrees that such jurisdiction shall be exclusive, unless waived by the Lender in writing, with respect to any claim, counterclaim, action or proceeding brought by it against the Lender and any questions relating to usury. Nothing herein shall limit the right of the Lender to bring proceedings against the Debtor in any other jurisdiction. The Debtor irrevocably consents to the service of process in any such legal action or proceeding by personal delivery or by the mailing thereof by the Lender by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the address specified in the records of the Lender, such service of process by mail to be deemed effective on the fifth day following such mailing. The Debtor agrees that a final judgment in any such legal action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in any manner provided by law. The Debtor agrees that Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the General Obligations Law of the State of New York as in effect from time to time shall apply to this Agreement and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, waives any right to stay or to dismiss any action or proceeding brought before said courts on the basis of forum non conveniens .

 

7


20. AFTER REVIEWING THIS PROVISION SPECIFICALLY WITH ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL, EACH OF THE DEBTOR AND THE LENDER HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS THE DEBTOR AND THE LENDER MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED ON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT RELATING TO OR EVIDENCING ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS OR PROVIDING FOR COLLATERAL SECURITY FOR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE DEBTOR OR THE LENDER. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER TO EXTEND CREDIT TO THE DEBTOR.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Debtor has executed this Agreement or has caused these presents to be executed and delivered this              day of May, 2004

 

(Check one)

  FCSTONE MERCHANT SERVICES, LLC

x        Chief Executive Office

       

¨         Major Executive Office

       
    By:  

/s/ Allan Lee


Address:   Name:   Allan Lee
    Title:   President

As set forth in Security Agreement

Questionnaire executed by the Debtor

  By:  

/s/ Michael D. Alteneu


  Name:   Michael D. Altneu

Other Business Addresses and/or Location of Collateral

(if none, state “None”)

  Title:   Senior Vice President
         

As set forth in Security Agreement

Questionnaire executed by the Debtor

       

 

AGREED:

 

FORTIS CAPITAL CORP.

By:  

/s/ Edward F. Aldrich


Name:   Edward F. Aldrich
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Christina E. Roberts


Name:   Christian E. Roberts
Title:   Managing Director

 

8

Exhibit 10.64

 

FCSTONE GROUP, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MUTUAL COMMITMENT COMPENSATION PLAN

 

1. PURPOSE . The purposes of this Plan are to retain and reward key employees of companies within FCStone Group, Inc. (“Company”) who from year to year, by their individual performance, help Company achieve its financial objectives, to link individual performance awards to achievement of Company financial objectives, to provide incentives for retention, to assist in the establishment and enforcement of employment contracts which safeguard vital Company interests, and to establish a bonus plan that is easily administered and unique in its approach.

 

2. ELIGIBILITY . Eligibility for participation in the Plan shall be limited to those employees of Company or its subsidiaries who are either:

 

  (a) Risk management consultants being compensated primarily on a commission basis, grain merchandisers or sales mangers (“Sales Staff”), or

 

  (b) Key management employees (“Executives”).

 

No employee shall be eligible to participate until the Plan year following the year in which he or she has completed at least three consecutive years of full-time service with the Company, unless this requirement is waived as to that employee by formal action of the Board of Directors. The selection of participants for a Plan year shall be made within the first sixty days of that year by the President of the Company subject to approval by the Board of Directors or by any committee appointed by the Board for this purpose. Selection of participants shall be made on a year-to-year basis. Prior to participation in the Plan will normally, but not necessarily, qualify an employee to participate in any subsequent year.


3. EMPLOYMENT CONTRACTS . No employee shall be eligible to participate who has not entered into an employment agreement with the Company unless this requirement is waived as to that employee by formal action of the Board of Directors. Such employment agreement will normally contain a reasonable covenant not to compete with the Company and a requirement that its trade secrets and customer lists not be used by the employee in any line of business which is similar to, or in competition with, the Company.

 

4. TARGET AWARDS . Awards under this Plan shall be based on an individual target for each participant established as percentage of such participant’s regular compensation. The target for Sales Staff shall be determined as set forth in Exhibit 1 attached and the target for Executives shall be as set forth in Exhibit 2 attached. The amount so determined shall be referred to herein as the “Target Award”. The actual award to each participant for each Plan year, if any, and the amount thereof as a percentage of the Target, shall be subject to, and based on, the Company’s achievement of financial goals as set forth in Section 5.

 

5. BASIS OF AWARDS AND FINANCIAL GOALS . Within sixty days after the Company’s audit for the previous fiscal year is completed, the Board of Directors of the Company may determine the financial goals to be attained by the Company during the Plan year, which shall be applied to determine whether any awards shall be made to participants for such year and the portion of the Target Award to be awarded for such

 

2


year. In the absence of any different determination, and unless changed by amendment to this Plan, the goals and award basis shall be as follows:

 

  (a) No awards shall be made under the Plan, which would impair the sufficiency of Company’s net capital or liquidity.

 

  (b) No awards shall be made unless the Company’s pre-tax return on equity is positive.

 

  (c) If the Company’s pre-tax return on equity is positive, the award shall be a percentage of the Target Award which is equal to four (4) times the Company’s pre-tax return on equity for the year.

 

6. NATURE OF PLAN . This Plan is an unfunded, non-qualified deferred bonus plan. No specific funds or investments shall be set aside or established for the benefit of participants. Awards under this Plan shall be paid out of the general funds of Company and shall be an unsecured liability of the Company until paid. No participant shall have any rights to receive payment under this Plan other than as an unsecured general creditor.

 

7. PARTICIPANTS’ ACCOUNTS . The Company shall establish and maintain a separate liability account owing to each participant reflecting the amounts awarded to him or her plus earnings on vested amounts and minus the amounts, if any, withdrawn by him or her. All amounts under the Plan shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar amount.

 

8. CREDITING OF ANNUAL AWARDS . If the financial goals for a Plan year are met, each participating employee for that year shall have credited to his or her account within sixty days after the end of that Plan year the amount determined as provided in Section 5.

 

3


9. VESTING & FORFEITURES . Amounts awarded to a participant for a Plan year shall become vested at the end of the fifth Plan year for which amount was awarded if the participant is then in the full-time active employment of the Company, is not in default under his or her employment agreement, if any, and if the Plan shall not have been previously terminated. A participant whose employment with the Company has terminated (or is no longer full-time) on or before such date shall forfeit all non-vested amounts awarded to him or her for such prior Plan years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a participant’s awards shall become vested at the end of the fifth Plan year following the Plan year for which the amounts were awarded if his or her termination of employment is caused by his or her total and permanent disability or by death or if he or she has retired at or after reaching early or normal retirement age under the Company’s retirement plan (“retirement age”) and he or she is not in violation of his or her employment agreement, if any. After vesting, Employee withdrawals shall be solely in accordance with Section 11 of this Plan.

 

10. INTEREST . No interest shall accrue or be paid on awards to participants until the award amount shall be fully vested. The Company shall add interest to any amounts vested, but not withdrawn by the participant, including interest after such interest is credited, from the date of vesting to the date of withdrawal. Interest shall be credited at the end of each Plan year. The rate of interest applied shall at all times be the rate realized by Company for the same period on Company’s investment in cash or cash equivalent assets, as determined by the Company’s chief financial officer in his sole discretion.

 

4


11. WITHDRAWALS . If a participant is in the full-time employment of the Company within thirty days after the end of any Plan year, Company will distribute in cash, 50% of the vested amount of his or her account of the end of that Plan year. If a participant becomes totally and permanently disabled, he or she may withdraw the value of all of his or her vested amounts within thirty days after the end of the Plan year in which such disability occurs and thereafter may withdraw all additional amounts as they become vested within thirty days of the end of each Plan year. If a participant is deceased, the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated in writing by him or her may withdraw all of the value of his or her vested amounts within thirty days after the end of the Plan year in which his or her death occurred and thereafter may withdraw all additional amounts as they become vested within thirty days of the end of each Plan year. In the absence of such written beneficiary designation, the value of his or her vested amounts shall be paid to his or her surviving spouse, otherwise to his or her surviving children, otherwise to his or her estate. After retirement at or upon reaching retirement age, a participant may withdraw all of the value of his or her vested amounts within thirty days after the end of the Plan year following his or her retirement and thereafter may withdraw all additional amounts as they become vested within thirty days of the end of each Plan year. If a participant’s employment is terminated prior to his or her death, disability or reaching retirement age, the value of his or her vested amounts on the date of such termination may be withdrawn by him or her in five equal annual installments commencing one year from the date of termination of employment. Employee has no right of withdrawal except as provided in this Section 11. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a participant owes the Company for any error or deficit as of the date of any

 

5


distribution is otherwise payable, the distribution shall be applied to first satisfy such error or deficit amount before any payment is made to the participant. All distributions shall be deemed to pay accrued interest, and then to satisfy awards in the order of the date of vesting, oldest first.

 

12. PLAN YEAR . The Plan year shall at all times correspond with the fiscal year of the Company.

 

13. NON-ASSIGNABILITY . No participant shall at any time have any right to assign, encumber, transfer, pledge or, in any way, grant an interest in his or her account to any person, firm or corporation, nor shall any account be subject to the claims of any creditor of a participant.

 

14. AMENDMENT, TERMINATION . This Plan shall not be construed to confer upon any employee any rights other than those specified herein; it shall not confer upon any participant the right to continue in the employment of the Company nor restrict in any way the right to discharge a participant. If the terms of any employment agreement of a participant are inconsistent with this Plan, the terms of such employment agreement shall take precedence and shall prevail. The Company reserves the right to amend this Plan by action of the Board of Directors at any time. The Company reserves the right to terminate this Plan by action of the Board of Directors at any time upon giving each participant at least fifteen days written notice of such action. However, no such amendment or termination shall affect or diminish the rights of participants which have been vested and for which they then have a claim against the Company as a general unsecured creditor.

 

6


15. RESTATEMENT . This restatement amends and restates the Mutual Commitment Plan as previously adopted and amended. This Plan shall supercede and replace all prior statements of the Plan and all amendments thereto.

 

7


Exhibit 1

 

The Sales Staff Target Award shall be ten per cent (10%) of the Sales Staff participant’s total personal cash compensation for the Plan year for which the award is made. As used herein, “personal cash compensation” shall mean all compensation paid to such Sales Staff participant, excluding compensation under this Plan and also excluding non-cash benefits or imputed compensation such as automobile allowances.

 

8


Exhibit 2

 

The Executive Target Award shall be fifteen per cent (15%) of Executive Participant’s base salary for the Plan year for which the award is made.

 

9

Exhibit 20.1

 

FCStone Group, Inc.

 

APPRAISAL OF 100 PERCENT OF THE EQUITY

AS OF AUGUST 31, 2004

 

RSM McGladrey, Inc.

Business Valuation Services

400 Locust, Suite 640

Des Moines, Iowa

515-558-6600


December 8, 2004

 

Robert V. Johnson

Executive Vice President

FCStone Group, Inc.

2829 Westown Parkway

Suite 200

West Des Moines, Iowa 50266

 

RE: Valuation of FCStone Group, Inc.

 

Dear Mr. Johnson:

 

Pursuant to your request, and in accordance with our engagement arrangements, enclosed is our appraisal of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc. (“the Company”) as of August 31, 2004. The purpose of this engagement was to establish our opinion of the fair market value of 100 percent of the equity in the Company in connection with assisting the Company in its determination of the number of shares of common stock to be issued as a result of the proposed restructuring from a cooperative to a regular business corporation.

 

RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not assist in determining the manner in which ownership interests will be converted into shares of common stock or in which subscription rights will be issued. Furthermore, RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not provide an opinion or make recommendations to the Board of Directors or any members of the Company with respect to whether to approve the proposed restructuring and/or exercise any subscription rights received. Further, RSM McGladrey did not express an opinion as to the fairness of any terms of the restructuring including, without limitation, the price per share of the common stock.

 

Nothing in the appraisal constitutes an opinion regarding the fair market value of any individual ownership interests in the Company. RSM McGladrey expresses no opinion, guarantees, or form of assurance of any kind, expressed or implied, on the potential investment performance of an investment in the Company. Readers of the appraisal should undertake a full due diligence review of the Company and make their own independent determinations of its future prospects, financial or otherwise, and the financial prudence, tax, legal, and all other ramifications of any contemplated transaction and should retain independent and qualified advisors.

 

Based upon the data, information, and analysis presented in the accompanying appraisal report, it is our opinion that the fair market value of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc., as of August 31, 2004, was $43,100,000.

 

The accompanying appraisal report describes the information considered, the process of analysis that was followed, and our value conclusion. The appraisal report also sets forth all of the special considerations, assumptions and limiting conditions pertinent to the appraisal and, as such, is an integral component in understanding the value conclusion. The appraisal report should not be distributed or circulated, quoted from or cited in any manner that is not consistent with this purpose.

 


We are pleased to provide you with the accompanying report regarding this matter and appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you. If you have any questions regarding this report, please contact us at (515) 281-9274.

 

Sincerely,

 

RSM McGladrey, Inc.
LOGO

Yale Kramer, Director

Business Valuation Services Group

LOGO

Scott Ivers, Director

Business Valuation Services Group

 


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

E XECUTIVE S UMMARY

   1

C OMPANY H ISTORY

   3

E CONOMIC O VERVIEW AND O UTLOOK

   17

I NDUSTRY O VERVIEW AND O UTLOOK

   20

F INANCIAL A NALYSIS

   22

S TRENGTHS AND W EAKNESSES

   37

V ALUATION A NALYSIS

   38

V ALUATION C ONCLUSION

   47

Appendix 1: Assumptions and Limiting Conditions

   49

Appendix 2: Appraisers’ Certification

   51

Appendix 3: Professional Qualifications of Appraisers

   52

Appendix 4: Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

   56

Appendix 5: Sources of Information

   70

Appendix 6: Economic Overview and Outlook

   72

Appendix 7: Industry Overview and Outlook

   83

Appendix 8: Discount and Capitalization Rates

   87

Appendix 9: Guideline Companies

   89

Appendix 10: Industry Mergers and Acquisitions

   91

Appendix 11: Endnotes

   93

 

E XHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1 Financial Statements

Exhibit 1-A – Income Statement

Exhibit 1-B – Balance Sheet

Exhibit 1-C – Pro Forma Income Statement by Business Line

Exhibit 1-D – Ratios

Exhibit 2 Sector Analysis

Exhibit 3 Asset Approach

Exhibit 4 Income Approach

Exhibit 4-A – Income Approach: Earnings Measures

Exhibit 4-B – Income Approach: Capitalization of Adjusted Net Income

Exhibit 5 Summary of Calculations

 

LOGO   Page i


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Executive Summary

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

V ALUATION A SSIGNMENT

 

We have performed an appraisal of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “FCStone” or the “Company”) as of August 31, 2004. The purpose of this engagement was to establish our opinion of the fair market value of the subject company in connection with assisting the Company in its determination of the number of shares of common stock to be issued as a result of the proposed restructuring of the Company from a cooperative to a regular business corporation. The appraisal report should not be distributed or circulated, quoted from or cited in any manner that is not consistent with this purpose.

 

RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not assist in determining the manner in which ownership interests will be converted into shares of common stock or in which subscription rights will be issued. Furthermore, RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not provide an opinion or make recommendations to the Board of Directors or any members of the Company with respect to whether to approve the proposed restructuring and/or exercise any subscription rights received. Further, RSM McGladrey did not express an opinion as to the fairness of any terms of the restructuring including, without limitation, the price per share of the common stock.

 

Nothing in the appraisal constitutes an opinion regarding the fair market value of any individual ownership interests in the Company. RSM McGladrey expresses no opinion, guarantees, or form of assurance of any kind, expressed or implied, on the potential investment performance of an investment in the Company. Readers of the appraisal should undertake a full due diligence review of the Company and make their own independent determinations of its future prospects, financial or otherwise, and the financial prudence, tax, legal, and all other ramifications of any contemplated transaction and should retain independent and qualified advisors.

 

S TANDARD OF V ALUE

 

The standard of value to be determined is fair market value. Fair market value is defined as:

 

The price, expressed in terms of cash equivalents, at which property would change hands between a hypothetical willing and able buyer and a hypothetical willing and able seller, acting at arms length in an open and unrestricted market, when neither is under compulsion to buy or sell and when both have reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts. 1

 

Implicit in the definition is the consummation of a sale as of the valuation date and the passing of title from the seller to the buyer under conditions whereby: the buyer and seller are equally motivated and neither has a bargaining advantage over the other; both parties are well informed and advised, and are acting in what they consider to be their own best interest; a reasonable time is allowed for exposure in the open market; payment is made in cash or its equivalent; and the price represents a normal consideration for the interest sold.

 

The buyer under fair market value is considered to be a “financial” and not a “strategic” buyer; that is, a buyer who contributes operating capital, and management of equivalent competence to that of the current management. This excludes the buyer who, because of other business activities, brings some “value-added” benefits to the company that will enhance the subject being valued and/or the buyer’s other business activities, i.e., being acquired by other companies in the same or a similar industry. This also excludes buyers who are already a shareholder, creditor, or a related or controlled entity that might be willing to acquire the interest at an artificially high or low price due to considerations not typical of the motivation of the arms-length financial buyer.

 

S OURCES OF I NFORMATION

 

The appraisal has been prepared with reliance on the sources of information detailed in Appendix 5 without independent verification. The information was obtained from Management, public records, and other sources considered to be informed and reliable.

 

LOGO   Page 1


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Executive Summary

 

To gain an understanding of the operations of FCStone, we interviewed Company Management, toured Company facilities, and reviewed Company information. Specifically, we interviewed Paul G. Anderson, President and CEO, and Robert Johnson, Executive Vice President and CFO.

 

To understand the environment in which the Company operates, we researched the status of and trends in the grain brokerage industry. We also analyzed economic conditions as of the valuation date and anticipated economic trends in the near term to gauge their impact on the Company and the industry in general. Furthermore, we searched for data on public and private companies comparable to FCStone, including merger and acquisition data.

 

To understand the Company’s financial condition, we completed detailed analyses of the Company’s financial statements. We reviewed financial data on public and private companies in the industry and on the industry as a whole, and compared the Company’s operating results with these data.

 

S UMMARY OF R ESULTS

 

Based on the data, information, and analysis presented in the report, it is our opinion that as of August 31, 2004, the fair market value of FCStone Group, Inc., was approximately $43,100,000.

 

In making the above determination, we considered the various appraisal methods within the market approach, the income approach, and the asset approach. After analyzing the specific facts and circumstances, we relied primarily upon the capitalization of earnings method within the income approach, giving some consideration to the asset approach, and utilizing market data as support for the income approach, as we were unable to employ a market method directly as a means of establishing value.

 

A SSUMPTIONS AND L IMITING C ONDITIONS

 

The appraisal is subject to the Statement of Assumptions and Limiting Conditions set forth in Appendix 1. These assumptions and limiting conditions are an integral component in understanding the value conclusion.

 

A PPRAISER C ERTIFICATION AND Q UALIFICATIONS

 

The appraisal has been prepared in accordance with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice, the Principals of Professional Appraisal Practice and Code of Ethics, and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers. The appraisers’ signed certification is provided in Appendix 2. A summary of the appraisers’ qualifications is included in Appendix 3.

 

LOGO   Page 2


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

COMPANY HISTORY

 

An understanding of a company’s history is fundamental to developing reasonable expectations about a company’s prospects. The history of a corporate enterprise will show its past stability or instability; its growth or lack of growth, the diversity or lack of diversity of its operations, and other facts needed to form an opinion of the degree of risk involved in the business. The history studied should include the nature of the business, its products or services, its operating and investment assets, capital structure, plant facilities, and management. Events of the past that are unlikely to reoccur in the future should be discounted, since value has a close relation to future expectancy. Consideration of a company’s history, as required by Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 59-60, the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers, is therefore an important part of the business valuation process.

 

B USINESS D ESCRIPTION

 

FCStone Group, Inc. is engaged in the commodity business, with an emphasis on commodity risk management services. Originally organized in 1978 as Farmers Commodities Corporation, a subsidiary of Agri Industries, the Company became a stand-alone organization in 1986. After the July 2000 purchase of certain assets of Saul Stone and Company and River Brokerage, Inc., a clearing firm with operations at the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Board of Trade, and the New York Mercantile Exchange, the Company reorganized to a holding company format. The Company, which changed its name to FCStone Group, Inc. in January 2002, has a stated goal to provide its customers with the platforms, instruments, and information to initiate and execute strategies that enhance their operations by minimizing commodity risk and maximizing operational margins.

 

History

 

While the Company’s corporate roots date back to 1978 when it incorporated in the State of Iowa, its operational history dates back more than 80 years. In order to understand the Company’s current breadth of commodity risk management, we have highlighted key events in the Company’s evolution over the past eight decades.

 

1924— Saul Stone & Company was formed by founder Saul Stone. Saul Stone & Company’s original operations were as a door-to-door egg wholesaler. Subsequent to formation, Saul Stone & Company gradually diversified into trading and hedging all types of commodities, including eggs, butter, meats, and grains.

 

1929— The Farmers Grain Dealers Association of Iowa, a farmer owned cooperative, was formed. Farmers Grain Dealers Association of Iowa subsequently changed its name to American Grain and Related Industries—A Farmer Owned Cooperative (“AGRI Industries”).

 

1930— During the 1930s, Saul Stone & Company became one of the first clearing members of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange.

 

1955— The Farmers Grain Dealers Association of Iowa (AGRI Industries) purchased a seat on the Chicago Board of Trade.

 

1968— The Farmers Grain Dealers Association of Iowa (AGRI Industries) began offering futures based hedging services to its members.

 

1970— During the 1970s, Saul Stone & Company became one of the major innovators on the International Monetary Market, bringing financial futures to the forefront of the industry.

 

1978— Farmers Commodities Corporation (“FCC”) began operations. It was formed by its parent company, AGRI Industries, to accommodate the need for grain hedging brokerage services for the local cooperative system.

 

1983— FCC became a clearing member of the Kansas City Board of Trade.

 

1985— FCC purchased its first seat on the Chicago Board of Trade.

 

LOGO   Page 3


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

1986— FCC became a stand-alone organization, owned by local cooperative members.

 

1987— Saul Stone & Company expanded its clearing operations to include the Chicago Board of Trade, specializing in guaranteeing trader/members to the exchange as well as servicing Saul Stone & Company’s growing retail business.

 

1988— FCC gained full clearing-member status at the Chicago Board of Trade. The Company also developed and implemented the Integrated Risk Management Program (“IMP”) and added back office operations in its Chicago office to facilitate its rapidly growing volume of trades.

 

     The Company organized its energy division.

 

1990— By 1990, Saul Stone & Company had expanded its clearing operations to include all major futures exchanges in New York. Having member status and full back office operations at these various exchanges afforded Saul Stone & Company’s wholesale, institutional, and retail customers full service clearing and execution.

 

1991— Farmers Grain Dealers, Inc. (“FGDI”) was organized to facilitate and assist its members in cash grain merchandising.

 

1992— FGDI expanded into the eastern cornbelt and initiated its specialty soybean and grain identity preservation program.

 

1996— Farmers Commodities Transportation Company (“FCTC”) was organized and built $55 million worth of grain hopper railcars. This fleet of railcars was committed to the Union Pacific Railroad (“UP”) guaranteed rail pool, making it one of the largest participants in the UP’s program.

 

1998— FGDI formed an alliance with Hurley & Associates, a farmer risk management company, to assist local elevators with producer marketing programs.

 

1999— Pete Anderson was named President and CEO after Harold Richard passed away.

 

2000— FCC invested in Lehi Mill, LLC, a value-added company, giving FCC a 25 percent ownership stake.

 

     On July 1, FCC purchased Saul Stone & Company. Following this acquisition, the Company was reorganized as a new corporation called FCStone Group, Inc., which became the parent company of all affiliated organizations.

 

     FGDI becomes a limited liability company with a minority interest acquired by subsidiaries of Mitsubishi Corporation.

 

2001— FCStone completed an extensive strategic planning process that spanned 14 months and targeted organizations up the value chain that included the livestock industry, milling and processing, food industry, transportation, manufacturing, importing, and exporting. The Company’s stated strategic mission was to link its members’ origination base to the demand of the consumer.

 

2004— FCStone Group opened a new commodity finance unit designed to function at the convergence of the banking, commodity, capital, and insurance markets. The unit is co-owned by FCStone and Sowood Commodity Partners Fund, LP.

 

C URRENT O PERATIONS

 

FCStone operates through a number of wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries with offices and facilities in twelve states and in Canada. The Company’s principal business activities consist of four operating segments as follows:

 

Commodity and Risk Management Services

 

The Company works with a broad spectrum of domestic and international customers to help manage commodity-related risks. Initially, the Company targeted grain marketing for domestic elevators, but its service programs now handle a much broader client base, including: grain and livestock producers; ingredient users; handlers, processors

 

LOGO   Page 4


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

and manufacturers; companies involved in the energy complex; commodity end users; and others with commodity-related activities.

 

The Company’s primary business in this segment is to offer commodity risk management services to its customers using futures, options, and other derivative instruments. The Company’s principal operating subsidiary is FCStone, LLC, a wholly-owned Iowa limited liability company registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) as a Futures Commission Merchant (“FCM”). Customer accounts maintained in this segment are primarily used by customers for hedging as a part of their commodity merchandising and acquisition programs. FCStone, LLC also acts as a broker for physical grain, fertilizer, and energy commodities and offers related transportation services. Over-the-counter commodity swaps and trade options are brokered by FCStone, LLC with the Company’s wholly owned limited liability company, FCStone Trading, LLC, as counterparty. The Company offers a full range of consulting, brokerage, and transaction services through its staff of risk management consultants, supported by systems used to gather, disseminate, and utilize commodity market information and intelligence.

 

The Company provides clearing and execution services on each of the major U.S. futures exchanges to commercial, professional, institutional, and retail clients. The Company is a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) and is a member of the following exchanges:

 

  Chicago Board of Trade,

 

  The Clearing Corporation,

 

  EUREX,

 

  Chicago Mercantile Exchange,

 

  NY Clearing Corporation,

 

  New York Board of Trade, and its divisions: Coffee, Sugar and Cocoa Exchange, Inc., and the New York Cotton Exchange,

 

  The New York Futures Exchange,

 

  FINEX,

 

  The New York Mercantile Exchange and its divisions; New York Mercantile Exchange and Commodity Exchange, Inc.,

 

  The Minneapolis Grain Exchange, and

 

  The Kansas City Board of Trade.

 

The Company serves its clients by providing access to the over-the-counter and physical markets, primarily through FCStone Trading, LLC. This subsidiary consolidates the buying and selling power of clients, enabling them to conduct physical transactions and off-exchange transactions where the LLC acts as principal, which are in turn offset by corresponding transactions with leading trading companies, financial institutions, and market makers. Although the Company acts as principal in these transactions, it does not take physical or derivative positions for the Company’s own account; rather, the Company places transactions back-to-back between its customers and the larger firms with which the Company maintains relationships. The Company obtains credit risk insurance or credit risk swap coverage with respect to its major derivative counterparties to protect against the possibility that a counter-party does not perform on its commitment. This protection lessens the risk associated with off-exchange commodity transactions.

 

A major component of the Company’s risk management services is consulting with customers to develop risk management programs by analyzing and assessing each customer’s individual business operations and specific needs. The most comprehensive level of service offered is provided under the Integrated Risk Management Program (“IRMP”). The IRMP is a fee-based program that is based on the philosophy of providing conservative risk management products to manage commodity and financial risk as well as adding profitability to customers’ bottom lines. There are approximately 500 accounts that are on the IRMP, domestically and internationally. IRMP is a program that quantifies the commodity and financial risks of the customer by determining relevant factors including historic revenue and expenses, physical outputs and usage, operating capacity and annual volumes. The Company

 

LOGO   Page 5


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

then takes that information and constructs a strategic marketing plan that covers the next 12 months of business. The Company consultants are then responsible for providing recommendations and helping to manage the strategies.

 

FCStone also provides transportation risk management services and other information used to manage the logistics of transporting commodities. The Company holds short-term contracts and manages long-term contracts for significant transportation assets, allowing it to reach broader markets and obtain optimum pricing for clients requiring commodities transportation services.

 

The Company has various subsidiaries that support its commodity and risk management business by offering related services, including: brokerage of customer funds into money market mutual funds; a specialized introducing broker program that allows customers to introduce futures accounts for farm producers; a real-time quote service offered in the Peoples Republic of China; and retail foreign exchange trading.

 

Clearing and Execution Services

 

The Stone Division of FCStone, LLC, offers low-cost clearing and direct execution services to professional, commercial, institutional, and retail customers including services under the service name Futures Direct ® . The Futures Direct ® program provides an efficient method of order entry to qualified clients by providing direct access to the trading floor.

 

Grain Merchandising

 

The Company acts as a dealer in, and manager of, physical grain and fertilizer through a majority interest in FGDI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. FGDI, LLC acts as a grain dealer in United States and international markets, primarily in Canada, Latin America, and the Far East, and also manages a pool of grain originated by a group of elevators in Texas. FGDI, LLC provides links between suppliers and purchasers of grain products through its network of contacts in the industry. Specifically, FGDI, LLC serves manufacturers, processors, and other users of grain products by assembling grain requirements and providing delivery thereof, both domestically and internationally. FGDI, LLC also has access to a large network of agricultural origination sources allowing it to assemble and deliver specialty crops in quantities demanded by large-scale processors and end-users. FGDI, LLC maintains physical control over the grains at each critical stage in the assembling and shipping process, allowing it to meet the quality control standards of its customers. FGDI, LLC’s activities are supported by various facilities, the most significant of which are a leased export terminal facility at the port of Mobile, Alabama, and a fleet of leased rail cars.

 

FGDI, LLC is a joint venture between the Company and subsidiaries of Mitsubishi Corporation. FCStone owns 70 percent of the joint venture and has the right to appoint four members of the management committee. Mitsubishi Corporation owns the remaining 30 percent interest in the venture and has the right to appoint one member of the management committee. FCStone is in charge of the day-to-day operations of FGDI, LLC and generally controls the venture. Mitsubishi Corporation is a significant customer for grain sold by FGDI, LLC and is contractually obligated to support use of FGDI, LLC’s Mobile, Alabama facility by providing a minimum volume of transactions.

 

Financial Services

 

FCStone offers financing and facilitation for customers to carry commodities through its wholly-owned subsidiary, FCStone Financial, Inc., and its majority ownership of FCStone Merchant Services, LLC. The primary activities of FCStone Financial, Inc. is entering into sale/repurchase agreements whereby it purchases grain evidenced by warehouse receipts subject to a simultaneous agreement to resell such grain back to the seller at a later date. FCStone Financial, Inc. also has railcars under lease that it subleases to the Company’s customers, but the margin from such activity is included in the Commodity and Risk Management Services segment.

 

LOGO   Page 6


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

FCStone Merchant Services, LLC expects to do similar transactions in energy, grain, and other commodities, as well as transactions where it shares in commodity profits with customers in exchange for financial support, but it is newly formed and does not have any material operating history.

 

F ACILITIES

 

The Company leases office space for its principal business operations. FCStone’s corporate headquarters is located in West Des Moines, Iowa, and its leased space is approximately 18,600 square feet. This lease is in place until December 31, 2009. The Company has other offices in Chicago and Bloomington, Illinois; New York, New York; Kansas City and St. Louis, Missouri; Omaha, Nebraska; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Roy, Utah; Atlanta, Georgia; Indianapolis, Indiana; Spirit Lake, Iowa; Bowling Green, Ohio; and Summit, New Jersey. FCStone also has established representative offices in Beijing and Dalian in the Peoples Republic of China. All of the Company’s offices and other principal business properties are leased.

 

FCStone has a major leased grain facility located at the port of Mobile, Alabama, and other leased grain facilities located in Indiana and Ontario, Canada. The Company owns another facility located in Columbus Grove, Ohio.

 

The Company’s Mobile facility consists of facilities for unloading of rail shipments, temporary storage, and loading of ocean-going vessels. The facility is leased from the State of Alabama for a term expiring December 1, 2012. An expansion of the storage available at Mobile was under construction at the valuation date, financed by an offering of $5.5 million in industrial development revenue bonds that are recognized as a capitalized lease for accounting purposes, supported by the lease and letters of credit which FGDI, LLC has guaranteed. The Company’s obligations at Mobile were supported by an agreement with FGDI, LLC’s minority owner (Mitsubishi Corporation) to purchase a minimum volume of grain through the facility.

 

R EGULATORY M ATTERS

 

FCStone and its various subsidiaries is regulated by several agencies and self-regulatory organizations in connection with various aspects of its business. Compliance with these regulations is material to the Company’s operations. The following describes the material licenses and registrations that the Company maintains.

 

  FCStone, LLC is a registered Futures Commission Merchant with the CFTC and a member of the NFA, both of which have regulatory authority over the Company. FCStone, LLC is also a member of all major U.S. futures exchanges. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange is its Designated Self-Regulatory Organization for regulatory purposes and the Company considers the Chicago Mercantile Exchange to be its primary regulator for FCStone, LLC. The Chicago Mercantile Exchange performs an annual audit of FCStone, LLC’s activities.

 

  FCStone Investments, Inc., is registered as a commodity pool operator with the NFA. FCStone Advisory, Inc. is registered with the NFA as a commodity trading advisor for market commentary.

 

  FCStone Forex, LLC, is subject to limited regulations as a retail foreign exchange dealer because it is considered a material affiliated person of FCStone, LLC, a registered FCM.

 

  FCC Futures, Inc., and Westown Commodities, LLC, are guaranteed introducing brokers registered with the NFA.

 

  FCC Investments, Inc. is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the National Association of Securities Dealers (“NASD”). FCC Investments must file annual FOCUS reports with the SEC and is subject to the various rules and regulations of the NASD.

 

  FGDI, LLC is licensed as a grain dealer in North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Minnesota, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio, Kentucky, Georgia, Alabama, and Ontario, Canada. FGDI, LLC also has a Canadian Federal License for grain dealing. FGDI, LLC is registered as an exporter of grain with the United States Department of Agriculture.

 

LOGO   Page 7


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

  In addition, the Company is subject to the general legal and regulatory provisions applicable to trading services and commodities dealing.

 

C OMPETITION

 

FCStone competes with a large number of firms in the area of exchange traded futures and options execution and in the area of over-the-counter transactions. The Company competes primarily on the basis of price and value of service. The Company’s competitors in the area of exchange-traded futures and options include international brokerage firms, national brokerage firms, regional brokerage firms (both cooperatives and non-cooperatives), as well as local introducing brokers, with competition driven by price and level and quality of service. Many of these competitors offer over-the-counter programs as well.

 

In addition, there are a number of financial firms and physical commodities firms that participate in the over-the-counter markets, both directly in competition with the Company and indirectly through firms such as FCStone. The Company competes in the over-the-counter market by making specialized over-the-counter transactions available to its customers in lot sizes smaller than those usually offered by major counterparties.

 

On the consulting side of the Company’s operations, Management is not aware of any firm that provides a service equivalent to that available from the Company. FCStone’s employees are in constant contact with their customers and make frequent recommendations that are designed for the purpose of educating the customer on how to best use the available tools and strategies to manage their risk and maximize their bottom line margins.

 

The grain merchandising business segment competes for both the purchase and sale of grain. Competition is intense and margins are low. The Company’s major competitors have substantially greater financial resources than FCStone, but Management believes that its relationships with cooperative customers gives the Company a broad origination capability.

 

The grain merchandising business segment competes for grain sales based on price, services, and the ability to provide the desired quantity and quality of grains. The Company’s grain merchandising operations compete with numerous grain merchandisers, including major grain merchandising companies such as Archer-Daniels-Midland; Cargill, Incorporated; CHS, Inc.; ConAgra; Bunge; and Louis Dreyfus, each of which handle grain volumes of more than one billion bushels annually.

 

In the financial services segment, FCStone competes with traditional lenders, including banks and asset based lenders. In addition, the Company also competes with specialized investment groups that seek to earn an investment return based on commodities transactions. FCStone competes on price and service and by managing commodity risks that traditional lenders may seek to avoid.

 

E MPLOYEES

 

As of the valuation date, FCStone employed 400 people. Of this total, Commodity and Risk Management Services had 180 employees; Clearing and Execution Services had 103 employees; Grain Merchandising had 85 employees; Financial Services had 2 employees, and Corporate had 30 employees. Management believes their relationship with its employees is good, and it has not suffered any work stoppages or labor disputes. None of the Company’s employees operate under a collective bargaining agreement. Many of its employees are subject to employment agreements. It is the current policy of the Company to obtain an employment agreement which contains non-competition provisions from each risk management consultant, but there are some with whom the Company does not have such agreements.

 

LOGO   Page 8


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

B OARD OF D IRECTORS

 

The Company’s business and affairs are governed by its board of directors, which consists of ten directors. The board of directors has full authority to act on behalf of the Company. The board acts collectively through meetings, committees, and Senior Management members it appoints.

 

Under the Company’s current amended and restated bylaws, there are ten directors divided into three classes. Class I has eight directors, who are nominated by the holders of Class A and Class B common stock. Class II has one director, who is nominated by the twelve largest stockholders of the Company, such stockholders being determined on the basis of the combined par value of the common and preferred stock held. Class III has one director, who is nominated by the board of directors. Class I directors are nominated by stockholders on a regional basis. All Class I directors must be residents of the region from which they are nominated and be employees of stockholders from such region.

 

  One Class I Director is a resident of and nominated by the Eastern Region, which includes Florida, Georgia, Alabama, South Carolina, North Carolina, Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, West Virginia, Maryland, Delaware, Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut, Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Vermont, New Hampshire, Maine, Ohio, Indiana, Michigan and Ontario, Canada.

 

  Three Class I Directors are residents of and nominated by the Central Region, which includes Louisiana, Mississippi, Arkansas, Missouri, Illinois, Iowa and Wisconsin.

 

  Two Class I Directors are residents of and nominated by the Northwestern Region, which includes Minnesota, North Dakota, South Dakota, Nebraska, Colorado, Wyoming, Montana, Idaho, Nevada, California, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, and Hawaii. It also includes Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, and British Columbia, Canada.

 

  Two Class I Directors are residents of and nominated by the Southwestern Region, which includes Kansas, Oklahoma, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona and Mexico.

 

The areas making up each region are set forth in the Company’s bylaws. At least three months prior to the annual meeting of stockholders, the board of directors appoints a nominating committee for each region that will be electing a board member at that election. The nominating committee for each region consists of three individuals who meet the qualifications to be a Class I director for such region and are employed by a stockholder. The nominating committee, after consideration of any person put forth by a stockholder of their region or any person that it otherwise deems qualified, provides the board at least two and not more than three director candidates for their region. These nominees are then placed on a written nominating ballot for the region it represents. The nominating ballot is delivered at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders with an instruction for each stockholder to vote for one nominee and return the ballot to the Company by a specified date before the annual meeting. The person receiving the highest number of votes on the nominating ballot is nominated for election at the annual meeting. In the event of a tie, the Chairman of the Board will provide the tie-breaking vote.

 

The Class II Director nomination process is also unique. To nominate the Class II director, the Company solicits each of the Company’s large stockholders for nominations for election. Any person nominated by at least two large stockholders is placed on a written nominating ballot. The nominating ballot is delivered at least 10 days and no more than 60 days prior to the annual meeting of stockholders with an instruction for each large stockholder to vote for one nominee and return the ballot to the Company by a specified date before the annual meeting. The person receiving the highest number of votes on the nominating ballot is nominated for election at the annual meeting. In the event of a tie, the chairman of the board will provide the tie-breaking vote.

 

The Class III Director is nominated by the board of directors. There are no specific qualifications for the Class III nominee.

 

After the nomination process is completed and the individuals are placed on the ballot for the election at the annual meeting, the directors are elected by a majority vote of stockholders in the aggregate (one vote for each share of common stock) and not on the basis of region or ownership percentage. The Company solicits proxies to vote in favor of the nominations established in the above-described process.

 

LOGO   Page 9


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

Class I, Class II and Class III Directors are further divided into three classes to serve three-year staggered terms. All directors hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of directors may have the effect of shortening a term of an incumbent director.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The board of directors meets from time to time at such time and place as may be fixed by resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors. Members of the board of directors receive a per diem payment of $300 for each activity on behalf of the Company, as well as direct reimbursement of travel expenses related to service on the board of directors.

 

Current members of the Company’s board of directors include:

 

Bruce Krehbiel, the Company’s current chairman, has served as a Class I Director since 1988. Mr. Krehbiel is the manager of the Kanza Cooperative in Luka, Kansas, where he has worked since 1986. Mr. Krehbiel has held director positions on the boards of the Midwest Chapter of the National Society of Accountants for Cooperatives, CenKan, LLC, and Agri-Business Benefit Group. Mr. Krehbiel’s current director term expires in 2005.

 

Jack Friedman , the Company’s vice chairman, has served as a Class I Director since 1996. Mr. Friedman is the manager of the Swiss Valley Ag Center in Monticello, Iowa and has been with that group for 28 years. For the past 12 years, Mr. Friedman has served as manager of Swiss Valley. Mr. Friedman has held directorships on the Industrial Telecommunications Association Board and the Land O’Lakes Feed Advisory Council. He currently serves on the board of the Iowa Institute of Cooperatives and the Dyersville Planning and Zoning Board. Mr. Friedman’s current director term expires in 2004.

 

Eric Parthemore , the Company’s Secretary and Treasurer, has served as a Class I Director since 1996. Mr. Parthemore has served as the president and chief executive officer of the Farmers Commission Company in Upper Sandusky, Ohio, since 1996. For the previous five years, he was the general manager of U.S. Commission Company. Mr. Parthemore is currently a member of the Ohio Agricultural Economic Development Council and was appointed in January 2004 to serve on the Ohio Agricultural Commodity Advisory Commission by the Secretary of Agriculture in the State of Ohio. Mr. Parthemore is a director on the Ohio Agra Business Association and serves as a trustee of the OABA Education Trust. Mr. Parthemore’s current director term expires in 2004.

 

Rolland Svoboda , who previously served as a director from January 1999 to January 2002, is currently serving a term as a Class I Director that commenced in January 2004. Mr. Svoboda is the general manager of Pro Cooperative in Gilmore City, Iowa, where he has worked since 1999. Prior to his current position, Mr. Svoboda served for five years as the general manager of Farmers Coop in Hemingford, Nebraska. Mr. Svoboda’s current director term expires in 2006.

 

Tom Leiting has served as a Class I Director since 1997. Mr. Leiting is the manager of the River Valley Cooperative in Clarence, Iowa, where he has been employed by that company or one of its parent companies for the past 17 years. Prior to his position with River Valley, Mr. Leiting was employed by Swiss Valley Farms Services for eight years. Mr. Leiting is currently a member of the Associated Benefits Corporation board of directors. He is an advisory committee member for Land O’Lakes. Mr. Leiting’s current director term expires in 2005.

 

Ron Hunter has served as a Class I director since 2002. Mr. Hunter is the general manager of Ag Valley Cooperative in Edison, Nebraska, and has been with Ag Valley since 1997. Prior to his service with Ag Valley, Mr. Hunter worked for Crestland Cooperative from 1990 to 1997. Mr. Hunter is currently a director on the board of the NIK Nonstock Marketing Cooperative. He has also previously held a directorship with the Nebraska Coop Managers Association. Mr. Hunter’s current director term expires in 2004.

 

Doug Derscheid , a Class I Director since 2003, is the manager of the Central Farmers Cooperative in O’Neill, Nebraska, where he has been employed for the past 12 years. Prior to his work with Central Farmers, Mr. Derscheid was the general manager of Farmers Cooperative Elevator in Plymouth, Nebraska for seven years. Mr. Derscheid is currently Chairman of the Board of Cooperative Mutual Insurance Company and is the treasurer for the O’Neill

 

LOGO   Page 10


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

Airport Authority. Mr. Derscheid is also a board member of the Nebraska Propane Gas Association and a Trustee for the Nebraska Managers Association. Mr. Derscheid’s current director term expires in 2005.

 

Kenneth Hahn has been a Class I Director since 2002. Mr. Hahn is the general manager of Planters Cooperative in Lone Wolf, Oklahoma, a company he has been with for a total of 30 years; 22 years as manager and 8 years as assistant manager. Mr. Hahn has held director positions with the Coop Retirement Board, Oklahoma Coop Ginners Board, and the Oklahoma Grain and Feed Association. Mr. Hahn’s current director term expires in 2006.

 

Brent Bunte has been a Class II Director since 2000. Mr. Bunte is the manager of the New Cooperative in Fort Dodge, Iowa, a Class B member of FCStone, and has been with New Cooperative for 20 years. Mr. Bunte has held directorships with First American Bank and Associated Benefits Corporation. Mr. Bunte’s current director term expires in 2005.

 

Dave Reinders, who has served as a Class III Director since 2001, is the general manager of Sunray Co-op in Sunray, Texas, a position he has held since January 2004. Prior to his service at Sunray Co-op, Mr. Reinders was general manager of United Farmers Coop in George, Iowa, for ten years. Mr. Reinders was formerly a director of the Iowa Institute of Coops, the Iowa Agri Business Association and Land O Lakes. Mr. Reinders’ current director term expires in 2006.

 

S ENIOR M ANAGEMENT

 

In addition to the Company’s board of directors, FCStone and its affiliates employs a staff of executives to manage the day-to-day business of the Company, including the following senior executives:

 

Paul G. Anderson has been employed by the Company since 1988 and has served as President and CEO since 1999. Prior to becoming president, Mr. Anderson was the Company’s vice president of operations. Mr. Anderson is the past president of the Kansas Cooperative Council and past founding chairman of the Arthur Capper Cooperative Center at Kansas State University. Mr. Anderson sits on the board of directors of Associated Benefits Corporation and is a member of the National Council of Farmer Cooperatives, the National Feed and Grain Association, and several other state associations.

 

Stephan Gutierrez has been employed as executive vice president and chief operating officer of the Company since 2002. He also serves as president of the Company’s subsidiary, FCStone Trading, LLC. Prior to his positions with FCStone, Mr. Gutierrez worked at Cargill as a trader and trading manager. Mr. Gutierrez has 29 years of experience in trading, risk, and asset management with respect to multiple commodities.

 

Robert V. Johnson has been employed as the chief financial officer of the Company since 1987. Prior to his position with the Company, Mr. Johnson was the corporate controller for Heritage Communications, Inc. a publicly traded cable television company. Mr. Johnson is a member of Financial Executives International, the Iowa Society of CPAs, and the American Institute of CPAs.

 

Jeff Soman has been employed as executive vice president of FCStone, LLC since 2000. Mr. Soman has over 25 years of experience managing the clearing, internal risk management, and brokerage facilities of several major brokerage firms. During the last 15 years, he has worked in this capacity for FCStone, LLC or one of its predecessor companies.

 

Steven Speck has served as the president and CEO of FGDI, LLC since 2001. Prior to 2001 he served as the vice president-specialty crops of the Company for 9 years.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The goal of the Company’s executive compensation policy has been to ensure that an appropriate relationship exists between executive pay, the Company’s financial performance, and the creation of member/stockholder value, while at the same time motivating and retaining key employees. Individual salaries are also based upon an evaluation of other factors, such as individual past performance, potential with the Company and level and scope of responsibility.

 

LOGO   Page 11


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Company has the following employment agreements with its senior managers:

 

  Pete Anderson, the Company’s CEO, has signed an employment agreement that runs for unlimited successive annual terms. Each annual term ends on the date of the Company’s annual meeting. Either party may either terminate the agreement or convert it into an employment at will arrangement by notifying the other party of such intention within 10 days after the date of the annual meeting. During an annual term, the agreement may be terminated by the Company for cause, by the CEO for good reason, or upon the death of the CEO. There is no provision of the agreement that provides for severance payments to the CEO upon termination of the agreement.

 

  All of the Company’s other senior executive officers have signed agreements that provide that their employment is at will. These agreements may be terminated at any time and the Company is not obligated to make severance payments to the officer. The agreements contain a non-competition provision that runs for periods ranging from one year to eighteen months after termination.

 

O WNERSHIP

 

The Company operates as a nonexempt cooperative under Sections 1381 through 1388 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company has an equity plan whereby each member’s individual contribution to equity is determined by reference to its individual volume of futures business with FCStone, LLC or grain merchandising business with FGDI, LLC.

 

This is achieved by the distribution of non-cash current patronage in the form of preferred stock. Current patronage is paid as 40 percent in cash, with the balance allocated:

 

  First to offset amounts unpaid on subscriptions of Class A common stock (Class B common stock is paid in full as a condition of membership);

 

  Second, in the form of distribution of Series I preferred stock to meet minimum Series I preferred stock requirements as provided in the plan;

 

  Third, paid in the form of distribution of Series II preferred stock for remaining FGDI, LLC patronage to meet minimum Series II preferred stock requirements; and

 

  Fourth, any remaining balance is payable in cash to the extent the board of directors determines that the Company has sufficient resources to make such payment consistent with prudent business practice.

 

LOGO   Page 12


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

The following table furnishes information, as of August 31, 2004, regarding beneficial ownership of FCStone’s common and preferred stock by the Company’s largest stockholders and directors:

 

Largest Shareholders


   Class A
Common Stock


    Class B
Common Stock


    Preferred Stock

 

Heartland Cooperative

   —      —       1    20 %   117.72    0.91 %

Farmers Cooperative Co.

   —      —       1    20 %   160.00    1.23 %

West Central Cooperative

   —      —       1    20 %   236.40    1.82 %

Farmland Industries

   —      —       1    20 %   931.33    7.16 %

New Cooperative

   —      —       1    20 %   112.60    0.87 %

Swiss Valley Ag Center (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       80.98    0.62 %

Kanza Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       75.02    0.58 %

River Valley Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       102.98    0.79 %

The Farmers Commission Company (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       33.00    0.25 %

Sunray Co-op (Class III Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       30.72    0.24 %

Pro Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       115.82    0.89 %

Central Farmers Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       149.23    1.15 %

Ag Valley Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       104.04    0.80 %

Planters Cooperative (Class I Director)

   1    0.21 %   —      —       42.86    0.33 %
    
  

 
  

 
  

Total largest shareholders & directors

   9    1.87 %   5    100 %   2,292.70    17.64 %

Total Outstanding Shares

   482    100 %   5    100 %   13,000    100 %

 

As of the valuation date, no officer of the Company held any shares of stock. However, following is a listing of officers and directors who have other relationships with the Company’s shareholders:

 

  Class II Director Brent Bunte is manager of New Cooperative in Fort Dodge, Iowa.

 

  Vice Chairman and Class I Director Jack Friedman is manager of Swiss Valley Ag Center in Monticello, Iowa.

 

  Chairman and Class I Director Bruce Krehbiel is manager of Kanza Cooperative in Luka, Kansas.

 

  Class I Director Tom Leiting is manager of River Valley Cooperative in Clarence, Iowa.

 

  Secretary, Treasurer, and Class I Director Eric Parthemore is president and CEO of The Farmers Commission Company in Upper Sandusky, Ohio.

 

  Class III Director Dave Reinders is general manager of Sunray Co-op in Sunray, Texas.

 

  Class I Director Rolland Svoboda is general manager of Pro Cooperative in Gilmore City, Iowa.

 

  Class I Director Doug Derscheid is manager of Central Farmers Cooperative in O’Neill, Nebraska.

 

  Class I Director Ron Hunter is general manager of Ag Valley Cooperative in Edison, Nebraska.

 

  Class I Director Kenneth Hahn is manager of Planters Cooperative in Lone Wolf, Oklahoma.

 

Proposed Restructuring: Purpose of the Appraisal

 

The board of directors of the Company and its Senior Management have proposed a significant structural change to the Company’s form of business. The restructuring will be effected by converting the existing shares of common and preferred stock and patronage-based rights in the Company into shares of a new class of common stock, and by amending the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws to terminate the Company’s cooperative status and end the patronage-based rights accruing to the Company’s members.

 

LOGO   Page 13


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

In the restructuring, existing member stock consisting of Class A and Class B common stock, and/or preferred stock will be converted into shares of a new class of common stock. Generally, each shareholder will receive one share of new common stock for each $10.00 in current stock held, after giving effect to the application of patronage dividends for the fiscal year ended on August 31, 2004. Patronage based rights of members as of August 31, 2004 will be converted into shares of new common stock and nontransferable subscription rights based on a formula that takes into account the appraised value of the Company and the last three years of patronage by each member. The subscription rights will permit stockholders to purchase 100 additional shares of new common stock for each 200 shares of new common stock received in the conversion of patronage-based rights at a cost of $10.00 per share. Additional investment in the Company will be solicited from existing shareholders, and Management anticipates that an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) will be established.

 

These transactions will result in an offering of the new common stock to the Company’s existing common and preferred shareholders. The new common stock of the Company will remain subject to substantial restrictions on transfer. No public market currently exists for these securities and no public market is expected to develop for these securities.

 

The total number of shares of new common stock to be distributed will be determined by dividing the fair market value of the Company, as determined by this appraisal, by $10.00. Each member’s existing stock ownership represented by common stock or subscriptions, and preferred stock will be converted by distribution of shares of new common stock at a conversion rate of one share of new common stock per $10.00 in current stock held. The remaining shares of new common stock will be distributed based on each member’s pro-rata share of patronage determined by a formula based on patronage for the last three fiscal years, including the year ending August 31, 2004. In the case of Class A members, the formula utilizes the actual patronage paid during the three-year period. In the case of Class B members, the patronage will be limited to $1.35 per round turn trade, which is less than the patronage paid to those members.

 

Historically, the commissions paid by Class A and Class B members have not been comparable. As a result, the patronage amounts paid are not comparable between the two classes. The patronage amount for Class B members was adjusted downward by the Company to arrive at a more accurate reflection of the relative patronage. The formula to be used is intended by the Company to fairly allocate shares of new common stock between the two classes of members.

 

As part of an on-going analysis of the business, the board of directors and senior Management have identified several primary factors which led them to recommend the proposed restructuring to the stockholders. They include:

 

  Given the competitive nature of the industries in which the Company does business, Management believes that the Company will need significant capital resources to fund on-going and future activities. If the business were to continue operating on a cooperative basis, its ability to raise and retain capital would be limited. After the restructuring, the Company will be able to issue common equity more freely and have the flexibility to raise new capital in a timely fashion.

 

  Management expects the restructuring to afford greater flexibility to retain earnings and to position the Company to have greater access to capital, both of which Management believes are necessary to allow the business to keep pace with the growth, consolidation and cost structure within the commodities/futures industry. The restructuring will allow the Company to form an ESOP and to issue nontransferable subscription rights to purchase additional shares of new common stock in connection with the restructuring, the proceeds of which will increase the Company’s capital and improve the balance sheet.

 

  Management believes that the restructuring may improve the liquidity of the owner’s investment in the Company. Currently, common and preferred stock may be transferred only as an incident of membership in the Company. After the restructuring, a stockholder may transfer its common shares to (a) any other holder of common shares (unless the transferee would hold more than five percent of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock after the transfer), or (b) any person approved in advance by the board of directors. In addition, it is the current intention of the board of directors to redeem a limited number of common shares every year, although the board will not be obligated to redeem any shares.

 

LOGO   Page 14


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

  Management believed that the likely tax impact of the restructuring upon the Company and its stockholders, the loss of the patronage dividend deduction, and the additional costs of being a public company are acceptable, given the expected benefits to both the business enterprise and the Company’s stockholders.

 

  Growth of the business with non-members has reduced the significance of its cooperative status and pushed it closer to the boundaries of the definition of a cooperative under applicable law.

 

  The restructuring will allow the Company to make distributions to its stockholders based on their equity interests rather than their patronage.

 

  The restructuring will allow the Company to retain most aspects of its current system of corporate governance. Management intends to limit the transfer of common stock of the Company to cooperatives and the ESOP. Management will also maintain its existing system of nominating eight Class I board members on a regional basis, with one Class II board member being nominated by the 12 largest stockholders and the ESOP, and one Class III board member being nominated by the other board members. However, after the restructuring, the nominating procedure will only indicate the stockholders’ preference for certain nominees. The board of directors will be responsible for selecting all nominees, after consideration of the stockholders’ preferred nominees.

 

  The restructuring will unlock the value of the Company which to date has not been fully recognized in the value of the existing membership interests. Management believes the restructuring will enhance the value of the individual ownership interests of members in the Company by converting such interests into stock with an investment value more directly related to the value of the Company.

 

Other Recapitalization Issues

 

Other issues relating to the Company’s recapitalization include:

 

  Patronage-based Rights— After the restructuring, the Company will no longer be considered a cooperative under Subchapter T of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and will not be eligible to pay patronage dividends. No patronage-based rights of any kind will accrue to members for business done with the Company after August 31, 2004.

 

  Redemption Right of the Company— The Company will retain the right to redeem from stockholders that do not transact any business with or through the Company for two consecutive years the shares of new common stock received in the restructuring, for a period of five years from the closing of the restructuring. This redemption right will not apply to shares purchased pursuant to the subscription rights offering. The Company will also retain a lien on issued common stock for indebtedness of the holder to the corporation or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

  Qualifications to Hold Stock— Following the restructuring, the articles of incorporation will no longer limit ownership of new common stock to agricultural cooperatives. Ownership of new common stock will be available to any individual, corporation, or other entity that properly acquires such shares subject to the transfer requirements for the Company’s common stock set forth in the bylaws.

 

  Voting Rights— Holders of new common stock will vote on matters such as the election or removal of directors, mergers, sales of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, dissolution of the Company, and certain amendments to the amended and restated articles of incorporation. On such voting matters, each share of new common stock will have one vote, except to the extent the common stock held exceeds five percent of the issued and outstanding shares. Any shares held in excess of five percent are entitled to only 1/100th of a vote per share. Voting at a meeting of stockholders may be done either in person or, if authorized by the board of directors, by mail ballot or by proxy. Shares of preferred stock issued hereafter will have no voting rights unless required by law.

 

  Meetings of Stockholders and Quorum— Under the new bylaws, the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company will be held on a date and at a time and place fixed by the board of directors. Special meetings may be called by the board of directors, or by an officer of the Company, upon the request of twenty-five percent of the stockholders entitled to cast a vote. Twenty-five percent of the shares of new common stock entitled to vote at an annual meeting of stockholders will constitute a quorum.

 

LOGO   Page 15


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Company History

 

  Dividends— Dividends may be, but are not required to be, paid on the new common stock. Any decision to grant dividends, including the size and timing of dividends, is subject to the discretion of the board of directors.

 

  Restrictions on Transfer of Stock— The bylaws may establish certain restrictions on the ability of stockholders to transfer shares. The Company’s new bylaws will allow the transfer of shares of new common stock to: (a) any other holder of new common stock, provided that the transferee will not hold more than five percent of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Company after the transfer, and (b) any transferee approved in advance by the board of directors. New common stock issued pursuant to the restructuring is not otherwise transferable. Shares held by the ESOP will be transferable as provided in the plan.

 

  Dissolution— A proposal for dissolution will require the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the outstanding shares of common stock. Upon dissolution of the Company, subject to any priority distributions of any future class of preferred stock, the assets of the Company will be distributed first to cover debts, obligations, and liabilities of the Company, and then the balance, if any, to the holders of common stock.

 

  Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws— The Company’s new articles of incorporation may be amended from time to time by proposal of the board of directors to the stockholders that is approved by the stockholders. Any amendment to the provision of the articles requiring a three-fourths vote of the stockholders to adopt a proposal for dissolution requires the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the outstanding common shares. At any meeting of the stockholders at which a proposed amendment is duly submitted to the meeting in the manner prescribed by law, modifications or revisions of such proposed amendment may be submitted, voted upon and adopted at such meeting in the same manner, and to the same effect, as the original proposed amendment. The bylaws may be amended from time to time by the board of directors.

 

  Subscription Rights— Any member who receives shares of new common stock pursuant to the conversion of patronage based rights will also receive a nontransferable subscription right, which is a limited time right to purchase additional shares of new common stock. Each subscription right gives the holder the right to purchase 100 shares of new common stock for each 200 shares of new common stock received in the restructuring in exchange for patronage-based rights. The subscription rights will be issued in 100 share blocks, rounded up to the next highest multiple of 100. The subscription rights must generally be exercised in full. Partial exercises are only allowed if the subscription is for at least 1,000 shares of new common stock. The exercise price of subscription rights will be $10.00 per share.

 

LOGO   Page 16


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

ECONOMIC OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

 

An understanding of the economic outlook is fundamental to developing reasonable expectations about a company’s prospects, as the economic environment in which a business functions influences management’s decisions about the operation and direction of the company. On a larger scale, trends in the industry in which the business operates are influenced by the economy, and prospects for most business enterprises depend on general economic conditions. Investors consider the economic environment as they judge the relative risks and rewards of a particular investment versus alternative investment opportunities. Consideration of economic conditions, as required by Revenue Ruling 59-60, the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers is therefore an important part of the business valuation process.

 

N ATIONAL E CONOMY

 

The discouraging economic data released during August 2004 was enough to begin speculation that the economy might be on the verge of losing momentum. The data showed that real GDP growth slowed to just 3 percent and consumer spending grew just 1 percent in the second quarter. Next, the employment reports for July and August came in well short of expectations. Then nominal oil prices hit several new highs, and those led to an annual rate of increase of 27 percent for the first half of the year in consumer energy prices.

 

That was enough bad news for the bond markets: yields on the 10-year Treasury notes increased from 4.35 on July 28th to 4.93 on August 31st. Despite the hand wringing, many economists speculated that it was anything more than a temporary hiccup as the sectors of the economy settle into different roles in the next phase of the recovery.

 

On the positive side, exports rose 13.2 percent in the second quarter, spending by businesses ratcheted up 10 percent, construction spending on offices and warehouses increased 5 percent, and businesses were beginning to add to their inventories. During the first and second quarters combined, inventory accumulation rose nearly $90 billion. Moreover, as inventory levels were currently low, just getting inventories to a level where firms feel comfortable should provide a significant boost to the economy.

 

Yet, the most significant boost to the economy during the second half of 2004 will come from the accumulation of unfilled orders as the backlog of orders for manufacturers rose by 14 percent. What this meant was that a large part of the production for the second half of the year was already locked in.

 

However, one question that the Fed would be wrestling with at its next monetary policy meeting on September 21 was whether consumption spending would accelerate from the moribund one-percent annualized growth rate of the second quarter. The unexpectedly weak spending pattern during the April-to-June quarter reflected the rise to record levels in crude oil prices (which kept gas prices high, further taking a bite out of family disposable income), a lackluster stock market, and the rise in interest rates from March’s lows. It appeared that oil prices may have peaked; world oil prices were down about 10 percent from the record, but still had a large “risk premium” reflecting the uncertainty in the Middle East and potential disruptions from the Yukos scandal in Russia. While oil prices were high in nominal terms, they remained well below the record real prices of the early 1980s: West Texas Intermediate peaked in nominal value in August, but that was still 50 percent below the April 1980 record in real value.

 

Common stocks have continued to under-perform, but this has been offset by the continued strength in home-equity wealth creation through home-value gains. Interest rates have also trended down over the third quarter, helping to bolster consumer finances.

 

The main question for economists and investors at the end of August 2004 was whether the Fed would raise interest rates in September. Traders appear to think so: contracts for federal funds futures implied that traders assign a nearly 100 percent likelihood to a quarter point increase at the next Fed meeting. Whatever the outcome of the Fed’s deliberations, interest rates were likely to remain low on a historical basis.

 

Short-term forecasts for real economic growth were for 4.3 percent growth for all of 2004, slowing to 3.5 percent in 2005. Factoring in inflation, nominal growth rates would be a healthy 7.0 percent gain in 2004 and 5.9 percent in

 

LOGO   Page 17


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

2005. Over the longer term, real economic growth was expected to be 3.2 percent while nominal growth was forecast to average 5.5 percent over the 2006 to 2013 period.

 

     Short-Term

   Long-Term

     2003

   2004F

   2005F

   2006-2013F

Real GDP

   3.1    4.3    3.5    3.2

Inflation

   1.9    2.7    2.4    2.3
    
  
  
  

Nominal Growth Rates

   5.0    7.0    5.9    5.5

 

A complete discussion of the national economy is included in Appendix 6.

 

International Economy

 

With the slump of business investment finally over in 2004, the world economy was experiencing a strong and sustainable recovery. Asia remained buoyant, with China close to overheating and Japan enjoying a much stronger and broader recovery than expected. While the United States economy had already been growing well above potential, other English-speaking countries, which took part only marginally in the past slowdown, were cruising ahead.

 

However, the recovery was bypassing Continental Europe, where domestic demand and household expenditure remained weak. Core Continental European countries were still struggling to revive their economies, with Germany and Italy facing the most difficult challenges.

 

In Continental Europe, consumer confidence remained weak, keeping precautionary saving up and demand down. This lack of confidence was driving a wedge between incomes and effective demand that may blunt the stimulus from the world recovery. Thus, the European recovery could be even less impressive than expected. Because of these lingering uncertainties about the strength of the recovery and in light of subdued inflationary pressures, there seemed to be a case for a further loosening of monetary policy. By supporting economic activity at a crucial juncture, analysts believed that more accommodating monetary conditions would also facilitate the necessary consolidation of European public finances.

 

Looking further ahead, analysts saw good reasons to expect a more evenly shared recovery. The world recovery had achieved enough momentum to start pulling European economies out of their domestic anemia, provided a degree of exchange-rate stability prevails in the months to come. Conversely, growth in the United States and China should moderate somewhat as monetary stimulus is progressively withdrawn by central banks. The partial narrowing of growth differentials across regions would not be sufficient, however, for the existing current account imbalances to unwind.

 

While becoming broader-based, the world recovery should also benefit from continued price stability. Despite recent increases in oil and commodity prices, analysts believed that inflationary pressures should remain relatively subdued over the next few quarters, against the background of the substantial economic slack that remains in many regions. Where the recovery is more advanced, timely monetary tightening should help contain mild inflationary pressures.

 

Although this most world economic outlooks depict a relatively smooth scenario, a number of risks surround the latter. Chief amongst them is the risk of the world recovery remaining even more polarized than expected. Some countries could well expand too fast for lack of appropriate withdrawal of policy stimulus while others might remain mired in a “low activity-low confidence” trap. Such cumulative divergences would in turn worsen current account imbalances and financial uncertainties.

 

LOGO   Page 18


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

Consensus Forecasts:

World Economic Activity


   Real GDP Growth
(annual % increase)


   Consumer Prices
(annual % increase)


   Current Account Balance
(in US$ billions)


   2003

   2004F

   2005F

   2003

   2004F

   2005F

   2003

   2004F

   2005F

Australia

   3.0    3.5    3.4    2.8    2.4    2.4    -30.4    -32.6    -29.4

Canada

   2.0    2.9    3.4    2.8    1.8    2.0    17.0    26.2    23.2

China

   9.1    8.7    7.7    1.2    3.6    3.5    45.9    18.8    16.9

France

   0.5    2.1    2.1    2.1    2.1    1.7    5.4    10.0    12.1

Germany

   -0.1    1.7    1.7    1.1    1.6    1.3    52.9    80.7    81.1

Italy

   0.4    1.1    1.9    2.7    2.3    2.1    -20.8    -21.9    -21.6

Japan

   2.5    4.2    1.8    -0.3    -0.1    0.0    136.0    171.0    178.0

Mexico

   1.3    3.8    3.6    4.0    4.1    3.8    -9.2    -11.5    -15.5

Russia

   7.3    6.8    5.7    12.0    10.5    9.2    35.9    35.8    23.4

South Korea

   3.1    5.4    4.9    3.6    3.3    3.0    12.3    21.8    17.7

Taiwan

   3.2    5.5    4.5    -0.3    1.1    1.4    29.2    22.2    19.9

United Kingdom

   2.2    3.2    2.7    2.8    2.4    2.4    -33.3    -48.6    -50.6

North America (US & Canada)

   3.0    4.4    3.7    2.3    2.5    2.3    -514.0    -569.0    -574.0

Latin America

   1.6    4.6    3.7    7.6    7.4    6.7    8.2    5.3    -8.5

Western Europe

   0.8    2.2    2.2    2.1    1.9    1.8    77.1    106.3    109.5

European Union

   1.0    2.2    2.3    2.1    2.0    1.9    -4.8    13.6    14.6

Eastern Europe

   5.6    5.5    5.1    11.1    8.3    7.4    2.4    -3.7    -18.5

Asia Pacific

   3.7    5.1    3.3    0.5    1.1    1.2    261    262    260

Other countries

   4.0    3.4    3.0    3.7    2.9    3.6    25.3    25.2    9.6

WORLD TOTAL

   2.6    4.0    3.2    2.4    2.5    2.3               

 

Summary

 

Although the Company appeared to have weathered the economic recession/downturn relatively well, there was little doubt that the slow economy and lower interest rates affecting the Company’s growth in 2002 and 2003. On the positive side, the Company was benefiting from the economic resurgence and higher interest rates in 2004. In addition, world economic activity appeared to be growing at a faster pace as well, with world nominal growth (real GDP plus inflation) forecast to hit 6.5 percent for all of 2004 and 5.5 percent in 2005.

 

While the economy plays a large role in the Company’s performance, the affects of the latest recession/downturn seem to have been limited to date. However, if the apparent recovery stalls, or is weaker than expected, it could have a larger negative impact on the Company.

 

LOGO   Page 19


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

 

An understanding of the condition and outlook of a company’s particular industry is fundamental to developing reasonable expectations about a company’s prospects, as the industry environment in which a business functions has a large influence on management’s decisions about the operation and direction of the company. Investors consider the industry environment as they judge the relative risks and rewards of a particular investment versus alternative investment opportunities. Consideration of industry conditions, as required by Revenue Ruling 59-60, the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers, is an important part of the business valuation process.

 

I NDUSTRY

 

Futures and Options Trading

 

Over the last three decades, the futures and options industry has grown exponentially, from approximately $0.5 billion to more than $65 billion. While overall futures and options trading volume growth slowed in 2003, volume still increased a healthy 30 percent in 2003 to a record 1.9 billion contracts. During the first quarter of 2004, U.S. exchanges experienced another huge boom in volume, as overall futures and options trading volume increased 41.9 percent on a year-over-year basis to 682.3 million contracts.

 

Meanwhile, agricultural commodities trading increased to 11.7 million contracts during the first quarter of 2004, up 52.1 percent over the first quarter of 2003. A large percentage of that increase was at the Chicago Board of Trade, where the two largest U.S. agriculture futures contracts, corn and soybeans, increased trading by 68.0 percent (2.7 million contracts) and 53.3 percent (1.9 million contracts), respectively. Sugar, the most actively traded contract at the New York Board of Trade, traded 50.1 percent more in the first quarter of 2004 with a total of 2.7 million contracts for that period after setting a record in trading volume in February, then surpassing that record in March.

 

Analysts expected that futures and options growth would continue in the near- and long-term future, as firms would continue to minimize their risks as volatile financial markets and the geopolitical climate were not expected to stabilize anytime soon.

 

Agribusiness

 

In the first half of 2004, agribusiness processors and farmers benefited from strong domestic demand despite concerns about the safety of the U.S. food supply. Higher prices for pork and chicken meat products spurred earnings growth at major meat processing companies, reflecting the growing popularity of high-protein diets. Crop processors’ results benefited from higher feed demand from meat processors and improved worldwide economic conditions. However, beef processors were hurt by lower demand for and supplies of beef following the discovery of bovine spongiform encephalopathy (“BSE”, or “mad cow” disease) in the United States and Canada.

 

Analysts expected that improved worldwide economies in 2005, coupled with an improved commodity environment during the 2004 crop year, will aid farmers as well as the agribusiness processors. Analysts expected farmers to receive higher prices for their crops in the 2004/05 marketing year, as increases in plantings and yields and in international demand should lead to higher cash receipts for 2005. For the crop processors, analysts forecasted that sales would rise 5 to 7 percent, as growing worldwide demand improves pricing and spurs volume growth.

 

Despite increased labor expenses, margins should benefit from lower raw material costs, cost-reduction programs, and merger synergies. Although agribusiness firms will be hurt by high commodity prices for the remainder of 2004, results should benefit in 2005 from lower commodity prices expected in the 2004/05 marketing year. In a more favorable commodity environment, analysts forecasted operating profit growth in the low to mid-teens.

 

LOGO   Page 20


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

FCStone

 

The prolonged improvement in the world economy and domestic agribusiness industry should continue to improve the Company’s short-term prospects for growth, while the overall growth of the futures and options industry bodes well for FCStone’s short- and long-term growth potential.

 

A complete discussion of the futures and options trading and agribusiness industries is included in Appendix 7.

 

LOGO   Page 21


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

 

Financial analysis helps to identify and quantify some of a company’s strengths and weaknesses, enables us to understand a company’s current financial position, and provides a starting point in estimating a company’s future financial performance and earnings potential. A description of the processes of financial analysis appears as Appendix 4. These processes include ratio analysis, trend line analysis, and common-size statement analysis.

 

Condensed financial information for FCStone is presented in the attached exhibits. This information was primarily extracted from the Company’s audited (unqualified opinion from KPMG, LLP) financial statements for the years ending August 31, 2000 through August 31, 2004. The information presented is included solely to assist in the development of the value conclusion presented in this report, and should not be used to obtain credit or any other purpose. Because of the limited purpose of these presentations, they may be incomplete and contain departures from generally accepted accounting principles. We have not audited, reviewed, or compiled these presentations and express no assurance on them.

 

A DJUSTMENTS TO F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

 

When valuing a closely held business, an analysis of the historical financial statements must be done to determine the true future economic earnings capacity that will be available to a hypothetical willing buyer. The ownership interest being valued determines the adjustments that are considered necessary in a valuation of a company. The appraiser should make only those adjustments, which are within the authority of the interest being valued. Adjustments for accounting practices and/or GAAP and non-recurring items are appropriate when valuing either a minority interest or a controlling interest because the adjustment is made to measure normal earnings. Adjustments for non-operating items are appropriate when valuing a controlling interest because a controlling interest has the ability to liquidate or otherwise realize the value of the non-operating asset while a minority interest does not have this ability. Likewise, adjustments for discretionary items are appropriate when valuing a controlling interest because a controlling interest has the ability to change the discretionary item and the minority interest does not have this ability. Because the subject of this appraisal is a controlling interest, all potential adjustments are given consideration.

 

Based upon our analysis and discussions with Management, it is necessary to make the following adjustments to earnings to gain a better understanding of expected earnings going forward. Additional information with regards to the adjustments is also presented in Exhibit 4-A.

 

  Historically, Class B members where charged a higher commission on transactions and then received a patronage equal to approximately half of the original fee. Going forward, Management has indicated that the transaction costs will be approximately half the historical rate and the patronage will no longer be paid. Thus, the net earnings from Class B transactions will be significantly lower, as revenue will be significantly less and the related expenses will essentially remain the same (patronage was not recorded as an expense in the past when calculating the net earnings). In order to restate the historical earnings from Class B transactions, we reduced the earnings from Class B transactions by 90 percent per Management’s estimate; Class B earnings in 2005 are projected at approximately 10 percent of what they would have been under the old pricing and reimbursement strategy.

 

  In certain years, the Company recognized gains on the sale of Chicago Board of Trade stock, which were considered to be nonrecurring. These amounts were subtracted from 2004, 2003 and 2000 earnings.

 

  In 2004, $600,000 was received as reimbursement for prior legal expenses. Given the reimbursement relates to a legal matter from prior years, the $600,000 repayment was subtracted from 2004 earnings and reclassified to the years to which it relates. Management estimated that it related to legal fees in prior years of approximately $250,000 in 2003, $250,000 in 2002, and $100,000 in 2001.

 

LOGO   Page 22


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

  In 2004, a $266,000 loss related to the Enron Corp. bankruptcy was recorded. Management considers the loss to be a one-time event and thus was eliminated from 2004 earnings.

 

  Earnings before tax was adjusted to eliminate the earnings attributable to the minority interests of FGDI, LLC and FCStone Merchant Services, LLC (30 percent minority interests in each). Likewise, when calculating adjusted simple cash flow, it was necessary to adjust depreciation and capital expenditures by an amount that is attributable to the minority interest’s cash flow in the subsidiaries which are not 100 percent owned.

 

  As a result of the reorganization, the Company will be taxed as a standard C corporation in the future. Thus, in order to utilize the historical earnings as a means for estimating expected future earnings, historical earnings have been adjusted for income taxes using a blended rate (federal and state) of 38 percent, applied to earnings before taxes in order to eliminate the effect of any taxes paid in the past.

 

I NCOME S TATEMENT A NALYSIS

 

Historical Income Statements

 

Historical income statements for the years ending August 31, 2000 through August 31, 2004 are presented in Exhibit 1-A. Income statements were analyzed in order to determine the strengths and weaknesses of the Company and to assist in determining the future earnings potential, which could be expected. The significant findings of the analysis are summarized in the following sections.

 

Revenue

 

The following graph depicts the composition and trends of the Company’s revenue over the prior five fiscal years. For purposes of this analysis, the net sales of grain and fuel and the cost of grain and fuel have been utilized (gross margin from purchase and sale of grain and fuel).

 

LOGO

 

Note:

   “Commissions” represents commissions earned on commodity futures and options.
     “Service” represents service, consulting, and brokerage fees earned.
     “Grain and Fuel” represents the gross margin earnings from the purchase and sale of grain and fuel.
     “Clearing” represents clearing and transaction fees earned.
     “Other” represents all other miscellaneous income sources.

 

During the five years ending August 30, 2004:

 

 

The Company’s revenue, net of fuel and grain costs, increased from $41.8 to $101.7 million, or 24.9 percent compounded annually. While the Company’s member-owners have been its primary source of revenue in the past, over the last five years the Company has realized a significant increase in its non-member business revenue. This increase

 

LOGO   Page 23


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

 

was a result of the Company expanding its risk management services into other commodities in addition to its traditional grain-marketing base. Management expects this trend to continue at an accelerated rate as the Company offers more risk management programs and services to other industries and companies to help them manage their commodity risks.

 

  The majority of revenue growth can be attributed to “Commissions” growth, which increased from $23.2 million in 2000 to $50.4 million in 2004, or 21.4 percent compounded annually.

 

  Growth was also accelerated by “Clearing” and transaction fees, which were negligible in 2000 and 2001 before growing to $3.8 million in 2002, $7.0 million in 2003, and $16.0 million in 2004.

 

  The Company’s “Service” fees grew at a more subdued, yet respectable rate of 13.1 percent compounded annually during the period, growing from $7.7 in 2000 to $12.6 million in 2004.

 

  “Grain and Fuel” revenue from the Company’s more traditional heritage grew from $6.1 in 2000 to $15.9 million in 2004, or 27.1 percent compounded annually. It is important to note that historically, the Company has reported the revenue from its grain and fuel operations (primarily FGDI, LLC) as the gross margins earned from the purchase and sale of grain and fuel. In future years, the Company will begin reporting gross revenue from its grain and fuel operations in its financial statements ($1.4 billion in 2004). Because of the large size of these revenue, and small gross profit margin (1.0 percent in 2004), we chose to utilize the Company’s historical method of reporting revenue in an effort to make meaningful comparisons between the Company’s different operations.

 

  Other income fluctuated over the period, ranging from a low of approximately $469,000 in 2002 to a high of approximately $2.3 million in 2004.

 

  The Company’s interest income has been relatively flat over the past three years, despite the increase in volume / revenue. Excluding a spike to $6.0 million in 2001, interest income has ranged from a low of $3.6 million in 2002 to a high of $4.8 million in 2003. While interest income typically is accounted for in “other income and expenses” in most businesses’ financial statements, due to the nature of the Company’s operations and services, interest income is an integral part of the Company’s earnings stream and enters into many of the strategic and tactical decisions made by Company Management. Had the interest rate environment not be so depressed during the past several years (reaching unprecedented lows), interest income would have likely been greater than the results in 2001 given the Company’s volume of business. Unlike many other businesses, the Company benefits from a somewhat higher interest rate environment.

 

Profits

 

The following graph depicts the trends of the Company’s profits over the prior five fiscal years:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   Page 24


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Despite the Company’s significant revenue growth over the last five years, profitability has not exhibited the same upward trend. Significant findings related to the analysis of the various earnings measures are as follows:

 

  Between 2000 and 2001, revenue and volume increased and the Company’s profitability followed suit.

 

  Following 2001, profitability dropped and only rebounded to 2000 and 2001 levels by 2004.

 

  The Company’s operating expenses have been relatively flat as a percentage of revenue over the past three years, despite a significant increase in interest expense in 2003 and 2004. The increase is primarily related to the grain operation of the business and the international exporting of grain. Management indicated that exporting typically results in a longer holding period and thus higher interest expense, although the interest expense is typically recovered through pricing.

 

  Per discussions with Management, a decline in interest income played a significant role in the drop in profitability. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenue trended upward during 2000, 2001 and 2002, and dropped slightly as a percentage of revenue by 2004. Thus, had the interest rate environment not declined (rates that could be charged declined), and interest income followed a similar upward trend as the remainder of the Company’s revenue earnings results would not have dipped as significantly.

 

  The growth of the Company revenue over the last several years, combined with relatively flat operating expenses (as measured as a percentage of revenue) more than offset the negative trend in revenue from interest.

 

  Management is expecting revenue from interest income and the Company’s overall profitability to continue to improve over the next three to five years.

 

Analysis by Segment

 

While the Company generally breaks its incoming revenue stream into five primary categories (Commissions, Service, Sales of Grain and Fuel, Clearing, and Interest), the nature of the Company’s operations essentially can be separated into two distinct categories: a) grain and fuel operations and b) brokerage and risk management.

 

The majority of the Company’s grain operations are located within its FGDI, LLC subsidiary, which generally operates as a grain merchandising business (taking actual possession of grain, operating grain terminals and unit train rail cars, arrangement for shipping to final destination, etc.), while most of the Company’s fuel trading and delivery operations are located within FCStone Trading. The remainder of the Company’s operations divided among its various subsidiaries can be classified as brokerage and risk management (facilitating commodity trades, hedging customers’ risk through various financial instruments such as options and futures, etc.).

 

As such, in certain areas of our analysis we segregated the Company’s business into “grain operations” and “brokerage & risk management” (which included fuel trading and delivery) to help better portray the Company’s different lines of business and their influence on the Company’s profitability. This was achieved by separating FGDI, LLC from the rest of the Company’s operations. Financial information by business line is presented in Exhibit 1-C.

 

When analyzing the Company’s grain operations, it is also important to note that FGDI, LLC is not a wholly owned subsidiary, but a majority-owned subsidiary of FCStone, which holds a 70 percent stake in FGDI, LLC

 

LOGO   Page 25


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

LOGO

 

Over the past five years, the Company’s grain operations have been a steady source of growth. Gross revenue (as presented in Exhibit 1-C) increased from $411.4 million in 2000 to $1.4 billion in 2004, or 35.8 percent compounded annually. However, the contribution of “revenue” to FCStone’s consolidated revenue (measured as grain operations’ gross margin) grew at a slower 22.0 percent compound annual rate, increasing from $6.3 million in 2000 to $13.9 million in 2004. This difference is primarily a factor of more rapid growth in grain prices. The grain operations volume, as measured by the number of bushels grew at approximately 23.8 percent compounded annually over the past five years. Furthermore, the margin per bushel in 2004 was approximately 5.4 cents per bushel as compared to 5.3 cents per bushel in 2000, although margin per bushel did dip to approximately 4 cents per bushel for the past three years. Nevertheless, for the most part Management is achieving success with regards to holding its margin per bushel as it grows the annual volume.

 

While revenue for grain operations declined as a percentage of total revenue during the five-year period (from 15.4 percent in 2000 to 14.0 percent in 2004), the share of revenue attributed to the Company’s brokerage and risk management business decreased slightly from 84.6 to 84.0 percent. During the five-year period, brokerage and risk management revenue increased 25.4 percent annually, growing from $34.6 million in 2000 to $83.5 million in 2004. Much of the Company’s brokerage and risk management growth was attributed to the Company’s purchase of Saul Stone & Company in 2000 and the Company expanding its customer base beyond its traditional member-owners to include non-member customers. As discussed previously, all of the brokerage and risk management revenue sources achieved steady growth over the past five years with the exception of revenue from interest income which was constrained by the current interest rate environment.

 

LOGO   Page 26


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

The following graph compares the Company’s unadjusted operating profit (before other revenue) over the past five years, segregated by grain operations and brokerage and risk management.

 

LOGO

 

As depicted by the graph, grain operations have traditionally represented a smaller, yet relatively consistent portion of the Company’s operating profit. Operating profit from the grain operations has varied from a low of $1.3 million in 2003 to a high of $2.0 million in 2000. During 2004, grain operations achieved operating profit of approximately $1.5 million, or 22.7 percent of the Company’s total operating profit before other revenue. The $1.5 million achieved in 2004 was the first time in the past five years that operating profit for the grain operation did not decline. The downward trend between 2000 and 2003 can be attributed to both slightly lower gross profit margins per bushel and escalating operating expenses. As discussed, although the margin per bushel for 2000 and 2004 are essentially the same, the margin per bushel did decline approximately a penny during 2001, 2002 and 2003. Furthermore, although gross margin from grain operations has increased during the past five years (22.0 percent compounded annually), operating expenses related to the grain operations have grown at a faster pace (approximately 30 percent compounded annually). Thus, it was not until an increase in the margin per bushel combined with higher volume could offset the growth rate of operating expenses that the negative trend could be reversed.

 

With regards to the Company’s brokerage and risk management business, which accounts for a much larger portion of the Company’s total operating profit before other revenue, the graph clearly indicates a significant drop between 2001 and 2002 followed by a gradual recovery in 2003 and 2004. Brokerage and risk management operating profit before other revenue hit a high of $5.5 million in 2001, before declining to $3.3 million in 2002. In 2004, operating profit for brokerage and risk management returned to pre-2002 levels, hitting $5.2 million for the year. The drop which occurred in 2002 can be attributed to a significant increase in operating expenses relative to the increase in revenue that year. Operating expenses jumped approximately $10 million, while revenue increased only $8.0 million. Operating expenses related to the brokerage and risk management business have steadily increased over the past five years, growing from approximately $30 million in 2000 to just over $80 million in 2004, a compound annual increase of approximately 27.9 percent (slightly higher than revenue for the five-year period). The recovery is a result of Management restraining the growth of operating expenses to a level below the increase in revenue over the past five years. As a percentage of revenue from the brokerage and risk management business, operating expenses were approximately 86.4 percent in 2000 and 94.0 percent in 2004, but have declined from a high of 95.0 percent in 2003.

 

LOGO   Page 27


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Similar to operating profit, the Company’s earning before tax (EBT) reflects the grain operations providing a smaller, yet steady base and brokerage and risk management providing larger but more volatile results.

 

LOGO

 

The following graph visually recaps the margin trends discussed above:

 

LOGO

 

Although both business segments have endured a gradual negative trend, the brokerage and risk management segment begun its recovery in 2003 and 2004 and the trend in the grain operation segment appears to be leveling off.

 

LOGO   Page 28


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Projected Earnings

 

Although a multi-year projection was not available, Management did provide a one-year budget that provided the following insight:

 

  Overall contract volume for the fiscal year 2005 is expected to be lower than the record fiscal year 2004; however, Management expects the rate per contract to remain fairly consistent.

 

  Bushel volume for FGDI is expected to increase 10 percent to 283.4 million bushels and the budgeted gross margin per bushel is approximately 4.2 cents.

 

  Management expects revenue from interest to increase and have a positive impact on the Company’s profitability; Management is anticipating a higher interest rate environment.

 

  Operating profit (before corporate expense) for the FCC Division is budgeted to be slightly less (approximately $350,000) than the results in 2004; the 2005 budget includes a significant drop in the earnings from Class B transaction which are only expected to be approximately $40,000 to $50,000 going forward, instead of $500,000.

 

  Operating revenue for the Stone division are expected to increase slightly, however, the increase in operating expenses is expected to more than offset the increase pushing operating profit (before corporate expense) lower. A significant difference relates to the reimbursement of legal fees which was received in 2004.

 

  Operating profit (before corporate expense) for the grain operation is budgeted at $2.9 million, up approximately $700,000.

 

  Operating profit (before corporate expense) for FCStone Trading, FCStone Financial, and FCStone Merchants are all expected to improve. FCStone Merchants, the newest subsidiary is budgeted to make $499,000, up from a loss of $630,000 in 2004.

 

  Corporate expenses are budgeted at approximately $6.5 million; approximately $1.0 million higher than in 2004.

 

  Earnings attributed to the minority interest are expected to be approximately $1.0 million.

 

  Budgeted earnings before taxes for 2005 is approximately $7.7 million.

 

Management also indicated that it is a strategic goal of the organization to grow earnings before taxes to $10 million over the next five years. Management believes this goal to be attainable given current Company and industry trends, the proposed restructuring, and the other strategic initiatives of the organization.

 

LOGO   Page 29


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

B ALANCE S HEET A NALYSIS

 

Historical Balance Sheets

 

Historical balance sheets for the five years ending August 31, 2004 are presented in Exhibit 1-B. Historical balance sheets were analyzed in order to determine the strengths and weaknesses of the Company and to assist in determining the Company’s current financial position. Details regarding the significant findings of the analysis are summarized in the following sections.

 

LOGO

 

Current Assets: As of the valuation date, current assets are comprised primarily of:

 

  Restricted and unrestricted cash: $9.3 million, or 1.5 percent of total assets. This was somewhat higher than the normal range during the prior four years, as restricted and unrestricted cash ranged between a low of $2.6 million in 2002 to a high of $6.5 million in 2003. Management does not anticipate a significant increase in restricted and unrestricted cash in the near term.

 

  Segregated cash: $42.8 million, or 7.1 percent of total assets. This was much higher than it had been the prior four years, as segregated cash ranged between a low of $1.4 million in 2002 to a high of $7.0 million in 2000.

 

  Marketable securities: $57.8 million, or 9.6 percent of total assets, which was within the historical range of the prior four years, which ranged from a low of $34.7 million in 2003 to a high of $65.2 million in 2000. Segregated cash and marketable securities are expected to grow gradually as the business continues to grow.

 

  Accounts receivable and advances on grain: $106.9 million, or 17.7 percent of total assets. Accounts receivable and advances on grain have steadily increased along with the Company’s growth, from $15.7 million in 2000, or 61.5 percent annually, although as a percentage of total assets, accounts receivable has been relatively consistent over the past four years.

 

  Inventory: $12.2 million, or 2.0 percent of total assets, which is down from $23.0 million in 2003. Inventory had been trending upward over the past four years as the grain operations grew, and is projected to increase slightly in 2005 from 2004 levels, although still below the peak of 2003.

 

  Commodity exchanges and clearing organization: $313.5 million, or 51.9 percent of total assets. This category has also shown steady growth, increasing from $120.0 million in 2000, or 27.1 percent annually. Commodity exchanges and clearing organizations have consistently represented approximately 50 percent of the Company’s assets historically and are expected to continue to grow with the business.

 

LOGO   Page 30


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

  Customer regulated accounts: $39.0 million, or 6.5 percent of total assets, which was substantially lower than in 2003 ($91.6 million), but higher than the three prior years ($2.7 to $18.6 million). Management’s current budget indicates further decline in the near term.

 

Fixed Assets: As of the valuation date, net fixed assets are comprised primarily of plant, property, and equipment (net of depreciation) of $8.7 million, or 1.4 percent of total assets. Approximately two-thirds of the Company’s fixed assets are associated with the Company’s grain operations (recently constructed facilities) with the remainder comprised of office-related furniture and equipment. Management does not have any immediate plans for significant capital expenditures. Any material capital expenditures in the long term will likely relate to the Company’s grain operations, as the brokerage and risk management business line is a service business and not fixed asset intensive.

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Value: A going concern can be presumed to have goodwill or other intangible value if it is capable of generating a return in excess of a fair rate of return on its net tangible assets. Goodwill is commonly defined as that intangible asset which arises as a result of name, reputation, customer patronage, location, products and similar factors that have not been separately identified and/or valued, but which generate economic benefits. Revenue Ruling 59-60 states that the presence of goodwill and its value rests upon the excess of net earnings over and above a fair return on the net tangible assets. As of the valuation date, the Company did not have any recorded goodwill or other intangible assets. The presence of goodwill or other unrecorded intangible assets will be analyzed through further analysis of the Company’s returns in the Valuation Analysis section and the application of the income approach.

 

LOGO

 

Liabilities: As of the valuation date, liabilities are comprised primarily of:

 

  Commodity and customer regulated accounts payable: $411.7 million, or 68.2 percent of total assets.

 

  Trade payables: $68.8 million, or 11.4 percent of total assets.

 

  Accrued expenses: $16.2 million, or 2.7 percent of total assets.

 

  Notes payable: $41.5 million, or 6.9 percent of total assets.

 

  Subordinated debt: $5.8 million, or 1.0 percent of total assets.

 

  Obligations under capital leases: $4.7 million or 0.8 percent of total assets.

 

  Checks in excess of bank balance: $8.0 million or 1.3 percent of total assets.

 

Current expectations are for the current liabilities to grow as the business grows, yet at a slightly slower rate than current assets. Thus, net working capital should grow slightly in the near term from approximately $32 million as of the end of the fiscal year 2004.

 

LOGO   Page 31


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Members’ Equity: Net equity of a company and the financial condition of the business are important aspects of measuring the degree of risk of an investment in an enterprise and consequently the rate of return required by investors to hold an interest in the business. Net equity and financial condition are of particular importance when valuing an interest under an asset approach. Methods chosen to consider this factor in valuing the stock are presented under the asset approach section of the report. As of the valuation date, members’ equity was comprised of:

 

  Preferred stock, nonvoting series I: $13.0 million, or 2.1 percent of total assets.

 

  Preferred stock, nonvoting series II: $898,000, or 0.1 percent of total assets.

 

  Common stock, Class A: $2.4 million, or 0.4 percent of total assets.

 

  Common stock, Class B: $500,000, or 0.1 percent of total assets.

 

  Accumulated other comprehensive loss: $3.0 million.

 

  Retained earnings: $26.1 million, or 4.3 percent of total assets.

 

Total members’ equity as of the end of fiscal year 2004 was approximately $39.8 million or 6.6 percent of total assets.

 

R ATIO A NALYSIS

 

A financial ratio expresses the mathematical relationship between one item on the financial statements and another item on the financial statements. Ratios are compared within the Company over time, and can be compared with ratios of other companies (either industry norms and/or specific similar companies). Ratio analysis can disclose relationships that reveal conditions and trends not detected by an inspection of the individual components of the ratio.

 

An advantage of ratio analysis is the ability to compare risk and return relationships of different sized firms operating in similar industries. Ratios provide insight to a company’s operating, financial, and investment performance. This analysis may be deceptive as it can ignore differences between industries, varying capital structures, and differences in accounting and reporting methods. Given those differences, ratio variability over time may be more informative than the ratio at any one point in time. (See Appendix 4 for a more in depth discussion of ratio analysis.)

 

Exhibit 1-D presents selected financial ratios for FCStone for the five years ended August 31, 2004.

 

Liquidity Ratios

 

Liquidity refers to a company’s ability to meet short-term obligations with current assets. The current ratio is equal to total current assets divided by total current liabilities. The quick ratio on the other hand takes total current assets less inventories and divides by total liabilities. The Company’s liquidity, as measured by current and quick ratios, is depicted on the following graph:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   Page 32


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Over the past five years, FCStone’s current and quick ratios have remained reasonably stable during a period of high revenue growth. Although the Company’s current ratio has drifted downward slightly over the period (from a high of 1.16 in 2000 to a low of 1.06 in 2004), it still remains above 1.0.

 

Likewise, the Company’s quick ratio has remained stable, ranging from a low of 1.02 in 2003 to a high of 1.12 in 2000. There is not a significant difference between the current and quick ratio, as inventory has comprised at most 4.6 percent of total assets, and substantially all of the Company’s assets are current.

 

LOGO

 

Over the past five years, the Company’s revenue-to-working capital ratio has increased more than 75 percent, from 1.8 in 2000 to 3.3 in 2004. This was a direct result of the revenue growing at a significantly higher rate than the Company’s working capital, which has increased approximately 9 percent annually. For the past three years, working capital has varied from a low of $23 million in 2000 to a high of $32 million in 2004.

 

LOGO   Page 33


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Asset Utilization Ratios

 

Asset utilization ratios indicate how effectively the business utilizes its assets. The ratios are designed to determine if current levels of the different asset classes on the balance sheet are appropriate in view of the respective levels of revenue.

 

Accounts Receivable / Inventory Turnover

 

Accounts receivable turnover shows how effectively a company converts its receivables into cash and can be expressed either as the number of times per year the accounts turn over on average, or as the average number of days required for collecting accounts. A slow accounts receivable turnover (long average collection period) not only puts a strain on a company’s short-term liquidity, it can indicate excessive bad debt losses. On the other hand, a fast accounts receivable turnover (short average collection period) can indicate an overly stringent credit policy that may be limiting sales.

 

Inventory turnover represents the number of times a year a company’s inventory is converted into a finished product, and in effect “turned over”. The inventory turnover ratio typically is computed by dividing the cost of goods sold by the average inventory, but can also be expressed as the number days worth of cost of goods that the current inventory represents (365 divided by the inventory turnover). A slow inventory turnover ratio (long average holding period) not only puts a strain on a company’s liquidity, but also can indicate obsolete or otherwise undesirable inventory. On the other hand, a fast inventory turnover may indicate that sales are being lost due to insufficient inventory on hand.

 

FGDI, LLC (the Company’s grain merchandising business) accounts for the majority of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory. The inventory consists primarily of grain currently transiting the Company’s “pipeline,” while the accounts receivable correspond to grain already through the system. By the very nature of a grain merchandising operation, and the transportation of the grain, accounts receivable and inventory turn at very rapid rates (industry norm). Based upon our analysis of the Company’s accounts receivable and inventory turns, we do not believe that turnover is an issue for the Company and do not believe collection issues or inventory obsolescence present any problems.

 

Fixed Asset Turnover

 

Fixed asset turnover measures how efficiently a company utilizes its assets in generating revenue. When observed over time, these ratios can indicate changing levels of asset productivity and reveal possible non-operating assets relative to comparative companies. The ratio is calculated by dividing sales by net fixed assets. Thus, the ratio is influenced by revenue growth, annual capital expenditures, and depreciation.

 

However, the Company does not rely on its fixed assets to generate a large majority of its revenue, as the Company’s assets are primarily comprised of current assets (approximately 96 to 98 percent on average). Of the fixed assets the Company does have, a large majority of the fixed assets consists of the Company’s new grain terminal that is owned by its subsidiary FDGI, LLC. Since the facility opened in 2004, historical analysis of fixed asset turnover would provide little meaningful data.

 

Leverage Ratio

 

The extent of financial leverage has three important implications. First, by raising funds through debt, stockholders can grow the firm with limited investment. Secondly, creditors look to the equity supplied funds to provide a margin of safety; if the stockholders have provided only a small proportion of the total financing, the risks of the enterprise are borne mainly by creditors and imply a more risky company. Finally, if the firm earns more on investments financed with borrowed funds than it pays in interest, the return on the owner’s capital is magnified, or “leveraged”.

 

LOGO   Page 34


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

Interest Bearing Debt to Equity

 

The ratio of total interest bearing debt to total equity indicates the composition of a company’s capital structure at a given point of time. However, the bulk of the Company’s interest bearing debt is used in its day-to-day brokerage/trading operations and is considered current in nature. Very little debt is utilized for the Company’s actual capital structure. The majority of the Company’s debt that can be considered long-term in nature is comprised of $5.75 million in subordinated debt related to notes to various parties, $4.675 million for obligations of capital leases (0.8 percent of total assets), and $5.5 million in minority interests (0.9 percent of total assets representing minority interests in FDGI, LLC and FCStone Merchant Services, LLC).

 

Return on Investment - Return on Equity

 

Return on Equity (“ROE”) portrays the level of return investors are receiving based on the levels of assets and equity present in a company. The following chart presents the Company’s ROE for the five years ending August 31, 2004, utilizing both earnings before taxes and net income.

 

LOGO

 

As can be expected from analyzing the Company’s earnings history, the Company’s return on equity dipped in 2002 and 2003, primarily due to weaker earnings. However, as earnings rebounded in 2004, return on equity also increased, with ROE for adjusted EBT increasing to 17.1 percent while ROE on adjusted net income increased to 10.8 percent. Going forward, return on equity is expected to improve as the Company’s earnings improve.

 

S ECTOR A NALYSIS

 

When valuing the stock of closely held companies, the market values of stocks of comparable publicly held companies (and privately held companies if enough information is available) are relevant factors that provide guidance as to the value of the subject company. Such comparable companies are called guideline companies. Our search for guideline companies, as explained in Appendix 9, did not yield any comparable publicly traded companies to utilize as guideline companies.

 

However, FCStone has grown to the point that it could become a publicly traded company if it so chose. In that event, it is likely that equity analysts would classify FCStone as belonging to the diversified financial services segment of the financial industry, whereby FCStone would be compared and measured against other companies in this segment. As such, we have chosen to measure FCStone against the “Investment Services” and “Miscellaneous Financial Services” segments of the financial industry as a whole, rather than comparing the Company against

 

LOGO   Page 35


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Financial Analysis

 

individual guideline companies. Exhibit 2 also presents a comparison of the selected financial ratios for the Company with selected sectors.

 

     Annual Revenue Growth Rates

   

Median

Tax Rates


 
     TTM

    Last 3 Years

    Last 5 Years

   

Investment Services

   15.34 %   1.87 %   8.46 %   36.48 %

Miscellaneous Financial Services

   (1.12 %)   (3.14 %)   (1.97 %)   NA  

FCStone (grain and fuel operations, net)

   30.50 %   24.34 %   24.85 %   2.0 %
    

Median

Operating Margin


   

Median Return

on Investment


    Median Return
on Equity


    Median Return
on Assets


 

Investment Services

   19.16 %   9.22 %   14.46 %   4.00 %

Miscellaneous Financial Services

   68.15 %   7.87 %   10.26 %   6.67 %

FCStone (adjusted net income returns)

   6.70 %   9.15 %   10.59 %   0.70 %

 

  FCStone’s revenue growth substantially outperformed both sectors during all periods measured.

 

  FCStone’s operating margin was substantially lower than both sectors. However, we believe this is due to differences in classifications among the companies in the sectors.

 

  FCStone’s returns on investment and equity were very near the medians of both sectors. Return on assets was substantially below both sectors’ medians, although we were unable to determine if the calculations are reasonably comparable.

 

     Annual Earnings Growth Rates

   

Price

to Book


     TTM

    Last 3 Years

    Last 5 Years

   

Investment Services

   44.07 %   3.70 %   14.87 %   2.09

Miscellaneous Financial Services

   16.40 %   2.37 %   0.58 %   1.18

FCStone (adjusted net earnings)

   34.53 %   22.08 %   (1.00 %)   NA
    

Median

P/E Ratio


    Median 2005
Forecast P/E


    Median LT-
Forecast P/E


    Median Price
to Cash Flow


Investment Services

   19.56     18.73     12.22     15.94

Miscellaneous Financial Services

   12.64     16.65     10.00     12.10

FCStone (adjusted net income returns)

   NA     NA     NA     NA

 

  During the latest year, both sectors and FCStone exhibited healthy earnings growth, although investment services exhibited the highest earnings growth for the trailing twelve months (and in addition for the past five years), while FCStone outperformed both sectors over the past three years.

 

  The P/E ration for investment services, which exhibited a rather high median P/E ratio at the valuation date, was forecast to decrease slightly for 2005 and down to approximately a 12 P/E for the long term.

 

  Miscellaneous financial services, which had a lower P/E ratio at the valuation date, was expected to improve in 2005 before easing back down to a 10 P/E for the long term.

 

LOGO   Page 36


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Strengths and Weaknesses

 

STRENGTHS AND WEAKNESSES

 

Actively traded stocks can be easily valued, since the price is set in the economic market by the law of supply and demand. However, with respect to a closely held company interest, the valuation is much more difficult because willing buyers and sellers may not be readily present at any particular point in time. Where no active market exists, other factors to consider include the company’s strengths or risks, including the Company’s market share, competitive advantages, and the depth or capabilities of management. Strengths and risks associated with a company affect the price a buyer is willing to pay. The greater the strength, the less risk a willing buyer perceives. The greater the risk, the less a buyer is willing to pay.

 

Strengths of FCStone

 

  Strong reputation within the industry and the markets served; good customer loyalty

 

  Experienced management team with clear strategic vision

 

  Strong professional staff and operational processes

 

  Strong growth prospects for industry and positive economic outlook in the near term

 

  Financial stability; profitable operations; low debt; high liquidity

 

  Commitment to the development of the infrastructure and management team necessary for future growth

 

Risks of FCStone

 

  Volatile nature of commodities industry in general, and agriculture and energy segments in particular

 

  Strong influence of economic and political conditions on industry

 

  Volatile nature of currency values

 

  Increasing inflation

 

  The tightening availability and increasing cost of short-term and long-term funding and capital; volatile nature of the credit capacity, or perceived credit worthiness of the futures industry in the marketplace

 

  Volatility of interest rates

 

  Highly competitive industry

 

LOGO   Page 37


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

VALUATION ANALYSIS

 

As in any discussion involving appraisal issues, it is important to understand that appraisal theory is based on two principles: “the principle of substitution” and “the principle of future benefits.” The principle of substitution states that the value of an asset tends to be determined by the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute. In other words, a person will not purchase a particular asset if an equally desirable asset can be purchased at a lower price. The principle of future benefits states that the economic value of an asset reflects anticipated future benefits. An individual who purchases an asset is purchasing it in order to receive the benefits it can provide in the future, not for what it has done in the past. For example, a business that has had poor earnings in the past but has bright future prospects will be worth more than a business that has been successful in the past but will not be profitable in the future.

 

These principles form the basis for the generally accepted theory of business appraisal stated in Valuing a Business :

 

In its simplest sense, the theory surrounding the value of an interest in a business depends on the future benefits that will accrue to the owner of it. The value of the business interest, then, depends upon an estimate of the future benefits and the required rate of return at which those future benefits are discounted back to the appraisal date. 2

 

In quantifying the future benefits, it is important to consider that the future benefits of ownership in a business must come from the following sources:

 

  1. Earnings or cash flow from either operations or investments.

 

  2. Liquidation or hypothecation of the assets.

 

  3. Sale of the interest.

 

However, no single formula can be used to determine the value of every business interest in every situation. Therefore, three different business appraisal approaches have evolved over time that focus on the ability of the business interest to provide benefits to its owner from one or some combination of the above sources. These approaches are:

 

  1. The market approach.

 

  2. The income approach.

 

  3. The asset approach.

 

A more detailed discussion of the three basic approaches and the corresponding methods is contained in Appendix 4. The remainder of this appraisal report discusses the valuation methods utilized in our analysis to reach an opinion of value for FCStone.

 

LOGO   Page 38


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

V ALUATION A PPROACHES AND M ETHODS

 

Over time, three distinct approaches for valuing the stock of closely held companies have evolved including the income approach, the market approach, and the asset approach. Not all approaches are applicable in every valuation; valuation approaches and methods must be consistent with the purpose of the valuation, the standard and definition of value, the type of ownership interest being valued, and any legal or regulatory requirements of the engagement. In addition, industry conditions, company factors, and the availability of information must be considered when determining valuation approaches and methods. The following analysis details each of the approaches and the methods we considered applicable for the subject interest.

 

A SSET A PPROACH

 

The importance of assets in the valuation process depends on the extent to which they can be utilized to generate benefits, such as earnings, cash flows, or dividends, either through operations or through liquidation. Assets provide the means for continuing earnings and some defense against the risk of periods of low earnings or losses.

 

The assets of a corporation are not owned by the shareholders but by the corporation with the shareholder’s ownership being restricted to the shares in the corporation. This lack of ownership of the assets diminishes the appropriateness of valuing business ownership interests based on the asset approach. However, when valuing a controlling interest, the shareholder can instruct and authorize the corporate entity to sell some or all of the assets and distribute the proceeds to the shareholders. Thus, control shareholders can access the value of the equity in the assets and the method becomes more appropriate. Other factors that would suggest using an asset approach are included in Appendix 4.

 

Further defining when the asset approach should be applied is Revenue Ruling 59-60, which states:

 

“The value of the stock of a closely held investment or real estate holding company, whether or not family owned, is closely related to the value of the assets underlying the stock. For companies of this type the appraiser should determine the fair market values of the assets of the company.”

 

The Ruling further states:

 

“...adjusted net worth should be accorded greater weight in valuing the stock of a closely held investment or real estate holding company, whether or not family owned, than any of the other customary yardsticks of appraisal, such as earnings and dividend-paying capacity.”

 

Although FCStone is not a closely held investment or real estate holding company, and most of the factors listed above that would support the application of an asset approach do not apply, we still considered as asset approach as one method of determining the value of the Company. We believe that the hypothetical willing buyer of 100 percent of the Company would at least consider the value of the assets underlying the investment in the Company when making the investment decision; the extent and nature of the assets provides one means of establishing the risk inherent in an investment. Nevertheless, as an operating entity in a service business, it is likely that the Company possesses some intangible value that is more appropriately captured through the application of an earnings and/or market method and as such, we have utilized the asset approach as a means of determining an indication of a minimum value.

 

Adjusted Net Tangible Asset Value

 

Using an asset approach provides some minimum value because shareholders of a company would not be willing to accept a price less than they could get by selling off the assets and paying off the liabilities. Net tangible asset value is often used as a starting point to determine the market price of a company’s net assets. FCStone’s net tangible

 

LOGO   Page 39


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

asset value on a control basis (eliminating the value of the minority interest in subsidiaries) as of the valuation date was $39,828,782.

 

Although the net tangible asset value provides one measure of the value of the Company’s assets, often the market values of the assets and liabilities are different from the carrying values (historical cost) on the balance sheet. In the adjusted net tangible asset value method, assets and liabilities are adjusted to their market value to determine the net asset value of the subject company.

 

As discussed in the financial analysis section of this report, an analysis of the balance sheet was completed and the Company’s various assets and liabilities were discussed with Management in an effort to determine if any material adjustments should be made. The carrying value of nearly all of the Company’s assets and liabilities were believed to present a reasonable proxy of their fair market value, especially since more than 90 percent of the Company’s assets were nearly liquid current assets.

 

However, it was necessary to adjust the carrying value of the Company’s seats on the Chicago Board of Trade, Kansas City Board of Trade, and Minneapolis Board of Trade to reflect their fair market value. The Company has recorded these seats at cost on its financial statements for an aggregate amount of approximately $1.2 million. Management estimated that the fair market value of the three Chicago Board of Trade seats was approximately $1.2 million each; the two Kansas City Board of Trade seats at $112,500 each; and their Minneapolis Board of Trade seat at $25,000; for an aggregate amount of $3.85 million. We then applied a 38 percent tax rate to the $2.7 million gain, resulting in an upward adjustment of approximately $1.7 million to the Company’s net asset value.

 

Thus, FCStone’s adjusted net tangible asset value on a control basis (eliminating the value of the minority interest in subsidiaries) as of the valuation date was $41,499,899. Detail with regard to the determination of the Company’s adjusted net tangible asset value is provided in Exhibit 3.

 

We have not and thus do not offer an opinion regarding the value of the underlying assets. We are not experts in the area of tangible property appraisals such as machinery and equipment. Accordingly, we have not made an independent investigation of the fair market value of the assets. We have accepted and relied, in part, upon the represented fair market value of the assets, without further verification, in making a determination of the net asset value of the Company.

 

I NCOME A PPROACH

 

There is consensus within the business valuation profession that earnings and cash flows are the primary sources of future benefits to a company and its owners and are therefore the most important factors affecting the going-concern value of most operating companies. As previously stated, the value of a company is the present value of future benefits (usually earnings, cash flows, or dividends), which will accrue to the shareholders. The income approach calculates value using this premise directly. Thus, future earnings or cash flows are converted to a present value by using an appropriate discount rate (discounted future earnings/cash flow methods) or capitalization rate (capitalization of earnings/cash flow methods). The income approach may result in indications of value on a minority basis or a control basis, depending upon whether or not the earnings have been adjusted for the prerogatives of control.

 

Discounted future earnings methods apply a discount rate to earnings projections for a period of years. Discounted future earnings methods are most useful when future operations are expected to be substantially different from current operations and growth is not expected to be stable—as when high growth rates are expected in the near term and lower growth rates are expected in the long term. Capitalization of earnings methods apply a capitalization rate to the earnings projected for the next year (frequently based on historical earnings). Capitalization of earnings methods are most useful when current operations are considered to be indicative of future operations and stable growth is expected in the future. In valuing FCStone, both the discounted future earnings methods and capitalization of earnings methods were considered.

 

The Company has experienced a considerable amount of volume growth and top line growth, as well as earnings volatility, in a relatively short amount of time, which places some constraint on the value of specific historical data

 

LOGO   Page 40


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

from the last several years. In addition, Management did not have long-term projections available and could only provide general guidance as to their current expectations regarding the near-term and beyond. Thus, we utilized a capitalization of earnings method based upon historical data and Management’s expectations. The following sections discuss the critical elements to the calculations (earnings measure, growth rate and discount/capitalization rate) and present the results of the calculations provided in detail within the Exhibits.

 

Earnings Measures - Adjusted Net Income and Cash Flow

 

By adjusting the Company’s earnings, the normal earnings capacity that a willing buyer may expect in the future can be determined. Typical adjustments include departures from generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), proper matching of income and expense, nonrecurring or extraordinary income and expense items, income and expense items related to non-operating assets, and normalizing adjustments to the Company’s cost structure. As discussed in detail within the financial analysis section, a number of adjustments were necessary in order to calculate normalized adjusted net income and cash flow. A detailed explanation of the adjustments is included in the Financial Analysis section of this report, while detailed calculations are presented in Exhibit 4-A. The adjustments applicable to historical earnings and cash flow relate primarily to non-recurring income and expense, with the exception to calculating income taxes.

 

A summary of the result of the calculations in Exhibit 4-A are summarized as follows:

 

Historical Averages


  

Adjusted

Net Income


   Adjusted
Simple Cash
Flow to
Equity


   Adjusted
EBTDA


Budgeted 2005

   $ 4,783,920    $ 5,520,846    $ 8,930,426

Most recent year-end 2004

     4,219,415      4,221,666      7,666,211

Two-year simple average

     3,677,904      3,720,327      6,781,075

Two-year weighted average

     3,858,408      3,887,440      7,076,120

Three-year simple average

     3,395,601      3,399,458      6,337,396

Three-year weighted average

     3,627,004      3,643,449      6,706,758

Five-year simple average

     3,818,586      3,673,822      6,948,117

Five-year weighted average

     3,703,724      3,650,315      6,800,866

 

The stream of benefits theoretically available to stockholders is cash flow. Net cash flow (often referred to as free cash flow) is cash that does not have to be retained and reinvested in order to sustain projected cash flows (or earnings) in the future. Net cash flow is the cash available for distribution to owners, and thus is of primary importance to owners. The financial community tends to focus on net cash flow as the preferred measure of economic income because cash flow is what an investor actually expects to receive and because it is the income measure for which the most empirical data is available.

 

Net income, EBITDA, EBIT, and other earnings measures are often utilized as proxies for net cash flow. Although appropriate under various circumstances, a careful analysis must be completed to determine if material differences exist. Typically, net income and other earnings measures tend to be higher than net cash flow because net cash flow is reduced by increases in working capital and by the excess of capital expenditures over depreciation. The results of our analysis for FCStone are summarized as follows:

 

 

In total, during the past five years as the organization has grown, capital expenditures have exceeded depreciation. However, during the most recent two years, depreciation has been slightly higher than capital expenditures. Granted, capital expenditures in 2003 and 2004, excluded a significant acquisition by FGDI, LLC that was financed through a capital lease and not from cash flow from operation. Nevertheless, in the near term, Management expects the trend of capital expenditures in excess of current depreciation to reverse. For 2005, Management’s capital expenditure budget is significantly below anticipated depreciation.

 

LOGO   Page 41


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

 

The capital expenditures over the past five years are believed to be sufficient to accommodate significant additional growth. The Company is in a service industry, for the most part, and is not fixed asset intensive. Management acknowledges that additional computers, office accommodation, and other equipment will be necessary, but capital expenditures are not believed to be a material constraint to future growth.

 

  Although there has been a difference between capital expenditures and depreciation, and thus a difference between adjusted net income and simple cash flow exists, the difference has not been substantial in any particular year and minimal over the five-year period calculated on a simple or weighted average basis.

 

  The Company’s working capital has increased over the past five years, but at a much slower pace than volume or revenue. Between 2000 and 2004, working capital increased from approximately $23 million to $32 million and has been between $29 million and $32 million for the past three years. Thus, the working capital to sales ratio has been steadily going up as sales increase. However, it is important to note that by the very nature of the Company’s operations, substantially all of its assets and liabilities are current. Acquisition of additional assets as the Company grows creates a corresponding change in current liabilities.

 

  Management is expecting the organization to continue to grow. Volume, revenue, and earnings are all expected to increase. Although significant (relative to the size of the organization) capital expenditures may not be necessary, additional working capital will be required.

 

  The opportunity for growth is a driving force behind the decision to reorganize the Company. Through the restructuring, Management intends to create additional opportunities to raise capital to finance the expected growth. Thus, the need for additional working capital can be satisfied through means other than current cash flow from operations.

 

As a result of these findings, adjusted earnings from operations was selected as a proxy for the Company’s cash flow. Adjusted earnings from operations and simple cash flow from operations bear a reasonably close resemblance to one another and that relationship is expected to continue in the near term, even with the expectation of growth.

 

Growth Rates

 

We considered several factors when determining growth rates:

 

  When determining growth rates for a subject company, we typically use nominal economic growth forecasts (factors in real economic growth and inflation) as a starting baseline, and then compare the subject company’s growth prospects against the economy as a whole.

 

     Short-term nominal economic growth was forecast to be 7.0 percent for all of 2004 and 5.9 percent in 2005. Long-term forecasts predicted nominal economic growth to average 5.5 percent over the next decade.

 

  Overall, the international economic situation was expected to continue growing in the short- and long-term. Some regions, such as South East Asia, were expected to grow faster than the U.S economy, while other regions such as Europe were expected to grow slower.

 

     This would have a neutral impact on our baseline growth forecasts.

 

  The futures and options industry has grown exponentially during the last 25 to 30 years. In recent years, even as high growth rates become harder due to the sheer size that the industry has attained, the number of futures and option contracts has continued to grow at least 20 to 40 percent annually.

 

     This would indicate a higher short-term growth rate higher than nominal economic growth for the Company. For the longer term, the Company should grow at least as fast as nominal economic growth.

 

  While not as high as the industry in general, the number of agricultural commodity futures and option contracts has continued to grow at rates higher than nominal economic growth.

 

     This would support our higher short-term growth expectations for the Company.

 

 

Short-term agribusiness prospects were expected to improve in the coming year, as the crop year ending in September 2004 was expected to bring large crops at higher prices. For the longer term, agribusiness, a

 

LOGO   Page 42


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

 

very mature industry, should grow as fast as nominal economic activity due to continued productivity increases.

 

     This would support our higher short-term growth expectations for the Company and nominal baseline growth for the long-term.

 

  Over the past five years, the Company has grown revenue (net of cost of grain and fuel) by nearly 25 percent annually. However, much of this growth was attributed to the Stone acquisition and the subsequent integration and expansion of that firm’s business. Future revenue growth over nominal economic activity will depend upon expanding new markets and products (i.e. into currency and/or equity futures and options trading) and continuing to expand its customer base away from its traditional member/owners.

 

     This would support our higher short-term growth expectations for the Company and nominal baseline growth for the long-term.

 

  Although profits have been volatile over the past five years, earnings have stabilized to levels of five years ago as the Company experienced the high growth related to its Stone acquisition and assimilation. Management believed that going forward, margins would remain stable, meaning profits should increase proportionately with overall revenue growth.

 

     This would support our higher short-term growth expectations for the Company and nominal baseline growth for the long-term.

 

  Management expects earnings before tax to grow to approximately $10 million over the next five years (7.5 to 10 percent growth annually), which is higher than expected nominal economic short-term growth. Longer term, the expectation is for more subdued growth more in line with nominal economic growth.

 

     This would support our higher short-term growth expectations for the Company and nominal baseline growth for the long-term.

 

Thus for the stated reasons, we believe that the Company’s opportunities in the near-term would be above nominal activity, at approximately 10 percent, while long-term growth would be near the nominal economic growth of 5.5 percent. We have utilized these estimates within the capitalization of earnings method.

 

Discount Rates and Capitalization Rates

 

An equity discount rate is the total expected rate of return, stated as a percentage, that a willing buyer/investor would demand on the purchase price of an ownership interest in an asset (such as the stock of a closely held company) given the risk inherent in that ownership interest. This required rate of return varies with time even for the same investment due to differences in prevailing interest rates and in returns available on alternate investments. It also varies due to changes in the general economy and investor perceptions about equity markets. The required rate of return is sensitive to and incorporates inflationary expectations. It reflects not only risk in equity markets as a whole, but also risk that are specific to the company being appraised.

 

Within valuation practice there are two primary techniques for determining a company’s equity discount rate, the build-up method and the capital asset pricing model (“CAPM”). The build-up method is based on the principle that a company’s equity discount rate is composed of a number of identifiable risk factors, while CAPM incorporates comparative company data into a number of the same identifiable risk factors. The most commonly used method for a small, closely held company is the build-up method. However, in the event that valid comparative company data can be obtained for the subject company, the CAPM method should be considered, and its use may be warranted. As part of our analysis, we have considered both methods of calculating equity discount rates.

 

A capitalization rate is derived from the discount rate and, like the discount rate, reflects the rate of return required by a willing buyer on an investment in the specific company. Whereas a discount rate is used with a stream of future earnings, which include expected future growth, a capitalization rate is used with the projected earnings for a single year, which do not include expected future growth. Therefore, the capitalization rate is equal to the discount rate reduced by the expected long-term growth rate.

 

LOGO   Page 43


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

Build-up Method

 

Utilizing the build-up method as described in Appendix 8, we developed an equity discount rate for FCStone as of August 31, 2004 as follows:

 

Equity Discount / Capitalization Rates


   Company Budget:
Year Ending
August 31, 2005


    Historical
Performance


 

20-year treasury bonds as of valuation date

   5.10 %   5.10 %

Common stock adjustment (SBBA)

   7.20 %   7.20 %

Size premium (SBBA)

   4.00 %   4.00 %

Company / industry specific risk (1)

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Increment for projection risk (1)

   0.00 %   0.00 %
    

 

Discount rate for Cash Flow

   16.30 %   16.30 %
    

 

Increment for use of net income (2)

   0.00 %   0.00 %
    

 

Discount rate for Net Income

   16.30 %   16.30 %
    

 

Less: Long-term growth

   5.50 %   5.50 %

Capitalization rate for Net Income

   10.80 %   10.80 %
    

 

 

(1) The company specific risk factor typically acknowledges the individual risk inherent in a particular company. However, we believe that any company or industry specific risk is captured within the size premium from SBBA. The Company is growing, on sound financial footing, of an adequate size to be publicly traded if it so chose, is professionally managed, and hedges its risks through its day-to-day operations. We believe the Company holds no higher risk than the subject companies in the SBBA studies, and as such, no company and/or industry specific risk was applied in addition to the risk captured through the common stock and size premiums.

 

(2) While additional risk may typically be associated with the use of net income, as indicated in the earnings measure section of this report we do not believe it is necessary with regards to FCStone.

 

CAPM

 

Although the CAPM method was considered in calculating the discount rate applicable to FCStone, we did not believe that its application would result in a more accurate discount rate than that determined by the build-up method. Obtaining a reasonable estimate of beta for the subject company is critical to the CAPM equation. Due to the differences in size, markets, and various operating characteristics, none of the companies investigated were selected from the sample of guideline companies considered (see market approach section of the report). Thus, an estimate of beta could not be obtained.

 

LOGO   Page 44


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

Calculations of Value

 

We calculated the value of the Company using the capitalization of earnings method, based on a capitalization rate determined by the build-up method. Detailed calculations are presented in Exhibit 4-B, along with additional explanation of the calculations completed. The results of the calculations are as follows:

 

Indicated Value of 100% of the Company Equity


  

Capitalization of

Earnings


Budgeted 2005

   $ 44,295,556

Most Recent Year-End 2004

     42,975,527

2-Year Simple Average – historical

     37,460,135

2-Year Weighted Average – historical

     39,298,600

3-Year Simple Average – historical

     34,584,826

3-Year Weighted Average – historical

     36,941,712

5-Year Simple Average – historical

     38,893,009

5-Year Weighted Average – historical

     37,723,117

 

M ARKET A PPROACH

 

The market approach uses information obtained through analysis of comparable public companies (and private companies, whenever possible) and/or analysis of comparable transactions as a guide to the value of the subject company. If good comparable/guideline company information is available, the market approach can provide the best indication of value; but it is often very difficult to find truly comparable companies.

 

Guideline Company Analysis

 

When valuing the stock of closely held companies, the market values of stocks of comparable publicly held companies (and privately held companies if enough information is available) are relevant factors that provide guidance as to the value of the subject company. Such comparable companies are called guideline companies. The underlying purpose for the use of guideline companies is the calculation of a price-to-earnings ratio, a price-to-book value ratio, or some other relationship derived from the market data. The ratios are intended to represent relationships set by investors in the market, and since these companies are thought to be similar to the subject company, the implication is that these ratios can be applied to the subject company to provide an indication of value. Appendix 9 provides an in-depth description of the procedures we used in finding guideline companies comparable to the FCStone.

 

Guideline Company Conclusion from Research

 

While the commodities futures and options industry is dominated by publicly traded firms, all of these businesses operated as divisions of much larger organizations and were not adequate for consideration as guideline companies. However, FCStone has grown to the point that it could become a publicly traded company if it so chose. In that event, it is likely that equity analysts would classify FCStone as belonging to the to the diversified financial services segment of the financial industry, whereby FCStone would be compared and measured against other companies in this segment. As such, we have chosen to measure FCStone against the diversified financial services segment as a whole, rather than comparing the Company against individual guideline companies, which are not believed to be comparable. This analysis appears in the Financial Analysis section of this report. We also considered industry sector data for purposes of support for our conclusions under the other approaches, and utilized the industry sector data as a reasonableness check in our valuation conclusion.

 

In addition, while some of the companies profiled in the transportation brokerage industry appeared to have operations similar to FCStone’s transportation brokerage operations, we did not believe that utilizing these as guideline companies would be prudent, since transportation brokerage comprises a small portion of FCStone’s total revenue. As such, we did not utilize a guideline company method to value FCStone.

 

LOGO   Page 45


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

Industry Mergers and Acquisitions

 

Merger and acquisition transactions within the industry may be analyzed to gain insight into the value of the stock of a closely held company. Such transactions are also an indication of the attitude of the investing public towards the industry. However, many times the acquisition multiples analyzed yield a value that is outside the scope of fair market value, as purchase prices often include premiums for synergies and involve specific buyers and sellers, while the fair market standard of value involves hypothetical buyers and sellers. Thus, often a method based on industry transactions is utilized as support for other methods, rather than a clear indication of value on its own.

 

While we noted that there were several transactions in the Investor Services and Miscellaneous Financial Services sector of the Financial Services Industry, of which SIC codes 6221 and 6799 are a part of, none of the transactions involved were in the applicable SIC codes. As discussed in Appendix 9, we did not believe that utilizing individual companies (such as investment banks and diversified financial services providers) would be appropriate for guideline company analysis. For those same reasons, we do not believe that utilizing the individual transactions in this industry segment would be appropriate. Thus, we believe that any relevant market data for the industry would be better utilized in the aggregate for purposes of financial analysis or in support of the other methods. See the Industry Sector Analysis in Exhibit 2 and the financial analysis section.

 

Appendix 10 further details the results of our search for acquisition transactions involving companies similar to FCStone.

 

Past Transactions in the Company’s Stock

 

Historically, the Company has operated as a co-operative, where the Company’s customers have become member “owners” of the business, receiving shares and patronage dividends depending on the amount of business volume each customer provided to the Company. Over time, each “owners” share of the business has fluctuated, including redemptions of minority interests (typically at par value) as customers have changed over time.

 

Going forward, the Company will operate as a standard “C-corporation,” and as such, past transactions would not provide adequate guidance in determining a value for the Company as of the valuation date.

 

Past Offers to Purchase Company

 

There have been no formal offers to purchase the stock or assets of FCStone. Management had indicated that the Company does not intend to sell in the immediate future. Therefore, we were unable to utilize a method based on past offers to purchase the Company to determine an indication of the value of the Company.

 

LOGO   Page 46


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Analysis

 

VALUATION CONCLUSION

 

While the appraisal process calls for the application of stringent standards and precise calculations, the valuation of a closely held business is an art rather than an exact science because of the judgment involved in applying the various valuation methods, and ultimately in using one or more of those methods determine a reasonable estimate of value. As such, there is no empirical basis for weights, they are presented to help the reader understand the appraiser’s thought process about the relative importance of each method in determining the final opinion of value. The following is a summary of the various valuation methods we used to determine the fair market value of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc.:

 

  Asset Approach— The adjusted net tangible asset value of the Company is approximately $41.5 million. Although the asset approach sets a fairly accurate baseline of value, we placed less reliance on the asset approach primarily because the methods under this approach do not capture any unrecorded intangible asset value which often exists within an enterprise as a going concern. As a going concern, we believe that that there is some level of intangible value associated with the Company’s operations, customer relationships, and talent assembled, which is more appropriately captured through an earnings and/or market approach. Nevertheless, we have not completely ignored the asset approach, as we believe an investor would consider the nature and extent of the assets underlying an investment when making their investment decision.

 

  Income Approach— Our conclusion for the fair market value of FCStone primarily relied upon the income approach. There is consensus in the business valuation profession that earnings and cash flows are the primary sources of future benefits to a company and its owners and are therefore the most important factors affecting the going-concern value of most operating companies. As previously stated, the value of a company is the present value of future benefits (usually earnings, cash flows, or dividends) that will accrue to the shareholders. The income approach calculates value using this premise directly and will capture the value of both tangible and intangible operating assets.

 

  Using the capitalization of earnings method within the income approach, the two earnings measures we considered to be the best proxies for future performance were the most recent year-end earnings, and the 2005 budgeted earnings. Utilizing the most recent year-end earnings, the indicated value of the Company was approximately $43.0 million, while the 2005 budgeted earnings measure indicated a value of approximately $44.3 million. Although considered, we did not place reliance on the capitalization of earnings methods based upon historical average earnings. The Company has undergone significant growth over the past five years and has experienced some earnings volatility as a result of this growth. The integration of Stone, an increase in the volume of non-member business, and the changing landscape within the industry have all been influences. Now, with the current restructuring, it is believed that the Company is positioned to continue to grow and achieve higher levels of profitability. Thus, we do not believe that historical average earnings fully captured the future earnings potential of the business.

 

  Market Approach— After thorough analysis, we did not rely on any of the methods under the market approach in determining the fair market value of FCStone. However, we did utilize industry sector market data obtained during the market approach as a reasonableness check. The focus of our guideline company and market transaction search, an ultimately our sector analysis, was the Investment Services industry sector along with Miscellaneous Financial Services industry sector. Based upon our analysis, we believe that if FCStone would become a publicly traded company, it would be likely be classified within the Miscellaneous Financial Services sector, as the Investment Services sector generally includes the very large and diversified investment banks such as J.P. Morgan, U.S. Bank, Citigroup, Morgan Stanley, etc., while Miscellaneous Financial Services includes smaller, more specialized firms.

 

 

With a fair market value of $43.1 million, FCStone would have a price-to-book ratio of approximately 1.04 (utilizing adjusted net tangible assets). While this does not compare favorably

 

LOGO   Page 47


FCStone Group, Inc.     
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Conclusion

 

 

to Investment Services, which had a median price-to-book of 2.09, it did compare favorably with the Miscellaneous Financial Services median of 1.18. As we already noted, Investment Services includes large investment banks, which generally have much different capital structures than FCStone, and as such, are probably not truly comparable. In addition, it can be expected that FCStone would have a price-to-book ratio lower than Miscellaneous Financial Services median, as even if the Company would join these publicly traded companies, its smaller size would still place the Company in the lower half of the sector as a “niche player”, and as such, investors would most likely discount the Company’s price somewhat. Thus, in comparison to the median price-to-book ratio for Miscellaneous Financial Services, FCStone’s price-to-book ratio seems reasonable.

 

  Utilizing the Company’s $43.1 million fair market value, FCStone would have a price-to-earnings ratio (“P/E”) of 10.21 (utilizing current year adjusted net income). Once again, the Investment Services sector had a much higher P/E at 19.56, which we believe was a result of the aforementioned differing size, capital structure, and level of diversity. However, while lower than the sector’s median, FCStone’s P/E compared favorably to Miscellaneous Financial Services, which had a median P/E of 10.64. We believe that this is a reasonable P/E, given the previously stated reasons that FCStone would derive a smaller than median ratio within the sector.

 

Exhibit 5 provides a summary of the calculations from the various methods considered. Our opinion of the fair market value of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc as of August 31, 2004 is $43,100,000.

 

LOGO   Page 48


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 1
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Assumptions and Limiting Conditions

 

APPENDIX 1: ASSUMPTIONS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

 

This appraisal report has been made with the following general assumptions and limiting conditions:

 

1. No investigation has been made of, and no responsibility is assumed for, the legal description or for legal matters including title or encumbrances. Title to all property is assumed good and marketable unless otherwise stated. All property is further assumed free and clear of any or all liens, easements or encumbrances unless otherwise stated.

 

2. Information furnished by others, upon which all or portions of this report are based, is believed to be reliable; however, no warranty is given as to the accuracy of such information. The Company and its Management warranted to us that the information supplied to us was complete and correct to the best of their knowledge. It has been assumed that all facts and circumstances that would significantly affect the appraisal results have been disclosed to us. Any significant errors in, or omissions from, the information supplied to us will have a corresponding effect on our analyses and conclusions.

 

3. In preparing this appraisal, we have relied upon information provided by the Company in order to determine the net asset value of the Company. Therefore, we have not made an independent investigation of the fair market value of the underlying assets of the Company and thus do offer an opinion regarding their value.

 

4. No responsibility is taken for changes in market conditions and no obligation is assumed to revise this report to reflect events or conditions that occur subsequent to the date hereof.

 

5. Full compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local zoning, use, environmental and similar laws, and regulations is assumed. It is assumed that all required licenses, certificates of occupancy, consents or other legislative or administrative authority from any local, state or national government or private entity or organization have been or can be obtained or renewed for any use on which the value estimate contained in this report is based.

 

6. This engagement is limited to the opinion of the fair market value of 100 percent of the equity of FCStone Group, Inc. as of August 31, 2004, in connection with assisting the Company in its determination of the number of shares of the common stock to be issued as a result of the restructuring of the Company from a cooperative to a regular business corporation. Neither this report nor any portion thereof (including without limitation any conclusions as to value, the identity of RSM McGladrey, Inc., or any individuals signing or associated with this report, or the professional associations or organizations with which they are affiliated) shall be disseminated to third parties by any means without the prior written consent and approval of RSM McGladrey, Inc.

 

RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not assist in determining the manner in which ownership interests will be converted into shares of common stock or in which subscription rights will be issued. Furthermore, RSM McGladrey was not requested to and did not provide an opinion or make recommendations to the Board of Directors or any members of the Company with respect to whether to approve the proposed restructuring and/or exercise any subscription rights received. Further, RSM McGladrey did not express an opinion as to the fairness of any terms of the restructuring including, without limitation, the price per share of the common stock.

 

Nothing in the appraisal constitutes an opinion regarding the fair market value of any individual ownership interests in the Company. RSM McGladrey expresses no opinion, guarantees, or form of assurance of any kind, expressed or implied, on the potential investment performance of an investment in the Company. Readers of the appraisal should undertake a full due diligence review of the Company and make their own independent determinations of its future prospects, financial or otherwise, and the financial prudence, tax, legal, and all other ramifications of any contemplated transaction and should retain independent and qualified advisors.

 

7. Our analysis considered those facts and circumstances present at August 31, 2004, the valuation date. Our opinion would most likely be different if another valuation date was used.

 

LOGO   Page 49


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 1
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Assumptions and Limiting Conditions

 

8. Neither RSM McGladrey, Inc., nor any individuals signing or associated with this report shall be required because of this report to give testimony or appear in court or other legal proceedings, unless specific arrangements therefore have been made.

 

9. Regarding the projections of earnings or cash flows used in the analysis herein, they have been based upon the identified assumptions. Some assumptions inevitably will not materialize, and unanticipated events may occur; therefore, the actual results achieved during the projection period will vary from the projection, and the variations may be substantial.

 

10. We have compiled summary financial data and ratios that are contained in the report and various exhibits. The data in these exhibits represent financial data extracted from the Company’s historical financial statements as well as other sources. The financial information does not constitute a complete presentation of the Company’s financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The information presented is included solely to assist in the development of the value conclusion presented in this report, and should not be used to obtain credit or any other purpose.

 

LOGO   Page 50


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 2
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Appraisers’ Certification

 

APPENDIX 2: APPRAISERS’ CERTIFICATION

 

We certify that to the best of our knowledge and belief:

 

1. The statements of fact contained in this report are true and correct.

 

2. The reported analyses, opinions, and conclusions are limited only by the reported assumptions and limiting conditions, and are our personal, impartial, and, unbiased professional analyses, opinions, and conclusions.

 

3. We have no present or prospective interest in the entity that was the subject of this report, and we have no personal interest or bias with respect to the parties involved.

 

4. We have no bias with respect to the property that was the subject of this report or to the parties involved with this assignment.

 

5. Our engagement in this assignment was not contingent upon delivering or reporting predetermined results.

 

6. Our compensation for completing this assignment was not contingent upon the development or reporting of a predetermined value or direction in value that favors the cause of the client, the amount of the value opinion, the attainment of a stipulated result, or the occurrence of a subsequent event directly related to the intended use of this report.

 

7. Our analyses, opinions, and conclusions were developed, and this report has been prepared, in conformity with the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice and the Business Valuation Standards of the American Society of Appraisers.

 

8. All estimates of value are presented as our considered opinions, based upon the facts and data obtained during the investigation by us and by those under our direct supervision. Providing significant professional assistance in completing this report was RSM McGladrey, Inc. staff member Greg Patterson (economic and industry research and written summary).

 

9. The American Society of Appraisers has a mandatory recertification program for all of its Senior Members. We are in compliance with that program.

 

RSM McGladrey, Inc.
LOGO

Yale Kramer

Director, Business Valuation Services Group

LOGO

Scott Ivers

Director, Business Valuation Services Group

 

LOGO   Page 51


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 3
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Professional Qualifications of Appraisers

 

APPENDIX 3: PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS OF APPRAISERS

 

Yale Kramer

Director

CPA/ABV, ASA, CBA, JD

O 515.558.6600

F 515.471.5207

yale.kramer@rsmi.com

 

Summary Of Experience

 

Yale Kramer has been valuing businesses since 1972. In 1981 he founded Reiss Corporation, which specialized in appraisals of closely held businesses until the appraisal practice was merged with the business appraisal practice of McGladrey & Pullen in 1997. Between 1982 and 1998 Mr. Kramer also owned majority interest in KR Business Brokers, Inc. and was active in the sale of small and mezzanine businesses in the state of Iowa. He was certified by the International Business Brokers Association as a Certified Business Intermediary. On August 1, 1999, he joined RSM McGladrey, Inc. through an acquisition.

 

Mr. Kramer has conducted appraisals for a variety of purposes including federal gift and estate tax, estate planning, employee stock ownership plans, tender offers, mergers and acquisitions, condemnation of business interests, patents and other intangible assets, and litigation including dissolutions, lost profits and other economic changes. Mr. Kramer has been involved in valuation matters in approximately 20 states. He has served as an expert witness in both state and federal courts, and has been appointed a Special Master and arbitrator by Iowa District Courts. In addition to authoring a workbook for accountants on valuing closely held businesses, he has been a reviewer or contributor for other publications relating to business valuation. He has been a speaker on valuation matters at seminars in the United States, Canada, and in the Republic of China under the auspices of the Chinese government and the U.S. Department of Commerce. He has helped develop and/or taught business valuation courses sponsored by the American Society of Appraisers, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and a number of state societies of CPAs.

 

Professional Credentials/Special Qualifications

 

  Senior Member, American Society of Appraisers (currently re-certified in Business Valuation)

 

  Certified Public Accountant (accredited in business valuation – ABV)

 

  Certified Business Appraiser (CBA) Institute of Business Appraisers

 

  Expert witness on the valuation of closely held business before U.S. Tax Court, U.S. Bankruptcy Court, U.S. Federal District Courts and various state District Courts, including testimony on behalf of the Internal Revenue Service, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Iowa Department of Revenue

 

  Speaker on valuation matters at seminars sponsored by the U.S. Department of Commerce with the Republic of China, the Iowa Bar Association, University of Iowa Law School, Drake University Law School, American Institute of CPAs, Ohio Society of CPAs, Illinois Society of CPAs, Internal Revenue Service, American Society of Appraisers, California Department of Transportation, the Canadian Institute of Chartered Business Valuators, and Iowa Trial Lawyers Association

 

LOGO   Page 52


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 3
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Professional Qualifications of Appraisers

 

Education

 

  Mr. Kramer attended Washington University Law School, St. Louis, Missouri, and holds B.S., M.B.A., and J.D. degrees from Drake University, Des Moines, Iowa.

 

Professional Affiliations

 

  Former Chairman, Business Valuation Standards Committee, ASA 2001—2003

 

  Member, Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation, 1998 to 2000

 

  Regional Governor ASA, 6/97 (Resigned to accept position on ASB)

 

  Business Valuation Standards Committee, ASA, 1997 (Resigned to accept position on ASB)

 

  1996 Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation (term not completed due to complications after surgery)

 

  Former National Chair, Business Valuation Discipline American Society of Appraisers, 1989–1991

 

  Former Education Chair, Business Valuation Discipline, American Society of Appraisers, 1987–1989

 

  Former President, Iowa Chapter 64, American Society of Appraisers, 1991–1992

 

  Former Member, Valuation Advisory Committee, ESOP Association

 

  Former Member, Advisory Board, The Accountant’s Business Manual , American Institute of CPAs

 

  Former Member, Business Law Subcommittee, Board of Examiners, American Institute of CPAs, involved in writing the law portion of the uniform CPA exam

 

  Former Treasurer and Member of Board of Directors, Iowa Society of CPAs

 

  Former Certified Business Intermediary, International Business Brokers Association

 

  Member, Iowa Bar Association

 

  Member, Polk County Bar Association

 

LOGO   Page 53


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 3
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Professional Qualifications of Appraisers

 

Scott Ivers

 

Director

 

CPA/ABV, ASA, MBA

O 515.281.9274

F 515.471.5395

scott.ivers@rsmi.com

 

Summary of Experience

 

Scott Ivers has specialized in appraisals of closely held businesses and professional practices since 1998. He joined McGladrey & Pullen in 1991 as a staff accountant. He worked initially as an auditor conducting financial statement audits and later as a tax specialist participating in individual and corporate tax planning.

 

In May of 1996, Mr. Ivers accepted a position as accounting manager for Compressor Controls Corporation in Des Moines, Iowa. He was responsible for management of the accounting department, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, payroll, cost accounting and financial reporting.

 

In 1997, he resumed his career with McGladrey & Pullen, LLP as a tax manager for the national tax group. As part of the national tax group, Mr. Ivers assisted in the development of the firm’s cost recovery services. His responsibilities included development of procedural manuals, marketing materials, and standardized reporting, as well as training firm personnel throughout the United States.

 

In 1998, he began conducting business appraisals for a variety of purposes including federal gift and estate tax, estate planning, employee stock ownership plans, S-corporation elections, charitable gifts, mergers and acquisitions, condemnation of business interests, and intangible assets, such as patents. Mr. Ivers’ experience also includes lost profits, patent infringement, and violation of non-compete agreements, as well as other economic damages. Mr. Ivers is experienced in the analysis of corporate financial and other data, comparable securities analysis, and business valuation techniques. He also assisted in the maintenance of proprietary computer models for use in financial data analysis.

 

Professional Credentials

 

  Earned the designation of Accredited Senior Appraiser (ASA) in Business Valuations from the American Society of Appraisers, which includes passing a four part series of courses, passing an ethics examination, passing the Uniform Standards of Professional Appraisal Practice exam, having two appraisal reports approved by peer review through the American Society of Appraisers, and satisfying the five year experience requirement in providing business appraisal services.

 

  Certified Public Accountant (accredited in business valuation – ABV), awarded the Elijah Watt Sells award for scoring in the top three percent of those passing the May 1991 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants exam on the first try.

 

Education

 

  Mr. Ivers holds a B.A. degree from the University of Northern Iowa, graduating with highest honors (summa cum laude) in 1991 and was a member of the Omicron Delta Kappa honor society.

 

  Recently Mr. Ivers obtained his MBA from Drake University (2002), graduating with highest honors (summa cum laude).

 

  Completed over 200 hours of continuing professional education courses in business valuation topics.

 

LOGO   Page 54


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 3
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Professional Qualifications of Appraisers

 

Professional Affiliations

 

  Member, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA)

 

  Member, Iowa Society of CPAs (ISCPA)

 

Committee Appointment: Career Awareness Committee

 

  Member American Society of Appraisers

 

  Member of the Iowa Chapter of the American Society of Appraisers

 

Officer Appointment: Chapter Secretary 2003 – 2004

 

Officer Appointment: Chapter Vice President 2004-present

 

  Member of the Institute of Business Appraisers

 

  Member of the Des Moines Estate Planners

 

  Associate Member, Association of Certified Fraud Examiners

 

  Board of Directors, Blank Park Zoo

 

Executive Board Appointment: Treasurer

 

LOGO   Page 55


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

APPENDIX 4: VALUATION PRINCIPLES, METHODS AND TERMS

 

R EVENUE R ULING 59-60

 

Revenue Ruling 59-60 outlines the Internal Revenue Service’s view on the valuation of closely held businesses. Although Revenue Ruling 59-60 was originally promulgated for estate and gift tax purposes, it has become a guideline for other valuation purposes and has been accepted by the valuation community as a basic guideline to valuing closely held companies. The Ruling cites the following eight basic factors that should be considered in the appraisal of a closely held entity, which we have taken into consideration in our analysis of the Company and our final opinion of value.

 

  1. The nature of the business and the history of the enterprise from its inception.

 

  2. The economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry in particular.

 

  3. The book value of the stock and the financial condition of the business.

 

  4. The earning capacity of the company.

 

  5. The dividend-paying capacity.

 

  6. Whether or not the enterprise has goodwill or other intangible value.

 

  7. Sales of the stock and the size of the block of stock to be valued.

 

  8. The market price of stocks of corporations engaged in the same or a similar line of business having their stocks actively traded in a free and open market, either on an exchange or over-the-counter. 3

 

Determining the fair market value of common stock in a closely held company is a difficult task requiring the consideration of numerous factors and cannot be determined by any precise mathematical formula. A sound appraisal requires familiarity with the company and the environment in which it operates, as well as knowledge and experience in the disciplines of accounting, finance, and appraisal.

 

It should be noted that, even after careful consideration of all the relevant facts and information, significant variances in value estimates could be derived for a closely held enterprise. In reconciliation of these variances, it must be acknowledged that appraisal is not an exact science whereby a given formula can be applied to a set of data and a conclusive result be determined. Rather, the informed judgment of the valuator operating in the context of reasonableness and common sense must underlie the appraisal process.

 

V ALUATION P RINCIPLES

 

Business valuation methodologies are based upon certain basic principles. To understand those methodologies, it is important to understand the underlying valuation principles.

 

Principle of Substitution

 

The principle of substitution states that the value of an asset tends to be determined by the cost of acquiring an equally desirable substitute. In other words, a person will not purchase a particular asset if an equally desirable asset can be purchased at a lower price.

 

Principle of Future Benefits

 

The principle of future benefits states that the economic value of an asset reflects anticipated future benefits. An individual who purchases an asset is purchasing it in order to receive the benefits it can provide in the future, not for what it has done in the past. For example, a business that has had poor earnings in the past but has bright future

 

LOGO   Page 56


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

prospects will be worth more than a business that has been successful in the past but will not be profitable in the future.

 

Ownership Interest Being Valued

 

When valuing an ownership interest in a closely held entity, it is important to consider the specific ownership interest being valued. There are generally two types of equity ownership interests–controlling and minority interests. A controlling interest is an interest that has the power to direct the management and policies of a business enterprise. A minority interest is an “ownership position less than 50 percent of the voting interest in a business enterprise.” 4 The subject of this report is a controlling interest.

 

L EVELS OF V ALUE

 

Although valuation is a range concept, current valuation theory suggests that there are three basic “levels” of value applicable to a business or business interest, described as follows:

 

  Controlling Interest: the value of an ownership interest encompassing the power to direct the management and policies of a business enterprise.

 

  As-if freely tradable minority interest: the value of a minority interest, lacking control, but enjoying the benefit of market liquidity

 

  Non-marketable, minority interest : the value of a minority interest, lacking both control and market liquidity

 

V ALUATION A PPROACHES AND M ETHODS

 

The three basic valuation approaches used by appraisers are:

 

  1. The market approach;

 

  2. The income approach; and

 

  3. The asset approach.

 

Market Approach

 

The market approach is based on the principle of substitution. In using this approach, the appraiser looks at the market to see what similar businesses or business interests are worth. There are four methods that can be used in applying the market approach: the past transactions method, the guideline public company method, the merger and acquisition method, and the rules of thumb method.

 

In some cases, appraisers are able to use past transactions in a company’s stock as an indication of its value. According to Revenue Ruling 59-60 and several U.S. Tax Court cases, in determining the value of stock of a closely held company, actual arm’s length sales of such stock in the normal course of business within a reasonable time before or after the valuation date are the best criteria of market value.

 

However, as discussed in Guide to Business Valuations , by Jay Fishman, et. al., actual transactions are not always a reliable gauge of value for several reasons including:

 

  1. Sales are often rare, and the last sale may have taken place years before the valuation date.

 

  2. The number of shares may be substantially different from the number of shares being valued.

 

  3. If the sale was to a family member, it will be difficult to establish that the selling price was arrived at in an arm’s length manner.

 

LOGO   Page 57


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

  4. In some cases, sales to insiders are motivated by a desire to reward managers by offering them company stock at a discount. In other situations, employees buy shares to ensure job security. 5

 

In lieu of actual sales in the company’s stock, the most common valuation method is the guideline public company method . In this method, the appraiser will perform a thorough search of publicly traded companies in order to find guideline companies that are similar to the subject company. Often this involves companies from the same Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) or North American Industrial Classification Manual (NAICS) code, but there are instances when information from a company from a different industry is also useful. Similarly, a company involved in the same industry is often not comparable due to differences in size, markets, capital structures, and so forth.

 

Revenue Ruling 59-60 specifically states that in valuing the stock of closely held corporations or the stock of corporations where market quotations are either lacking or too scarce to be recognized that “the market price of stocks of corporations engaged in the same or a similar line of business having their stocks actively traded in a free and open market, either on an exchange or over-the-counter” is a fundamental factor that requires careful analysis. 6

 

There are several advantages to utilizing the guideline public company method. It represents a more objective source of data in that share prices of the publicly traded companies are set by many transactions from buyers and sellers. These transactions give an indication of how the market or the public values the stock of the publicly traded company. When valuing a minority interest in a subject company, the guideline public company method may be simpler to apply because the share price inherently represents minority interests. Also, if the subject company is large and has the potential to be publicly traded, the applicability of this method increases.

 

A drawback to the guideline public company method is that it is often difficult to find truly similar companies to use for guidelines. Consideration should be given to both qualitative and quantitative data. Qualitative data includes but is not limited to size, management depth, product line diversification, geographic diversification, market position, supplier or customer dependence, and access to capital markets. Quantitative analysis includes but is not limited to financial risk, growth, and earnings (or cash flow) trends. Often, it is difficult to find companies that are similar on all of these parameters and therefore, the appraiser must exercise judgment in choosing criteria that are critical for comparability.

 

The objectiveness of the pricing data from the guideline companies may also be questioned. For example, publicly traded stock that is thinly traded may raise doubts as to the objectivity of the pricing data because relatively few transactions are indicating the price of the company. As stated above, Revenue Ruling 59-60 specifies utilizing stocks that are “actively traded in the free and open market.” There have also been instances in which the stock market has had an emotional aspect such as the significant market decline experienced in October 1987 and the “irrational exuberance” experienced in the late 1990s. Another difficulty lies in properly interpreting the stock and financial data of the guideline companies, as detailed information may be lacking in annual reports, 10-Ks, and 10-Qs.

 

The appraiser must demonstrate objectivity and sound reasoning in selecting the guideline companies, applying the data from the guideline companies to the subject company, and in weighting the results from the guideline public company method. Weighting is dependent upon the degree of confidence gained by the appraiser that the publicly traded company is similar, and therefore, the pricing data obtained from it is applicable to the pricing of the subject company.

 

Another market method is the merger and acquisition method . The basic principles of the merger and acquisition method are the same as the guideline publicly traded company method. However, as opposed to using stock prices from the public marketplace, the merger and acquisition makes use of actual sales of comparable companies. There are several sources for such information such as the Institute of Business Appraisers (IBA) Market Data Base, BizComps, Pratt’s Stats, Done Deals, and Mergerstat Review. Each of these sources has accumulated data on actual sales of businesses that can be useful in observing the sales prices of other companies in a particular industry.

 

The merger and acquisition method can provide the best indication of the prices in which entire companies can change hands; therefore, its applicability would be most appropriate for valuing a controlling interest in a subject

 

LOGO   Page 58


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

company. Like the guideline public company method, it can provide a more objective source of data. It also has the advantage that buyers and sellers involved in these transactions are often well informed.

 

A challenge in utilizing the merger and acquisition method is that it is difficult to find similar companies that have been acquired. Another problem is that an adequate level of detail on the acquisitions may be lacking. Furthermore, there may be difficulties in understanding and interpreting the data as to what was actually bought, such as assets purchased and debt acquired.

 

The fourth method is the rule of thumb method . This method uses valuation formulae common to a given industry. Often, they are based on multiples of earnings, cash flow, or revenue. The usefulness of the rule of thumb method varies from industry to industry. In some cases, the industry may not have widely used rules of thumb while in others; rules of thumb provide a great deal of insight in valuing the company.

 

The Business Valuation Standards set by the American Society of Appraisers state that the “value indications derived from the use of rules of thumb should not be given substantial weight unless supported by other valuation methods and it can be established that knowledgeable buyers and sellers place substantial reliance on them.” 7

 

A difficulty in applying the rule of thumb method is that a lack of information exists in understanding the transactions that make up the formula so that the appraiser can evaluate the appropriateness of the multiple for the subject company and/or to make adjustments for its proper utilization. Therefore, unless it is an established valuation method within the subject’s industry, the rule of thumb method is often used only as a reasonableness check on value, if it all.

 

Income Approach

 

The income approach draws on the premise that an “equally desirable substitute” for the business being appraised would be another investment that would produce an equal amount of economic income under similar risk circumstances. It is important to recognize that this economic income is to be received in the future, thus satisfying the principle of future benefits. The measurement of economic income can be dividends, cash flow, or some other measure of accounting earnings.

 

The income approach is based upon the concept of present value. Present value, in this context refers to the dollar amount that a rational and well-informed investor would be willing to pay today for the stream of expected economic income that is being evaluated.

 

In terms of a mathematical formula, the formula for present value is:

 

LOGO

 

where:

   PV    =      Present value
     E    =      Expected economic income in each of the periods 1 through n , n being the final cash flow in the life of the investment
     n    =      Number of periods
     k    =      Discount rate or cost of capital

 

This formula provides the basis for the discounted future benefits method . The discounted future benefits method requires projecting the future income or cash flow (discounted cash flow method) of the business and discounting it to present value at the opportunity cost of capital or “discount rate.” According to Roger Ibbotson, “The opportunity cost of capital is equal to the return that could have been earned on alternative investments at a specific level of risk.” 8

 

In situations where the future income of the business can be expected to grow evenly into perpetuity, the present value formula presented above can be simplified in the following formula known as the “Gordon Growth Model.”

 

LOGO   Page 59


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

LOGO

 

where:

   PV    =      Present value
     E 1    =      Expected economic income in period 1, the period immediately following the valuation date
     k    =      Discount rate or cost of capital
     g    =      Expected long-term sustainable growth rate in economic income

 

The Gordon Growth Model provides the basis for the capitalization of benefits method whereby economic benefits for a single period are converted to value through division by a capitalization rate. Different measures of the benefits stream may capitalized such as net income or cash flow.

 

The American Society of Appraisers’ definition of a capitalization rate is “a divisor (usually expressed as a percentage) that is used to convert income into value.” In other words, economic income is divided by the capitalization rate to determine the value of the business.

 

Often confusion exists between the terms “capitalization rate” and “discount rate.” The discount rate is utilized on a multi-period income stream to discount it to present value. The discount rate would be the required rate of return for an investor. Growth is projected into the income stream that is being discounted. Conversely, the capitalization rate encompasses the growth rate as well as the rate of return required for the investor. The capitalization rate is then utilized on a single period income stream to convert it to the indicated value. The growth rate expected must be stable because the capitalization rate is used only on a single period income stream. The capitalization of benefits method tends to be the appropriate valuation method when it appears that the company’s current operations are indicative of its future operations (assuming a normal growth rate). On the other hand, the discounted future benefits method tends to be more appropriate when future returns are expected to be “substantially different” from current operations.

 

Asset Approach

 

The asset approach involves determining the value of the business by focusing on the balance sheet. It considers the value of the underlying assets and liabilities as a means of determining the value of the business. The two basic methods within the asset approach are the adjusted net asset value method and the liquidation value method.

 

The adjusted net asset value method is determined by taking the fair market value of the assets less the liabilities. The following conditions, as summarized in the Guide to Business Valuations , by Jay Fishman, et. al., would indicate use of the net asset value method:

 

  1. The company holds significant tangible assets, and there are no significant intangible assets.

 

  2. There is little or no value added to the company’s products or services from labor.

 

  3. The balance sheet reflects all the company’s tangible assets; that is, the company has not expensed any tangible assets that continue to benefit the company.

 

  4. The company is expected to continue operating as a going concern.

 

  5. The ownership interest being valued is either a controlling interest or has the ability to cause the sale of the company’s assets.

 

  6. The company has no established earnings history or a volatile earnings/cash flow history.

 

  7. A significant portion of the company’s assets is composed of liquid assets or other investments (such as marketable securities, real estate investments, mineral rights).

 

LOGO   Page 60


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

  8. The business depends heavily on competitive contract bids, and there is no consistent, predictable customer base.

 

  9. It is relatively easy to enter the company’s industry (for example, small machine shops and retail shops).

 

  10. The company is a start-up business. 9

 

In some situations, the net asset value can be the value of the firm, especially in asset-intensive businesses. A holding company is a good example in which the net asset value method has more applicability. The net asset value method would be less appropriate for service industries or asset-light businesses.

 

If the company is worth more in liquidation and the holder of the appraised interest can force liquidation, the liquidation value of assets, less liabilities, would be the appropriate measure of value. Utilizing liquidation value would be appropriate if there is substantial concern about the ability of the business to operate as a going concern or if current or projected cash flows from continuing operations are relatively low compared to the net assets. Liquidation may occur in either an orderly liquidation or a forced liquidation.

 

An orderly liquidation allows a reasonable timeframe to find a purchaser, usually six to nine months. It is assumed that all sales are free and clear of all liens and encumbrances with the seller acting under compulsion, as of a specific date. The buyer is assumed to be responsible for all costs of removal.

 

A forced liquidation is the amount that could be accumulated from a properly advertised and conducted public auction. The method assumes a sense of immediacy with a lack of adequate time to find a purchaser. “Fire sale” values typically apply.

 

F INANCIAL A NALYSIS T ECHNIQUES

 

We reviewed the Company’s financial statements and the related footnotes in light of our background research and our discussions with Management. Comparisons were made within the Company over the years and with industry norms and data from similar or comparable companies when available. The purpose of this analysis was to enable us to understand the Company’s current financial position and future earnings potential. Financial analysis helps to identify and quantify some of the Company’s strengths and weaknesses. Also, it helps determine what adjustments to the financial statements might be necessary to depict a consistent set of financial data for analysis and to get a more accurate picture of the Company’s current financial position and future earnings capacity. When valuing a company, we use the following quantitative financial analysis tools, all or some of which may have been used in this report.

 

Comparative Financial Statements

 

The Company’s financial statements for various years are presented side by side to facilitate review of changes in individual items and in whole categories from year to year and over the years.

 

Common-size financial statements

 

Common-size analysis involves expressing comparisons in percentages. Each item on the income statement is expressed as a percent of sales, and each item on the balance sheet is expressed as a percent of total assets. Comparisons of common-size statements of the Company over the years show the changing proportions of components of the financial statement categories. In addition, common-size statements facilitate comparisons of the Company with industry norms and with other companies because the financial statements of companies of different sizes are recast in a uniform, common-size format. Some of the most important indicators of strengths and risks include the following

 

Revenue: Revenue growth is an indicator of the market’s acceptance of a company’s products and services. Sales growth should be compared with that of its market in general and of its specific competitors. If revenue is growing

 

LOGO   Page 61


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

faster than the industry, the company is likely gaining market share. It is also important to determine what is behind any sales growth. Sales growth can be a result of pricing, unit volume gains, or acquisitions.

 

Gross Profit: Gross profit is defined as sales minus the cost of goods sold, and is usually expressed as a percentage of sales. Gross margins generally reflect a company’s product mix and its operational efficiency. Often, the higher the volume a company produces and the more stable its manufacturing processes, the more efficient its operations.

 

Operating Margin: Operating margin equals operating income divided by sales. Operating margin performance takes into account the operating expenses required to run the business. These costs include rent, advertising and promotion, research and development, and employee payrolls. Because operating expenses are generally more controllable than raw material costs, year-to-year changes in this ratio can be used to measure how efficiently a company is using its assets. Ideally, over time a company should show higher operating margins as operating expenses as a percentage of sales decline.

 

Dividend-Paying Capacity: In evaluating the dividend-paying capacity of a business, it is important to assess the ability of the company to pay dividends rather than consider the dividends historically paid. Dividend-paying capacity is commonly determined through a study of companies in a similar line of business and for which shareholder reward in the form of distributions to owners is important to attracting and maintaining capital for the company. The ability of a company to pay dividends, however, can vary substantially among entities within an industry group depending on the stage of life of the life cycle of the particular company, growth trends and other factors.

 

The dividend-paying capacity of a business stems primarily from its earning capacity. Once earning capacity is achieved, it becomes a discretionary decision on the part of the directors or a controlling shareholder group whether available funds should be used to pay dividends or retained in the business for further pursuit of the company’s business opportunities.

 

As stated in Revenue Ruling 59-60, “for many closely held businesses the dividend factor is not a material element since the payment of such dividends is discretionary with the controlling stockholders. The individual or group in control can substitute salaries and bonuses for dividends, thus reducing net income and understating the dividend-paying capacity of the company. Therefore, dividends are less reliable criteria of fair market value than other applicable factors.”

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Value: A going business can be presumed to have goodwill or other intangible value if it is capable of generating a return in excess of a fair rate of return on its net tangible assets. Goodwill is commonly defined as that intangible asset that arises as a result of name, reputation, customer patronage, location, products, and similar factors that have not been separately identified and/or valued but which generate economic benefits. Revenue Ruling 59-60 states that the presence of goodwill and its value rests upon the excess of net earnings over and above a fair return on the net tangible assets.

 

Trend analysis

 

Trend analysis is the analysis of the Company’s operating performance and financial position over time. Past sales and earnings growth may indicate future growth and can put the Company’s current performance in a historical context.

 

Ratio analysis

 

A financial ratio expresses the mathematical relationship between one item on the financial statements and another item on the financial statements. Ratios are compared within the Company over time and compared with ratios of other companies (either industry norms and/or specific similar companies). Ratio analysis can disclose relationships that reveal conditions and trends not detected by an inspection of the individual components of the ratio.

 

LOGO   Page 62


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

An advantage of ratios is the ability to compare risk and return relationships of different sized firms operating in similar industries. Ratios provide insight to a company’s operating, financial, and investment performance. This analysis may be deceptive as it can ignore differences between industries, varying capital structures, and differences in accounting and reporting methods. Given those differences, ratio variability over time may be more informative than the ratio at any one point in time. Some of the significant ratios which we calculated are the following:

 

Liquidity ratios - Liquidity is a company’s ability to convert assets into cash or to obtain cash. Measures the quality and adequacy of current assets to meet current obligations.

 

Working capital - Current assets minus current liabilities. Measures the cushion or margin of safety protecting short- term creditors.

 

Current ratio - Current assets divided by current liabilities. Measures the ability of existing assets to meet existing short-term debt obligations. The excess of current assets over current liabilities indicates the margin of safety for creditors against shrinkage in the value of current assets.

 

Quick ratio - Cash and equivalents plus trade receivables divided by total current liabilities. This is a more conservative measure than the current ratio because it excludes those current assets which cannot be converted to cash readily.

 

Activity ratios - Measures the efficiency with which a company uses assets to generate revenue. The higher the level of activity (often measured as turnover), the more efficiently a company is managing its assets.

 

Accounts receivable turnover - Sales divided by trade receivables (average or ending). Measures the number of times receivables turn over during the year. Indicates both liquidity (speed with which accounts are converted to cash) and quality (likelihood of collection without loss) of accounts receivable. Generally, the less often receivables turn over, the less likely they are to be collected and the lower the perceived quality. Thus, a decrease in receivables turnover tends to indicate less liquidity and lower quality.

 

Days sales in receivables - 365 divided by accounts receivable turnover. Measures the average length of time it takes to collect accounts receivable.

 

Inventory turnover - Cost of goods sold divided by inventory (average or ending). Measures the average speed with which inventories move through and out of a company. A high ratio may indicate good liquidity or merchandising so long as inventory levels are adequate to maintain sales. A low ratio may indicate excessive inventories, causing a company to incur high costs for storage, insurance, interest and taxes, to risk loss of value through obsolescence and physical deterioration, and to tie up funds that might be utilized elsewhere.

 

Days sales in inventory - 365 divided by inventory turnover. Measures the average length of time it takes to sell inventory on hand.

 

Operating cycle - Days sales in receivables plus days sales in inventory. Measures the average length of time between acquisition of inventory and the realization of cash from the selling of the inventory. Length of operating cycle varies substantially from one industry to another.

 

Fixed asset turnover - Net sales divided by net fixed assets (average or ending). Measures the company’s ability to make productive use of its property, plant, and equipment through the generation of sales dollars. A high turnover may indicate more efficient use of fixed assets than a low turnover. This ratio may be distorted if the company leases facilities and equipment which do not show up on the balance sheet.

 

Total asset turnover - Net sales divided by total assets (average or ending). Measures the ability of the firm to generate sales through the use of its assets. A high turnover ratio indicates more efficient use of assets than a low turnover. Heavily depreciated assets and intangible assets may distort this ratio.

 

Leverage - The extent to which a company finances its operations with debt rather than equity. In general, the greater the leverage, the greater the risk of potential loss to both the creditor and the investor and the greater the potential return to the investor. Financial leverage increases return to a company’s investors if the company earns more with the borrowed funds than is paid in interest to use the funds. However, the more leverage the company uses (resulting in higher fixed charges for interest and debt repayment), the greater the risk of cash flow problems or even insolvency during periods of earnings decline.

 

LOGO   Page 63


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Degree of financial leverage - Return on stockholders’ equity divided by return on total assets. Indicates whether or not the effect of leverage is advantageous to stockholders. Leverage is advantageous when the return on equity is greater than the return on total assets.

 

Ratio of total debt to total equity capital - Total liabilities divided by total equity. Measures the extent to which financing is provided by creditors rather than by the owners. It also helps to determine how well creditors are protected in case of earnings decline. A high ratio indicates a large portion of the financing is provided by the creditors and more risk is assumed by creditors.

 

Ratio of fixed assets to total equity capital - Measures the extent to which equity is invested in plant and equipment. A low ratio indicates a smaller investment of equity in plant and equipment and better protection for creditors during periods of low earnings. This ratio fluctuates widely by industry.

 

Times interest earned - Earnings before taxes and interest divided by interest expense. Measures a company’s ability to meet interest payments. A high ratio indicates greater protection for the creditor.

 

Profitability - The ability of the company to generate earnings. Profitability ratios measure management’s effectiveness and the operating performance of a company. Effective operating performance determines the ability of a company to survive financially and determines the ability to attract investors and creditors and reward them adequately. Each of these ratios is expressed as a percentage of sales and, generally, the higher the ratio the better. While it is desirable for these ratios to be high, competitive forces within an industry, economic conditions, use of debt financing, and operating characteristics (such as high fixed costs) will cause profit margins to vary between and within industries.

 

Gross profit margin - Gross profit divided by net sales. Gross profit is the difference between net sales and the cost of the products sold during the period. This ratio may highlight changes in sales price, sales volume, or cost per unit. Competitive conditions in the industry dictate the degree of control management has of these factors.

 

Operating profit margin - Operating income divided by sales. Operating income is the difference between gross profit and operating expenses. Operating expenses include more discretionary items than cost of products sold and this ratio may highlight changes in management policies. Also, operating expenses include a number of items which, if not carefully monitored, tend to grow more rapidly than sales especially in prosperous or high growth periods. This ratio may be a better predictor of future performance than the net profit margin because it excludes unusual items, such as discontinued operations, which may not be repeated in the future.

 

Pretax profit margin - Pretax income divided by net sales. Pretax income includes all revenue and expense items except for taxes. Thus, the ratio indicates trends in the company’s earnings without distortion because of changes in tax law.

 

Net income profit margin - Net income divided by sales. The net profit margin is an all-inclusive measure of the profitability of the company.

 

Return on investment - Income divided by investment. Measures the effectiveness with which management uses the assets entrusted to them. May be a more reliable indicator of long-term financial health than any measure of current financial strength based only on balance sheet relationships.

 

Return on total assets - Income (net income or earnings before taxes) divided by total assets (average or ending). Measures the company’s ability to use its assets to generate profits. The two major components of return on total assets are net profit margin and total asset turnover. Thus, a low return on assets may indicate problems with poor profit margins and/or excess or poorly utilized assets.

 

Return on equity - Income (net income or earnings before taxes) divided by stockholders’ equity (ending or average). Measures the return to shareholders. The two major components of return on equity are return on total assets and the degree of leverage. A high ratio often indicates efficient use of assets, but sometimes indicates a highly leveraged company.

 

LOGO   Page 64


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Industry Comparisons

 

Norms for composition of the income statement and balance sheet (as reflected in the common-size statements) and for various ratios differ among industries. Therefore, we compared company data with industry data from various sources including Risk Management Associates (previously Robert Morris Associates). Risk Management Associates provides both common-size and ratio norms.

 

Risk Management Associates furnishes three values for each ratio presented—the upper quartile, the median, and the lower quartile. These values were obtained by computing the ratios for individual companies in the industry, then listing those ratios from the strongest to the weakest. This list was then divided into four groups of equal size, and the three “separating points” are the quartiles. The upper quartile value (HI) is the point which separates the top (strong) one-fourth of the ratios from the remaining ratios. The median (MD) is the middle value, and the lower quartile value (LO) is the point which separates the top three-fourths of ratios from the bottom one-fourth.

 

G LOSSARY OF V ALUATION T ERMS

 

To enhance and sustain the quality of business valuations for the benefit of the business valuation profession and the users of the services of its practitioners, the below identified societies and organizations whose members provide business valuation services have adopted the definitions for the terms included in this glossary.

 

The performance of business valuation services requires a high degree of skill, and imposes upon the valuation professional a duty to communicate the valuation process and conclusion, as appropriate to the scope of the engagement, in a manner that is clear and not misleading. This duty is advanced through the use of terms whose meanings are clearly established and consistently applied throughout the profession.

 

If, in the opinion of the business valuation professional, one or more of these terms needs to be used in a manner which materially departs from the enclosed definitions, it is recommended that the term be defined as used within that valuation engagement.

 

This glossary has been developed to provide guidance to the business valuation practitioners who are members of the listed societies, organizations, and others performing valuations of business interests or securities by further memorializing the body of knowledge which constitutes the competent and careful determination of value and, more particularly, the communication of how that value was determined.

 

Departure from this glossary is not intended to provide a basis for civil liability and should not be presumed to create evidence that any duty has been breached.

 

  American Institute of Certified Public Accountants

 

  American Society of Appraisers

 

  Canadian Institute of Chartered Business Valuators

 

  National Association of Certified Valuation Analysts

 

  The Institute of Business Appraisers

 

Adjusted Book Value - the value that results after one or more asset or liability amounts are added, deleted, or changed from their respective financial statement amounts.

 

Appraisal - See Valuation.

 

Appraisal Approach - See Valuation Approach.

 

Appraisal Date - See Valuation Date.

 

Appraisal Method - See Valuation Method.

 

Appraisal Procedure - See Valuation Procedure.

 

LOGO   Page 65


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Asset (Asset-Based) Approach - a general way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, or security by using one or more methods based on the value of the assets of that business net of liabilities.

 

Benefit Stream - any level of income, cash flow, or earnings generated by an asset, group of assets, or business enterprise. When the term is used, it should be supplemented by a definition of exactly what it means in the given valuation context.

 

Beta - a measure of systematic risk of a security; the tendency of a security’s returns to correlate with swings in the broad market.

 

Blockage Discount - an amount or percentage deducted from the current market price of a publicly traded security to reflect the decrease in the per share value of a block of those securities that is of a size that could not be sold in a reasonable period of time given normal trading volume.

 

Business - see Business Enterprise.

 

Business Enterprise - a commercial, industrial, service, or investment entity, or a combination thereof, pursuing an economic activity.

 

Business Valuation - the act or process of determining the value of a business enterprise or ownership interest therein.

 

Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM) - a model in which the cost of capital for any security or portfolio of securities equals a risk-free rate plus a risk premium that is proportionate to the systematic risk of the security or portfolio.

 

Capitalization - a conversion of a single period stream of benefits into value.

 

Capitalization Factor - any multiple or divisor used to convert anticipated benefits into value.

 

Capitalization Rate - any divisor (usually expressed as a percentage) used to convert anticipated benefits into value.

 

Capital Structure - the composition of the invested capital of a business enterprise; the mix of debt and equity financing.

 

Cash Flow - cash that is generated over a period of time by an asset, group of assets, or business enterprise. It may be used in a general sense to encompass various levels of specifically defined cash flows. When the term is used, it should be supplemented by a qualifier (for example, “discretionary” or “operating”) and a definition of exactly what it means in the given valuation context.

 

Control - the power to direct the management and policies of a business enterprise.

 

Control Premium - an amount (expressed in either dollar or percentage form) by which the pro rata value of a controlling interest exceeds the pro rata value of a non-controlling interest in a business enterprise, that reflects the power of control.

 

Cost Approach - a general way of estimating a value indication of an individual asset by quantifying the amount of money that would be required to replace the future service capability of that asset.

 

Cost of Capital - the expected rate of return (discount rate) that the market requires in order to attract funds to a particular investment.

 

Discount - a reduction in value or the act of reducing value.

 

Discount for Lack of Control - an amount or percentage deducted from the pro rata share of value of one hundred percent (100%) of an equity interest in a business to reflect the absence of some or all of the powers of control.

 

Discount for Lack of Marketability - an amount or percentage deducted from the value of an ownership interest to reflect the relative absence of marketability.

 

Discount Rate - a rate of return (cost of capital) used to convert a monetary sum, payable or receivable in the future, into present value.

 

Economic Life - the period of time over which property may generate economic benefits.

 

Effective Date - See Valuation Date.

 

LOGO   Page 66


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Enterprise - See Business Enterprise.

 

Equity Net Cash Flows - those cash flows available to pay out to equity holders (in the form of dividends) after funding operations of the business enterprise, making necessary capital investments, and reflecting increases or decreases in debt financing.

 

Equity Risk Premium - a rate of return in addition to a risk-free rate to compensate for investing in equity instruments because they have a higher degree of probable risk than risk-free instruments (a component of the cost of equity capital or equity discount rate).

 

Excess Earnings - that amount of anticipated benefits that exceeds a fair rate of return on the value of a selected asset base (often net tangible assets) used to generate those anticipated benefits.

 

Excess Earnings Method - a specific way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, or security determined as the sum of a) the value of the assets obtained by capitalizing excess earnings and b) the value of the selected asset base. Also frequently used to value intangible assets. See Excess Earnings.

 

Fair Market Value - the price, expressed in terms of cash equivalents, at which property would change hands between a hypothetical willing and able buyer and a hypothetical willing and able seller, acting at arms length in an open and unrestricted market, when neither is under compulsion to buy or sell and when both have reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts. {NOTE: In Canada, the term “price” should be replaced with the term “highest price”.}

 

Forced Liquidation Value - liquidation value at which the asset or assets are sold as quickly as possible, such as at an auction.

 

Going Concern - an ongoing operating business enterprise.

 

Going Concern Value - the value of a business enterprise that is expected to continue to operate into the future. The intangible elements of Going Concern Value result from factors such as having a trained work force, an operational plant, and the necessary licenses, systems, and procedures in place.

 

Goodwill - that intangible asset arising as a result of name, reputation, customer loyalty, location, products, and similar factors not separately identified.

 

Goodwill Value - the value attributable to goodwill.

 

Income (Income-Based) Approach - a general way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, security, or intangible asset using one or more methods that convert anticipated benefits into a present single amount.

 

Intangible Assets - non-physical assets (such as franchises, trademarks, patents, copyrights, goodwill, equities, mineral rights, securities and contracts as distinguished from physical assets) that grant rights, privileges, and have economic benefits for the owner.

 

Invested Capital - the sum of equity and debt in a business enterprise. Debt is typically a) long-term liabilities or b) the sum of short-term interest-bearing debt and long-term liabilities. When the term is used, it should be supplemented by a definition of exactly what it means in the given valuation context.

 

Invested Capital Net Cash Flows - those cash flows available to pay out to equity holders (in the form of dividends) and debt investors (in the form of principal and interest) after funding operations of the business enterprise and making necessary capital investments.

 

Investment Risk - the degree of uncertainty as to the realization of expected returns.

 

Investment Value - the value to a particular investor based on individual investment requirements and expectations. {NOTE: in Canada, the term used is “Value to the Owner”}

 

Key Person Discount - an amount or percentage deducted from the value of an ownership interest to reflect the reduction in value resulting from the actual or potential loss of a key person in a business enterprise.

 

Levered Beta - the beta reflecting a capital structure that includes debt.

 

Liquidity - the ability to quickly convert property to cash or pay a liability.

 

LOGO   Page 67


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Liquidation Value - the net amount that can be realized if the business is terminated and the assets are sold piecemeal. Liquidation can be either “orderly” or “forced”.

 

Majority Control - the degree of control provided by a majority position.

 

Majority Interest - an ownership interest greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in a business enterprise.

 

Market (Market-Based) Approach - a general way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, security, or intangible asset by using one or more methods that compare the subject to similar businesses, business ownership interests, securities, or intangible assets that have been sold.

 

Marketability - the ability to quickly convert property to cash at minimal cost.

 

Marketability Discount - See Discount for Lack of Marketability.

 

Minority Discount - a discount for lack of control applicable to a minority interest.

 

Minority Interest - an ownership interest less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in a business enterprise.

 

Net Book Value - with respect to a business enterprise, the difference between total assets (net of accumulated depreciation, depletion, and amortization) and total liabilities of a business enterprise as they appear on the balance sheet (synonymous with Shareholder’s Equity); with respect to an intangible asset, the capitalized cost of an intangible asset less accumulated amortization as it appears on the books of account of the business enterprise.

 

Net Cash Flow - a form of cash flow. When the term is used, it should be supplemented by a qualifier (for example, “Equity” or “Invested Capital”) and a definition of exactly what it means in the given valuation context.

 

Net Tangible Asset Value - the value of the business enterprise’s tangible assets (excluding excess assets and non-operating assets) minus the value of its liabilities. {NOTE: in Canada, tangible assets also include identifiable intangible assets}

 

Non-Operating Assets - assets not necessary to ongoing operations of the business enterprise. {NOTE: in Canada, the term used is “Redundant Assets”}

 

Orderly Liquidation Value - liquidation value at which the asset or assets are sold over a reasonable period of time to maximize proceeds received.

 

Premise of Value - an assumption regarding the most likely set of transactional circumstances that may be applicable to the subject valuation; e.g. going concern, liquidation.

 

Portfolio Discount - an amount or percentage that may be deducted from the value of a business enterprise to reflect the fact that it owns dissimilar operations or assets that may not fit well together.

 

Rate of Return - an amount of income (loss) and/or change in value realized or anticipated on an investment, expressed as a percentage of that investment.

 

Redundant Assets - {NOTE: in Canada, see “Non-Operating Assets”}

 

Report Date - the date conclusions are transmitted to the client.

 

Replacement Cost New - the current cost of a similar new property having the nearest equivalent utility to the property being valued.

 

Reproduction Cost New - the current cost of an identical new property.

 

Residual Value - the prospective value as of the end of the discrete projection period in a discounted benefit streams model.

 

Risk-Free Rate - the rate of return available in the market on an investment free of default risk.

 

Risk Premium - a rate of return in addition to a risk-free rate to compensate the investor for accepting risk.

 

Rule of Thumb - a mathematical relationship between or among variables based on experience, observation, hearsay, or a combination of these, usually applicable to a specific industry.

 

Special Interest Purchasers - acquirers who believe they can enjoy post-acquisition economies of scale, synergies, or strategic advantages by combining the acquired business interest with their own.

 

LOGO   Page 68


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 4
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Valuation Principles, Methods and Terms

 

Standard of Value - the identification of the type of value being utilized in a specific engagement; e.g. fair market value, fair value, investment value.

 

Sustaining Capital Reinvestment - the periodic capital outlay required to maintain operations at existing levels, net of the tax shield available from such outlays.

 

Systematic Risk - the risk that is common to all risky securities and cannot be eliminated through diversification. When using the capital asset pricing model, systematic risk is measured by beta.

 

Terminal Value - See Residual Value.

 

Unlevered Beta - the beta reflecting a capital structure without debt.

 

Unsystematic Risk - the portion of total risk specific to an individual security that can be avoided through diversification.

 

Valuation - the act or process of determining the value of a business, business ownership interest, security, or intangible asset.

 

Valuation Approach - a general way of determining a value indication of a business, business ownership interest, security, or intangible asset using one or more valuation methods.

 

Valuation Date - the specific point in time as of which the valuator’s opinion of value applies (also referred to as “Effective Date” or “Appraisal Date”).

 

Valuation Method - within approaches, a specific way to determine value.

 

Valuation Procedure - the act, manner, and technique of performing the steps of an appraisal method.

 

Valuation Ratio - a fraction in which a value or price serves as the numerator and financial, operating, or physical data serve as the denominator.

 

Value to the Owner - {NOTE: in Canada, see Investment Value}

 

Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) - the cost of capital (discount rate) determined by the weighted average, at market value, of the cost of all financing sources in the business enterprise’s capital structure.

 

LOGO   Page 69


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 5
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Summary of Information and Data Sources

 

APPENDIX 5: SOURCES OF INFORMATION

 

C ORPORATE D OCUMENTS

 

Audited financial statements, KPMG, August 31, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000, and 1999

Draft audited financial statements, KPMG, August 31, 2004

Strategic Options Assessment, Shattuck Hammond Partners, LLC, April 30, 2003

Presentation to the Board of Directors, BMO Nesbitt Burns, February 21, 2001

Internal financials, FCStone Group, Inc., August 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, 2001, 2000 and July 31, 2004

Fiscal Year 2005 Budget, FCStone Group, Inc.

Form S-4, Securities & Exchange Commission, August 18, 2004

Management’s estimate for effective income tax rate in 2005

 

E CONOMIC O UTLOOK

 

GDP: Bureau of Economic Analysis, August 2004

Index of Leading Indicators: The Conference Board, August 2004

Employment Situation: Bureau of Labor Statistics, August 2004

Productivity: Bureau of Labor Statistics, August 2004

Consumer Confidence: The Conference Board, August 2004

Consumer Price Index: Bureau of Labor Statistics, August 2004

Retail Sales: Department of Commerce, August 2004

Internet Sales: Department of Commerce, August 2004

Producer Price Index: Bureau of Labor Statistics, August 2004

NAPM Index: National Association of Purchasing Managers, August 2004

Housing: Bureau of the Census, August 2004

Selected Interest Rates: The Federal Reserve Board, August 2004

Economic Trends & Outlook, Standard & Poor’s, August 2004

Consensus Forecasts, Consensus Economics, August 2004

Livingstone Survey, Philadelphia Federal Reserve, August 2004

Various economic articles from CNNfn

Various economic articles from The Wall Street Journal Interactive

Various economic articles from Barron’s

Various economic articles from Business Week

Various economic articles from Forbes

Various economic articles from The Dismal Scientist

 

I NDUSTRY O UTLOOK

 

Agribusiness Survey, Standard & Poor’s, October 14, 2004

2003 Outlook, Futures Industry Association

2004 Outlook, Futures, Industry Association

First Quarter 2004 Volume Report, Futures Industry Association

Global Futures and Options Trading in 2003, Futures Industry Association

FIA Annual Volume Survey, Futures Industry Association, April 2004

Overview of the Futures Market, MegaCapital

Challenges and Opportunities, Futures Industry Magazine, September 2004

Outlook 04, Futures Industry Magazine

 

LOGO   Page 70


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 5
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Summary of Information and Data Sources

 

G UIDELINE C OMPANY D ATA

 

Reuters Investment Services

Standard & Poor’s

Edgar Database, Securities and Exchange Commission (on-line)

IAC-Insite Internet Database

 

M ARKET D ATA

 

Mergerstat Review, Los Angeles, California: Applied Financial Information LP, 2004 (and prior editions)

Mergerstat Transaction Roster, Los Angeles, California: Houlihan Lokey Howard Zukin, 1999 (and prior editions)

Yahoo Market Guide

BizComps

Done Deals

Pratt’s Stats

 

B USINESS V ALUATION P UBLICATIONS

 

Valuing a Business – The Analysis and Appraisal of Closely Held Companies , Shannon P. Pratt, Robert F. Reilly, Robert P. Schweihs; Homewood, Illinois: Dow Jones-Irwin, Fourth Edition, 2000 (and prior editions)

 

Guide to Business Valuations , Jay E. Fishman, Shannon P. Pratt, J. Clifford Griffith, and D. Keith Wilson; Fort Worth, Texas: Practitioners Publishing Company, Twelfth Edition, Volumes 1-3, January 2004 (and prior editions)

 

Financial Valuation: Businesses and Business Interests , James H. Zukin and John G. Mavredakis, editors; New York, New York: Maxwell Macmillan Professional and Business Reference Division, 1990; Boston, Massachusetts: Research Institute of America Inc., 1996 Update

 

Handbook of Business Valuation , Thomas L. West and Jeffrey D. Jones, editors; New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1992

 

LOGO   Page 71


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

APPENDIX 6: ECONOMIC OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

 

R ECENT H ISTORY

 

In 1998, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors (the “Fed”), chaired by Alan Greenspan, enacted a series of interest rate cuts to counter the effects of the “Asian Crisis” that started in 1997. While manufacturing suffered during this period, other areas of the economy, fueled by lower interest rates, more than offset the slowdown as consumer spending increased rapidly. The housing and service sectors of the economy spurred economic growth while business investment in technology mushroomed. By 1999, the economy entered into an unprecedented period of rapid growth, historically low unemployment, and an information technology explosion, which all led to dramatic increases in the financial markets and the term “the new economy” was coined.

 

However, fearing an overheating of the economy and potentially damaging inflationary pressures, the Fed began a nine-month campaign in 1999 to slow the rapid economic expansion of the “new economy” into a “soft landing” by raising interest rates to levels last seen during the 1990-91 recession. The effect of the interest rate hikes and a dramatic slowing of information technology spending began to appear in mid-2000 as economic growth began to slow dramatically. By late 2000, nearly every economic indicator illustrated a drastically slowing economy while the stock markets experienced large declines for the first time in nearly a decade.

 

Many investors felt that the Fed had raised rates too aggressively as recession became a distinct possibility. In a surprise move, the Fed cut short-term interest rates on January 3, 2001, by 50 basis points, its first rate cut since November 1998. The reduction was larger than expected, and came four weeks before the Fed’s scheduled meeting (traditionally when the Fed announces rate movements). The “surprise” rate cut was a precursor to one of its most aggressive attacks against a slowing economy in recent history. During the next few months, the Fed instituted ten additional rate cuts, including two “surprise” 50 basis point rate cuts in April and September. As a result of the Fed’s hard line stand against recession, the target for the Fed Funds rate tumbled over 77 percent during 2001, from 6.50 percent at the start of the year to 1.50 percent, its lowest level since 1961. The swiftness and size of the rate cuts clearly indicated that the Fed was concerned about the economy’s slide toward recession during the spring and summer of 2001.

 

While economists were confident in the late summer of 2001 that the then year-old economic slowdown was nearly over, the September 11 al Qaeda terrorists attacks on the World Trade Center in New York and the Pentagon in Washington, D.C. virtually put a halt to the economic recovery. Suddenly, the economic outlook lowered quite sharply for the remainder of 2001 and into 2002.

 

During the first half of 2002, the look of the economy changed quite sharply yet again. In purely economic terms, it appeared that the recovery from the tragic events of September 11 got under way very quickly as consumer spending, particularly purchases of automobiles and housing, made up for a lagging manufacturing and business spending environment. However, the renewed optimism over the recovery tempered in the second half of 2002 with indications of waning consumer sentiment and the lack of a rebound in industry and business spending. These were further exacerbated by equity market woes fueled by widespread and highly publicized investor concerns about repeated corporate governance and accounting scandals in some of the nation’s largest corporations as well as a looming war with Iraq.

 

Over the course of 2003, economic news was dominated by the Iraq war and subsequent occupation. As the buildup to war progressed through January and February, the threat of a “double-dip” recession and deflationary prices was a very real concern for economists, policy makers, business, and consumers alike. During the opening phases of the war, the financial markets swung up and down with every report, be it a report of “perceived” progress or setback. Fortunately, the apparent quick end to the war combined with a dramatic rise in government spending, a major federal tax cut, and renewed consumer optimism added substantial strength (higher than expected 3.3 percent growth) to the economy during the second quarter of 2003. Economic growth continued to accelerate during the third

 

LOGO   Page 72


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

and fourth quarters of the year. As 2004 progresses consumer confidence levels due to anticipated interest rate hikes and record-high energy prices are beginning to dwindle.

 

C URRENT C ONDITIONS OF T HE U.S. E CONOMY

 

Overall Economic Growth

 

Gross Domestic Product

 

Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”) is the broadest measure of aggregate economic activity and encompasses every sector of the economy. “Real GDP” is a measure of the total production and consumption of goods and services in the United States, adjusted for inflation by chaining the value of dollars to a particular index year. Real GDP growth and forecasts, hence, overall economic activity, is one of the most important economic statistics used when valuing a company.

 

Gross Domestic Product rose at a 3.3 percent annualized rate in the second quarter of 2004, according to final revisions. This is up form 2.8 percent estimated last month, thus the economy doesn’t appear to have slowed quite as dramatically last quarter as was originally reported. Consumer spending growth looked quite weak, but other categories of aggregate spending appear to have mitigated some of the weakness in the consumer sector. Highlights included:

 

  GDP growth was revised up to 3.3 percent for the second quarter of 2004 from the 2.8 percent rate reported last month. In spite of the upward revision, the second quarter of 2004 was still the slowest quarter for growth in five quarters.

 

  Real consumer spending continued to look quite weak overall, growing at a meager 1.6 percent rate in the second quarter (unrevised from previous estimates). This is the smallest gain in consumer spending in nine quarters. Spending on durable goods by consumers actually edged down 0.3 percent last quarter, according to final estimates, while spending on non-durables edged up a minimal 0.1 percent. Services rose at a moderate 2.7 percent annualized rate, up from previous estimates.

 

  Business fixed investment (adjusted for price changes) was actually stronger than estimated last month, rising at a solid 12.5 percent annualized rate. Real investment on business structures rose at a 6.9 percent rate (following a decline in the first quarter), while real spending on equipment and software by the business sector rose at a strong 14.2 percent rate.

 

  Residential investment (mostly home building) was also stronger last quarter than estimated last month, rising at a robust 16.5 percent annualized rate (making this the second strongest quarter for growth in home building in eight years).

 

  The balance of trade was a bit less unfavorable than last month. The gain in exports was stronger, rising 7.3 percent, while the growth in imports was a bit slower (although still quite strong at 12.6 percent).

 

  Also contributing more to growth last quarter than originally estimated was inventory building. Business inventories rose $61.1 billion in the second quarter, up from a $40 billion rise in the first quarter. This acceleration in inventory building last quarter contributed a substantial 78 basis points to growth.

 

  Government spending remained quite moderate rising at just a 2.2 percent rate for the quarter. Defense spending slowed down considerably for the quarter, while federal non-defense spending strengthened, as did spending at the state and local levels.

 

  Corporate profits were up 19.0 percent year over year, although this was on a modest 0.7 percent rise in the second quarter. Net cash flows similarly posted a modest quarter over quarter gain of just 0.4 percent, but were up a solid 15.2 percent year over year.

 

The final revision of the second quarter of 2004 National Income and Product Accounts provided us with good and not so good news. On the positive side of the ledger, the economy apparently did not slow down as dramatically in

 

LOGO   Page 73


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

the second quarter as was previously reported. Indeed, while 3.3 percent is the smallest annualized gain in five quarters, it does represent a pretty respectable pace of growth for this economy.

 

Also encouraging is the fact that growth in the quarter was driven by quite solid gains in domestic business investment spending and exports. The slowdown in consumer spending is a bit more than expected, but it is encouraging to see that robust business and foreign demand have taken the primary role in pushing the economy forward.

 

On the negative side of the ledger, although the acceleration in business inventory building was a significant contributor to growth last quarter, this may actually be bad news for growth in the second half of this year. Underlying financial demand was far from stellar last quarter as final sales of domestic product rose at just a 2.5 percent annualized rate. This is really not that surprising given the meager 1.6 percent gain in consumer spending for the month. The problem is that there is a good chance that a sizable portion of last quarter’s rise in inventories was not the result of a directed effort by business, but was instead unintentional and undesirable inventory growth associated with weaker demand than expected. To the extent this is true, and thus to the extent that businesses will attempt to correct unintended inventory building from last quarter by pulling back on production to bring down inventory stocks, growth will be slower in the second half of 2004.

 

The bottom line is that the report suggests the lull in the recovery may not be as bad as we thought in the sense that the economy hasn’t slowed as much. However, sluggish consumer demand and a possible pull-back in inventory investment by businesses presents downside risks to growth in the second half of this year.

 

Short-Term GDP Projections

 

Each month, Consensus Economics surveys a panel of prominent United States economic and financial forecasters for their predictions for a range of variables, including future growth, inflation, current account and budget balances, and interest rates.

 

After growth projections faltered late in 2002 and the first three months of 2003 (due to lackluster economic activity and the uncertain geopolitical outlook), growth forecasts began to climb again during the last three quarters of 2003. Growth forecasts began to stabilize in 2004, as economic indicators indicated a recovering, but not heated, economy.

 

The August survey, which included responses from 28 private and public institutions, decreased the consensus (mean) forecast for 2004 annual real GDP to 4.3 percent, a decrease of only 0.1 percent under the prior forecast of 4.4 percent. For 2005, the real GDP forecast decreased to 3.5 percent from the July level of 3.6 percent. The change in the forecasted growth trends for 2003, 2004 and 2005 are illustrated in the following graph:

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   Page 74


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

Long-Term GDP Projections

 

In addition to their regular quarterly forecasts, Consensus Economics’ panelists were asked to provide longer-term forecasts in March 2004 covering the period until 2014.

 

Consensus Long-Term Forecasts
     2004

   2005

   2006

   2007

   2008

   2009

   2010-2014

Real Gross Domestic Product

   4.6    3.7    3.6    3.4    3.1    3.3    3.2

Real Disposable Personal Income

   3.5    3.4    3.7    3.6    3.2    3.4    3.4

Real Personal Consumption

   3.8    3.3    3.2    3.0    2.8    3.0    3.0

Real Business Investment

   10.3    9.4    7.1    6.0    5.1    5.2    5.1

Industrial Production

   5.0    4.8    4.3    3.9    3.6    3.8    3.7

Consumer Prices

   1.9    1.9    2.1    2.1    2.2    2.1    2.3

10-Year Treasury Bond Yield

   4.3    4.8    5.2    5.3    5.4    5.4    5.3

 

Inflation

 

The Consumer Price Index (CPI) is a measure of the average price level of a fixed basket of goods and services purchased by consumers. The monthly change in the CPI represents the rate of inflation and is the most widely followed indicator of inflation in the United States. Inflation can directly influence how institutions set interest rates on everything from home mortgages and auto loans to Treasury bonds and T-Bills. As the rate of inflation changes and as expectations on inflation change, the financial markets adjust interest rates accordingly. By tracking the trends in inflation, investors can anticipate how different types of investments will perform.

 

Consumer prices inched higher in August as both the headline and core indices rose 0.1 percent. Energy prices fell for the second straight month and food prices posted the smallest increase since January. Inflation over the past year is now back below 3 percent again, while core inflation fell to 1.7 percent. Highlights are as follows:

 

  The consumer price index rose 0.1 percent in August following a decline of the same amount in July. In the past two months, the annual rate of inflation has declined from 3.3 percent to 2.7 percent.

 

  Energy prices fell for the second straight month, led by a 1.5 percent decline in motor fuels. Food prices increased just 0.1 percent, which was the smallest gain since January.

 

  Because of the offsetting effects of food and energy prices, core inflation also rose 0.1 percent. After peaking just below 2.0 percent, core inflation has retreated to 1.7 percent over the past year.

 

  Among major expenditure categories, transportation and medical care inflation have been slowing the most in recent months. The transportation component includes falling gas prices, but new vehicle prices fell 0.3 percent. Medical care prices rose just 0.2 percent in August as medical commodity prices increased just 0.1 percent.

 

  Core commodity prices fell for the second month in a row and are 1.1 percent lower than a year ago.

 

Outlook

 

The spring acceleration in consumer prices seems to have ended worries that the Fed acted too late to stop runaway prices. At 1.7 percent, core inflation is still above the 1.1 percent reported at the beginning of the year. Similarly, the headline rate of 2.7 percent is significantly higher than the 2 percent rate in January, but hardly cause for alarm.

 

Many of the commodities that drove earlier price increases are no longer increasing or have been declining since the spring. Moreover, the degree to which higher commodity prices are passed on to the consumer is still less than it might be. Crude oil is a good example. Gas prices have declined in the last two CPI reports, even though the monthly average price for crude oil has increased in the same two months.

 

It also seems clear that weaker economic growth in the summer has played a role in preventing further consumer price gains. Weaker consumer spending has been the chief cause for the slower economy, so it should be no surprise that prices have steadied as competition for business stiffened. Moreover, the Fed’s capacity utilization

 

LOGO   Page 75


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

figures continue to show that most of the slack capacity in the economy is at the finished goods stage of production, leaving manufacturers with less ability to raise prices, even if costs are increasing.

 

LOGO

 

Other Economic Indicators

 

The highlights of other economic indicators released for August included:

 

  The leading indicators index fell for the third month in a row in August, dropping 0.3 percent. As expected, a narrowed interest rate spread was the biggest contributor to the decline, although five other components also pulled the index lower. The coincident index increased 0.2 percent, while the lagging index fell 0.1 percent.

 

  The probability of recession shot up further in August to 33.0 percent, from July’s upwardly revised 26.0 percent level. The drop in consumer confidence in August and flattening out of the yield curve, due to the Fed rate hike, were the prime culprits. Weakness in equity markets and housing markets didn’t help either. Improvements in hours worked and the reduction in unemployment insurance claims are helping dampen recession risks.

 

 

Both personal and disposable income rose 0.4 percent in August, after an anemic 0.2 percent growth in the prior two months. Wage growth slowed modestly to 0.4 percent. Consumption was essentially unchanged, with a large decline in durable goods spending offsetting modest gains for non-durables and services. In August income posted its strongest growth since May and July income growth was revised modestly higher. The BEA reported that hurricane Charlie, which made landfall in the middle of the month, had a significant impact on some components of income, but only a small affect on total income. Rental income of persons and proprietor’s income were reduced about $11.0 billion (annualized) to reflect uninsured losses of residential and business property. Transfer receipts from business were increased by about $12.5 billion to reflect net insurance payments to persons. Some other components were reportedly impacted as well, but the BEA was not able to quantify the impacts. As a result, transfer payments showed the largest growth in the month, followed by dividend income. Rental and proprietor’s income were the only components to fall. Falling auto sales contributed to a 1.6 percent decline in spending on durable goods. However, spending on both non-durable goods and services grew 0.2 percent, so total spending was unchanged. Spending growth in July was revised up by 0.3 percentage points. The largest revision was to durable goods spending, although all three components were revised upward. Inflation remained moderate in August. The

 

LOGO   Page 76


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

 

personal consumption expenditure price index was essentially unchanged for the second consecutive month. Excluding food and energy, the index was also unchanged for the second straight month. Year-over-year inflation slowed to 2.1 percent overall and held steady at 1.4 percent, excluding food and energy.

 

  The Conference Board of Consumer Confidence fell 7.5 points to 98.2 from a downwardly revised 105.7 in July. The decline was led by the expectations component of the index, which was down nearly 9.0 points. There was little change in the share of consumers finding jobs hard to get, but the share finding jobs plentiful declined. Consumer’s assessments of present and future business conditions and the employment outlook also deteriorated. The only improvement came in assessments in the outlook for income. Buying plans also broadly declined in August. Just under 70.0 percent of consumers expect higher interest rates over the next 12 months, that is down from last year’s 75.0 percent. In August, confidence appeared highest in the West and South and weakest in the Northeast.

 

  Total retail sales fell 0.3 percent in August, largely due to falling sales at auto dealers. Excluding autos, sales rose 0.2 percent. Core sales also rose 0.2 percent. July’s decline was revised up slightly. Clearly, sales growth has slowed from its boom like pace early in the year. However, this slowing had been expected. Rising interest rates and declining growth in non-wage household cash flow is reducing the ability of consumers to spend. Consumers were flush with cash earlier in the year from larger than usual annual bonuses, higher tax refunds, and the small spring wave of refinancing activity. However, these sources of cash are mostly gone. To some degree, this loss of cash is being offset by improved labor income. However, employers are limiting wages in the face of rapidly increasing benefit costs and continued labor market slack. Confidence, though improving, has been undermined by record-high energy prices. Near record debt burdens and a lack of pent-up demand, especially for autos, homes and home related goods are also undermining spending. While these factors are working against retailers, sales growth should remain healthy as the important holiday season approaches.

 

  Un-seasonally adjusted e-commerce sales edged up modestly in the second quarter from the first three months of this year. Yearly growth slowed from 28.1 percent in the first quarter to 23.1 percent in the second quarter. As the online shopping community grows more mainstream, it is convincing once reluctant brick and mortar establishments, especially those whose customers are not traditionally first adaptors, to establish online sales channels, which will only help further online sales growth. More conventional drivers, such a stronger economy, will also fuel sales. Nonetheless, it is important to emphasize that e-commerce still represents just a small facet of the retail industry. In the latest quarter, e-commerce sales still accounted for just 1.7 percent of retail sales excluding restaurant sales. The fact that this share has barely doubled in the last four years suggests that e-commerce will remain a relatively small portion of retail spending for some time to come.

 

  Strong demand for housing continues to bolster residential construction activity. Housing starts surprised on the upside, with starts reaching the two million mark. A pullback in mortgage interest rates is helping to keep home-buying buoyant. Both types of construction, single-family and multi-family, are gaining. Single- family starts are advancing slowly, with an increase of 0.4 percent to 1.667 million units in August. While the gain is small, the pace of sales is the second fastest ever, falling only behind the November 2003 reading. The multi-family sector continues to strengthen, with an increase of 1.5 percent. Now standing at 333,000 units, multi-family starts are at a four-month high. From a longer-term perspective, however, the pace of multi-family construction is still on the mediocre side, falling well below its 12-month average. The outlook for residential construction, however, slid in August, with permit issuance falling by 5.5 percent. Both single-family and multi-family permits are down.

 

  The U.S. services sector continues to expand, but the pace slowed considerably in August as the ISM non-manufacturing index tumbled 6.6 points to 58.2. In addition, this marks the second time in three months the index has dipped below 60.0. Demand for services continues to expand, but at a noticeably slower pace as the new orders plummeted 7.8 points down to 58.6. Export orders and the backlog of orders index also came in lower for August.

 

LOGO   Page 77


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

  The ISM manufacturing index followed the pattern of the regional surveys and fell three points to 59.0 in August. This is the first reading below 60.0 this year and a clear sign that the pace of expansion has slowed in recent months. The production index fell more than six points to 59.5, accounting for a large portion of the August decline. The drop in new orders was less dramatic and this index remained above the 60.0 mark at 61.2. The employment index also dropped, but at 55.7 it still indicates that manufacturing employment is expanding. Supplier deliveries did not slow much and remained at an elevated level of 63.2. With lagging deliveries and high-energy prices, it is little surprise that the prices paid index remains high at 81.5. Inventories are expanding again after contracting in July. At 51.7, however, the index suggests only a modest building of inventories in August.

 

  Industrial production rose a disappointing 0.1 percent in August, below expectations for a larger increase. However an upward revision of 0.2 percent to the July figure was partly to blame for the less robust August increase. The data are a little misleading as declines in mining and utility production weighed on the overall index. Manufacturing production rose 0.5 percent for the month following a 0.9 percent increase in July. A large portion of the increase in manufacturing production was attributed to a 3.8 percent surge in motor vehicles and parts manufacturing. Overall durable goods production rose 0.6 percent.

 

  Job creation bounced back in August, though less than expected. The economy created 144,000 jobs on net, approximately twice the July number, which was revised up from 32,000 to 73,000. The June number was also revised from 78,000 to 96,000. The unemployment rate, as derived from the survey of households, fell for a second consecutive month, to 5.4 percent, although the reason for the decline was a contradiction in the labor force and the number of unemployed workers. The number of employed rose a weak 21,000, following the huge 629,000 in July. Among the sectors of the economy, construction and manufacturing companies added jobs, 15,000 and 22,000 respectively. Financial services employment continued to expand with a net addition of 18,000, most in real estate, but also in securities and commodities firms. Education and health care providers added 42,000 to payrolls in August and 307,000 in the last 12 months. However, job creation in business and professional services was rather tepid, with 32,000 net new jobs. Temp employment increased by 10,000. Among the sectors that detracted from the top-line number were retail trade, which shed 11,000, utilities, which shed 11,000 and information services, which shed 10,000. Average hourly earnings increased by 0.3 percent to 15.77. The increase boosted year-over-year gains to 2.3 percent, up form 2.1 percent during the previous three months. The average workweek was changed in August, following an upward revision in July to 33.8 hours. The aggregate hours worked index rose by 0.2 percent or an annualized rate of 2.4 percent. Analysts expect that the labor market will accelerate through the end of the year with monthly employment gains of about 150,000 to 200,000 through the end of the year. Such indicators suggest that companies are planning to increase hiring in coming months.

 

  Employers initiated 809 mass layoff events involving 69,033 workers in August. The manufacturing industry accounted for the largest portion of mass layoffs, while the West region accounted for the most initial claims. Analysts expect layoff activity to continue to decline through the last four months of the year, though at a more tempered pace. Layoff events and initial claims dropped rapidly in the latter half of 2003 and into this year as business began to recover. The decline in layoffs is nonetheless indicative of an improving economy, which is easing pressure to layoff workers as a cost-cutting measure. Record corporate profits over the past year coupled with growth of the national economy should boost labor market conditions. Indeed, weekly initial jobless claims, the most definitive indicator of potential mass layoff activity, have consistently held at levels that suggest improving job growth.

 

  Investor confidence declined for the second straight month. The UBS index of investor optimism fell 11 points on modest declines in investor’s perceptions about both the economy and their personal finances. The reduced economic outlook is in turn affecting investor’s opinions about the financial markets. Investor’s now anticipate just a 9.3 percent return on their investments over the next 12 months, down sharply from the 10.4 percent in July. Overall, 60 percent of those surveyed said that now is a good time to invest, two percentage points lower than one month ago.

 

LOGO   Page 78


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

F INANCIAL M ARKETS

 

When valuing the stock of a closely held company, investment alternatives are relevant factors that investors should consider. Investment alternatives include stocks in the same or other industries, bonds, government issues, etc.

 

Stocks

 

During the second half of the twentieth century, investors began to consider stocks as routine investment vehicles, even by conservative investors. By the 1990s, the circle of stock investors widened far beyond the Wall Street cliques of the past century to millions of everyday working men and women. By tracking historical stock trends with past economic performance, investors can be better prepared to interpret current financial conditions and determine future trends for their financial investments.

 

The Dow Jones Industrial Average (“Dow Industrials” or the “Dow”) is a price-weighted average of 30 actively traded, primarily industrial blue-chip stocks, including stocks that trade on the New York Stock Exchange. The Dow is a barometer of how shares of the largest domestic companies are performing and all companies used in the index are major factors in their respective industries. Another major stock index is the National Association of Securities Dealers Automatic Quotation System (“NASDAQ”), which was the fastest growing major stock market in the world with well over 5,000 companies listed. During the late 1990s, investors began to track the NASDAQ more closely as it represented a broader share of companies and listed many of the new information technology stocks.

 

After peaking at record highs in March 2000, extreme volatility plagued the financial markets during the following three years. The volatility was primarily the result of the following successive events continually influencing investors:

 

  Investor speculation on the future of the Fed’s monetary policy.

 

  Weakening and/or recessionary economic indicators.

 

  A massive collapse of technology stock prices.

 

  A severe erosion of corporate earnings.

 

  September 11 and the ensuing War on Terror.

 

  The two largest bankruptcies in U.S. history (Enron and WorldCom).

 

  A massive drop in investor confidence following several waves of corporate accounting scandals.

 

  The war with Iraq.

 

2000— During 2000, the NASDAQ tumbled more than 50 percent from its peak while the Dow Industrial experienced its first year-long loss since 1990 (down 6 percent), and had its largest annual loss since shedding 9 percent in 1981.

 

2001— In the third quarter of 2001, the Dow Industrials seemed poised to post its worst quarter in three years just before September 11. Instead, it was the worst quarter in 14 years, with the index losing 15.8 percent of its value. During the final quarter of 2001, the stock markets began to recover somewhat from the turbulent third quarter as some analysts speculated that investors had overreacted to earlier events. On the last day of trading in 2001, the Dow closed at 10,021.50, up two percent for December, while the NASDAQ closed at 1,950.40, up one percent for the month. However, on a year-over-year basis, the Dow was down 7 percent and the NASDAQ was off by nearly 21 percent over December 31, 2000 levels.

 

2002— After two years of declines, the equity markets continued to be battered daily by bad news about corporate malfeasance, the quality of corporate accounting, executive options, and what Fed Chairman Alan Greenspan called the “infectious greed” that pervaded Corporate America in the late 1990’s. During September 2002, extreme volatility continued to plague the equity markets during the month and left the Dow at 7,591.93, its lowest level since August 31, 1998 (which followed the Russian debt default). The Dow’s third-quarter drop of 17.9 percent was the worst since the final three months of 1987, and the September decline of 12.4 percent marked the largest monthly decline in 65 years, dating back to September 1937. The monthly decline was the sixth in a row for the Dow Industrials, a streak it had not suffered since 1981, a time when stocks were just ending a long and painful bear market.

 

LOGO   Page 79


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

Some strength returned to the equity markets during the fourth quarter as stocks continued to surprise investors with their resiliency as the Dow recorded its second strongest October percentage gain ever, 10.6 percent for the month, exceeded by the 10.7 percent advance of October 1982. Otherwise, it was mainly a forgettable year for the U.S. and most global stock markets. While the Dow Industrials jumped nearly 9.9 percent during the fourth quarter, all of the gains occurred in the surprise October/November rally. The month of December, with a 6.2 percent drop, was the worst December for stocks since 1931. The year overall, with a nearly 16.8 percent drop, was the Dow’s worst year since 1977. On December 31, 2002, the Dow Industrials closed at 8,341.63, down 6 percent for the month and 17 percent for the year. The NASDAQ, meanwhile, continued its three-year fall from the “bubble mania” of 1998-2000. The tech-heavy NASDAQ followed the same general trends as the Dow Industrials during 2002, closing December at 1,335.51, down 10 percent for the month and 32 percent for the year.

 

2003— Wall Street declared an end to three years of bleak losses in 2003, wrapping up the year with gains not seen since the turn of the millennium as the Dow Industrials closed at 10,453.92 and the NASDAQ closed at 2,003.37 on December 31, 2003. The Dow finished 2003 with a gain of more than 2,000 points, or 25 percent, while the NASDAQ jumped more than 40 percent to finish just shy of 2,000 points for the first time in almost two years. The Dow Industrials and NASDAQ had their best annual performance in years, with the Dow notching its biggest gain since 1996. The NASDAQ had its third-best performance ever, behind a 57 percent rise in 1991 and an 86 percent gain in 1999.

 

Market analysts believed that the stock run-up was in response to stronger than expected economy and corporate earnings growth. The majority of 2003’s gains came in two spurts; one from mid-March to June, just after the U.S. began its war with Iraq when investors began to bet on an economic recovery in the second half of the year; and another from early August to mid-October, when the recovery actually began to materialize in corporate earnings reports.

 

With the nation’s economy continuing to show signs of sustainable recovery and the Federal Reserve agreeing to hold interest rates at 40-year lows, chances for a continued rally in stocks for 2004 look promising. For 2004, many analysts are expecting more modest market growth of about 10 percent, as the risk of rising interest rates grows and the effect of the federal government’s tax cuts wears off over time. Analysts are concerned that, while the financial markets are in very good fundamental conditions with a low-inflation, low-interest rate environment, job creation remains a real concern. Analysts fear that without real job creation growth, the economy will not be able to sustain significant growth through 2004 and into 2005.

 

2004— Stronger economic reports continued to fuel the stock markets’ run upwards during the first two months of 2004, albeit at a slower pace than in 2003. Following a 2.83 percent loss in July, the Dow Industrials closed August at 10,173.92, up just 0.33 percent for the month and down 2.68 percent for the year. However, on a year-over-year basis, the Dow was up more than 8.05 percent from August 2003. During the month, the technology-stock-dominated NASDAQ lost 4.75 percent. The NASDAQ closed the month at 1,821.54, up 5.61 percent on a year-over-year basis.

 

August 2004— Overall, August 2004 showed losses of fair size in the U.S. equity markets. Investor sentiment decreased slightly; this sentiment is still struggling due to the possibility of terrorism abroad, the ongoing turmoil in Iraq and record high, energy prices. Closer to home, the employment reports and rising crude prices combined to spark concerns over the sustainability of corporate profit improvements. Most major indices were mixed in August; the S&P 500 and Dow Industrials returned .23 and 0.33 percent, respectively and the NASDAQ lost 4.75 percent.

 

Interest Rates and Bond Yields

 

The FOMC

 

The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) changed monetary policy at their latest meeting, deciding to increase the federal funds rate target to 1.50 percent. To do otherwise would have raised substantial concerns regarding the economies health. Policymakers did acknowledge the recently soft economy in the policy statement released with their decision, arguing that higher energy prices are the principal reason for the softer economy. They also stated,

 

LOGO   Page 80


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

however, that the economy is expected to soon revive. Policymakers reiterated that future, tightening moves will be measured.

 

Policymakers maintained that monetary policy remains highly accommodative. The real federal funds rate target, as measured by the difference between the nominal 1.5 percent funds rate target and 2.5 percent expected CPI inflation as implied by treasury inflation protected securities, has been negative since soon after 9/11. Thus even with the recent tightening move, monetary policy remains highly stimulatory.

 

The federal funds rate is expected to rise to 2.0 percent by the end of this year and 3.5 percent by the end of 2005. This is very similar to expectations for increases in the federal funds rate as implied in the futures market for fed funds.

 

In the long run, it is anticipated that the federal funds rate target will average closer to 4.5 percent. This is the neutral funds rate, which is equal to the long run nominal GDP growth rate, composed of 3.0 percent real growth and 1.5 percent inflation. The actual funds rate is not expected to approach the neutral rate until Mid-2006.

 

Prime Rate

 

The prime rate is one of several base rates used by banks to price short-term business loans and to which many other interest rates are pegged. The prime rate is also a good indicator of the Fed’s short-term interest rate hikes as banks typically match the prime rate to the Fed’s changes in short-term interest rates. On December 11, 2001, banks matched the Fed’s 25 basis-point interest-rate cut and lowered the prime rate to 4.75 percent, its lowest level since April 1972. The prime rate remained unchanged through October 2002, following the Fed’s inaction during the scheduled FOMC meetings. On November 6, 2002, banks matched the Fed’s 50 basis point lowering of short-term interest rates during the FOMC meeting, dropping the prime rate down to 4.25 percent, its lowest level since May 1959. The prime rate remained steady through the first half of the year following the FOMC’s inactions at its scheduled meetings. However, on June 25, 2003, banks matched the FMOC’s rate cut, lowering the prime rate 25 basis points to 4.00 percent. During July of 2004, the prime rate increased by .25 percent, the first rate hike in the last thirteen months, averaging 4.25 percent, compared to 4.00 percent the prior month and 4.00 percent a year earlier during July of 2003. In August the prime rate was increased another .25 percent, bringing the current rate to 4.50 percent. The prime rate closed the month at 4.50 percent on August 31, 2004.

 

Risk Free Rate

 

U.S. Treasuries are bonds issued by the U.S. Government that are backed by taxing power, making them virtually risk free. Because of their safety, the yields on constant maturity treasury bonds are usually lower than that of corporate bonds. Their interest is exempt from state and local taxes but not from federal tax. There are several types of U.S. Treasuries: T-bills (maturities of up to 1 year), notes (maturities of 2 to 10 years), and bonds (maturities of 10 to 30 years).

 

After reversing a year long slide in late 2001, yields on 20-year constant maturities made gains throughout the first half of 2002, recovering from the lowest level recorded since the U.S. Treasury began estimations again in 1993. However, yields began to sink again in the third quarter of 2002. During September 2002, yields on 20-year constant maturities sank to 4.75 percent on September 30, which was a 35-year low. While yields began to improve during October and November, peaking at 5.23 percent on November 27, 2002, they once again weakened to 4.70 percent in February, their lowest levels since 1967. After a short rally in early April to 4.99 percent, yields began to slide downward once again through May and June. Yields dropped to as low as 4.13 percent during the month, their lowest level since October 1963, before firming upwards somewhat during the end of the month, closing at 4.52. For the month of June, yields on 20-year constant maturity Treasury bonds averaged 4.34 percent, their lowest level since October 1965. However, following the Fed’s rate cut, yields increased dramatically during the third and into the fourth quarter as the bond market heated up on speculation of future rising interest rates.

 

On August 31, 2004, yields on 20-year Treasuries were 4.93 percent, compared to 5.30 percent for the prior month.

 

The following chart illustrates trends in the prime rate, 20-year Treasuries, and 10-year Treasuries. Consensus forecasts for 20-year Treasuries were not readily available. Since the trends of 10-year constant maturity treasure

 

LOGO   Page 81


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 6
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Economic Overview and Outlook

 

bonds nearly mirror those of 20-year Treasuries (see the following chart), we have included the consensus forecast of 10-year Treasuries through the fourth quarter of 2004 (for long-term forecasts, please see consensus forecast table in GDP section).

 

LOGO

 

The following table contains selected rates of return that investors typically monitor as published by the Federal Reserve Board of Governors:

 

Rates of Return


   Annual Average

    Monthly Average

 
   1999

    2000

    2001

    2002

    2003

    July 2004

    July 2004

 

Federal funds (effective)

   4.97 %   6.24 %   3.88 %   1.67 %   1.13 %   1.25 %   1.50 %

Bank prime loan

   8.00 %   9.23 %   6.91 %   4.67 %   4.12 %   4.25 %   4.50 %

10-year constant maturities

   5.65 %   6.03 %   5.02 %   4.61 %   4.01 %   4.56 %   4.13 %

20-year constant maturities

   6.20 %   6.23 %   5.63 %   5.43 %   4.96 %   5.30 %   5.93 %

Long-term constant maturities

   5.87 %   5.94 %   5.49 %   5.41 %   5.02 %   NA     NA  

Corporate bonds: Moody’s Aaa

   7.05 %   7.62 %   7.08 %   6.49 %   5.66 %   5.87 %   5.51 %

Corporate bonds: Moody’s Baa

   7.88 %   8.37 %   7.95 %   7.80 %   6.76 %   6.66 %   6.32 %

State & local bonds

   5.43 %   5.71 %   5.15 %   5.04 %   4.75 %   4.88 %   4.70 %

Conventional mortgages

   7.43 %   8.06 %   6.97 %   6.54 %   5.82 %   6.08 %   5.87 %

DJIA

   25.22 %   (6.18 %)   (7.09 %)   (16.76 %)   24.98 %   (2.83 %)   0.33 %

NASDAQ composite

   85.63 %   (39.40 %)   (21.05 %)   (31.54 %)   41.08 %   (4.42 %)   (4.75 %)

S&P 500

   14.82 %   (5.32 %)   (15.95 %)   (22.15 %)   26.38 %   (3.42 %)   0.23 %

S&P average dividend yield

   1.25 %   1.15 %   1.32 %   1.61 %   1.77 %   1.77 %   1.81 %

S&P average P/E ratio

   33.62     28.82     27.14     37.83     30.94     21.24     20.64  

 

LOGO   Page 82


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 7
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

APPENDIX 7: INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK

 

An understanding of the condition and outlook of a company’s particular industry is fundamental to developing reasonable expectations about a company’s prospects, as the industry environment in which a business functions has a large influence on management’s decisions about the operation and direction of the company. Investors consider the industry environment as they judge the relative risks and rewards of a particular investment versus alternative investment opportunities. Consideration of industry conditions, as required by Revenue Ruling 59-60 and ASA business valuation standards, is an important part of the business valuation process.

 

I NDUSTRY D EFINITION

 

We first identified the appropriate industry classification code in the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget. We determined that FCStone should be classified as belonging to the following SIC codes:

 

  SIC 6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers and Dealers —This industry comprises establishments engaged in buying and selling commodity contracts on either a spot or future basis for their own account or for the account of others. These establishments are members, or are associated with members, of recognized commodity exchanges.

 

  SIC 6799 Investors, Not Elsewhere Classified —This industry comprises establishments engaged in investing, not elsewhere classified, such as commodity contract pool operators and commodity contract trading companies.

 

M ANAGED F UTURES I NDUSTRY

 

Background

 

Over the last 150 years, the need for businesses to transfer negatively impacting price risks has grown dramatically. Now under the federal jurisdiction of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and its self-regulatory agency, the National Futures Association (“NFA”), the futures markets continue to be responsive to these price-risk management needs.

 

The managed futures industry has existed for more than 30 years, and in 2004 managed more than $65 billion in assets (up from $0.5 billion in 1980). More than $2 trillion in currency volume is transacted globally each day. In addition, each day there is more dollar volume traded in U.S. Treasury bonds on the Chicago Board of Trade than is traded in the entire daily volume of stocks on the New York Stock Exchange.

 

As consumer demand for a wider range of products increases, and international trade expands, the need for new futures contracts grows. Investors can participate in more than 300 contracts, including foreign currencies, oil and gas, and financial instruments such as treasury bonds, Eurodollars, and Stock Index Futures. The commodities futures markets are potentially the most efficient and effective means of protecting investments against risk.

 

The commodities futures markets also offer a much broader field of opportunity for investors than conventional stock and bond markets, because of the enormous diversity in commodities traded, from agricultural products to minerals to fuel to financial instruments to currency. As late as 1980, agricultural commodities comprised more than 60 percent of the futures trading volume. By 2004, approximately 11 percent of futures trading was in agriculture while more than 80 percent of the volume traded on the worlds futures exchanges was financial in nature. The other 9 percent involved other products such as energy contracts.

 

Although agriculture had lost “market share, it had not diminished in volume, as other commodities simply increased, thereby diminishing agriculture’s percentage of overall volume traded. This was an indication of the inherent strength of futures markets overall. However, most experts agreed that the commodity futures markets are too vast for an

 

LOGO   Page 83


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 7
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

individual investor to master more than a small segment of trading; this is why managed futures were essential to investors’ success in this arena.

 

The term “managed futures” describes a managed approach to futures market participation. It signifies an industry comprised of experienced, professional money managers, or commodity trading advisors, who manage investor assets in the futures, forward, and inter-bank currency markets. These wealth managers specialize in various commodities, which enables them to make expert investment decisions across a focused range of markets. These disciplined investment decisions are based on market-tested strategies. Risk reduction and conservative portfolio management techniques are strictly maintained.

 

State of the Industry

 

The performance of the managed futures industry in 2003 disproved the axiom that that commodity trading advisors (“CTAs”) need a bear equity market to have a strong year. The domestic economic and global uncertainties that helped make 2002 such a good year for CTAs continued in 2003, with record volumes on both domestic and international exchanges. However, the existence of several significant trends was offset by several sharp reversals that caused many trend followers to give up several months of hard-won earnings late in the year.

 

The year was one of contrasts for CTAs. Developments existed in many different sectors, rather than being more concentrated in the financial sectors, as was the case in 2002. While many industry observers typically have assumed that the smaller CTAs were more able to profit in less liquid markets and would have outperformed larger CTAs, industry data proved otherwise. In 2003, the Barclay BTOP 50 Index, an index of the top 50 CTAs measured by money under management, returned 14.9 percent as opposed to 7.7 percent for the Barclay CTA Index, which measures all managers in its database with at least a four year track record. Industry observers ultimately concluded that it was experience, not size, that helped large managers outperform small managers, as the best performers of the year were CTAs with long records of accomplishment.

 

The top strategy for traders in 2003 was a diversified portfolio of markets being traded from a long-term perspective, with solid risk management procedures. While currency markets were the best trending sector throughout the year, many managers earned solid returns in grains, meats, energies, and metals, both precious and base. On the other hand, industry tracking service Barclay Trading Group, reported that it was a bad year for short-term traders, as medium-term and multi-timeframe traders did better along with currency traders driven by pronounced dollar weakness.

 

Forecast

 

With managed futures showing it can thrive in any market environment, analysts believed that growth should continue. However, that growth cannot safely be contained to the largest CTAs because that will cause them to concentrate more on their portfolios in the financial sectors, and the past year proved the benefit of diversification.

 

With global uncertainty expected to continue, managed futures should flourish. There may not be a better time to evaluate managers than over the last 18 months. Futures markets have offered many juicy trends, but they have come with higher volatility. Profits gained over several months can evaporate in weeks. Perhaps that is why so many past top traders came out ahead in 2003.

 

LOGO   Page 84


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 7
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

FCM’s With More Than $100 Million in Customer Equity

Rank


 

Futures Commission Merchant


   Exchange

   Customer Seg
Funds ($)


   Total
Assets


    Adjusted Net
Capital ($)


   Customer
Secured Funds
($)


1

  Goldman, Sachs & Co.    CBOT    8,187,170,298    36 %   4,645,626,666    3,593,884,144

2

  Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.    CBOT    5,544,190,458    13 %   3,374,757,847    129,293,301

3

  Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith, Inc.    CBOT    5,315,066,615    13 %   2,731,623,590    494,220,874

4

  JP Morgan Futures, Inc.    NYMEX    5,247,716,610    21 %   530,178,570    620,197,461

5

  UBS Securities, LLC    CBOT    3,062,142,119    36 %   2,745,906,773    830,142,247

6

  Refco, LLC    CME    3,021,540,875    4 %   186,921,967    75,937,126

7

  Fimat USA, Inc.    CME    2,982,543,022    43 %   195,857,612    505,267,777

8

  Carr Futures, Inc.    CME    2,948,914,496    27 %   213,774,387    1,523,593,872

9

  Man Financial, Inc.    CME    2,830,692,020    24 %   174,811,976    626,909,608

10

  Morgan Stanley    CME    2,499,804,189    -9 %   4,165,409,244    1,147,771,567

11

  Lehman Brothers, Inc.    CME    1,714,179,000    9 %   2,557,892,000    46,108,000

12

  Bear Stearns Securities Corp.    CME    1,712,255,006    18 %   3,362,679,290    237,888,417

13

  Barclays Capital, Inc.    CBOT    1,684,116,006    51 %   635,295,866    196,249,760

14

  Credit Suisse First Boston, LLC    CBOT    1,607,585,792    36 %   1,931,261,028    556,728,133

15

  ABN AMRO Incorporated    CBOT    1,607,072,677    20 %   1,231,853,492    131,762,838

16

  Deutsche Bank Securities, Inc.    CBOT    1,306,416,908    40 %   1,972,640,424    412,666,755

17

  USB Financial Services, Inc.    CBOT    1,156,741,548    46 %   1,398,556,273    126,371,111

18

  Cargill Investor Services, Inc.    CBOT    1,098,616,765    5 %   87,946,873    104,023,634

19

  Prudential Equity Group, Inc.    CBOT    1,089,484,000    8 %   563,443,000    131,790,000

20

  Morgan Stanley DW, Inc.    CBOT    795,711,496    31 %   1,064,682,160    1,400,700,616

21

  RI O’Brien Associates, Inc.    CME    582,839,626    51 %   36,326,236    4,751,111

22

  First Options of Chicago, Inc.    CME    476,661,721    -18 %   275,356,196    8,878,541

23

  ADM Investor Services, Inc.    CBOT    472,124,949    17 %   71,662,948    16,615,622

24

  BNP Paribas Brokerage Services, Inc.    CME    470,944,969    357 %   44,949,804    —  

25

  Merrill Lynch Professional Clearing Corp.    NFA    437,258,740    -23 %   787,291,613    —  

26

  Sentinel Management Group, Inc.    NFA    375,239,649    -29 %   12,687,187    —  

27

  Banc One Capital Markets, Inc.    CBOT    358,973,868    46 %   339,117,414    34,494,380

28

  Greenwhich Capital Markets, Inc.    CBOT    358,740,000    139 %   923,081,000    19,924,000

29

  HSBC Securities USA, Inc.    CME    341,799,890    47 %   279,899,340    33,978,638

30

  Rosenthal Collings Group, LLC    CME    313,502,114    17 %   45,902,397    1,278,423

31

  Mizuho Securities, USA, Inc.    CME    276,331,061    -9 %   169,101,502    24,583,988

32

  FCStone, LLC    CME    239,448,164    -1 %   15,777,199    741,589

33

  Banc of America Futures Incorporated    CME    237,552,075    14 %   57,033,949    171,151

34

  Spear, Leeds & Kellogg    NYMEX    209,706,082    4 %   1,111,456,436    3,057,847

35

  BNP Paribas Commodity Futures, Inc.    NYMEX    203,638,152    -32 %   53,492,366    29,752,577

36

  McVean Trading and Investments, LLC    NFA    182,407,508    42 %   11,260,756    —  

37

  Rand Financial Services, Inc.    CME    153,567,200    3 %   14,572,950    24,838,600

38

  Vision, LP    NFA    144,837,325    -4 %   12,681,900    73,231

39

  Credit Lyonnaise Rouse USA, Ltd.    NYMEX    116,333,932    14 %   27,897,650    322,500

40

  Pioneer Futures, Inc.    NYMEX    111,255,129    37 %   7,067,498    302,188

41

  Nomura Securitie International, Inc.    CBOT    108,338,180    1386 %   675,940,612    —  

 

B/D: A “Y” means the FCM is also registered with the Securities and Exchange Commision as a securities broker or dealer.

 

LOGO   Page 85


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 7
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Overview and Outlook

 

DSRO: Designated Self-Regulatory Organization.

 

Customer Seg Funds: Represents the total amount of funds that an FCM is required to segregate on behalf of customers who are trading on commodity exchanges located in the United States. This is the sum of all accounts that contain a net liquidating equity.

Customer Secured Funds: represents the amount of funds an FCM is required to set aside for customers who trade on commodity exchanges located outside of the United States. The amount to be set aside for a customer’s foreign commodity account may be less than the net liquidating equity in the customer’s account.

 

LOGO   Page 86


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 8
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Discounts and Capitalization Rates

 

APPENDIX 8: DISCOUNT AND CAPITALIZATION RATES

 

B UILD - UP M ETHOD

 

The equity discount rate, which is appropriate for use in determining the value of an investment in a specific company, is composed of identifiable risk/return factors. The sum of these factors is an indication of the required rate of return for the company being valued (the total return that a prudent buyer would demand from an investment in that specific company). Thus, the appropriate equity discount rate may be calculated (built-up) by adding together the following risk/return factors:

 

  A risk-free rate of return (the return an investor could obtain from a low-risk, safe investment) is determined for the valuation date. This risk-free rate is assumed to be approximately equal to the yield to maturity of long-term Treasury Bonds even though this investment is not completely risk-free (the market value of such bonds will change as the general level of interest rates in the market fluctuates). The yield to maturity on one of three U.S. government securities, (30-day, 5-year, or 20-year), is typically used by most analysts because they correspond to the historical data used by Ibbotson Associates in developing their general equity premium. We have selected the yield to maturity for the 20-year treasury as a proxy for the risk free rate.

 

  To this risk-free rate is added a risk premium that an average equity investor will demand above this risk-free rate in order to compensate for the additional risk associated with investing in a diversified portfolio of publicly traded equities as opposed to investing in risk-free assets. The equity risk premium is a forward-looking concept, which is typically calculated using historical data (assumes that the past is a good proxy of the future). Although there are a number of sources, one of the most common sources of data is Ibbotson Associates Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation Yearbooks . The yearbooks contain data regarding actual premiums since 1926. The equity premiums are the arithmetic mean difference between common stock total returns and long-term government bond income returns in the period 1926–2003. It is important to recognize that this data is representative of the market as a whole and thus does not incorporate specific risk factors associated with a particular industry or a particular company.

 

  To this rate is added a size premium that an average investor will demand above the rate required on larger companies. Investors recognize that smaller companies are inherently riskier than large companies for a multitude of reasons (i.e. product diversification, market diversification and growth opportunities). In order to attract investors, a smaller, more risky, company must achieve greater returns in order to compensate for the additional risk. The size premium acknowledges investor’s expectation of a larger return. A popular source of data regarding the size premium is Ibbotson Associates Stocks, Bonds, Bills and Inflation Yearbooks . Ibbotson determines this risk premium by comparing the arithmetic mean of the large company stock returns with the arithmetic mean of the stock returns for various decile portfolios. The ten equally populated deciles utilized by Ibbotson are created and periodically rebalanced by the Center for Research in Security Prices (CRSP) at the University of Chicago’s Graduate School of Business. It is important to recognize that the Ibbotson data is representative of the average company within the applicable decile. Inherent within a specific company may be more or less risk than that which is captured by the size premium of an average company in a particular decile.

 

LOGO   Page 87


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 8
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Discounts and Capitalization Rates

 

     The determination of the size premium typically focuses on the expected return for the 9 th and 10 th deciles (micro cap) of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) stocks. The micro cap decile represents the smallest 20 percent of the companies traded on the NYSE with a market capitalization below $331 million. Because the company being valued is smaller than the average “small stock” company in SBBI, a further adjustment for size is necessary. For purposes of this analysis, we utilized the size premium in excess of CAPM applicable to the micro cap decile.

 

  To this rate is added an additional increment for the risk associated with the particular company being valued. The determination of company specific risk involves considerable judgment by the appraiser. A number of issues and factors must be considered and benchmarked against the profile of the companies utilized by Ibbotson Yearbook in calculating the equity risk premium, and size premium. Although additional risk associated with a business is often recognized, it is possible for this increment to be negative (the subject company is less risky than the companies in the applicable decile). Risk factors associated with the Company are summarized in the section Major Valuation Considerations.

 

  Finally, to this rate an increment may be added for the risk associated with the use of net income as the source of benefit to the company and its owners as opposed to using a cash flow measure as this source of benefit. The stream of benefits theoretically available to stockholders is cash flow. Typically, net income tends to be higher than net cash flow because net cash flow is reduced by increases in working capital and by the excess of capital expenditures over depreciation. Thus, the required rate of return based on net income is higher than based on net cash flow.

 

Additional Discussion on Size Premium:

 

Recently, the existence of a small stock risk premium has come under intense scrutiny. Critics point to a trend of large cap stocks outperforming smaller stocks as support for their theory that the small stock premium no longer exists. Many want to believe that this recent trend is an indication of a permanent shift in the public markets and not just an anomaly or normal cyclical occurrence. Attempts have been made to validate this theory, focusing on bid/ask spread, geometric versus arithmetic averages, transactions costs, listed return bias, and the unpredictability of small stock returns. Although these arguments have been offered, none of them have provided sufficient evidence to disprove the existence of the small stock risk premium. The fact remains that investors perceive (and rightful so) small companies to be riskier investments. It is unlikely that investors will be willing to take on the additional risk inherent in a small company without being compensated for absorbing this risk.

 

Whether or not an appraiser believes there is a size premium, or that the manner in which it is presently calculated is flawed, it is our opinion that an investment in the Company is substantially riskier than an investment in a diversified portfolio of publicly traded companies on the New York Stock Exchange. An investor would demand a higher rate of return from an investment in the Company or that investor would select an investment with lower risk. Explaining the additional risk as a combination of a size premium and company specific risk or entirely as company specific risk is irrelevant to the fact that the risk exists and must be accounted for. It is our opinion that an increment over and above the return required in a diversified portfolio is reasonable and appropriate considering the risks inherent in the Company.

 

LOGO   Page 88


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 9
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Guideline Companies

 

APPENDIX 9: GUIDELINE COMPANIES

 

When valuing the stock of closely held companies, the market values of stocks of comparable publicly held companies (and privately held companies if enough information is available) are relevant factors that provide guidance as to the value of the subject company. Such comparable companies are called guideline companies. The purpose for the use of guideline companies is the calculation of a price-to-earnings ratio, a price-to-book value ratio, or some other relationship derived from the market data. The ratios are intended to represent relationships set by investors in the market, and since these companies are thought to be similar to the subject company, the implication is that these ratios can be applied to the subject company to provide an indication of value.

 

To be truly comparable to the subject company, a guideline company (according to the willing buyer/willing buyer concept) should be:

 

  Engaged in the same or a similar line of business;

 

  Its size, capital structure, and trend of sales and earnings should be similar; and

 

  To reflect the public market attitude, its stock should be actively traded, whether on an exchange or over the counter.

 

An appraiser will rarely find a company that is the same as the company being valued in all respects. The best the appraiser can usually hope for is to find a number of public companies that are similar to the company being valued in many respects. The appraiser must exercise a great deal of judgment in determining which companies are similar enough to be used as guideline companies. Reasonable informed appraisers exercising their professional judgment may reach difference conclusions about what specific companies should be used as guideline companies.

 

Industry similarity should always be a primary criterion in selecting guideline companies, but appraisers differ in their judgments as to how this criterion should be applied. For example, some appraisers include companies that are in a different industry but are customers of the subject company and are therefore subject to the same economic and industry influences. Degree of diversification, similarity of products and markets, degree of vertical integration, economic and regional influences, and maturity of the business are all factors to consider in making the judgment as to whether the companies are actually in the same industry. Among the other criteria used in determining comparability are size, historical trends, growth prospects, financial risk, operating risk, management depth, and dividend paying capacity.

 

G UIDELINE C OMPANY S EARCH

 

We first identified the appropriate industry classification code in the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget. We determined that FCStone should be classified as belonging to the following SIC codes:

 

  SIC 6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers and Dealers —This industry comprises establishments engaged in buying and selling commodity contracts on either a spot or future basis for their own account or for the account of others. These establishments are members, or are associated with members, of recognized commodity exchanges.

 

  SIC 6799 Investors, Not Elsewhere Classified —This industry comprises establishments engaged in investing, not elsewhere classified, such as commodity contract pool operators and commodity contract trading companies.

 

We then searched for companies classified in the appropriate SIC codes using the Reuters company screening utility, PriceWaterhouseCoopers SIC and Industry indices, and the TenKWizard.com keyword search utility. In addition, we search historical Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings for information.

 

Our search revealed no companies in SIC code 6221. However, during our industry research, we noted several companies active in futures and option trading. However, while many of these companies ranked in the top 40 of

 

LOGO   Page 89


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 9
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Guideline Companies

 

commodities trading firms (FCStone ranked number 32), all of the publicly traded companies highly diversified financial services firms and none of them offered commodities trading as the primary focus of their firm, or even considered it a significant portion of their business, as all of the companies were focused on investment banking and security brokerage. Due to the significant differences between the securities industry (and investment banking) and commodities trading/clearing/risk management, we did not believe that these companies would provide adequate guidance to the value of FCStone on an individual basis as guideline companies. As such, we did not consider them further as potential guideline companies.

 

We also expanded our search to look at companies classified as SIC code 4731, transportation brokers of the sort that would be comparable to FGDI, LLC’s operations. However, while we found several companies that could be considered, their primary operations were similar to only a small part of FGDI, LLC’s operations, the transportation of grain, which is essentially a value added business for FGDI, LLC to facilitate its grain brokerage business. As such, we did not consider these companies further as potential guideline companies.

 

S UMMARY

 

While the commodities futures and options industry is dominated by publicly-traded firms, all of these businesses operated as divisions of much larger organizations and were not adequate for consideration as guideline companies. In addition, while some of the companies profiled in the transportation brokerage industry appeared to have operations similar to FCStone’s transportation brokerage operations, we did not believe that utilizing these as guideline companies would be prudent, since transportation brokerage comprises a small portion of FCStone’s revenue. As such, we did not utilize a guideline company method to value FCStone.

 

Nonetheless, FCStone has grown to the point that it could become a publicly traded company if it so chose. In that event, it is likely that equity analysts would classify FCStone as belonging to the to the diversified financial services segment of the financial industry, whereby FCStone would be compared and measured against other companies in this segment. As such, we have chosen to measure FCStone against the diversified financial services segment as a whole, rather than comparing the Company against individual guideline companies. This analysis appears in the Financial Analysis section of this report. We also considered industry sector data for purposes of support for our conclusions under the other approaches.

 

LOGO   Page 90


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 10
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Mergers and Acquisitions

 

APPENDIX 10: INDUSTRY MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS

 

Merger and acquisition transactions within a particular industry may be analyzed to gain insight into the value of the stock of a closely held company. Such transactions are also an indication of the attitude of the investing public towards the industry.

 

M ERGER AND A CQUISITION S EARCH

 

We first identified the appropriate industry classification code in the 1987 Standard Industrial Classification (“SIC”) published by the Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget. We determined that FCStone should be classified as belonging to the following SIC codes:

 

  SIC 6221 Commodity Contracts Brokers and Dealers —This industry comprises establishments engaged in buying and selling commodity contracts on either a spot or future basis for their own account or for the account of others. These establishments are members, or are associated with members, of recognized commodity exchanges.

 

  SIC 6799 Investors, Not Elsewhere Classified —This industry comprises establishments engaged in investing, not elsewhere classified, such as commodity contract pool operators and commodity contract trading companies.

 

We then searched for transactions involving companies classified in the appropriate SIC codes using the BizComps, Pratt’s Stats, and Done Deals databases. In addition, we search historical Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings for merger and acquisition information. Our search revealed few transactions in the applicable SIC codes.

 

BizComps Transaction Database

 

The BizComps database compiles information from business brokers primarily representing smaller companies. Information is generally limited in scope, and deals are often structured with only a percentage down, and the seller carrying a long-term note from the buyer.

 

A search of BizComps revealed no applicable transactions.

 

Pratt’s Stats

 

Pratt’s Stats, started in 1997, is the official database of the International Business Brokers Association. Information is collected from merger and acquisition intermediaries, business brokers, CPA’s, and other sources. While Pratt’s Stats generally offers more information on each transaction than BizComps, the transactions in the database are typically small in nature and come with a variety of terms, which are difficult to determine the “true” price of the deal.

 

A search of Pratt’s Stats revealed no applicable transactions.

 

Done Deals

 

Done Deals was started in 1996 by the World M&A Network and is currently owned by NVST. Unlike the previous databases discussed, all of the Done Deals data are collected from SEC filings. The database includes both public and private companies acquired by public companies. Done Deals transactions tend to be larger than those in other databases do.

 

A search of Done Deals revealed no applicable transactions.

 

LOGO   Page 91


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 10
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Industry Mergers and Acquisitions

 

Expanded Search

 

We also expanded our search to look at transportation brokers which could be considered comparable to FGDI, LLC’s operations. However, while we found four transactions that could be considered, the entities primary operations were not similar enough to FGDI, LLC’s transportation of grain operations to make them comparable. Furthermore, transportation is only a small part of FGDI and FGDI is only a portion of FCStone Group, Inc. As such, we did not consider these transactions further.

 

C ONCLUSION

 

All of the transactions considered involved companies within SIC 4731. As discussed in Appendix 9, we did not believe the companies whose primary business as transportation brokers to be adequate comparisons to FCStone as a whole. As such, we did not utilize these few transactions.

 

We also noted that there were several transactions in the Investor Services and Miscellaneous Financial Services sector of the Financial Industry, of which SIC codes 6221 and 6799 are a part of, although none of the transactions involved were in the applicable SIC codes. As discussed in Appendix 9, we did not believe that utilizing individual companies (such as investment banks and diversified financial services providers) would be appropriate for guideline company analysis. For those same reasons, we do not believe that utilizing the individual transactions in this industry segment would be appropriate. In addition, we believe that any relevant market data for the industry would be revealed in our Sector Analysis (see Exhibit 2 and Appendix 9). As such, we did not utilize these transactions.

 

LOGO   Page 92


FCStone Group, Inc.    Appendix 11
Valuation Report as of August 31, 2004    Endnotes

 

APPENDIX 11: ENDNOTES


1 American Society of Appraisers, Business Valuation Standards , 2001.

 

2 Pratt, Shannon P., with Robert F. Reilly, and Robert Schweihs. Valuing a Business. Dow Jones-Irwin, 2000, page 40.

 

3 Revenue Ruling 59-60, 1959 1 C.B. 237.

 

4 American Society of Appraisers, ASA Business Valuation Standards. Definitions.

 

5 Fishman, Jay E., Shannon P. Pratt, J. Clifford Griffith, and D. Keith Wilson, Guide to Business Valuations, Practitioners Publishing Company, Inc., 2004, section 1002.65.

 

6 Revenue Ruling 59-60.

 

7 ASA Business Valuation Standards, BVS-5.

 

8 Shannon P. Pratt, Cost of Capital: Estimation and Applications , John Wiley & Sons, Inc., p. 4.

 

9 Fishman, Jay E., Shannon P. Pratt, J. Clifford Griffith, and D. Keith Wilson, Guide to Business Valuations, 2004, Appendix 2B, p. 2-44.

 


 

Exhibit: 1-A

 

Detailed Income Statement

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

(U.S. Dollars)


  8/31/2004

    8/31/2003

    8/31/2002

    8/31/2001

    8/31/2000

 
  $ Amount

    % Sales(1)

    $ Amount

    % Sales(1)

    $ Amount

    % Sales(1)

    $ Amount

    % Sales(1)

    $ Amount

  % Sales(1)

 

Revenue

                                                         

Commissions -commodity futures and options

  50,443,374           41,034,117           37,200,586           31,819,249           23,252,111      

Service, consulting and brokerage fees

  12,622,422           11,162,012           10,834,474           10,388,056           7,732,436      

Clearing and transaction fees

  16,041,131           7,013,130           3,824,245           0           0      

Interest income

  4,353,685           4,761,793           3,633,510           6,011,063           3,882,552      

Other

  2,334,106           1,482,668           468,887           587,884           919,049      

Gross margin from purchase and sale of grain (2)

  0           0           0           7,418,275           6,050,060      

Sales of grain and fuel (2)

  1,537,792,454           1,166,554,224           839,980,106           0           0      
   

       

       

       

       
     

Total Revenue

  1,623,587,172           1,232,007,944           895,941,808           56,224,527           41,836,208      
   

       

       

       

       
     

Cost of grain and fuel sold (2)

  1,521,925,116           1,154,103,229           830,187,881           0           0      
   

       

       

       

       
     

Revenue, net of cost of grain and fuel sold

  101,662,056           77,904,715           65,753,927           56,224,527           41,836,208      
   

       

       

       

       
     

Operating expenses

                                                         

Depreciation

  832,671     0.8 %   803,004     1.0 %   850,470     1.3 %   711,390     1.3 %   624,810   1.5 %

Employee compensation and commissions

  28,501,922     28.0 %   24,110,849     30.9 %   21,835,384     33.2 %   18,021,597     32.1 %   14,844,790   35.5 %

Pit brokerage and clearing fees

  26,743,083     26.3 %   16,152,191     20.7 %   11,557,285     17.6 %   7,902,606     14.1 %   3,888,460   9.3 %

Employee benefits & payroll taxes

  6,849,640     6.7 %   5,725,289     7.3 %   4,498,325     6.8 %   3,348,056     6.0 %   2,647,225   6.3 %

Introducing broker commissions

  10,015,993     9.9 %   7,880,549     10.1 %   7,802,100     11.9 %   6,440,781     11.5 %   3,118,034   7.5 %

Communications and marketing information

  2,831,038     2.8 %   2,804,475     3.6 %   2,688,449     4.1 %   2,494,413     4.4 %   2,135,025   5.1 %

Office, equipment, and exchange seat rent

  4,552,605     4.5 %   4,460,523     5.7 %   3,665,520     5.6 %   2,998,058     5.3 %   1,905,386   4.6 %

Other operating expenses

  5,476,034     5.4 %   5,086,083     6.5 %   4,661,268     7.1 %   3,885,534     6.9 %   3,252,457   7.8 %

Travel & related

  2,049,294     2.0 %   1,623,752     2.1 %   1,629,908     2.5 %   1,404,408     2.5 %   958,453   2.3 %

Interest expense

  4,790,052     4.7 %   3,191,993     4.1 %   1,297,049     2.0 %   1,217,289     2.2 %   835,296   2.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Total operating expenses

  92,642,332     91.1 %   71,838,708     92.2 %   60,485,758     92.0 %   48,424,132     86.1 %   34,209,936   81.8 %

Operating income

  9,019,724     8.9 %   6,066,007     7.8 %   5,268,169     8.0 %   7,800,395     13.9 %   7,626,272   18.2 %

Minority interest

  (575,793 )   -0.6 %   (560,714 )   -0.7 %   (600,641 )   -0.9 %   (242,540 )   -0.4 %   0   0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Earnings before taxes

  8,443,931     8.3 %   5,505,293     7.1 %   4,667,528     7.1 %   7,557,855     13.4 %   7,626,272   18.2 %

Income taxes (benefit)

  2,030,000     2.0 %   1,200,000     1.5 %   1,280,000     1.9 %   1,590,000     2.8 %   1,370,000   3.3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Net income

  6,413,931     6.3 %   4,305,293     5.5 %   3,387,528     5.2 %   5,967,855     10.6 %   6,256,272   15.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Effective tax rate

        24.0 %         21.8 %         27.4 %         21.0 %       18.0 %

EBT

  8,443,931     8.3 %   5,505,293     7.1 %   4,667,528     7.1 %   7,557,855     13.4 %   7,626,272   18.2 %

EBTDA

  9,276,602     9.1 %   6,308,297     8.1 %   5,517,998     8.4 %   8,269,245     14.7 %   8,251,082   19.7 %

Source of Statements:

  Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt  

Prepared by:

  KPMG     KPMG     KPMG     KPMG     KPMG  

Audit Opinion:

  Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified  

 

Notes:

(1) Calculated as a percentage of Revenue, net of cost of grain and fuel sold.

(2) Historically, the Company has presented revenue derived from the sale of grain and fuel on a net basis (gross sales of grain and fuel less the cost of the grain and fuel) to provide a more accurate comparison between grain & fuel operations to the Company's brokerage & trading operations. However, going forward, the Company will present gross revenues from the sale of grain and fuels, which are much higher than the Company's historical reporting and may distort year-to-year comparisons.

 


Exhibit: 1-B

 

Detailed Balance Sheet

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

(U.S. Dollars)


  8/31/2004

    8/31/2003

    8/31/2002

    8/31/2001

    8/31/2000

 
  $ Amount

    % Assets

    $ Amount

    % Assets

    $ Amount

    % Assets

    $ Amount

  % Assets

    $ Amount

  % Assets

 

Assets

                                                       

Current assets

                                                       

Cash-unrestricted / restricted

  9,345,427     1.5 %   6,506,424     1.3 %   2,643,385     0.7 %   4,467,131   1.6 %   4,281,741   1.8 %

Cash-segregated

  42,786,181     7.1 %   5,667,721     1.1 %   1,370,639     0.3 %   3,313,724   1.2 %   7,012,632   3.0 %

Marketable securities

  57,798,689     9.6 %   34,658,248     6.9 %   62,863,853     15.7 %   57,828,115   21.3 %   65,164,667   27.7 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total cash & equivalents

  109,930,297     18.2 %   46,832,393     9.3 %   66,877,877     16.7 %   65,608,970   24.1 %   76,459,040   32.6 %

Accounts receivable and advances on grain

  106,866,680     17.7 %   87,244,453     17.3 %   61,399,717     15.4 %   37,419,387   13.8 %   15,684,869   6.7 %

Inventory

  12,198,678     2.0 %   23,029,750     4.6 %   15,832,480     4.0 %   12,085,487   4.4 %   4,600,392   2.0 %

Notes receivable

  2,079,000     0.3 %   11,810,500     2.3 %   14,314,000     3.6 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %

Exchange memberships, at cost

  1,154,650     0.2 %   1,154,650     0.2 %   1,154,650     0.3 %   1,153,500   0.4 %   1,111,500   0.5 %

Investment in Chicago Board of Trade

  67,665     0.0 %   1,079,340     0.2 %   1,464,125     0.4 %   1,464,125   0.5 %   1,464,125   0.6 %

Commodity exchanges and clearing organizations—customer segregated and proprietary

  313,475,777     51.9 %   224,738,444     44.5 %   210,570,651     52.7 %   142,691,164   52.5 %   119,967,078   51.1 %

Customer regulated accounts

  38,964,603     6.5 %   91,630,111     18.2 %   18,637,046     4.7 %   2,655,435   1.0 %   7,212,692   3.1 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total current assets

  584,737,350     96.8 %   487,519,641     96.6 %   390,250,546     97.7 %   263,078,068   96.8 %   226,499,696   96.4 %

Plant, property, & equipment

                                                       

Furniture, equipment, and improvements

  12,385,885     2.1 %   7,361,162     1.5 %   6,666,264     1.7 %   5,688,605   2.1 %   5,749,761   2.4 %

Construction in progress

  0     0.0 %   5,568,750     1.1 %   0     0.0 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total cost of PP&E

  12,385,885     2.1 %   12,929,912     2.6 %   6,666,264     1.7 %   5,688,605   2.1 %   5,749,761   2.4 %

Accumulated depreciation (+)

  3,734,169     0.6 %   4,335,945     0.9 %   3,501,702     0.9 %   2,639,259   1.0 %   2,957,129   1.3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Net plant, property, & equipment

  8,651,716     1.4 %   8,593,967     1.7 %   3,164,562     0.8 %   3,049,346   1.1 %   2,792,632   1.2 %

Other Assets

                                                       

Deferred income taxes

  2,710,000     0.4 %   2,886,000     0.6 %   1,636,000     0.4 %   683,000   0.3 %   633,000   0.3 %

Investment in affiliates and others

  1,701,054     0.3 %   1,634,996     0.3 %   1,459,601     0.4 %   1,446,000   0.5 %   1,420,201   0.6 %

Investment in cooperatives

  1,452,169     0.2 %   1,165,339     0.2 %   903,306     0.2 %   729,408   0.3 %   654,898   0.3 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total other assets

  10,438,059     1.7 %   8,619,000     1.7 %   6,111,382     1.5 %   5,783,605   2.1 %   5,558,400   2.4 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total assets

  603,827,125     100.0 %   504,732,608     100.0 %   399,526,490     100.0 %   271,911,019   100.0 %   234,850,728   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Liabilities & Members’ Equity

                                                       

Current liabilities

                                                       

Commodity and customer regulated accounts payable

  411,659,700     68.2 %   327,860,679     65.0 %   265,183,033     66.4 %   182,961,114   67.3 %   178,549,657   76.0 %

Trade payables

  68,806,591     11.4 %   38,654,528     7.7 %   18,265,782     4.6 %   16,701,003   6.1 %   7,403,936   3.2 %

Accrued expenses

  16,196,467     2.7 %   14,942,298     3.0 %   10,198,260     2.6 %   6,912,642   2.5 %   6,007,468   2.6 %

Notes payable

  41,531,421     6.9 %   76,048,105     15.1 %   65,013,261     16.3 %   24,179,465   8.9 %   8,701,582   3.7 %

Current installments under capital leases

  550,000     0.1 %   687,500     0.1 %   0     0.0 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %

Subordinated debt

  5,750,000     1.0 %   500,000     0.1 %   1,000,000     0.3 %   1,000,000   0.4 %   1,000,000   0.4 %

Patronage refunds payable in cash

  1,869,179     0.3 %   1,428,862     0.3 %   935,432     0.2 %   1,845,842   0.7 %   2,118,627   0.9 %

Obligation under capital leases

  4,125,000     0.7 %   4,675,000     0.9 %   0     0.0 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %

Minority interests

  5,488,339     0.9 %   4,108,796     0.8 %   3,758,292     0.9 %   3,242,540   1.2 %   0   0.0 %

Checks in excess of bank balance

  8,021,646     1.3 %   0     0.0 %   0     0.0 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total Liabilities

  563,998,343     93.4 %   468,905,768     92.9 %   364,354,060     91.2 %   236,842,606   87.1 %   203,781,270   86.8 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Members’ Equity

                                                       

Preferred stock, nonvoting, series I

  12,972,349     2.1 %   13,101,327     2.6 %   12,715,955     3.2 %   12,717,930   4.7 %   11,820,012   5.0 %

Preferred stock, nonvoting, series II

  897,608     0.1 %   904,155     0.2 %   904,155     0.2 %   904,155   0.3 %   626,263   0.3 %

Common Stock, Class A

  2,368,565     0.4 %   2,753,255     0.5 %   2,782,563     0.7 %   2,863,194   1.1 %   2,838,862   1.2 %

Common Stock, Class B

  500,000     0.1 %   500,000     0.1 %   500,000     0.1 %   500,000   0.2 %   500,000   0.2 %

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (3,038,751 )   -0.5 %   (3,931,985 )   -0.8 %   (1,927,000 )   -0.5 %   0   0.0 %   0   0.0 %

Retained earnings

  26,129,011     4.3 %   22,500,088     4.5 %   20,196,757     5.1 %   18,083,134   6.7 %   15,284,321   6.5 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total Members’ Equity

  39,828,782     6.6 %   35,826,840     7.1 %   35,172,430     8.8 %   35,068,413   12.9 %   31,069,458   13.2 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Total Liabilities & Members’ Equity

  603,827,125     100.0 %   504,732,608     100.0 %   399,526,490     100.0 %   271,911,019   100.0 %   234,850,728   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Net worth

  39,828,782     45.7 %   35,826,840     31.9 %   35,172,430     34.8 %   35,068,413   58.2 %   31,069,458   76.2 %

Interest bearing debt

  47,281,421     54.3 %   76,548,105     68.1 %   66,013,261     65.2 %   25,179,465   41.8 %   9,701,582   23.8 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Invested capital

  87,110,203     100.0 %   112,374,945     100.0 %   101,185,691     100.0 %   60,247,878   100.0 %   40,771,040   100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 
 

Source of Statements:

  Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt     Audited Stmt  

Prepared by:

  KPMG     KPMG     KPMG     KPMG     KPMG  

Audit Opinion:

  Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified     Unqualified  

 


 

Exhibit: 1-C

 

Proforma Income Adjustments-By Business Line

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

(U.S. Dollars)


  8/31/2004

    8/31/2003

    8/31/2002

    8/31/2001

    8/31/2000

 
  $ Amount

    %

    $ Amount

    %

    $ Amount

    %

    $ Amount

    %

    $ Amount

    %

 

FCStone Group, Inc. Stated Revenue
(purchase and sale of grain and fuel, net)

  101,662,056     0.0 %   77,904,715     0.0 %   65,753,927     0.0 %   56,224,527     0.0 %   41,836,208     0.0 %

FCStone Group, Inc. Earnings before taxes

  8,443,931     8.3 %   5,505,293     7.1 %   4,667,528     7.1 %   7,557,855     13.4 %   7,626,272     18.2 %

less: Actual Class B shares

  (523,936 )   -0.5 %   (481,756 )   -0.6 %   (390,452 )   -0.6 %   (418,940 )   -0.7 %   (411,481 )   -1.0 %

add: Estimated Class B shares

  52,394     0.1 %   48,176     0.1 %   39,045     0.1 %   41,894     0.1 %   41,148     0.1 %

less: One time gain on stock

  (832,880 )   -0.8 %   (263,015 )   -0.3 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %   (172,025 )   -0.4 %

less: Legal fee refund

  (600,000 )   -0.6 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %

add: Excess legal fees paid

  —       0.0 %   250,000     0.3 %   250,000     0.4 %   100,000     0.2 %   —       0.0 %

add: One time loss on Enron settlement

  266,000     0.3 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings before taxes

  6,805,509     6.7 %   5,058,698     6.5 %   4,566,121     6.9 %   7,280,809     12.9 %   7,083,914     16.9 %

add: Depreciation & amortization

  832,671     0.8 %   803,004     1.0 %   850,470     1.3 %   711,390     1.3 %   624,810     1.5 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  7,638,180     7.5 %   5,861,702     7.5 %   5,416,591     8.2 %   7,992,199     14.2 %   7,708,724     18.4 %

Adjusted earnings before taxes

  6,805,509           5,058,698           4,566,121           7,280,809           7,083,914        

less: Estimated taxes at 38% tax rate

  2,586,093     38.0 %   1,922,305     38.0 %   1,735,126     38.0 %   2,766,707     38.0 %   2,691,887     38.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

  4,219,415     4.2 %   3,136,393     4.0 %   2,830,995     4.3 %   4,514,102     8.0 %   4,392,027     10.5 %

FCStone Revenue

                                                           

Grain operations

                                                           

Number of Bushels

  257,883,022           247,916,495           218,428,077           155,869,085           109,781,302        

Margin per Bushel

  0.0545           0.0398           0.0384           0.0424           0.0533        

Grain revenue

                                                           

Grain sales

  1,424,548,203     99.9 %   1,093,198,585     99.8 %   792,696,712     99.8 %   602,194,940     99.7 %   410,444,417     99.8 %

Dock and trucking revenue

  1,582,887     0.1 %   2,219,869     0.2 %   1,619,160     0.2 %   1,914,755     0.3 %   946,706     0.2 %

Interest income

  68,106     0.0 %   50,520     0.0 %   102,374     0.0 %   116,129     0.0 %   28,972     0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grain operations revenue

  1,426,131,090     100.0 %   1,095,418,454     100.0 %   794,315,872     100.0 %   604,109,695     100.0 %   411,391,123     100.0 %

Cost of grain

  1,410,494,626     98.9 %   1,082,777,405     98.8 %   784,310,776     98.7 %   595,591,747     98.6 %   404,588,304     98.3 %

Dock and trucking expenses

  1,775,853     0.1 %   1,976,534     0.2 %   1,484,919     0.2 %   1,670,386     0.3 %   505,075     0.1 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total grain operations costs

  1,412,270,479     99.0 %   1,084,753,939     99.0 %   785,795,695     98.9 %   597,262,133     98.9 %   405,093,379     98.5 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin from Grain Operations

  13,860,611     1.0 %   10,664,515     1.0 %   8,520,177     1.1 %   6,847,562     1.1 %   6,297,744     1.5 %

Gross margin from purchase and sale of grain

  13,860,611     14.0 %   10,664,515     14.0 %   8,520,177     13.1 %   6,847,562     12.3 %   6,297,744     15.4 %

Gross margin from purchase and sale of fuel

  2,006,727     2.0 %   1,786,480     2.3 %   1,272,048     1.9 %   —       0.0 %   —       0.0 %

Brokerage & risk management revenue

  83,460,612     84.0 %   63,971,052     83.7 %   55,492,815     85.0 %   48,789,081     87.7 %   34,619,415     84.6 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FCStone Revenue, excluding other revenue

  99,327,950     100.0 %   76,422,047     100.0 %   65,285,040     100.0 %   55,636,643     100.0 %   40,917,159     100.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCStone Operating Expenses

                                                           

Grain operations operating expenses

  12,345,517     13.3 %   9,391,108     13.1 %   7,009,624     11.6 %   5,181,352     10.7 %   4,310,810     12.6 %

Brokerage & risk management op.expenses

  80,296,815     86.7 %   62,447,600     86.9 %   53,476,134     88.4 %   43,242,780     89.3 %   29,899,126     87.4 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FCStone Operating Expenses

  92,642,332     100.0 %   71,838,708     100.0 %   60,485,758     100.0 %   48,424,132     100.0 %   34,209,936     100.0 %

Grain operating expenses/grain gross margin

        89.1 %         88.1 %         82.3 %         75.7 %         68.5 %

Brokerage operating expenses/brokerage revenue

        94.0 %         95.0 %         94.2 %         88.6 %         86.4 %

FCStone Operating Income, before other revenue

                                                           

Grain operations operating income

  1,515,094     22.7 %   1,273,407     27.8 %   1,510,553     31.5 %   1,666,210     23.1 %   1,986,934     29.6 %

Brokerage & risk management op.income

  5,170,524     77.3 %   3,309,932     72.2 %   3,288,729     68.5 %   5,546,301     76.9 %   4,720,289     70.4 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FCStone Operating Income, Before Other Revenue

  6,685,618     100.0 %   4,583,339     100.0 %   4,799,282     100.0 %   7,212,511     100.0 %   6,707,223     100.0 %

Other FCStone Revenue

                                                           

Grain operations

  646,374     27.7 %   545,118     36.8 %   389,210     83.0 %   157,977     26.9 %   121,751     13.2 %

Brokerage & risk management

  1,687,732     72.3 %   937,550     63.2 %   79,677     17.0 %   429,907     73.1 %   797,298     86.8 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total FCStone Other Income (Expense)

  2,334,106     100.0 %   1,482,668     100.0 %   468,887     100.0 %   587,884     100.0 %   919,049     100.0 %

FCStone Earnings Before Taxes

                                                           

Grain operations EBT

  2,161,468     25.6 %   1,818,525     33.0 %   1,899,763     40.7 %   1,824,187     24.1 %   2,108,685     27.7 %

Brokerage & risk management EBT

  6,858,256     81.2 %   4,247,482     77.2 %   3,368,406     72.2 %   5,976,208     79.1 %   5,517,587     72.3 %

Minority interest

  (575,793 )   -6.8 %   (560,714 )   -10.2 %   (600,641 )   -12.9 %   (242,540 )   -3.2 %   —       0.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before taxes

  8,443,931     100.0 %   5,505,293     100.0 %   4,667,528     100.0 %   7,557,855     100.0 %   7,626,272     100.0 %

Grain EBT/Gross Margin

        13.6 %         14.6 %         19.4 %         26.6 %         33.5 %

Brokerage EBT/Revenue

        8.2 %         6.6 %         6.1 %         12.2 %         15.9 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCStone Assets

                                                           

Current assets: Grain operations

  90,539,802     15.0 %   92,502,570     18.3 %   74,300,666     18.6 %   46,661,435     17.2 %   20,959,856     8.9 %

Other assets (includes fixed): Grain operations

  7,766,250     1.3 %   7,267,207     1.4 %   1,495,977     0.4 %   1,042,104     0.4 %   858,632     0.4 %

Current assets: Brokerage & risk management

  494,197,548     81.8 %   395,017,071     78.3 %   315,949,880     79.1 %   216,416,633     79.6 %   205,539,840     87.5 %

Other assets: (includes fixed) Brokerage & risk management

  11,323,525     1.9 %   9,945,760     2.0 %   7,779,967     1.9 %   7,790,847     2.9 %   7,492,400     3.2 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCStone Total Assets

  603,827,125     100.0 %   504,732,608     100.0 %   399,526,490     100.0 %   271,911,019     100.0 %   234,850,728     100.0 %

FCStone Liabilities

                                                           

Grain operations

  85,299,005     14.1 %   83,663,138     16.6 %   65,533,301     16.4 %   38,763,223     14.3 %   16,661,642     7.1 %

Brokerage & risk management

  478,699,338     79.3 %   385,242,630     76.3 %   298,820,759     74.8 %   198,079,383     72.8 %   187,119,628     79.7 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCStone Total Liabilities

  563,998,343     93.4 %   468,905,768     92.9 %   364,354,060     91.2 %   236,842,606     87.1 %   203,781,270     86.8 %

FCStone Equity

                                                           

Grain operations

  13,007,047     2.2 %   11,431,639     2.3 %   10,263,342     2.6 %   8,940,316     3.3 %   5,156,846     2.2 %

Brokerage & risk management

  26,821,735     4.4 %   24,395,201     4.8 %   24,909,088     6.2 %   26,128,097     9.6 %   25,912,612     11.0 %
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FCStone Total Equity

  39,828,782     6.6 %   35,826,840     7.1 %   35,172,430     8.8 %   35,068,413     12.9 %   31,069,458     13.2 %

 


Exhibit: 1-D

 

Financial Ratios

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Reported


   08/31/04

    08/31/03

    08/31/02

    08/31/01

    08/31/00

 

Working capital (average)

   32,000,008     29,276,224     30,566,390     27,098,214     23,040,308  

Net fixed assets (average)

   8,622,842     5,879,265     3,106,954     2,920,989     2,467,881  

Annual Growth Rates:

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Revenue

   30.5 %   18.5 %   16.9 %   34.4 %   23.3 %

Operating income

   48.7 %   15.1 %   -32.5 %   2.3 %   34.3 %

Earnings before taxes

   53.4 %   17.9 %   -38.2 %   -0.9 %   34.3 %

Net income

   49.0 %   27.1 %   -43.2 %   -4.6 %   34.8 %

Earnings before taxes, depreciation & amortization

   47.1 %   14.3 %   -33.3 %   0.2 %   33.2 %

Fixed assets, net

   0.7 %   171.6 %   3.8 %   9.2 %   30.3 %

Total assets

   19.6 %   26.3 %   46.9 %   15.8 %   103.4 %

Interest bearing debt

   -38.2 %   16.0 %   162.2 %   159.5 %   23.4 %

Book value

   11.2 %   1.9 %   0.3 %   12.9 %   14.2 %

Five- Year Compound Annual Growth Rates:

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Revenue

   24.9 %   23.1 %   21.9 %   NA     NA  

Operating income

   4.3 %   1.7 %   -4.6 %   NA     NA  

Earnings before taxes

   2.6 %   -0.8 %   1.7 %   NA     NA  

Net income

   0.6 %   -1.9 %   -1.7 %   NA     NA  

Earnings before taxes, depreciation & amortization

   3.0 %   0.5 %   3.4 %   NA     NA  

Fixed assets, net

   32.7 %   41.5 %   14.0 %   NA     NA  

Total assets

   26.6 %   44.6 %   41.2 %   NA     NA  

Interest bearing debt

   48.6 %   76.7 %   239.0 %   NA     NA  

Book value

   6.4 %   7.1 %   9.8 %   NA     NA  

Profitability Ratios (ROS):

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Operating income/Revenue

   8.9 %   7.8 %   8.0 %   13.9 %   18.2 %

EBT/Revenue

   8.3 %   7.1 %   7.1 %   13.4 %   18.2 %

Net income/Revenue

   6.3 %   5.5 %   5.2 %   10.6 %   15.0 %

EBTDA/Revenue

   9.1 %   8.1 %   8.4 %   14.7 %   19.7 %

Profitability Ratios (ROE/ROIC/ROA):

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

EBT/Book Value

   22.3 %   15.5 %   13.3 %   22.9 %   26.2 %

Net Income/Total Assets

   1.2 %   1.0 %   1.0 %   2.4 %   3.6 %

EBT/Total Assets

   1.5 %   1.2 %   1.4 %   3.0 %   4.4 %

EBTDA/Total Assets

   1.7 %   1.4 %   1.6 %   3.3 %   4.7 %

Net Income/Net Fixed Assets

   74.4 %   73.2 %   109.0 %   204.3 %   253.5 %

EBT/Net Fixed Assets

   97.9 %   93.6 %   150.2 %   258.7 %   309.0 %

EBTDA/Net Fixed Assets

   107.6 %   107.3 %   177.6 %   283.1 %   334.3 %

Leverage Ratios:

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Interest Bearing Debt/Total Equity

   1.6     2.0     1.3     0.5     0.3  

Total Liabilities/Total Equity

   13.7     11.7     8.6     6.7     5.0  

Liquidity Ratios:

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Quick Ratio

   1.03     1.02     1.06     1.09     1.12  

Current Ratio

   1.06     1.07     1.10     1.12     1.16  

Asset Efficiency and Turnover Ratios:

   08/31/04     08/31/03     08/31/02     08/31/01     08/31/00  

Revenue/Working Capital

   3.3     2.6     2.3     2.2     1.8  

Depreciation/revenue

   0.8 %   1.0 %   1.3 %   1.3 %   1.5 %

Revenue/Net Fixed Assets

   11.8     13.3     21.2     19.2     17.0  

Revenue/Total Assets

   0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2     0.2  


 

Exhibit: 2-A

 

Sector Analysis

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


  

Company


  

Industry Sector*


   Market
Capitalization*


AC

   Alliance Capital Management Holding L.P.    Investment Services    3,159.41

AGE

   A.G. Edwards, Inc.    Investment Services    2,898.36

AMG

   Affiliated Managers Group, Inc.    Investment Services    1,746.82

AMTD

   Ameritrade Holding Corp.    Investment Services    5,563.11

AVZ

   AMVESCAP PLC (ADR)    Investment Services    4,687.29

AX

   Archipelago Holdings, Inc.    Investment Services    718.22

BEN

   Franklin Resources    Investment Services    15,977.02

BLK

   BlackRock, Inc.    Investment Services    4,727.40

BSC

   The Bear Stearns Companies Inc.    Investment Services    10,110.81

CLMS

   Calamos Asset Management, Inc    Investment Services    442.00

CME

   Chicago Mercantile Exchange Holdings    Investment Services    6,795.11

CNS

   Cohen & Steers, Inc.    Investment Services    568.73

DHIL

   Diamond Hill Investment    Investment Services    16.77

EQS

   Equus II Incorporated    Investment Services    52.15

ET

   E*TRADE FINANCIAL Corp.    Investment Services    5,069.11

EV

   Eaton Vance Corp.    Investment Services    3,119.82

FACT

   First Albany Companies Inc.    Investment Services    131.26

FBR

   Friedman, Billings, Ramsey Group, Inc.    Investment Services    2,877.94

GBL

   Gabelli Asset Management Inc.    Investment Services    1,381.02

GROW

   U.S. Global Investors    Investment Services    26.90

GS

   The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.    Investment Services    49,871.18

IAAC

   International Assets Holding Corporation    Investment Services    36.87

ICH

   Investors Capital Holding    Investment Services    25.54

IFIN

   Investors Financial Services Corp.    Investment Services    2,604.91

INGP

   Instinet Group Incorporated    Investment Services    1,631.03

ITG

   Investment Technology Group    Investment Services    668.27

JBOH

   JB Oxford Holdings, Inc.    Investment Services    5.43

JEF

   Jefferies Group, Inc.    Investment Services    2,401.36

JNC

   Nuveen Investments, Inc.    Investment Services    3,190.18

JNS

   Janus Capital Group Inc.    Investment Services    3,617.57

KENT

   Kent Financial Services    Investment Services    9.43

KILN

   Kirlin Holding Corp.    Investment Services    7.22

LAB

   LaBranche & Co., Inc.    Investment Services    448.67

LEH

   Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.    Investment Services    22,609.60

LM

   Legg Mason, Inc.    Investment Services    6,638.46

MAXF

   Maxcor Financial Group    Investment Services    59.61

MEL

   Mellon Financial Corp.    Investment Services    12,744.58

MER

   Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc.    Investment Services    51,975.41

MKTX

   MarketAxess Holdings Inc.    Investment Services    422.06

MWD

   Morgan Stanley    Investment Services    57,082.00

NDAQ

   Nasdaq Stock Market Inc.    Investment Services    573.91

NFP

   National Financial Partners Corp.    Investment Services    1,140.62

NITE

   Knight Trading Group, Inc.    Investment Services    1,225.79

NMR

   Nomura Holdings, Inc. (ADR)    Investment Services    25,121.99

OPY

   Oppenheimer Holdings Inc. (USA)    Investment Services    322.51

PJC

   Piper Jaffray Companies    Investment Services    923.28

PLCC

   Paulson Capital Corp.    Investment Services    24.49

PVD

   A.F.P Provida SA (ADR)    Investment Services    543.36

RJF

   Raymond James Financial    Investment Services    2,173.03

SCH

   The Charles Schwab Corp.    Investment Services    13,631.39

SEIC

   SEI Corp.    Investment Services    3,932.75

SF

   Stifel Financial Corp.    Investment Services    209.89

SIEB

   Siebert Financial Corp.    Investment Services    66.96

SMHG

   Sanders Morris Harris Grp    Investment Services    248.37

SRHI

   Sutter Holding Company, Inc.    Investment Services    3.71

SWS

   SWS Group, Inc.    Investment Services    344.86

TRAD

   TradeStation Group, Inc.    Investment Services    281.63

TROW

   T. Rowe Price Group, Inc.    Investment Services    7,596.56

VALU

   Value Line, Inc.    Investment Services    382.79

VDM

   Van der Moolen Holdings N.V. (ADR)    Investment Services    243.24

WDR

   Waddell & Reed Financial    Investment Services    1,839.50

WHG

   Westwood Holdings Group, Inc.    Investment Services    107.64

WNMLA

   Winmill & Co. Incorporated    Investment Services    3.44

WPL

   W.P. Stewart & Co., Ltd.    Investment Services    1,004.01

ZCOI

   The Ziegler Companies, Inc.    Investment Services    41.40
              
          High    57,082.00
          Low    3.44
          Median    1,004.01

 


 

Exhibit: 2-A

 

Sector Analysis

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


  

Company


  

Industry Sector*


   Market
Capitalization*


ACAS

   American Capital Strategies, Ltd.    Misc. Financial Services    2,890.37

ACG

   ACM Income Fund, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    1,835.16

ADX

   Adams Express Company    Misc. Financial Services    1,137.08

AFFI

   Affinity Technology Group, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    2.10

ALD

   Allied Capital Corp    Misc. Financial Services    3,677.21

AMPL

   Ampal-American Israel Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    77.45

ASA

   ASA Limited    Misc. Financial Services    406.27

ATF

   The Equity Investor Fund    Misc. Financial Services    846.54

BBDC

   Brantley Capital Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    41.65

BCV

   Bancroft Convertible Fund    Misc. Financial Services    86.25

BKF

   BKF Capital Group, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    234.53

BKT

   BlackRock Income Trust    Misc. Financial Services    469.05

BLU

   Blue Chip Value Fund    Misc. Financial Services    174.47

BPT

   BP Prudhoe Bay Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    939.46

BXL

   Bexil Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    14.34

BZF

   The Brazil Fund    Misc. Financial Services    462.36

CECX

   Castle Energy Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    78.96

CEF

   Central Fund of Canada (USA)    Misc. Financial Services    451.99

CET

   Central Securities Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    430.12

CH

   The Chile Fund, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    142.67

CHC

   CharterMac    Misc. Financial Services    1,550.58

CHEUY

   Cheung Kong (Holdings) Limited (ADR)    Misc. Financial Services    20,498.05

CHKE

   Cherokee Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    257.46

CIK

   Credit Suisse AM Inc Fund    Misc. Financial Services    224.53

CLRS

   Clarus Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    147.64

CRT

   Cross Timbers Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    225.42

CRTQ

   Cortech, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    11.00

CSE

   CapitalSource, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    2,788.93

CSH

   Cash America International, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    779.99

CSWC

   Capital Southwest Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    306.64

CTNR

   Central Natural Resources    Misc. Financial Services    6.91

CVF

   Castle Convertible Fund    Misc. Financial Services    50.98

CVP

   Centerplate Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    274.58

DCG

   Dreyfus CA Municipal Income Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    40.38

DES

   Desc, S.A. de C.V. (ADR)    Misc. Financial Services    617.23

DMF

   Dreyfus Municipal Income    Misc. Financial Services    204.75

DNM

   Dreyfus NY Municipal Income    Misc. Financial Services    34.01

DNP

   DNP Select Income Fund Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    2,551.02

DOM

   Dominion Resources Black Warrior Trust    Misc. Financial Services    290.06

DSM

   Dreyfus Strategic Municipal Bond Fund    Misc. Financial Services    401.06

ECF

   Ellsworth Convertible Growth and Income    Misc. Financial Services    81.71

ECPG

   Encore Capital Group, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    448.77

EGX

   Engex, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    10.56

EMF

   Templeton Emerging Markets    Misc. Financial Services    266.61

ESGR

   The Enstar Group, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    320.04

FAC

   First Acceptance Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    403.79

FCCG

   Fog Cutter Capital Group    Misc. Financial Services    24.30

FCSC

   Franklin Credit Management Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    41.42

FF

   First Financial Fund Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    505.74

FII

   Federated Investors, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    3,173.15

FKL

   Franklin Capital Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    10.75

FLNA

   FuelNation Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    8.60

FTD

   Fort Dearborn Income Secs    Misc. Financial Services    127.77

FXX

   Foxby Corp    Misc. Financial Services    5.73

GIM

   Templeton Global Income Fund    Misc. Financial Services    1,208.61

GLAD

   Gladstone Capital Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    277.61

GRR

   Asia Tigers Fund, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    84.16

GVT

   Morgan Stanley D.W. Gov’t    Misc. Financial Services    317.39

HQH

   H&Q Healthcare Investors    Misc. Financial Services    367.72

HQL

   H&Q Life Sciences Investors    Misc. Financial Services    188.68

HYI

   High Yield Income Fund    Misc. Financial Services    69.13

HYP

   High Yield Plus Fund Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    73.24

ICB

   Morgan St.D.W. Income Sec    Misc. Financial Services    177.33

ICGE

   Internet Capital Group, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    265.88

IED

   INVESTools Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    136.16

KMR

   Kinder Morgan Management, LLC    Misc. Financial Services    2,129.59

LEO

   Dreyfus Strategic Muni.    Misc. Financial Services    518.64

LIC

   Lynch Interactive Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    85.87

 


 

Exhibit 2-A

 

Sector Analysis

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


  

Company


  

Industry Sector*


   Market
Capitalization*


LQ

   Quinenco S.A. (ADR)    Misc. Financial Services    1,229.82

LRT

   LL&E Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    115.28

MACC

   MACC Private Equities Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    7.90

MARPS

   Marine Petroleum Trust    Misc. Financial Services    57.60

MCGC

   MCG Capital Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    813.71

MGI

   MoneyGram International, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    1,635.63

MRF

   American Income Fund Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    78.28

MSB

   Mesabi Trust    Misc. Financial Services    149.44

MTR

   Mesa Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    127.66

MXBIF

   MFC Bancorp Ltd.    Misc. Financial Services    219.28

NCA

   Nuveen California Municipal Value Fund    Misc. Financial Services    237.78

NGSY

   Natural Gas Systems, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    46.29

NMI

   Nuveen Municipal Income    Misc. Financial Services    78.58

NNY

   Nuveen NY Municipal Value    Misc. Financial Services    138.80

NRT

   North European Oil Royalty    Misc. Financial Services    210.83

OMS

   Oppenheimer Multi-Sector    Misc. Financial Services    243.19

PBT

   Permian Basin Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    611.04

PEO

   Petroleum & Resource Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    564.71

PERS

   Personal Diagnostics Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    20.57

PHY

   Prospect Street High Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    95.20

PIM

   Putnam Master Int. Income    Misc. Financial Services    648.02

PMT

   Putnam Master Inc. Trust    Misc. Financial Services    344.16

PRS

   Primus Guaranty, Ltd.    Misc. Financial Services    588.33

PTF

   Petrofund Energy Trust (USA)    Misc. Financial Services    1,278.35

PVX

   Provident Energy Trust (USA)    Misc. Financial Services    1,051.40

RAND

   Rand Capital Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    14.75

RENN

   Renaissance Capital Growth & Income Fund    Misc. Financial Services    53.31

REXI

   Resource America, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    470.38

RNE

   Morgan Stanley East. Euro    Misc. Financial Services    112.93

RVT

   Royce Value Trust Inc    Misc. Financial Services    965.16

SBF

   The Salomon Brothers Fund Inc    Misc. Financial Services    1,245.66

SBR

   Sabine Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    541.04

SFEF

   Santa Fe Financial Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    13.02

SFF

   Santa Fe Energy Trust    Misc. Financial Services    214.20

SJT

   San Juan Basin Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    1,321.36

SKYT

   SkyTerra Communications, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    231.27

SOR

   Source Capital, Inc.    Misc. Financial Services    569.36

SPR

   Sterling Capital Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    14.50

STLS

   The St. Lawrence Seaway    Misc. Financial Services    1.06

TAXI

   Medallion Financial Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    166.12

TEI

   Templeton Emerging Markets Income Fund    Misc. Financial Services    604.66

TELOZ

   Tel Offshore Trust    Misc. Financial Services    35.64

TFC

   Taiwan Greater China Fund    Misc. Financial Services    143.88

TINY

   Harris & Harris Group,Inc    Misc. Financial Services    222.68

TIRTZ

   Tidelands Royalty Trust B    Misc. Financial Services    9.64

TY

   Tri-Continental Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    2,042.92

UTK

   UTEK Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    80.33

WINA

   Winmark Corporation    Misc. Financial Services    148.72

WSCC

   Waterside Capital Corp.    Misc. Financial Services    7.12

WTU

   Williams Coal Seam Gas Royalty Trust    Misc. Financial Services    165.38
              
          High    20,498.05
          Low    1.06
          Median    223.61


 

Exhibit: 2-B

 

Sector Analysis: Growth Rates

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   Sales Growth

    Sales Growth Rates

    Operating
Margin


    Tax Rate

   Trailing Twelve Months

    Return on
Equity


    Return on
Assets


 
   Quarterly
Year-Over-Year


    TTM
Year-Over-Year


    Last 3 Years

    Last 5 Years

         Net Profit
Margin


    Return on
Investment


     

AC

   2.83     13.72     2.71     15.60     19.08     6.42    17.86     43.12     11.43     42.82  

AGE

   (3.88 )   17.14     (4.17 )   2.20     10.77     35.58    6.94     10.42     10.42     4.35  

AMG

   29.10     29.96     2.57     15.73     40.82     40.50    11.57     4.76     13.88     4.44  

AMTD

   (0.49 )   23.51     22.73     24.00     58.74     38.26    29.54     21.54     22.46     1.79  

AVZ

   (7.68 )   (0.15 )   (10.75 )   7.62     (8.95 )   NA    (14.19 )   (5.97 )   (5.17 )   (4.10 )

AX

   0.20     32.44     NA     NA     13.66     9.70    12.67     17.11     16.11     13.52  

BEN

   21.68     30.63     13.45     8.73     27.61     29.46    20.77     10.23     15.05     9.27  

BLK

   13.74     21.57     7.85     12.00     24.61     31.72    19.96     12.28     18.60     9.40  

BSC

   2.83     12.10     (10.30 )   (1.18 )   24.33     33.42    16.20     3.31     18.54     0.57  

CLMS

   117.13     NA     78.72     67.81     42.76     1.64    42.34     43.57     136.43     38.73  

CME

   43.30     29.86     33.97     22.54     46.81     40.57    27.82     29.64     30.58     4.44  

CNS

   67.73     NA     NA     NA     (10.83 )   NA    4.31     7.09     7.64     5.53  

DHIL

   98.09     104.26     18.83     (23.33 )   (56.41 )   NA    (37.09 )   (20.22 )   (20.22 )   (19.27 )

EQS

   (87.22 )   7.84     11.89     13.68     53.26     NA    (61.62 )   (5.22 )   (5.69 )   (3.21 )

ET

   (7.54 )   NA     52.25     17.68     NA     NA    NA     —       —       —    

EV

   23.93     25.44     5.91     15.67     32.76     35.78    20.93     21.34     30.55     18.92  

FACT

   (18.52 )   (4.44 )   0.29     7.06     3.17     NA    (1.42 )   (2.26 )   (2.93 )   (0.54 )

FBR

   55.67     132.93     51.46     38.60     40.07     12.64    35.00     5.52     22.70     2.90  

GBL

   10.45     25.67     (3.93 )   8.46     38.84     36.75    24.88     8.91     15.53     8.17  

GROW

   76.05     73.62     13.44     5.92     21.89     23.79    16.68     26.96     29.38     23.93  

GS

   19.04     23.51     (10.55 )   1.00     22.58     32.04    15.35     5.03     19.51     0.99  

IAAC

   81.78     162.32     (4.65 )   2.84     22.67     34.30    14.90     20.40     29.77     10.56  

ICH

   47.15     NA     17.99     27.43     NA     NA    NA     —       —       —    

IFIN

   24.38     17.70     18.35     25.83     28.93     32.64    19.49     22.40     23.39     1.37  

INGP

   (4.05 )   5.43     (8.52 )   5.37     (1.44 )   231.78    (0.30 )   (0.34 )   (0.34 )   (0.17 )

ITG

   1.16     (2.83 )   2.47     9.50     19.88     38.09    12.31     11.41     11.41     3.65  

JBOH

   (14.71 )   (11.48 )   (41.78 )   (21.62 )   (27.08 )   NA    (48.69 )   (44.23 )   (44.23 )   (1.91 )

JEF

   32.06     42.33     6.75     9.43     19.24     37.20    12.08     8.95     14.46     1.17  

JNC

   8.93     12.68     8.04     8.62     50.13     38.82    30.44     28.56     30.35     15.46  

JNS

   (7.33 )   5.74     (23.80 )   8.20     6.97     NA    95.10     26.37     39.01     24.61  

KENT

   176.92     (56.27 )   (10.85 )   (9.27 )   5.44     46.27    52.83     9.48     11.86     8.11  

KILN

   (37.17 )   22.71     (5.18 )   11.20     5.35     NA    7.39     24.29     32.64     14.50  

LAB

   (8.81 )   (12.22 )   (3.90 )   19.34     (96.06 )   NA    (82.54 )   (18.72 )   (33.57 )   (11.61 )

LEH

   13.18     14.52     (13.21 )   (2.77 )   17.10     31.27    11.75     3.77     17.66     0.71  

LM

   23.86     32.30     9.27     13.36     25.37     38.20    15.68     14.75     22.44     5.00  

MAXF

   (17.40 )   (2.02 )   13.99     5.11     11.89     44.21    2.92     7.80     9.40     0.64  

MEL

   (0.26 )   4.48     1.87     (4.79 )   24.12     31.26    16.58     9.75     20.73     2.30  

MER

   10.91     5.77     (14.79 )   (4.45 )   20.09     23.64    15.34     3.68     15.56     0.85  

MKTX

   78.48     NA     224.37     NA     19.40     2.17    18.97     31.76     NA     23.44  

MWD

   10.40     11.93     (8.17 )   2.39     17.91     29.59    11.98     4.45     17.22     0.68  

NDAQ

   (12.62 )   (19.72 )   (10.86 )   NA     (0.86 )   NA    (1.36 )   (1.12 )   (54.27 )   (0.80 )

NFP

   31.76     35.53     32.12     NA     10.87     43.52    6.13     5.86     6.98     4.86  

NITE

   (30.53 )   36.94     (18.94 )   10.27     2.31     101.86    (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.01 )

NMR

   (15.67 )   8.36     (9.21 )   (7.47 )   19.89     38.85    12.16     3.11     7.30     0.44  

OPY

   (19.32 )   16.16     29.67     24.27     5.49     40.44    3.27     4.21     7.49     1.26  

PJC

   0.63     NA     (11.07 )   NA     7.52     37.96    4.66     4.58     5.87     1.52  

PLCC

   (61.29 )   83.93     20.91     25.05     17.75     33.69    11.77     12.33     12.33     10.30  

PVD

   5.46     9.87     5.97     10.12     27.13     16.95    26.27     17.45     18.02     13.55  

RJF

   15.85     21.19     (4.28 )   6.70     11.58     36.89    7.31     10.81     13.53     1.83  

SCH

   0.30     11.16     (10.95 )   5.16     17.08     36.21    10.89     8.71     10.08     1.00  

SEIC

   5.89     7.83     2.04     11.69     31.14     35.76    24.40     40.47     44.22     28.83  

SF

   (7.14 )   20.86     3.86     10.05     14.94     37.29    9.18     21.32     21.36     5.40  

SIEB

   (6.96 )   8.14     (17.72 )   (4.13 )   5.63     43.39    3.19     2.32     2.32     2.03  

SMHG

   18.14     21.07     33.31     132.68     13.95     38.03    10.86     10.94     10.61     9.44  

SRHI

   59.08     114.84     57.75     (24.96 )   (78.62 )   NA    (78.67 )   (19.65 )   (112.44 )   (17.83 )

SWS

   38.89     14.03     (16.57 )   (5.99 )   12.40     41.18    7.29     8.32     8.12     0.45  

TRAD

   6.90     17.15     4.36     12.19     17.53     NA    20.97     39.83     39.98     11.16  

TROW

   22.36     29.73     (4.70 )   2.42     40.77     37.72    25.39     21.77     21.81     18.68  

VALU

   1.54     3.08     (4.87 )   (2.44 )   29.89     38.28    25.04     11.65     15.58     9.42  

VDM

   NA     NA     (29.49 )   (8.46 )   NA     NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

WDR

   6.99     14.49     (4.67 )   9.45     33.16     36.06    21.16     25.32     57.20     17.81  

WHG

   (6.73 )   (3.74 )   7.56     15.36     32.63     39.00    19.91     17.43     17.71     13.82  

WNMLA

   NA     23.85     (13.44 )   (6.21 )   37.72     44.22    21.04     6.04     6.21     5.68  

WPL

   14.19     4.40     (16.40 )   (4.84 )   43.95     11.92    38.71     37.54     43.11     34.86  

ZCOI

   1.83     10.14     (3.95 )   0.55     7.00     23.62    2.93     2.97     5.42     1.74  
    

 

 

 

 

 
  

 

 

 

High

   176.92     162.32     224.37     132.68     58.74     231.78    95.10     43.57     136.43     42.82  

Low

   (87.22 )   (56.27 )   (41.78 )   (24.96 )   (96.06 )   1.64    (82.54 )   (44.23 )   (112.44 )   (19.27 )

Median

   6.90     15.34     1.87     8.46     19.16     36.48    12.49     9.22     14.46     4.00  


 

Exhibit: 2-B

 

Sector Analysis: Growth Rates

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   Sales Growth

    Sales Growth Rates

    Operating
Margin


    Tax Rate

   Trailing Twelve Months

    Return on
Equity


    Return on
Assets


 
   Quarterly
Year-Over-Year


    TTM
Year-Over-Year


    Last 3 Years

    Last 5 Years

         Net Profit
Margin


    Return on
Investment


     

ACAS

   54.29     61.24     43.33     64.78     68.47     0.52    85.97     11.59     19.12     10.75  

ACG

   (10.97 )   9.26     59.57     28.47     85.43     —      248.71     30.49     30.49     19.44  

ADX

   9.48     7.73     (7.53 )   (4.43 )   75.99     —      821.40     14.75     14.75     13.65  

AFFI

   —       803.53     (33.01 )   (25.14 )   (45.18 )   NA    (56.64 )   NA     NA     (126.23 )

ALD

   8.99     12.27     15.88     25.27     55.83     NA    78.65     14.88     14.88     8.94  

AMPL

   (73.60 )   (35.28 )   9.29     17.47     (5.93 )   NA    0.81     0.21     0.04     0.07  

ASA

   (25.11 )   15.17     12.66     5.18     77.41     NA    904.20     29.56     29.87     29.51  

ATF

   (11.63 )   (14.62 )   (11.54 )   (8.88 )   98.48     NA    NA     (31.77 )   (31.77 )   (31.71 )

BBDC

   5.90     175.35     38.39     27.88     44.88     NA    (5.32 )   (0.51 )   (0.51 )   (0.45 )

BCV

   (0.27 )   (7.71 )   (6.97 )   1.54     75.68     —      322.49     15.43     15.43     15.28  

BKF

   (1.94 )   18.01     10.28     37.60     (8.04 )   NA    (7.96 )   (8.44 )   (9.40 )   (5.79 )

BKT

   25.23     69.41     9.80     10.40     92.25     —      59.78     7.89     7.89     6.09  

BLU

   (14.80 )   1.24     5.28     (2.88 )   36.28     NA    NA     (6.70 )   (6.70 )   (6.63 )

BPT

   3.50     10.22     (4.91 )   29.83     98.46     —      98.46     392.09     392.09     385.29  

BXL

   12.05     (25.72 )   (36.71 )   (24.72 )   24.74     NA    38.40     2.76     3.21     2.74  

BZF

   18.87     (9.49 )   (1.93 )   (9.07 )   68.50     —      372.19     17.46     17.46     17.28  

CECX

   NA     122.17     NA     (100.00 )   NA     16.05    2,601.02     22.23     23.63     21.47  

CEF

   23.08     (105.87 )   (30.19 )   NA     NA     NA    NA     (0.72 )   6.03     (0.72 )

CET

   (13.98 )   (14.06 )   (10.49 )   (4.60 )   48.94     NA    NA     (2.28 )   (2.28 )   (2.28 )

CH

   (63.44 )   (66.50 )   (26.06 )   (30.76 )   53.69     NA    NA     (17.26 )   (17.26 )   (16.91 )

CHC

   69.18     63.62     37.08     40.36     6.92     NA    27.42     1.99     7.95     1.44  

CHEUY

   79.59     67.62     15.35     3.86     20.58     NA    74.50     6.95     7.76     6.78  

CHKE

   2.97     4.81     8.69     13.47     67.83     40.92    41.01     62.28     62.28     44.26  

CIK

   (12.82 )   (24.57 )   (6.53 )   (2.87 )   92.75     —      137.10     14.13     14.13     13.86  

CLRS

   4,324.00     (0.26 )   (84.51 )   (68.46 )   NA     NA    NA     (2.51 )   (2.51 )   (2.42 )

CRT

   28.69     14.79     3.47     12.80     97.78     —      97.78     57.25     57.25     54.65  

CRTQ

   62.50     (8.15 )   (48.61 )   (38.45 )   NA     NA    NA     (2.69 )   (2.69 )   (2.66 )

CSE

   79.94     86.85     337.55     NA     46.31     38.92    33.11     3.86     13.43     3.82  

CSH

   16.31     21.80     8.11     5.12     12.95     36.43    7.09     7.77     11.20     6.89  

CSWC

   5.24     16.80     5.34     4.31     57.19     0.11    1,531.10     28.73     28.73     19.83  

CTNR

   57.24     66.42     13.33     12.85     13.26     22.64    16.68     3.08     3.12     3.05  

CVF

   (29.97 )   (16.18 )   (5.05 )   (5.73 )   79.84     NA    NA     (8.26 )   (8.26 )   (8.03 )

CVP

   0.57     4.36     5.64     NA     3.68     NA    (0.74 )   (1.98 )   (11.41 )   (1.46 )

DCG

   (11.80 )   (8.81 )   (0.30 )   (1.57 )   83.24     —      88.66     5.29     5.29     5.28  

DES

   11.61     1.54     (4.79 )   (1.96 )   4.51     174.22    (0.50 )   (0.51 )   (4.19 )   (0.42 )

DMF

   (2.28 )   (1.12 )   12.46     5.27     85.47     —      100.71     6.07     8.37     6.07  

DNM

   NA     NA     (3.14 )   (3.76 )   82.99     —      9.27     0.55     0.55     0.55  

DNP

   (33.52 )   (17.97 )   (5.50 )   (1.97 )   78.42     —      101.62     7.22     9.53     5.55  

DOM

   14.59     0.74     (0.31 )   (1.97 )   95.46     —      95.46     45.26     45.26     45.13  

DSM

   (3.22 )   (1.84 )   6.12     3.88     86.34     —      54.50     3.54     4.30     3.51  

ECF

   (5.35 )   (2.77 )   (4.80 )   3.26     76.40     —      255.89     13.37     13.37     13.17  

ECPG

   57.50     53.81     47.58     34.32     42.60     39.90    13.44     20.69     29.18     16.19  

EGX

   NA     NA     (63.75 )   (78.33 )   NA     NA    NA     (1.89 )   (41.60 )   (1.89 )

EMF

   5.51     8.95     (0.35 )   (11.78 )   45.64     NA    NA     (5.26 )   (5.26 )   (5.21 )

ESGR

   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     16.86    NA     10.81     10.88     10.54  

FAC

   6,945.21     1,639.52     91.02     54.12     (25.85 )   NA    (16.40 )   (4.41 )   (4.41 )   (3.60 )

FCCG

   (1.75 )   (19.14 )   (35.42 )   (31.88 )   (70.24 )   NA    NA     (7.48 )   (10.66 )   (4.58 )

FCSC

   13.11     14.70     25.61     NA     21.48     45.48    11.71     34.38     35.89     1.34  

FF

   (10.50 )   (6.87 )   1.33     5.01     45.91     —      1,533.66     32.50     32.50     32.31  

FII

   1.04     9.22     3.45     9.53     37.78     36.47    22.18     26.71     44.99     22.63  

FKL

   NA     (72.67 )   16.75     (7.00 )   NA     NA    NA     (7.39 )   (14.50 )   (6.50 )

FLNA

   NA     (100.00 )   NA     NA     NA     NA    NA     NA     NA     (280.28 )

FTD

   (2.66 )   (6.34 )   (6.49 )   (4.15 )   87.61     —      166.17     9.45     9.45     9.29  

FXX

   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA     NA    NA     —       —       —    

GIM

   3.86     7.33     (6.58 )   (5.18 )   87.20     —      321.26     18.24     18.24     18.17  

GLAD

   65.27     32.35     NA     NA     70.90     —      65.36     9.28     9.57     5.64  

GRR

   (20.97 )   (17.82 )   (39.52 )   (12.20 )   12.94     —      1,851.49     46.11     46.11     45.54  

GVT

   (24.95 )   (53.87 )   (22.44 )   (16.93 )   74.52     —      384.82     10.57     10.57     9.03  

HQH

   (54.48 )   (44.87 )   (22.07 )   7.83     NA     —      12,311.46     30.76     30.76     30.53  

HQL

   (51.38 )   (43.87 )   64.60     7.63     NA     —      12,816.67     30.74     30.74     30.53  

HYI

   (8.00 )   (13.23 )   (8.85 )   (6.13 )   90.31     —      44.58     6.00     6.00     4.29  

HYP

   (18.99 )   (33.88 )   (23.47 )   (8.24 )   89.47     NA    (5.85 )   (0.83 )   (0.83 )   (0.59 )

ICB

   (15.64 )   (18.48 )   (8.77 )   (5.98 )   89.93     —      101.63     6.60     6.60     6.56  

ICGE

   (20.59 )   (30.44 )   18.35     86.12     (38.86 )   NA    NA     (122.64 )   (299.44 )   (69.29 )

IED

   40.15     48.15     10.33     32.78     0.10     65.71    (2.98 )   (18.86 )   (19.85 )   (8.94 )

KMR

   31.50     15.47     NA     NA     100.00     38.00    62.00     4.41     4.61     4.37  

LEO

   (11.71 )   (11.41 )   1.14     5.30     83.77     —      139.48     7.87     11.23     7.82  

LIC

   1.35     NA     9.30     (15.67 )   19.33     36.38    9.78     4.05     22.55     3.40  

LQ

   (10.71 )   (10.71 )   (9.35 )   (9.20 )   3.57     7.05    9.48     2.75     5.93     2.31  

LRT

   87.61     145.86     (10.44 )   (2.99 )   94.26     —      95.03     573.63     573.63     573.63  


 

Exhibit 2-B

 

Sector Analysis: Growth Rates

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   Sales Growth

    Sales Growth Rates

    Trailing Twelve Months

 
  

Quarterly

Year-Over-Year


   

TTM

Year-Over-Year


    Last 3 Years

    Last 5 Years

    Operating
Margin


    Tax Rate

   Net Profit
Margin


    Return on
Investment


    Return on
Equity


    Return on
Assets


 

MACC

   (6.27 )   (3.38 )   (3.08 )   (1.05 )   (94.65 )   NA    (8.61 )   (0.53 )   (1.67 )   (0.51 )

MARPS

   (24.74 )   (14.12 )   (19.17 )   7.20     95.09     —      95.09     135.81     135.81     135.81  

MCGC

   24.78     17.92     8.17     32.35     53.48     —      46.21     5.13     8.70     5.00  

MGI

   14.95     NA     NA     NA     11.56     26.73    8.47     6.36     10.26     0.75  

MRF

   (14.73 )   (23.64 )   (10.88 )   (10.57 )   88.58     —      105.64     8.54     8.54     6.25  

MSB

   142.46     69.01     8.11     3.96     94.56     —      94.56     NA     NA     250.58  

MTR

   (20.49 )   14.99     5.32     8.41     99.41     —      99.50     92.36     92.36     74.33  

MXBIF

   85.88     46.93     37.88     27.13     10.57     2.72    10.28     16.07     19.99     10.55  

NCA

   (4.21 )   (4.32 )   (0.99 )   (1.36 )   87.92     —      120.84     6.53     6.53     6.46  

NGSY

   NA     (100.00 )   NA     (14.07 )   NA     NA    NA     (77.79 )   (88.04 )   (48.39 )

NMI

   (4.57 )   (7.61 )   (3.54 )   (3.33 )   86.27     —      43.44     2.84     2.84     2.80  

NNY

   (6.21 )   (5.69 )   (2.48 )   (4.75 )   83.97     —      144.40     7.67     7.67     7.59  

NRT

   (22.68 )   (8.41 )   8.68     5.53     95.10     —      95.23     23,970.31     23,970.31     384.06  

OMS

   (14.50 )   (14.10 )   (9.32 )   (6.26 )   90.53     —      65.20     5.63     5.63     4.01  

PBT

   5.57     21.05     (3.17 )   24.72     98.70     —      98.70     1,748.44     1,748.44     707.01  

PEO

   106.11     2.78     0.87     (1.73 )   71.36     —      1,251.83     27.63     27.63     26.29  

PERS

   NA     (262.13 )   NA     39.87     NA     NA    NA     (49.70 )   (49.70 )   (42.79 )

PHY

   4.74     (10.08 )   (29.81 )   (15.37 )   85.42     —      213.50     22.06     32.71     21.39  

PIM

   (7.54 )   (8.10 )   (4.20 )   15.46     89.73     —      93.17     7.98     7.98     7.13  

PMT

   (6.62 )   (8.86 )   (5.21 )   (3.86 )   89.47     —      22.53     2.07     2.07     1.98  

PRS

   9.64     NA     NA     NA     47.53     NA    49.27     7.55     13.89     7.41  

PTF

   22.67     0.24     28.41     41.68     15.95     NA    15.45     4.77     6.55     4.33  

PVX

   279.53     223.66     NA     NA     (3.82 )   NA    1.91     1.36     1.14     1.17  

RAND

   73.39     68.71     23.14     (5.40 )   (45.86 )   117.39    (0.66 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )   (0.04 )

RENN

   426.92     404.27     (39.64 )   (31.63 )   (33.22 )   —      1,346.44     50.78     50.78     35.05  

REXI

   40.36     40.42     9.60     13.79     13.36     34.33    8.77     3.76     6.32     2.68  

RNE

   NA     67.04     90.07     (8.71 )   (45.89 )   —      724.89     11.53     11.53     11.07  

RVT

   (16.11 )   (24.72 )   (19.85 )   (8.86 )   (42.70 )   —      3,566.72     31.78     33.14     30.16  

SBF

   17.01     23.69     (5.61 )   (7.92 )   62.95     —      974.81     16.43     16.43     15.63  

SBR

   (10.22 )   10.04     3.85     9.87     95.60     —      95.60     777.07     777.07     666.84  

SFEF

   (14.98 )   88.39     2.26     2.19     72.21     42.64    41.42     17.24     19.36     9.27  

SFF

   0.90     (0.67 )   11.00     14.57     95.63     —      95.63     178.02     178.02     176.87  

SJT

   42.53     25.24     15.21     24.81     98.42     —      98.42     348.75     348.75     266.21  

SKYT

   NA     (100.00 )   (56.14 )   (31.66 )   NA     —      1,089.31     23.06     278.42     21.76  

SOR

   (8.31 )   (8.29 )   (8.00 )   (6.67 )   46.21     —      2,125.70     34.04     33.43     33.97  

SPR

   (12.17 )   (28.32 )   (25.89 )   (13.39 )   (54.20 )   —      533.22     8.72     8.72     8.69  

STLS

   NA     (66.67 )   (81.48 )   (45.07 )   NA     NA    NA     (7.80 )   (7.80 )   (7.56 )

TAXI

   64.00     25.92     (22.17 )   (7.09 )   11.27     135.98    54.22     3.83     11.62     3.78  

TEI

   (8.02 )   (16.58 )   (9.29 )   (5.19 )   85.43     —      243.96     19.72     19.72     17.98  

TELOZ

   (95.38 )   (32.13 )   (17.37 )   (6.28 )   88.03     —      88.39     1,290.41     1,290.41     91.80  

TFC

   51.41     121.99     20.16     18.14     (10.91 )   —      363.74     8.22     8.22     8.07  

TINY

   54.90     (24.10 )   (37.47 )   (22.11 )   NA     NA    NA     (8.20 )   (8.36 )   (6.76 )

TIRTZ

   (46.20 )   (33.80 )   (5.62 )   1.23     89.07     0.45    88.67     74.97     74.97     58.01  

TY

   1.78     (11.35 )   (17.70 )   (14.84 )   58.08     —      1,092.10     17.34     17.63     17.24  

UTK

   217.13     121.64     (5.97 )   58.37     16.01     NA    199.92     61.17     69.76     57.49  

WINA

   (17.96 )   (10.14 )   (13.06 )   (20.17 )   24.36     40.32    14.64     23.67     23.87     19.79  

WSCC

   63.94     (14.33 )   (6.56 )   31.70     14.09     —      14.09     1.28     42.18     1.25  

WTU

   7.81     33.74     (4.39 )   (2.21 )   95.22     —      95.22     104.10     104.10     103.43  
    

 

 

 

 

 
  

 

 

 

High

   6,945.21     1,639.52     337.55     86.12     100.00     174.22    12,816.67     23,970.31     23,970.31     707.01  

Low

   (95.38 )   (262.13 )   (84.51 )   (100.00 )   (94.65 )   —      (56.64 )   (122.64 )   (299.44 )   (280.28 )

Median

   1.20     (1.12 )   (3.14 )   (1.97 )   68.15     —      93.87     7.87     10.26     6.67  


 

Exhibit: 2-C

 

Sector Analysis: Valuation Ratios

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   P/E Ratio

   2005 P/E
Estimate


   Long-Term P/E
Estimate


   Price to Book
Value


   Price/
Sales


   Price/
Cash Flow


   Net Earnings Growth Rates

 
                     3-Year

    5-Year

    Quarter over
Prior Year


    TTM Over TTM

 

AC

   22.40    17.34    12.21    2.48    1.07    5.81    (29.88 )   (9.42 )   12,900.00     27.04  

AGE

   16.92    16.63    11.33    1.70    1.17    9.93    (16.85 )   (8.09 )   10.09     52.83  

AMG

   26.60    15.26    15.21    3.56    3.08    20.02    3.70     15.88     10.44     31.30  

AMTD

   21.62    18.95    17.30    4.61    6.30    19.65    NA     57.42     8.73     99.05  

AVZ

   NA    14.51    12.14    1.38    2.27    50.21    (12.53 )   20.04     NA     NA  

AX

   11.94    17.84    10.50    1.67    1.35    8.05    NA     NA     (5.03 )   NA  

BEN

   22.60    18.60    11.64    3.12    4.69    22.05    14.01     10.90     29.84     41.90  

BLK

   36.33    26.78    14.80    6.44    6.94    30.25    20.38     32.96     NA     (9.07 )

BSC

   10.48    10.41    10.17    1.32    1.79    10.27    16.79     14.87     (9.06 )   21.29  

CLMS

   0.01    NA    NA    0.01    —      —      109.30     81.61     139.55     NA  

CME

   35.56    31.37    14.50    9.03    9.88    27.87    NA     74.73     86.27     49.75  

CNS

   48.62    21.18    11.33    4.04    4.43    74.46    NA     NA     NA     NA  

DHIL

   NA    NA    NA    5.73    9.82    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

EQS

   NA    NA    NA    0.75    7.83    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

ET

   NA    14.63    19.45    2.36    NA    NA    380.01     74.24     25.00     NA  

EV

   25.11    23.58    12.58    7.17    5.16    23.50    (1.65 )   30.14     33.95     28.52  

FACT

   NA    NA    NA    1.46    0.65    12.36    NA     38.32     NA     NA  

FBR

   8.13    8.28    NA    1.87    2.85    8.00    66.00     NA     32.52     56.92  

GBL

   24.10    24.87    9.50    3.51    6.21    24.56    (5.20 )   (2.85 )   6.40     28.71  

GROW

   12.46    NA    NA    3.17    2.08    11.88    NA     43.99     NA     4,716.67  

GS

   12.20    11.58    12.91    2.12    1.87    10.28    (0.71 )   0.69     31.59     70.28  

IAAC

   12.83    NA    NA    2.82    1.97    12.27    40.60     16.35     191.67     157.59  

ICH

   NA    NA    NA    2.65    NA    NA    NA     42.47     NA     NA  

IFIN

   20.56    18.85    24.00    4.33    4.01    16.46    36.63     38.28     23.64     83.68  

INGP

   NA    44.25    12.68    1.61    1.43    20.42    NA     NA     91.67     NA  

ITG

   17.19    18.15    10.48    1.89    2.11    17.17    (12.77 )   (1.04 )   6.75     5.94  

JBOH

   NA    NA    NA    0.72    0.50    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

JEF

   21.01    20.47    12.33    2.47    2.29    16.99    7.86     12.44     46.38     67.42  

JNC

   21.87    21.51    10.00    5.83    6.65    20.13    12.79     13.13     12.67     15.49  

JNS

   3.64    23.82    11.06    1.34    3.44    3.40    12.86     44.03     (7.17 )   405.41  

KENT

   9.76    NA    NA    1.21    5.30    141.74    NA     (4.08 )   NA     51.13  

KILN

   4.53    NA    NA    1.01    0.29    3.55    NA     (22.53 )   (84.37 )   NA  

LAB

   NA    40.05    8.50    0.66    1.47    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

LEH

   10.97    10.91    12.14    1.73    1.22    9.20    (0.21 )   19.57     (5.42 )   44.07  

LM

   21.36    19.64    14.50    3.84    3.39    18.89    19.90     21.71     46.29     52.27  

MAXF

   12.03    NA    NA    0.98    0.35    4.08    90.71     59.15     (93.24 )   (67.22 )

MEL

   16.29    16.69    11.83    3.22    2.70    13.43    1.08     (0.64 )   20.56     21.83  

MER

   12.65    13.01    12.15    1.75    1.90    11.32    (0.49 )   22.22     (7.39 )   31.22  

MKTX

   108.81    NA    NA    NA    3.96    51.10    NA     NA     NA     NA  

MWD

   12.73    12.73    12.58    2.09    1.50    13.00    (10.04 )   4.55     (17.02 )   17.57  

NDAQ

   NA    22.25    NA    24.63    1.13    9.75    NA     NA     NA     NA  

NFP

   34.95    17.36    17.33    2.16    2.15    20.16    NA     NA     27.73     68.76  

NITE

   NA    26.40    13.00    1.63    1.88    51.53    (44.87 )   (17.97 )   NA     NA  

NMR

   20.67    NA    NA    1.47    2.52    16.28    44.81     (3.68 )   (93.29 )   71.70  

OPY

   19.56    NA    NA    1.07    0.62    13.09    (20.84 )   11.18     (67.49 )   (19.81 )

PJC

   22.81    17.39    15.00    1.28    1.06    15.13    7.94     NA     49.00     NA  

PLCC

   6.75    NA    NA    0.81    0.80    6.59    NA     (14.44 )   NA     1,865.52  

PVD

   10.40    NA    NA    1.94    2.73    8.92    16.06     14.98     3.28     6.90  

RJF

   16.78    15.01    9.00    2.09    1.23    14.87    (12.95 )   (1.02 )   23.68     72.33  

SCH

   30.21    27.39    14.89    3.00    3.30    19.92    (12.19 )   2.56     (62.64 )   58.02  

SEIC

   24.66    24.31    16.00    9.89    6.03    22.48    14.97     28.66     32.01     20.58  

SF

   11.08    NA    NA    1.76    1.02    9.29    14.98     20.12     (24.41 )   108.04  

SIEB

   81.89    NA    NA    1.90    2.64    26.35    (74.07 )   (50.10 )   (9.09 )   NA  

SMHG

   20.35    NA    NA    2.02    2.14    17.73    57.59     81.51     15.39     29.35  

SRHI

   NA    NA    NA    4.14    1.03    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

SWS

   16.77    NA    NA    1.36    1.15    12.17    (49.46 )   (41.02 )   1,378.67     406.81  

TRAD

   21.09    21.26    25.00    6.22    4.43    21.03    NA     37.77     (46.15 )   30.08  

TROW

   25.52    24.43    12.23    4.84    6.48    22.54    (5.11 )   5.76     21.37     44.29  

VALU

   17.92    NA    NA    10.57    4.49    15.94    (5.47 )   (5.62 )   18.76     (2.82 )

VDM

   27.93    21.57    8.50    NA    NA    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

WDR

   17.49    17.35    10.94    8.92    3.70    15.89    (25.67 )   (4.89 )   925.00     118.93  

WHG

   26.01    NA    NA    5.19    5.18    25.07    6.85     25.88     (48.36 )   (24.40 )

WNMLA

   6.86    NA    NA    0.41    1.41    5.88    13.43     (0.09 )   NA     47.08  

WPL

   19.87    17.82    9.38    8.52    7.69    17.11    (24.08 )   (11.90 )   28.39     11.81  

ZCOI

   19.21    NA    NA    1.03    0.56    11.15    NA     26.07     50.00     21.70  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

High

   108.81    44.25    25.00    24.63    9.88    141.74    380.01     81.61     12,900.00     4,716.67  

Low

   0.01    8.28    8.50    0.01    —      —      (74.07 )   (50.10 )   (93.29 )   (67.22 )

Median

   19.56    18.73    12.22    2.09    2.21    15.94    3.70     14.87     18.76     44.07  


 

Exhibit: 2-C

 

Sector Analysis: Valuation Ratios

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   P/E Ratio

   2005 P/E
Estimate


    Long-Term P/E
Estimate


   Price to Book
Value


   Price/
Sales


   Price/
Cash Flow


   Net Earnings Growth Rates

 
                    3-Year

    5-Year

    Quarter over
Prior Year


    TTM Over TTM

 

ACAS

   8.81    11.23     9.13    1.23    7.62    8.87    NA     7.69     54.58     170.18  

ACG

   3.37    NA     NA    0.94    8.38    3.37    NA     (8.40 )   NA     4,906.25  

ADX

   6.76    NA     NA    0.92    53.41    6.50    NA     (6.88 )   (97.42 )   (8.14 )

AFFI

   NA    NA     NA    NA    2.72    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

ALD

   12.85    16.83     6.00    1.86    10.13    12.81    (5.89 )   1.59     135.13     44.53  

AMPL

   650.00    NA     NA    0.69    2.72    38.24    137.13     25.40     (97.83 )   NA  

ASA

   3.80    NA     NA    0.95    34.32    3.80    30.23     54.57     NA     (11.38 )

ATF

   NA    NA     NA    1.04    32.85    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

BBDC

   NA    NA     NA    0.64    6.46    NA    14.50     (16.79 )   NA     NA  

BCV

   6.04    NA     NA    0.88    19.47    6.04    (7.02 )   22.78     NA     NA  

BKF

   NA    NA     NA    2.63    2.09    4,237.50    NA     NA     NA     NA  

BKT

   11.64    NA     NA    0.92    6.96    11.64    NA     (9.81 )   (76.52 )   (54.02 )

BLU

   NA    NA     NA    1.28    81.75    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

BPT

   16.25    NA     NA    67.97    16.00    16.83    (4.97 )   30.34     3.57     10.83  

BXL

   32.15    NA     NA    1.08    12.32    32.09    NA     NA     0.31     (91.16 )

BZF

   10.21    NA     NA    1.58    38.53    10.35    (27.83 )   4.35     NA     NA  

CECX

   6.41    NA     NA    1.09    162.11    6.15    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CEF

   13.51    NA     NA    1.18    7,377.62    NA    NA     70.24     (37.92 )   4.46  

CET

   NA    NA     NA    1.02    97.91    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CH

   NA    NA     NA    1.68    62.63    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CHC

   21.81    12.83     5.33    1.63    5.92    14.46    2.37     5.97     (31.72 )   (17.39 )

CHEUY

   11.75    10.95     5.00    0.89    8.72    11.71    (20.46 )   9.76     93.75     51.92  

CHKE

   17.03    17.07     NA    11.07    6.97    15.90    9.32     19.23     15.05     8.32  

CIK

   7.69    NA     NA    1.06    10.55    7.69    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CLRS

   NA    NA     NA    1.72    129.46    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CRT

   16.23    NA     NA    9.66    15.87    16.24    3.33     12.86     27.93     14.43  

CRTQ

   NA    NA     NA    0.97    96.17    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CSE

   24.16    22.98     23.38    3.13    8.00    24.16    NA     NA     3.55     18.05  

CSH

   24.67    19.80     17.67    2.56    1.75    16.24    246.68     18.52     62.00     41.87  

CSWC

   4.21    NA     NA    1.07    64.47    4.21    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CTNR

   29.98    NA     NA    0.94    5.02    21.67    (47.67 )   (22.83 )   98.15     NA  

CVF

   NA    NA     NA    1.01    16.76    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

CVP

   NA    7.96     3.00    5.03    0.37    10.08    NA     NA     5.69     NA  

DCG

   18.59    NA     NA    0.99    16.47    18.59    NA     (14.97 )   NA     102.99  

DES

   NA    (41.46 )   NA    0.78    0.27    5.81    NA     NA     NA     NA  

DMF

   12.57    NA     NA    1.06    11.52    12.57    NA     3.12     NA     63.06  

DNM

   178.00    NA     NA    1.00    16.67    181.63    (45.45 )   (40.38 )   NA     NA  

DNP

   15.05    NA     NA    1.50    15.83    15.27    (19.64 )   0.44     (77.63 )   954.79  

DOM

   14.39    NA     NA    6.91    13.74    19.28    (0.65 )   (2.25 )   14.00     0.43  

DSM

   22.39    NA     NA    0.98    10.24    22.39    NA     (9.37 )   (25.75 )   (47.24 )

ECF

   7.23    NA     NA    0.91    18.50    7.23    (22.03 )   (11.28 )   NA     NA  

ECPG

   20.21    21.12     20.00    5.00    2.72    18.72    NA     (10.15 )   62.99     (24.45 )

EGX

   NA    NA     NA    1.66    5,280.69    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

EMF

   NA    NA     NA    1.77    49.53    NA    (88.07 )   (71.20 )   NA     NA  

ESGR

   23.52    NA     NA    2.32    NA    22.84    13.26     (24.17 )   202.16     27.25  

FAC

   NA    NA     NA    2.07    9.44    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

FCCG

   NA    NA     NA    0.70    6.79    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

FCSC

   6.51    NA     NA    1.77    0.76    6.05    120.06     NA     14.22     11.75  

FF

   4.17    NA     NA    1.22    64.44    4.20    NA     (22.95 )   836.43     64.19  

FII

   17.26    16.46     11.08    8.42    3.83    15.67    10.40     19.17     (4.02 )   (0.64 )

FKL

   NA    NA     NA    5.62    116.02    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

FLNA

   NA    NA     NA    NA    NA    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

FTD

   9.38    NA     NA    0.87    15.58    9.38    18.64     (1.40 )   (11.02 )   (18.13 )

FXX

   NA    NA     NA    0.85    NA    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

GIM

   6.09    NA     NA    1.04    19.57    6.09    111.97     33.64     15.33     11.03  

GLAD

   20.68    17.96     16.00    1.93    13.54    20.66    NA     NA     135.93     12.90  

GRR

   2.34    NA     NA    0.97    41.90    2.26    NA     (1.44 )   NA     NA  

GVT

   8.28    NA     NA    0.88    31.83    8.27    NA     0.45     NA     154.92  

HQH

   3.23    NA     NA    0.89    398.22    3.24    (48.44 )   0.24     2,010.68     NA  

HQL

   3.31    NA     NA    0.91    424.62    3.31    NA     0.71     670.13     NA  

HYI

   21.20    NA     NA    1.27    9.43    11.07    NA     NA     NA     NA  

HYP

   NA    NA     NA    1.34    9.43    NA    NA     NA     186.55     NA  

ICB

   14.52    NA     NA    0.96    14.86    14.62    NA     (40.59 )   1,718.52     91.11  

ICGE

   NA    NA     NA    1.45    4.02    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

IED

   NA    NA     NA    9.00    1.42    214.29    NA     NA     NA     NA  

KMR

   31.40    19.27     7.50    1.49    19.45    31.38    NA     NA     21.85     4.73  

LEO

   8.37    NA     NA    0.92    10.99    8.38    (12.54 )   (10.11 )   4,146.15     228.94  

LIC

   12.64    NA     NA    2.65    0.97    2.94    14.19     8.83     (66.75 )   NA  

LQ

   19.60    NA     NA    1.17    2.07    12.13    NA     68.18     NA     NA  

LRT

   10.39    NA     NA    62.72    9.88    10.39    (11.32 )   (3.39 )   97.50     172.90  

MACC

   NA    NA     NA    0.61    3.18    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  


Exhibit: 2-C

 

Sector Analysis: Valuation Ratios

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

Ticker


   P/E Ratio

   2005 P/E
Estimate


    Long-Term P/E
Estimate


   Price to Book
Value


   Price/
Sales


   Price/
Cash Flow


   Net Earnings Growth Rates

 
                    3-Year

    5-Year

    Quarter over Prior
Year


    TTM
Over
TTM


 

MARPS

   13.10    NA     NA    19.75    12.46    13.10    (19.66 )   7.34     (24.84 )   (14.77 )

MCGC

   16.61    12.46     7.00    1.47    7.67    16.25    (1.61 )   24.07     (31.56 )   59.06  

MGI

   24.22    20.37     14.00    2.96    2.05    16.85    NA     NA     31.46     NA  

MRF

   10.82    NA     NA    0.91    11.44    10.82    131.69     (28.30 )   299.47     33.74  

MSB

   16.80    NA     NA    NA    15.89    16.80    8.14     3.76     158.11     74.74  

MTR

   14.54    NA     NA    13.76    14.47    14.54    4.89     8.20     (20.86 )   14.74  

MXBIF

   5.57    6.04     NA    1.00    0.55    4.96    0.75     14.43     6.25     (2.03 )

NCA

   14.14    NA     NA    0.91    17.11    14.17    (34.05 )   (27.33 )   188.03     39.04  

NGSY

   NA    NA     NA    16.79    126.54    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

NMI

   31.84    NA     NA    0.92    13.85    31.84    48.57     (18.88 )   (57.42 )   (49.00 )

NNY

   12.05    NA     NA    0.92    17.41    12.06    NA     2.81     (37.26 )   120.23  

NRT

   13.75    NA     NA    4,132.78    13.09    13.74    8.20     4.80     (23.00 )   (8.77 )

OMS

   17.67    NA     NA    1.02    11.51    17.67    2.53     (13.53 )   (95.93 )   40.60  

PBT

   17.53    NA     NA    321.10    17.31    17.62    (3.34 )   25.20     5.53     21.63  

PEO

   3.91    NA     NA    0.94    48.94    3.91    (19.43 )   (4.33 )   11,029.03     139.90  

PERS

   NA    NA     NA    5.89    NA    NA    NA     57.68     NA     NA  

PHY

   3.70    NA     NA    1.11    7.77    3.71    NA     94.59     (55.74 )   346.00  

PIM

   12.52    NA     NA    0.98    11.66    12.52    36.51     (20.77 )   80.38     151.71  

PMT

   46.47    NA     NA    1.02    10.56    46.81    (5.78 )   (29.39 )   NA     (52.88 )

PRS

   NA    20.68     19.67    1.76    6.99    12.40    NA     NA     4.92     NA  

PTF

   26.02    8.04     NA    1.44    4.10    6.71    (22.09 )   8.50     (33.33 )   (49.91 )

PVX

   69.17    7.56     NA    1.26    1.20    5.58    NA     NA     NA     (43.72 )

RAND

   NA    NA     NA    1.56    24.43    2,580.00    NA     NA     NA     NA  

RENN

   2.24    NA     NA    0.83    30.17    2.24    NA     NA     NA     NA  

REXI

   32.57    NA     NA    1.84    2.76    16.75    34.13     (19.17 )   (18.41 )   57.63  

RNE

   13.66    NA     NA    1.54    97.59    13.46    (32.39 )   (24.33 )   NA     (8.61 )

RVT

   3.77    NA     NA    1.13    128.51    3.77    24.53     44.71     NA     NA  

SBF

   5.62    NA     NA    0.87    54.67    5.61    NA     (6.37 )   (75.53 )   1,600.76  

SBR

   14.60    NA     NA    120.71    13.95    14.60    3.81     10.06     (10.67 )   10.77  

SFEF

   4.95    NA     NA    0.86    1.48    3.55    1.13     11.58     (20.50 )   179.57  

SFF

   12.00    NA     NA    24.92    11.48    12.01    10.85     14.51     2.08     (1.97 )

SJT

   13.02    NA     NA    48.07    12.81    13.02    15.15     25.01     44.42     26.12  

SKYT

   19.68    NA     NA    12.15    113.42    10.38    NA     NA     NA     NA  

SOR

   3.82    NA     NA    1.11    78.55    3.81    61.91     47.17     NA     NA  

SPR

   9.51    NA     NA    0.81    50.70    9.51    170.58     19.46     NA     NA  

STLS

   NA    NA     NA    1.10    531.90    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

TAXI

   9.04    35.12     10.00    1.06    4.88    481.58    (40.30 )   (37.33 )   1,716.67     649.63  

TEI

   5.16    NA     NA    0.96    12.59    5.16    3.21     (5.23 )   (3.66 )   187.62  

TELOZ

   18.16    NA     NA    285.12    16.04    18.16    (21.33 )   (7.96 )   (100.00 )   (25.99 )

TFC

   11.28    NA     NA    0.93    41.07    11.28    NA     (25.74 )   NA     NA  

TINY

   NA    NA     NA    4.54    861.90    NA    NA     NA     NA     NA  

TIRTZ

   10.91    NA     NA    8.56    9.66    10.89    (5.99 )   1.31     (51.25 )   (34.47 )

TY

   5.25    NA     NA    0.87    57.02    5.22    NA     (10.66 )   (40.82 )   NA  

UTK

   7.29    NA     NA    3.46    14.34    7.14    NA     NA     NA     NA  

WINA

   39.31    NA     NA    7.28    5.77    39.37    NA     (12.56 )   (10.41 )   0.79  

WSCC

   1.72    NA     NA    0.56    2.24    12.74    47.71     37.84     NA     NA  

WTU

   10.75    NA     NA    12.27    10.24    10.75    (4.94 )   (2.57 )   7.85     35.09  
    
  

 
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

High

   650.00    35.12     23.38    4,132.78    7,377.62    4,237.50    246.68     94.59     11,029.03     4,906.25  

Low

   1.72    (41.46 )   3.00    0.56    0.27    2.24    (88.07 )   (71.20 )   (100.00 )   (91.16 )

Median

   12.64    16.65     10.00    1.18    13.32    12.10    2.37     0.58     5.23     16.40  
    
  

 
  
  
  
  

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 3

 

FCStone Group, Inc.

 

Asset Approach

August 31, 2004

 

Calculation of Indicated Value Under Adjusted Net Tangible Asset Value Method

Net tangible asset value at August 31, 2004, including minority interests

   $ 39,828,782

Add: Estimated fair market value adjustment to exchange membership, net of taxes (1)

     1,671,117
    

Adjusted net tangible asset value at August 31, 2004

   $ 41,499,899
    

 

Notes:

 

1)        FCStone owns three seats on the Chicago Board of Trade, two on the Kansas City Board of Trade and one in Minneapolis that are estimated to be worth approximately $1.2 million each, $112,500 each, and $25,000, respectively.

   $ 3,850,000

Historical cost per balance sheet

     1,154,650
    

subtotal

   $ 2,695,350

less: estimated income taxes on gain**

     1,024,233
    

Fair market value adjustment

   $ 1,671,117
    

 

** tax on the gain calculated using a blended income tax rate of 38 percent.

 

2) With the exception of the adjustment calculated above, the carrying value of the Company's assets and liabilities is believed to be a reasonable proxy for fair market value based upon the analysis performed on the Company's balance sheet and discussions with management.

 


Exhibit 4-A

 

Income Approach: Earnings Measures

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

     Year Ended August 31,

 
     Budgeted
2005


    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

    2000

 

Earnings before taxes (includes minority interest earnings)

   8,736,000     9,019,724     6,066,007     5,268,169     7,800,395     7,626,272  

Adjustments

                                    

Subtract: minority interest in FGDI EBT (1)

   (870,000 )   (648,440 )   (560,714 )   (600,641 )   (242,540 )   —    

Subtract: minority interest in Merchants EBT (1)

   (150,000 )   72,647     —       —       —       —    

Subtract: actual earnings from Class B trans. (2)

   —       (523,936 )   (481,756 )   (390,452 )   (418,940 )   (411,481 )

Add: normalized earnings from Class B trans. (2)

   —       52,394     48,176     39,045     41,894     41,148  

Subtract: reimbursement of legal fees (3)

   —       (600,000 )   250,000     250,000     100,000     —    

Subtract: gain on the sale of stock investment (4)

   —       (832,880 )   (263,015 )   —       —       (172,025 )

Add: loss on Enron receivable (5)

   —       266,000     —       —       —       —    
    

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings before taxes (EBT)

   7,716,000     6,805,509     5,058,698     4,566,121     7,280,809     7,083,914  

Estimated normalized income tax rate (6)

   38.0 %   38.00 %   38.00 %   38.00 %   38.00 %   38.00 %
    

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated income taxes

   2,932,080     2,586,093     1,922,305     1,735,126     2,766,707     2,691,887  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income

   4,783,920     4,219,415     3,136,393     2,830,995     4,514,102     4,392,027  

Plus: Depreciation and amortization (8)

   1,214,426     860,702     837,242     883,917     738,863     624,810  

Less: Capital expenditures (7)

   (477,500 )   (858,451 )   (754,647 )   (957,192 )   (926,410 )   (1,172,658 )
    

 

 

 

 

 

Simple cash flow to equity

   5,520,846     4,221,666     3,218,988     2,757,720     4,326,555     3,844,179  
    

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted Earning Before Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization

   8,930,426     7,666,211     5,895,940     5,450,038     8,019,672     7,708,724  

 

Historical Averages


   Adjusted
Net Income


   Adjusted
Simple
Cash Flow
to Equity


   Adjusted
EBTDA


Two-year simple average

   3,677,904    3,720,327    6,781,075

Two-year weighted average

   3,858,408    3,887,440    7,076,120

Three-year simple average

   3,395,601    3,399,458    6,337,396

Three-year weighted average

   3,627,004    3,643,449    6,706,758

Five-year simple average

   3,818,586    3,673,822    6,948,117

Five-year weighted average

   3,703,724    3,650,315    6,800,866

 

Notes:

 

1) FCStone only owns 70 percent of FGDI and FCStone Merchants (two of its subsidiaries); thus we subtracted the earnings attributed to the minority interest in order to calculate the earnings which can be reasonably expected by the shareholders of FCStone going forward.

 

2) Due to a change in the structure of a Class B transaction, the earnings from Class B transactions will only be approximately 10 percent of historical earnings going forward. We normalized prior earnings from Class B transactions to reflect this policy change as though it had been in effect for the entire period.

 

3) Legal expenses incurred during the past several years were reimbursed in the current year; we normalized the reimbursement and prior years expenses to reflect the actual results had the reimbursement been received in the year to which it related.

 

4) Non-recurring gains from the sale of stock investments.

 

5) Non-recurring bad debt related to transaction with Enron.

 

6) Income tax estimated using a blended (federal & state) rate of 38 percent; Company to pay taxes as a standard corporation going forward, per management.

 

7) Per management, significant capital expenditures are not anticipated in the near-term. Capital expenditures have declined in each of the past five years, while depreciation has increased. Per management's 2005 budget, this trend is expected to continue, at least for a couple of years. However, in the long-term, it can be reasonably expected that depreciation will decline and become more in line with capital expenditures. Capital expenditures in 2003 do not include the grain bins capitalized under a capital lease.

 

8) Depreciation and capital expenditures have been reduced by the depreciation and capital expenditures attributable to the cash flow of the minority interest in the subsidiaries which are owned less than 100 percent.

 


 

Exhibit 4-B

 

Income Approach: Capitalization of Adjusted Net Income

FCStone Group, Inc.

August 31, 2004

 

     Budgeted 2005

    Most Recent Year-
End 2004


    2-Year Simple
Average - historical


    2-Year Weighted
Average - historical


 

Earnings Measure - Adjusted net income  (1)

   $ 4,783,920     $ 4,219,415     $ 3,677,904     $ 3,858,408  

Multiplied by:

                                

One plus growth expected in the next year  (2)

     1.00       1.10       1.10       1.10  
    


 


 


 


Sustainable Earnings

   $ 4,783,920     $ 4,641,357     $ 4,045,694     $ 4,244,249  

Divided by: Capitalization rate (3)

     10.80 %     10.80 %     10.80 %     10.80 %
    


 


 


 


Indicated Value of 100% of the Company Equity

   $ 44,295,556     $ 42,975,527     $ 37,460,135     $ 39,298,600  
    


 


 


 


     3-Year Simple
Average - historical


    3-Year Weighted
Average - historical


    5-Year Simple
Average - historical


    5-Year Weighted
Average - historical


 

Earnings Measure - Adjusted net income  (1)

   $ 3,395,601     $ 3,627,004     $ 3,818,586     $ 3,703,724  

Multiplied by:

                                

One plus growth expected in the next year  (2)

     1.10       1.10       1.10       1.10  
    


 


 


 


Sustainable Earnings

   $ 3,735,161     $ 3,989,705     $ 4,200,445     $ 4,074,097  

Divided by: Capitalization rate  (3)

     10.80 %     10.80 %     10.80 %     10.80 %
    


 


 


 


Indicated Value of 100% of the Company Equity

   $ 34,584,826     $ 36,941,712     $ 38,893,009     $ 37,723,117  
    


 


 


 


 

Notes:

 

1) See Exhibit 4-A (Adjusted Earnings-Cash Flow) for details regarding the calculation of adjusted net income.

 

2) Assumed strong growth in the near term based on management’s current budget and near-term strategic outlook. See report for additional support of near-term growth estimate.

 

3) Capitalization rate determined using the build-up method as follows:

 

     Budget 2005

    Historical

 

20 year LT Treasury Bonds as of valuation date

   5.10 %   5.10 %

Common stock adjustment (SBBA)

   7.20 %   7.20 %

Size premium (SBBA)

   4.00 %   4.00 %

Company specific risk

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Increment for use of net income

   0.00 %   0.00 %

Increment for projection risk

   0.00 %   0.00 %
    

 

Discount rate

   16.30 %   16.30 %
    

 

Rounded

   16.30 %   16.30 %

Less: Long-term growth (economic nominal growth)

   5.50 %   5.50 %
    

 

Capitalization rate

   10.80 %   10.80 %
    

 

 

See Appendix 8, Discount and Capitalization Rates, for additional explanation of the various increments presented above. The estimate of long-term growth explained in detail within the body of the report.

 


 

Exhibit 5

 

FCStone Group, Inc.

Summary of Calculations

August 31, 2004

 

     100% of Company

   Weight

 

Asset Approach:

             

Adjusted net tangible asset value - Exhibit 3

   $ 41,499,899    20 %

Income Approach:

             

Capitalization of Earnings - Exhibit 4-B

             

Budgeted 2005

   $ 44,295,556    40 %

Most recent year

     42,975,527    40 %

2-year simple average

     37,460,135    0 %

2-year weighted average

     39,298,600    0 %

3-year simple average

     34,584,826    0 %

3-year weighted average

     36,941,712    0 %

5-year simple average

     38,893,009    0 %

5-year weighed average

     37,723,117    0 %

Market Approach:

             

Guideline Companies

     N/A    N/A  

Transaction Method

     N/A    N/A  

Past transactions in Company stock

     N/A    N/A  

Past offers to purchase Company

     N/A    N/A  
    

  

Indicated value of 100 percent of the Company

   $ 43,100,000       
    

  

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

The Board of Directors

FCStone Group, Inc. and subsidiaries:

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the proxy statement-prospectus.

 

 

/s/    KPMG LLP

 

 

Des Moines, Iowa

December 6, 2004

Exhibit 23.4

 

Consent of Business Valuation/Appraisal Firm

 

The Board of Directors

FCStone Group, Inc. and subsidiaries:

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the proxy statement-prospectus.

 

 

/s/    RSM McGladrey

 

 

Des Moines, Iowa

December 8, 2004